Home Contents Index

NP 70

RECORD OF AMENDMENTS
The table below is to record Section IV Notice to Mariners amendments affecting this volume.
Sub paragraph numbers in the margin of the body of the book are to assist the user when making amendments to this
volume.

Weekly Notices to Mariners (Section IV)

2004 2005 2006 2007

Home Contents Index

NP 70

WEST INDIES PILOT

VOLUME I

Comprising
Bermuda, Bahamas, Turks and Caicos Islands
Florida Strait and Cays, Hispaniola, Cuba
Jamaica and Cayman Islands

THIRD EDITION
2003

PUBLISHED BY THE UNITED KINGDOM HYDROGRAPHIC OFFICE

Home Contents Index

E Crown Copyright 2004

To be obtained from Agents
for the sale of Admiralty Charts and Publications

Copyright for some of the material in

this publication is owned by the authority
named under the item and permission for its
reproduction must be obtained from the owner.

Previous Editions covering this area

West India Pilot, Volume II

First Edition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1859
Second Edition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1866
Third Edition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1876
Fourth Edition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1887
Fifth Edition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1899

West India Pilot, Volume III

First Edition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1909

West Indies Pilot, Volume III

Second Edition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1921
Third Edition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1933
Fourth Edition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1946
Fifth Edition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1957

West Indies Pilot Volume I

First Edition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1971
Second Edition 1993

ii
 Home Contents Index

PREFACE

The Third Edition of the West Indies Pilot Volume I has been compiled by Mr S.C. Mason, and contains the latest information received in
the Hydrographic Department to the date given below.

This edition supersedes the Second Edition (1993) and Supplement No 3 (2002), which are cancelled.

Information on climate and currents has been based on data provided by the Meteorological Office, Bracknell.

The following sources of information, other than Hydrographic Department Publications and Ministry of Defence papers, have been
consulted.

Cuba
Charts.
Cuban Sailing Directions:
Derrotero de las Costas de Cuba. Edicion 1989.

United States
Charts.
United States Coast Pilots:
Vol 4. Atlantic Coast: Cape Henry to Key West. Thirty-fourth Edition.

Other publications
Fairplay Worlds Port Directory 2003-4
Lloyds Maritime Guide 2001-2.
Lloyds Ports of the World 2003.
Lloyds Shipping Information Services 2003.
The Statesman’s Yearbook 2003.
Whitaker’s Almanack 2004.

Dr D W Williams

United Kingdom National Hydrographer

The United Kingdom Hydrographic Office
Admiralty Way
Taunton
Somerset TA1 2DN
England
20th November 2003

iii
 Home Contents Index

PREFACE
to the Second Edition (1993)

The Second Edition of the West Indies Pilot Volume I has been compiled by Commander G. J. Dodd RN and Commander R. Perceval
Maxwell RN, and contains the latest information received in the Hydrographic Department to the date given below.

This edition supersedes the First Edition (1971) and Supplement No 12 (1990), which are cancelled.

Information on currents has been revised by the Meteorological Office, Bracknell.

The following sources of information, other than Hydrographic Department Publications and Ministry of Defence papers, have been
consulted.

Cuba
Charts.
Cuban Sailing Directions:
Derrotero de las Costas de Cuba. Primera Edicion 1976. Complemento Nro 1 (1982).
Derrotero de las Costas de Cuba. Edicion 1989.

Dominican Republic
Derrotero de Isla de Santo Domingo. Edicion 1976.

United States
Charts.
United States Coast Pilots:
Vol 4. Atlantic Coast: Cape Henry to Key West. Twenty-eighth Edition.
Vol 5. Atlantic Coast: Gulf of Mexico, Puerto Rico and Virgin Islands. Twenty-third Edition.
Sailing Directions (Enroute). Caribbean Sea. Volume I. Fourth Edition.

Other publications
Caribbean Island Handbook. Second Edition 1991.
Caribbean Ports Handbook.
Encyclopædia Britannica. Fifteenth Edition.
Fairplay Worlds Port Directory 1993
Guide to Port Entry 1993-94.
Lloyds Maritime Guide 1993.
Lloyds Ports of the World 1993.
Lloyds Shipping Information Services 1991.
The Statesman’s Yearbook 1992-93.
Whitaker’s Almanack 1993.

J.A.L. MYRES
Rear Admiral
Hydrographer of the Navy
The United Kingdom Hydrographic Office
Admiralty Way
Taunton
Somerset TA1 2DN
England
12th June 1993

iv
 Home Contents Index

CONTENTS
Pages
Preface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iii
Preface to Second Edition (1993) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iv
Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . v
Explanatory notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . vii
Abbreviations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ix
Glossary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xi
Index chartlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . facing 1

CHAPTER 1

Navigation and regulations

Limits of the book (1.1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Navigational dangers and hazards (1.2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Traffic and operations (1.7) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Charts (1.13) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Navigational aids (1.21) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Pilotage (1.24) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Radio facilities (1.25) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Regulations (1.32) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Signals (1.48) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Distress and rescue (1.55) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6

Countries and ports

Commonwealth of the Bahama Islands (1.62) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Bermuda (1.70) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Cayman Islands (1.78) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Cuba (1.86) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Dominican Republic (1.95) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Haïti (1.103) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Jamaica (1.112) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Turks and Caicos Islands (1.120) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
United States — Florida (1.126) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Principal ports, harbours and anchorages (1.134) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Port services — summary (1.135) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17

Natural conditions
Maritime topography (1.139) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Currents, tidal streams and flow (1.141) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Sea and swell (1.146) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Sea water characteristics (1.152) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Climate and weather (1.155) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Climatic tables (1.187) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Meteorological conversion table and scales (1.199) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52

CHAPTER 2
Bermuda . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55

CHAPTER 3
Turks and Caicos Islands, banks and waterways . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69

CHAPTER 4
Bahama Islands, banks and waterways . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79

CHAPTER 5
Straits of Florida, central and west side: Cape Canaveral to Tortugas Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155

v
 Home Contents Index CONTENTS

CHAPTER 6
Hispaniola: North side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169

CHAPTER 7
North coast of Cuba and Old Bahama Channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117

CHAPTER 8
Hispaniola: South and west sides . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199

CHAPTER 9
Windward Passage and south coast of Cuba . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225

CHAPTER 10
Jamaica and Cayman Islands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251

APPENDICES
Appendix I — United States — Vessel Bridge to Bridge Radiotelephone Regulations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280
Appendix II — United States — Ports and Waterways Safety — General Regulations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281
Appendix III — United States — Navigation Rules for Inland Waters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286
Appendix IV — United States — Navigation Safety Regulations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290
Appendix V — United States — Regulated Navigation Areas and Limited Access Areas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295
Appendix VI — United States — Navigation and Navigable Waters Regulations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297
Appendix VII — United States — Marine Sanctuary, Wildlife and Fisheries Regulations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298
Appendix VIII — Cuba — Navigation Rules in Territorial Waters and Interior Waters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323
Appendix IX — Cayman Islands — Marine Conservation Regulations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324
Appendix X — Turks and Caicos Islands — National Parks Regulations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330

DISTANCE TABLE
Distance table-West Indies Volume 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .333
.

INDEX
Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334

vi
 Home Contents Index

EXPLANATORY NOTES

Admiralty Sailing Directions are intended for use by vessels of 12 m or more in length. They amplify charted detail and contain
information needed for safe navigation which is not available from Admiralty charts, or other hydrographic publications. They are intended
to be read in conjunction with the charts quoted in the text.

This volume of the Sailing Directions will be kept up to date by the issue of a new edition at intervals of approximately 3 years, without
the use of supplements. In addition important amendments which cannot await the new edition are published in Section IV of the weekly
editions of Admiralty Notices to Mariners. A list of such amendments and notices in force is published in the last weekly edition for each
month. Those still in force at the end of the year are reprinted in the Annual Summary of Admiralty Notices to Mariners.

This volume should not be used without reference to Section IV of the weekly editions of Admiralty Notices to Mariners.

CD−ROM

Status. A compact disc is provided at the back of this volume. The paper publication of Sailing Directions satisfies the requirements of
Chapter V of the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea. The CD version does not satisfy these requirements and should only
be used in conjunction with the paper publication and any amendments affecting the paper publication. Where any discrepancy exists
between data on the CD and in the paper publication of Sailing Directions, the paper publication (inclusive of amendments) is to be relied
upon.

Disclaimer. Whilst the UKHO has made all reasonable efforts to ensure that the data on the CD was accurate at the time of production, it
has not verified the data for navigational purposes and the CD is not suitable, and is not to be relied upon, for navigation. The use of the CD for
this purpose is at the user’s own risk. The UKHO accepts no liability (except in the case of death or personal injury caused by the negligence
of the UKHO) whether in contract, tort, under any statute or otherwise and whether or not arising out of any negligence on the part of the
UKHO in respect of any inadequacy of any kind whatsoever in the data on the CD or in the means of distribution.

Conditions of Release. The material supplied on the CD−ROM is protected by British Crown Copyright. No part of the data may be
reproduced, stored in a retrieval system or transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording or
otherwise without the prior written permission of the UKHO. The copyright material, its derivatives and its outputs may not be sold or
distributed or commercially exploited in either an original or derived form without the prior written permission of the UKHO. For the
avoidance of doubt, the supplied material, its derivatives and its outputs shall not be placed, or allowed to be placed, on a computer accessible
to Third Parties whether via the Internet or otherwise. The release of the supplied material in no way implies that the UKHO will supply
further material.

References to hydrographic and other publications

The Mariner’s Handbook gives general information affecting navigation and is complementary to this volume.

Ocean Passages for the World and Routeing Charts contain ocean routeing information and should be consulted for other than coastal
passages.

Admiralty List of Lights should be consulted for details of lights, lanbys and fog signals, as these are not fully described in this volume.

Admiralty List of Radio Signals should be consulted for information relating to coast and port radio stations, radio details of pilotage
services, radiobeacons and direction finding stations, meteorological services, radio navigational aids, Global Maritime Distress and Safety
System (GMDSS) and Differential Global Positioning System (DGPS) stations, as these are only briefly referred to in this volume.

Admiralty Maritime Communications is a comprehensive guide on all aspects of maritime communications for the yachtsman and small
craft user. It provides general information on Global Maritime Distress and Safety System (GMDSS), the management of VHF, Maritime
Safety Information, NAVTEX, Inmarsat and Radio Facsimile, and detailed information and procedures for marinas and harbours used by
small craft.

Annual Summary of Admiralty Notices to Mariners contains in addition to the temporary and preliminary notices, and amendments and
notices affecting Sailing Directions, a number of notices giving information of a permanent nature covering radio messages and navigational
warnings, distress and rescue at sea and exercise areas.

The International Code of Signals should be consulted for details of distress and life saving signals, international ice breaker signals as
well as international flag signals.

vii
 Home Contents Index EXPLANATORY NOTES

Remarks on subject matter

Buoys are generally described in detail only when they have special navigational significance, or where the scale of the chart is too small
to show all the details clearly.

Chart index diagrams in this volume show only those Admiralty charts of a suitable scale to give good coverage of the area. Mariners
should consult NP 131 Catalogue of Admiralty Charts and Publications for details of larger scale charts.

Chart references in the text normally refer to the largest scale Admiralty chart but occasionally a smaller scale chart may be quoted where
its use is more appropriate.

Firing, practice and exercise areas. Except for submarine exercise areas, details of firing, practice and exercise areas are not mentioned
in Sailing Directions, but signals and buoys used in connection with these areas are sometimes mentioned if significant for navigation.
Attention is invited to the Annual Notice to Mariners on this subject.

Names have been taken from the most authoritative source. When an obsolete name still appears on the chart, it is given in brackets
following the proper name at the principal description of the feature in the text and where the name is first mentioned.

Tidal information relating the daily vertical movements of the water is not given; for this Admiralty Tide Tables should be consulted.
Changes in water level of an abnormal nature are mentioned.
Time difference used in the text when applied to the time of High Water found from the Admiralty Tide Tables, gives the time of the event
being described in the Standard Time kept in the area of that event. Due allowance must be made for any seasonal daylight saving time which
may be kept.

Wreck information is included where drying or below water wrecks are relatively permanent features having significance for
navigation or anchoring.

Units and terminology used in this volume

Latitude and Longitude given in brackets are approximate and are taken from the chart quoted.

Bearings and directions are referred to the true compass and when given in degrees are reckoned clockwise from 000° (North) to 359°
Bearings used for positioning are given from the reference object.
Bearings of objects, alignments and light sectors are given as seen from the vessel.
Courses always refer to the course to be made good over the ground.

Winds are described by the direction from which they blow.

Tidal streams and currents are described by the direction towards which they flow.

Distances are expressed in sea miles of 60 to a degree of latitude and sub divided into cables of one tenth of a sea mile.

Depths are given below chart datum, except where otherwise stated.

Heights of objects refer to the height of the structure above the ground and are invariably expressed as “... m in height”.

Elevations, as distinct from heights, are given above Mean High Water Springs or Mean Higher High Water whichever is quoted in
Admiralty Tide Tables, and expressed as, “an elevation of ... m”. However the elevation of natural features such as hills may alternatively be
expressed as “... m high” since in this case there can be no confusion between elevation and height.

Metric units are used for all measurements of depths, heights and short distances, but where feet/fathoms charts are referred to, these
latter units are given in brackets after the metric values for depths and heights shown on the chart.

Time is expressed in the four figure notation beginning at midnight and is given in local time unless otherwise stated. Details of local time
kept will be found in Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2.

Bands is the word used to indicate horizontal marking.

Stripes is the word used to indicate markings which are vertical, unless stated to be diagonal.

Conspicuous objects are natural and artificial marks which are outstanding, easily identifiable and clearly visible to the mariner over a
large area of sea in varying conditions of light. If the scale is large enough they will normally be shown on the chart in bold capitals and may be
marked “conspic”.

Prominent objects are those which are easily identifiable, but do not justify being classified as conspicuous.

viii
 Home Contents Index

ABBREVIATIONS
The following abbreviations are used in the text.

Directions
N north (northerly, northward, northern, S south
northernmost) SSW south-south-west
NNE north-north-east SW south-west
NE north-east WSW west-south-west
ENE east-north-east W west
E east WNW west-north-west
ESE east-south-east NW north-west
SE south-east NNW north-north-west
SSE south-south-east

Navigation
AIS Automatic Indentification System Satnav Satellite navigation
CVTS Co−operative Vessel Traffic System TSS Traffic Separation Scheme
DGPS Differential Global Positioning System VMRS Vessel Movement Reporting System
GPS Global Positioning System VTC Vessel Traffic Centre
Lanby Large automatic navigation buoy VTS Vessel Traffic Services
MCTS Marine Communications and Traffic Services VTMS Vessel Traffic Management System
Centres
ODAS Ocean Data Acquisition System

Offshore operations
ALC Articulated loading column FSO Floating storage and offloading vessel
ALP Articulated loading platform PLEM Pipe line end manifold
CALM Catenary anchor leg mooring SALM Single anchor leg mooring system
CBM Conventional buoy mooring SALS Single anchored leg storage system
ELSBM Exposed location single buoy mooring SBM Single buoy mooring
FPSO Floating production storage and offloading SPM Single point mooring
vessel

Organizations
IALA International Association of Lighthouse NATO North Atlantic Treaty Organization
Authorities RN Royal Navy
IHO International Hydrographic Organization UKHO United Kingdom Hydrographic Office
IMO International Maritime Organization

Radio
DF direction finding RT radio telephony
HF high frequency UHF ultra high frequency
LF low frequency VHF very high frequency
MF medium frequency WT radio (wireless) telegraphy
Navtex Navigational Telex System

Rescue and distress

AMVER Automated Mutual Assistance Vessel Rescue JRCC Joint Rescue Cooperation Centre
System MRCC Maritime Rescue Co ordination Centre
EPIRB Emergency Position Indicating Radio Beacon MRSC Maritime Rescue Sub Centre
GMDSS Global Maritime Distress and Safety System SAR Search and Rescue

Tides
HAT Highest Astronomical Tide MHWS Mean High Water Springs
HW High Water MLHW Mean Lower High Water
LAT Lowest Astronomical Tide MLLW Mean Lower Low Water
LW Low Water MLW Mean Low Water
MHHW Mean Higher High Water MLWN Mean Low Water Neaps
MHLW Mean Higher Low Water MLWS Mean Low Water Springs
MHW Mean High Water MSL Mean Sea Level
MHWN Mean High Water Neaps

ix
 Home Contents Index ABBREVIATIONS

Times
ETA estimated time of arrival UT Universal Time
ETD estimated time of departure UTC Co-ordinated Universal Time

Units and miscellaneous

°C degrees Celsius kHz kilohertz
DG degaussing km kilometre(s)
dwt deadweight tonnage kn knot(s)
DZ danger zone kW kilowatt(s)
feu forty foot equivalent unit m metre(s)
fm fathom(s) mb millibar(s)
ft foot (feet) MHz megahertz
g/cm3 gram per cubic centimetre mm millimetre(s)
GRP glass reinforced plastic MW megawatt(s)
grt gross register tonnage No number
gt gross tonnage nrt nett register tonnage
hp horse power teu twenty foot equivalent unit
hPa hectopascal

Vessels and cargo

HMS Her (His) Majesty’s Ship POL Petrol, Oil & Lubricants
LASH Lighter Aboard Ship RMS Royal Mail Ship
LNG Liquefied Natural Gas Ro Ro Roll-on, Roll-off
LOA Length overall SS Steamship
LPG Liquefied Petroleum Gas ULCC Ultra Large Crude Carrier
MV Motor Vessel VLCC Very Large Crude Carrier
MY Motor Yacht

x
 Home Contents Index

GLOSSARY

French (F) and Spanish (S) terms and words found on charts and in Sailing Directions.

Foriegn word Language English meaning Foriegn word Language English meaning

abra S cove, creek, opening est F east

abrigo S shelter este S east
aduana S custom house
aguja S needle falaise F cliff
aiguille F needle, spire faralton S stack, steep rocky islet
albufera S lagoon, pond faro S lighthouse
amarillo,-a S yellow fleuve F river, stream
amarra S reef fondeadero S anchorage
ancho S wide fuerte S fort
angostura S narrows
anse F bay, cove, creek golfe F gulf
arena S sand golfo S gulf
arrecife S reef grand, e F great
avant-port F outer harbour gris F,S grey
azul S blue gros, se F coarse, large

baie F bay, gulf haut fond F shoal

bahía S bay havre F harbour, haven
bajo S shoal hondo S deep
balise F beacon
baliza S beacon île F island, isle
banc F bank, sandbank îlot F islet
banco (de arena) S bank (sandbank)
barlovento S windward isla S island
barre F bar, shoal isleta S islet
basse F shoal islote S barren islet
bassin F basin, dock
batture F flats, shallows jaune F yellow
blanc,-he F white
blanco,-a S white lac F lake
bleu,-e F blue lago S lake
boca S mouth, entrance laguna S lagoon
bouche F mouth of river loma S hillock, knoll
brise-lames F breakwater
malecón S quay, mole
marais F swamp
cabeza S shoal head
médano S dune, sandhill
cabezo S shoal head, summit of hill
meridional S southern
cabo S cape
méridional F southern
caillou F stones, pebbles
môle F pier, jetty, mole
cale F ramp, slip
mesa S tableland
caleta S cove
mont F mount, mountain
campo S tract of country
moreno,-a S brown
canal F,S channel
morne F hill
cap F cape, headland
morro S headland, bluff
cayo S cay, key
mouillage F anchorage
cerro S hill
muelle S pier, jetty, mole
chaussée F bank, causeway
chenal F channel
negro,-a S black
ciudad S town
neuf,-ve F new
colina S hill
noir,-e F black
colline F hill
nord F north
colorado,-a S reddish
norte S north
costa S coast
nuevo,-a S new
côte F coast
cruz S cross
obscuro S dark
occidental F western
darse F basin oeste S west
dársena S basin. dock oriental F eastern
desembarcadero S landing place oriente S east
digue F mole, breakwater ouest F west
duc d’albe F piled dolphin
pan de azúcar S sugar loaf
écueil F rock, breaker paredones S wall, bluff
église F church pasaje S passage
ensenada S bay, bight, cove paso S pass
entrada S entrance, fairway passe F channel, pass, fairway
espignón S arm of mole peña S rock

xi
 Home Contents Index GLOSSARY

Foriegn word Language English meaning Foriegn word Language English meaning

petit,-e F small rocher F rock, (generally above water)

pico S peak rojo S red
piedra S rock rouge F red
pierre F stone ruisseau F brook, stream
plage F shore, beach
plaine F plain sable F sand
plateau F tableland salinas S saltpans
playa S beach sierra S mountain ridge
pointe F point sommet F summit
poniente S southern sotavento S leeward
premier F first sud F,S south
presqu’île F peninsula surgidero S anchorage
puerto S port
punta S point tête F head
tierra S land
quai F quay, wharf torre S tower
quebrado S ravine, gully tour F tower

rada S roadstead verde S green

rade F road, roadstead vert,-e F green
récife F reef viejo,-a S old
restinga S reef vieux, vieille F old
rivière F river vigía S lookout
río S river vigie S lookout
roca S rock villa S town
roche F rock ville F town

xii
 Home Contents Index

86° 84° 82° 80° 78° 76°

2866
C. Canaveral
2865
See Index
28° 5 28°
Chartlet 70(b)
4 LITTLE BAHAMA
FLO RIDA BANK

Grd. Bahama I.
NP69A
EAST COAST OF CENTRAL AMERICA
AND GULF OF MEXICO PILOT 4 Great
26° Abaco I. 4 26°
1496

Eleuthera I.

IT
RA
New Providence

ST
5

And
1217

A
Dry Tortugas ID

ro
2579 R

s
FL
O
4 Exuma
24° 1220 G R EAT Sound 24°
3853 Cay Sal
Bank
2009 4
7 B AH AM A
3912

NP 70(b)
B AN K

C U B A

22° 1218
7 3913 22°
C. San Isla de la

See Index Chart

Antonio Juventa

3867 9
9
20° 20°
r uz
C. C
3866 Litt
Cayman Brac 3865 9
le Ca
Grand ym
Cayman an
2579

10 10

18° 10 JAMAICA 18°

NP69A
EAST COAST OF CENTRAL AMERICA
10
AND GULF OF MEXICO PILOT See Index
Pedro Bk. Chartlet 70(b)

3936

16° 16°

486

86° 84° 82° Longitude 80° West from Greenwich 76°

November 2003
West Indies Pilot Vol l
NP 70 (a)
xiii
 Home Contents Index

76° 74° 72° 70° 68°

65°W 50´ 40´ 30´

334
30´ 30´
28° 28°
Chapter 2

BERMUDA IS.
32° 32°
See Index 20´ 20´
HAMILTON I.
Chartlet 70(a) Somerset I.

26° 3912 26°

65°W 50´ 40´ 30´

Eleuthera I.
4
3913

Cat I. 2579

1266
24° San Salvador 24°
4 Rum Cay
Gt. Exuma I.
Long I. ss
4
dI. Pa
oke
Cro
NP 70(a)

4 na P
ass. 1266
agua
May 3907
3865
Acklins I.
3 3908
22° Caicos Pass. 22°
3914 3 I. Pass.
4 4
See Index Chart

ks
Tur
Grand Turk

7 Gt.
Caicos Bk. Turks I.
3 ass
Inagua er Bk. P
Silv
Mouchoir Bk.
Silver
Bk.
3
486
C U B A ard
dw e 6 2600
20° Winassag Navidad Bk. 20°
P
6
9

8 HAITI DOMINICAN
ge
REPUBLIC ssa
Pa
na
Mo
PUERTO-
18° JAMAICA
10 Mona I. RICO
18°
3935
8
8
See Index 3689
Chartlet 70(a)
3936 NP 71
WEST INDIES
16° PILOT VOL ll 16°
486

76° 74° 72° Longitude 70° West from Greenwich

West Indies Pilot Vol l November 2003

NP 70(b)
xiv
 Home Contents Index
LAWS AND REGULATIONS APPERTAINING TO NAVIGATION
While, in the interests of the safety of shipping, the United Kingdom Hydrographic Office makes every endeavour to include in its
hydrographic publications details of the laws and regulations of all countries appertaining to navigation, it must be clearly understood:-
(a) that no liability whatsoever can be accepted for failure to publish details of any particular law or regulation, and
(b) that publication of details of a law or regulation is solely for the safety and convenience of shipping and implies no recognition
of the international validity of the law or regulation.

WEST INDIES PILOT

VOLUME I
CHAPTER 1
NAVIGATION AND REGULATIONS
COUNTRIES AND PORTS
NATURAL CONDITIONS

NAVIGATION AND REGULATIONS

LIMITS OF THE BOOK NAVIGATIONAL DANGERS AND HAZARDS
Chart 4400
Area covered Strong winds
1.1
1 This volume contains Sailing Directions for the
Caribbean Sea and its approaches from the Atlantic Ocean, 1.2
within the limits given below: 1 Although weather conditions in the area covered in this
volume are generally good, the area lies within the path of
From Cape Canaveral 28°28′N, 80°33′W
hurricanes, as given at 1.164. A description of hurricane
NE to 36°00′N, 67°11′W conditions and recommendations regarding their avoidance
Thence E to 36°00′N, 50°00′W is given in The Mariner’s Handbook.
Thence SW to Río Maimon 18°51′N, 68°37′W
entrance Coastal conditions
Thence SSW to Río Quiabon 18°24′N, 68°53′W Uncharted shoals
entrance 1.3
1 Many of the charts of the area covered by this volume
Thence SSW to 15°00′N, 70°00′W
are based on surveys carried out in the nineteenth century.
Thence W to 15°00′N, 77°00′W Numerous reports and some recent surveys indicate that
Thence NW to South West Rock 16°47′N, 78°12′W shoal patches, of small extent but with considerably less
water than charted, may be encountered on the banks.
Thence NW to 19°00′N, 81°40′W Mariners are advised to exercise caution and deep draught
Thence NW to Cabo Corrientes 21°46′N, 84°31′W vessels, particularly those with a draught of more than
12 m, should keep outside the 200 m depth contour where
Thence N to Cayo Buenavista 22°24′N, 84°27′W
possible.
excluding Golfo Guanacabibes.
Thence NNE to 25°00′N, 83°00′W Mine danger area
1.4
Thence E to Cape Sable 25°07′N, 81°05′W
1 The only mine danger area in the waters covered by this
Thence E and N along the coast of Florida to volume, the limits of which are shown on Chart 1098, lies
Cape Canaveral. to the NW of Key West. See 5.298.

1
 Home Contents Index CHAPTER 1

Navigation amongst coral volume. All vessels are advised to maintain strict
1.5 anti piracy watches and report any incidents. Reports show
1 Many coral reefs border the waterways, bays, anchorages an increasing trend of armed attacks being carried out in
and harbours covered by the volume and the attention of Dominican Republic, with seven incidents being reported in
mariners is drawn to the advice given on navigation in 2002, all of which took place in Puerto De Haina (8.68).
coral in The Mariner’s Handbook. Armed attacks have also been reported during 2002-2003 in
Cuba, Haïti and Jamaica.
High Speed craft 2 For further details see The Mariners Handbook.
1.6
1 High speed ferries operate in areas covered by this
volume and mariners are advised to maintain a good CHARTS
lookout. Some high speed craft may generate large waves,
Admiralty charts
which can have a serious impact on small craft and their 1.13
moorings close to the shoreline and on shallow off lying 1 British Admiralty charts give full coverage of the area
banks. For further details see Annual Notices to Mariners described in this volume, including the coastal waters
No 23. around all the islands, with plans of the most important
harbours and anchorages. It should be noted that these
TRAFFIC AND OPERATIONS charts have been compiled over the last 140 years from
British, United States and Cuban documents of varying age
Traffic and accuracy. When assessing the degree of reliability of a
chart, mariners should examine the source data diagram and
Shipping take account of the dates of the surveys on which it is
1.7 based and its date of publication.
1 The main shipping routes in the area covered by this 2 The production of metric charts, incorporating the latest
volume are Straits of Florida (5.11), North East Providence information available from all sources and eliminating the
Channel (4.211), North West Providence Channel (4.316), inconsistencies between the older charts, has been in hand
Crooked Island Passage (4.64) and Windward Passage since 1971. Within this volume, mainly charts of Cuba and
(9.4). the US coast have yet to be metricated.
2 Cruise ships visit many of the major ports and islands in
the area. Foreign charts
Submerged transit lanes Publishing authorities
1.8 1.14
1 Lanes used by submerged submarines may be 1 The Hydrographic Offices of the United States, Cuba
established within the area covered by this volume and will and Dominican Republic publish charts covering areas
be shown on the charts of the National Ocean Service and included in this volume. United States charts give full
the times of usage prefixed in United States Notices to coverage of the area and the Cuban and Dominican charts
Mariners. When the lanes are in use by submarines, ships give coverage of their respective national waters.
should not tow submerged objects within them. 2 Publishing authorities:
Cuban charts:
Pleasure craft Dirección de Hidrografia y Geodesia
1.9 Av. 47 2929 e / 28y 34, Rpto Kohly
1 The Bahama Islands and the coast of Florida provide a Playa CP 11300,
very popular cruising base for pleasure craft. CIUDAD DE LA HABANA
3 Dominican Republic charts:
Fishing Instituto Cartografico Militar
1.10 Avenida Enrique Jimiennez Moya
1 The coastal waters around most of the islands within the Centro de los Heroes
area covered by this volume are fished by local craft. Apartado postal No. 5255
2 Deep sea fishing is also very popular as a sport around SANTO DOMINGO DISTRICT NACIONAL
the Bahama Islands and off the coast of Florida. 4 United States charts:
The National Oceanic and Atmospheric
Exercise areas Administration (NOAA)
1.11 National Ocean Service
1 US military exercise and firing areas are established in Coast and Geodetic Survey
waters S of the Florida Keys (5.206) and off Guantánamo SSMC Building 3,
Bay (9.30). 1315 East West Highway,
Notices of exercises and firing practices, giving the SILVER SPRING,
limits of the area, nature and duration of the exercise, and Maryland 20910−3282,
specified navigation rules, are promulgated by local Notice USA
to Mariners and radio navigation warning as given at 1.29.
For signals used by warships and submarines, see 1.48 and Suitable charts
1.49. 1.15
1 In certain areas, where the British Admiralty charts show
Piracy and armed robbery insufficient detail for navigation inshore, these Sailing
1.12 Directions have been written using foreign charts. These
1 Mariners are advised that actual and attempted armed are not quoted as reference charts in the text, which has
attacks have been carried out in the area covered by this been written on the assumption that mariners wishing to

2
 Home Contents Index
navigate in these areas will have provided themselves with
suitable charts on which to do so.
2 Foreign charts may be obtained from the publishing
authorities shown in this volume and in the Catalogue of
Admiralty Charts and Publications. These charts are not
issued by the Hydrographic Department nor are they
corrected by Admiralty Notices to Mariners.
Datums
Vertical
1.16
1 Depths on most of the modern British Admiralty charts
are reduced to Chart Datum, which is approximately the
level of LAT. Older charts use a number of different
datums, which are normally shown on the chart.
2 United States charts are reduced to MLLW, MLW or
MSL as shown on the chart.
1.17
1 Drying heights on most modern British Admiralty
charts are shown as being above Chart Datum. Older charts
use a number of different datums, which are normally
shown on the chart.
1.18
1 Elevations on most modern British Admiralty charts are
shown as being above MHHW. On many United States
charts and on older British Admiralty charts elevations are
shown against MHW.
Horizontal
1.19
1 Positions on most modern British Admiralty charts are
based on North American Datum (1927). On the most
recent charts, positions are referred to a World Geodetic
System 1984 (WGS 84) compatible datum.
Satellite derived positions are normally referred to
WGS 84 and the difference between this and the horizontal
datum of the published chart is given on the chart.
2 Differences in geographical positions, in some cases as
much 0⋅5 minutes of latitude and 1⋅2 minutes of longitude,
exist between British Admiralty charts based on nineteenth
century surveys and more modern charts.
When transferring positions between charts with different
horizontal datums, it is advisable to do so by bearing and
distance from a common reference object and not by
latitude and longitude.
Depth terms used in United States waters
1.20
1 Project depth is the design dredging depth of a channel.
This depth may or may not be the goal of maintenance
dredging after completion of the channel.
Controlling depth of a channel is the least depth within
the limits of the channel. It restricts the safe use of the
channel to draughts of less than that depth.
2 Centreline controlling depth of a channel applies only
to the channel centreline. Lesser depths may exist in the
remainder of the channel.
Mid channel controlling depth of a channel is the
controlling depth of only the middle half of the channel.
3 In this volume only Project depths are given. For the
latest controlling depths Admiralty charts and local harbour
and pilotage authorities should be consulted.
Depths alongside wharves are usually those reported by
the owner or operator of the wharf. Local authorities
should be consulted for the latest controlling depths.
CHAPTER 1
4 Tables of Controlling Depths are given on Admiralty
Charts, which are updated by Notice to Mariners when the
depth changes by 2 feet or more. When the depth is greater
than the project depth only the Project Depth is given.
NAVIGATIONAL AIDS
Buoys
IALA Maritime Buoyage System
1.21
1 IALA Maritime Buoyage System (Region B) is in use in
Bermuda, Bahama Islands, Cuba, Jamaica and the United
States. It was reported (2001) that in the Dominican
Republic and Haïti the IALA Maritime Buoyage System
(Region A) is in use.
Unreliability of navigational aids
1.22
1 From time to time lights and other navigational aids on
the coasts of Cuba, Dominican Republic, Haïti and Turks
and Caicos Islands have been reported to be unreliable.
Landmarks
Change in appearance
1.23
1 Caution is necessary when evaluating the description of
some landmarks, such as trees and the colour and shape of
buildings and other marks. New buildings may have been
erected and old trees or houses destroyed, which may at
one time have been conspicuous on account of their
isolation, shape or colour, may now be difficult to identify.
PILOTAGE
General
1.24
1 Pilotage is compulsory for all foreign vessels entering
the larger ports described in this volume.
Detailed information on pilotage procedures is given in
the text for the ports concerned and in Admiralty List of
Radio Signals Volume 6(5).
2 Straits of Florida and Gulf of Mexico Deep Sea
Pilotage Service. See 5.13.
RADIO FACILITIES
Electronic position fixing systems
Loran C
1.25
1 The entire area covered by this volume is within
Loran C coverage. Straits of Florida, the N part of the
Bahama Islands and W part of Cuba are within
groundwave coverage.
For further details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals
Volume 2.
Satellite Navigation Signals
1.26
1 For details of Satellite Navigation Systems see Admiralty
List of Radio Signals Volume 2 and The Mariners
Handbook.
2 Within the area covered by this volume, transmissions
may be received from the following DGPS stations:
Bermuda (32°22′N, 64°39′W).
Cape Canaveral (28°28′N, 80°33′W).
3
 Home Contents Index CHAPTER 1

3 Miami (25°44′N, 80°10′W). REGULATIONS

Key West (24°35′N, 81°39′W).
Puerto Rico (18°28′N, 67°04′W). International regulations

Other radio navigational aids Submarine cables

Radar beacons
1.27
1 There are a small number of radar beacons, all of which
are Racons, in the waters of Bermuda, Cuba, Jamaica and
the United States.
For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2.
Radio stations
Hurricane damage
1.28
1 Amateur radio operators. Mariners at sea during or
after a hurricane should be aware of the important part
played by amateur radio operators (Hams), particularly
during the aftermath of a hurricane. They usually afford the
speediest and most efficient method of inter island and
island/ship communication, and in this capacity have
proved invaluable.
Radio navigational warnings
General
1.29
1 The area covered by this volume lies within
NAVAREA IV.
For details of the World wide Navigational Warning
Service see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 3(2)
and Annual Summary of Admiralty Notices to Mariners.
2 For details of radio navigational warnings issued by
coast radio stations see Admiralty List of Radio Signals
Volume 3(2).
Radio weather reports
1.32
1 See The Mariner’s Handbook for information on the
International Convention for the Protection of
Submarine cables.
Pollution
1.33
1 International regulations concerning pollution of the
sea are given in The Mariner’s Handbook. This includes a
summary of the International Convention for the Prevention
of Pollution from Ships 1973 (MARPOL 1973) and its 1978
Protocol, of which Annexes I, II and V are mandatory and
III and IV are optional. It should be noted in this
connection that the Wider Caribbean Region is designated a
Special Area.
1.34
1 Facilities for the disposal of oily waste, where they are
known, are described under the appropriate port in the
body of the book.
Quarantine and customs
1.35
1 The usual quarantine and customs regulations are in
force in the ports and harbours covered in this volume.
Generally vessels, other than regular coasting vessels of the
country concerned, are forbidden to allow any person to
board prior to the visit of the health officer, except the
pilot.
2 United States. Vessels bound for United States ports are
required to make radio quarantine reports. See Admiralty
List of Radio Signals Volume 1(2).
3 Dominican Republic and Haïti. At ports in the
Dominican Republic and Haïti, Customs and Immigration
officials will board the vessel shortly after berthing to
effect inward clearance. Until this has been done no one
should leave the vessel. Clearance is required at each port
of call.
4 Bahama Islands. At ports in the Bahama Islands the
Master should go to the Customs or Police Office, after
berthing, to effect inward clearance.

General
1.30
1 For full details of radio weather services and the stations
from which they are issued see Admiralty List of Radio
Signals Volume 3(2).
Automatic Identification System
General
1.31
1 AIS is designed to contribute to the safety of navigation,
enhance protection of the marine environment and improve
the monitoring of passing traffic by coastal states. A phased
implementation programme is currently underway (2004) on
various classes of vessel and at certain establishments
ashore. For further details see The Mariners Handbook and
Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volumes 2 and 6(5).
United States
Pollution of the sea
1.36
1 Oil and hazardous substances. The Federal Water
Pollution Control Act, as amended, and the Fishery
Conservation and Management Act of 1976, prohibit the
discharge of oil or any hazardous substance into any United
States waters to the limits of the exclusive economic zone.
Any spillage that does occur must be reported immediately
to the nearest U.S. Coast Guard station by radio, or by an
established nationwide toll free telephone number,
1–800–424–8802. Vessels are required to have on board
and available for inspection an International Oil Pollution
Prevention Certificate verifying compliance with Marpol
73/78 and that all necessary equipment is fitted and
operational, also to maintain a new Oil Record Book
reporting all oil transfers and discharges.
2 Garbage and refuse. The Refuse Act of 1899 prohibits
the dumping of any refuse into United States waters. Whilst

4
 Home Contents Index
within United States waters all garbage and refuse matter
must be contained in leak proof receptacles for supervised
off loading at the next United States port visited.
3 Areas to be avoided. See 5.6.
Designated Critical Habitat
1.37
1 A designated critical habitat has been established for the
Northern Right Whale (Eubalaena glacialis). For further
details see 5.7.
Navigation
1.38
1 Navigation Safety Regulations require all self propelled
vessels, over 1600 tons gross, navigating in US waters to
carry up to date charts, Sailing Directions, Light Lists, Tide
Tables, Tidal Current Tables, etc. Information on these
regulations is given in Appendix IV and in Admiralty
Notice to Mariners No 22 of each year.
2 US Notices to Mariners may be consulted at: Coast
Guard district offices, National Ocean Service field offices,
National Geospacial Intelligence Agency (NGA) offices and
agents for handling charts and publications.
3 Channel depth information is usually published in US
Notices to Mariners. The information can be obtained also
at the local district offices of the Corps of Engineers, US
Army.
Navigation Rules for US Inland Waters
1.39
1 Inland Navigational Rules Act of 1980 modifies the
International Regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea,
1972, for use in US Inland Waters, inshore of established
lines of demarcation. These rules apply in all inland waters
of the United States as indicated in Chapter 4.
2 For further details see Appendix III.
Communication between vessels
1.40
1 The U.S. Vessel Bridge to Bridge Radiotelephone
Regulations stipulate the carriage and operational
requirements of radiotelephone equipment aboard various
classes of water craft in US navigable waters.
For further deatils see Appendix III.
Notice of arrival, departure and hazardous conditions
1.41
1 Appendix II gives extracts from US regulations
concerning Ports and Waterways Safety.
Regulated Navigation areas
1.42
1 Areas of regulated vessel movement designated as a
Regulated Navigation Area, a Safety Zone, or a Security
Zone may be established under certain circumstances by
the U.S. Coast Guard. For descriptions of these areas and
zones see Appendix V.
2 In the designated safety zones described in this volume,
special regulations apply and are given in the relevant text.
Vessel arrival inspections
1.43
1 Vessels subject to US quarantine, customs, immigration,
and agricultural quarantine inspections generally make
arrangements in advance through ships’ agents. Government
officials conducting such inspections are stationed at most
major ports. Mariners arriving at ports where officials are
not stationed should contact the nearest activity providing
that service.
CHAPTER 1
Cuba
Navigation rules for Cuban Territorial and Interior
Waters
1.44
1 The Cuban authorities have introduced adaptions to
International Regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea,
1972 for use in Cuban territorial and internal waters.
For details of these adaptions see Appendix VIII.
Pollution
1.45
1 In order to avoid the harmful consequences of pollution
a National Watch System has been set up by the Cuban
authorities. This system consists of a Radiotelegraph Office
which passes all information concerning pollution to a
National Notice Centre at the Maritime Safety Directorate
of the Ministry of Transport. Dumping of all types of
rubbish from ships in Cuban waters is prohibited.
2 Mariners navigating close to, or within waters under the
jurisdiction of the Cuban authorities, detecting the presence
of oil or other substances in the sea, must report their
presence to the National Notice Centre as soon as possible,
giving the following details:
3 Date and time of finding the substance.
Position, direction of drift, approximate extent and
description of the substance.
Distance to the closest Cuban coastal zone, giving the
port and local provincial authority.
4 Name and nationality of vessels found close to the
substance.
Any other relevant information.
Dominican Republic
Anchorage in coastal waters
1.46
1 Caution. Anchoring by foreign vessels within the
territorial waters of Dominican Republic is only authorised
in designated charted areas. Vessels may request
authorisation for anchoring elsewhere from port authorities
or the Dominican Republic Navy. Foreign vessels anchoring
or waiting off without authorisation are liable to a
substantial fine. Vessels claiming force majeure will have
that claim verified by a boarding party.
Other countries
General
1.47
1 Regulations concerning other countries will be found in
the appropriate part of this volume.
SIGNALS
National
United States Navy vessels
1.48
1 Certain types of U.S. Navy vessels which cannot comply
fully with the requirements as to the number and
positioning of navigation lights, will comply as closely as
possible in accordance with Rule 13 of International
Regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea 1972. They
may also exhibit other lights such as coloured recognition
5
 Home Contents Index CHAPTER 1

lights, special coloured flashing lights, or landing lights for Signals displayed
aircraft or helicopters (details are given in U.S. Notices to 1.53
Mariners annually). When darkened during naval 1 Signals displayed in United States, Cuba and Jamaica,
manoeuvres, navigation lights will be temporarily exhibited and their meanings, are shown in Diagram 1.53.
if possible on the approach of other shipping.
1.49
1 Submarine identification. U.S. Navy submarines are
equipped with signal ejectors which may be used to launch
identification signals including emergency signals. Two
general types of signals may be used: smoke floats that
burn on the surface; and parachute flares or stars which
rise to a height of about 100 to 125 m before descending.
The colour of the smoke, flare or star has the following
meaning:
2 Green or Black indicates firing, or simulated firing, of
a torpedo.
Yellow indicates the submarine is preparing to rise to
periscope depth; surface vessels should stand clear,
keeping their propellers turning.
3 Red indicates an emergency on board the submarine,
and she will try to surface immediately if possible.
Surface vessels should clear the area but stand by
to render assistance. In the case of repeated red
signals, or if the submarine fails to surface within
a reasonable time, she may be presumed to be
disabled on the bottom; surface vessels should then
buoy the location, advise the U.S. Navy authorities
or Coast Guard immediately, and post look outs to
search for a submarine marker buoy.
4 Submarine marker buoys consist of two spheres each
about 1 m in diameter connected together and painted
international orange. The buoy is attached to the submarine
by a wire cable which can be used to guide a rescue
chamber. Submarines in distress may also release a dye
marker, air bubbles, or a small quantity of oil.

Survey vessels and Buoy tenders

1.50
1 National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration
(NOAA) vessels engaged in survey operations which limit
their ability to manoeuvre, and United States Coast Guard
vessels handling or servicing aids to navigation, each
exhibit the lights and shapes required by Rule 27 of Storm warning signals (1.53)
International Regulations for Preventing Collision at Sea
1972.
2 In the Turks and Caicos Islands the signals, which in
Diagram 1.53 indicate a storm warning of 48–63 kn, are
Visual weather signals used to give warning that a tropical storm is expected to
1.51 strike within 12 hours.
1 Coastal visual weather warning signals were
discontinued by the National Weather Service in 1989. Gale Port control signals
and storm warnings are now broadcast, see Admiralty List 1.54
of Radio Signals Volume 3(2). 1 Signals displayed at Cuban ports and their meanings are
shown in Diagram 1.54.

Visual storm warning signals DISTRESS AND RESCUE

Countries displaying signals General information

1.52
1 The World Meteorological Organisation reports that
storm warning signals are displayed in the following
countries covered in this volume:
Turks and Caicos Islands.
Jamaica.
2 Signals may also be displayed by some local
organizations in the United States. Cuba has adopted the
storm and hurricane signal system of the United States.
Radio monitoring
1.55
1 The radio watch monitoring the international distress
frequencies which certain classes of vessels are required to
maintain when at sea is one of the most important factors
in the arrangements for the rescue of people in distress at
sea.

6
Home Contents Index CHAPTER 1

CUBA − Port Controll Signals (1.54)

7
 Home Contents Index CHAPTER 1

2 For general information concerning distress and rescue, Coastguard stations

including helicopter assistance, see Annual Summary of
Admiralty Notices to Mariners and The Mariner ’s
Handbook.
Global Maritime Distress and Safety System (GMDSS)
1.56
1 The GMDSS enables search and rescue authorities on
shore, in addition to shipping in the immediate vicinity of a
vessel in distress, to be rapidly alerted to an incident so
that assistance can be provided with the minimum of delay.
2 The sea area covered by this volume lies within the
Bahamas, Bermuda, Cayman Islands, Cuba, Dominican
Republic, Haïti, Jamaica and Miami Search and Rescue
Regions (SRR)
For details of the GMDSS see Admiralty List of Radio
Signals Volume 5.
United States waters
1.59
1 United States Coast Guard District Office and Marine
Safety Office is situated in Miami.
Coastguard stations are situated at the following ports:
2 Port Canaveral (28°25′N, 80°37′W) (5.35).
Fort Pierce (27°28′N, 80°18′W) (5.58).
Lake Worth Inlet (26°46′N, 80°03′W) (5.91).
Fort Lauderdale (26°05′N, 80°07′W) (5.134).
Miami Beach Base (25°46′N, 80°09′W) (5.163).
Marathon (24°43′N, 81°06′W) (5.218).
Key West (24°34′N, 81°48′W) (5.238).

Ship reporting systems

Automated Mutual assistance Vessel Rescue System Bahamas
(AMVER) 1.60
1.57 1 The Bahamas Air−Sea Rescue Association (BASRA)
1 The AMVER system provides world wide cover and is head office is situated in Nassau. It is a volunteer service,
operated by the United States Coast Guard, details are its members contract to be available at all times and often
given in Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 1(2). use their own boats or seaplanes to effect a rescue. BASRA
Merchant vessels of all nations making offshore voyages operates in conjunction with the Bahamas Defence Force
are encouraged to send movement reports and periodic and the United States Coast Guard.
position reports to the AMVER Centre. U.S. Maritime 2 BASRA stations are situated as follows (24 hour
Administrative regulations require certain U.S. flag vessels monitoring);
and foreign flag “War Risk” vessels to report and regularly Abacos (4.217)
update their voyages to the AMVER Centre. Freeport (4.364)
Berry Islands (4.316)
Rescue services Nassau (4.249)
United States waters 3 Eleuthera (4.152)
1.58 Exumas (4.162)
1 The United States Coast Guard conducts and/or Cat Island (4.150)
co ordinates search and rescue operations for surface Crooked Island (4.64)
vessels and aircraft that are in distress or overdue. Long Island (4.149)

8
 Home Contents Index
COUNTRIES AND PORTS
General information
Countries included
1.61
1 The following countries are included in this volume:
Bahamas.
Cuba.
Dominican Republic.
Haïti.
Jamaica.
United States of America. State of Florida.
2 British Dependent Territories:
Bermuda
Cayman Islands
Turks and Caicos Islands
BAHAMAS
General description
1.62
1 The Commonwealth of the Bahamas is an archipelago
consisting of some 700 low lying islands and over
2000 cays and rocks, many of which are barren, windswept
and uninhabited. Only 22 of the islands are inhabited.
2 These islands extend about 500 miles ESE from about
50 miles off the Florida Coast to Great Inagua Island, N of
Windward Passage.
The total land area is about 14 000 square km.
National limits
1.63
1 The Commonwealth of the Bahamas claims a limit of
3 miles for territorial waters and a limit of 200 miles for
fisheries jurisdiction. See Annual Summary of Admiralty
Notices to Mariners No 12.
History
1.64
1 The Bahamas Islands were discovered by Christopher
Columbus in 1492, who, at present, is generally believed to
have made his first landfall on San Salvador Island.
2 Having removed the indigenous population to work as
slaves in Hispaniola, the Spaniards made no attempt to
settle the islands and they remained uninhabited until 1629
when they were given their first constitution as part of the
Carolinas. The first settlers came from Bermuda. In 1647 a
company of “Eleutheran Adventurers” was formed in
London for the purpose of colonising the islands and in
1670, yet a further grant was made by Charles II, vesting
the islands in six Lords Proprietors.
3 For the next hundred years the islands passed through
troublesome times, becoming a base for pirates. The islands
were invaded from time to time and for a short period
were occupied by the Spanish. They were finally ceded to
Britain in 1783.
4 Their subsequent history was greatly influenced by
events in the United States, including the Civil War and
Prohibition.
The Bahama Islands achieved internal self government
in 1965 and full independence in 1973.
CHAPTER 1
Government
1.65
1 The Commonwealth of the Bahamas is an independent
sovereign state within the Commonwealth. The constitution
provides for a Governor General to represent the British
monarch who is head of state, a nominated 16 member
Senate and elected 40 member House of Assembly.
Population and language
1.66
1 The population (2000) of the Bahama Islands is 304
913, of which about 85% are of African origin and 12% of
European descent.
2 More than 75% of the population live on either New
Providence or Grand Bahama, with the majority of the
remainder living on the twelve other main islands.
English is the official and spoken language.
Physical features
1.67
1 Bahama Islands are a group of islands formed by the
exposed tips of a great submerged ridge. The islands are
generally flat reaching their highest elevation of about 60 m
on Cat Island.
2 The soil is fertile, but very thin, and many areas consist
of harsh limestone rock, with the ground so split by
interlocking caves and potholes, of up to 18 m deep, that it
is impossible to cross it.
3 Fresh water is abundant on Great Bahama Island, but
with the exception of Andros Island, which has a few
brooks and streams, all the others are destitute of springs or
running water.
Flora and fauna
1.68
1 Flora. The flora is tropical and related to that of the
American coast. A stunted growth, largely mangrove,
covers a majority of the islands, but only a few possess
forests. The pine of the American coast grows in the NW
islands and tropical trees such as mahogany and
lignum vitae are found throughout the islands.
2 Fauna. The islands have few native mammals, but the
raccoon can be found on New Providence Island. There is
a wealth of bird and marine life.
Trade and industry
1.69
1 The economy of the Bahamas Islands is based primarily
on tourism (60% of GDP) and financial services (15% of
GDP). Tourism accounts for about 50% of all jobs and
about 80% of all tourists come from the United States.
2 A number of industrial firms have been set up on Grand
Bahama Island in the free trade zone at Freeport.
Agriculture and fishing account for 5% GDP but are
expanding, with particular emphasis on beef, pork, fruit,
nuts, dairy and shrimp farming.
BERMUDA
General description
1.70
1 The Bermuda Islands (32°30′N, 64°45′W) lie about
570 miles ESE of Cape Hatteras, USA, the nearest point on
the mainland, and are at the same latitude as the State of
South Carolina.
2 The group consists of about 300 islands, islets and rocks.
About 20 islands are inhabited and the seven largest are
9
 Home Contents Index
connected by bridges and a causeway to Hamilton Island,
the largest island in the group.
National limits
1.71
1 Around Bermuda, the United Kingdom claims territorial
waters out to 12 miles and the jurisdiction for fishing rights
to 200 miles. See Annual Summary of Admiralty Notices to
Mariners No 12.
History
1.72
1 According to the Spanish navigator and historian
Ferdinand d’Oveido, who visited Bermuda in 1515, the
islands were discovered at an earlier date by Juan de
Bermudez, after whom they were named. An early Spanish
map, published in 1511, shows the island “La Barmuda” in
approximately the correct position. No aborigines were
found on the islands and the Spaniards took no further
steps to found a settlement.
2 In 1609 Admiral Sir George Somer’s ship, The Sea
Venture, which was in company with a fleet of eight other
ships conveying colonists to the new plantations in
Virginia, was wrecked on the islands. Following the
favourable reports of the survivors, who spent a year on
the islands, Bermuda (at that time known as Somers’
Islands) was owned first by the Virginia Company and then
by a special company set up to develop the islands.
3 In 1684, after a number of years of neglect by the
governing company, the charter was dissolved and Bermuda
became a Crown Colony. In 1767 Bermuda became a base
for the British West Indies Fleet.
In 1968 a new constitution giving internal self
government to the colony was introduced.
Government
1.73
1 Bermuda is a British Dependent Territory. The British
Government has responsibility for foreign affairs, defence
and national security. The British monarch is Head of State
and is represented by a Governor.
2 The government of the islands is conducted by a
Legislature, consisting of The Governor, The Senate
consisting of eleven members and the House of Assembly,
consisting of forty members. The Governor is assisted by
an Executive Council of seven members.
Population and language
1.74
1 The population (2000) of Bermuda is approximately
66 997, about 60% of whom are of African origin. The
remainder of the population are mainly of European
descent.
English is the official and commercial language.
Physical features
1.75
1 The total area of the ten largest islands is about
54 square km.
The group of islands sits on a cap of marine limestone,
accumulated over millions of years, surmounting an extinct
volcano which rises sharply from the seabed.
2 There are a number of caves, many of which are of
considerable extent and contain a great variety of
stalagmites and stalactites
The land consists mainly of gently rolling hills rising to
a maximum elevation of nearly 80 m on Hamilton Island.
CHAPTER 1
3 Because of the porous nature of the rock there are no
fresh water streams and the inhabitants depend mainly on
rain water collected in tanks.
Flora and fauna
1.76
1 Vegetation grows rapidly and the soil is covered in an
almost perpetual green.
2 The Bermuda Cedar used to be the principal tree, but it
was largely killed by an insect plague between 1942 and
1944. It has now been replaced by large plantings of
Casuarina and other imported species such as the
Fiddlewood, Tamarind, Avocado Pear and Poinciana.
3 There are no indigenous mammals or reptiles of any
importance. Fish are plentiful.
Industry and trade
1.77
1 Bermuda’s economy is based primarily on international
business and tourism and has a GDP of $3⋅4 billion. It is
an important offshore financial centre with international
finance and insurance being the most important sector of
the economy, accounting for 13⋅8% of GDP.
2 Tourism is the second most important activity, although
in a state of decline, contributing 7% to GDP. Visitor
numbers were down to 454,444 in 2001. It remains a major
employer with 5700 jobs in the industry in 2000.
3 There is little industry; mainly structural concrete
products, paints, perfumes and furniture and a small
agricultural sector with semi tropical produce, dairy
products and flowers.
CAYMAN ISLANDS
General description
1.78
1 Cayman Islands group consists of three islands; Grand
Cayman, Cayman Brac and Little Cayman. Grand Cayman,
the largest island which is 29 km long and 6 km wide, lies
160 miles S of the Cuban mainland and 170 miles WNW of
Jamaica. Little Cayman and Cayman Brac lie 60 and
75 miles, respectively, ENE of Grand Cayman.
National limits
1.79
1 Around the Cayman Islands the United Kingdom claims
a limit of 12 miles for territorial waters and a limit of
200 miles for fisheries jurisdiction. See Annual Summary of
Admiralty Notices to Mariners No 12.
History
1.80
1 Cayman Islands were sighted first by Columbus in 1503
but were not occupied by the Spanish. They were first
named Las Tortugas, because of the large number of turtles
that were found, but later called Cayman after the Carib
Indian name for a marine crocodile that lived on the
islands.
2 The islands were ceded to Britain in 1670 after the first
settlers had come from Jamaica. Although this first
settlement was not successful, further settlers came from
Jamaica during the eighteenth century. During this period
the islands were also used as a base for privateers and
pirates.
3 From 1670 the Cayman Islands were dependencies of
Jamaica with a considerable measure of self government,
and in 1832 a legislative assembly was established.
10
 Home Contents Index
The islands became a separate Crown Colony in 1959,
although administered by Jamaica.
4 In 1962, when Jamaica achieved independence, Cayman
Islands chose to remain a direct dependency of the British
Crown.
Government
1.81
1 Cayman Islands are a British Dependent Territory. The
British Monarch is Head of State and is represented by a
Governor. The 1972 constitution provides for an Executive
Council to advise the Governor and a Legislative Assembly
. The Executive Council consists of three official members
and four elected members.
2 The Legislative Council consists of twelve elected
members, four of whom also serve on the Executive
Council.
Population and language
1.82
1 In 2000 the total population, of mixed European and
African descent, was estimated to be about 35 530, of
which 94% lived on Grand Cayman.
English is the official language.
Physical features
1.83
1 Cayman Islands are of coral formation and very fertile.
Grand Cayman is low lying and about half the island is
swamp. An interesting feature is the shallow reef protected
lagoon, North Sound, which occupies the NW part of the
island.
2 Cayman Brac, which gets its name from the high
limestone bluff at its E end, rises to an elevation of 42 m.
Little Cayman is low lying with an highest elevation of
15 m. Both islands are wooded.
Fauna
1.84
1 There are few indigenous animals on the islands, but
bird life is particularly plentiful and many interesting
species can be seen. The turtles, which once were the main
reason for ships visiting the islands, are now a protected
species.
Industry and trade
1.85
1 Until recently the economy of the Cayman Islands was
based on the sea with its main invisible export being the
remittances of its seamen who manned the world’s
merchant fleets.
2 Now (2003) the Cayman Islands have one of the highest
standard of living in the Caribbean. This wealth is largely
created by it being one of the largest offshore financial
centres in the world, and from tourism.
3 Economic activity is largely concentrated in Grand
Cayman. Cayman Brac, which has a population of about
1500, has a number of tourist and shipping facilities. Little
Cayman is still largely undeveloped with few permanent
residents.
CUBA
General description
1.86
1 The island of Cuba, 1250 km long and 191 km across at
its widest point, is the largest island in the Caribbean. Its N
CHAPTER 1
coast lies only 85 miles S of Florida Keys and the island
extends ESE to Punta Maísi, where it is separated from the
W end of Hispaniola by the 45 mile wide Windward
Passage. To the NE it is separated from the Great Bahama
Bank by Old Bahama Channel and to the NW from
Mexico by Yucatan Channel.
National limits
1.87
1 Cuba claims a limit of 12 miles for territorial waters and
a limit of 200 miles for an exclusive economic zone. See
Annual Summary of Admiralty Notices to Mariners No 12.
History
1.88
1 Cuba was discovered by Columbus during his first
voyage in 1492, but was not conquered and settled until
1511, when several towns, including La Habana were
founded.
2 Except for a brief period of British occupation in
1762–3, Cuba remained a Spanish colony for nearly four
hundred years. In the nineteenth century, following the
gaining of independence by Spain’s other colonies in the
New World, there were a series of unsuccessful rebellions
culminating in the Ten Years War (1868–78) by both the
negro population and Cuban born Spaniards against the rule
of Spain.
3 In 1898 the United States, which had major economic
interests in Cuba and was increasingly sympathetic to the
cause of the rebels, declared war on Spain following the
sinking of the USS Maine, by an unexplained explosion, in
La Habana harbour. In the brief war that followed the
Spanish navy was destroyed and US forces occupied the
island. A United States military government ruled Cuba
from 1899 to 1902, when Cuba became an independent
nation. The United States retained a naval base at
Guantánamo.
1.89
1 For the next fifty years Cuba was governed by generally
corrupt and ineffectual governments and until 1934, when
the United States gave up its right to intervene, these
governments were often replaced by direct United States
military rule. In 1959 the last of these governments, the
dictatorship of General Bastista, was overthrown by Dr
Fidel Castro Ruíz who rapidly established a communist
regime and moved towards a close alliance with the Soviet
Union.
2 The anti American policies of the latter regime led to a
rapid deterioration in relations between the two countries.
In 1961 this process was accelerated by the unsuccessful
invasion of Cuba at the Bay of Pigs, which although
carried out by anti Castro Cubans, was partly backed by
the United States. In October 1962 the discovery of Soviet
nuclear missiles on Cuban territory resulted in one of the
most serious international crises of the Cold War period.
Since then the Castro regime has remained in power and
the United States has maintained an economic embargo
against Cuba.
Government
1.90
1 The Republic of Cuba is a Communist state with Dr
Castro as President of the Council of State and President of
the Council of Ministers. From 1959 to 1976 Fidel Castro
ruled by decree.
2 In 1976 the first socialist Constitution came into force.
Legislative power is vested in the National Assembly
11
 Home Contents Index
consisting of 499 elected deputies and Executive power in
the Council of Ministers.
Population and language
1.91
1 In 1998 the estimated population of Cuba was
11 100 000.
Cuba is a multi-racial society of largely Spanish and
African origins, with those of European descent being in
the majority.
2 Spanish is the official language.
Physical features
1.92
1 Much of Cuba is a low, gently rolling limestone plain,
but mountains and hills occupy more than a quarter of its
total area. The highest mountains are the Sierra Maestra, in
E Cuba, which rise abruptly from the sea to Pico Turquino,
about 2000 m high. Two other ranges of hills, with heights
of nearly 800 m and 1000 m, respectively, extend SW from
La Habana towards the W end of the island, and lie on the
S side of the central part of the island.
2 The island is famous for the beauty and fertility of its
valleys some of which are wide plains with rivers and
streams, and others form circular amphitheatres surrounded
by picturesque hills.
Cuba has a large number of very fine harbours. Most of
them are pouched shaped inlets, with narrow entrances.
Flora and fauna
1.93
1 Flora. Nearly all the characteristic forms of W Indian, S
Florida and Central American seaboard flora are to be
found on the island, including the mexican Tierra Caliente,
remarkable for its size, foliage and fragrance. There are
also some 26 varieties of palm, including the famous royal
palm.
2 Among the woods are the lignum vitae, the granadilla,
the coco wood, and the Cedrela odorata, used for cigar
boxes and lining cabinet work. There are also fustic,
logwood and many species of mahogany.
The pineapple, the manioc, sweet potato and Indian corn
are indigenous.
Fauna. The only two indigenous mammals are the
agouti, a large rodent, and a peculiar insectivore, the
solenodon, otherwise only found in Madagascar.
3 The reptiles are the iguana and a few snakes, none of
which is poisonous. There is an enormous variety of boa,
black and thick as a man’s arm, but it is not known to
molest human beings. There are also alligators.
Birds are numerous, parrots being the most conspicuous.
Industry and trade
1.94
1 Until the end of the 1980s the Cuban economy was very
dependant on trade with the Soviet Union. In 1986 67% of
its imports and 75% of its exports were with that country.
Since the loss of Soviet subsidies there has been only
modest growth in the economy and tourism has surpassed
sugar as the primary source of foreign exchange.
2 Natural resources. Cuba has substantial reserves of iron
ore, copper, chrome, nickel and timber. Nickel is the
countries second largest foreign exchange earner.
Agriculture. Most of Cuban agriculture is organised by
state communes. The largest private holdings are about
70 hectares.
CHAPTER 1
3 The main crops that are grown are sugar, rice, coffee,
tobacco, beans, meat, vegetables and citrus fruits.
Exports. The main export is sugar. Nickel, tobacco, fish
products, rum and citrus fruits are also exported.
DOMINICAN REPUBLIC
General description
1.95
1 The Dominican Republic occupies the E part of
Hispaniola, the second largest island in the Caribbean Sea.
The Dominican Republic, which has an area of 48 442 sq
km, is nearly twice the size of Haïti, which occupies the W
part of the island.
National limits
1.96
1 The Dominican Republic claims a limit of 6 miles for
territorial waters and a limit of 200 miles for an exclusive
economic zone. See Annual Summary of Admiralty Notices
to Mariners No 12.
History
1.97
1 The island of Hispaniola was discovered by Columbus
in December 1492 when he landed in the NW part of the
island, in what is now Haïtian territory. In 1493 and 1494,
during his second voyage, Columbus founded a number of
colonies in the E part of Hispaniola and 1496 his brother
founded the city of Santo Domingo on the S coast. For two
decades the settlement at Santo Domingo was the centre of
Spanish colonial activity in the Americas.
2 During the seventeenth century the French became
established in the W part of Hispaniola and in 1697 the
Spaniards ceded that part of the island to France. In 1795,
during the French Revolutionary Wars, the Spanish were
forced to cede the E part of the island to France, but with
British assistance regained this territory from the newly
independent Haïti in 1809. In 1821 the Dominicans
declared their independence from Spain, but the following
year were invaded by their neighbour and remained under
Haïtian rule for more than two decades. In 1844 the
Dominicans finally expelled the Haïtians.
3 Following independence the Dominican Republic
underwent a long period of instability under a series of
short lived governments. During the 1860s the republic
reunited with Spain for four years and between 1916 and
1924 the country was ruled by a US military government.
4 In 1930 General Trujillo gained power, which he
maintained by dictatorial means until his assassination in
1961. The Trujillo era saw stability, considerable economic
development and the severe repression of domestic human
rights.
5 A period of instability followed the death of Trujillo and
in 1965–66 the United States and the Organisation of
American States intervened to prevent a left wing takeover
of the country. In 1978 an election was held which resulted
in the first peaceful transfer of power from one freely
elected President to another.
Government
1.98
1 The Dominican Republic is a representative democracy.
The 1966 Constitution established a 30 member Senate and
120 member Chamber of Deputies. Executive power is held
by the President, who like the Senate and Chamber of
Deputies, is elected for a four year term.
12
 Home Contents Index
Population and language
1.99
1 In 1997 the estimated population was 8 000 000, of
which 16% were of Caucasian origin, 11% of African
origin and 73% mixed origin.
Spanish is the national language.
Physical features
1.100
1 The Dominican Republic is a mountainous area with
four roughly parallel ranges which are separated by fertile
valleys and lowland areas. Pico Duarte, which stands 80 km
NW of Santo Domingo, has an elevation of 3175 m and is
the highest mountain in the Caribbean.
Flora
1.101
1 All tropical plants and trees grow to perfection and
nearly all fruits and vegetables of the temperate climates
may be cultivated in the highlands. Amongst its indigenous
products are sugar, cotton, rice, maize, tobacco, ginger and
many other tropical crops. The island was rich in various
woods, but large areas of the virgin forest have now been
destroyed.
Industry and trade
1.102
1 The economy of the Dominican Republic is closely tied
to the United States.
Natural resources. Bauxite, gypsum, iron ore and other
minerals including gold and silver.
2 Agriculture. Sugar is the main crop. Coffee, cocoa and
bananas are also important crops.
Exports. The main exports are textiles, sugar, coffee and
nickel. Over 2⋅5 million tourists visited the country in 1999.
HAÏTI
General description
1.103
1 Haïti, which covers an area of 27 750 sq km, occupies
the W third of Hispaniola. Cuba lies to the NW of Haïti,
the two islands being separated by Windward Passage,
which is 50 miles wide. The nearest part of Jamaica is
about 100 miles WSW of Haïti.
National limits
1.104
1 Haïti claims a limit of 12 miles for territorial waters and
a limit of 200 miles for an exclusive economic zone. See
Annual Summary of Admiralty Notices to Mariners No 12.
History
1.105
1 In December 1492 Columbus landed on Hispaniola on
the N coast of what is now Haïti. He also established the
first European settlement in the Americas, in this area.
However it was not successful and most of the later
Spanish settlements in Hispaniola were made in what is
now the Dominican Republic.
2 In the seventeenth century French, British and Dutch
adventurers and pirates set up bases in the W part of
Hispaniola, but eventually the French gained control of the
area and in 1697 the Spanish formally recognised French
sovereignty over the W third of Hispaniola.
CHAPTER 1
3 During the eighteenth century the French colony, known
as Saint Domingue, the economy of which was based on
slavery, was one of France’s richest overseas possessions
and the largest sugar producer in the West Indies.
4 After the French Revolution the institution of slavery
came under attack and the new French Government tried to
introduce reforms. These reforms were resisted by the
plantation owners. In 1791, encouraged by the new ideas of
freedom, a slave rebellion took place in the N part of Haïti
and thousands of white settlers and mulattoes were
murdered. For the next ten years the country was in turmoil
as the white settlers, mulattoes and negroes fought each
other in a series of shifting alliances. As a result of the
French Revolutionary War in Europe, both Spanish and
British forces also became involved in the confusion, with
the latter occupying Port-au-Prince for four years.
1.106
1 In 1802 a French Army was sent by Napoleon to put
down a rising led by the ex-slave Toussant Louverture.
After initial successes, which led to the capture of Toussant
Louverture and his exile to France, where he died in 1803,
the French Army weakened by disease, left the island.
2 In 1804 Haïti declared itself independent and became,
after the United States, the second independent nation in
the Americas. However independence did not bring
prosperity. The rich plantations had been completely
destroyed in the years of violence and early leaders pursued
a policy of dividing the land into small peasant plots, a
situation which has existed to the present day, and resulted
in economic ruin.
3 At the beginning of the twentieth century the United
States became politically and economically involved in the
country and in 1915, after a particularly bloody revolution,
occupied the country. This occupation, which lasted until
1934, brought many benefits to the country, but was
resented by the Haitians.
4 In 1957, after a further period of instability, Francois
(Papa Doc) Duvalier became President and the family (he
was succeeded by his son Jean-Claude in 1971) ruled the
country with the assistance of the notorious “Tontons
Macoutes” until Jean Claude was deposed in 1986.
5 Since the overthrow of the Duvalier family attempts
have been made to establish a genuine democracy. These
have been largely unsuccessful and violence and poverty
prevail.
Government
1.107
1 The 1987 Constitution provided The Republic of Haïti
with an Executive President, Senate and Chamber of
Deputies.
Population, language and religion
1.108
1 In 1996 the population of Haïti, which is the most
densely populated island in the Caribbean, was estimated to
be 7⋅3 million, of which 90% are of African origin. The
remaining 10% are mulattoes descended from the French
settlers.
2 French and Creole are the official languages but French
is only spoken by the educated minority. The remainder of
the population speak Creole, a language derived from
French.
3 Roman Catholicism is the official religion. Although the
majority of the population is nominally Christian, many
practice voodooism, a folk religion that originated in
Africa.
13
 Home Contents Index
Physical features
1.109
1 Haïti, the name of which means “high ground” is the
most mountainous country in the Caribbean. It is covered
by three mountain ranges running in a generally NW–SE
direction. The main range stretches right across the
northern peninsula. The mountain ranges are separated by
valleys and lowland areas.
Flora and fauna
1.110
1 Originally the flora and fauna of Haïti was similar to
that of the Dominican Republic but the farming methods of
the Haïtian peasants have largely destroyed the original
habitat and even the luxuriant forest cover of the mountains
is being rapidly destroyed for fuel and building.
Industry and trade
1.111
1 Haïti is the poorest country in the Western Hemisphere
and one of the poorest countries in the world. Agriculture
comprises 90% of its economy, and consists mainly of
subsistence farming.
2 Natural resources. Minerals which are largely
unexploited.
Agriculture. Coffee, sugar and sisal.
Exports. Sugar and coffee.
JAMAICA
General description
1.112
1 Jamaica, which is about 256 km long and 82 wide, has
an area of 11 500 square km. The island lies about 80 miles
S of Cuba and 100 miles W of Haïti.
2 Kingston is the capital of the island and the main
commercial centre.
National limits
1.113
1 Jamaica claims a limit of 12 miles for territorial waters
and a limit of 200 miles for an exclusive economic zone.
See Annual Summary of Admiralty Notices to Mariners
No 12.
History
1.114
1 Jamaica was discovered by Columbus in 1494 and ten
years later he spent a year on the island having been
shipwrecked on it. The island was first colonised by the
Spanish in 1509 and it remained a Spanish colony until
1655 when a British expeditionary force sent by Oliver
Cromwell captured the island. It was formally ceded to
Britain in 1670.
2 For the next 150 years the colony prospered and despite
periodic slave revolts, hurricanes and earthquakes, became
one of Britain’s richest possessions. In its early days great
wealth was brought to the island by the buccaneers who
made Port Royal their main base from which they harassed
the Spanish treasure fleets. After the earthquake of 1692,
which destroyed Port Royal, the wealth increasingly came
from the great sugar plantations and the slave trade.
3 In 1833 slavery was abolished throughout the British
Empire and this combined with reductions in the protective
tariffs for colonial goods, ended the prosperous period of
the island’s history.
CHAPTER 1
4 Since the late seventeenth century Jamaica had enjoyed
a measure of self government, but after a particularly
violent rebellion by ex slaves in 1865, the island became a
Crown Colony. In 1907 Kingston was devastated by a
terrible earthquake. In the 1930s a limited degree of self
government was introduced and in 1959 full internal self
government was attained. In 1962 Jamaica gained full
independence.
Government
1.115
1 Jamaica is an independent sovereign state within the
Commonwealth. A Governor General represents the British
Monarch who is head of state. The Executive consists of a
Prime Minister and Cabinet chosen from a bicameral
legislature consisting of 21 nominated senators and
60 elected representatives.
2 The island is divided into three counties, Surrey in the
E, Middlesex in the centre and Cornwall in the W; and
these are divided into 14 parishes which are the main units
of local government.
Population and language
1.116
1 In 2000 the estimated population was 2 650 000 with the
following ethnic origins: African 76%; Afro European 15%;
Chinese and Afro Chinese 1%; East Indian and Afro East
Indian 3%; European 3%.
2 English is the official language, but some Creole is
spoken.
Physical features
1.117
1 On all sides of the island a series of ridges ascend from
sea level towards the central range of mountains. The Blue
Mountain Range, in the E part of the island, is the highest
part of this central range and rises to an elevation of
2253 m.
2 In the W part of the island an area known as “The
Cockpit Country” consists of a limestone plateau which has
been eroded by the action of the water to form large
depressions, numerous valleys and underground caves and
rivers. This area provided a refuge for the Maroons, rebel
slaves, who resisted British rule throughout the eighteenth
century.
Flora and fauna
1.118
1 Flora. The vegetation of the island is striking (its
Arawak name Xaymaca meant land of wood and water)
and there are reported to be 3000 species of flowering plant
of which nearly a 1000 are not found anywhere else. Its
forests contain a large variety of trees such as iron wood,
mahogany and cedar, but as in many other countries the
needs of cultivation have seriously reduced the area
covered in virgin forest.
2 Fauna. The only native mammal is the hutia or coney,
which is now an endangered species. The island is overrun
with mongoose that were introduced by the early settlers.
There are crocodiles and some snakes. The butterflies and
hummingbirds are particularly beautiful.
Industry and trade
1.119
1 Jamaica has a mixed economy and a certain amount of
general light industry has been developed.
Natural resources. Bauxite gypsum and limestone.
2 Agriculture. Sugar is the main crop. Other crops consist
of bananas, coffee, cocoa, and citrus fruits all of which are
14
 Home Contents Index
exported. Agriculture makes a less important contribution to
the GDP than the extraction of minerals, however it does
offer more employment.
Exports. Jamaica is the world’s third largest producer of
bauxite and its economy is very dependant on the world
price of this product.
3 Imports include machinery, transportation and electrical
equipment, food, fuels and fertilizer.
Tourism is the main earner of foreign exchange and
Jamaica is one of the most popular tourist destinations in
the Caribbean.
TURKS AND CAICOS ISLANDS
General description
1.120
1 The Turks and Caicos Islands are a group of about forty
islands and cays that lie to the N of Hispaniola between
Caicos Passage and Navidad Bank, 240 miles SE.
2 Only eight of the islands are inhabited. Middle or Grand
Caicos, which is some 15 miles long, is the largest island
in the group. The seat of government is at Cockburn Town
on Grand Turk Island.
National limits
1.121
1 Around the Turks and Caicos Islands, the United
Kingdom claims a limit of 12 miles for territorial waters
and a limit of 200 miles for fisheries jurisdiction. See
Annual Summary of Admiralty Notices to Mariners No 12.
History
1.122
1 It is generally considered that the Turks and Caicos
Islands were discovered in 1512 by Juan Ponce de León,
but there is some evidence that Christopher Columbus may
have made his first landfall on one of the islands of this
group in 1492.
2 For two centuries the possession of the islands was
disputed between Britain, Spain and France until in 1766
they were finally placed under the Government of the
Bahamas.
3 After the American War of Independence the islands
were settled by loyalists from Georgia, but a series of
natural disasters resulted in their abandonment, in the early
part of the nineteenth century.
4 In 1848 the Turks and Caicos Islands became self
governing under the supervision of Jamaica and in 1874
were declared a Crown Colony and dependency of Jamaica.
When Jamaica obtained its independence in 1962, the Turks
and Caicos Islands became a Crown Colony, being
governed by the Governor of the Bahamas, who was also
appointed as Governor of the Turks and Caicos. When The
Commonwealth of the Bahamas became independent in
1973 the Turks and Caicos Islands continued as a Crown
Colony with its own Governor.
Government
1.123
1 The Turks and Caicos Islands are a British Dependent
Territory. The British monarch is the Head of State and is
represented by a Governor.
2 The 1976 Constitution provides for an Executive Council
and a Legislative Council. The Executive Council consists
partly of nominated members and partly of members from
the Legislative Council. The Legislative Council consists of
CHAPTER 1
three members from the Executive Council, thirteen elected
members and two nominated members.
Population and language
1.124
1 In 1999 the population of the Turks and Caicos Islands
was estimated as 19 000, of whom half lived on Grand
Turk Island and Providenciales.
English is the official language.
Trade
1.125
1 The main exports from the islands are based on fish
products, particularly lobster and conch.
Tourism is the most important economic activity.
UNITED STATES OF AMERICA —
FLORIDA
General description
1.126
1 This volume only covers the S and SE coasts of the
state of Florida and the information below is limited to that
area. For general information on other parts of the United
States of America see the appropriate volume of Admiralty
Sailing Directions.
National limits
1.127
1 United States claims a limit of 12 miles for territorial
waters and 200 miles for an exclusive economic zone. See
Annual Summary of Admiralty Notice to Mariners No 12.
Florida
1.128
1 Florida is in the SE part of the United States and is
largely made up by a peninsula which separates the
Atlantic Ocean from Gulf of Mexico.
2 The state has an area of about 150 000 sq km. It
contains the S most point on the mainland of the United
States.
History
1.129
1 The Spanish explorer Juan Ponce de León is generally
credited with the discovery of Florida in 1513. In 1521 he
returned with two shiploads of colonists to found a
settlement, but was driven off by the fierce resistance of
the Indian tribes that occupied the area. During the half
century that followed, Florida served as a gateway to North
America for the Spanish and gave them a claim to the vast
areas to the NW of the peninsula.
2 In 1562 these Spanish claims were contested by the
French whose explorers had landed at the entrance to Saint
Johns River. In 1565, to counter these French claims, the
Spanish established the first permanent European settlement
in what is now the United States, at Saint Augustine in N
Florida. In the next few years a number of engagements
took place between the French and the Spanish, with the
final result that no further French settlements were made on
the peninsula.
3 Over the next century both England and France
contested Spain’s supremacy in the New World. The
English having established themselves in Virginia, pushed
gradually S into the Spanish territory of the Carolinas and
Georgia. To the W the French had reached the mouth of
the Mississippi and established settlements in Louisiana. By
the middle of the eighteenth century Spanish territory was
largely confined to the Florida peninsula.
15
 Home Contents Index CHAPTER 1

4 In 1763, at the end of the Seven Years War, Spain ceded 2 Florida produces 75% of the United States output of
Florida to Britain and Britain set up two colonies, E and W citrus fruits. It is also a large producer of vegetables.
Florida. The latter, which had its capital at Saint Augustine,
had approximately the same boundaries as the state of
Florida.
5 In 1783, at the end of the American War of PRINCIPAL PORTS, HARBOURS AND
Independence, Britain returned Florida to Spain. For the
ANCHORAGES
1.134
next thirty eight years the area was nominally ruled by
Spain, however British traders and American settlers were Place and position Remarks
for much of the time allowed to pursue their affairs without Bermuda
much interference from Spain. In 1818, after American
armed intervention in retaliation for border raids by Saint George’s Harbour
Indians, Spain agreed to cede the peninsula and in 1822 (2.57) (32°22′N, 64°41′W) Commercial port
Florida became a US territory. Bermuda Freeport (2.104) Commercial and cruise port
6 In 1845 Florida entered the Union as the 27th state. In (32°19′N, 64°50′W)
1861, during the Civil War, Florida seceded from the Union
Hamilton Harbour (2.122) Commercial port
and joined the Confederate States of America. In 1868
(32°17′N, 64°47′W)
Florida was readmitted to the Union.
Turks and Caicos Islands
Population and language Cockburn Town (3.29) Open anchorage
1.130 (21°28′N, 71°09′W)
1 In 2002 the population of Florida was estimated as Cockburn Harbour (3.37) Port and anchorage
16 713 149, making it the fourth most populous state in the (21°30′N, 71°31′W)
United States. Because of its popularity as an area to retire
to, it has one of the highest average ages in the country. Bahamas
2 Although English is the official language, because of the
large number of refugees that have come from Cuba, many Providence Channels
people in Florida speak Spanish. Nassau (4.249) (25°05′N, Major port.
77°21′W)
Physical features South Riding Point Major oil terminal
1.131 Terminal (4.347) (26°37′N,
1 The Florida peninsula is a low lying area which rises to 78°15′W)
only a maximum elevation of 100 m. Its N part is an
extensive region of low, rolling hills and large swamps and Freeport, Bahamas (4.364) Major port
marshes. South of Lake Okeechobee much of the land is (26°30′N, 78°46′W)
covered by the Everglades, a watery wilderness of cypress
trees and saw grass prairie. Haïti
2 To the E of the Everglades a low ridge of land North coast
several miles wide separates the swamps from the seashore.
Port de Cap-Haïtien (6.113) Commercial and cruise port
This ridge provides the sites for the cities on the Atlantic
(19°46′N, 72°12′W)
seaboard. A series of barrier beaches, separated from the
mainland by lagoons, rim the state’s Atlantic coast. South coast
Port-au-Prince (8.275) Major commercial port
Flora and Fauna (18°33′N, 72°20′W)
1.132
1 Flora. The S part of Florida, which is one of the few Cuba
places in the United States where tropical trees and plants
North coast
flourish, has a wide variety of trees and plant life.
2 Fauna. The Everglades and cypress swamps of S Puerto de Antilla (7.64) Commercial port. Port of
Florida provide one of the last refuges in the E United (20°50′N, 75°44′W) entry
States for a number of wild animals, such as the Florida Matanzas (7.181) (23°03′N, Commercial port and oil
panther. 81°34′W) terminal
3 Reptiles flourish in Florida. Alligators are numerous in
the swamps. Snakes, few of which are poisonous, are found La Habana (7.194) Major commercial port
in large numbers. (23°08′N, 82°21′W)
4 There are many species of birds and fish in Florida and Mariel (7.222) (23°00′N, Important commercial port
its coastal waters. The only living coral on mainland 82°45′W)
United States is found off the keys at the S tip of the
peninsula. South coast
Guantánamo Bay (9.30) United States Naval Base
Trade and industry (19°54′N, 75°10′W)
1.133
Santiago de Cuba (9.58) Major commercial port
1 The main economic activity of Florida is tourism, with
(20°00′N, 75°51′W)
over 80 million tourists visiting the state each year. The
aero space industry and the Cape Canaveral Space Centre Cienfuegos (9.190) Major commercial port
also play an important part in the economy of the state. (22°08′N, 80°27′W)

16
 Home Contents Index CHAPTER 1

Floating dock No 1. Length 100 m, width 23⋅3 m.

Florida
Capacity 4500 tonnes (7.213).
Port Canaveral (5.35) Commercial and cruise port 4 Floating dock No 2. Length 227 m. Capacity
(28°25′N, 80°35′W) 22 000 tonnes (7.213).
Port of Palm Beach (5.90) Major commercial port Floating dock. Length 116 m, width 28⋅4 m. capacity
(26°46′N, 80°03′W) 4500 tonnes (7.213).
5 Cienfuegos. Cuba.
Port Everglades (5.133) Commercial port and major Patent slip. Length 70 m (9.208).
(26°06′N, 80°07′W) cruise port 6 Santiago de Cuba. Cuba.
Miami (5.163) (25°46′N, Major commercial and Slipway. Length 90 m, width 50 m (9.89).
80°03′W) cruise port. Yachting centre 7 Port Everglades. United States.
Key West (5.238) Commercial and cruise Mechanical lift. Length 106 m. Capacity 4340 tons
(24°33′N, 81°48′W) port. Yachting centre (5.156).
8 Miami. United States.
Jamaica and Cayman Islands Marine railway. Length 38 m, width 10⋅7 m. Capacity
500 tonnes (5.190).
North Coast 9 Kingston. Jamaica.
Port Antonio (10.27) Commercial port. Banana Dry dock. Cradle length 33 m. Capacity 150 tonnes
(18°11′N, 76°27′W) exports. (10.187).
Ocho Rios Bay (10.63) Cruise port. Export of
Other facilities
(18°25′N, 77°07′W) bauxite
Port Rhoades (10.76) Export of bauxite Salvage services
(18°28′N, 77°28′W) 1.136
1 Nassau (4.249)
Montego Bay (10.100) Commercial and cruise Freeport, Bahamas (4.364)
(18°29′N, 77°56′W) port. Fruit exports. Freeport Port Canaveral (5.35).
South coast Miami (5.163).
Port Royal (10.177) Naval base Deratting
(17°56′N, 76°51′W) 1.137
Kingston (10.166) Major commercial and 1 Deratting and issue of deratting certificates takes place
(17°57′N, 76°50′W) cruise port at the following ports. Ports with paragraph cross reference
give full deratting service.
Cayman Islands Bahamas: Nassau (4.249).
George Town (10.317) Commercial and cruise port Bermuda: Saint George; Freeport; Hamilton.
(19°18′N, 81°23′W) 2 Cuba: Antilla; Baracoa; Bahía Honda; Cabañas;
Caibarién; Cárdenas; Casilda; Cienfuegos; Felton;
Guatemala; Guantánamo; Guayabal; La Habana (7.194);
Isabela de Sagua; Júcaro; Manatí; Manzanillo; Mariel;
Matanzas; Moa; Nicaro; Nueva Gerona; Nuevitas; Pilón;
PORT SERVICES — SUMMARY
Puerte Padre; Sagua de Tánamo; Santa Lucía; Santiago de
Cuba; Tunas de Zaza; Vita.
Docking facilities 3 Dominican Republic. Santo Domingo.
1.135 Jamaica. Kingston (10.166).
1 Saint George’s Harbour. Bermuda. United States. Miami (5.163).
Marine railway. Length 210 m. Capacity 1000 tonnes
(2.70). Measured distances
2 Santo Domingo. Dominican Republic. 1.138
Graving dock. Length 127 m, width 17⋅6 m (8.53). 1 Miami (5.163).
3 La Habana. Cuba. Approaches to Bahía de Cienfuegos (9.187).

17
 Home Contents Index
NATURAL CONDITIONS
MARITIME TOPOGRAPHY
Chart 4400
General topography
1.139
1 With the exception of the area in the vicinity of
Bermuda, the waters that are covered in this volume are
those that surround the islands and banks that separate the
North Atlantic Basin from the Caribbean Sea.
2 The North Atlantic Basin, which is centred on the
Bermuda Rise is a vast abyssal plain, with depths of about
5000 m, that stretches between the continental shelf of the
United States and the Mid Atlantic Ridge. Its S boundary is
formed by the banks and islands which form the Bahamas
Islands and Turks and Caicos Islands. On this boundary
depths can change from over 3000 m to less than 30 m in a
distance of 2 or 3 miles.
3 The Caribbean Sea is divided into two basins by a ridge
that extends WSW from Hispaniola to Honduras and
Nicaragua. Jamaica and its surrounding banks rise from this
ridge. The W part of the Caribbean Sea is separated from
Gulf of Mexico by a ridge which extends from Mexico to
the W end of Cuba and is divided into two parts by the
Cayman Ridge on which lie the Cayman Islands.
Seismic and volcanic activity
1.140
1 Earthquakes are frequent in the E part of Cuba, but are
seldom felt in the W part of the island.
2 Jamaica has suffered two severe earthquakes in recent
times. In 1692 the town of Port Royal was submerged and
in January 1907 part of the city of Kingston was destroyed.
Minor local shocks, which cause little damage, occur each
year.
3 See also 1.151.
There are no known active volcanoes in the area
covered by this volume.
CURRENTS, TIDAL STREAMS AND FLOW
Currents
General circulation
1.141
1 The general circulation of the currents on the W side of
the Atlantic is shown on diagrams 1.142.1 to 1.142.4,
which are intended to be studied in conjunction with the
text.
2 These diagrams illustrate a gyre situated near the centre
of the diagrams, the sides of which are occupied as
follows:
W side by the Florida Current.
N side by the Gulf stream and the North Atlantic
Current.
S side by the North Equatorial Current and the South
Equatorial Current.
1.142
1 Current diagrams 1.142.1 to 1.142.4 show the
predominant currents in the area during the seasons of the
year. Definition of terms used are as follows;
2 Predominant direction is the mean direction of the
90° sector containing the greatest number of vector
representations of all the current observations in
the area.
CHAPTER 1
3 Average rate is the mean, to the nearest ¼ kn, of the
highest 50% of all the observations in the 90°
sector used to define the predominant direction.
Rates above or below those shown may be
experienced.
4 Constancy is a measure of a current’s persistence. For
example low constancy implies marked variability
in rate and, in particular, direction.
Major currents
1.143
1 Equatorial Current, which is formed by the junction of
the South Equatorial Current and the S part of the North
Equatorial Current, when they enter the Caribbean, flows in
a W direction S of the islands of Hispaniola (19°N, 70°W)
and Jamaica (18°N, 77°W) and then flows NW into Gulf
of Mexico.
2 Antilles Current, which is a continuation of the N part
of the North Equatorial Current, flows WNW to pass N of
Hispaniola and then divides to pass N of the Bahama
Islands and between the Great Bahama Bank and the N
coast of Cuba. Both branches then join the Florida Current
3 Florida Current. After entering Gulf of Mexico through
Yucatan Channel, the Equatorial Current fans out and a
major part of it flows ENE towards Straits of Florida. This
flow is joined by another setting SE from the vicinity of
the Mississippi Delta. The combined current, now the
Florida Current, flows E and then N along the coast of the
Florida peninsula and after being joined by the two
branches of the Antilles Current, becomes the Gulf Stream.
Conditions affecting currents
1.144
1 The effect of Tropical Storms on currents, both in the
deep oceans and in the vicinity of land, are described in
The Mariner’s Handbook.
Tidal streams and flow
1.145
1 Tidal streams are usually weak except in the narrow
channels through the reefs. The stream is normally
in going, towards the reefs, during the rising tide and
out going, away from the reefs, during the falling tide. The
streams are considerably affected by local weather
conditions. Details are given under the individual areas
concerned.
2 Flow. As the currents described above are changeable
the resultant flow varies considerably, and local
obstructions, due to islands, etc, also modify the general
pattern. These local effects are described in the body of the
book, where observations have been made.
SEA AND SWELL
General
1.146
1 For general information on sea and swell waves see The
Mariner’s Handbook.
Sea waves
1.147
1 The S part of the area covered by this volume is
affected by moderate seas during all seasons. Raised by the
persistent North east Trade Winds, waves of 1 m or higher
are recorded in around 40% to 50% of observations in the
autumn and about 60% to 80% for the rest of the year.
Calm seas are unusual except in the lee of the larger
islands.
18
 Home Contents Index

40° 90° 80° 70° 60° 50° 40°

LABRADOR NORTH ATLANTIC CURRENT

CURRENT AM
RE
KEY ST
1 LF 1
Average rate in knots is indicated in figures. GU
Arrows indicate the predominant direction.
The constancy of a current is indicated by the
thickness of the arrow thus:

High constancy >75%

Moderate constancy 50%-75%

Low constancy <50%

/
12 - /
34

NT
RE
1 Bermuda

UR
2 1/4

AC
RI D
FLO
30° N O RT H
30°
< 1/2
3

Flor
A M E R I C A N
/
12 - /
34

ida B A S I N
/
12 /
34

CHAPTER 1
-
19

1 AN
TIL
LE
SC
UR
RE
CU NT
BA 1
/2 - /34
NORTH EQUATORIAL CURRENT
20° Península 20°
de
Yucatán
JAMAICA Hispaniola

1
/2 - 3/4
EQUATORIAL CURRENT

C A R I B B E A N
HONDURAS
S E A SOUTH EQUATORIAL CURRENT
AGUA
NICAR

11/2
11/4

10° 10°
90° 80° Longitude 70° West from Greenwich 60° 50°

Predominant currents DECEMBER - JANUARY (1.142.1)

 Home Contents Index

40° 90° 80° 70° 60° 50° 40°

LABRADOR
NORTH ATLANTIC CURRENT
CURRENT
KEY 1
Average rate in knots is indicated in figures. 1 1
Arrows indicate the predominant direction.
The constancy of a current is indicated by the
thickness of the arrow thus:

M
EA
R
High constancy >75%

ST
LF
Moderate constancy 50%-75%

U
G
Low constancy <50%

T
2 3/4

EN
1

RR
Bermuda
1
/2 - 3/4

CU
IDA
N O RT H

FLOR
30° 30°
< 1/2
/
12 - /
34 A M E R I C A N
31/4

Flor
id
B A S I N
a

CHAPTER 1
a
h
20

a
m
a
Is
la
1 n AN 12 / - /
34
d TIL
s LES
CU
RR
EN
T
CU
BA
/
34
NORTH EQUATORIAL CURRENT
20° Península 20°
de
Yucatán
JAMAICA Hispaniola

1 / - 13/4
12

EQUATORIAL CURRENT /
34

CARIBBEAN SEA
HONDURAS
SOUTH EQUATORIAL CURRENT
AGUA

11/4
11/2
NICAR

10° 10°
90° 80° Longitude 70° West from Greenwich 60° 50°

Predominant currents FEBRUARY - MAY (1.142.2)

 Home Contents Index

40° 90° 80° 70° 60° 50° 40°

/4
3

LABRADOR
NORTH ATLANTIC
11/2 CURRENT
CURRENT
KEY M
1/
14

EA
Average rate in knots is indicated in figures. S TR
LF
Arrows indicate the predominant direction. GU
The constancy of a current is indicated by the
thickness of the arrow thus:

High constancy >75%

Moderate constancy 50%-75%

11/4
Low constancy <50%

NT
RE
2 1/4 Bermuda

UR
AC
< 1/2

RI D
FLO
30° N O RT H
30°

31/2

Flor
A M E R I C A N
/
34

ida
12/ - /
34

B
B A S I N

CHAPTER 1
h
a
/ /
21

12 - 34

m
a
Is
la
n 34 /
d
1 s AN
TI NORTH
LL EQUATORIAL CURRENT
ES
CU
CU RR
BA EN
T
20° Península 20°
de
Yucatán 1
JAMAICA Hispaniola
1

EQUATORIAL CURRENT
C A R I B B E A N
HONDURAS S E A
11/2 1
AGUA
NICAR

11/4 SOUTH EQUATORIAL CURRENT

10° 10°
90° 80° Longitude 70° West from Greenwich 60° 50°

Predominant currents JUNE - JULY (1.142.3)

 Home Contents Index

40° 90° 80° 70° 60° 50° 40°

LABRADOR NORTH ATLANTIC CURRENT

CURRENT 1
KEY 11/2 AM
RE
Average rate in knots is indicated in figures. F ST
Arrows indicate the predominant direction. G UL
The constancy of a current is indicated by the
thickness of the arrow thus: 1

High constancy >75%

Moderate constancy 50%-75%

Low constancy <50%
2 1/2

NT
RE
Bermuda

UR
AC
1
< 1/2

RI D
FLO
30° N O RT H
30°
3 /2 - 3/4
1

Flor
A M E R I C A N

ida

B
B A S I N

CHAPTER 1
h
/2 - 3/4
1

a
22

m
a
Is
la /
12 - /
34

n
d
1 s

AN NORTH EQUATORIAL CURRENT

TILL
CU ES
BA CU
RR
20° Península EN 34/ 20°
de T
Yucatán
JAMAICA Hispaniola /
34

1
EQUATORIAL CURRENT

C A R I B B E A N
HONDURAS S E A
11/2
1
AGUA
NICAR

11/4
SOUTH EQUATORIAL CURRENT

10° 10°
90° 80° Longitude 70° West from Greenwich 60° 50°

Predominant currents AUGUST - NOVEMBER (1.142.4)

 Home Contents Index
2 In the N of the area covered by this volume, slight or
calm seas are frequently experienced in the late spring and
summer. In winter, when the Azores anticyclone moves S,
intermittent strong or gale force winds raise moderate or
very rough seas. In the extreme NE of the area, in winter,
waves of 3½ m or more are reported in 30% to 35% of
observations and waves of 6 m or more are reported with a
frequency of about 5%.
Swell waves
1.148
1 Diagrams 1.148.1 and 1.148.2 give swell roses for
January and July and show the distribution of swell waves
according to direction and various height ranges. Swell
waves from the NE or E, generated by the North east
Trade Winds, affect the S part of the area during all
seasons and are generally low to moderate with a longer
period than the sea waves raised by local winds.
2 Over the N part of the area covered by this volume, the
swell waves are more variable but with a marked increase
in the frequency of moderate to heavy swell from between
W and NW in winter.
Tropical storms — sea and swell waves
1.149
1 Mountainous and confused seas are raised by the violent
winds associated with tropical storms (1.164). Near the
centre of a storm, groups of large waves, moving in
different directions, create very irregular wave heights and
can combine together to give exceptionally high waves.
2 Waves travel radially outwards from the storm centre as
swell waves, with the highest swell moving ahead of the
storm and roughly in the same direction as the storm. Thus
an unusual swell may be an early indication of an
approaching or distant storm and indicate the approximate
bearing of the storm centre.
3 When a storm approaches a coastline, higher than
predicted tides may arise, due to the addition of the heavy
swell and, later, the very high seas, which may cause
severe flooding in low lying areas. In extreme cases, an
exceptionally huge wave, some 6 to 7 m, may precede the
storm centre with catastrophic consequences.
Rollers
1.150
1 Rollers are large swell waves which grow in height as
they as they move into shallower water (see The Mariner’s
Handbook for details). They are frequently experienced in
the West Indies at places exposed to the open ocean from
between N and E. Such waves can, however, be refracted
and change direction on entering shallower water.
Exceptional conditions
1.151
1 In open roadsteads in the West Indies waves of
exceptional height may occur from time to time with little
or no warning. Their destructive effect will be greatest
when the roadstead consists of a narrow shelf of relatively
shallow water with oceanic depths immediately to seaward,
and in V shaped harbour mouths.
2 These waves may be generated by seismic activities
centred up to a thousand miles distant, when they are
known as Tsunamis, or by violent meteorological
conditions. See The Mariner’s Handbook.
CHAPTER 1
3 A devastating example of the power of these waves was
the loss of USS Memphis, an 18 000 ton cruiser, which in
Aug 1916 was anchored in Santo Domingo harbour. At
1530 the vessel, which drew 8⋅2 m, was anchored
3½ cables SW of Punta Torrecilla in a light NE breeze. By
1700 she was a total wreck having been carried a distance
of over 5 cables by waves estimated to have exceeded 15 m
in height.
4 There is at present no warning service in the area
covered by this volume, and the first sign that a mariner is
likely to receive will be an abnormal lowering of the water
level, indicating that a destructive wave may arrive within
an hour.
Available records show that Tsunamis may be expected
on the average of one in twelve years.
SEA WATER CHARACTERISTICS
Salinity
1.152
1 For an explanation of salinity as applied to sea water,
see The Mariners’s Handbook.
2 The salinity of the water in that part of the Atlantic
covered by this volume has an average value of 36⋅50
throughout the year. Seasonally, values of 36⋅25 may be
found in the N of the area during the winter and values of
36⋅75–37⋅00 may be found in the S of the area during the
summer.
3 Around the islands of the Caribbean salinity values
remain stable at between 36⋅00 and 36⋅50 throughout the
year.
Density
1.153
1 For an explanation of density as applied to sea water,
see The Mariner’s Handbook.
The density values for the area covered by this volume
vary across the area and also according to season.
2 For the Atlantic area in winter (February), values vary
from 1⋅02600 g/cm3 in the N of the area to 1⋅02450 g/cm3
in the S with the isopycnics running E W. In summer
(August) the values vary from 1⋅02450 g/cm3 in the E of
the area to 1⋅02325 g/cm3 in the W with the isopycnics
running N S.
3 For the waters around the islands of the Caribbean,
values of 1⋅02500 g/cm 3 in the N of the area to
1⋅02350 g/cm3 in the S of the area will be found in winter
(February). An average value of 1⋅02325 g/cm3 will be
found in summer (August).
Sea Surface temperature
1.154
1 Average distribution of sea surface temperature for
February, May, August and November is shown in
diagrams (1.154.1) to (1.154.4).
2 Sea surface temperatures, in winter, vary from about
19°C in the NE of the area to 26°C in the SW. By August
the variation across the area covered by this volume is less
marked with temperatures of around 27°C in the NE and
29°C in the SW.
3 Variations in the monthly means are seldom more than
1° or 2°C, except to the W and NW of Bermuda. In this
area, the strength and direction of the Gulf Stream, and the
frequency of the frontal depressions, can result in much
greater short term changes in sea surface temperature.
23
 Home Contents Index

40° 90° 80° 70° 60° 50° 40°

EXPLANATION. The frequency of swell from

any direction is given according to the scale:
0% 10 20 30 40 50%
<1 <1 <1
This scale is further subdivided to indicate the
frequency of swell of different heights (in
metres) according to the legend:
0.1-1.0 2.6-5.5 8.6+
4
1.1-2.5 5.6-8.5
Swell direction is towards the circle centre. The
figure within the circle gives the percentage of
calms. <1 <1 <1

30° 30°

<1 <1 <1 <1

CHAPTER 1
24

<1 <1 <1 0

20° 20°

<1 <1 <1 <1

<1 <1 <1

10° 10°
90° 80° Longitude 70° West from Greenwich 60° 50°

Swell distribution JANUARY (1.148.1)

 Home Contents Index

40° 90° 80° 70° 60° 50° 40°

EXPLANATION. The frequency of swell from

any direction is given according to the scale:
0% 10 20 30 40 50%
<1 <1 <1
This scale is further subdivided to indicate the
frequency of swell of different heights (in
metres) according to the legend:
0.1-1.0 2.6-5.5 8.6+
4
1.1-2.5 5.6-8.5
Swell direction is towards the circle centre. The
figure within the circle gives the percentage of
calms. <1 <1 <1

30° 30°

2 <1 <1 <1

CHAPTER 1
25

1
<1 <1 <1 <1

20° 20°

<1 <1 0 <1

0 <1 0

10° 10°
90° 80° Longitude 70° West from Greenwich 60° 50°

Swell distribution JULY (1.148.2)

 Home Contents Index CHAPTER 1

CLIMATE AND WEATHER 3 Any abnormal or appreciable change of pressure,

particularly a fall, should be heeded as it may indicate the
General information proximity of a potentially dangerous storm. Pressure at the
1.155 centre of a tropical storm is extremely low and, as a storm
1 The following information on climate and weather approaches, a rapid and large fall of pressure usually
should be read in conjunction with information in The occurs, followed by a similarly rapid and large rise as the
Mariner’s Handbook which explains in more detail many storm moves away.
aspects of meteorology and world climatology of
importance to the mariner. Diurnal variation
2 Weather reports and forecasts are broadcast regularly in 1.159
English, French or Spanish, according to the country of 1 Diurnal variation of pressure, in the form of an
origin. Hurricane and storms warnings are widely oscillation, has an amplitude of about 2⋅5 hPa in the S part
promulgated when required; for details see Admiralty List of the area and 2 hPa in the N. Daily pressure maxima
of Radio Signals Volume 3(2). occur at about 1000 and 2200 local time, and minima at
around 0400 and 1600. When disturbances do occur,
General conditions changes in mean pressure can be masked by the diurnal
1.156 variation and therefore remain undetected. To obtain an
1 Over the S half of the area covered by this volume, average pressure tendency it is therefore important to apply
moderate to fresh E or NE Trade Winds prevail at sea for the correction for diurnal variation, using the following
most of the year. It is generally hot and humid and, at sea, table, and then compare it with either the monthly values
the weather is frequently fair with well broken cumulus given in the Climatic Tables (1.187) for a number of
cloud. Showers and thunderstorms are more widespread in coastal stations, or with the average barometric pressure
the summer and autumn when the Inter Tropical shown in diagrams (1.157.1) to (1.157.4).
Convergence Zone (ITCZ) (1.166) moves close to the S Correction (hPa)) to be applied to the barometer
limit of the area. Fog is rare over the sea and visibility is reading to allow for diurnal variation in latitudes 10° to
generally good except in showers. 20°N.
2 To the N part of the area, the summer and early autumn Local time Correction Local time Correction
is generally warm with light to moderate winds and fair
0001 –0⋅5 1200 –0⋅7
conditions. From about December to April, periods of
strong winds and gales are to be expected, whilst E moving 0100 –0⋅1 1300 –0⋅1
frontal troughs bring cloud and rain. 0200 +0⋅3 1400 +0⋅5
3 The Hurricane Season normally lasts from June to
November with the highest frequency in August, September 0300 +0⋅7 1500 +0⋅9
and October. Hurricanes (1.164) can affect all parts of the 0400 +0⋅8 1600 +1⋅2
area covered by this volume but particularly the S part. 0500 +0⋅7 1700 +1⋅2
Pressure 0600 +0⋅3 1800 +0⋅9
0700 –0⋅2 1900 +0⋅4
Distribution
1.157 0800 –0⋅7 2000 –0⋅1
1 Average distribution of pressure for January, April, July 0900 –1⋅1 2100 –0⋅5
and October is shown in diagrams (1.157.1) to (1.157.4).
The area is dominated by a ridge of high pressure 1000 –1⋅2 2200 –0⋅8
extending WSW from the Azores anticyclone. In the 1100 –1⋅1 2300 –0⋅8
summer and early autumn, the ridge lies across the N part 2 Note. The above corrections should not be applied to
of the area but moves S to around 28°N by February. barometric pressure values entered into the weather log nor
2 To the S lies the ITCZ (1.166), which marks the belt to those transmitted in weather reports.
where the Trade Wind airstreams of the N and S
hemispheres meet. In winter the ITCZ lies to the S of the Abnormal falls
area covered by this volume but moves N in summer to 1.160
about 10°N. 1 If the barometric pressure (corrected for diurnal
variation) should fall by more than 3 hPa in 24 hours, or
Pressure variability have a value of 5 hPa or more below the normal monthly
1.158 average, then the existence or impending development of a
1 In the extreme N of the area troughs of low pressure, tropical depression in the vicinity should be suspected.
associated with E-going depressions, may cause substantial These depressions are liable to intensify into tropical storms
changes in pressure, especially in winter and spring. In or hurricanes and therefore it is important to check mean
addition, changes in the normal pattern may occur in winter pressure values regularly.
when the North American anticyclone extends S and SE
towards the Caribbean Sea. Anticyclones
2 Large pressure fluctuations, with the exception of those
described above, are unusual in the area and pressure Azores anticyclone
variability from one day to another and from one month to 1.161
another is generally small. Apart from the well marked and 1 The Azores anticyclone, with its associated ridge of high
regular diurnal variation in pressure (1.159), small pressure extending WSW to the coast of Florida in
disturbances known as Easterly Waves (1.167) arise in the summer, dominates much of the climate of the area covered
vicinity of the ITCZ (1.166). These W going troughs may by this volume. It is the source of the North east Trade
cause minor pressure changes of about 2 hPa as they pass. Winds which blow along its S flank and affects most of the

26
 Home Contents Index

90° 80° 70° 60° 50°

40° 40°

10
14
18

20
30° 30°

20 22 22

24

24

26
20° 20°
24

>26°C
26
<26°C 26
>26°C
10° 10°
90° 80° Longitude 70° West from Greenwich 50°

Mean sea surface temperature (°C) FEBRUARY ( 1.154.1)

90° 80° 70° 60° 50°

40° 40°
12
16
20

22
30° 30°

24
26

26
20° 20°

28
>28°C

>28°C
10° 10°
90° 80° Longitude 70° West from Greenwich 50°

Mean sea surface temperature (°C) MAY ( 1.154.2 )

27
 Home Contents Index

90° 80° 70° 60° 50°

40° 40°

24
26

30° 30°
28

>29°C 29

29
20° 20°

29

<28°C 28

>28°C
10° 10°
90° 80° Longitude 70° West from Greenwich 50°

Mean sea surface temperature (°C) AUGUST (1.154.3)

90° 80° 70° 60° 50°

40° 40°

14
18
22

30° 24 30°

24

26 26

20° 28 20°
28

>28°C
28

28
10° <28°C 10°
90° 80° Longitude 70° West from Greenwich 50°

Mean sea surface temperature (°C) NOVEMBER (1.154.4)

28
 Home Contents Index

90° 80° 70° 60° 50°

40° 40°
LOW
1014

1016
HIGH

1018

30° 30°
1020

1020 HIGH

20° 20°
1018

1016

1012
1012 1014
10° LOW LOW 10°
90° 80° Longitude 70° West from Greenwich 50°

Average barometric pressure at mean sea level (hPa) JANUARY ( 1.157.1)

90° 80° 70° 60° 50°

40° 40°

LOW

1016

1018
1020

30° 30°
HIGH

20° 20°

1016

1014
1012

LOW
10° 10°
90° 80° Longitude 70° West from Greenwich 50°

Average barometric pressure at mean sea level (hPa) APRIL ( 1.157.2 )

29
 Home Contents Index

90° 80° 70° 60° 50°

40° 40°

HIGH

30° 30°
1024

1022

102
0

20° 1018 20°

101
6

1014

1012

10°
LOW 10°
90° 80° Longitude 70° West from Greenwich 50°

Average barometric pressure at mean sea level (hPa) JULY ( 1.157.3)

90° 80° 70° 60° 50°

40° 40°
18
10

HIGH

30° 30°
10
18

101
6
20° 20°
101
4

101
2

1010

10° LOW 10°

90° 80° Longitude 70° West from Greenwich 50°

Average barometric pressure at mean sea level (hPa) OCTOBER ( 1.157.4 )

30
 Home Contents Index CHAPTER 1

S part of the area throughout the year. The ENE WSW axis Average occurrence of tropical storms and hurricanes
of the ridge moves S from around 34°N in summer to in the
about 28°N in winter. The intensity of the ridge is variable 6 Gulf of Mexico, Caribbean and North Atlantic Ocean.
but tends to be highest in July and lowest in
October/November. Month Number reaching at Number which
least tropical storm intensify further to
intensity hurricane force
North American anticyclone
J a n , F e b , Rare Rare
1.162
1 In winter an anticyclone develops over North America Mar,Apr
and, on occasions, a ridge may extend SE towards the May 1 every 5 years Rare
Caribbean to bring brief periods of cooler air to the area. June 1 every 2 years 1 every 3 to 4 years
July 1 every 1 to 2 years 1 every 2 to 3 years
Depressions Aug 2 to 3 per year 1 to 2 per year
Sept 3 to 4 per year 2 to 3 per year
Frontal depressions Oct 1 to 2 per year 1 per year
1.163
1 Mobile depressions of middle latitudes, together with Nov 1 every 3 years 1 every 6 years
their associated troughs, frequently affect the N part of the Dec Rare Rare
area from about October to April. They generally move E Annually 9 to 10 per year 5 to 6 per year
or NE along the N side of the Azores anticyclone and,
whilst most of them pass N of the area covered by this 7 It should be remembered that there can be large
volume, they often give rise to strong or gale force winds variations in the number of tropical storms or hurricanes
and belts of cloud and rain. that affect individual islands or coasts from one year to
another.
Tropical depressions, tropical storms, hurricanes
1.164
1 Tropical depressions are liable to affect all parts of the
area covered by this volume and may intensify into tropical
storms and hurricanes. In extreme cases, winds of over
Fronts
1.165
100 kn have been recorded together with torrential rain, 1 Warm and cold fronts, associated with E going
mountainous seas and abnormally high tides. They middle latitude depressions, affect the N part of the area
constitute a particular hazard in the S part of the area, and mainly in winter. A detailed description of warm and cold
it is of significance that many of the hurricanes which have fronts is given in The Mariner’s Handbook.
caused such widespread devastation, around the Caribbean 2 In winter, an occasional cold front, often associated with
Sea, Gulf of Mexico and the S parts of the United States a Norther (1.169), may affect the N Caribbean islands
of America, have originated or passed through the area covered by this volume. They are often accompanied by
covered by this volume. squalls and rough seas but generally weaken as they move
2 The highest frequency of occurrence of tropical storms SE.
and hurricanes, in the area, is between June and November.
For a general description of tropical storms and hurricanes,
including signs of approach and recommended evasion Intertropical Convergence Zone
action, see The Mariner’s Handbook. 1.166
3 Early and late in the hurricane season, most tropical 1 The Intertropical Convergence Zone (ITCZ), or
depressions develop in the Caribbean Sea and Gulf of Doldrums, marks the boundary between the Trade Wind
Mexico. In August and September initial development may airstreams of the N and S hemispheres; see The Mariner’s
be as far E as the W African coast. These tropical Handbook for details. Between July and September the
depressions generally move W or WNW at about 10 to ITCZ lies approximately E W over the extreme S part of
15 kn at latitudes of about 10° to 15°N. Some may recurve the area covered by this volume, at about 10°N, and moves
to the NW, and then the NE over the Atlantic Ocean, as S to lie along the equator in February.
they move into higher latitudes. Others may continue
towards Gulf of Mexico. It is emphasised that the Easterly Waves
movement of any depression can be extremely erratic and 1.167
mariner’s should remain alert to any changes in direction 1 Easterly Waves are W going disturbances within the
and speed; see diagram (1.164) for examples of typical Trade Wind flow and take the form of troughs with axis
tracks. orientated approximately NNE SSW. During the wet season
4 A considerable number of the tropical depressions that they are generally positioned to the N side of the ITCZ,
do form remain weak and do not develop further, especially between 10°N and 25°N, moving at a speed of about
those which occur early and late in the season. However, 15 kn. Winds ahead of the wave may back from NE to
others can rapidly intensify into tropical storms or even NNE then veer SE as the wave passes with a pressure dip
hurricanes. Storms that move over land usually weaken of about 2 hPa. Fine weather ahead of the wave is usually
quickly but may regenerate if they subsequently move out followed by squalls and heavy thundery downpours, which
over a warm sea. can be delayed for a few hours after the passage of the
5 The following table gives the average monthly frequency trough line. A number of Easterly Waves may follow each
of tropical storms and hurricanes over Gulf of Mexico, the other at intervals of 3 to 6 days and some have been know
Caribbean and the NW Atlantic. to develop into tropical storms.

31
 Home Contents Index

40° 90° 80° 70° 60° 50° 40°

KEY

30° 30°
June
July
August
September

CHAPTER 1
October
32

20° 20°

10° 10°
90° 80° Longitude 70° West from Greenwich 60° 50°

Typical tracks of hurricanes and tropical storms (1.164)

 Home Contents Index
Winds
Average distribution
1.168
1 Average wind distributions for January, April, July and
August are given in diagrams (1.168.1) to (1.168.4).
Over the sea
1.169
1 Over the open sea, S of about 25°N, the North east
Trade Winds predominate throughout the year with wind
directions between SE and NE at a strength of about
force 4. In the absence of tropical depressions, it is unusual
for winds to exceed force 5 to 6. However,in the extreme S
of the area, the intensification of the North east Trade
Winds can cause winds of force 7 and over on about 5% of
occasions in mid winter and mid summer.
2 North of 25°N the winds are more variable but with an
increase in the frequency, in winter, of strong or gale force
winds from between SW and N. In summer, the North east
Trade winds extend N to about 30°N with frequent
moderate S to SW winds in the N of the area.
3 In winter, the North American anticyclone occasionally
extends SE towards the Caribbean and can give rise to a
strong NW to N flow of cold air (Norther) over the area.
The onset of a Norther is often indicated by a heavy bank
of cloud on the NW horizon.
Over the coastal areas
1.170
1 Within about 20 miles of the coast, winds may be
greatly modified by local topography and by the effects of
land and sea breezes, as described in The Mariner’s
Handbook.
2 In the S, over the E coasts of the larger islands, the
existing onshore winds are reinforced by the sea breeze in
the afternoon and reduced by the land breeze at night. In
the more sheltered or leeward localities of the larger
islands, for example at Port-Au-Prince, these effects can
give rise to significant changes in both wind direction and
strength. The Climatic Tables (1.187) give statistical
information about the incidence of winds at a number of
coastal stations within the area.
Squalls
1.171
1 The onset of a Norther, in winter, is often accompanied
by violent line squalls with gusts to over 60 kn, but these
become progressively weaker and ill defined to the S of
Cuba and the N Bahamas.
2 Squalls are also encountered in association with thundery
showers and are more common over coastal areas than over
the open sea. In particular, they tend to be more frequent
along leeward coasts of islands and in the lee of high
ground where turbulence is increased by topography.
Gales
1.172
1 Winds of gale force, storm force and hurricane force
occur within the circulations of tropical storms and
hurricanes and can affect all areas covered by this volume;
details of which are given at 1.164 and in The Mariner’s
Handbook. Other than those associated with Tropical storms
and Hurricanes, winds of gale force 8 and above are
CHAPTER 1
infrequent S of 25°N and are recorded in less than 2% of
annual observations.
2 To the N of 25°N, the incidence of gales increases with
latitude and, in winter, winds of gale force 8 and above are
recorded in 15% to 20% of observations near the N limit
of the area. These gales may blow from any direction but
are most frequent from between SW and NW or N. In
summer gales are rare.
Tornadoes and Waterspouts
1.173
1 Waterspouts can form directly over the water or as a
result of tornadoes moving out over the sea. They can
occur in coastal waters during the late afternoon in
thundery conditions and are often visible off the coast of
Florida and around the Bahamas during the summer.
2 Tornadoes are rare but have been reported during
hurricanes near the coasts of the Bahamas, Bermuda, Cuba
and Florida.
Cloud
Over the sea
1.174
1 In northern part of the area covered by this volume,
the average cloud cover is around 3 to 4 oktas in summer
and 4 to 6 oktas in winter. The increase in cloud is mainly
due to the increased frequency of frontal depressions that
affect the area in winter. A description of the cloud
associated with depressions and fronts is given in The
Mariner’s Handbook.
2 The southern part of the area falls within the belt of
the North east Trade Winds and gives rise to well broken
and scattered cumulus cloud for much of the year. The
average cloud amount in winter is around 3 to 4 oktas but
increases slightly in summer, especially in the S of the
area, as the ITCZ (1.166) moves N to affect the S limit of
the area.
3 Within the circulations of tropical storms, or hurricanes,
and in the vicinity of Easterly Waves (1.167) skies are
cloudy to overcast with extensive cumulonimbus cloud.
Over the coastal areas
1.175
1 Over the coastal areas in the S, which are exposed to
the North east Trade Winds, cloud amounts are slightly
higher than over the sea and in the more sheltered island
localities. June is the period of most cloud with about 5 to
6 oktas over windward coasts, and February is the period
with the least cloud of around 4 oktas.
2 Cloud ranges from the small scattered fair weather
cumulus of the dry season to the huge rain bearing
cumulonimbus clouds of the wet season. However, well
broken skies are the norm, as clear or overcast skies are
both infrequent and short lived.
3 Lines of heavy thunder clouds, with squalls, may
occasionally move S in winter in association with N winds,
Northers, to affect the more N Caribbean islands.
Precipitation
1.176
1 The Climatic Tables (1.187) give the average amounts of
precipitation for each month at several coastal stations and
the mean number of days in each month when significant
precipitation is recorded.
33
 Home Contents Index

40° 90° 80° 70° 60° 50° 40°

EXPLANATION. The frequency of wind from
any direction is given according to the scale:
0% 10 20 30 40 50%
<1 <1 <1
This scale is further subdivided to indicate the
frequency of winds of different Beaufort force
according to the legend:

Wind direction is towards the circle centre. The

figure within the circle gives the percentage of
calms.
1 1 1

30° 30°

1 2 2 2

CHAPTER 1
34

2 1 2 2

20° 20°

<1 2 <1 2

<1 <1 <1

10° 10°
90° 80° Longitude 70° West from Greenwich 60° 50°

Wind distribution JANUARY (1.168.1)

 Home Contents Index

40° 90° 80° 70° 60° 50° 40°

EXPLANATION. The frequency of wind from
any direction is given according to the scale:
0% 10 20 30 40 50%

This scale is further subdivided to indicate the 2 1 <1

frequency of winds of different Beaufort force
according to the legend:

Wind direction is towards the circle centre. The

figure within the circle gives the percentage of
calms. 2 2 2

30° 30°

2 2 3 3

CHAPTER 1
35

2 2 2 3

20° 20°

1 2 1 1

<1 <1 <1

10° 10°
90° 80° Longitude 70° West from Greenwich 60° 50°

Wind distribution APRIL (1.168.2)

 Home Contents Index

40° 90° 80° 70° 60° 50° 40°

EXPLANATION. The frequency of wind from
any direction is given according to the scale:
0% 10 20 30 40 50%

This scale is further subdivided to indicate the 3 3 2

frequency of winds of different Beaufort force
according to the legend:

Wind direction is towards the circle centre. The

figure within the circle gives the percentage of
calms. 3 4 6

30° 30°

8 4 4 4

CHAPTER 1
36

5 1 <1 1

20° 20°

<1 1 <1 <1

<1 <1 <1

10° 10°
90° 80° Longitude 70° West from Greenwich 60° 50°

Wind distribution JULY (1.168.3)

 Home Contents Index

40° 90° 80° 70° 60° 50° 40°

EXPLANATION. The frequency of wind from
any direction is given according to the scale:
0% 10 20 30 40 50%

This scale is further subdivided to indicate the 2 1 1

frequency of winds of different Beaufort force
according to the legend:

Wind direction is towards the circle centre. The

figure within the circle gives the percentage of
calms.
2 2 3

30° 30°

2 3 3 3

CHAPTER 1
37

3 3 3 3

20° 20°

3 4 2 2

3 2 2

10° 10°
90° 80° Longitude 70° West from Greenwich 60° 50°

Wind distribution OCTOBER (1.168.4)

 Home Contents Index
Southern parts of the area
1.177
1 Over the tropical S part of the area covered by this
volume, the wet season generally lasts from late May to
December but is rather irregular throughout the Caribbean
Islands. For example, in Jamaica the rainy seasons are May
to June and August to November. Over W Cuba the wet
season lasts from May to October, whilst over E Cuba
there are again two wet seasons; April to June and
September to December.
2 Rain generally falls as showers and varies from light
falls, usually in the dry season, to the torrential thundery
downpours of the wet season. Over the open sea showers
mainly develop overnight or during the early morning,
whilst along the coasts maximum shower activity occurs
during the afternoon. Rainfall amounts are generally high
but variable, and range from around 700 mm at Grand Turk
Island to about 4000 mm on the mountainous windward
coasts of Jamaica.
Northern parts of the area
1.178
1 In the extreme N part of the area, the seasonal
distribution of rainfall is completely different. The highest
rainfall is recorded during the winter months and is due to
the increase in E moving frontal depressions that affect the
area. Rain and drizzle, associated with frontal depressions,
are usually followed by showery conditions that accompany
the outbreaks of cooler air that may follow to the rear of a
depression or cold front. Rainfall amounts vary from about
1000 mm to 1500 mm, and over Bermuda it is fairly evenly
spread throughout the year.
Thunderstorms
1.179
1 Thunderstorms are generally more common over coastal
areas than over the open sea and have a maximum
frequency of about 15% to 20%, in summer, near the larger
islands in the S and along the coast of Florida.
Fog and visibility
Fog
1.180
1 Fog over the sea areas is rare but visibility can
occasionally fall to less than 1 km in heavy precipitation.
Over the coast of S Florida, and some of the larger islands,
night and early morning fog occurs, from late autumn to
early spring, on about 10 days per year.
Visibility
1.181
1 Visibility is generally very good except in precipitation.
About 2% to 4% of observations in the S of the area
record visibilities, mainly in the wet season, of less than
5 miles. In the extreme N of the area covered by this
volume, visibilities of less than 5 miles are reported on
about 3% to 6% of occasions in summer and 6% to 9% in
winter.
Air temperature
Southern parts of the area
1.182
1 Temperatures are high throughout the year and show
little change from one season to another. Extremes of
CHAPTER 1
temperature are modest with no excessively high or low
temperatures.
2 Over the sea, mean air temperatures range from about
24° to 26°C in winter to about 28° to 29°C from August to
October. Diurnal variation is small with temperatures
generally remaining within about 2°C of the mean.
3 Over the coasts, mean temperature variations are greater
than over the open seas but extremes of temperature are
still limited. Maximum daily air temperatures range from
about 27° to 30°C in winter with minimum temperatures
around 17° to 20°C, although, in association with a strong
Norther, temperatures can fall on occasions to around 10°
to 15°C over Cuba and the N Bahamas. In summer, the
average daily temperature is about 32°C and the night time
minimum around 24°C. However, those localities sheltered
from the prevailing winds experience greater daily
temperature variations than more exposed places.
Northern parts of the area
1.183
1 The variation in air temperature between winter and
summer steadily increases with higher latitude and with
wind direction.
2 Over the sea, in winter, the mean air temperature varies
from about 16°C in the extreme N of the area covered by
this volume to around 23°C at 25°N. In summer the mean
temperature increases to about 26°C in the N and 28°C in
the S.
3 Over the coasts, temperatures are generally lower in
winter with mean temperature of around 16°C at Bermuda
and about 21°C along the SE coast of Florida. The onset of
a Norther in winter can, on occasions, reduce overnight
temperatures on the SE coast of Florida to about 2°C but
these cold spells seldom last for more than a few days.
Temperatures over Florida Keys, Bahamas and Bermuda are
greatly influenced by the warm currents flowing N and
hence are usually protected from the extremes of
temperature that affect areas further N and W.
4 The Climatic Tables (1.187) give average and extreme
values for the air temperature at a number of reporting
stations around the area.
Relative humidity
General information
1.184
1 The majority of the airstreams affecting the area covered
by this volume have had a long sea passage and humidity
is therefore moderately high at all times of the year.
Generally, maximum humidity occurs around dawn when
the air temperature is at a minimum and minimum
humidity in the afternoons when the temperature reaches a
maximum.
Over the sea
1.185
1 The humidity, in summer, averages around 77% to 80%
for the whole of the area covered by this volume. In winter
the mean humidity falls to around 74% to 77%.
2 Diurnal variation is slight and instances of low humidity
(less than 50%) are rare.
Over the coastal areas
1.186
1 There is a marked diurnal variation along the SE coast
of Florida and the drier parts of the larger islands.
Saturation (100%) occurs at some places overnight and may
38
 Home Contents Index
drop to around 30%, in the absence of a sea breeze, in the
afternoon.
2 Northers, in winter, and land breezes, especially in the
vicinity of mountainous areas, generally give rise to lower
humidities.
CLIMATIC TABLES
1.187
1 Stations for which climatic tables are included in the
following pages are shown in Diagram 1.187.
The climatic tables which follow give data for several
coastal stations which regularly undertake weather
observations. Some of the stations have been resited and so
the position given is the latest available.
2 It is emphasised that these data are average conditions
and refer to the specific location of the observing station
CHAPTER 1
and therefore may not be representative of conditions to be
expected over the open sea or in approaches to ports in
their vicinity. The following comments briefly list some of
the differences to be expected between conditions over the
open sea and those at the nearest reporting station (see The
Mariner’s Handbook for further details):
3 Winds speeds tend to be higher at sea with more
frequent strong winds than on land.
Cloud amounts at a coastal station may differ
considerably from those at sea.
Precipitation along mountainous wind facing coasts
can be considerably higher than at sea to
windward.
Temperatures over the sea are less variable than over
the land.
Topography has a marked effect on local conditions.
39
 Home Contents Index

40° 90° 80° 70° 60° 50° 40°

T
LO
F PI NAS KINDLEY
I TO BERMUDA
LIM 1.188

30° 30°

FLO
R

T
IDA

LO
B

PI
a

CHAPTER 1
F
h

O
a

IT
40

MIAMI

M
m

LI
1.189

a
NASSAU

Is
KEY WEST AIRPORT la
CASA 1.191 1.190 n
BLANCA d
s
1.192 1
ABRAHAM
BAY 1.193
CU
BA

20° PENÍNSULA 20°

DE CABO CRUZ
YUCATÁN AIRPORT 1.194
GRAND CAYMAN JAMAICA HISPANIOLA
1.195
BARAHONA
COOPERS PORT-AU-PRINCE 1.197
HILL AIRPORT
1.198 1.196
HONDURAS
AGUA
NICAR

10° 10°
90° 80° Longitude 70° West from Greenwich 60° 50°

Location of climatic stations (1.187)

 Home Contents Index

1.188

WMO No 78016 NAS KINDLEY BERMUDA (32° 22′ N, 64° 41′ W) Height above MSL − 40 m
Climatic Table compiled from 20 to 30 years observations, 1960 to 2002

Average Average Mean Number

Temperatures cloud Precipitation Wind distribution − Percentage of observations from wind of days
humidity
cover speed with
Average pressure
at MSL

No. of days with

Month

1 mm or more
in each month

in each month
0700 1300

Mean highest

Mean lowest
daily min.
daily max.

Thunder
Average
Mean
Mean

Gale
0700

1300

0700

1300

0700

1300

Fog
fall

Calm

Calm
NW
SW

NW
SW
NE

SE

SE
NE
W

W
E
N

S
N
hPa °C °C °C °C % % Oktas mm Knots

January 1020 21 17 24 12 73 67 6 6 106 10 7 10 8 6 13 22 18 14 3 8 8 8 7 14 21 20 15 1 13 14 5 | 2

February 1019 21 16 24 11 72 67 6 6 116 10 12 8 7 5 12 24 15 14 4 11 10 6 6 14 18 20 16 | 12 14 4 | 2
March 1019 21 17 24 12 71 66 6 5 110 10 12 6 9 7 14 19 16 16 2 10 9 7 8 15 16 18 16 | 12 15 4 | 2

CHAPTER 1
April 1018 22 18 25 14 72 66 5 5 84 7 11 10 9 8 14 21 12 14 2 11 9 8 9 16 17 18 14 0 11 13 3 | 3
41

May 1018 25 20 27 17 76 70 5 5 98 9 8 10 10 10 17 18 16 9 1 6 10 9 11 22 16 18 8 | 10 12 1 | 2
June 1019 28 23 30 20 78 72 5 5 109 10 4 10 9 9 21 22 19 5 1 4 7 10 11 25 21 18 4 | 10 11 1 | 3
July 1021 30 25 32 22 77 72 5 5 129 10 4 4 7 10 21 32 16 4 1 2 4 5 11 29 28 18 3 1 9 11 1 | 5
August 1020 30 26 32 22 76 71 5 5 133 11 6 5 7 14 24 24 14 4 3 3 6 5 16 27 24 15 5 | 9 10 1 1 6
September 1018 29 25 31 22 75 69 5 5 127 12 9 17 14 12 14 15 10 6 2 8 15 13 15 14 13 13 8 | 9 10 1 | 5
October 1018 27 23 29 18 74 69 6 6 149 12 14 20 16 10 12 11 7 7 4 11 21 15 12 13 11 9 8 | 10 11 2 1 2
November 1019 24 20 27 15 71 66 6 5 119 10 14 12 11 8 12 15 9 14 6 12 14 11 10 13 12 13 16 | 11 12 2 1 1
December 1019 22 18 25 13 73 67 6 6 114 10 12 9 6 6 9 19 17 18 4 11 10 7 6 11 17 22 16 | 12 13 4 | 2
Means 1019 25 21 33* 10§ 74 68 5 5 _ _ 9 10 9 9 15 20 14 11 3 8 10 9 10 18 18 17 10 | 11 12 _ _ _
Totals _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 1394 121 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 29 3 35
Extreme values _ _ _ 38† 7‡ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

No. of years








observations 20 20 20 20 30 20 20 20 20 20 20

1 * Mean of highest each year † Highest recorded temperature | Rare

§ Mean of lowest each year ‡ Lowest recorded temperature { All observations
 Home Contents Index

1.189

WMO No 72202 MIAMI (25° 45′ N, 80° 23′ W) Height above MSL − 5 m
Climatic Table compiled from 20 to 30 years observations, 1960 to 2002

Average Average Mean Number

Temperatures cloud Precipitation Wind distribution − Percentage of observations from wind of days
humidity
cover speed with
Average pressure
at MSL

No. of days with

Month

1 mm or more
in each month

in each month
0700 1300

Mean highest

Mean lowest
daily min.
daily max.

Thunder
Average
Mean
Mean

Gale
0700

1300

0700

1300

0700

1300

Fog
fall

Calm

Calm
NW
SW

NW
SW
NE

SE

SE
NE
W

W
E
N

S
N
hPa °C °C °C °C % % Oktas mm Knots

January 1020 25 17 29 9 85 60 4 5 51 5 23 4 12 11 8 3 4 22 12 12 11 16 23 9 6 5 17 2 6 11 | | 1
February 1019 26 17 30 9 84 58 4 5 53 5 17 5 12 17 6 5 6 20 13 9 9 18 27 10 5 8 14 2 6 11 | | 1
March 1018 27 19 31 11 82 56 4 5 61 5 15 4 15 16 10 5 4 21 11 7 11 17 29 9 4 8 13 2 7 11 | | 2

CHAPTER 1
April 1017 29 20 32 15 79 53 4 4 72 5 14 5 17 20 7 5 7 18 7 4 8 21 34 9 3 8 13 1 6 11 0 | 2
42

May 1016 30 23 33 19 78 56 4 5 158 9 14 9 20 19 6 8 4 11 10 2 10 30 36 8 4 6 4 2 6 10 | | 4

June 1016 32 25 34 22 82 65 5 6 237 14 12 6 15 22 11 10 6 6 13 2 7 21 42 11 5 7 3 2 5 10 0 1 10
July 1018 33 25 35 23 81 63 4 5 145 13 13 6 16 22 6 10 6 9 13 2 6 22 42 11 6 5 4 3 5 10 0 | 11
August 1017 33 25 35 23 83 63 4 5 193 15 15 6 15 15 8 8 6 10 17 4 6 25 38 8 5 6 4 4 4 9 | | 12
September 1015 32 25 34 22 85 65 5 6 194 14 20 10 16 12 7 6 4 11 16 3 12 28 30 9 5 7 4 2 5 9 | | 9
October 1016 30 23 33 18 84 62 4 5 143 11 25 13 16 8 3 4 3 16 13 5 24 29 18 6 3 4 8 2 6 10 | | 3
November 1017 28 21 31 14 84 62 4 5 68 7 26 11 16 10 4 3 3 15 12 11 21 25 19 3 2 4 10 3 6 11 | | 1
December 1019 26 18 29 9 84 61 4 5 47 5 24 7 14 11 5 3 5 20 12 12 11 23 21 7 3 7 16 2 6 10 | | 1
Means 1017 29 21 35* 6§ 83 60 4 5 _ _ 18 7 15 15 7 6 5 15 12 6 12 23 30 8 4 6 9 2 6 10 _ _ _
Totals _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 1422 108 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ | 1 57
Extreme values _ _ _ 37† −1‡ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

No. of years








observations 20 20 20 20 30 20 20 20 20 20 20

1 * Mean of highest each year † Highest recorded temperature | Rare

§ Mean of lowest each year ‡ Lowest recorded temperature { All observations
 Home Contents Index

1.190

WMO No 78073 NASSAU AIRPORT (25° 03′ N, 77° 28′ W) Height above MSL − 7 m
Climatic Table compiled from 20 to 30 years observations, 1960 to 2002

Average Average Mean Number

Temperatures cloud Precipitation Wind distribution − Percentage of observations from wind of days
humidity
cover speed with
Average pressure
at MSL

No. of days with

Month

1 mm or more
in each month

in each month
0700 1300

Mean highest

Mean lowest
daily min.
daily max.

Thunder
Average
Mean
Mean

Gale
0700

1300

0700

1300

0700

1300

Fog
fall

Calm

Calm
NW
SW

NW
SW
NE

SE

SE
NE
W

W
E
N

S
N
hPa °C °C °C °C % % Oktas mm Knots

January 1019 26 18 29 13 85 65 4 4 47 8 7 12 24 13 6 4 4 8 23 11 18 18 21 11 6 6 10 | 6 11 | 1 1
February 1019 26 18 30 12 84 62 4 4 40 6 5 15 23 13 8 5 4 6 21 8 16 18 22 12 8 4 12 | 6 12 0 1 1
March 1017 27 19 30 13 83 62 4 4 40 7 6 11 21 16 12 4 5 6 19 9 16 17 22 15 6 6 9 | 7 12 0 | 2

CHAPTER 1
April 1017 28 20 31 16 81 61 4 4 54 8 4 10 25 16 9 7 4 6 20 11 15 21 22 12 4 5 10 | 6 11 0 | 2
43

May 1016 30 22 32 18 81 64 4 5 116 10 1 12 32 19 9 7 3 1 16 9 19 20 27 11 6 2 6 1 6 10 | | 4

June 1017 31 24 33 20 83 68 5 6 233 15 1 6 28 26 10 7 3 1 17 6 9 17 33 17 6 3 7 2 5 9 | | 10
July 1018 32 25 34 22 82 66 4 5 158 17 | 5 30 31 9 6 3 1 16 3 7 17 43 16 5 4 3 1 5 9 | | 12
August 1017 32 25 34 22 85 67 4 5 216 19 1 7 28 24 8 6 1 2 23 5 9 17 38 15 7 3 4 2 4 9 0 | 14
September 1015 32 24 34 22 87 68 4 5 171 17 1 8 33 15 8 5 2 1 27 5 14 21 31 15 6 3 4 1 4 9 0 | 12
October 1015 30 23 33 20 86 67 4 5 176 15 4 18 30 12 5 3 2 1 26 10 25 24 18 11 5 3 4 | 5 10 0 | 5
November 1017 28 22 31 17 85 67 4 5 57 10 8 17 35 10 4 4 2 3 18 9 25 27 17 7 4 5 5 | 6 11 0 | 1
December 1019 27 19 30 14 85 66 4 5 52 8 8 15 27 9 4 4 5 5 24 12 21 27 15 8 4 5 8 1 6 11 0 | 1
Means 1017 29 22 35* 11§ 84 65 4 5 _ _ 4 11 28 17 8 5 3 3 21 8 16 20 26 12 6 4 7 1 6 10 _ _ _
Totals _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 1360 140 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ | 2 65
Extreme values _ _ _ 39† 7‡ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

No. of years








observations 20 20 20 20 30 20 20 20 20 20 20

* Mean of highest each year † Highest recorded temperature | Rare

§ Mean of lowest each year ‡ Lowest recorded temperature { All observations
 Home Contents Index

1.191

WMO No 72201 KEY WEST (24° 33′ N, 81° 45′ W) Height above MSL − 6 m
Climatic Table compiled from 20 to 30 years observations, 1960 to 2002

Average Average Mean Number

Temperatures cloud Precipitation Wind distribution − Percentage of observations from wind of days
humidity
cover speed with
Average pressure
at MSL

No. of days with

Month

1 mm or more
in each month

in each month
0700 1300

Mean highest

Mean lowest
daily min.
daily max.

Thunder
Average
Mean
Mean

Gale
0700

1300

0700

1300

0700

1300

Fog
fall

Calm

Calm
NW
SW

NW
SW
NE

SE

SE
NE
W

W
E
N

S
N
hPa °C °C °C °C % % Oktas mm Knots

January 1019 24 20 28 13 83 69 4 3 51 5 24 31 11 14 6 3 2 5 4 22 21 14 18 10 6 2 6 1 9 11 | 1 1
February 1018 25 19 28 13 81 67 4 3 46 5 19 28 12 16 9 4 2 6 4 21 13 15 25 12 5 2 6 1 9 11 | | 1
March 1017 26 21 29 14 80 65 4 3 43 4 18 22 12 20 11 4 2 5 5 13 14 16 27 14 5 2 9 1 9 11 0 | 2

CHAPTER 1
April 1016 28 22 30 18 77 64 3 3 44 3 15 20 15 27 8 3 2 7 4 13 7 19 35 9 7 1 7 1 9 11 0 | 1
44

May 1016 30 24 32 21 77 65 3 3 88 6 7 17 19 32 9 4 2 2 8 9 7 17 43 9 6 2 4 3 8 9 | | 2
June 1016 31 26 33 23 78 69 4 4 129 9 3 9 15 38 16 7 3 2 8 6 6 10 42 19 10 2 3 2 7 9 0 | 6
July 1017 32 27 34 23 77 67 4 4 92 8 1 12 18 38 11 5 3 2 9 5 4 13 46 15 10 2 3 3 7 8 0 | 10
August 1016 32 27 33 23 79 67 4 4 128 11 5 14 14 34 13 5 3 3 11 8 5 11 41 16 10 3 4 2 6 8 0 | 10
September 1014 31 26 33 23 81 69 4 4 149 12 4 22 15 29 12 5 3 1 10 6 7 17 41 14 7 2 4 3 7 9 | | 9
October 1015 29 24 32 21 83 70 4 3 112 8 11 45 15 13 5 3 2 2 4 15 25 20 22 7 4 2 3 2 8 10 | | 3
November 1017 27 22 30 17 83 70 4 3 72 5 18 43 11 13 5 3 1 2 4 19 30 17 18 7 3 1 5 1 10 11 | | 1
December 1019 25 20 28 13 83 70 4 4 51 5 22 40 9 11 5 2 2 5 5 22 25 18 17 8 3 1 4 1 9 11 0 | 1
Means 1017 28 23 34* 11§ 80 68 4 3 _ _ 12 25 14 24 9 4 2 4 6 13 14 15 31 12 6 2 5 2 8 10 _ _ _
Totals _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 1005 81 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ | 1 47
Extreme values _ _ _ 38† 7‡ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

No. of years








observations 20 20 20 20 30 20 20 20 20 20 20

* Mean of highest each year † Highest recorded temperature | Rare

§ Mean of lowest each year ‡ Lowest recorded temperature { All observations
 Home Contents Index

1.192

WMO No 78325 CASA BLANCA, LA HABANA (23° 10′ N, 82° 21′ W) Height above MSL − 50 m
Climatic Table compiled from 20 to 30 years observations, 1960 to 2002

Average Average Mean Number

Temperatures cloud Precipitation Wind distribution − Percentage of observations from wind of days
humidity
cover speed with
Average pressure
at MSL

No. of days with

Month

1 mm or more
in each month

in each month
0700 1300

Mean highest

Mean lowest
daily min.
daily max.

Thunder
Average
Mean
Mean

Gale
0700

1300

0700

1300

0700

1300

Fog
fall

Calm

Calm
NW
SW

NW
SW
NE

SE

SE
NE
W

W
E
N

S
N
hPa °C °C °C °C % % Oktas mm Knots

January 1018 26 20 31 16 87 67 4 5 67 5 16 10 19 27 14 2 0 3 9 21 33 12 8 13 5 2 4 1 6 9 | 1 1
February 1018 27 20 31 16 86 65 4 5 50 5 14 8 20 30 12 3 1 3 9 21 35 12 7 11 7 1 6 1 6 10 | | 1
March 1016 28 20 32 17 86 64 4 4 49 3 8 8 21 31 14 5 1 5 9 16 38 7 4 19 6 2 8 0 6 12 | 1 2

CHAPTER 1
April 1015 29 21 32 19 85 64 3 4 50 3 10 5 27 28 10 2 1 4 14 23 52 3 1 9 4 1 7 0 5 12 | 1 4
45

May 1015 30 23 33 21 86 66 4 4 110 6 2 5 44 25 9 1 | 1 13 19 60 6 3 6 2 1 4 0 4 11 | | 10

June 1015 31 24 33 22 89 72 5 5 160 10 2 3 42 26 8 | 1 | 17 16 57 7 4 8 4 | 4 1 3 10 | | 19
July 1017 32 24 34 23 89 70 4 5 117 7 | 4 45 27 5 1 0 | 18 25 60 5 2 2 1 1 4 | 3 10 | 1 20
August 1016 32 24 34 23 90 69 4 5 121 9 0 2 35 27 11 2 | 0 23 22 56 4 3 5 2 1 7 0 2 9 0 1 20
September 1014 32 24 34 22 91 71 5 5 151 10 | 3 39 24 13 2 0 0 19 17 55 4 6 9 3 | 6 | 3 9 | | 20
October 1014 30 24 33 22 89 72 5 5 171 11 6 13 30 24 8 2 | 1 17 16 51 12 5 7 2 1 7 | 4 9 | | 9
November 1016 29 22 32 19 88 69 4 5 81 6 10 10 28 24 10 2 0 2 12 16 42 18 5 8 1 0 10 | 5 9 | 1 2
December 1018 27 20 30 17 87 68 4 5 60 5 11 13 21 29 9 3 | 3 11 20 37 18 6 8 1 2 6 1 5 8 | 1 1
Means 1016 29 22 35* 14 88 68 4 5 _ _ 7 7 31 27 10 2 | 2 14 19 48 9 5 9 3 1 6 | 4 10 _ _ _
Totals _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 1187 80 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ | 7 109
Extreme values _ _ _ 38† 12‡ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

No. of years








observations 20 20 20 20 30 20 20 20 20 20 20

* Mean of highest each year † Highest recorded temperature | Rare

§ Mean of lowest each year ‡ Lowest recorded temperature { All observations
 Home Contents Index

1.193

WMO No 78109 ABRAHAM BAY MAYAGUANA (22° 22′ N, 72° 58′ W) Height above MSL − 3 m
Climatic Table compiled from 20 to 30 years observations, 1960 to 2002

Average Average Mean Number

Temperatures cloud Precipitation Wind distribution − Percentage of observations from wind of days
humidity
cover speed with
Average pressure
at MSL

No. of days with

Month

1 mm or more
in each month

in each month
0700 1300

Mean highest

Mean lowest
daily min.
daily max.

Thunder
Average
Mean
Mean

Gale
0700

1300

0700

1300

0700

1300

Fog
fall

Calm

Calm
NW
SW

NW
SW
NE

SE

SE
NE
W

W
E
N

S
N
hPa °C °C °C °C % % Oktas mm Knots

January 1018 28 20 30 15 87 71 4 4 42 4 4 15 44 16 8 3 5 5 1 11 10 37 14 17 4 5 2 0 8 11
February 1018 28 19 30 15 85 68 3 4 41 4 7 14 44 13 10 3 4 5 1 12 10 35 13 19 5 5 2 | 8 12
March 1017 29 20 31 15 84 70 4 4 32 3 8 15 41 14 10 2 4 4 1 10 9 35 14 20 5 6 2 0 8 12

CHAPTER 1
April 1016 29 21 32 17 81 67 4 4 43 4 8 15 49 12 9 3 2 2 2 11 10 38 13 16 3 5 3 | 7 11
46

May 1016 30 23 32 19 83 71 4 4 65 6 4 15 52 17 9 1 2 1 0 9 8 36 16 23 4 3 1 0 8 11
June 1017 32 24 33 22 83 70 4 4 76 5 1 8 55 20 13 2 1 1 | 2 3 41 24 25 3 1 1 | 9 11
July 1018 33 25 34 22 80 67 4 4 45 4 1 7 64 20 8 | | 0 | 1 6 49 22 20 1 | | | 9 12
August 1017 33 25 34 22 82 68 4 4 63 6 1 7 61 19 10 1 1 1 | 4 7 40 24 20 3 2 1 0 8 11
September 1015 33 24 34 22 85 69 4 4 114 8 3 10 52 17 7 | 4 3 2 8 8 38 17 21 3 3 2 1 6 10
October 1014 32 23 33 20 87 72 4 4 126 8 5 15 50 16 6 1 3 2 2 7 14 35 13 20 3 5 1 1 6 9
November 1016 30 22 31 18 87 73 4 4 93 8 4 15 55 13 6 | 3 3 1 7 18 45 12 10 3 3 2 1 8 11
December 1018 29 20 31 15 87 70 4 4 52 5 9 16 44 11 8 2 4 5 2 13 14 37 11 13 3 6 3 | 7 11
Means 1017 31 22 35* 12§ 84 69 4 4 _ _ 4 12 51 16 9 1 3 3 1 8 10 39 16 19 3 4 1 | 8 11 _ _ _
Totals _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 792 65 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
Extreme values _ _ _ 39† 9‡ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

No. of years








observations 20 20 20 20 30 20 20 20

* Mean of highest each year † Highest recorded temperature | Rare

§ Mean of lowest each year ‡ Lowest recorded temperature { All observations
 Home Contents Index

1.194

WMO No 78360 CABO CRUZ GRANMA (19° 51′ N, 77° 14′ W) Height above MSL − 10 m
Climatic Table compiled from 20 to 30 years observations, 1960 to 2002

Average Average Mean Number

Temperatures cloud Precipitation Wind distribution − Percentage of observations from wind of days
humidity
cover speed with
Average pressure
at MSL

No. of days with

Month

1 mm or more
in each month

in each month
0700 1300

Mean highest

Mean lowest
daily min.
daily max.

Thunder
Average
Mean
Mean

Gale
0700

1300

0700

1300

0700

1300

Fog
fall

Calm

Calm
NW
SW

NW
SW
NE

SE

SE
NE
W

W
E
N

S
N
hPa °C °C °C °C % % Oktas mm Knots

January 1016 29 20 30 17 89 68 2 3 32 4 8 63 17 7 2 1 | 1 3 17 11 3 52 10 2 2 3 | 4 7 | 4 1
February 1016 29 21 30 18 88 68 2 3 28 3 9 61 18 8 2 0 | | 1 15 8 4 50 13 4 2 3 1 4 7 | 3 1
March 1015 29 21 31 18 87 69 3 3 22 2 5 56 18 16 4 1 1 | 1 10 3 2 53 19 6 5 2 1 4 7 0 4 1

CHAPTER 1
April 1014 30 22 32 19 85 69 3 3 43 4 4 59 14 13 5 1 1 1 3 9 4 1 49 20 6 4 5 1 4 6 0 7 1
47

May 1014 30 23 32 21 85 71 4 4 134 8 3 49 16 23 3 1 | 0 4 6 3 4 61 15 6 1 2 1 4 7 0 5 6

June 1015 31 24 33 23 85 71 5 5 133 8 3 39 22 27 4 | 0 0 5 2 1 4 77 11 3 1 1 | 3 6 | 5 10
July 1016 32 24 34 23 85 69 4 4 77 6 2 54 23 12 2 | | 0 7 4 2 3 72 13 2 1 1 0 2 6 | 5 12
August 1015 32 25 34 23 86 69 4 4 85 7 3 51 28 11 2 | | | 3 7 5 2 58 15 8 1 3 1 2 6 | 4 14
September 1013 32 24 34 23 88 70 4 4 99 7 1 49 25 16 3 | 0 | 6 6 3 3 63 17 4 1 2 1 3 6 | 8 16
October 1013 31 24 33 22 89 71 4 4 192 11 3 50 28 12 3 1 | 0 4 9 7 3 49 18 9 3 1 | 3 6 0 3 9
November 1014 30 22 32 20 89 68 3 4 53 5 5 69 18 3 2 | 0 | 1 14 12 3 49 13 3 2 3 | 4 6 0 6 5
December 1016 29 21 21 19 89 68 3 3 30 3 8 67 17 6 1 | 0 1 1 19 14 2 50 8 3 1 3 1 4 7 | 5 1
Means 1015 30 22 35* 19§ 87 69 3 4 _ _ 4 56 20 13 3 1 | | 3 10 6 3 57 14 5 2 2 1 3 6 _ _ _
Totals _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 928 68 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ | 59 77
Extreme values _ _ _ 38† 14‡ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

No. of years








observations 20 20 20 20 30 20 20 20 20 20 20

* Mean of highest each year † Highest recorded temperature | Rare

§ Mean of lowest each year ‡ Lowest recorded temperature { All observations
 Home Contents Index

1.195

WMO No 78384 OWEN ROBERTS AIRPORT GRAND CAYMAN (19° 17′ N, 81° 21′ W) Height above MSL − 3 m
Climatic Table compiled from 20 years observations, 1983 to 2002

Average Average Mean Number

Temperatures cloud Precipitation Wind distribution − Percentage of observations from wind of days
humidity
cover speed with
Average pressure
at MSL

No. of days with

Month

1 mm or more
in each month

in each month
0700 1300

Mean highest

Mean lowest
daily min.
daily max.

Thunder
Average
Mean
Mean

Gale
0700

1300

0700

1300

0700

1300

Fog
fall

Calm

Calm
NW
SW

NW
SW
NE

SE

SE
NE
W

W
E
N

S
N
hPa °C °C °C °C % % Oktas mm Knots

January 1017 28 23 30 19 85 71 3 4 9 37 26 5 2 | | 2 18 12 49 18 14 3 1 1 2 1 7 10
February 1016 28 22 30 19 84 70 3 4 8 34 29 7 1 1 1 2 18 9 46 17 18 4 2 1 1 1 6 11
March 1015 29 23 31 19 84 69 3 3 8 24 33 13 3 1 1 2 17 7 35 16 29 8 1 1 2 1 7 11

CHAPTER 1
April 1014 30 24 31 21 84 68 3 4 4 25 41 9 3 | | 1 16 9 36 17 28 6 | 1 1 2 6 10
48

May 1014 31 25 32 22 85 72 4 5 2 23 48 9 3 | 0 | 13 5 31 20 35 6 1 1 | 1 6 10
June 1014 32 26 33 23 85 71 5 5 1 15 55 14 3 1 | | 10 2 16 33 40 7 1 | 0 1 6 10
July 1015 32 26 33 23 85 71 5 5 1 26 50 8 | 0 0 0 15 5 29 33 27 2 | 1 2 2 5 10
August 1014 32 26 33 23 87 72 5 5 1 18 47 7 1 | | 0 26 7 29 27 29 4 1 | 1 3 4 9
September 1013 32 26 33 23 87 74 5 5 1 15 32 14 4 | | | 33 5 24 14 37 9 2 1 2 6 4 8
October 1013 31 25 33 22 87 74 5 5 5 29 35 5 2 1 | 1 22 8 43 20 17 5 2 2 2 3 5 9
November 1014 30 24 32 21 86 73 4 4 6 42 29 2 1 1 1 1 17 10 52 19 10 4 2 1 2 1 6 10
December 1016 29 23 31 20 85 72 4 4 7 42 30 3 1 1 | 1 15 10 52 22 10 2 1 1 2 | 7 11
Means 1015 30 24 34* 17§ 85 71 4 4 _ _ 4 28 38 8 2 1 | 1 18 8 37 21 24 5 1 1 1 2 6 10 _ _ _
Totals _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
Extreme values _ _ _ 36† 14‡ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

No. of years








observations 20 20 20 20 20 20 20

* Mean of highest each year † Highest recorded temperature | Rare

§ Mean of lowest each year ‡ Lowest recorded temperature { All observations
 Home Contents Index

1.196

WMO No 78439 PORT−AU−PRINCE AIRPORT (18° 34′ N, 72° 18′ E) Height above MSL − 34 m
Climatic Table compiled from 14 to 30 years observations, 1960 to 1996

Average Average Mean Number

Temperatures cloud Precipitation Wind distribution − Percentage of observations from wind of days
humidity
cover speed with
Average pressure
at MSL

No. of days with

Month

1 mm or more
in each month

in each month
0700 1300

Mean highest

Mean lowest
daily min.
daily max.

Thunder
Average
Mean
Mean

Gale
0700

1300

0700

1300

0700

1300

Fog
fall

Calm

Calm
NW
SW

NW
SW
NE

SE

SE
NE
W

W
E
N

S
N
hPa °C °C °C °C % % Oktas mm Knots

January 1016 31 20 32 19 80 47 2 2 33 4 0 0 76 14 1 0 0 0 9 1 2 67 5 1 1 21 1 1 5 12 0 0
February 1016 31 20 31 18 79 45 3 3 34 4 0 3 81 7 0 0 0 0 9 2 4 62 4 1 0 20 2 6 3 9 0 0
March 1015 31 21 31 20 81 50 3 3 66 6 0 0 77 5 0 0 0 0 17 1 4 32 4 1 2 48 6 4 4 10 0 0

CHAPTER 1
April 1014 32 22 33 21 80 51 3 4 107 8 0 0 78 5 1 0 0 0 16 1 4 32 2 1 1 56 2 2 3 10 0 0
49

May 1014 33 23 34 21 79 53 3 4 139 8 2 0 77 5 0 0 1 0 16 1 2 51 1 2 2 33 2 5 5 10 0 0

June 1015 34 23 35 21 77 48 3 4 73 6 0 0 92 2 0 0 0 0 5 0 1 71 8 1 0 13 4 2 7 13 | 0
July 1015 35 23 36 22 76 45 3 3 55 5 0 2 89 2 0 0 0 0 6 0 6 69 2 0 1 20 1 1 6 14 1 0
August 1014 35 23 36 22 78 47 3 4 94 7 0 1 81 6 0 1 0 0 9 0 5 52 1 0 1 37 3 1 5 13 | |
September 1013 34 23 35 22 80 52 3 4 118 7 0 0 76 11 2 1 1 0 11 1 2 43 2 2 1 38 9 2 5 10 | 0
October 1012 33 23 34 22 83 55 3 4 134 8 0 0 74 6 0 0 0 0 20 1 2 44 4 3 1 36 5 4 3 9 | 0
November 1013 32 22 33 21 83 53 2 3 77 6 0 0 79 8 0 0 0 0 13 0 2 59 3 3 1 25 1 6 4 9 0 0
December 1015 32 20 32 19 81 47 2 2 33 3 0 0 80 6 3 0 0 0 10 1 4 64 4 0 0 17 3 5 3 10 0 0
Means 1014 33 22 37* 18§ 80 49 3 3 _ _ | 1 80 6 1 | | 0 12 1 3 53 3 1 1 31 4 3 4 11 _ _ _
Totals _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 963 72 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 1 |
Extreme values _ _ _ 39† 15‡ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

No. of years








observations 14 14 14 14 30 14 14 14 20 20

* Mean of highest each year † Highest recorded temperature | Rare

§ Mean of lowest each year ‡ Lowest recorded temperature { All observations
 Home Contents Index

1.197

WMO No 78482 BARAHONA (18° 12′ N, 71° 06′ W) Height above MSL − 3 m
Climatic Table compiled from 20 to 30 years observations, 1960 to 2002

Average Average Mean Number

Temperatures cloud Precipitation Wind distribution − Percentage of observations from wind of days
humidity
cover speed with
Average pressure
at MSL

No. of days with

Month

1 mm or more
in each month

in each month
0700 1300

Mean highest

Mean lowest
daily min.
daily max.

Thunder
Average
Mean
Mean

Gale
0700

1300

0700

1300

0700

1300

Fog
fall

Calm

Calm
NW
SW

NW
SW
NE

SE

SE
NE
W

W
E
N

S
N
hPa °C °C °C °C % % Oktas mm Knots

January 1016 30 21 31 19 85 63 3 3 30 4 2 1 2 6 9 2 41 17 20 | | 1 40 57 0 1 0 | 4 10 0 0 0
February 1015 29 21 31 19 83 62 3 3 29 3 1 1 1 9 17 2 31 13 25 | 1 2 39 56 1 1 1 1 4 11 0 0 0
March 1014 29 22 32 19 82 64 4 3 45 4 1 | 1 16 25 1 22 9 25 1 0 | 40 58 | 1 0 | 4 12 0 0 2

CHAPTER 1
April 1014 30 23 32 21 82 67 4 3 64 6 3 1 2 19 29 | 15 10 22 1 0 1 42 56 | | 0 | 4 12 0 0 5
50

May 1014 30 24 32 21 81 69 5 4 169 10 2 1 3 17 34 1 13 6 23 | 1 | 40 58 | | | 0 4 11 0 0 7

June 1015 31 24 33 22 80 69 4 4 130 8 2 1 4 24 30 | 10 5 24 0 | 1 37 62 0 1 0 | 4 11 0 0 5
July 1016 32 25 33 23 78 63 4 4 38 4 3 1 1 25 33 1 9 8 19 | | | 38 60 0 | 0 0 5 12 0 0 7
August 1015 32 25 34 23 80 63 4 4 65 5 3 1 1 17 19 | 21 11 26 | 0 1 37 62 0 0 0 0 4 11 0 0 11
September 1013 32 24 34 22 83 67 4 4 144 9 3 1 2 9 11 1 26 17 31 0 1 | 30 67 | 1 1 1 3 10 0 0 26
October 1013 31 23 33 22 86 68 4 4 185 11 3 1 1 6 9 1 28 21 31 1 1 | 31 67 | | | | 3 10 0 0 22
November 1013 31 22 33 21 85 65 3 3 76 5 1 | 1 5 8 1 42 17 25 1 | 1 35 60 1 2 | | 4 9 0 0 10
December 1015 30 21 31 19 85 63 3 3 44 2 2 1 2 3 8 3 46 18 19 | 1 1 32 62 | 2 1 | 4 9 0 0 9
Means 1014 31 23 36* 18§ 84 65 4 4 _ _ 2 1 2 13 19 1 25 13 24 | | 1 37 61 | 1 | | 4 11 _ _ _
Totals _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 1019 71 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 0 0 104
Extreme values _ _ _ 41† 16‡ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

No. of years








observations 20 20 20 20 30 20 20 20 20 20 20

* Mean of highest each year † Highest recorded temperature | Rare

§ Mean of lowest each year ‡ Lowest recorded temperature { All observations
 Home Contents Index

1.198

WMO No 78397 COOPERS HILL JAMAICA (18° 04′ N, 76° 51′ W) Height above MSL − 786 m
Climatic Table compiled from 20 to 30 years observations, 1960 to 2002

Average Average Mean Number

Temperatures cloud Precipitation Wind distribution − Percentage of observations from wind of days
humidity
cover speed with
Average pressure
at MSL

No. of days with

Month

1 mm or more
in each month

in each month
0700 1300

Mean highest

Mean lowest
daily min.
daily max.

Thunder
Average
Mean
Mean

Gale
0700

1300

0700

1300

0700

1300

Fog
fall

Calm

Calm
NW
SW

NW
SW
NE

SE

SE
NE
W

W
E
N

S
N
hPa °C °C °C °C % % Oktas mm Knots

January 1015 31 22 33 21 79 60 2 3 19 5 20 6 10 3 | | 4 22 36 3 3 30 37 19 3 1 2 2 5 14 | | |
February 1015 31 22 33 20 79 61 3 3 20 5 20 5 10 4 0 | 4 19 38 2 2 32 40 17 4 1 2 1 5 15 | | |
March 1014 31 23 33 21 78 62 2 3 21 5 21 5 10 6 | 0 3 17 38 2 2 27 51 14 2 | 2 | 5 15 | | |

CHAPTER 1
April 1014 32 24 33 22 75 61 3 4 41 7 25 6 10 4 | 1 1 16 38 1 2 28 49 16 3 1 | 1 4 16 | | 1
51

May 1013 32 25 34 23 76 65 4 5 110 8 25 5 16 8 1 | 2 17 26 0 2 36 53 7 | | | | 6 18 1 | 3

June 1014 33 26 34 24 74 63 4 4 84 7 17 8 30 8 0 | 2 14 20 | 1 47 49 2 | 0 | | 8 21 1 | 3
July 1015 34 26 35 24 74 62 4 4 52 6 20 7 18 5 0 0 4 17 29 | 1 52 43 2 1 | | | 6 21 | | 6
August 1014 33 26 35 24 76 65 4 4 100 9 19 6 16 3 1 0 4 22 30 1 2 44 48 4 | | | | 5 19 | | 9
September 1013 33 25 35 23 77 66 4 5 121 11 17 3 13 5 1 | 2 23 35 1 2 36 48 9 1 0 1 1 5 16 | | 12
October 1012 33 25 34 23 79 66 4 5 185 14 23 4 8 6 | | 3 21 35 1 3 30 48 13 2 | 1 2 4 13 | | 8
November 1013 32 24 34 23 81 64 3 4 75 10 24 5 6 3 | 0 2 21 39 2 3 24 39 22 6 1 1 3 4 12 | | 4
December 1014 32 23 32 21 80 61 3 4 51 6 20 6 9 2 1 | 3 20 39 2 1 23 38 24 6 1 2 3 5 12 | | 1
Means 1014 32 24 35* 20§ 77 63 3 4 _ _ 21 6 13 5 | | 3 19 33 1 2 34 45 13 2 1 1 1 5 16 _ _ _
Totals _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 879 93 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 2 | 47
Extreme values _ _ _ 36† 18‡ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

No. of years








observations 20 20 20 20 30 20 20 20 20 20 20

* Mean of highest each year † Highest recorded temperature | Rare

§ Mean of lowest each year ‡ Lowest recorded temperature { All observations
 Home Contents Index
1.199
METEOROLOGICAL CONVERSION TABLE AND SCALES
Fahrenheit to Celsius
°Fahrenheit

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

°F Degrees Celsius
−100 −73⋅3 −73⋅9 −74⋅4 −75⋅0 −75⋅6 −76⋅1 −76⋅7 −77⋅2 −77⋅8 −78⋅3
−90 −67⋅8 −68⋅3 −68⋅9 −69⋅4 −70⋅0 −70⋅6 −71⋅1 −71⋅7 −72⋅2 −72⋅8
−80 −62⋅2 −62⋅8 −63⋅3 −63⋅9 −64⋅4 −65⋅0 −65⋅6 −66⋅1 −66⋅7 −67⋅2
−70 −56⋅7 −57⋅2 −57⋅8 −58⋅3 −58⋅9 −59⋅4 −60⋅0 −60⋅6 −61⋅1 −61⋅7
−60 −51⋅1 −51⋅7 −52⋅2 −52⋅8 −53⋅3 −53⋅9 −54⋅4 −55⋅0 −55⋅6 −56⋅1
−50 −45⋅6 −46⋅1 −46⋅7 −47⋅2 −47⋅8 −48⋅3 −48⋅9 −49⋅4 −50⋅0 −50⋅6
−40 −40⋅0 −40⋅6 −41⋅1 −41⋅7 −42⋅2 −42⋅8 −43⋅3 −43⋅9 −44⋅4 −45⋅0
−30 −34⋅4 −35⋅0 −35⋅6 −36⋅1 −36⋅7 −37⋅2 −37⋅8 −38⋅3 −38⋅9 −39⋅4
−20 −28⋅9 −29⋅4 −30⋅0 −30⋅6 −31⋅1 −31⋅7 −32⋅2 −32⋅8 −33⋅3 −33⋅9
−10 −23⋅3 −23⋅9 −24⋅4 −25⋅0 −25⋅6 −26⋅1 −26⋅7 −27⋅2 −27⋅8 −28⋅3
−0 −17⋅8 −18⋅3 −18⋅9 −19⋅4 −20⋅0 −20⋅6 −21⋅1 −21⋅7 −22⋅2 −22⋅8
+0 −17⋅8 −17⋅2 −16⋅7 −16⋅1 −15⋅6 −15⋅0 −14⋅4 −13⋅9 −13⋅3 −12⋅8
10 −12⋅2 −11⋅7 −11⋅1 −10⋅6 −10⋅0 −9⋅4 −8⋅9 −8⋅3 −7⋅8 −7⋅2
20 −6⋅7 −6⋅1 −5⋅6 −5⋅0 −4⋅4 −3⋅9 −3⋅3 −2⋅8 −2⋅2 −1⋅7
30 −1⋅1 −0⋅6 0 +0⋅6 +1⋅1 +1⋅7 +2⋅2 +2⋅8 +3⋅3 +3⋅9
40 +4⋅4 +5⋅0 +5⋅6 6⋅1 6⋅7 7⋅2 7⋅8 8⋅3 8⋅9 9⋅4
50 10⋅0 10⋅6 11⋅1 11⋅7 12⋅2 12⋅8 13⋅3 13⋅9 14⋅4 15⋅0
60 15⋅6 16⋅1 16⋅7 17⋅2 17⋅8 18⋅3 18⋅9 19⋅4 20⋅0 20⋅6
70 21⋅1 21⋅7 22⋅2 22⋅8 23⋅3 23⋅9 24⋅4 25⋅0 25⋅6 26⋅1
80 26⋅7 27⋅2 27⋅8 28⋅3 28⋅9 29⋅4 30⋅0 30⋅6 31⋅1 31⋅7
90 32⋅2 32⋅8 33⋅3 33⋅9 34⋅4 35⋅0 35⋅6 36⋅1 36⋅7 37⋅2
100 37⋅8 38⋅3 38⋅9 39⋅4 40⋅0 40⋅6 41⋅1 41⋅7 42⋅2 42⋅8
110 43⋅3 43⋅9 44⋅4 45⋅0 45⋅6 46⋅1 46⋅7 47⋅2 47⋅8 48⋅3
120 48⋅9 49⋅4 50⋅0 50⋅6 51⋅1 51⋅7 52⋅2 52⋅8 53⋅3 53⋅9

Celsius to Fahrenheit
°Celsius

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

°C Degrees Fahrenheit
−70 −94⋅0 −95⋅8 −97⋅6 −99⋅4 −101⋅2 −103⋅0 −104⋅8 −106⋅6 −108⋅4 −110⋅2
−60 −76⋅0 −77⋅8 −79⋅6 −81⋅4 −83⋅2 −85⋅0 −86⋅8 −88⋅6 −90⋅4 −92⋅2
−50 −58⋅0 −59⋅8 −61⋅6 −63⋅4 −65⋅2 −67⋅0 −68⋅8 −70⋅6 −72⋅4 −74⋅2
−40 −40⋅0 −41⋅8 −43⋅6 −45⋅4 −47⋅2 −49⋅0 −50⋅8 −52⋅6 −54⋅4 −56⋅2
−30 −22⋅0 −23⋅8 −25⋅6 −27⋅4 −29⋅2 −31⋅0 −32⋅8 −34⋅6 −36⋅4 −38⋅2
−20 −4⋅0 −5⋅8 −7⋅6 −9⋅4 −11⋅2 −13⋅0 −14⋅8 −16⋅6 18⋅4 −20⋅2
−10 +14⋅0 +12⋅2 +10⋅4 +8⋅6 +6⋅8 +5⋅0 +3⋅2 +1⋅4 −0⋅4 −2⋅2
−0 32⋅0 30⋅2 28⋅4 26⋅6 24⋅8 23⋅0 21⋅2 19⋅4 +17⋅6 +15⋅8
+0 32⋅0 33⋅8 35⋅6 37⋅4 39⋅2 41⋅0 42⋅8 44⋅6 46⋅4 48⋅2
10 50⋅0 51⋅8 53⋅6 55⋅4 57⋅2 59⋅0 60⋅8 62⋅6 64⋅4 66⋅2
20 68⋅0 69⋅8 71⋅6 73⋅4 75⋅2 77⋅0 78⋅8 80⋅6 82⋅4 84⋅2
30 86⋅0 87⋅8 89⋅6 91⋅4 93⋅2 95⋅0 96⋅8 98⋅6 100⋅4 102⋅2
40 104⋅0 105⋅8 107⋅6 109⋅4 111⋅2 113⋅0 114⋅8 116⋅6 118⋅4 120⋅2
50 122⋅0 123⋅8 125⋅6 127⋅4 129⋅2 131⋅0 132⋅8 134⋅6 136⋅4 138⋅2

HECTOPASCALS TO INCHES
HECTOPASCALS
950 960 970 980 990 1000 1010 1020 1030 1040 1050

28 29 INCHES 30 31

MILLIMETRES TO INCHES (1) (for small values)

millimetres
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100

0⋅5 1⋅5 2⋅5 3⋅5

0 1 2 3 4
inches

(2) (for large values)

millimetres
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000

20 30 40 60 70 80 90 110 120
0 5 10 50 100
inches

52
Home Contents Index NOTES

53
 Home Contents Index Chapter 2 - Bermuda

65° 50' 40' 64° 30'

334 334

32° 32°
30' 30'

2.34
R E
T E
A F
867 E
R 868
G
2.98

1315
Saint George's 2.45
Island

A
Saint George's Town 2.30

D
2.57
54

Saint David's
U 2.84 Island
M

332
R

20' Ireland 20'

Island 2.104
E

Bermuda Freeport
332
B

Somerset 1073 2.122

Island 2.122 Hamilton 2.33
Harbour
2.138
Great
Sound Hamilton
Island

65° Longitude 64° 50' West from Greenwich 40' 64° 30'
November 2003
 Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 2
BERMUDA
GENERAL INFORMATION
General description
Charts 334, 360
Reef and channels
2.1
1 Bermuda comprises:
Bermuda Great Reef (centre 32°21′N, 64°49′W),
about 20 miles long and 10 miles wide, resembling
an atoll in shape, on the SE side of which stand:
2 Bermuda Islands, (see also 1.70) the principal of
which, named clockwise from E, are Saint David’s
(2.57), Saint George’s (2.57), Hamilton (2.122),
Somerset (2.138) and Ireland Islands (2.104).
2.2
1 Bermuda Great Reef presents dangers on all sides. A
dredged channel through Five Fathom Hole at the NE end
of Bermuda Islands gives access to Saint George’s Harbour
(2.57). The Narrows, continuing from Five Fathom Hole,
give access to the lagoon within the reef; North Channel
and South Channel, through that lagoon, converge on
Grassy Bay, whence channels lead to Bermuda Freeport
(formerly HM Dockyard) (2.104), to the US Naval Base at
King’s Point (2.138), and to Hamilton Harbour (2.122).
Navigational aids
2.3
1 Buoyage in Bermuda is in accordance with the IALA
Maritime Buoyage System (Region B) (red to starboard)
(1.21);
2 Unreliability of navigational aids. North Rock Light
(32°29′N, 64°46′W), (2.35), marking the edge of the reefs
off the N side of the islands and the light-buoy in the NE
approaches (32°24′N, 64°37′W), can be maintained only in
very calm weather. These aids should not be relied upon.
Limiting conditions
Depths and dimensions
2.4
1 Controlling depth in the deeper route to Grassy Bay via
North Channel are 11⋅6 m (1994).
Least navigable width in The Narrows and North
Channel, 150 m.
2 Other controlling depths:
Town Cut Channel, to Saint George’s Harbour: 8⋅5 m
(1992).
South Channel, along the N side of Hamilton Island:
8⋅8 m (1994).
3 Dundonald Channel, from Great Sound to Grassy
Bay: 11⋅6 m (1988); navigable width 150 m (1988).
Two Rocks Passage, to Hamilton Harbour, 8⋅8 m
(1992).
4 Mean level of the sea is much affected by the wind. In
The Narrows, as elsewhere, depths 0⋅3 to 0⋅4 m less than
charted, may be found.
Deepest berths are in Saint George’s Harbour (2.69),
Bermuda Freeport (2.118) and Hamilton Harbour (2.135).
55
Arrival information
Port Authority
2.5
1 Director, Department of Marine and Port Services, PO
Box 180, Hamilton, Bermuda.
Pilotage
2.6
1 Pilotage authority. The Bermuda Pilotage Service is a
government service under the control of the Bermuda
Board of Trade.
Pilotage is compulsory except for naval vessels and
yachts.
2 Pilot station at Fort George (2.63). Pilots are available
during daylight only.
Pilot boarding place is 2 miles ENE of Saint David’s
Head (2.26), as shown on the chart. Deep draught vessels
are boarded 3 miles E of Saint David’s Head.
3 For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals
Volume 6 (5).
Tugs
2.7
1 Tugs are available and their use is compulsory for cruise
vessels.
Recommended time of arrival
2.8
1 A vessel should arrive in daylight; The Narrows (2.45)
are sparsely lit, and night entry is not permitted.
2 If a vessel does arrive at night, she is required to anchor
in Five Fathom Hole (2.45) until the pilot’s arrival at
daylight.
Traffic and harbour regulations
2.9
1 Vessel Traffic Management System is in operation for
the control of shipping, for details see Admiralty List of
Radio Signals Volume 6(5).
2 Regulations are in force to control the movements,
berthing, and duties of Masters of vessels visiting ports and
anchorages in the Bermuda Islands. The following is a
summary of some of those regulations:
3 Ocean going vessels have absolute right of way over
local craft.
Vessels shall proceed at a moderate speed.
The discharge or dumping of fuel oil, ballast, rubbish
or any other material, is prohibited.
2.10
1 Traffic regulations for the main ship channel through
Five Fathom Hole, The Narrows, Murray’s Anchorage and
South Channel to Grassy Bay (2.98):
An inward bound vessel has right of way and should
fly her national colours, whilst navigating these
channels, to claim priority.
2 An outward bound vessel should keep off and away
from the channel at a safe and sufficient distance,
until the inward bound vessel has cleared the
channel.
No vessel should anchor in the channels except in
emergency or through stress of weather; a vessel
 Home Contents Index CHAPTER 2

anchoring from such cause should clear the
channel as soon as possible.
3 Exceptions. Notwithstanding the regulations above, an
inward bound vessel is required to wait for an
outward bound vessel which is in:
South Channel, W of No 24 buoy (32°19′N,
64°47′W) or in Grassy Bay;
Dundonald Channel;
Two Rocks Passage.
4 For details, see the appropriate Caution on the charts.
2.11
1 Quarantine regulations at Bermuda are most strictly
observed. All vessels arriving must hoist International Flag
Q.
Naval vessels and vessels trading regularly to Bermuda,
which have received special permission, and vessels which
have been granted pratique by radio, are visited on arrival
at their berths.
2 Vessels without special permission or radio pratique
should enter Saint George’s Harbour (2.57) and anchor.
When International Flag Q over the Code Pendant is
hoisted at Fort George Signal Station, such vessels should
proceed alongside, if possible, where they will be boarded
by health officials.
Yachts
2.12
1 Comprehensive information for yachts, concerning
navigation, pilotage, navigational aids, port radio, berths,
port services, regulations etc., is given in Bermuda
Information Sheet, Reference No TOU/28, obtainable from
Bermuda Department of Tourism, P.O. Box HM 465,
Hamilton HM BX, Bermuda.
Natural conditions
Flow
2.13
1 Currents around Bermuda are quite variable, although
on the whole they tend to set towards N and E from about
December to July and NW for the rest of the year.
Mean rates are usually little more than about ½ kn.
Because of the currents’ generally low constancy, the
resultant flow tends to be influenced by the wind.
2 In the 40 years 1947 to 1986, only about one-sixth of all
observations taken around Bermuda were of rates of 1 kn
or greater; however, two sets of 4 kn were recorded in the
neighbourhood during that period, one SE going and the
other S going, both in winter and both associated with
strong W or NW winds.
Local magnetic anomalies
2.14
1 Local magnetic anomalies have been reported in the
following areas with reference to a line leading SE from
Ireland Island (32°19′N, 64°50′W) through Spanish Point
(1¾ miles SE), Agar’s Island (2¼ miles SE) and Godet
Island (3 miles SE) and thence to Morgan’s Beach on SE
side of Hamilton Island:
2 SW of line. Values below normal are generally found,
reaching a minimum of 3½° between Kings Point
(32°16′N, 64°51′W) and Grace Island (7 cables
ENE). However, abreast Hogfish Cut (2.41) there
is a small well defined area in which there is an
excess of 2° above normal.
3 NE of line. Values above normal are found except in
a few small areas. The general excess is from ½°
to 1½°, but higher values of up to 3½° have been
observed.
4 A local magnetic anomaly also exists in the vicinity of
Plantagenet Bank (32°00′N, 65°10′W) (2.33). This anomaly
varies between an increase of 2° to a decrease of 5° from
the normal.
Climate and weather
2.15
1 Climatic table: see 1.187 and 1.188.
Hurricane and storm warnings: see 1.52.

APPROACH AND ENTRANCE

GENERAL INFORMATION 2 From North east Providence Channel to Bishop Rock,

passing N of Bermuda.
Charts 868, 334, 360 From Providence Channels to Açores, passing S of
Extent of area Bermuda.
2.16 3 Mariners navigating such routes, and not intending to
1 The area described below comprises: call at Bermuda, are advised to pass at least 30 miles clear
The whole of the approaches to Bermuda. of Bermuda; little distance is lost by so doing, and nothing
The principal entrance to the lagoon, through Five is gained by a closer approach. Mariners intending to enter
Fathom Hole (2.45) and The Narrows (2.45). harbour should approach with extreme caution. The reefs
Saint George’s Harbour (2.57). which extend up to 9 miles from the W and N sides of
Bermuda Islands are a hazard to navigation since they may
APPROACHES TO BERMUDA be encountered without warning before land is sighted.

General information Area to be avoided

2.18
Charts 334, 360 1 Because of the great danger of stranding on Great
Routes Bermuda Reef, and for reasons of environmental protection,
2.17 an Area to be Avoided by all vessels carrying oil or
1 Routes given in Ocean Passages for the World include hazardous materials and all other vessels of more than
those: 1000 grt, whether or not bound for Bermudan ports, has
From New York to South American ports, passing E been adopted by IMO round the Bermudan Islands; the
or W of Bermuda. limits of the area are shown on the charts.

56
 Home Contents Index
2 For other vessels intending to transit the area, see
Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(5) for details of
the required radio watch.
Marine Conservation Areas
2.19
1 The Coral Reef Preserves Act (1996) protects marine
plants and animals within two preserve areas; the South
Shore Coral Reef Preserve and the North Shore Coral Reef
Preserve. Within these areas it is an offence to remove,
damage or be in the possession of plants or animals,
whether alive or dead, which are attached to the coast, the
sea bed or any reef in the two preserves.
2 The South Shore Coral Reef Preserve is bounded by
the mean high water mark on the S shore and extends from
the E arm of Hungry Bay to Gurnet Rock (2.40)., thence to
the S tip of Castle Islet (2.44) and thence to the S shore.
3 The North Shore Coral Reef Preserve is bounded by a
line drawn due E from Commissioners Point, Ireland Island
(2.104), thence on the W by a line of sight from Gibb’s
Hill Lighthouse (2.26) through Commissioner’s House
continuing N to the breaker line, thence on the N by the N
limit of the breaking reefs and on the E by a line of sight
extending N from the E tower of the Stone Hill Wireless
Station towers (2.26) to the breaker line.
2.20
1 The Fisheries (Protected Areas) Order (1990) and
Amendment Order (1996) prohibits the taking of any fish
between the 1st of May and the 31st August in any year
within the following protected areas;
The South Western Area comprising the area enclosed
by the sector 235°−276° from Gibb’s Hill Lighthouse (2.26)
and the 100 fms contour.
The Eastern Area comprising the area enclosed by the
sector 035°−065° from Saint David’s Head Light (2.26) and
the 100 fms contour.
The North Eastern Area comprising the area enclosed
N and E of a line 087° from 32°28′⋅8N, 64°39′⋅0W and the
100 fms contour.
Fishing of any kind or lobster diving is also prohibited
within the following areas, which are declared to be
protected areas;
(1) The area within 100 m radius of the wreck of the
Vixen 300 m W of Daniel’s Head, Sandys.
(2) The area within 500 m radius of a mooring buoy
situated at the wreck of the Constellation
(32°21′⋅8N, 64°54′⋅8W).
(3) The area within 600 m radius of a mooring buoy at
Eastern Blue Cut (32°23′⋅4N, 64°53′⋅1W).
(4) The area within 1000 m of the North Rock Beacon
(32°28′⋅5N, 64°46′⋅0W).
(5) The area within 500 m radius of a mooring buoy
situated at the wrecks of the Pelinaion and Rita
Zovetta (32°21′⋅3N, 64°38°38′⋅4W).
(6) The area within 300 m radius of a mooring buoy
situated at the wreck of the Kate (32°19′⋅4N,
64°41′⋅7W).
2 (7) The area within 500 m radius of the wrecks of
Hermes and Minnie Bressleur (32°14′⋅4N,
64°47′⋅4W).
(8) The area within 600 m radius of a mooring buoy at
South West Breaker (32°13′⋅8N, 64°52′⋅0W).
(9) The area within 200 m of a stake (32°19′⋅7N,
64°49′⋅9W) at Commissioner’s Point and bounded
on the SW and SE by the shore.
For further information the local authorities should be
consulted.
CHAPTER 2
Direction of approach
2.21
1 Caution. Although Bermuda Islands are approachable
from all directions, the only safe approach in thick or hazy
weather is from SE; even so, the 200 m depth contour on
the SE side of the reef lies only ¾ to 2½ miles offshore.
2 For recommended time of arrival see 2.8.
Submarine exercise areas
2.22
1 Submarine exercise areas are established off the S and
SE coasts of Bermuda; see the appropriate Caution on
charts 334 and 360, and in Annual Summary of Admiralty
Notices to Mariners.
Oceanographical buoys
2.23
1 Attention is drawn to a special purpose light-buoy and
unlit buoy about 10 miles S of Saint David’s Head.
A special purpose light-buoy, and submerged buoys with
a least depth of 50 m over them, are moored about
45 miles SE of Gibbs Hill (32°15′N, 64°50′W).
Fishing
2.24
1 Unlighted buoys, laid for fishing purposes, may be
found off the S and SE coasts of Bermuda Islands, as far
seaward as the 100 m depth contour.
2.25
1 Fish traps, usually marked by buoys are laid inside the
200 m depth contour in the approaches to Bermuda, and on
Plantagenet Bank and Challenger Bank, SE of the Islands;
see the appropriate Caution on charts 334 and 360.
Principal marks
2.26
1 Landmarks:
Saint David’s Head (32°22′N, 64°39′W), bold rocky
promontory at the E extremity of Saint David’s
Island.
Saint David’s Head Light (white 8 sided tower, red
band, 22 m in height) (32°22′N, 64°39′W),
standing on Mount Hill; radar tower nearby.
2 Landmarks near Hamilton (with reference to Hamilton
Cathedral (32°17′⋅6N, 64°46′⋅9W):
Folly Tower (elevation 90 m), on N slope of Town
Hill (3 miles NE); radar tower close S.
Radio satellite dish (elevation 72 m) (2 miles ENE),
with a radio mast close by.
Radio mast (elevation 109 m) (1½ miles ENE), with
obstruction lights.
Mast (conspicuous, elevation 143 m) (1 mile ENE),
by Prospect Camp, with obstruction lights.
3 Other landmarks:
Gibbs Hill Lighthouse (white round metal tower 41 m
in height) (32°15′N, 64°50′W), standing on the
summit of Gibbs Hill; two radar domes (elevation
71 m; obstruction lights) (2 cables WNW);
Southampton Princess Hotel (4 cables E).
Radio tower (elevation 76 m) (32°15′⋅9N, 64°52′⋅6W).
Wreck Hill (conical) (32°17′N, 64°53′W), useful
when approaching Bermuda Islands from N or S.
2.27
1 Major lights:
Kindley Field Aero Light, (elevation 43 m) (32°22′N,
64°41′W), at the control tower of Kindley Field
airport, on the summit of Saint David’s Island.
Gibbs Hill Light — as above.
David’s Head Light — as above.
57
 Home Contents Index
2 Numerous red obstruction lights are exhibited as aids to
aircraft from various buildings, towers and masts
throughout the islands.
Other navigational aids
2.28
1 Racons:
Chub Heads Light (32°17′N, 64°59′W) (2.35).
North East Breaker Light (32°29′N, 64°41′W) (2.35).
See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2.
Directions for approaching Bermuda Islands
Charts 868, 334
Determining the position
2.29
1 No direct approach should be attempted until the
vessel’s position has been determined.
2 In addition to the major lights, electronic fixing aids
(1.25) are available for suitably fitted vessels. These may
be of particular value when W of Bermuda Islands, as the
islands do not give good radar returns from that direction.
Approach from east
2.30
1 From a position in the vicinity of 32°24′N, 64°25′W,
approximately on the extension of the leading line through
Five Fathom Hole (2.45), the route for approaching the
main entrance to the islands leads direct towards the
sea buoy and pilot boarding place (32°23′N, 64°37′W), near
the entrance to the dredged channel through Five Fathom
Hole.
2.31
1 Alternative approach: on the line of bearing 290° of
Saint Catherine’s Point (32°23′N, 64°40′W) (2.49) which
leads in to Five Fathom Hole.
2.32
1 Useful marks:
Kitchen Shoal Light (white GRP tower, red bands, on
concrete tripod, red “Kitchen” on white concrete
base, 14 m in height) (32°26′N, 64°38′W).
Sea Light-buoy (safewater) (32°23′N, 64°37′W).
Spit Light-buoy (E cardinal) (32°22′⋅7N, 64°38′⋅5W).
Charts 334, 360
Approach from south
2.33
1 From a position in the vicinity of 31°52′N, 65°05′W, off
Plantagenet Bank and Challenger Bank, extensive detached
banks of coral, over which the least depth, of a former
Texas tower (31°57′N, 65°11′W), is 29 m, the route leads
generally NE, passing SE of Challenger Bank and at a
prudent distance SE of Bermuda Islands, to join the
approach from E.
2 Magnetic anomaly. See 2.14.
Useful mark:
Elbow Beach Hotel (Chimney 64 m) (32°16′⋅5N,
64°46′⋅5W), conspicuous from seaward.
Approach from north west and west
2.34
1 From a position outside the Area to be Avoided, N or
NW of Great Bermuda Reef, with Saint David’s Head
(2.26) and the light-beacons near the N edge of the reef
identified, the route leads generally E, SE and S, keeping
outside the Area to be Avoided, until Saint David’s Head
CHAPTER 2
Light bears more than 226°. This line of bearing passes SE
of all the shoals lying N of The Narrows (2.45).
2 When Saint David’s Head Light bears more than 226°, a
S or SSW track may be followed, to join the approach
from E.
2.35
1 Wreck and shoal. Attention is drawn to the following
(with reference to St. David’s Head Light):
Dangerous wreck (6 miles NNE), within the Area to
be Avoided (2.18).
Ariadne Bank (6½ miles NE), thought to lie nearer to
the reefs than now charted.
2 Useful marks:
Chub Heads Light (W cardinal, on 3 legged concrete
structure, marked with “Chubb Heads” in white
letters on black central band, 18 m in height)
(32°17′N, 64°59′W).
Eastern Blue Cut Light (white GRP tower, black
bands, white “Eastern Blue Cut” on black concrete
tripod, 18 m in height) (32°24′N, 64°53′W).
3 North Rock Light (yellow GRP tower with black top,
marked “North Rock”, on concrete base, 15 m in
height) (32°29′N, 64°46′W) (see 2.3).
North East Breaker Light (red GRP tower on concrete
tripod, marked “North East”, 14 m in height)
(32°29′N, 64°41′W), standing at E end of North
East Breakers.
Kitchen Shoal Light (32°26′N, 64°38′W) (2.32).
Mills Breaker Buoy (E cardinal) (32°23′⋅9N,
64°36′⋅9W) (2.37).
4 Caution. At night, the nominal ranges of the
light-beacons on the N and NW edges of Great Bermuda
Reef barely exceed the limits of the Area to be Avoided.
(Directions continue for Five Fathom Hole at 2.51.)
Channels for small craft
Charts 868, 334
General information
2.36
1 Several channels lead across parts of Bermuda Great
Reef towards harbours among Bermuda Islands; most of
them are suitable only for small craft, and local knowledge
is required.
Mills Breaker Channel
2.37
1 Route. Mills Breaker Channel (32°25′N, 64°36′W) leads
outside Kitchen Shoals and Mills Breaker Ledge towards
Five Fathom Hole from the vicinity of the NE side of
Bermuda Great Reef.
Most of the route lies within the Area to be Avoided,
2.38
1 Fish traps (2.25) are laid in the area.
Sea Venture Channel
2.39
1 Route. Sea Venture Channel (32°24′N, 64°38′W) is a
short cut through shoal water from Mills Breaker Channel
to The Narrows.
Castle Roads
2.40
1 Landmark. Gurnet Rock (conspicuous) (32°20′⋅2N,
64°39′⋅7W) appears conical from SE.
Route. Castle Roads gives access, from seaward, in the
vicinity of Gurnet Rock, to Castle Harbour (2.75).
58
 Home Contents Index CHAPTER 2

Chart 334 Tidal streams

Hogfish Cut
2.41
1 Route. Hogfish Cut leads from the vicinity of Pompano
Light (32°15′N, 64°53′W) along the W end of Hamilton
Island to Ely’s Harbour (2 miles N), a small but secure
harbour.
From the vicinity of Ely’s Harbour, a boat channel
continues about 5 miles N and NE to the NE end of Ireland
Island and into Grassy Bay.
2 The route is shown by a pecked line on the chart, and is
partially marked by light-beacons.
Watford Bridge (32°18′⋅3N, 64°51′⋅4W), a swing bridge,
gives access from Mangrove Bay to Great Sound (2.138).
Other passages through the reef
2.42
1 Passage through the SW part of Bermuda Great Reef is
not possible between Hogfish Cut and Chub Cut (5 miles
NW).
2 Chub Cut (32°21′N, 64°56′W) affords a passage
through the reef.
3 Western Blue Cut (1 mile N of Chub Cut) is an
intricate passage through the reef.
2.43
1 Passage through the N part of Bermuda Great Reef,
from Western Blue Cut (32°22′N, 64°55′W) round North
Rock, Great Breaker Ledge Flat, and North East Breakers
(2.35) to Mills Breaker (15 miles E) is not possible.
Other names
2.44
1 Castle Islet (32°20′N, 64°40′W).
Charles Islet (32°20′N, 64°40′W).
Ledge Flat (32°25′N, 64°52′W).
Long Bar (32°16′N, 65°00′W).
Southampton Islet (32°20′N, 64°40′W).
Western Ledge Flats (32°19′N, 64°58′W).
FIVE FATHOM HOLE AND THE NARROWS
General information
2.48
1 Rising tide flows W, round Saint David’s Head, into
Saint George’s Harbour and through The Narrows, nearly
in the direction of the channel, as far as Saint Catherine’s
Point (2.49), where it sweeps round to about WSW. Rate:
¼–2 kn, according to wind.
2 Falling tide flows NE to Saint Catherine’s Point where
it divides. Part flows ESE and E through the channel, but
the direction is uncertain abreast Sea Venture Shoals.
Abreast Saint George’s Harbour the flow is augmented by
the outgoing streams from that harbour. Rates as for the
rising tide.
3 Slack water. Duration variable, from 0 to 2 hours.
Wind effect. With a NE wind the tide rises more
quickly, and falls more slowly, than with a SW wind.
Principal marks
2.49
1 Landmarks:
Saint David’s Head (32°22′N, 64°39′W) and Saint
David’s Head Lighthouse (2.26).
2 Saint Catherine’s Point (32°23′N, 64°40′W). A
prominent wooded bluff with Fort Catherine, which
has a conspicuous flagstaff on its N face, at its
summit, and Fort Victoria at the top of a wooded
hill (2½ cables S) with a conspicuous hotel, close
by.
2.50
1 Major light:
Saint David’s Head Light (32°22′N, 64°39′W) (2.26).
Directions
(continued from 2.29)
Five Fathom Hole
2.51
1 From a position in the vicinity of the sea buoy and pilot
boarding place (32°23′N, 64°37′W) the alignment (264¼°)
of the centre of Town Cut Channel (32°22′⋅6N, 64°39′⋅8W)
and Cherrystone Hill (conical hill 37 m high) (1⋅5 miles W)
leads into the dredged channel of Five Fathom Hole and as
far as a position about 1¼ miles E of Town Cut Channel,
almost abreast Spit Light-buoy (E cardinal).
(Directions continue for St. George’s Harbour at 2.66.)

The Narrows
Charts 1315, 868
2.52
Route 1 Track leads W and NW between pairs of light-beacons,
2.45 light-buoys and buoys, as shown on the chart, passing:
1 Principal entrance. Bermudan ports are reached by way N of The Spit (32°22′⋅6N, 64°38′⋅7W), thence:
of a dredged channel, through Jacks Flats, Five Fathom
2 NE of Southern Narrows Patch (6½ cables NW),
Hole (32°23′N, 64°38′W), and The Narrows, which leads
thence:
into Murray’s Anchorage (2.91). The channel leads through
NE of Rounding Shoal (about 1 mile farther NW).
the shoal water off the NE end of Saint David’s Island and
(Directions continue for South Channel at 2.88
Saint George’s Island.
and for North Channel at 2.102.)
Dimensions of dredged channel
Anchorage
2.46
1 Length: about 2½ miles. Five Fathom Hole
Least charted depth: see 2.4. 2.53
Navigable width: see 2.4. 1 North of the dredged channel. Anchorage, which is
Mean level of sea: see 2.4. temporary and exposed, is available in Five Fathom Hole,
in the area shown on the chart, N of the dredged channel,
Arrival Information about 1 mile NNE of Saint David’s Head (2.26).
2.47 2 This anchorage is exposed to all winds except those
1 Pilotage: see 2.6. between SSW and WNW and there is no protection from
2 Traffic regulations: see 2.9. the sea except that afforded by the reefs.

59
 Home Contents Index CHAPTER 2

2.54 Harbour
1 South of the dredged channel. With NW winds and 2.63
favourable weather, anchorage is available with Saint 1 Landmarks:
David’s Head Light bearing 219°, 1⋅05 miles, or 233°, Fort George (32°22′⋅8N, 64°40′⋅9W), with a
1 mile; depths 10 to 18 m. conspicuous flagstaff (obstruction lights).
2 Care is necessary to select a clear sandy spot, as the Cherrystone Hill (8 cables WSW of Fort George)
depths are uneven, with outcrops of coral and rock; these, (2.51). The polished metal silo, marked as
however, may usually be detected from aloft, especially on conspicuous tanks on chart 868, lying on the SW
a bright sunny day. Too much cable should not be veered side of the hill aids identification.
or it may become fouled. Vessels at anchor should be 2.64
prepared to quit as soon as the wind begins to shift to N. 1 Major light:
3 Foul ground. Attention is drawn to a patch of foul Kindley Field Aero Light (8½ cables SSE of Fort
ground (1½ miles ENE of Saint David’s Head Light), George) (2.27).
shown on the chart.
2.65
Small craft
1 Tidal streams set directly into and out of the harbour.
Side channels For tidal streams off the entrance see 2.48.
2.55
1 Jenkins Boiler Channel: see 2.74. Directions for entering harbour
Saint George’s Channel: see 2.71. (continued from 2.51 )
Sea Venture Channel: see 2.39.
Town Cut Channel
2.66
Other names 1 The most favourable time to navigate Town Cut Channel
2.56
is at HW.
1 Great Head (32°22′N, 64°39′W).
From the vicinity of 32°22′⋅8N, 64°38′⋅3W, on the
Little Head (32°22′N, 64°39′W).
alignment of Town Cut Channel (2.51) and Cherrystone
Hill, the route leads:
SAINT GEORGE’S HARBOUR 2 W in the dredged channel so as to pass between No 1
(starboard hand) and No 2 (port hand) Light-buoys,
General information thence:
On the line of bearing, about 260°, of the centre of
Charts 1315, 868 Town Cut Channel, thence:
Position Through Town Cut Channel being guided by
2.57 light-beacons, beacons and buoys as shown on the
1 Saint George’s Harbour, between Saint George’s Island chart.
on the N and Saint David’s Island on the S, and with Paget 2.67
Island, Smith’s Island and other islets lying in the entrance, 1 Caution. A sheer is generally experienced by vessels
is completely landlocked. near Horseshoe Island (S side of Town Cut Channel). It is
advisable to proceed at steerage way.
Approach and entry 2.68
2.58 1 Useful marks, with reference to Horseshoe Island Light
1 Saint George’s Harbour is approached from Five Fathom (32°22′⋅7N, 64°39′⋅9W):
Hole (2.45) and entered through Town Cut Channel, which Higgs Island Light (red and white chequered
crosses an outer and an inner bar. rectangle on red metal framework tower, white
bands (1⋅5 cables ENE).
Limiting conditions 2 Gates Fort Light (black and white chequered
2.59 rectangle on white metal framework tower)
1 Least charted depth in Town Cut Channel. See 2.4. (1 cable NE).
2.60 Horseshoe Island Light.
1 Tidal levels: Chalk Wharf Light (black and white chequered
Saint George’s Island: mean spring range about 0⋅9 m, rectangle on white metal framework tower)
mean neap range about 0⋅2 m. (0⋅5 cables NNW).
Saint David’s Island: mean spring range about 0⋅8 m, 3 SG 8 and SG 10 beacons (0⋅5 and 0⋅8 cables WSW,
mean neap range about 0⋅6 m. respectively), on a training wall.
For further information see Admiralty Tide Tables. Three Sisters Light (white beacon, green band)
2.61 (1⋅9 cables W).
1 Maximum dimensions of vessel at deepest berth at Hen Island Light (red and white chequered diamond
Pennos Wharves. See 2.69. on white metal framework tower, green band)
2 Local weather. The largest vessels capable of using (3⋅6 cables W), and a beacon standing on the NW
Saint George’s Harbour should not enter in winds extremity of the shoal bordering Hen Island.
exceeding force 4 from between NNE and SSE.

Arrival information Anchorages and berths

2.62 2.69
1 Information concerning arrival at Bermuda ports is 1 Anchorage is available in Saint George’s Harbour,
given at 2.8. depths 9 to 15 m, stiff clay, poor holding ground.

60
 Home Contents Index CHAPTER 2

Care must be taken not to obstruct the fairway to Town Jenkins Boiler Channel
Cut Channel. 2.74
2 Mooring buoys are laid on the S and W sides of the 1 Jenkins Boiler Channel (32°22′⋅5N, 64°38′⋅6W) is a
harbour. narrow passage across the reefs, entered about 7½ cables E
Landing place for boats. Market Wharf, N of Ordnance of Fort Cunningham (2.71), and leading W towards St.
Island (3 cables E of Fort George). George’s Channel.
3 Berths: Hunter’s Wharf, Pennos Wharves and Ordnance 2 Local knowledge is required.
Island lie on the N side of the harbour; Marginal Wharf is
on the S side. Castle Harbour
4 Maximum dimensions of vessel at Penno’s wharves: 2.75
length 228 m, draught 8⋅5 m 1 General information. Castle Harbour (centre 32°21′N,
64°41′W), lies S of Saint David’s Island on which is the
US Air Force Base at Kindley Field.
Port services 2.76
2.70 1 Useful Marks;
1 Repairs: Castle Harbour Hotel (32°20′⋅3N, 64°42′⋅0W), and tall
Marine railway (4 cables SW of Fort George), length concrete lift shaft, both conspicuous when seen
of cradle 44⋅2 m, lifting capacity 1000 tonnes. over or between surrounding islands.
2 Slip for vessels up to 50 tonnes. Frick’s Tower (1⋅3 miles E of Castle Harbour Hotel).
Minor deck and engine repairs of all types; temporary 2.77
major repairs. 1 Entrances. The harbour may be entered by small craft:
From seaward, through Castle Roads (32°20′⋅4N,
3 Other facilities: deratting exemption certificates (1.137). 64°40′⋅1W).
2 From Saint George’s Harbour, through Ferry Reach,
4 Supplies: fresh water by barge. Fuel and diesel oils NW of Kindley Field, for vessels drawing less
available only outside the harbour, at the Esso Terminal than 2⋅4 m.
(2.94) in Murray’s Anchorage. From Murray’s Anchorage (2.91), through a
small-craft channel N of Coney Island (1⋅4 miles
NNW of Castle Harbour Hotel), for vessels
Small craft channels and harbour drawing 3 m or less.
3 Local knowledge is required.
Saint George’s Channel and continuations 2.78
2.71 1 Depths. Numerous shoals are shown on the chart.
1 Route. Saint George’s Channel leads from the vicinity
of a position at the SE end of The Narrows, 5 cables NE of Anchorages for small craft in St. George’s
Governors Island (32°22′⋅2N, 64°39′⋅4W), SW towards Harbour
Governors Island. 2.79
2 Landmark: Fort Cunningham (32°22′⋅4N, 64°39′⋅5W), 1 Anchorages and moorings are available.
on a bare mound 24⋅4 m high, near the S end of Paget Hurricane anchorages for small craft (with reference
island; flagstaff on its N side. to Saint David’s Head Light (2.26)):
3 Local knowledge is required. Smith’s Sound (5½ cables NW).
Town Cut Channel can be reached from Governors Great Bay (3 cables NNW).
Island by proceeding WNW between Smith’s Island and Dolly’s Bay (279°, 7⋅1 cables).
Paget Island.
2.72 Port services
1 Bremen Cut leads SW from Governors Island into 2.80
Smith’s Sound. 1 Repairs. See 2.70.
2.73 Other port services are available. See 2.70.
1 The Narrows (4 cables WSW of Governors Island), give
access from Smith’s Sound to Saint George’s Harbour, Other names
passing S of Smith’s Island. 2.81
Useful mark: The Narrows Light beacon (4½ cables 1 Cooper’s Island (32°21′N, 64°39′W).
S of Horseshoe Island). Nonsuch Island (32°21′N, 64°40′W).

CHANNELS AND HARBOURS WITHIN BERMUDA GREAT REEF

GENERAL INFORMATION South Channel, with Murray’s Anchorage (32°24′N,

64°44′W) (2.84).
Chart 334 2 North Channel (32°25′N, 64°45′W) (2.98).
Extent of area Dundonald Channel (32°18′N, 64°50′W) (2.142).
2.82 Esso Oil Terminal (32°22′N, 64°42′W) (2.94).
1 The area covered below includes the following channels Bermuda Freeport (32°19′N, 64°50′W) (2.104).
and ports within the lagoon of Bermuda Great Reef: Hamilton Harbour (32°17′N, 64°47′W) (2.122).

61
 Home Contents Index
Traffic
2.83
1 In 2001, 415 vessels totalling 3 257 300 dwt visited the
ports of Bermuda.
SOUTH CHANNEL
General information
Charts 332, 867, 868
Route
2.84
1 South Channel leads from The Narrows (32°24′N,
64°41′W), along the NW coasts of Saint George’s Island
and Hamilton Island, to Grassy Bay (9 miles SW) from
which channels radiate to harbours in the W part of
Bermuda Islands.
2 The route is 2¾ miles shorter than that through North
Channel (2.98).
Depths
2.85
1 Controlling depth in South Channel. See 2.4.
The channel is dredged in places.
Prohibited anchorage
2.86
1 Anchorage is prohibited, owing to the existence of
telegraph cables, in an area shown on the chart, from the
vicinity of Tepping Shoals (32°21′⋅4N, 64°43′⋅8W) to the
vicinity of Elbow Shoal (4 miles SW).
Landmarks
2.87
1 Fort George (32°22′⋅8N, 64°40′⋅9W) (2.63).
For landmarks in the vicinity of Hamilton see 2.26.
Directions
(continued from 2.52)
2.88
1 From a position in the vicinity of 32°24′N, 64°41′W,
near the inner end of The Narrows, the route leads SW as
shown on the chart, passing (with reference to Crawl Point
(32°20′⋅6N, 64°44′⋅2W):
NW of Tepping Shoals (1 mile NNE), thence:
NW of Crawl Flats (up to 5 cables NNW), thence:
E of Shelly Bay Shoal (1 mile ESE).
2.89
1 From the vicinity of Shelly Bay Shoal the route
continues SW to Nos 24 and 25 Buoys (3 miles SW of
Crawl Point), thence W to Grassy Bay, passing:
S of Elbow Shoal (32°19′⋅0N, 64°47′⋅6W), thence:
N of Clarence Shoal (5 cables WSW).
2.90
1 Useful marks (with reference to Fort George (2.63):
Cherrystone Hill (8 cables WSW) (2.51), with a large
number of silver coloured oil tanks, belonging to
the Esso Oil Terminal (2.94), SW of it.
Prominent Martello tower (2 miles SW) on Ferry
Point.
2 and with reference to Hamilton Cathedral (2.131):
Government House (5½ cables N), tall tower on SW
corner, flagstaff between 2 lesser towers at the NW
corner.
Eagle New Hotel (5½ cables NNW), prominent.
The Ridgeway Home, with a tower (7 cables NW).
Clarence Hill (1½ mile WNW).
CHAPTER 2
Hogfish Beacon (white masonry beacon, black band)
(32°18′⋅6N, 64°49′⋅3W).
(Directions continue for Bermuda Freeport at 2.114,
for Hamilton at 2.132, and for Great Sound at 2.142.)
Anchorages
Murray’s Anchorage
2.91
1 Murray’s Anchorage (32°24′N, 64°43′W) is an extensive,
largely unencumbered and comparatively deep basin
bounded on the N by Three Hill Shoals and on the SW
and W by Bailey’s Bay Flats.
2.92
1 Vessels can anchor throughout the basin and commonly
do so when unable to anchor to seaward of The Narrows,
for example in heavy weather, unable to enter Saint
George’s Harbour or awaiting a berth at Esso Oil Terminal.
2 Buoyage. Nos 1A and 3A buoys (starboard hand) (2 and
3 miles, respectively, W of the inner end of The Narrows)
are for the guidance of vessels using North Channel; their
presence implies no restriction of the extent of Murray’s
Anchorage.
3 Numbered anchor berths are shown on the chart, SW
of the inner end of The Narrows.
Chart 1315
Landing place
2.93
1 Tobacco Bay (32°23′⋅2N, 64°40′⋅7W), about 5 cables
NNE of Fort George (2.63), is sheltered from all except W
winds, and is the only landing place for boats from vessels
in Murray’s Anchorage.
Esso Oil Terminal
2.94
1 Esso Oil Terminal (Oiling Pier) (32°22′⋅4N, 64°42′⋅0W),
1 mile WSW of Fort George, consists of a pipeline pier
extending 90 m offshore, for the reception of refined
petroleum products and the bunkering of vessels.
2 Depth alongside. The seaward end was dredged to
10⋅4 m in 1959.
Maximum dimensions of vessel: length, 210 m;
draught, 9⋅7 m.
3 Berthing arrangements consist of dolphins and mooring
buoys.
Vessels may berth only in daylight, but may unberth at
any time.
Small craft channels
2.95
1 Castle Harbour (2.75) can be reached through a small
craft channel leading N of Coney Island (32°22′N,
64°43′W) (2.77), thence via Barge Bridge (5 cables E)
which has a navigable width when open of 15 m. Least
depth in the fairway is 3 m.
2 Signal to open the bridge is six blasts on the whistle.
Local knowledge is required.
2.96
1 Harrington Sound (32°20′N, 64°43′W) can be reached
by a boat passage, least depth 0⋅6 m, N of Gibbet Island
Light (wooden column, white base, 3 m in height)
(32°19′N, 64°45′W), thence under Flatts Bridge (4 cables
E). It is a landlocked lagoon with depths of 20 m or less.
2 Local knowledge is required.
Other names
2.97
1 Cobbler’s Cut (32°18′N, 64°49′W).
Devonshire Dock (32°18′N, 64°46′W).
62
 Home Contents Index CHAPTER 2

NORTH CHANNEL Approach

2.106
General information 1 Bermuda Freeport is approached through North Channel
or South Channel, thence through Grassy Bay.
Charts 867, 868
Route Traffic
2.98 2.107
1 North Channel leads from the inner end of The Narrows 1 See 2.83.
(32°24′N, 64°41′W) to Grassy Bay (9 miles SW), passing
through the N part of the Great Bermuda Reef lagoon, N Limiting conditions
and W of the extensive shoal on which lie Bailey’s Bay Depths and dimensions
Flats and Brackish Pond Flats. 2.108
2 Although North Channel is longer than South Channel, it 1 North Basin. Depths generally more than 9 m.
is deeper. South Basin. Project depths in the approach to berths
Parts of the channel are dredged. 10⋅3 m and at the berths 10⋅4 m.
2 Largest berths. Commercial Jetty, in South Basin
Limiting conditions (2.119) and King’s Wharf, Grassy Bay (2.118).
2.99
1 Controlling depth in the channel: see 2.4. Arrival information
Least navigable width: see 2.4. 2.109
1 For arrival information for all Bermuda ports, see 2.8.
Principal marks
2.100 Harbour
1 Landmarks. For landmarks on Saint George’s Island 2.110
and Hamilton Island, see 2.26. 1 Layout. The harbour comprises North Basin and South
Basin, protected by North and South Breakwater,
Navigational aids respectively.
2.101 2 A gap in the South Breakwater, near its root, gives
1 See 2.3. The conical or can buoys marking the channel access to Great Sound for small craft.
may be replaced, without prior notice, by spar buoys. 2.111
1 Shoal water at the S corner of South Basin is marked
Directions by a buoy.
(continued from 2.52) Depths in North Basin are irregular, and foul ground
2.102 exists near the N end.
1 From a position in the vicinity of 32°24′N, 64°41′W, at 2.112
the inner end of The Narrows the route shown on the chart 1 Submarine power cable. Attention is drawn to the
leads: power cable, marked on the chart, that is laid from
W to The Chimneys or Brangman’s Spots (32°24′⋅7N, Cockburn Cut (3½ cables WSW of North Breakwater Head
64°48′⋅6W), where the least charted depth is found, Light (32°19′⋅3N, 64°50′⋅0W) (2.116)), through South Basin
thence: and along the S side of Grassy Bay to Spanish Point
2 SW for 1½ miles through The Crescent, thence: (1⋅4 miles SE of North Breakwater Head Light).
SSE through the cut in White Flats (32°23′N, 2.113
64°50′W), where the least navigable width is 1 Landmarks (with reference to North Breakwater Head
found, thence: Light (32°19′⋅3N, 64°50′⋅0W) (2.116)):
Generally S towards Grassy Bay. Radio masts in a group (4 cables N).
(Directions continue for Bermuda Freeport at 2.114, Two conspicuous flat topped silos (1¼ cables WNW).
for Hamilton at 2.132, and for Great Sound at 2.142.)
Directions for entering harbour
(continued from 2.88 or 2.102)
Other names 2.114
2.103
1 From the inner end of South Channel (1 mile E of North
1 Devils Flats (32°25′N, 64°50′W).
Breakwater Head Light), or North Channel (7 cables NNE
of North Breakwater Head Light), there is an unimpeded
BERMUDA FREEPORT passage through Grassy Bay to the entrance to South Basin.
The flagstaff (2.116) makes a useful headmark.
2.115
General information
1 Shoals. Attention is drawn to the following shoal depths
Charts 332 (with reference to North Breakwater Head Light):
Position 5⋅2 m patch (2 cables SE).
2.104 2 7⋅9 m obstruction (¼ cable NW).
1 Bermuda Freeport (32°19′⋅5N, 64°50′⋅0W) is situated in 10⋅9 m obstruction (2¾ cables NE).
the N part of Ireland Island. 2.116
1 Useful marks:
Function North Breakwater Head Light (red structure on white
2.105 bollard, 2 m in height).
1 Bermuda Freeport, now a commercial port, consists of 2 South Breakwater Head Light (green structure on
the whole of the former naval dockyard, with the exception white bollard, 2 m in height).
of the Admiralty Berthing Area: see 2.119. Flagstaff (32°19′⋅3N, 64°50′⋅4W).

63
 Home Contents Index CHAPTER 2

Anchorages Limiting conditions

Grassy Bay Depths and dimensions
2.117 2.126
1 Anchorage is available for several vessels in Grassy 1 Controlling depth in Two Rocks Passage: see 2.4.
Bay, depths 11 to 15 m, marl. During N gales, a good Deepest and longest berth: No 7 Berth (2.135).
scope of cable should be veered. 2 Tidal levels: Mean spring range about 1⋅0 m; mean neap
2 Lettered single anchor berths are shown on chart 332. range about 0⋅5 m. For further information see Admiralty
Tide Tables.
Alongside berths 3 Maximum size of vessel handled: reported as length
210 m, draught 7⋅9 m.
Grassy Bay
2.118 Natural conditions
1 King’s Wharf. Jetty for cruise vessels, on the SE side 2.127
of North Breakwater of North Basin. Length of wharf 90 m 1 Hurricanes. Hamilton Harbour is not considered a
with mooring dolphins situated a further 30 m NE and SW, suitable anchorage during a hurricane. Although the holding
depth alongside 11⋅4 m. A least depth of 11⋅0 m lies 25 m ground is good, the space is very limited, affording little
ESE of the NE dolphin. room to manoeuvre. In such circumstances, Great Sound is
considered preferable.
South Basin
2.119 Arrival information
1 Admiralty Berthing Area is situated at the SW end of 2.128
the NW wall, about 305 m long, with 3 berths. 1 For arrival information for all Bermudan ports, see 2.5.
2 Caution. The jetty walls slope outwards towards their
foundations at an inclination of about 10° to the vertical. Harbour
Catamarans are placed at all 3 berths, but caution is
necessary. Layout
3 Commercial Jetty, at the NE end of the NW wall. 2.129
Depth alongside 9⋅7 m. 1 Extent and depths. The harbour includes all the waters
E of Point Shares (32°17′⋅5N, 64°48′⋅1W) and is divided
North Basin into two parts — W harbour and E harbour — by Whites
2.120 Island (1 mile ESE).
1 Yacht marina is situated in the North Basin. 2 The W harbour, with depths of more than 11 m, is the
Other berths used by tugs and other government vessels. main anchorage; the E harbour, with depths of less than
11 m has the main wharves on its N side, fronting the city.
Port services Hazards
2.121
2.130
1 Minor repairs by local contractors.
1 Mooring buoys. See Caution on chart 1073.
Supplies; oil fuel at all three berths in South Basin;
Unlit small craft. See Caution on chart 1073.
diesel oil; fresh water alongside or at anchor; fresh
provisions available. Landmarks
2.131
1 Princess Hotel (32°17′⋅4N, 64°47′⋅4W).
HAMILTON HARBOUR
Bermudiana Hotel (32°17′⋅5N, 64°47′⋅2W).
Cathedral (32°17′⋅6N, 64°46′⋅9W).
General information Clock Tower (32°17′⋅6N, 64°46′⋅8W).
Charts 1073, 332
Position Directions
2.122 (continued from 2.88 or 2.102)
1 Hamilton Harbour (32°17′N, 64°47′W) occupies much 2.132
of the inlet at the W end of Hamilton Island. 1 From a position in the vicinity of 32°19′⋅0N, 64°49′⋅5W
in Grassy Bay, the route leads:
Function SSW through the first mile of Dundonald Channel
2.123 (2.142), marked by buoys, light-buoys and beacons
1 Hamilton is an important commercial and tourist port. (starboard and port hand) as shown on the chart,
The City of Hamilton, on the N side of the harbour, is thence:
the capital of Bermuda. 2 S and E through Two Rock Passage, marked by
buoys (starboard and port hand) and light-beacons
Approach and entry as shown on the chart, thence:
2.124 N of No 51 Beacon (starboard hand) which marks
1 From Grassy Bay to Great Sound (2.138) through World’s End Shoal and the E end of Two Rock
Dundonald Channel (2.142) and then through Two Rocks Passage, thence:
Passage (2.132). 3 S of the Marina Jetty (2.136), which is marked on its
W and E extremeties by lights (4 cables SW of the
Traffic Cathedral) and:
2.125 N of No 53 Buoy (starboard hand), off White’s
1 See 2.83. Island, thence to the wharves.

64
 Home Contents Index
2.133
1 Caution is necessary when passing through Two Rock
Passage, as the backwash from the S shore is liable to
throw a vessel off her course.
Anchorages and berths
Anchorages
2.134
1 The W Harbour (2.129) affords the main anchorage. For
its condition during hurricanes, see 2.127.
Alongside berths
2.135
1 Wharves fronting the City of Hamilton are shown, with
their berth numbers, on the chart; they are up to 217 m
long, with depths of 8⋅6 m or less.
2 Ro Ro and container facilities are provided.
Port services
2.136
1 Repairs: none.
Other facilities: hospital; for deratting see 1.137.
Supplies: fuel oil by tug; fresh water by water-boat;
fresh provisions available.
2 Small craft: Situated at the Royal Bermuda Yacht Club,
Point Pleasant Dock is a marina offering 110 berths and
full marina facilities. Also within the bay there are further
moorings and port services.
Other names
2.137
1 Agar’s Island (32°17′⋅6N, 64°48′⋅6W).
Bluck Point (32°17′⋅9N, 64°48′⋅7W).
Head of the Lane Light (32°17′⋅3N, 64°48′⋅8W).
GREAT SOUND
General information
Charts 1073, 332
Topography
2.138
1 Great Sound (32°17′N, 64°51′W), which lies S of
Grassy Bay and W of Hamilton Harbour, is enclosed on its
S, W and NW sides by a chain of islands, the largest of
which are Hamilton Island, Somerset Island and Ireland
Island. Pearl Island (32°17′⋅4N, 64°50′⋅2W) lies near the
centre of this stretch of water.
2 Inner waters include Little Sound (entered 1½ miles S of
Pearl Island) (2.144) and Granaway Deep (1½ miles ESE
of Pearl Island) (2.148).
3 Great Sound, entered through Dundonald Channel, gives
access to Hamilton Harbour.
King’s Point (32°16′N, 64°51′W), on which the US
Naval Base is situated, has been formed by extensive
reclamation. It is easily identified by the large buildings on
it.
Entrance channel
2.139
1 Dundonald Channel (2.142) leads SSW from Grassy
Bay into Great Sound. For controlling depth and navigable
width see 2.4.
CHAPTER 2
Rocks and obstructions
2.140
1 Stag Rocks (1½ miles N of Pearl Island), on the W side
of Dundonald Channel, are a shoal with several drying
heads, composed of piled up boulders. Near its S extremity
is an above water rock 0⋅5 m high.
2 Vessels should not anchor in an area (1¼ miles WSW
of Pearl Island), charted as foul, in the SW part of Great
Sound.
Landmarks
2.141
1 With reference to Pearl Island (2.138):
Belmont Manor Hotel (2¼ miles ESE), conspicuous.
Southampton Princess Hotel (2½ miles SSE).
Gibbs Hill (2½ miles S), with lighthouse and radar
domes (2.26).
2 Glebe Hill (2¼ miles SW), with conspicuous water
catchment, and a radio station with three
prominent framework towers, 2½ cables NNW of
the summit.
Directions for entering Great Sound
(continued from 2.88 or 2.102)
2.142
1 From a position at the N end of Dundonald Channel
(32°19′⋅0N, 64°49′⋅5W), about 1¾ miles NNE of Pearl
Island the route leads:
2 SSW through Dundonald Channel, marked by buoys
and light-buoys (starboard and port hand) as shown
the chart, to Nos 103 Light-buoy and 104 Buoy
(2¼ miles SSW) in the middle of Great Sound.
2.143
1 Useful marks:
Pearl Island Light (white concrete beacon, 2 m in
height) (32°17′⋅5N, 64°50′⋅2W).
Plaice’s Point Light (white GRP beacon, red top)
(1¼ miles W).
Little Sound
Topography and depths
2.144
1 Little Sound (32°16′N, 64°51′W), 2 miles S of Pearl
Island, is entered between King’s Point (2.138) and Burgess
Point (1 mile E).
2 Depths, 2 to 4 m less than those charted, were reported
in 1972, in parts of the bay.
Directions
(continued from 2.142)
2.145
1 From a position 5 cables SW of Pearl Island, at the S
end of Dundonald Channel the route leads S for about
1 mile, across a charted spoil ground, towards a short
channel, 2 cables off the end of King’s Point. This channel
has a least depth of 10⋅1 m (1972), as shown on the chart.
2 KP1 Light-buoy (E cardinal) marks a shoal spit off the
E end of King’s Point.
3 From the S end of the dredged channel, course may be
shaped to enter Little Sound.
Berths
2.146
1 Mooring buoys are shown on the chart.
Tender pier, with shoal water off each side, extends
150 m SSE from the Naval Base, with depths 9 to 11 m on
the E side and 6⋅7 to 8⋅8 m on the W side.
65
 Home Contents Index CHAPTER 2

Small craft 2 Useful marks (with reference to Pearl Island):

2.147 Ricketts Island Light (white concrete column, red top,
1 Riddell’s Bay (32°16′N, 64°50′W) is entered off the E 1 m in height) (1 mile SSE).
side of Little Sound, 2 miles S of Pearl Island. 3 Timlins Narrows Light (white structure, red band, 4 m
Riddell’s Bay Light (white round stone beacon, red top) in height) (32°17′⋅0N, 64°48′⋅3W).
marks the N side of the entrance. Dagger Rock Light (white concrete beacon, red band)
2 Least depth in the entrance is 1⋅2 m, with greater (1½ miles SE).
depths within.
Beacons mark the channels within, as shown on the Small craft
chart. 2.149
Hurricane anchorage for small craft, within the bay. 1 Channels for small craft, some of them marked by
beacons, as shown on the chart, penetrate the chains of
Granaway Deep islets N and S of Granaway Deep.

General information Other names

2.148 2.150
1 Granaway Deep (32°17′N, 64°49′W) is entered about 1 Boaz Island (32°18′⋅5N, 64°51′⋅1W).
1 mile SE of Pearl Island. Darrell Island (32°16′⋅4N, 64°49′⋅2W).
Least depth in the fairway of the entrance: 6⋅4 m. Grace Island (32°16′⋅3N, 64°50′⋅0W).

66
Home Contents Index NOTES

67
 Home Contents Index
Chapter 3 - Turks and Caicos Islands, Banks and Waterways

74° 73° 72° 71° 70° 69°

23° 23°
2579 1266

e
g
a
Plana Cays s
s 3907
a
P
a
n

a
3865 Mayaguana Island

u
g
Acklins a
Island
y
a
M

3.75 3908
e
g
a
s
s

a
P
22° 3.52
22°

s
o
ic
Caicos Islands 3914

a
C

e
g
a
1450

s
s
a
P
H og sty
3.18

I.
R ee f C ai cos Bank Turks
Little Inagua Islands
3.65 Cockburn e

ks

g
68

Harbour

a
Tu r
1450

s
s
a
P
3.61
3.15 g
e

ir
1441

a
3.77

ho

s
s
Gr eat Inagua

uc
21° 21°

a
M ouchoi r

P
Bank

Mo

nk
3.14 3.13

Ba
r
ve
Sil
S ilver
B ank
3.12
3689

3.11
e
g
a Navidad
s
s B ank
a
20° P 3.10 20°
d
r
a
w
d
in

HAÏTI DOMINICAN REPUBLIC

W

74° 73° 72° Longitude 71° West from Greenwich 70° 69°
November 2003
 Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 3
TURKS AND CAICOS ISLANDS, BANKS AND WATERWAYS
GENERAL INFORMATION
Chart 4400
Scope of the chapter
3.1
1 The area covered by this chapter includes the islands,
banks and channels of Turks and Caicos Islands which lie
in the approach from Atlantic Ocean to the N side of
Hispaniola (6.2) and to Windward Passage (20°00′N,
73°45′W) (9.4):
2 From Navidad Bank (centre 20°03′N, 68°51′W).
To the E parts of Great Inagua Island (280 miles
WNW) and of Mayaguana Island (270 miles NW).
3 For the W parts of Great Inagua Island and Mayaguana
Island; see 4.10.
PASSAGES BETWEEN NAVIDAD BANK AND CAICOS BANK
GENERAL INFORMATION
Chart 1266
Extent of area
3.5
1 The area described below includes passages from
Atlantic Ocean to Hispaniola between Navidad Bank
(centre 20°03′N, 68°51′W) and Middle Caicos Island (about
200 miles WNW).
Ports and anchorages
3.6
1 There are designated anchorage zones, and alongside
berths for small commercial vessels of up to about
2000 dwt at Freighter Dock, Grand Turk (21°26′N,
71°09′W) (3.35); Cockburn Harbour (East Harbour), South
Caicos (21°30′N, 71°32′W) (3.41); and Government South
Dock Providenciales Island (21°44′N, 72°17′W). A
designated anchorage zone lies off Cockburn Town
(21°28′N, 71°09′W) (3.29), on the E shore of Turks Island
Passage.
2 Draught is the main limiting factor in access to these
berths and anchorage zones. Cockburn Harbour South
Caicos, Government Dock Providenciales Island and their
approach channels are usable by vessels up to 3⋅5 m
draught. Freighter Dock Grand Turk is usable by vessels up
to 4⋅5 m draught.
3 Other anchorages are found almost exclusively in Turks
Island Passage.
3.7
Traffic regulations
1 Mariners are warned that most of the traditional
anchorages within Turks and Caicos Islands now fall within
six National Marine Parks, which were established in
August 1992. The following restrictions in particular apply:
2 Vessels over 60 ft are prohibited from anchoring
within the marine parks other than in various
designated anchorage zones.
69
Island groups
3.2
1 The main island group is Turks and Caicos Islands
(1.120).
Passages
3.3
1 The main passages are:
Turks Island Passage (centre 21°25′N, 71°25′W)
(3.18).
Caicos Passage (centre approximately 22°00′N,
72°35′W) (3.55).
Currents
3.4
1 See 1.141.
Vessels under 60 ft may anchor in a sand bottom, but
not within 300 ft of a scuba dive site mooring.
3 All vessels are forbidden to anchor within 400 ft of
the LW line surrounding cays that are classified as
sanctuaries or nature reserves.
Grounding in any National Park, excluding designated
anchorage zone areas, may result in prosecution.
4 Extracts from the Regulations containing these and other
relevant pieces of legislation are at Appendix X. National
Park boundaries are shown on the charts. For further details
the local authorities should be consulted.
Arrival information
3.8
1 For notice of ETA at ports in Turks and Caicos Islands,
see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(5).
BANKS AND CHANNELS SOUTH EAST OF
TURKS ISLANDS
General information
Charts 1441, 1450, 3908, 1266
Routes
3.9
1 Between Navidad Bank (centre about 20°03’N,
68°51’W) and Turks Islands (about 150 miles WNW) lie
two unmarked channels:
2 Silver Bank Passage between Silver Bank on the E
and Mouchoir Bank on the W.
Mouchoir Passage to the W of Mouchoir Bank.
3 The banks are detached, extensive and steep to, however,
because of the numerous reefs and rocks scattered along
their edges, they are very dangerous.
4 Owing to the lack of navigational aids and the proximity
to danger, none of the channels or passages can be
recommended for navigation, and no directions are given.
However, the N and E sides of Navidad Bank require
consideration by mariners approaching Mona Passage,
which lies between Hispaniola and Puerto Rico, from N.
See West Indies Pilot Volume II.
 Home Contents Index
Topography
3.10
1 Navidad Bank. Depths are generally less than 37 m
(20 fm), including (with reference to centre of bank) a least
known depth of 13 m (42 ft) (6 miles NNE) and a depth of
5⋅5 m (18 ft) (10 miles SSE), reported in 1970.
3.11
1 Between Navidad Bank and Silver Bank. Attention is
drawn to several small detached steep to knolls, depths 22
to 31 m (12 to 17 fm), lying within 7 miles of 20°21′N,
69°09′W; they rise from considerable depths.
3.12
1 Silver Bank has not been closely examined and it is not
advisable to attempt to cross it.
As the water on the bank is not discoloured, except over
the shoals, where it has a whitish appearance, soundings
should be taken frequently, irrespective of the direction
from which the bank is approached.
2 All sides of the bank are very dangerous as several
rocky heads, shown on the chart, lie near the outer edge.
Notable reported depths, shown on the chart are:
3 Pinnacle rock (charted as dangerous rock) (20°29′N,
69°35′W), struck in 1916 by a vessel drawing
5⋅5 m, about 3 miles within the E edge of the
bank.
4 Reported grounding in 1958 of a vessel (about
9 miles E of the pinnacle rock), within the edge of
the bank.
5 A stranded wreck, which is radar conspicuous, lies on
the bank in position 20°47′N, 69°47′W.
3.13
1 Silver Bank Passage (centre 21°00′N, 70°15′W) is
28 miles wide and very deep.
3.14
1 Mouchoir Bank has North East Breaker (21°06′N,
70°32′W), a dangerous rock 5 cables in diameter, at its N
extremity.
2 The N side of the bank, which was surveyed in
1981–82, is very dangerous, with coral reefs awash near its
outer edge; the sea breaks violently on those reefs.
3 A deep cleft, not fully surveyed, in the middle of the N
side of the bank, may extend S to divide the bank in two;
attention is drawn to a dangerous rock, shown on the chart,
14 miles SW of North East Breaker. The sea breaks over
numerous shallow patches on the bank.
4 The main part of the bank has not been surveyed,
neither has any search been made for a reef reported on the
bank in 1976. Mariners should keep well clear of the bank
and not attempt to cross it.
3.15
1 Mouchoir Passage (centre about 21°10′N, 70°55′W) is
about 17 miles wide and very deep.
2 Attention is drawn to the dangerous rock at the W end
of Mouchoir Bank, and to the shoals off the E side of
Turks Islands.
Passage south of Salt Cay
3.16
1 Directions. The W side of Salt Cay (3.27) (21°20′N,
71°12′W) can be reached from Mouchoir Passage.
However, the vessel should not be taken on to the bank
until the island’s S extremity bears more than 291°, so as
to avoid several dangers that lie near the outer edge of the
bank.
CHAPTER 3
2 Attention is also drawn to the shoal charted 6 cables
WSW of the S extremity of Salt Cay.
3.17
1 Anchorage is reported to be available on the bank S of
Salt Cay, depths 13 to 18 m. See 3.7 for regulations
affecting anchorages within National Marine Parks.
TURKS ISLAND PASSAGE
General information
Charts 1441, 1450, 3907, 3908, 1266
Route
3.18
1 Turks Island Passage (centre about 21°25′N, 71°25′W)
is flanked:
On the W, by Middle Caicos Island, East and South
Caicos Islands, and Caicos Bank.
2 On the E, by Turks Islands and by the spits that
extend NE and SSW therefrom.
3.19
1 The passage is deep and about 10 miles wide at its
narrowest part, between banks at the S end. It is much
used by vessels bound from N Atlantic ports to ports S in
the West Indies, but Mona Passage — see West Indies Pilot
Volume II — is safer. Turks Island Passage is not
recommended to vessels bound N at night, as the lights in
the S approach are not reliable.
Topography
3.20
1 Turks Islands lie on a large bank. They consist of
Grand Turk Island (centre 21°28′N, 71°08′W), and Salt
Cay, the two largest islands, and several smaller islets and
rocks. They are low, sandy, and sparsely wooded.
3.21
1 The bank on which Turks Islands lie is steep to; its W
edge is fairly well marked by the two larger islands and
smaller cays, but, because of dangerous rocks that lie just
inside the 200 m depth contour, caution is necessary when
approaching it.
3.22
1 Caicos Bank (centre 21°30′N, 71°55′W) is fringed on
its N side and part of its E side by a chain of thinly
wooded islands and on its S and SW sides by a steep to
coral reef with few openings. Within the reef is an
extensive area which is totally unsurveyed. Observations
taken over a period of years have shown that Caicos Bank
is continually shoaling, and that it will in course of time
become one island.
2 The bank is dangerous to approach from any direction,
but particularly from S or SW. There is no secure
anchorage for large vessels off Caicos Bank.
Missile tracking station
3.23
1 Structures, some of which are listed as landmarks, on
Grand Turk Island, stand in an installation known locally as
South Base, forming part of a United States Missile
Tracking Station which is connected by submarine cable to
Cape Canaveral in Florida. Colonel John Glenn was
brought to South Base on 20th February 1962, after his
pioneering space flight.
Flow
3.24
1 Currents are predominantly NW-going; constancy
moderate; rate about ¾ kn.
2 Although the currents in the passage itself are reported
to be weak, and the tidal streams inappreciable, local pilots
70
 Home Contents Index
state that currents sometimes run very strongly NE or SW,
and that the rate of the tidal streams occasionally reaches
3 kn.
Principal marks
3.25
1 Landmarks: (with reference to N point of Grand Turk
Island (21°31′N, 71°08′W)).
Red coloured radio station on W coast with a highly
conspicuous red and white lattice mast (3 miles
SSW) (red light on mast at night).
2 Airport control tower (4⋅1 miles SSW) (red light at
night).
Radio tower (1⋅2 miles S) (flashing white light at
night).
Radio tower (3⋅3 miles S) (red lights at night).
3 Major light:
Grand Turk Light (white round metal tower, 19 m in
height) (21°30′⋅7N, 71°07′⋅8W).
Caution
3.26
1 Unreliability of navigational aids. In 1995 lights in
Turks and Caicos Islands were reported to be unreliable.
Directions
3.27
1 From the vicinity of position 21°50′N, 71°10′W the
route leads generally SSW, passing (with reference to the N
point of Grand Turk Island):
2 ESE of Philips Reef (19 miles NW), a dangerous,
steep to, coral reef on which the sea always
breaks; some warning available from soundings if
approaching from E, thence:
3 WNW of a narrow spit (up to 8 miles NE) with
depths less than 37 m on which lies North East
Reef (up to 2½ miles NE), a dangerous reef,
thence:
4 WNW of Grand Turk Island, on which stand the
principal marks (3.25), thence:
ESE of South Caicos Island (20 miles W), barren,
thence:
5 WNW of the reef (8½ miles SSW) which connects
Grand Turk Island and Salt Cay, thence:
WNW of Salt Cay 11 miles SSW) with a bold bluff
near its NW extremity, thence:
6 WNW of the dangerous shoal (17 miles SSW), least
depth 2⋅4 m, on which the American barque
Pilgrim was wrecked in 1893, thence:
WNW of North Rock (18 miles SSW), and the
adjacent reef, on which the sea breaks heavily,
except after very fine weather, thence:
7 ESE of the E side of Caicos Bank (27 miles WSW to
45 miles SW), of which the edge, covered with
dark weed, does not show up well, and on which
lie, from N to S: Ambergris Cays, conspicuous
white cliffs; Bush Cay; Swimmer Rock, dangerous
rock with a 5⋅8 m patch 2½ miles SE of it; Whale
Breaker, 1⋅3 m rocky patch; South Rock, dangerous
rock, and:
8 WNW of the narrow shoal spit extending from Sand
Cay (20 miles SSW) to a position 13 miles farther
SSW, on which lie the following:
Wynns Rock, small black rocky patch, showing up
well against the white sand around it.
Two small patches reported in 1864 by HMS Rosario
to lie near the edge of the bank.
CHAPTER 3
9 Endymion Rock, a dangerous rock over which the sea
breaks only in heavy weather, surrounded by a
cluster of rocky heads and shoals. The water there
is very dark so that the shoal area stands out well
even though the rock itself is indistinguishable
from other dangers.
10 Caution. Endymion Rock was reported (1995) to lie
about 1 mile SSW of its charted position, the area
should be navigated with care.
Thence to a departure position in the vicinity of
21°00′N, 71°30′W and into clear water S of 21°N.
11 Thence, if bound for Windward Passage, towards a
position 20°20′N, 73°30′W in the N approach to Windward
Passage.
3.28
1 Useful marks (with reference to the N point of Grand
Turk Island):
Radio tower (orange and white bands, 62 m in height)
(38 miles WNW).
Drum Point Light (23 miles WNW).
2 Cockburn Harbour Light (22 miles W) (3.39); also a
radio mast near the N extremity of South Caicos
Island, and another (orange and white bands, 62 m
in height) (1 mile N of the S extremity of the
island).
3 Salt Cay Light (beacon, 6 m in height) (11½ miles
SSW).
Sand Cay Light (red metal framework tower 15 m in
height) (20 miles SSW).
Bush Cay Light (35 miles SW).
(Directions continue for Windward Passage at 9.10.)
Cockburn Town, and anchorages off the west
side of Grand Turk Island
Chart 1441 (see 1.15)
General information
3.29
1 Cockburn Town (21°28′N, 71°09′W), also known as
Grand Turk, in the middle of the W side of Grand Turk
Island, is not to be confused with Cockburn Harbour (about
21 miles W) in Caicos Islands.
2 Cockburn Town is the seat of administration for Turks
and Caicos Islands.
3.30
1 Pilotage is not compulsory for anchoring off Grand Turk
Island, but pilots are available at Cockburn Town, including
pilots for Cockburn Harbour (3.37).
Pilot boarding place is 1 mile off the reef, in a
VHF fitted small boat.
3.31
1 Useful marks:
Conspicuous radio mast (3.25) (red and white lattice,
63 m in height) (21°27′⋅9N, 71°08′⋅6W) in the
town.
Red roof on Government Pier (3.35), and a white
building close inshore of it are both prominent.
3.32
1 Caution is necessary at the anchorages off the W side
of Grand Turk Island as the anchor may slip off the edge
of the bank into deep water; there is very little swinging
room, so vessels at anchor should be ready to quit should
the wind drop or veer S of SSE. More secure anchorage
can be taken in Hawkes Nest Anchorage (3.44). See 3.7 for
regulations affecting anchorages within National Marine
Parks.
71
 Home Contents Index CHAPTER 3

3.33 Useful marks

1 Wind. Although the roadstead is open and the shore 3.39
bank very close offshore, the wind nearly always blows 1 Positions of the following marks are given from Dove
from E, and, from April to August, is reported never to Cay:
shift without warning. Radio masts (3½ cables ENE).
2 Storm signals are shown from a flagstaff N of Cockburn Harbour Light (white building, 5 m in
Government Pier. height) (2 cables NNE).
2 The Residency (3 cables NNE), prominent, on
Anchorages Government Hill.
3.34 Parsons Point (3 cables NNW) with prominent hotel
1 The W coast of Grand Turk is enclosed by Columbus (white, green roof).
Landfall Marine Park (3.7) within which lie two designated Long Cay Light (2½ cables WSW), and white cliffs
anchorages. at the E extremity of Long Cay.
2 Cockburn Town. An anchorage area marked by buoys Dove Cay Light (white tower).
extends up to 3 cables offshore from Cockburn Town,
adjacent to and N of the prohibited anchorage that is
Approach
3.40
shown on the chart.
1 Caution is required in the approach to the narrow
In 1970, HMS Fox (900 tons) anchored 2 cables off
steep to shelf fronting Cockburn Harbour.
Government Pier (3.35), in a depth of 10 m, sand and
shells. Anchorages
3 Freighter Dock (3.35) which stands 2 miles S of 3.41
Goverment Pier is enclosed by an anchorage area which 1 An anchorage area extends up to 3 cables SW from the
extends up to 2 cables offshore and is marked by buoys as coast adjacent to Cockburn Harbour as shown on the chart.
shown on the chart. See 3.7 for regulations within National Marine Parks.

Berths and landings Berth and landing

3.35 3.42
1 Cockburn Town. Government Pier (21°28′⋅2N, 1 Alongside berth: 45 m in length, depth alongside
71°08′⋅8W) is approached by a shallow channel and caution 3⋅5 m.
is necessary. The jetty is reported to be untenable in 2 Landing. Two jetties in Salt Bay (2 cables N of Dove
onshore winds and seas. Cay), depths 1⋅2 to 1⋅8 m alongside, extending from a sea
2 Freighter Dock (21°26′N, 71°09′W) consists of two wall.
berths 60 metres in length with depths alongside of 3 to Port services:
5 m. The dock is equipped with a 75 tonne crane for
3.43
handling containers and a Ro Ro berth is situated close S.
1 Facilities: for the handling of containers; two cranes
60 ton and 65 ton capacity; slip.
Port services at Cockburn Town Supplies: diesel fuel and fresh water available by truck.
3.36 2 Communications: airstrip on South Caicos Island.
1 Facilities: small lighters; small hospital. Storm signals (1.52) are shown at the flagstaff on
Supplies: fresh water, in small quantities, in emergency Government Hill.
only. Diesel fuel and fresh water are available by truck at
Freighter Dock. Hawks Nest Anchorage
2 Communications: airfield in the S part of Grand Turk
Island. Chart 1441
General information
3.44
Cockburn Harbour 1 Hawks Nest Anchorage, centred on Dunbar Shoals
(21°25′N, 71°07′W), is sheltered by reefs N and W. It
Chart 1450 plan of Cockburn Harbour affords safe anchorage for vessels drawing no more than
Description 5⋅2 m.
3.37 See 3.7 for regulations affecting anchorages within
1 Cockburn Harbour, also known as East Harbour, is National Marine Parks.
entered between Dove Cay (21°29′N, 71°32′W) and the E 2 Local knowledge is required.
end of Long Cay (2½ cables WSW); it should not be
confused with Cockburn Town (about 21 miles E) (3.29) on Other anchorages off Turks Islands
Grand Turk Island. Salt Cay
2 Cockburn Harbour gives far more protection than might 3.45
appear from the chart. It is the only secure anchorage on 1 Approaches. The N and E sides of Salt Cay (21°20′N,
the E side of Caicos Bank. The shallows, S and W, break 71°12′W) are encumbered with dangers, for which the eye
up any sea from those directions, and South Caicos Island must be the best guide.
itself provides a lee from N winds. Approach from eastward: see 3.16.
3.46
Pilotage 1 Anchoring conditions similar to those off the W coast
3.38 of Grand Turk Island (3.32) exist off the W side of Salt
1 Pilots, if required, are obtainable from Grand Turk Cay.
(3.30). 2 Landing:

72
 Home Contents Index CHAPTER 3

Boat harbour (6 cables S of the NW extremity of Salt 3.49

Cay). 1 Caution. Local knowledge is necessary in the approach
Stone jetty (5 cables farther S), derelict; conspicuous to Middle Caicos Island from seaward; the reefs are
white house nearby. steep to and at times a strong indraught comes into the
large bights on either side of Haulover Point (21°50′N,
Sand Cay 71°40′W) and is felt about 5 or 6 miles offshore, and
3.47 particularly off Juniper Hole.
1 Anchorage is available, with the low gap between the N 3.50
and S parts of Sand Cay bearing 067°, about 1 mile, depth 1 Anchorage is possible for small craft at several places
11 m. within the coastal reef off Middle Caicos Island and East
2 HMS Hydra (2800 tons), in 1982, anchored on the edge Caicos Island, but local knowledge is required. See 3.7 for
of the bank, with Sand Cay Light (3.28) bearing 090°, regulations affecting anchorages within National Marine
1⋅4 miles, depth 13 m. Parks.
Chart 3907
Other names
Small craft Charts 1441, 1450
3.51
Middle Caicos Island, East Caicos Island 1 Cotton Cay (21°22′N, 71°09′W).
3.48 Flamingo Hill (21°44′N, 71°34′W).
1 Creeks. Juniper Hole (21°52′N, 71°50′W) and Lorimer Long Cay: Turks Islands (21°25′N, 71°06′W).
Creek (15 miles ESE), which separate Middle Caicos Island Lorimers Point (21°45′N, 71°35′W).
from adjacent islands, are suitable only for boats. Martin Pinzon Cay (21°21′N, 71°05′W).

CAICOS PASSAGE AND APPROACHES

GENERAL INFORMATION S, to routes off the N side of Hispaniola (6.2), and to
Windward Passage (9.4).
Chart 1266 SW, to reach the S approach to Mayaguana Passage
Extent of area (4.9).
3.52
1 The area described below includes:
Currents
Caicos Passage (centre 22°05′N, 72°30′W).
3.56
Caicos Islands from North Caicos Island (centre
1 Currents between Caicos Islands and Mayaguana Island
21°55′N, 72°00′W) through Providenciales Island
set generally N, but rates up to 1½ kn, setting WNW have
to West Caicos Island (30 miles WSW).
been experienced in position 21°58′N, 72°57′W. SW-going
W side of Caicos Bank.
sets may be felt on the SE side of Caicos Passage, from a
2 E part of Mayaguana Island (22°20′N, 72°50′W) (for
position 20 miles N of Mary Cays (21°58′N, 72°01′W).
W part see (4.10).
E part of Little Inagua Island (centre 21°30′N,
2 Currents between West Caicos Island and Little Inagua
73°00′W).
E part of Great Inagua Island (NE point 21°20′N, Island, mainly Ngoing, average rate ¾ kn, but more than
73°01′W) (for W part see 4.10). 3 kn recorded in June 1985, 10 miles SW of West Caicos
Island.
Routes
3.53
1 The principal route through the area is that between Directions
Caicos Passage and Windward Passage (9.4).
Entrance from north east
Ports and anchorages 3.57
3.54 1 From the vicinity of 22°15′N, 72°20′W, the route leads
1 Apart from South Dock (21°45′N, 72°18′W) (3.68), a generally SW, passing (with reference to North West Point
minor harbour with wharves, the area has no ports. (21°52′N, 72°20′W) in Providenciales Island):
2 There are a few anchorages, mainly in Caicos Islands. 2 NW of the coastal reef off Three Mary Cays (three
See 3.7 for regulations affecting anchorages within National dark conical hillocks) (19 miles ENE), on a
Marine Parks. promontory, about 15 m high, and:
3 SE of East Reef (31 miles NW), extending 5 miles E
CAICOS PASSAGE of Mayaguana Island; a radar conspicuous stranded
wreck lies near the E extremity of the reef, thence:
General information 4 NW of a rock awash which lies 1¼ miles NW of a
reef which extends 1 mile NW from North West
Chart 3907, 1266 Point, a low sharp point backed by a moderately
Route high peaked hill surmounted by a pile of stones,
3.55 with light (3.59) thence:
1 Caicos Passage (centre 22°05′N, 72°30′W) gives access, 5 NW of West Reef (9 miles SW) (3.64), thence:
from Atlantic Ocean: NW of West Caicos Island (13 miles SW) (3.64).

73
 Home Contents Index
Continuation southward
3.58
1 Route leads generally SSW, passing (with reference to
South West Point (21°37′N, 72°29′W)):
WNW of the SW edge (up to 50 miles SE) of Caicos
Bank (3.22) or:
2 ESE of features off Little Inagua Island and Great
Inagua Island (3.77), towards a junction (20°20′N,
73°30′W) in the N approach to Windward Passage
(9.4).
3 Offlying bank. Attention is drawn to a shoal area (about
8½ miles E of Little Inagua Island), least depth 42 m, coral
bottom.
3.59
1 Useful marks:
Radio tower (orange and white bands, 77 m in
elevation) (21°47′N, 72°10′W); radio tower (43 m
in elevation) (4 miles WSW); both with obstruction
lights.
North West Point Light (21°52′N, 72°20′W).
(Directions continue for Windward Passage, at 9.10.)
Continuation south-westward
3.60
1 To enter the S approach to Mayaguana Passage (4.9)
from W of West Reef (3.64) and continue into waters off
the N side of Cuba, the chart is sufficient guide.
The only significant danger is Hogsty Reef (21°42′N,
73°49′W) (4.11).
(Directions continue for the approach to
Old Bahama Channel at 7.79)
COASTAL WATERS ON THE EAST SIDE
OF CAICOS PASSAGE
General information
Chart 3907
Route
3.61
1 Coastal waters described below extend from Bottle
Creek (21°56′N, 71°54′W) westabout to South West Point
to South Rock (21°03′N, 71°45′W) (3.27). No recognised
route exists there, but a coastal route may be followed if
required.
Topography
3.62
1 North Caicos Island is easily identified by a series of
hillocks, about 30 m high. Three Mary Cays (7 miles WNW
of Bottle Creek) (3.57) are also visible.
2 Providenciales Island (21°45′N, 72°15′W), known
locally as Blue Hills, fringed by a reef on its N side, is
about 47 m high at its highest point near the island’s
centre.
3 West Caicos Island (3.64) is of nearly uniform
elevation, about 16 m, and uninhabited.
Caicos Bank: for details see 3.22.
Directions
Bottle Creek to North West Point
3.63
1 From the vicinity of Bottle Creek (21°56′N, 71°54′W)
the route leads generally W, clear of the reefs that fringe
the N shores of North Caicos Island and Providenciales
Island, passing (with reference to North West Point (3.57)):
CHAPTER 3
2 N of the conspicuous stranded wreck (20 miles ENE),
thence:
N of Three Mary Cays (18 miles ENE) (3.57), thence:
3 N and W of the rock awash lying 1¼ miles NW of
the dangerous reef which extends 1 mile NW
(3.57).
North West Point to South West Point
3.64
1 Route leads generally SSW, passing (with reference to
North West Point (3.57))
WNW of West Reef (9 miles SW), on which the sea
always breaks, thence:
2 WNW of West Caicos Island, steep to, and in 1929
reported to be fringed to about 1 mile offshore by
sargasso weed. This island should be approached
with great caution at night, in early morning mist,
and in thick weather.
Caicos Bank
3.65
1 Route leads generally SE, passing (with reference to
South West Point (3.58)):
2 SW of the SW edge of the reef (up to 50 miles SE)
of Caicos Bank (3.22), the whole of which is light
green, in strong contrast to the deep blue of the
ocean, and frequently reflected in the form of bank
blink. It is visible at a considerable distance.
French Cay (17 miles SE), a low bushy islet which
has a light (3.71) and which has a conspicuous
stranded wreck on its E side, and West Sand Spit
(24 miles SE), mostly awash with the N end
drying, are visible on this reef.
3 Thence SW of South Rock (54 miles SE) (3.27).
3.66
1 Useful marks (with reference to North West Point
(21°52′N, 72°20′W) (3.57)):
Crist Point Light (about 12 miles ESE).
Radio tower (10 miles ESE) (3.59).
2 Radio tower (8 miles SE) (3.59).
North West Point Light.
West Caicos Light (pillar) (16 miles SSW), or ½ mile
ENE of South West Point.
Anchorages and channels in Providenciales and
West Caicos Islands
Malcolm Roads
3.67
1 Anchorage is available at Malcolm Roads (21°51′N,
72°20′W), 1 mile S of North West Point, on the coastal
bank in the N of 2 bays on the W side of the island, where
the bank extends 5 cables offshore. No details are available.
See 3.7 for regulations affecting anchorages within National
Marine Parks.
2 Local knowledge is required.
South Dock
3.68
1 Wharves. South Dock (approx. 21°45′N, 72°18′W), at
the E entrance point of an inlet about 4 miles E of West
Harbour Bluff (3.69), the SW point of Providenciales
Island, has two wharves:
2 One, 53 m long, with a Ro Ro ramp at its NE end.
Another, S of the main wharf, 33 m long.
3 Depths. The area off the wharves is dredged to a depth
of 3 m.
Local knowledge is required.
4 Facilities: for the handling of containers; two cranes
60 tons and 65 tons.
74
 Home Contents Index
Supplies: diesel fuel and water available by truck.
Communications: international airport 8 km distant.
Caicos Creek
3.69
1 Caicos Creek (21°45′N, 72°26′W) is a narrow gut
between the S side of West Reef (3.64) and reefs that
extend N from West Caicos Island.
Local knowledge is required.
2 Depths: 3⋅7 to 10 m.
The channel is 4 cables wide at the entrance and extends
2 miles E; it may easily be seen from aloft.
3 Landmark: West Harbour Bluff, the SW extremity of
Providenciales Island, bold, white and rocky.
4 Anchorage is available for small vessels, in the entrance
to Caicos Creek, S of the sand cay on West Reef, depth
about 9 m. Sheltered by West Reef from winds N of NW,
but not so good as Clearsand Road (3.70). See 3.7 for
regulations affecting anchorages within National Marine
Parks.
Clearsand Road
3.70
1 Good anchorage is available for small vessels, in
Clearsand Road (21°38′N, 72°27′W), off the S end of West
Caicos Island. Depths 9 to 11 m, sand. See 3.7 for
regulations affecting anchorages within National Marine
Parks.
2 Best berth is just within the edge of the bank, depth
9 m with the S hill on West Caicos Island bearing 349°.
3 Shelter is available from winds N of W. South West
Reefs, E of the anchorage, protect it by breaking the sea
from that direction.
4 Channel with a least depth 4 m, leading from Clearsand
Road to Providenciales Island.
Local knowledge is required.
Anchorage on the south west edge of Caicos
Bank
French Cay
3.71
1 Anchorage is available on the edge of the bank, W of
French Cay, depth 11 m. See 3.7 for regulations affecting
anchorages within National Marine Parks.
2 Local knowledge is required.
Useful mark: French Cay Light (pillar) (21°30′N,
72°12′W); for a wreck, see 3.65.
Small craft
Fort George
3.72
1 Fort George (21°54′N, 72°06′W), a low, sandy islet with
a ruined building on it, is one of a continuous chain of
small cays between North Caicos island and Providenciales
Island (6½ miles SW).
2 Harbour. The reef fronting Fort George forms a well
sheltered harbour for small craft, depth 4⋅6 m.
Local knowledge is required.
CHAPTER 3
COASTAL WATERS ON THE WEST SIDE
OF CAICOS PASSAGE
General information
Chart 3907
Routes
3.73
1 Coastal waters described below are those off the E
parts of Mayaguana Island and Great Inagua Island, and off
Little Inagua Island. No recognised route exists there, but
coastal routes may be followed if required.
Topography
3.74
1 Mayaguana Island is thickly wooded and, in most
places, low; for its W part see 4.10.
Little Inagua Island (21°30′N, 73°00′W) is uninhabited.
The NE coast is bold and rocky.
2 The passage between Little Inagua and Great Inagua
Island, charted as 5 miles wide, was reported in 1963 to be
about 6¼ miles wide.
Shoals. Attention is drawn to charted depths of 52 m
and 28 m (existence doubtful) shown on the chart in the
passage.
3 Great Inagua Island (North East Point 21°20′N,
73°01′W), flat and wooded, has on its E side, near North
East Point, sand hills higher than the rest of the coast.
For the W part of Great Inagua Island see 4.10.
Directions
Off Mayaguana Island
3.75
1 The E end of Mayaguana Island is prolonged by East
Reef on which lies a radar conspicuous stranded wreck,
Low Cay (rock and sand, low), and several rocks just
above water. Apart from East Reef, the E end of
Mayaguana Island is almost steep to, and the chart is
sufficient guide.
3.76
1 Useful marks:
Abraham Hill (22°23′N, 72°54′W) (4.10).
Stranded wreck (22°18′N, 72°40′W) and other
features on East Reef (3.57).
Off Little Inagua Island and Great Inagua Island
3.77
1 Coastal passage on the W side of Caicos Passage and
approaches continues in the vicinity of Little Inagua Island,
passing (with reference to South East Point (20°58′N,
73°09′W)):
2 E of the reef (35 miles NNE), usually marked by
breakers, at the E end of Little Inagua Island,
thence:
3 E of the coastal reef on the E side of Great Inagua
Island, from North East Point (25 miles NNE) to
South East Point. A stranded wreck, reported
conspicuous visually and on radar (1982), lies near
South East Point, thence:
4 E and S of a tongue of the coastal reef, extending
SSE of South East Point, dark coral and sand
which does not show up well from a distance
unless the light is favourable, but is clearly visible
when the observer is over it, and on which lie Sail
Rock, grey in colour, and Statira Shoal a coral
patch, depth 2 m, over which the sea breaks in
heavy weather, thence:
75
 Home Contents Index CHAPTER 3

5 S of the coastal bank in the vicinity of Lantern Head Little Inagua Island
(9 miles W) (3.81). 3.80
3.78 1 The S point (21°25′N, 73°03′W) of Little Inagua Island
1 Useful mark (with reference to South East Point (3.77)): has on its NE side a small bay fronted by a reef.
East Hill (9 miles ENE), at 41 m the highest point of Entrance through a break in the reef, 2 cables wide,
the island. 2½ miles NE of the S point of the island.
(Directions continue for coastal passages 2 Good anchorage is available for small craft drawing no
along N coast of Cuba at 7.17, and for more than 3 m.
Windward Passage at 9.10.) Local knowledge is required.
Great Inagua Island, east part
Anchorages for small craft 3.81
1 Lantern Head (205574N, 735194W) is a prominent bluff
Chart 3907, (see 1.15) 25 m high, in the middle of the S coast of Great Inagua
Mayaguana Island Island, with a small bay on each side.
3.79 2 Good anchorage for small craft at Lantern Head
1 East Reef, off North East Point (22°20′N, 72°44′W) Harbour can be reached through a break in the reef on the
(3.57), is fringed with dangerous reefs and is steep to on its E side of Lantern Head. The anchorage is so obstructed
S side. with small coral heads that the eye is the best guide.
2 Entrance and anchorage. An opening for small craft, Local knowledge is required.
in the middle of the S side of the reef, leads to a secure
anchorage under Booby Cay close SSE of North East Other names
Point. 3.82
3 Local knowledge is required. 1 Molasses Reef (21°33’N, 72°17’W).

76
Home Contents Index NOTES

77
Home Contents Index

Chapter 4 - Bahama Islands, Banks and Waterways

80° 79° 78° 77° 76° 75° 74° 73°

28° 2866 28°

3910

4.391
Lit
tle
27° Ba 27°
Grand Bahama ha
m
a
F L OR IDA

Island B
4.364 an
398 Freeport Harbour So k
398 Freeport Roads O ut l
il T h e
NW n
Pr er Rid Great Abaco n
ov 390 m in a
id ina g Island h
en l 3 Poi C
ce 9 nt e
26° 4.316 Ch 0 c 26°
4.403 1496 n
an e 4.211
ne i d
Bimini l v
Islands ro
P
4.408 145
E
2N
a N
Eleuthera Island
ss
au

1489 Eastern appr. to Nassau

25° 1489 Clifton Pier 25°
1452
New Providence 4.184
Andr

1217 Island
2579
os

E
xu
To n

Cat Island
m

a
S a

S 1266
gu

4.154 o u e
n
nt

g
Isla

24° d San Salvador 24°

G

a
of

s
Island
ar

nd
r

s
Cay Sal 2866 3866 3914
th

a
e
en

P
Bank
e

O
a

ce Great
d

4.95
t

an
n
Ch

B 4.282 Exuma 4.67

la

a Island Long
Is
an

Nic Island e
ola 3912 h a

g
s
d
ne

Ch

a
m
e

23° an 23°
s
k

a
l

s
ne
o

a
l B
ro

a n
P

O
ld Jumentos 4.52 4.9
k
C

B Cays
n

ah 3907
4.128
a

Acklins
a
u

3865 m a Island
g
a

C
y

h Mayaguana
a

a
2009 n Island
M

22° n
e 3913 22°
l Mira-por-vos
Shoals
Hogsty
4.94
Reef

C UBA 4.18

21° Great 21°

Inagua
Island

d
r
a e
w g
d a
in s
3866

W as
20° P 20°
80° 79° 78° Longitude 77° West from Greenwich 75° 74° 73°
November 2003

78
 Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 4
BAHAMA ISLANDS, BANKS AND WATERWAYS

GENERAL INFORMATION
Chart 4401 2 Nassau, New Providence Island (25°06′N, 77°22′W)
Scope of the chapter (4.249).
4.1 3 Freeport Bahamas, Grand Bahama Island (26°30′N,
1 The area covered by this chapter includes: 78°45′W) (4.364).
Mayaguana Passage (22°30′N, 73°15′W) (4.9) and 4.4
approaches. 1 High speed ferries operate across Straits of Florida
2 Crooked Island Passage (22°50′N, 74°35′W) (4.64) between ports on the E coast of Florida and the Bahamas.
and approaches. Mariners are cautioned that these craft move very rapidly,
Exuma Sound (24°00′N, 76°00′W) (4.151) and may transit waterways at angles to the normal direction of
approaches. traffic and may deviate from published routes. See 1.7.
North East Providence Channel (25°45′N, 77°00′W)
(4.211) and approaches.
Natural conditions
3 Tongue of the Ocean (24°20′N, 77°30′W) (4.282). 4.5
North West Providence Channel (26°10′N, 78°10′W) 1 Currents. For a general description of the currents off
(4.316). Bahama Islands see 1.141.
Little Bahama Bank, N side (27°00′N, 78°00′W) 2 Tidal streams run directly on to and off all the larger
(4.391). banks. In the narrow channels between the islands and cays
on Great and Little Bahama Banks, the rate is generally ½
Territories to 2 kn, although considerably greater rates may be
4.2 experienced.
1 Most of the islands within the area form part of Bahama 3 Coral. For advice on navigation in coral see The
Islands. Mariner’s Handbook.
Ports
4.3
1 Two major ports lie within the area:

MAYAGUANA PASSAGE AND APPROACHES

GENERAL INFORMATION Almost all the islands have anchorages, with varying
degrees of security.
Chart 3914, 1266
Extent of area
4.6 MAYAGUANA PASSAGE
1 The area described below includes (with reference to
North West Point (22°27′N, 73°08′W) in Mayaguana General information
Island):
Mayaguana Passage (centre 10 miles WNW) and Chart 3914, 1266
approaches thereto. Route
2 Coastal waters of the W parts of Mayaguana Island 4.9
(4.10) and of Great Inagua Island (90 miles S), the 1 Mayaguana Passage (centre 22°30′N, 73°15′W), between
E parts of those islands being described in Mayaguana Island and Plana Cays (about 20 miles WNW)
Chapter 3. gives access to a wide and deep waterway leading SW to
Samana Cay (50 miles NW) and the E side of Windward Passage and to routes off the N side of Cuba.
Acklins Island (40 miles W).
3 Plana Cays (22 miles W) and Hogsty Reef (60 miles Topography
SW). 4.10
1 Western part of Mayaguana Island is thickly wooded,
Routes and low except for Abraham Hill, (22°23′N, 73°54′W) near
4.7 the centre, and Low Point Hill in the W part.
1 Mayaguana Passage serves as an approach of secondary 2 Western part of Great Inagua Island. The only
importance to vessels making for Windward Passage (9.4). elevation on the NW coast is James Hill (21°11′N,
Mayaguana Passage also gives access to routes off the N 73°26′W), a prominent conical mound. For features at the
side of Cuba. It can be joined from Caicos Passage (3.55). E end of the island see 3.74.
4.11
Ports and anchorages 1 Hogsty Reef (21°41′N, 73°49′W), with North West Cay
4.8 on its W edge, is a small coral atoll which rises abruptly
1 The only port in the area is Matthew Town (20°57′N, from the sea floor. It has a horseshoe-shaped outer reef
73°41′W) (4.40) in Great Inagua. which dries in places, enclosing a lagoon.

79
 Home Contents Index
Currents
4.12
1 Currents off Mayaguana Island are stated to set SW,
though occasionally the direction is reversed for a short
time.
In the vicinity of Hogsty Reef (4.11) currents are
reported to be irregular in both direction and rate.
Principal marks
4.13
1 Landmark:
Great Inagua Lighthouse (white conical tower, 34 m
in height) (20°56′N, 73°40W).
2 Major lights:
Castle Island Light (white concrete tower, 34 m in
height) (22°08′N, 74°20′W).
Great Inagua Light — as above.
Directions
4.14
1 From the vicinity of 22°40′N, 73°10′W the route leads
generally SSW, passing (with reference to North West Point
(22°27′N, 73°08′W) in Mayaguana Island):
WNW of Booby Rocks (1½ miles NE) (4.22) thence:
2 WNW of reef (1 mile N) on which lie two stranded
wrecks (4.22) and:
ESE of shoal water (17 miles WNW) off the E end of
East Plana Cay.
3 Caution. The bank off the E end of Plana Cays should
be approached with caution as it has a dark rocky bottom
which does not show up well.
4.15
1 Thence, the chart is sufficient guide for passages to the
N side of Cuba, and to Windward Passage, avoiding the
following dangers:
Hogsty Reef (centre 21°41′N, 73°49′W) (4.11).
2 Dangers off Castle Island (22°08′N, 74°19′W) (4.68).
The E extremity (21°59′N, 74°26′W) of Mira-por-vos
Shoals (4.72).
3 Reef off North West Point (21°07′N, 73°40′W) in
Great Inagua Island.
Brown Bank (21°30′N, 74°45′W) (4.74).
4 Thence, a route towards Windward Passage leads
towards the N end (20°22′N, 74°02′W) of the Traffic
Separation Scheme off Punta Maisí (9.19).
4.16
1 Useful marks:
North West Point Light (white metal framework
tower, red lantern) (22°27′N, 73°08′W), in
Mayaguana Island, with a tripod radio mast
(2½ miles SE).
2 Hogsty Reef, North West Cay Light (red mast, white
bands, 7 m in height) (21°41′N, 73°51′W), and
also conspicuous stranded wreck (1970) of a vessel
of about 20 000 tons (3 miles ENE), which is a
good radar target and could be mistaken for a
vessel at anchor.
3 Matthew Town Light (20°57′N, 73°41′W) (4.42), in
Great Inagua.
(Directions continue for Windward Passage at 9.10.)
Other name
4.17
1 Clarion Bank (20°50′N, 74°03′W).
CHAPTER 4
COASTAL WATERS ON THE EAST SIDE
OF MAYAGUANA PASSAGE
General information
Chart 3907, 3914, 1266
Routes
4.18
1 Although no recognised route exists, coastal routes may
be followed round the W parts of Mayaguana Island and
Great Inagua Island.
Topography
4.19
1 Great Inagua Island. The sea breaks with great
violence, particularly in N winds, on the bold, steep to and
rocky W part of the shore of Ocean Bight, between
Northeast Point (21°20′N, 73°01′W) and Polacca Point
(24 miles WSW).
Climatic table
4.20
1 See 1.187 and 1.193.
Major light
4.21
1 Great Inagua Light (20°56′N, 73°40′W) (4.13).
Directions
Off Mayaguana Island
4.22
1 From a position off the coast N of Abraham Hill (4.10)
(22°23′N, 72°54′W) the route leads westabout, clear of the
coastal reef, passing (with reference to Abraham Hill):
2 N of Booby Rocks, one high rock and a smaller
pinnacle rock close NW (12 miles WNW). The W
end of the island is very low and difficult to make
out when approaching from SW. Thence:
3 N and W of the reef with two stranded wrecks
(14 miles NW) off North West Point, thence:
W and S of South West Point (15 miles W), thence:
4 S of the reef (7 miles WSW) which lies off Abraham
Bay; a stranded wreck lies near the centre of the
reef. Thence to a position off the coast S of
Abraham Hill.
4.23
1 Useful marks:
North West Point Light (22°27′N, 73°08′W) (4.16).
Off the north and west side of Great Inagua Island
4.24
1 From the vicinity of Little Inagua Island (21°30′N,
73°00′W) the route leads generally SW and S, passing
(with reference to North West Point (21°07′N, 73°40′W)):
NW of Polacca Point (16 miles ENE), thence:
2 NW and W of North West Point, low and covered
with palms up to 6 m in height, and offlying reef,
thence:
W of Devil Point (6 miles SSW) thence:
W of South West Point (12 miles S).
4.25
1 Useful marks (with reference to North West Point):
James Hill (13 miles ENE) (4.10).
Matthew Town Light (10 miles S) (4.42).
80
 Home Contents Index
Anchorages off the west part of Mayaguana
Island
Charts 3907, 3914 (see 1.15)
Betsy Bay
4.26
1 In 1966 HMS Ursa (1710 tons) obtained temporary
anchorage off Betsy Bay (22°25′N, 73°08′W) in a depth of
32 m with the centre of a group of buildings on the ridge,
NE of the conspicuous building, 8½ miles SE of North
West Point, bearing 100°; and with the radio mast
(2½ miles SE of North West Point) (4.16) bearing 062°.
2 Landing place for boats is at the N end of Betsy Bay,
where there is a gap in the reef fringing the shore. A
careful lookout for coral heads is necessary.
Betsy Bay has a settlement.
Abraham Bay
4.27
1 Abraham Bay, between Low Point (Start Point)
(22°20′N, 73°03′W) and Guano Point (5½ miles ENE), is
fronted by a dangerous reef near the centre of which lies a
stranded wreck. The settlement of Abraham Bay (4.22),
which is the administrative centre for the island, stands on
the NE side of the bay; an airfield lies NW of the ridge
that flanks the NW side of the bay.
4.28
1 Useful marks (with reference to Low Point):
Large conspicuous white building (3 miles NE),
standing on the ridge.
Guano Point Light (grey structure, 2 m in height)
(5½ miles ENE).
4.29
1 Anchorage is available about 5 cables S of Low Point,
depth about 13 m, clear sandy bottom and about 9 cables
SW of Guano Point, with the summit of Abraham Hill
(3½ miles ENE of Guano Point) bearing 060°, depth 33 m,
hard sand. The latter anchorage was approached with a
conspicuous white hut at the NE end of the lagoon, 1 mile
N of Guano Point, bearing 018°.
2 Landing is at a wooden pier (3 cables WNW of Low
Point), about 50 m long.
3 Submarine cable areas. Two small submarine cable
areas lie close W of Low Point and close S of Guano
Point. Vessels should not anchor in these areas.
Anchorages for small craft off Mayaguana
Island
4.30
1 North West Point. Anchorage is available for small
craft, well sheltered by the reef, 5 cables E of North West
Point (22°27′N, 73°08′W) and also close SW of North
West Point.
2 Local knowledge is required.
4.31
1 Abraham Bay. Small craft may take advantage of a
break in the reef, least depth 5 m, about 1 mile SE of Low
Point (22°20′N, 73°03′W) (4.27), and enter by eye to get
good shelter within the reef in depths of 2 to 4 m. Mariners
are advised that numerous coral heads exist in the bay.
2 Another break in the reef, off Guano Point (5½ miles
ENE of Low Point), has a least depth of 0⋅9 m in the
fairway.
CHAPTER 4
Anchorage on Hogsty Reef
Charts 3865, 1266 (see 1.15)
4.32
1 Hogsty Reef (21°41′N, 73 49°′W) is an atoll, with
depths in the NE part of the lagoon of 6 to 8 m, sand,
shells, and, in one place, rock. In the SW part are several
black, rocky heads that show up against the clear white
sandy bottom, and may be easily seen and avoided.
4.33
1 Anchorage is available just within the W edge of the
bank, about 5 cables SE of North West Cay (21°42′N,
73°51′W), depths 7 to 9 m. From that position, a vessel
may work her way into the lagoon.
2 Currents in the anchorage and around Hogsty Reef in
general are reported irregular in both direction and rate.
Useful mark:
North West Cay Light (4.16).
Anchorages off the west side of Great Inagua
Island
Man-of-War Bay
4.34
1 General information. Man-of-War Bay, between North
West Point (21°07′N, 73°40′W) and Devil or Middle Point
(about 5½ miles SSW), is fronted by a steep to bank,
extending 3½ cables offshore, with depths shoaling quickly
from 37 m to 9 m, but the edge is easily seen in good
light.
2 Near the head of the bay is a deep water berthing
facility for the trans shipment of products from the island’s
extensive solar salt complex, reportedly one of the largest
in the world.
4.35
1 Tidal streams off the W coast of Great Inagua Island
run S on the rising tide and N on the falling tide, rate
about ½ kn. The S going tidal stream meets, off South
West Point (20°55′N, 73°39′W), the W going stream which,
on the rising tide, runs along the S coast of the island.
4.36
1 Anchorage is available in places on the edge of the
bank, sheltered from all but W winds.
In 1971, MY Shemara found good anchorage, with the
head of the T shaped pier (4.39) bearing 178°, 2⋅2 miles.
2 When anchoring, care should be taken to choose a clear,
sandy spot, and to avoid the black coral patches.
No anchorage exists off the S shore of the bay.
It has been reported (2001) that the best anchorage lies
approximately 3 cables N of the T shaped pier and 3 cables
from the shore, in depths between 40 m and 70 m.
4.37
1 Pilotage. A local pilot may be embarked 1 mile off the
jetty. The pilot launch handles lines; there is no tug.
4.38
1 Directions. The alignments of 2 pairs of leading lights
(black and white square topmarks), privately maintained,
lead toward the jetty:
2 N pair (087°), on the canal bank close N of the jetty.
S pair (130°), S of the jetty, near the foreshore.
4.39
1 Wharf is situated at the N shore of the bay, where there
is an extensive coconut plantation; depth alongside, 2⋅4 m;
maximum length of vessel 45 m.
2 Pier. The T shaped pier has a salt loading berth at the
head. This berth is about 200 m long, with a depth
alongside of 12⋅5 m (1968), and can handle bulk carriers of
35 000 tons.
81
 Home Contents Index
3 General cargo can be worked at anchorages 7 cables N
and S of the jetty.
Matthew Road and Matthew Town
General information.
4.40
1 Matthew Town (Mathew) is the only settlement on Great
Inagua. It is a minor port, fronted by Matthew Road.
4.41
1 Pilotage is not compulsory. Vessels arriving to load
cargo will be boarded about 1 mile offshore by a loading
master who will assist in berthing.
2 Tidal streams; see 4.35.
Directions for the approach
4.42
1 The chart is sufficient guide.
Useful marks (with reference to Government South Pier
(20°57′N, 73°41′W)):
Mortimer Hill (5 cables NNE).
Ford Hill (6 cables N).
2 Great Inagua Light (1 mile S) (4.13).
Radio tower (red and white chequers, 30 m high,
obstruction light) (7 cables NNE).
Fort Henrietta Point (1 cable N), large white salt
house.
3 Two radio towers (metal framework, each 30 m high)
(200 m NNE and 130 m NE), with the
green roofed custom house between them, and the
Commissioner’s Office (small white cupola)
nearby.
4 Matthew Town Light (metal framework tower 10 m
high) (70 m N), in front of the custom house.
Reported difficult to distinguish because of the
town lights.
Matthew Road
4.43
1 Matthew Road, lies W of Matthew Town. The gently
sloping bank of flat sand extends to a depth of 13 m, about
3½ cables offshore, with no coral heads or reefs. Dark
patches of sea grass are clearly visible on the bottom.
2 The roadstead is well sheltered from the East Trade
Winds by Great Inagua Island. The ground swell is
negligible, and only occasionally is a vessel forced to leave
the roadstead because of weather or sea conditions.
Nevertheless, if bad weather threatens, a vessel should
leave at once.
3 During W winds, small craft may go to Molasses Road
(4.48) for shelter.
4.44
1 Anchorage is near the edge of the bank, about 3 cables
from the town, depths 8 to 9 m.
2 Caution. A vessel should approach the anchorage at
slow speed, and be ready to anchor the moment she crosses
the edge of the bank.
Alongside berths
4.45
1 Government South Pier and Government North Pier,
fronting the custom house, have a depth of 1⋅2 m
alongside; in 1977 the N pier was in ruins.
4.46
1 A basin is situated about 4 cables N of Government
South Pier and is entered on the alignment 120° of a pair
of leading lights at the SE corner. The basin is 65 m square
CHAPTER 4
and vessels drawing no more than 3⋅5 m can enter, but
those drawing more than 2 m should enter only at HW.
Port services
4.47
1 Facilities: small hospital; deratting exemption
certificates.
Supplies: diesel oil in small quantities; fresh water and
provisions only in emergency and then only in small
quantities.
2 Communications: sea communication with Nassau, New
Providence (400 miles NW), and with Port-au-Prince, Haiti
(165 miles SE); airstrip (13 km N).
Anchorage off the south coast of Great Inagua
Island
Molasses Road
4.48
1 Coastal features in South Bay (with reference to South
West Point (20°55′N, 73°39′W)):
Molasses Reef (2 miles E), over which the sea breaks
in E winds.
2 Molasses Road (3½ miles E).
Saltpond Hill (4½ miles NE) and 3 cables inland.
4.49
1 Molasses Road is a fairly clear space E of the reef, but
in it are several small detached patches, with depths of 3⋅4
to 4⋅3 m over them. It affords shelter from NW and N
winds.
2 Anchorage. The best berth is with Saltpond Hill bearing
012° and South West Point, open S of Molasses Reef,
bearing about 267°, depth 15 m.
3 Caution should be exercised when approaching the
anchorage as, when the wind is offshore, the reef does not
show up and the discoloured water is not easily seen, even
at a short distance. Local knowledge is required.
4 Weather. Vessels at anchor in Molasses Road must be
prepared to weigh and leave immediately the wind veers to
the usual E quarter.
Anchorages for small craft on west side of
Great Inagua Island
Sheep Cay
4.50
1 Sheep Cay (21°09′N, 73°35′W) lies on the coastal reef.
A narrow break in the reef (about 1 mile NE), and N of a
solitary black rock on the beach, with a depth of 2⋅4 m,
gives access to an anchorage, shown on the chart.
2 Local knowledge is required.
Alfred Sound
4.51
1 Alfred Sound is entered E of North West Point
(21°07′N, 73°40′W) (4.24). A sandy bay, it is fronted by
Eastern Reef and Alfred Reef. These reefs, which nearly
dry, have steep to seaward sides.
2 Tidal streams set through Alfred Sound, E on the rising
tide and W on the falling tide; rate about ½ kn generally
but 1 kn in the W entrance.
3 Entrance to the sound lies between North West Point
and the SW end of Alfred Reef. There is also a narrow and
intricate break between Alfred Reef and Eastern Reef,
about 1¼ miles NE of the point, named North Cut.
4 Secure anchorage is available for small craft drawing
no more than 1⋅8 m, white coral sand with patches of bare
coral which can be distinctly seen.
5 Local knowledge is required.
82
 Home Contents Index CHAPTER 4

COASTAL WATERS ON THE WEST SIDE Samana Cay

OF MAYAGUANA PASSAGE
General information
Chart 3914, 3865, 1266
Route
4.52
1 The chart shows a subsidiary passage, from the vicinity
of Samana Cay (23°05′N, 73°45′W), passing the E part of
Acklins Island, towards the wide S continuation of
Mayaguana Passage. No information as to its use is
available.
Topography
4.53
1 Eastern part of Acklins Island. South Bluff (22°12′N,
74°12′W), near the S end of the island, is a conspicuous
bluff headland.
2 Castle Island (22°08′N, 74°219′W). See 4.68.
Principal marks
4.54
1 Landmark:
2 Radio mast (22°43′N, 73°53′W), near North East
Point on Acklins Island.
Major light
Castle Island Light (22°08′N, 74°20′W) (4.13).
Directions
4.55
1 From the vicinity of 23°20′N, 73°25′W the route leads
generally SSW, passing (with reference to North East Point
(22°44′N, 73°51′W):
2 ESE of a rock awash off East Booby Cay, and a
stranded wreck at the W end of West Booby Cay,
off the E end of Samana Cay (24 miles NE),
thence:
3 ESE of North East Breaker (4 miles ESE), known
locally as The Swimmers, a rocky patch, nearly
awash (charted as dangerous rock), 2 cables within
the outer edge of the bank, thence:
4 WNW of the reef (14 miles ESE) that extends
2½ miles N of West Plana Cay, drying, thence:
ESE of Creek Point (12 miles S), thence:
As at 4.15.
4.56
1 Useful marks (with reference to North East Point
(22°44′N, 73°51′W)):
Hell Gate Light (white round metal tower, 10 m in
height) (on North East Point).
2 Atwood Harbour Light (black metal tower) (2 miles
SW).
Topography
4.57
1 Samana Cay (centre 23°05′N, 73°45′W) is hilly and
uneven, and 24 m high. West Booby Cay and East Booby
Cay lie off the E end. The W end (23°05′N, 73°50′W) of
Samana Cay is a sandy point and a narrow reef, steep to
and almost dry, extends 2¼ miles from it. Two bays with
sandy beaches, separated by a headland, lie near the middle
of the S side of the cay. Off the E bay, and close W of a
conspicuous white cliff, are two small cays.
Anchorage and landing
4.58
1 Anchorage is available 3 cables off the S side of
Samana Cay, 2 miles from its W end, but the holding
ground is not good.
4.59
1 Landing by boats on the beach is facilitated by gaps in
the reef. These are about 3 cables wide off the W bay.
Another and smaller gap, usable in calm weather only, lies
close E of the S cay, off the E bay.
Anchorages off Plana Cays
West Plana Cay
4.60
1 Anchorage is available N of the SW extremity
(22°35′N, 73°38′W) of West Plana Cay, on the edge of the
bank, as shown on the chart, depth 13 m. In that position
the bank, which extends 3½ cables offshore, is free from
dangers.
2 In 1977 HM Yacht Britannia (5137 tons) anchored
2½ cables off the W side of the cay, with the summit of
the cay bearing 095°, depth 15 m, fine sand with isolated
coral heads. In that position there was a least depth of 5 m
within 1½ cables of the anchor.
4.61
1 Landing is possible at a beach on the W side of the cay
(7 cables N of the SW point).
Anchorage for small craft
Acklins Island, east side
4.62
1 Exposed anchorage is available for small craft, in
Abraham’s Bay (22°26′N, 73°56′W), a small indentation
that is entered through a break in the reef. The reef, S of
the bay, is marked by some above water rocks.
2 Local knowledge is required.

CROOKED ISLAND PASSAGE AND APPROACHES

GENERAL INFORMATION 3 On the E by Samana Cay (centre 23°05′N, 73°45′W),
Crooked Island. Acklins Island, and Mira-por-vos
Chart 1266 Shoals (NW edge 22°09′N, 74°32′W).
Extent of area
4.63 Routes
1 The area described below includes Crooked Island 4.64
Passage (centre 22°50′N, 74°35′W) and its approaches 1 Crooked Island Passage (centre 22°50′N, 74°35′W) lies
which are flanked: between Crooked Island on the E and Long Island (4.149)
2 On the W by San Salvador Island (centre 24°02′N, on the W. It affords the best route for vessels bound to and
74°30′W), Rum Cay, Long Island, and Columbus from Windward Passage (9.4). It is constantly used by
Bank (centre 22°05′N, 75°15′W). vessels from ports in N part of the United States bound for

83
 Home Contents Index
ports on the S side of Cuba, for Jamaica, or for the
Panama Canal.
4.65
1 Mira-por-vos Passage, between Castle Island (22°08′N,
74°19′W) and Mira-por-vos Shoals (6 miles W) is
frequently used.
Ports and anchorages
4.66
1 Berths. Apart from a wharf 20 m long at Landrail Point
(4.81) in Crooked Island, a small pier at Clarence Town
Harbour (4.121), and a pier at Salina Flat (4.130), no
alongside berth exists in the area.
2 Minor ports with anchorages are at:
Port Nelson (23°38′N, 74°50′W) (4.114), at Rum Cay.
Clarence Town Harbour (23°06′N, 74°58′W) (4.121),
at Long Island.
3 Anchorages exist in other parts of the area.
CROOKED ISLAND PASSAGE
General information
Chart 3913, 1266
Route
4.67
1 Principal route through the area:
From the vicinity of San Salvador Island (24°02′N,
74°30′W),
Through Crooked Island Passage (centre 22°50′N,
74°35′W)
2 Through Mira-por-vos Passage (22°07′N, 74°25′W),
To the vicinity of Clarion Bank (20°50′N, 74°03′W),
Thence to Windward Passage (9.4).
3 Alternative route. From Crooked Island Passage pass E
of Columbus Bank (E part 22°08′N, 75°09′W), thence
make for routes off the N side of Cuba.
Topography
4.68
1 The W coast of Crooked Island is low and wooded.
Castle Island (22°08′N, 74°19′W) is 15 m high near its
centre. It is largely covered with low scrub, with sandhills,
each 6 m high, at its NE and SE points, and sand cliffs on
its S side.
Flow
4.69
1 Currents:
Near Rum Cay, a NW-going current of moderate or
low constancy, and a mean rate of about ¾ kn
predominates. However, in the immediate vicinity
of Rum Cay, the flow is said to be variable in
direction and irregular, being the resultant of
currents and tidal streams.
2 N of Crooked Island, predominantly NW-going, rate
½ to ¾ kn, but constancy is low and a S or
SW-going current sometimes runs into Crooked
Island Passage, rates up to 3 kn have been
observed.
3 W of the Crooked Island group, predominantly
NW-going, rate about ¾ kn, but, over Diana Bank
(22°31′N, 74°48′W) (4.74), a frequent SW-going
set, rate about 1 kn, has been reported.
CHAPTER 4
Major lights
4.70
1 Dixon Hill Light (white stone tower and dwelling,
22 m in height) (24°06′N, 74°27′W), on San
Salvador Island. Attention is drawn to the sectors,
shown on the chart, within which the light is
partially obscured.
2 Bird Rock Light (white conical stone tower)
(22°51′N, 74°22′W), off Crooked Island.
Castle Island Light (22°08′N, 74°20′W) (4.13).
Directions
Charts 3913
North approach and entry
4.71
1 From a position NE of San Salvador Island (24°05′N,
74°25′W), at the landfall on Dixon Hill Light (4.70), the
route leads generally S, passing (with reference to Bird
Rock (22°51′N, 74°22′W)):
2 E of shoal water (65 to 75 miles N) off the N and E
sides of San Salvador Island, including
Hinchinbroke Rocks (4.111) off the SE end of the
island, thence:
3 W of Bird Rock and the reefs off the NW end of
Crooked Island, this being an area of variable
current (see 4.69), requiring caution, and:
4 W of a reef lying off Windsor Point (17 miles S), the
S extremity of Long Cay.
5 Useful mark:
San Salvador Island (4.96), prominent water tower
(red and white chequers) (24°07′N, 74°28′W), with
radio towers standing close SE, near the NE
extremity of the island.
Mira-por-vos Passage
4.72
1 The route through the Mira-por-vos Passage leads
generally SSE, passing (with reference to Castle Island)
(22°07′N, 74°20′W)):
2 WSW of a stranded wreck (reported 1999)
(uncharted) lying NE of Castle Island Light house,
in approximate position 22°08′N, 74°19′W.
3 ENE of the 200 m depth contour (6½ miles W) at the
E extremity of Mira-por-vos Shoals, and of the
line of coral ledges (2 miles farther W), charted as
dangerous rocky heads. The sea breaks heavily
over these ledges when a heavy swell reaches
them, especially with a strong N wind. Thence:
4 WSW of Jim Bar (3 cables SW), dangerous reef,
depth less than 1⋅8 m, over which the sea breaks
only occasionally in calm weather, thence:
5 ENE of a detached 10⋅8 m shoal (9½ miles SW) at
the SE extremity of Mira-por-vos Shoals, thence
SSE as requisite for Clarion Bank and Windward
Passage.
6 A route to Windward Passage leads towards the N end
(20°22′N, 74°02′W) of the TSS off Punta Maisí (9.16).
4.73
1 Useful marks:
Long Cay: Windsor Point Light (metal tower, 11 m in
height) (22°33′N, 74°22′W), with Fortune Hill,
1½ miles NNE, 33 m high and a good landmark
when approaching from N or S.
2 North East Rock, Mira-por-Vos Shoal (22°07′N,
74°30′W), 5 m high.
(Directions continue for Windward Passage at 9.10.)
84
 Home Contents Index
Chart 3865
Crooked Island Passage to routes north of Cuba
4.74
1 From the centre of Crooked Island Passage (22°50′N,
74°35′W), on the principal route, another route leads
generally SSW, passing (with reference to Bird Rock
(22°51′N, 74°22′W):
2 ESE of South Point, Long Island (28 miles W), with
conspicuous white cliffs, 15 m high, backed by
Major’s Hill, the highest in the vicinity. A light
stands on this point (4.75). Thence:
3 Clear of Diana Bank (32 miles SW), sand and coral,
least charted depth 12⋅8 m, thence:
4 WNW of Mira-por-vos Shoals (45 miles S), with
detached shoals at the N and W extremities; and
with the SW part of the bank, WSW of South Cay,
reported to extend about 3 cables farther W than
charted, and:
5 ESE of Columbus Bank (4.146), on which stands Cay
Verde (68 miles SW), covered with low trees and
bushes, with a hill 18 m high at its S end, thence:
6 Clear, if necessary, of Brown Bank (85 miles S),
sand, coral and rock, over the edges and shoaler
parts of which, tide-rips may be seen in calm
weather, thence:
7 Towards routes off the N side of Cuba.
4.75
1 Useful marks:
Long Island: South Point Light (grey metal
framework tower, 9 m in height) (22°51′N,
74°52′W), partly obscured by land, 140°–245°,
with a radio mast (1¼ miles NNE), 76 m high and
a useful mark for rounding South Point.
(Directions continue for the approach to
Old Bahama Channel at 7.79.)
COASTAL WATERS ON THE EAST SIDE
OF CROOKED ISLAND PASSAGE
General information
Chart 3913, 1266
Route
4.76
1 Crooked Island Passage may be approached from NNE,
to join the principal route in the centre of the channel.
No recognised route exists, other than the principal
route, through the coastal waters of Crooked Island and
Long Cay, but a coastal route may be followed if required.
Major lights
4.77
Bird Rock Light (22°51′N, 74°22′W) (4.70).
Castle Island Light (22°08′N, 74°20′W) (4.13).
Directions
4.78
1 From the vicinity of 23°30′N, 73°10′W the route leads
generally SSW, passing (with reference to Bird Rock
(22°51′N, 74°22′W)):
WNW of Samana Cay (35 miles ENE) (4.57), thence:
Into Crooked Island Passage, W of Bird Rock.
The chart and plans are sufficient guide.
2 Useful marks:
Majors Cay Light (mast, 6 m in height) (22°44′N,
74°09′W), at Majors Cay Settlement on the N
coast of Crooked Island; reported unreliable.
CHAPTER 4
Anchorages off Crooked Island
Chart 3913 (see 1.15)
Bird Rock
4.79
1 Anchorage is available near Bird Rock (22°51′N,
74°22′W).
Local knowledge is required. The anchorage cannot be
used with S or W winds.
Portland Harbour
4.80
1 Anchorage is possible in Portland Harbour, in a small
basin within the reef, E of Bird Rock (4.71), depths 6 to
7 m.
Entrance is through a narrow opening close S of Bird
Rock.
2 Local knowledge is required. Although the harbour is
said to be well sheltered, it is reported to be subject to a
strong surge which makes it uncomfortable.
Landrail Point
4.81
1 General information. Landrail Point (22°′48N,
74°21′W), 2½ miles S of Bird Rock, is low and rocky, with
a sandy beach on its N side. A small settlement, with
wharf, flagstaff and oil tanks, lies 2½ cables SSE.
2 Anchorage is available 5 cables S of Landrail Point
depths 13 to 15 m, good holding ground of sand and weed.
3 Caution. The approach must be made with care,
anchoring as soon as soundings are obtained. In winter, a
vessel must be prepared to depart should the wind veer S
of E; in summer, the wind from that quarter is nearly
always light.
4 Landing places (uncharted) lie close NNE and 9 cables
SSE of Landrail Point, the latter being better when there is
little surf.
5 Berth. Wharf 20 m long, depth unknown.
Supplies: marine diesel fuel; petrol; excellent well water.
French Wells
4.82
1 Anchorage is available off French Wells (22°42′N,
74°18′W), 10 miles SSE of Bird Rock, in depths of 13 m,
but it is not recommended, and the caution for Landrail
Point applies.
Anchorages off Long Cay
Albert Town and Windsor Point
4.83
1 General information. Albert Town (22°36′N, 74°21′W)
is a very small settlement near the middle of the W side of
Long Cay.
Local knowledge is necessary.
2 Approach. Attention is drawn to a dangerous rock lying
7 cables W of Albert Town, and a stranded wreck, onshore,
7 cables ESE of that rock.
4.84
1 Anchorages. Although the 200 m depth contour lies
only a short distance beyond the shoal bank off the S part
of the W coast, a few vessels anchor during E winds near
Albert Town,
2 Caution. The anchorage is dangerous, being so close
inshore and with so little swinging room. Vessels must be
prepared to depart as soon as a change of wind direction is
threatened.
4.85
1 Alternative anchorage off Windsor Point. During
strong winds, which raise heavy seas, vessels drawing 9 m
85
 Home Contents Index
or less, unable to lie off Albert Town, may anchor on the
edge of the bank under the lee of Windsor Point (22°33′N,
74°23′W), the S end of Long Cay with the island’s SW
extremity bearing about 340°. The holding ground is
excellent, but care must be taken to avoid going too far in
where the bottom is foul. This anchorage has been used on
several occasions during heavy weather, the least depth
reported being 10 m, but it should not be approached at
night.
2 In 1977 the yacht Northern Light, drawing 2⋅7 m,
reported good anchorage 1½ cables SE of Windsor Point
Light, depth 5 m.
The Bight of Acklins and adjacent waters
Chart 3914
General information
4.86
1 The Bight of Acklins, which is entered between Windsor
Point (22°33′N, 74°23′W) and Salina Point (22 miles SSE),
is a large shallow bay formed by Crooked Island and Long
Cay on the NW and Acklins Island on the E and SE.
2 Depths in the bay are between 1⋅8 to 3 m and the bay is
only suitable for small craft.
Local knowledge is required.
4.87
1 Useful marks:
Long Cay E Side Light (white post) (22°36′N,
74°19′W).
2 Spring Point Light (white mast, 5 m in height)
(22°28′N, 73°57′W), at Spring Point Settlement.
South Cay (12 miles SE of Windsor Point) is reported
to be a good radar target.
Chart 3914 (see 1.15)
Salina Point
4.88
1 Anchorage is available in Datum Bay between Salina
Point (22°13′N, 74°17′W), low and bushy, and South West
Point (3 miles S), depth 16 m, on the edge of the bank,
only 3½ cables offshore.
Castle Island and vicinity
4.89
1 Castle Island (22°08′N, 74°19′W) (4.68) is connected to
Acklins Island by foul ground, through which pass a few
intricate channels, available only to small craft and
requiring local knowledge.
4.90
1 Useful marks:
Castle Rock (1 mile SSW of Green Point), known
locally as Sail Rock.
North West Rock, off the NW side of Castle Island.
South East Rock, off the SE side of Castle Island.
4.91
1 Anchorage is available with E winds, on the edge of
the bank NW of Castle Island, depth 16 m, with North
West Rock, off the NW side of the island, bearing 078°,
and Castle Island Lighthouse bearing 185°.
4.92
1 Mudian (Nugents) Harbour, which is entered through a
break in the reef on the S side of Castle Island, is usable
by boats. The alignment (342°) of two white beacons, leads
through the entrance in depths of not less than 3⋅7 m.
2 Anchorage is available in NW and W winds, off
Mudian Harbour, depth 15 m.
Local knowledge is required.
CHAPTER 4
Bank east of Castle Island
4.93
1 Anchorage is possible with winds between NW and NE,
on the bank which extends 2½ miles from Castle Island
and the S end of Acklins Island. Depths as shown on the
chart.
2 Dangerous rock. David Morris Breaker 5 cables S of
Green Point, the S extremity of Acklins Island, least depth
2⋅4 m, is very dangerous, as the sea does not always break
over it.
Mira-por-vos Shoals
South Cay
4.94
1 Anchorage may be had 5 cables W of South Cay,
Mira-por-vos Shoals (22°06′N, 74°31′W), depth 15 to 17 m,
sand.
2 In October 1977, RFA Pearleaf (12 500 tons) anchored
on the edge of the bank, 11 cables W of the SW point of
South Cay, depth 18 m.
3 Useful marks: (with reference to South Cay)
North Rock (3 miles N), 5 m high.
South Cay, with two conspicuous sand hills 7 m high
on its S side.
4 Conspicuous square black rock (5 cables NE), 7 m
high.
North East Rock (2½ miles NE), 5 m high.
COASTAL WATERS IN THE NORTH WEST
APPROACHES TO CROOKED ISLAND
PASSAGE
General information
Charts 3913, 1266
Routes
4.95
1 Crooked Island Passage can be approached from N or
NW, passing either side of San Salvador Island or Rum
Cay.
Topography
4.96
1 San Salvador Island (centre 24°02′N, 74°30′W), is
thought to be the island on which Christopher Columbus
made his first landfall in October 1492. It has several
salt water lagoons, separated by low wooded hills 30 to
42 m high, in the interior.
2 The island is fringed on its E and SE sides by reefs, as
shown on the chart.
Sandy Point (23°57′N, 74°34′W), the island’s SW
extremity, is low, steep to and sandy.
3 Cockburn Town (4.103), the largest settlement and
administrative centre for the island and Rum Cay, is on the
W side.
4.97
1 Conception Island (23°50′N, 75°07′W) is about 28 m
high and covered with stunted vegetation. Wedge Point, the
S extremity, is a conspicuous white bluff, capped with
green. The island is almost surrounded by foul ground.
Approach from E is dangerous in that, even by day, the
dark rocky heads of the foul ground are difficult to
distinguish from deep water.
4.98
1 Rum Cay (23°40′N, 74°51′W) is generally low, with
two white cliffs about 27 m high at its SE end. It lies on a
bank which, on the S side, extends 2 miles offshore.
86
 Home Contents Index
2 The largest settlement is at Port Nelson (4.114) on the S
side, and the ruins of a settlement remain at Port Boyd on
the N side.
3 Rum Cay Light (4.115) stands near the public wharf in
Port Nelson.
4.99
1 Long Island (4.149). The E coast of Long Island
between Cape Santa Maria (23°41N, 75°20′W) and
Clarence Town Harbour (4.121), 40 miles SSE, is rocky
and steep to and exposed to heavy seas. It has not been
closely examined, and should be avoided.
Current
4.100
1 In the neighbourhood of Conception Island and Rum
Cay, a NW-going current of moderate or low constancy and
mean rate about ¾ kn predominates. However, in the
immediate vicinity of Rum Cay, flow is said to be variable
in direction and irregular in rate, owing to the influence of
tidal streams. In the channel between Rum Cay and
Conception Island the current frequently sets NW,
according to reports, with strength; SW sets are sometimes
experienced, and, after N winds, NE sets may occur.
Major lights
4.101
1 Dixon Hill Light (24°06′N, 74°27′W) (4.70).
Bird Rock Light (22°51′N, 74°22′W) (4.70).
Directions
4.102
1 From a position NW of San Salvador Island the coastal
routes between the islands to Crooked Island Passage, lead
generally S and SSE, passing as convenient, either side of
San Salvador Island and Rum Cay. The chart gives
sufficient guide.
2 Useful marks:
Columbus monument (24°04′N, 74°26′W) standing on
the E side of San Salvador Island.
3 Water Tower (24°07′N, 74°28′W) standing close S of
Grahams Harbour (4.108) on the N point of San
Salvador Island.
Conception Island Light (23°49′N, 75°07′W) (4.158).
Cotton Field Point Light (23°39′N, 74°52′W) standing
on the S side of Rum Cay.
4 Booby Rock Light (white tower, red bands, 8 m in
height) (23°07′N, 74°57′W), off Clarence Town
Harbour.
South Point Light (22°51′N, 74°52′W) (4.75).
(Directions continue for Crooked Island
Passage at 4.71.)
Cockburn Town
Chart 3913 (see 1.15)
General information
4.103
1 Cockburn Town (24°03′N, 74°32′W) is situated on the
W side of San Salvador Island (4.96) at the N end of
Fernandez Bay.
2 Approach is from W, towards Cockburn Town Light
(mast, 4 m in height) (1 mile SSE of Riding Rock Point
(24°04′N, 74°32′W)). The mast is not easily identified by
day, but near it are a prominent white church and the court
house, a pink, square building. A conspicuous monument
(24°00′N, 74°32′W) stands on the shore 2 miles S of the
town.
CHAPTER 4
4.104
1 Useful marks:
Conspicuous tanks (red and white chequers,
obstruction lights), airfield buildings and radio
masts (close inshore of Riding Rock Point).
4.105
1 Submarine cables are laid in an area, shown on the
chart, off Cockburn Town, and vessels are cautioned not to
anchor near them.
Anchorage and landing places
4.106
1 Anchorage is available in the prevailing wind, for small
vessels, W of Cockburn Town, depth about 15 m, clear of
the submarine cables.
2 Depths of less than 18 m are found close to the edge of
the bank, and a vessel should anchor immediately
soundings are obtained.
3 In 1932, HMS Scarborough (1000 tons) anchored in
position 226°, 2¾ cables from the light. This position is
only just within the edge of the bank, and ½ cable farther
seaward, depths are too great for anchoring.
4 The edge of the bank is very sharply defined, the colour
of the sea changing from the dark blue of the deep water
to light green on the bank.
4.107
1 Landing place. A wooden pier close to the light.
The alignment (024°) of two leading beacons, 27 m
apart (1 cable E of the light) leads towards the pier.
2 Difficulty has been experienced in landing at the pier
owing to the swell, even during NE winds. When making
for the pier with any swell, it is advisable to close the
coast well S of the settlement, and then to follow it N to
the pier, as the sea sometimes breaks over the bank that
fronts the settlement.
3 North of the pier lies a jetty, with a concrete slip at its
outer end, which is suitable for landing craft.
Harbours and anchorages off San Salvador
Island
Grahams Harbour
4.108
1 Grahams Harbour is situated on the W side of the NE
point of the island (24°07′N, 74°27′W).
Berth. A T headed pier extends 100 m NW from the
shore.
Green Cay
4.109
1 Green Cay (24°08′N, 74°30′W) lies on the W edge of a
dangerous reef that extends 3½ miles N from the island.
Anchorage is available 7½ cables W of the cay in
depths of 11 m.
2 Local knowledge is required.
Sandy Point
4.110
1 Anchorage is available for small craft 1¼ miles E of
Sandy Point (23°57′N, 74°34′W) in a small bight in the
reef at the W end of French Bay.
Hinchinbroke Rocks
4.111
1 General information. Hinchinbroke Rocks are a group
of light coloured islets, off the SE end of San Salvador
Island.
High Cay (23°57′N, 74°29′W), at the E end 20 m high
is cliffy and grassy, elsewhere low and covered with
coconut trees.
87
 Home Contents Index
2 Middle Cay (2 cables S) is 11 m high with white cliffy
coast and grassy summit.
Low Cay (5 cables SSW), 4 m high, has a few coconut
trees on it. A stranded wreck lies on the NE side. A bank,
with depths less than 37 m extends 2½ miles SE from the
islets.
4.112
1 Anchorage is available on the bank about 1 mile SE of
Low Cay.
Landing. All the islets in the group have sandy beaches
on which landing is good. They may be approached
through a boat channel between Low Cay and Middle Cay.
Anchorages off Rum Cay
Saint George Bay
4.113
1 Topography. Saint George Bay, between Sandy Point
(23°39′N, 74°57′W) and Sumner Point (7 miles E), forms
the S side of Rum Cay. A narrow broken ridge, depths 3 to
4⋅6 m, over which the sea breaks in heavy weather,
obstructs the entrance to the bay. Passage between the W
end of that ridge and Sandy Point is reported to have
shoaled to 5⋅5 m in the fairway.
2 Tidal streams set W along the S coast of Rum Cay on
the rising tide.
Currents: see 4.69.
3 Anchorage. An anchor berth exists 3½ miles E of Sandy
Point.
Port Nelson
4.114
1 General information. Port Nelson (23°38′N, 74°50′W),
a small settlement, is situated at the E end of Saint George
Bay, between Cotton Field Point on the W and Sumner
Point on the E.
2 Topography. Cotton Field Point (23°39′N, 74°52′W)
appears somewhat higher than the land SE when seen from
W. A light stands on this point.
4.115
1 Directions. The line of bearing 013° in the white sector
of Cotton Field Point Light leads through a gap in the reef,
in a fairway 2½ cables wide, with least depth 10 m,
decreasing to 9 m.
Thence, the line of bearing 081° of the pier at Port
Nelson leads towards the anchorage.
2 Useful marks:
Rum Cay Light (mast, 4 m in height), close to the
wharf.
Cotton Field Point Light (23°39′N, 74°52′W).
3 Local knowledge is required.
4.116
1 Anchorage is available about 9 cables W of the pier,
depth 7 m, secure at all times except during the hurricane
season. Attention is drawn to a dangerous rock 1 mile
WSW of the pier.
2 Anchorage may also be obtained just within the
entrance, but not with the entrance open, as a heavy swell
sometimes sets in.
4.117
1 Sumner Point Marina. For further details see Admiralty
Maritime Communications, Caribbean Volume.
4.118
1 Communications: airstrip, close NW of the settlement.
CHAPTER 4
West end of Rum Cay
4.119
1 Temporary anchorage can be had 2½ cables off the W
end of Rum Cay, depth 13 m, near the edge of the bank,
with good protection from prevailing E winds.
Local knowledge is required.
2 Caution. Attention is drawn to the dangerous reef
extending 2 miles N from the island’s NW extremity, and
the wreck stranded on it.
Conception Island
Anchorage
4.120
1 Anchorage, sheltered from NNE through E, to SSE, is
available in a clear, open bay on the NW side of the
island, depth 11 m, sand.
The anchorage is 2½ cables within the outer edge of the
bank. Farther inshore, the bottom becomes foul.
2 Landing is possible by small boats at HW, in a creek,
the mouth of which has silted up, 5 cables S of the bay.
Local knowledge is required.
Clarence Town Harbour
General information
4.121
1 Position. Clarence Town Harbour, on the E side of Long
Island, is entered between Harbour Point (23°06′N,
74°58′W) and Lark Point (5 cables NE), the SW point of
Strachan Cay; it can accommodate a few vessels drawing
not more than 4 m, but, being open NW, it is much
exposed during the winter months.
2 Clarence Town is situated on the W side of the harbour,
S of Harbour Point. The Commissioner for Long Island
resides at Clarence Town, in a house overlooking the
harbour close S of the pier.
4.122
1 Pilotage. In the absence of local knowledge, it is
advisable to take a pilot, available from Clarence Town.
Submarine cables are shown on the chart.
4.123
1 Landmarks (with reference to Harbour Point):
Roman Catholic Church (4 cables SW), white, with
two spires at the E end; the most prominent object
seen when approaching from N.
2 Anglican Church (5 cables WSW), also prominent, a
smaller building with two spires at its W end.
Directions
4.124
1 From a position about 1¼ miles N of Harbour Point the
route leads generally S, passing (with reference to Harbour
Point):
2 Between the shoals that flank the entrance over which
the sea breaks during N winds, thence:
3 W of Conch Spit (4 cables NNE) thence:
E of a spit (2½ cables NE) with a depth of 1⋅8 m
near its NE extremity.
4.125
1 Useful marks:
Harbour Point Light (white mast and hut, 6 m in
height), on Harbour Point.
Booby Rock Light (9 cables NE) (4.102).
Anchorages
4.126
1 In 1957, HMS Vidal (1940 tons) anchored 1 mile N of
Harbour Point, depth 18 m.
88
 Home Contents Index CHAPTER 4

Small craft can anchor 1½ cables SSW of Lark Point,
depth 5 m or 1 cable S of Harbour Point, depth 3 m.
2 Landing. At a pier (2 cables SW of Harbour Point),
depth 2⋅1 m alongside. The alignment (248°) of the pier
and the Roman Catholic Church indicates the channel
leading to the pierhead.
Port services
4.127
1 Supplies: fuel oil and provisions in small quantities; no
fresh water.
Communications: regular mail vessel; occasional air
service to Nassau (180 miles NNW).
COASTAL WATERS FROM LONG ISLAND
TO COLUMBUS BANK
General information
Chart 3913
Area and routes
4.128
1 Jumentos Cays form a wide, semicircular bay between
South Point (22°51′N, 74°52′W), Long Island, and
Columbus Bank (43 miles SSW), and indents the E end of
Great Bahama Bank.
2 The N and W sides of the bay give access to channels
leading across Great Bahama Bank, and there are several
anchorages.
Local knowledge is required.
4.129
1 Caution. The bay is largely unsurveyed, no recognised
routes exist and no directions are given.
Anchorages, berths and channels
Salina Flat
4.130
1 Berth. A jetty projects seaward from the W side of
Salina Flat (23°00′N, 74°56′W), a small settlement about
10½ miles NNW of South Point. The seaward end of the
jetty is marked by two buoys.
Galloway Landing
4.131
1 Boats can land at Galloway Landing (23°04′N,
74°58′W).
2 Useful mark:
Galloway Landing Light (white mast 7 m in height).
Stephenson Rock
4.132
1 Anchorage is possible during the prevailing E winds,
anywhere SE of Stephenson Rock (23°04′N, 75°04′W),
avoiding the foul ground that fringes the coast.
2 A convenient berth for communicating with Clarence
Town (4.121) is with the rock bearing 303°, 4 miles, depths
13 to 15 m.
Jumentos Cays
4.133
1 Small craft. Anchorage is available, as shown on the
chart, within Jumentos Cays in position 23°09′N, 75°20′W.
2 Boat harbour (uncharted) lies 4½ miles NE of the
anchorage. No further information is available.
3 Useful mark:
Nuevitas Rocks Light (grey metal framework tower,
9 m in height) (23°10′N, 75°22′W), in the E part
of Jumentos Cays.
4 Local knowledge is required.
Charts 3912, 2009
Small craft channel to Tongue of the Ocean
4.134
1 Pear Cay Pass, a channel for small craft, leads NW
from No Bush Cay (23°08′N, 75°31′W) thence generally W
for 50 miles, to Lark Channel (4.307) or Thunder Channel
(4.307) (about 55 miles W) which give access to Tongue of
the Ocean (4.282).
2 Local knowledge is required.
Charts 2009, 3913 (see 1.15)
Channels to Old Bahama Channel
4.135
1 Three channels, Man of War Channel, Nurse Channel
and Racoon Cut lead on to Great Bahama Bank, and,
having joined together, lead W to the vicinity of Guinchos
Cay (22°45′N, 78°07′W) (7.120).
2 The common track is shown on chart 2009. Navigation
between coral patches is mainly by eye.
3 Local knowledge is required in all three channels.
Useful mark:
Flamingo Cay Light (grey metal framework tower,
4 m in height) (22°53′N, 75°52′W).
4.136
1 Man of War Channel, entered between Man of War
Cay (22°48′N, 75°54′W) and Jamaica Cay (4 miles S), is
the N channel available for any but very small craft, and is
deeper than the other channels.
2 Depth. The least depth in the fairway of the entrance,
and across Great Bahama Bank, avoiding rocky heads, is
7 m.
4.137
1 Nurse Channel, the middle channel, is entered in the
vicinity of a beacon on Channel Cay (22°31′N, 75°51′W).
Conspicuous cliffs on Nurse Cay, S of the entrance,
serve to identify the locality.
2 Depth. The least depth in the entrance is 7⋅3 m, but
5⋅5 m farther in.
4.138
1 Racoon Cut, the S channel, is entered near Johnson Cay
(22°20′N, 75°47′W).
In the approach from S, care is necessary to avoid a
rocky patch, usually marked by breakers, (charted as
breaks), 6½ cables E of the N end of Double Breasted
Cay).
2 Depths. Entrance, between reefs, maximum draught
5⋅5 m; across the bank, maximum draught 3⋅7 m.
It is reported that the bottom at the entrance, and for
some distance within, is rocky, and, being dark in colour, is
somewhat alarming, especially where the strong tidal
stream forms ripples over the ledges.
4.139
1 Anchorages are available for vessels of suitable size in
Racoon Cut 1 mile W of Johnson Cay, maximum draught
5⋅5 m and off the W side of the S end of Racoon Cay.
Chart 3913 (see 1.15),
Ragged Island Harbour
4.140
1 Ragged Island Harbour is entered between Black Rock
Point (22°14′N, 75°44′W), a rocky headland at the SE end

89
 Home Contents Index
of Hog Cay, and the N end of Ragged Island (5 cables
SSE).
2 Outer Bar Reef (2½ cables ESE of Black Rock Point)
was reported, in 1877, to have extended N.
4.141
1 Limiting condition. The least charted depth in the
entrance is 4 m, close SE of Black Rock.
Pilotage is compulsory, but, in case of necessity, a
vessel may enter without a pilot.
2 Tidal streams run NE out of the harbour with
considerable strength, on the falling tide.
Directions. The line of bearing 240° of Pig Point
(4 cables SW of Black Rock Point) leads through the
entrance, over the reported extension of Outer Bar Reef;
thereafter the mariner must be guided by the chart and by
eye.
3 Boat channel at the N end of Ragged Island is dredged
to a width of 9 m, between a position S of Pigeon Cay
(22°13′N, 75°45′W) and a pier with a light (1 mile NNW
of Hill 95 Light) at Duncan Town, which is a small
settlement.
4.142
1 Anchorage exists about 2½ cables SSW of Pig Point,
depths 5 to 8 m. The usual anchorage for vessels wishing
to communicate with Ragged Island is off the W side of
Hog Point (1 mile WSW of Black Rock Point).
2 Local knowledge is essential.
Ragged Islands Anchorage
4.143
1 Ragged Island (22°11′N, 75°44′W) is separated from
Little Ragged Island (SE) by a narrow opening, obstructed
by small cays and rocks. Within these cays is an excellent
boat harbour, but it can be approached only from W.
2 Local knowledge is essential.
EXUMA SOUND AND ADJACENT WATERS
GENERAL INFORMATION
Charts 3912, 3913
Extent of area
4.147
1 The area described below includes:
South entrance to Exuma Sound.
Exuma Sound (24°00′N, 76°00′W) and anchorages
and channels on the SW side.
2 Northern approach to Exuma Sound, including waters
SW and NE of Cat Island (24°24′N, 75°31′W).
Routes
4.148
1 For ocean going shipping, Exuma Sound, a deep arm of
the sea, is a cul de sac.
Several routes lead from Exuma Sound on to and across
Great Bahama Bank to Nassau, Tongue of the Ocean, and
other destinations, but those are comparatively shallow and
require local knowledge.
Topography
4.149
1 Long Island, which is 54 m high near its S end, is
situated on the E edge of the Great Bahama Bank and lies
SE of Exuma Sound. The island extends between Cape
Santa Maria (23°41′N, 75°20W) its N extremity and South
CHAPTER 4
4.144
1 Directions. Anchorages off the W side of the islands are
approached by passing S of South Rock, at the S extremity
of a reef which extends from the S end of Little Ragged
Island, thence by standing off the W side of Little Ragged
Island, according to draught.
2 Attention is drawn to the following detached shoals
(with reference to South Rock):
Patches from 4 m to 5⋅5 m (within 1⋅4 miles, SE to
SW).
3 Hobson Breaker (1½ miles SSW), a small rock that
dries and over which the sea always breaks, even
in fine weather.
Patch with depth of 2⋅7 m (1¾ miles W).
4 Useful mark:
Hill 95 Light (black column, white hut, 7 m in
height) near the S end of Ragged Island, with a
flagstaff (3 cables NNW).
4.145
1 Anchorage, as shown on the chart, is available with the
S extremity of Little Ragged Island bearing 080° and
Wilson Point, the SW extremity of Ragged Island, bearing
012°, depth 6 m.
Chart 3913, 3865
Columbus Bank
4.146
1 Topography. Columbus Bank, with Cay Verde (4.74)
(22°01′N, 75°11′W) near its E extremity, forms the SE end
of Great Bahama Bank.
2 Rocks and shoals are shown on the chart along the edge
of the bank which, especially in its NE part, is very
dangerous.
3 Anchorage is available off Cay Verde, depth 13 m, but
is not recommended owing to a heavy swell that rolls
around both ends of the cay, and into the anchorage, during
strong breezes.
Point, 56 miles SSE. The width of the island varies from
3½ miles near its S end to less than 1 mile in several
places.
2 Clarence Town (23°06′N, 74°58′W) (4.121) is the
principal settlement on the island. A road runs almost the
full length of the island.
4.150
1 Cat Island (24°24′N, 75°31′W), 55 m high at Sand
Point, the NW extremity and 64 m high in the S part, is
the highest of Bahama Islands, and contains some of their
finest scenery. The island is partly forested with pine, cedar
and mahogany and is said to be the most fertile of the
Bahama Islands for the growing of tropical fruit.
2 Most of the NE coast of the island is bold and rocky; it
is considered to be steep to, though the area has not been
closely examined. The NW extremity is radar conspicuous.
Hawks Nest Point, the SW extremity is low and sandy.
Foul ground lies close off the coast at the SE and NW
ends, as shown on the chart, and partially obstructs the N
entrance to Exuma Sound.
4.151
1 Exuma Sound is bounded on its SW side by The
Exumas, an almost continuous chain of islands and cays,
with Little Exuma Island and Great Exuma Island in the
SE and Exuma Cays in the NW. Settlements there are few
and far between. It is an area of great beauty.
90
 Home Contents Index
2 The head of Exuma Sound, from Sail Rocks (24°56′N,
76°46′W) to Powell Point (23 miles E) in Eleuthera Island
(4.199) is formed by a steep to stretch of Great Bahama
Bank.
4.152
1 Eleuthera Island, from James Point (25°21′N, 76°22′W)
to Palmetto Point (17 miles SE) is low, with sandhills 9 to
15 m high in places.
2 From Palmetto Point to the S, the remainder of the E
coast of the island is foul, being fringed by a coastal reef.
4.153
1 Little San Salvador Island (centre 24°35′N, 75°57′W),
on the submarine ridge that joins Cat island to Eleuthera
Island, is covered in vegetation.
EXUMA SOUND: THROUGH PASSAGE,
ANCHORAGES AND CHANNELS ON THE
SOUTH WEST SIDE
General information
Charts 3912, 3913
Route
4.154
1 The passage described below consists of the entrance to
Exuma Sound from E, passing S of Cat Island, and of the
sound itself.
2 Alternative entrances. Exuma Sound can be entered
from E by passing either side of Rum Cay and Conception
Island; for such passages the chart is sufficient guide, note
being taken of the dangers that lie off both islands.
3 For the entrance N of Cat Island see 4.184.
Current
4.155
1 See 4.100.
Major light
4.156
1 Dixon Hill Light (24°06′N, 74°27′W) (4.70).
Directions
4.157
1 From a position W of San Salvador Island the route
leads generally SW, passing (with reference to Cape Santa
Maria (23°41′N, 75°20′W)):
2 NW of Southampton Reef (17 miles NE), above
water, and always marked by breakers, and:
3 SE of Columbus Point (27 miles N), with an offlying
detached shoal, depth 20⋅1 m, thence:
4 Clear of Tartar Bank (detached coral bank) (23 miles
NNW) and:
At least 5 miles NNW of Cape Santa Maria.
5 Thence NW to the head of Exuma Sound, clear of the
coastal reef which for the most part is close offshore,
except off the W side of Cat Island.
4.158
1 Useful marks:
Conception Island Light (grey metal framework
tower, 9 m in height) (23°49′N, 75°07′W).
2 Cape Santa Maria Light (grey metal framework tower,
9 m in height) (23°41′N, 75°20′W), on Long
Island.
3 Devils Point (24°07′N, 75°28′W), white cliffs. A light
(white metal framework tower, 9 m in height)
stands on the summit of a hill 5 cables NNW of
the point.
CHAPTER 4
4 Hawks Nest (24°08′N, 75°29′W). Small peaked hill,
35 m high.
5 Castle Bluff (24°09′N, 75°31′W), bold and
perpendicular.
6 Conch Cay Light (23°34′N, 75°48′W) (4.165), off
Great Exuma Island, with a beacon (11 miles W)
and another (9½ miles NW).
7 Cave Cay Light (23°55′N, 76°17′W) (4.181).
Bitter Guana Cay Light (24°08′N, 76°25′W).
8 Harvey Cay Light (grey beacon, 4 m in height)
(24°09′N, 76°29′W).
Elbow Cay Light (24°31′N, 76°49′W) (4.171).
9 Highburn Cay Aero Light (24°43′N, 76°49′W)
(4.174).
Beacon Cay Light (24°53′N, 76°50′W) (4.176).
10 Eleuthera Point Light (24°37′N, 76°09′W) (4.188).
Powell Point Light (24°50′N, 76°21′W) (4.199).
Anchorages and channels in Exuma Sound
Chart 3912, 3913 (see 1.15)
George Town and harbour
4.159
1 George Town (23°30′N, 75°46′W), is the headquarters of
the district and of the Commissioner of Great Exuma
Island.
4.160
1 Harbours, which are described below, lie between and
behind the cays, for vessels drawing not more than 4⋅6 m.
Their positions are given with reference to Conch Cay
(23°34′N, 75°48′W).
2 Local knowledge is essential.
4.161
1 Elizabeth Harbour (about 6 miles SE), close SW of
Elizabeth Island, is reached from E by Eastern Channel,
controlling depth 5 m (1943).
2 A small basin, dredged to a depth of 5⋅5 m lies close W
of Elizabeth Harbour.
4.162
1 Exuma Harbour (1 mile WNW) lies at the entrance to
Western Channel.
Anchorage: depth 9 m.
2 Depth in entrance: 6⋅4 m.
3 Exposed to W winds, the harbour is scarcely safe in the
winter season.
4.163
1 Conch Harbour (5 cables SE), in the SE continuation of
Western Channel; depth in the approach 3⋅5 m.
2 Anchorage is available in depths of 5 m or more;
exposed to N winds.
4.164
1 Stocking Harbour (3 miles SE), dredged depth 2 m, but
with several patches, reported in 1943, of 1⋅8 m.
4.165
1 Useful marks, with reference to Conch Cay:
Stone pillar (2½ miles SE), 8⋅5 m in height, on the
summit of a prominent round hill, 30 m high, near
the centre of Stocking Island: the first object
sighted when approaching, and a good mark.
2 Simon’s Point Light (mast, 5 m in height) (1 mile S
of Conch Cay). Reported (2001) removed.
Conch Cay Light (grey metal framework tower, 9 m
in height).
3 Beacons:
On Soldier Cay (11 miles NW).
On Adderley Cay (22 miles NW).
91
 Home Contents Index
4.166
1 Communications: airport (6 miles SSE of Conch Cay),
on Great Exuma Island.
Wide Opening
4.167
1 Wide Opening NW of Long Rock (24°24′N, 76°40′W) is
a passage between rocks and cays, usable by vessels
drawing no more than 3 m.
2 Local knowledge is required.
Caution. Less water was reported in 1959 than is shown
on the chart, which is based on a survey made in 1838.
However, in 1977 the yacht Northern Light passed through
Wide Opening drawing 2⋅7 m, and reported that the chart
appeared to be accurate, and that no depths less than those
charted were found.
4.168
1 The opening is more easily identified than Conch Cut
(4.182) as the distance between larger cays, which are 15
to 18 m high, is about 3 miles and the general line of cays
recedes slightly W.
4.169
1 Directions. From a position 1 mile N of Long Rock
(4.167), the track leads SSW passing between two isolated
rocks, 3 and 4 m in height, 5 cables NNW of the NW
extremity of Long Rock, thence:
2 WSW to cross Middle Ground, a shoal area 2½ miles
SW of Long Rock, with a least depth of 4 m.
The least depth along the recommended track is 4 m, on
Middle Ground.
3 From Middle Ground routes lead across Great Bahama
Bank to Tongue of the Ocean (30 miles distant) and along
the W side of the chain of cays, where a good lookout for
shoal heads must be kept, to Douglas Road (45 miles
NNW) (4.228) and thence to Nassau (4.250).
Wax Cay Cut
4.170
1 Wax Cay Cut, between Wax Cay (24°35′N, 76°48′W)
and Snuff Cay (4½ cables SE), gives access to an
anchorage.
2 Identification is easy because Wax Cay is 28 m high,
whereas cays to S are only 15 to 18 m high.
Local knowledge is required.
4.171
1 Directions. The recommended track passes over a least
depth, in the fairway on the bar, of 7⋅6 m.
At a point 3¾ cables SE of the S extremity of Wax Cay,
the channel, with a least depth of 5⋅5 m, becomes very
narrow.
2 Useful mark:
Elbow Cay Light (grey metal framework tower, 8 m
in height) (24°31′N, 76°49′W).
4.172
1 Anchorage is available 4 cables S of the S extremity of
Wax Cay in depths exceeding 8 m.
Highborne Cut
4.173
1 Highborne Cut is entered NW of the N end (24°43′N,
76°49′W) of Highborne Cay.
2 Identification is easy, Highborne Cay being the highest
island in the chain.
Local knowledge is required.
4.174
1 Tidal streams in the cut reach a rate of 3 kn at springs.
CHAPTER 4
Directions. A small above water rock (1 mile WNW of
the N end of Highborne Cay) may be passed ½ cable on
either side. The least depth in the fairway is 3⋅7 m.
2 Useful mark:
Highborne Cay Aero Light (radio mast) (1½ miles
SSW of the N end of Highborne Cay).
3 Anchorage. No information is available.
Ship Channel
4.175
1 Ship Channel, entered 1½ miles ESE of Beacon Cay
(24°53′N, 76°50′W), between Bluff Cay on the S and
South Dog on the N, is the N and best opening on to Great
Bahama Bank from Exuma Sound.
2 Local knowledge is required.
Controlling depth in Ship Channel is 7⋅3 m.
Continuation. From Ship Channel, Nassau (about
30 miles WNW) can be reached by a channel with least
depth 3 m, leading across the N part of Yellow Bank.
3 Identification. Prominent sand cliffs stand 18 m high at
the S end (4 miles S of Beacon Cay) of Ship Channel Cay.
Tidal streams run regularly and at a considerable rate,
in and out of all the openings, depending on their width. In
Ship Channel the rate is 2 to 3 kn, gradually decreasing on
the bank as the distance from the outer edge increases.
4 The shallow parts of the entrance channel are usually
marked by strong tide rips.
4.176
1 Directions. The recommended approach is on the line of
bearing 295° in the red sector of Beacon Cay Light (grey
metal framework tower, 9 m in height), with, off its N side,
Mushroom Rock, a bold black rock, passing S of a 0⋅9 m
patch and N of a 1⋅5 m patch (1½ miles ESE of the light).
2 From the alignment (018°) of South Dog (1⋅6 miles E of
Beacon Cay) and North Dog (5 cables further N), the
recommended route leads 312° to a position 4 cables NNE
of Beacon Cay.
3 Thence the track leads 259°, across Great Bahama Bank
to Tongue of the Ocean, passing (with reference to Beacon
Cay):
S of Middle Ground (10 miles NW) thence:
S of Yellow Bank (16 miles W) thence:
S of White Bank (4.295) (24 miles W) thence:
S of Conch Spit (4.295) (31 miles W).
4 Caution. Care must be taken to avoid shoal heads; the
passage should never be attempted at night, or when sun or
weather prevent shoal heads from being distinctly seen.
5 Useful marks (with reference to Beacon Cay):
South, Middle and North Dogs (1½ miles E), barren
rocks.
4.177
1 Anchorage anywhere along the route, provided that an
underkeel clearance of 0⋅6 m is allowed.
Small craft: anchorages and channels
William’s Town
4.178
1 William’s Town (23°26′N, 75°34′W) is the chief
settlement on Little Exuma Island.
Local knowledge is required, as the approach contains
many dangers and has not been closely surveyed.
2 Useful mark:
Stone column, near the settlement.
Anchorage is available off the settlement, in favourable
conditions.
Communications: airstrip on Hog Cay (4 miles ESE).
92
 Home Contents Index
Passage between Little Exuma Island and Great
Exuma Island
4.179
1 Channel, which passes E of Man of War Cay (23°28′N,
75°42′W), separates Little Exuma Island from Great Exuma
Island. Width about 1 cable; least depth in the fairway,
2⋅7 m. The channel leads to waters off the SW side of
Great Exuma Island which are accessible by boats at HW.
2 Local knowledge is essential.
Bridge spans the channel, vertical clearance of bascule
section 7 m.
3 Tidal streams are rapid, S going with the rising tide,
N going with the falling tide.
Chart 3912
Adderley Cay
4.180
1 Entrance channel leads S of Adderley Cay (23°48′N,
76°09′W), leading in towards a harbour for small craft.
Local knowledge is required.
2 Useful marks:
Stone beacon (9 m in height), and a radio mast, on
Adderley Cay.
Galliot Cut
4.181
1 Entrance channel to Galliot Cut, passes between Cave
Cay (23°55′N, 76°16′W) and Big Farmer’s Cay and leads
to an important passage between Exuma Sound and Tongue
of the Ocean.
Local knowledge is required.
2 Identification. From E the entrance channel may be
recognised by a high, steep, white limestone cay on its N
side. The stranded wreck of MV Bahamas Drake lies on
Farmers Cay Bank at the entrance to Galliot Cut. A
conspicuous building stands 2½ miles SE of Cave Cay
Light and a radio mast stands 3½ miles NW of the light.
The channel is intricate and tidal streams are very
strong.
3 Useful mark:
Cave Cay Light (grey metal framework tower)
(23°55′N, 76°17′W).
Conch Cut
4.182
1 Conch Cut (24°17′N, 76°32′W) leads between Compass
Cay on the SE and Little Bell Island on the NW.
Local knowledge is required.
2 Identification is difficult, owing to the similarity in
appearance of adjacent cays which are 9 to 15 m high. A
radio mast and tower (obstruction light), stand 3 and
10 miles NW, respectively, of Bitter Guana Cay Light
(24°08′N, 76°25′W).
The cut is intricate, and suitable for small craft only.
3 Compass Cay Marina is situated on the W side of
Compass Cay. For further details see Admiralty Maritime
Communications, Caribbean Volume.
AUTEC (4.284) Site 16 on the W side of Pipe Cay
(3 miles S) of Conch Cut, is accessible from Tongue of the
Ocean.
Norman Cay
4.183
1 Norman Cay (24°37′N, 76°49′W), about 3½ miles in
length, lies with its S extremity ½ mile NW of Wax Cay
(4.170). A radio mast stands on the S end of Norman Cay.
2 Boat pier lies on the E side, near the S end of Norman
Cay.
CHAPTER 4
Supplies: petrol and diesel fuel in small quantities.
Communications: tarmac airstrip.
APPROACH TO NORTH ENTRANCE OF
EXUMA SOUND AND NORTH EAST SIDE
OF EXUMA SOUND
General information
Chart 3912, 3913
Entrance
4.184
1 The N entrance to Exuma Sound lies on the ridge
between Eleuthera Point (24°37′N, 76°09′W) and West
Point, Little San Salvador Island (9 miles E). There is a
least depth of 13⋅3 m in mid channel between Eleuthera
Point and West Point.
2 Foul ground, through which there is no passage,
connects Little San Salvador Island with the NW end of
Cat Island (8 miles ENE).
3 The NE side of Exuma Sound is formed by the SW side
of Cat Island and part of Eleuthera Island; a channel
leading off the sound at Powell Point (24°50′N, 76°21′W)
gives access to several anchorages off the W side of
Eleuthera Island.
Current
4.185
1 Off the NE coast of Eleuthera Island a strong SE set
may sometimes be experienced, especially after N or NW
winds, forming a counter current to the general NW-going
current farther offshore.
2 In March 1922, the following sets were experienced by
HMS Cornwall (9750 tons):
Off the N part of Eleuthera Island, SE going, 1½ kn.
Off North East Providence Channel, SSE, 2½ kn.
3 On 22 September 1978 a SE going set was observed
about 5 miles ESE of James Point (25°21′N, 76°22′W),
about 3 miles offshore.
Directions
From north
4.186
1 From the vicinity of 25°30′N, 76°20′W the route leads
generally SE and S, towards the opening between Eleuthera
Point and West Point (9 miles E), passing (with reference to
Eleuthera Point (24°37′N, 76°09′W)):
2 NE of an obstruction (position approximate) (350°,
48 miles), reported in 1956, off James Point,
thence:
3 E of Palmetto Point (30 miles N) and of the coastal
reef off Eleuthera Island S of Palmetto Point.
North Palmetto Point Light (white tower, black
top) stands 5 miles NW of Palmetto Point. Thence:
4 Between Eleuthera Point and West Point, keeping to
mid channel. Attention is drawn to the shoal
patches on the flanks of the entrance itself, which
extend 2 miles E from Eleuthera Point and
1½ miles WNW from West Point.
5 Thence as required to join the main route (4.157)
through Exuma Sound or to make for a chosen anchorage.
From east
4.187
1 From the vicinity of (24°50′N, 75°25′W) the route leads
generally W and SW, towards the opening between
Eleuthera Point and West Point (4.186) passing (with
reference to Eleuthera Point):
93
 Home Contents Index
2 NW of the coastal reef, some detached shoals, and a
dangerous wreck, between North East Point
(29 miles E) and Sand Point (4.150), the NW
extremity of Cat Island (21 miles ENE) thence:
3 N of several detached patches near the edge of the
bank (13 to 19 miles E), thence:
N of Little San Salvador Island, thence:
As for the track from N.
4.188
1 Useful marks:
Little San Salvador Island Light (grey metal
framework tower, 9 m in height) (24°34′N,
75°56′W).
2 Pelican Cay Aero Light (radio mast) (25°16′N,
76°19′W). Radio masts (obstruction lights) are
situated 1 and 4 miles ESE and 2 miles NNW.
Eleuthera Point Light (beacon on white hut, 8 m in
height) (24°37′N, 76°09′W).
Settlement on north eastern side of Eleuthera
Island
Chart 3912
Savanna Sound
4.189
1 Entrance. Savanna Sound (25°06′N, 76°07′W), an inlet
close S of Palmetto Point, is entered through a small cut in
the coastal reef.
2 Least depth in the fairway, 2⋅4 m.
Anchorages and berths on the south western
side of Cat Island
Access to Cat Island
4.190
1 No recognised channel exists across the extensive banks
W of Cat Island, but see 4.195 for the experience of HMS
Heliotrope.
Arthur’s Town
4.191
1 Approach to Arthur’s Town (24°38′N, 75°41′W) is on a
track leading NE from the edge of the bank; the bottom is
hard sand with occasional patches of flat, weed covered
rock.
Anchorage is available off Arthur’s Town, depth about
5 m, hard sand.
2 Submarine cable lies W from Arthurs Town, which is
situated on the W coast of Cat Island. The cable runs
through the following positions:
24°37′⋅3N, 75°40′⋅5W (shore)
24°37′⋅4N, 75°44′⋅9W
24°39′⋅0N, 75°46′⋅4W
24°40′⋅0N, 75°47′⋅5W
3 Berth: small wharf.
The Commissioner resides at Arthur’s Town.
Bennetts Harbour
4.192
1 Bennetts Harbour is situated 1½ miles N of Alligator
Point (24°34′N, 75°38′W).
2 A light (grey metal framework tower, 9 m in height)
stands on the NE side of the entrance to the creek. No
information is available about the harbour.
Smith Bay
4.193
1 Smith Bay (24°21′N, 75°29′W) is situated at the head of
a creek.
CHAPTER 4
A light (grey metal framework tower) stands on small
cay at the entrance to a creek leading to the settlement.
Nothing is known of anchorage or berthing.
2 Communications. Airstrip.
The Bight
4.194
1 The Bight is situated 4 miles SE of Smith Town. Except
in a favourable light, The Bight, which is a long, straggling
village, is not easily identified from the edge of the bank,
and care must be taken to avoid confusing it with Smith
Town, a settlement of similar size.
2 A white church, 5 cables N of a jetty, is the most
prominent mark in the village.
4.195
1 Approach. In 1931, HMS Heliotrope (1200 tons)
anchored off The Bight. The approach was made on a track
leading E from the edge of the bank, the depths shoaling
gradually, the bottom being clear, white sand, with
numerous patches of weed covered rock. These patches
were avoided when possible, but soundings indicated that
such as were passed over, were quite flat. The approach is
best made in the afternoon, with the sun high and astern of
the vessel.
2 Caution. Attention is drawn to the shallow, steep to
sandspit which extends about 1 miles WNW from Hawks
Nest Point (24°09′N, 75°32′W) (4.150).
3 A vessel from S should not attempt to cross the bank
until at least 4 miles N of the sand spit off Hawks Nest
Point (4.150).
Attention is drawn to the sandspit, clearly defined by
coloured water, that extends SW from the coast NW of The
Bight.
4 Anchorage. HMS Heliotrope anchored about 1½ miles
offshore, in a depth of 5 m, with the jetty bearing 050° and
Fernandez Cay (1 mile SW of Smith Town Light)
(uncharted) bearing 318°, about 4 miles.
Anchorage off the South side of Cat Island
Port Howe
4.196
1 Port Howe (24°10′N, 75°20′W) lies 3 miles ENE of
Dolphin Head, a remarkable bluff affording good shelter off
the settlement to vessels drawing 3⋅7 m.
Local knowledge is required.
2 Approach. A line of dangerous rocks is charted about
5 cables offshore. In 1985 it was reported that the approach
to the anchorage lay about 5 miles W of Columbus Point,
and that the alignment of two beacons (pole) onshore
marked the passage through the reef.
Anchorages and channels off west side of
Eleuthera Island
Chart 3912 (see 1.15)
Miller Anchorage
4.197
1 Anchorage is available for small vessels, in Miller
Anchorage (24°39′N, 76°12′W), depth 13 m, near the outer
edge of the bank.
2 Caution is necessary to select a clear spot, and a vessel
must be prepared to leave should the wind shift to W.
4.198
1 Useful marks:
Freetown Light (mast) (24°46′N, 76°17′W) with a
Tower (red obstruction lights) about 3 miles E.
2 Wemyss Bight Light (white mast, 5 m in height)
(24°44′N, 76°13′W).
94
 Home Contents Index
Channel off Powell Point
4.199
1 A channel between Powell Point (24°50′N, 76°21′W)
and Schooner Cays, NW, gives access to waters off the W
coast of Eleuthera Island, N of Tarpum Head (9 miles NE).
Local knowledge is required.
2 Least depth in the fairway is 3⋅7 m (reported, 1936).
Caution. A dangerous rock lies 1 mile NNW of Powell
Point. Chub Rock lies close inshore, ¾ miles SSW of the
point, with a depth of 1⋅8 m close SW of it.
3 Useful mark:
Powell Point Light (grey metal framework tower, 9 m
in height).
4 Marina is situated close SW of Powell Point.
Rock Sound
4.200
1 Anchorages. Safe anchorages, on soft mud, are available
for vessels drawing 3⋅4 m or less, in the centre of Rock
Sound, which is entered between Powell Point (4.199) and
Tarpum Head (9 miles NE).
2 Rock Harbour, at the head of Rock Sound W of Rock
Sound settlement, provides anchorage for vessels drawing
2⋅7 m or less.
3 Local knowledge is required.
4.201
1 Useful marks with reference to Powell Point (4.199)):
Poison Point Light (metal tower, 4 m in height)
(8 miles E).
2 Rock Sound Light (mast, 6 m in height) (10 miles
ENE), on a wharf on the E side of Rock Harbour.
Tarpum Head to Glass Window
4.202
1 Anchorage. Most of the coast between Tarpum Head
(24°57′N, 76°12′W) and Glass Window (4.223) (36 miles
NW) is bold and steep to, and vessels may anchor in
depths of 8 to 9 m, 5 cables or more offshore.
2 Submarine cable. Vessels are warned not to anchor in
the vicinity of a submarine cable charted off the W side of
Eleuthera Island.
Tarpum Bay
4.203
1 Anchorage is available in Tarpum Bay (24°58′N,
76°11′W), 1¾ miles NNE of Tarpum Bay Light (mast, 6 m
in height) in depths of not less than 5 m. Very small craft
may obtain anchorage off Tarpum Bay settlement, which is
sheltered from W by drying sandbanks.
2 Local knowledge is required.
PROVIDENCE CHANNELS AND ADJACENT WATERS
GENERAL INFORMATION
Chart 3910, 3912
Extent of area
4.209
1 The area described below includes:
North East Providence Channel (centre 25°45′N,
77°00′W) (4.211).
CHAPTER 4
Governor’s Harbour
4.204
1 Governor’s Harbour (25°12′N, 76°15′W) is a cove with
a settlement, entered between Cupid Cay, which is joined
to the main island by an embankment, on the S, and Levi
Island on the N.
2 Local knowledge is required.
A large clump of trees, on a hill E of the settlement, by
which the settlement may be identified, is visible for a
considerable distance on either side of Eleuthera Island.
3 Anchorage is available in the SE corner, poor holding
ground, exposed to W winds. The best position is with the
S point of Levi Island bearing 304° and N point of Cupid
Cay bearing 228°.
4.205
1 Useful marks:
Cupid Cay Light (grey metal framework).
Radio mast (2 miles NNW of the harbour).
Hatchet Bay
4.206
1 Hatchet Bay (25°21′N, 76°30′W) is a small landlocked
basin.
2 Entrance has a navigable width of less than 18 m with
a reported depth of 4⋅8 m (1981).
3 Pilotage is compulsory.
Landmark:
Hatchet Bay Light (white metal framework tower,
7 m in height), on the W side of the entrance.
4.207
1 Directions. The alignment (022°) of Hatchet Bay
Leading Lights (700 m NNE of the entrance) leads E of a
rock awash off the W entrance point, thence through the
entrance, to the old jetty, passing W of two beacons (300
and 500 m NNE of the entrance).
2 In 1967 the leading lights were reported difficult to
distinguish from the lights of the settlement.
Jetty in the NE corner of the bay is reached by passing
E of Olive Island (500 m NE of the entrance).
3 Marina. Eleuthera Marine Services lies within Hatchet
Bay For further details see Admiralty Maritime
Communications, Caribbean Volume.
Settlement: Alicetown is situated in the SE corner of
the bay.
4.208
1 Useful marks W of Hatchet Bay:
Stafford Gregory Town Light (mast, 4 m in height)
(25°23′N, 76°34′W), on the N side of the entrance
to Pitman’s Cove by Gregory Town.
2 Cow and Bull (25°26′N, 76°36′W) (uncharted)
(4.223).
2 Tongue of the Ocean (centre 24°20′N, 77°30′W)
(4.282).
North West Providence Channel (centre 26°10′N,
78°10′W) (4.316).
Ports
4.210
1 Principal ports are:
Nassau, New Providence (25°05′N, 77°21′W) (4.249).
Freeport, Bahamas (26°30′N, 78°45′W) (4.364).
95
 Home Contents Index
NORTH EAST PROVIDENCE CHANNEL
General information
Chart 3910, 3912
Routes
4.211
1 North East Providence Channel (centre 25°45′N,
77°00′W), between N part of Eleuthera on the SE and
Great Abaco Island on the NW, gives access from Atlantic
Ocean to North West Providence Channel, thence Straits of
Florida, on the W, and Tongue of the Ocean, a cul de sac,
on the S.
Current
4.212
1 Currents. In the approaches to North East Providence
Channel from the open ocean, the predominant direction is
NW with rates up to 4 kn. This current sets on to the coast
of Great Abaco Island on the E end of the channel.
2 Several vessels have been stranded on the E side of
Great Abaco Island, between Elbow Cay (26°31′N,
76°58′W) and South West Point (42 miles SSW), and there
is evidence that, probably because of an eddy, a S or
SE going countercurrent flows within about 5 miles of the
coast S of Little Harbour (26°20′N, 77°00′W) and turns E
off South West Point.
Major lights
4.213
1 Elbow Cay Light (white round tower, red bands, 27 m
in height) (26°32′N, 76°58′W).
Abaco Light (red conical stone tower, white base,
white lantern, 28 m in height) (25°52′N, 77°11′W).
2 Fort Fincastle Aero Light (white concrete water
tower, 40 m in height) (25°04′N, 77°20′W),
obscured W by New Providence Island.
Bozine Hill Aero Light (TV tower) (2½ miles S of
Fort Fincastle).
Directions
From north
4.214
1 From the vicinity of 26°40′N, 76°35′W, well clear of
Great Abaco Island, the route for Nassau leads through
North East Providence Channel, thence SSW to a position
25°08′N, 77°22′W, 2½ miles NNW of Paradise Island Light
(4.268), that is the point of arrival at Nassau, passing:
2 ESE of Elbow Cay Light (26°32′N, 76°58′W) (4.213),
thence:
ESE of Abaco Light (25°52′N, 77°11′W) (4.213).
Shoals with depths of less than 18 m extend
5½ miles ESE from the vicinity of the light.
3 For Tongue of the Ocean, as for Nassau, continuing W
to the vicinity of 25°05′N, 77°40′W, passing:
N of the foul ground on the N side of New
Providence Island, and:
S of Whale Point (25°24′N, 77°48′W), and shoal
water off Berry Islands.
4 Caution. The N coast of New Providence Island W of
Nassau should not be approached within a distance of
about 1½ miles.
(Directions continue: for Nassau harbour at 4.269,
for Tongue of the Ocean at 4.286, and for
North West Providence Channel at 4.320.)
CHAPTER 4
From east
4.215
1 From the vicinity of 25°45′N, 76°40′W the route to
Nassau leads generally SW towards the point of arrival at
Nassau (4.250), passing (with reference to Great Egg Island
(25°30′N, 76°53′W)):
2 N of a shoal (15 miles ENE) reported (1970) on
North East Bank, thence:
N and NW of a spit (extremity about 9 miles NNE)
off the N side of N part of Eleuthera, thence:
3 At least 3 miles clear of Egg Reef, a dangerous reef
lying N and NE of Great Egg Island. The island is
about 16 m high and wooded.
4.216
1 Useful marks:
Little Harbour Light (metal tower) (26°20′N,
77°00′W).
Man Island Light (white metal framework tower 18 m
in height) (25°33′N, 76°38′W).
2 Great Egg Island Light (white metal tower 18 m in
height) (25°30′N, 76°53′W).
Current Rock Light (metal framework tower 10 m in
height) (25°24′N, 76°51′W).
Six Shilling Cays Light (metal tower 10 m in height)
(25°17′N, 76°55′W).
3 Six Shilling Channel Light (metal structure) (25°16′N,
76°54′W).
Goulding Cay Light (grey metal structure 15 m in
height) (25°01′N, 77°34′W).
Whale Point Light (white metal structure on stone
tower, 13 m in height) (25°23′N, 77°48′W).
4 Lower Chub Point Light (25°24′N, 77°55′W) (4.286).
Anchorages and berths off east coast of Great
Abaco Island
Chart 3910
Hopetown
4.217
1 Hopetown (26°32′N, 76°58′W), commonly known as
Great Harbour, is a small settlement, lying on the W side
of Elbow Cay. It is best approached around the S end of
that island.
2 Local knowledge is required; local pilots are available.
4.218
Maximum dimensions for entry: 30 m length, 2⋅4 m
draught.
1 Useful marks:
Elbow Cay Light (26°32′N, 76°58′W) (4.213).
N end of Elbow Cay (high sandy bluff).
Parrot Cay Light (26°33N, 76°59′W).
2 Anchorage and two small jetties for small vessels.
There are also two marinas, namely Hope Town Marina
and Lighthouse Marina. For further details see Admiralty
Maritime Communications, Caribbean Volume.
In 1931, HMS Heliotrope (1200 tons) anchored
temporarily with Elbow Cay Light bearing 233°, about
1⋅9 miles, depth 15 m.
3 Landing in light or W winds, is possible on the coast E
of the settlement.
Pelican Harbour
4.219
1 Pelican Harbour is entered through North Bar Channel
(2 cables S of Channel Rock (26°24′N, 76°59′W)), and is
one of the few sheltered pools within the Abaco Cays that
96
 Home Contents Index
are accessible to ocean going vessels. It was formerly a
timber loading station and is now a nature reserve.
2 Local knowledge is required.
4.220
1 Limiting conditions.
Depth. Least charted depth in North Bar Channel,
4⋅6 m.
2 Tidal levels. Mean spring range about 0⋅9 m; mean
neap range about 0⋅6 m. For further information
see Admiralty Tide Tables.
3 Tidal streams. The in going stream sets NW, and the
out going stream SE over the bar, rate about
2½ kn at springs. An E swell raises a nasty sea,
which breaks over the bar; in such conditions, the
best time to cross it is on the last of the in going
stream.
4.221
1 Directions for entry. The alignment (290°) of a pair of
white beacons (2⋅4 m in height) on Sandy Cay and Cornish
Cay (9 cables and 1⋅6 miles W of Channel Rock) leads
through North Bar Channel.
2 The track then leads N, passing E of Sandy Cay Light
(beacon) (7 cables NW of Channel Rock), and W of a
shoal (least depth 3⋅3 m) abreast the light, thence:
3 E of a beacon (1⋅3 miles NNW of Channel Rock) that
marks a shoal (least depth 2⋅4 m) off Channel Cay,
the summit of which is conspicuous. Thence:
4 Through the N part of the harbour, in a channel
marked on its N side by beacons (red reflectors)
and on its S side by beacons (green reflectors); all
the beacons are fitted with directional arrows.
5 Sandy Cay Light, and all beacons, are privately
maintained.
4.222
1 Anchorages are available:
In the N part of the harbour W of Pelican Cays, 2, 1
and ½ mile NW of Channel Rock.
2 In the S part of the harbour W of Lynyard Cay,
1¼ miles SW of Channel Rock. In 1932, HMS
Scarborough (1045 tons) anchored about 229°,
6 cables, from Channel Rock, good holding
ground. In 1992 less water was reported in this
part of the harbour.
Anchorages and berths on the south east side
of North East Providence Channel
Chart 3912 (see 1.15)
East Harbour
4.223
1 Anchorage is available, well sheltered but very
confined, in East Harbour (25°28′N, 76°38′W), off the S
end of Harbour Island, for vessels drawing no more than
3⋅7 m. Vessels must moor. Owing to an obstructive bank,
West Harbour (4.240) is inaccessible from East Harbour.
2 Local knowledge is required.
Entrance is made across South Bar (uncharted), with a
reported least depth of 4⋅3 m. There is always a swell over
the bar, even in light winds, and the sea breaks over it in
heavy weather.
3 Tidal streams over the bar are strong.
Directions. The recommended approach is on a track of
214° on the entrance, thence near to the N side of the
channel.
CHAPTER 4
4 Anchorage. Recommended anchor berth is with the W
edge of Harbour Island bearing 350° and the S point of the
entrance bearing 074°, depth 6⋅7 m.
5 Useful marks (with reference to S extremity of Harbour
Island):
Cow and Bull (3 miles SSE), two very remarkable
round topped rocks.
Glass Window (2½ miles SSE), a large square notch
in the cliffs, conspicuous from E or W.
6 Radio mast (obstruction lights) (1¼ miles S).
Man Island Light (25°33′N, 76°38′W) (4.216).
Harbour Island, S end, rocky and wooded.
Great Egg Island and vicinity
4.224
1 Anchorage is available for vessels drawing no more
than 5 m, with Little Egg Islet (25°29′N, 76°53′W) bearing
293° and the paps on Royal Island (see below) bearing
009°; depth 5 m.
2 Prohibited anchorage area is situated near the
submarine cable, shown on the chart, laid between Little
Egg Islet and Current Cut.
Local knowledge is required.
3 Useful marks (with reference to Great Egg Island Light
(25°30′N, 76°53′W) (4.216):
Little Egg Islet (1 mile SSW).
4 Two remarkable paps or wooded hummocks on Royal
Island (about 1½ miles ENE) that help to identify
the island.
Prominent clump of trees on the W Lobster Cay
(6 miles ESE).
The Fleeming or Six Shilling Channel
4.225
1 Entrance. The Fleeming or Six Shilling Channel is
entered SW of Six Shilling Cays (25°17′N, 76°54′W) and
gives access to Great Bahama Bank.
Local knowledge is required.
2 Limiting conditions:
Depths. Least depth in the fairway of the entrance,
5⋅8 m, with lesser depths in the near vicinity.
3 The continuation SSW, passing WNW of Quintus Bar
has a nominal least depth of 5⋅5 m or less, and is
stated to be suitable for vessels drawing not more
than 6⋅1 m.
4 Tidal streams set almost directly across the inner part
of the channel, SE going on the rising tide and NW-going
on the falling tide; rate 1 to 2 kn. Caution is necessary.
4.226
1 Directions. From the vicinity of 25°18′N, 76°57′W, or
3 miles WNW of Six Shilling Cays, the route leads SE to
pass between Six Shilling Cays and Six Shilling Cays
Channel Light (see below). Thence the track leads SSW to
the anchorage as shown on the chart.
2 Arrival. It is reported advisable to enter about midday,
with a low and rising tide, light winds, and a favourable
weather forecast.
3 Coral. Several small heads in the fairway, depths less
than 5⋅5 m, may be easily seen from aloft, as may the
shoal ground on either side of the channel.
4 Useful marks:
Six Shilling Cays Light (25°16′N, 76°54′W) (4.216)
and, with reference to that light:
5 Six Shilling Channel Light and stranded wreck
(2 miles SW) (4.216).
Beacon on Quintus Rocks (1½ miles ESE).
97
 Home Contents Index
4.227
1 Anchorages are available 1½ miles SW of Quintus
Rocks near the fairway and, 4¼ miles S, of Six Shilling
Cays Light.
Douglas Passage and Douglas Road
4.228
1 Douglas Passage leads in to Great Bahama Bank,
passing close to Douglas Rocks (25°09′N, 77°05′W), and
between Booby Island on the E and Rose Island on the W.
2 It gives access to anchorages in Shoe Hole Road and
Douglas Road, as well as connecting with other routes on
Great Bahama Bank. Its W continuation through Douglas
Road leads into Eastern Channel (4.232) which ends at
Nassau.
4.229
1 Limiting conditions:
Maximum draught: 6⋅1 m.
Tidal streams: very strong in Douglas Passage.
2 Pilotage is compulsory in Douglas Passage and Douglas
Road. Pilot is obtainable off the bar at Nassau (15 miles
WSW).
4.230
1 Directions. From a position about 2½ miles NW of
Douglas Rocks the recommended route follows on the line
of bearing 130° of the beacon on Douglas Rocks.
Attention is drawn to two shoal patches one on either
side of the recommended track, 7 cables short of the
beacon.
2 Douglas Passage continues, passing N of Douglas
Rocks, with a least depth of 6⋅7 m.
South Passage is an alternative continuation, passing S
of Douglas Rocks. The maximum draught there is 4⋅3 m,
and local knowledge is required.
3 Attention is drawn to a rock, depth 2⋅4 m, 2¾ cables
SSW of the beacon, which lies on a dark bar. The rock
cannot be seen, owing to the heavy eddies over the bar,
caused by the strong tidal streams.
4 Shoe Hole Road. When clear of the passages, the line
of bearing 315° of the beacon, astern, leads NE of The
Hook, a 3⋅7 m patch, 2¼ miles SE of the beacon. The
Hook is marked close N by a black buoy.
Douglas Road. The route leads generally WSW through
Douglas Road remaining clear of the reefs off the SSE side
of Rose Island.
5 Useful marks (with reference to Porgee Rocks Light
(25°04′N, 77°15′W)):
Beacons at either end of Booby Cay (11½ miles ESE)
Chub Rock Light (2½ miles N) (4.234).
6 Conspicuous clump of trees (uncharted) (1½ miles
NNE) on Rose Island (4.228).
Porgee Rocks Light (metal tower, 7 m in height).
East End Point Light (white square stone building
8 m in height) (2¼ miles SSW).
4.231
1 Anchorages are available in the following positions.
Temporary anchorage on the first leading line (about
1 mile NW of Douglas Rocks, depths 15 to 18 m.
2 Shoe Hole Road, 1 mile SE of Douglas Rocks, depths
7 to 9 m. Vessels are liable to drag in strong N
winds.
3 Douglas Road or Cochrane Anchorage is S of Rose
Island and the reefs S of it. Depths are generally 7
to 8 m, but several detached heads have depths of
less than 5⋅5 m over them. A convenient berth
(2¾ miles ESE of Porgee Rocks Light) is shown
on the chart. Additional anchor bearings are East
CHAPTER 4
End Point Light, 254° and Porgee Rocks Light
bearing 292°. The anchorage is seldom used,
except by local vessels.
Charts 1452, 1489
Eastern Channel
4.232
1 Route. Eastern Channel, which forms part of Nassau
harbour, continues W from Douglas Road, in the vicinity of
Porgee Rocks (25°04′N, 77°15′W), and leads to Potter’s
Cay (4½ miles W), passing S of Athol Island and Paradise
Island (4.251) and N of New Providence Island. Potter’s
Cay is connected to Paradise Island by two bridges (4.256).
2 The fairway passes close S of Athol Island and Paradise
Island; E of Fort Montagu (3½ miles W of Porgee Rocks)
the bottom is very soft, but there are many rocks and shoal
patches, although in 1977 it was reported that many of the
coral heads in that vicinity had been removed by blasting.
Part of the channel is reserved as an operating area for
seaplanes (4.264) as shown on chart 1452. Westward of
Fort Montagu the fairway is considerably narrowed by
shoals.
3 Limiting conditions. Maximum draught: 3 m at HW.
Local knowledge is required.
4 Useful marks (with reference to Fort Montagu
(25°04′N, 77°18′W)):
The Narrows Light (white mast, 4 m in height)
(1 miles ENE), on the E side of the S entrance to
The Narrows, a passage, least depth 3⋅4 m in the
fairway, between Athol Island and Paradise Island.
Large hotel with flagstaff (2 cables S).
Hanover Sound
4.233
1 Hanover Sound (25°05′N, 77°16′W), an anchorage that
lies between E end of Salt Cay and Athol Island. It is
entered E of Salt Cay.
2 Local knowledge is required for the entrance and sound.
Pilotage is compulsory.
4.234
1 Directions. The line of bearing 215° of Quarantine
House (1½ miles SSW of the E end of Salt Cay), on Athol
Island, leads into the entrance, passing NW of the spit,
visible from aloft, which extends NW from Sandy Cay, and
on which lies Chub Rock.
2 Useful marks (with reference to the E end of Salt Cay):
Chub Rock Light (white metal framework tower, 8 m
in height) (1½ miles ENE).
3 Clump of trees on Rose Island (1¾ miles ESE)
(4.230).
Prominent tower (2 cables WSW).
4.235
1 Anchorage. Two recommended berths lie 6 cables SSE
of the E end of Salt Cay, depths about 7 m, sand and
weed. The anchorage is good during prevailing weather, but
is exposed to bad weather from N.
Salt Cay Anchorage
4.236
1 Salt Cay anchorage lies S of the W end of Salt Cay
(25°06′N, 77°18′W) as shown on the chart.
Pilotage is compulsory. Local knowledge is required.
2 Directions. The anchorage can be reached from W,
passing N of Pork Fish Rocks, in depths of 5⋅5 m, but
caution is necessary, as the tidal streams set strongly across
the fairway.
3 Rollers, for which an allowance in the depth must be
made, will probably be met at the entrance after strong E
or NE winds, even 2 or 3 days after the wind has subsided.
98
 Home Contents Index
4 Anchorage is available for vessels drawing no more
than 4⋅5 m (15 ft).
Nassau
4.237
1 For details of anchorages off Nassau, see 4.260.
Delaport Bay
4.238
1 Delaport Bay, entered through a gap in the reef, 5 cables
N of Delaport Point (25°05′N, 77°26′W), affords anchorage
for small vessels, but is seldom used.
Local knowledge is required.
2 Useful marks (with reference to Delaport Point):
Conspicuous radio mast (obstruction lights)
(2½ cables SSW).
Three hotels (2 miles ESE).
3 Anchorage is available as shown on the chart,
8½ cables NE of Delaport Point, depths 5 m.
Harbours for small craft
Chart 3910 (see 1.15)
Little Harbour
4.239
1 Entrance lies between Little Harbour Point (26°20′N,
77°00′W) and Lynyard Cay (1 mile NNE) with a least
depth in the fairway of 3⋅2 m.
Local knowledge is required.
2 Major light. Little Harbour Light (on Little Harbour
Point) (4.216).
Signal. When the bar is dangerous, an additional white
light is shown from a white mast in front of the building
on which the main light stands.
Chart 3912 (see 1.15)
West Harbour
4.240
1 West Harbour, W of Harbour Island, and S of Man
Island Light (25°33′N, 76°38′W) (4.216) is inaccessible
from East harbour (close S) owing to an obstructive bar,
and is entered from N.
Local knowledge is required. The harbour is suitable
only for small craft.
2 Entrance can be made near a beacon (framework, 5 m
in height) charted E of Bridge Point (about 3¼ miles
WNW of Man Island Light), or across a bar W of Pierre
Islet (1 mile WNW of Man Island Light).
Anchorage is available off Dunmore Town (W side of
Harbour Island), about 5 cables offshore, depth 3⋅7 m.
3 Useful marks (with reference to Man Island Light):
Three Island Light (black metal mast, 7 m in height)
(24°29′⋅5N, 76°40′⋅0W).
Radio mast (obstruction light) (about 3 miles S), near
Dunmore Town.
4 Port services: Harbour Island Club Marina and
Valentine’s Yacht Club Marina. For further details see
Admiralty Maritime Communications, Caribbean Volume.
Spanish Wells
4.241
1 Spanish Wells (25°33′N, 76°45′W) is a settlement
situated near the E end of Saint George’s Cay, and reached
by channels for small craft.
Local knowledge is required.
2 Useful marks:
Spanish Wells Light (concrete column), at the harbour
entrance.
CHAPTER 4
Prominent water tower, near the middle of the S side
of Saint George’s Cay, not shown on the chart.
3 Port services. Two marinas. For further details see
Admiralty Maritime Communications, Caribbean Volume.
Vicinity of Little Egg Islet
4.242
1 Royal Island Harbour, (25°31′N, 76°51′W), which is
on the S side of Royal Island, is suitable for small craft. Its
entrance is 5 cables ENE of the wooded hummocks (4.224)
on that island. In the middle of the entrance are two small
rocks with depths of 2⋅7 to 3 m on either side of them.
2 The Bluff (25°29′N, 76°45′W) is a small settlement with
a wharf.
Local knowledge is required.
3 Marks, in addition to those listed at 4.224 (with
reference to Great Egg Island Light (25°30′N, 76°53′W)):
4 The Bluff Light (mast on wharf) (about 7 miles E).
5 Anchorage. The best berth is with the W entrance point
bearing 146°, in a depth of 3 m.
Current Cut
4.243
1 Current Cut (25°24′N, 76°48′W) gives access, for small
craft, to Great Bahama Bank. South West Reef (4½ miles
WNW), lying in the approach, is nearly drying, but seldom
marked by breakers.
2 Tidal streams rush through Current Cut with the force
of a rapid, but the cut is used by small craft at slack water.
Local knowledge is required.
3 Useful marks (with reference to Current Cut):
Current Rock Light (3¼ miles W) (4.216).
4 Current Island Light (mast, at wharf at Little Bay
Settlement) (1½ miles SSW).
Current Settlement Light (mast at wharf) (6 cables
ENE).
4.244
1 Wharves:
Little Bay Settlement, on the NW side of Current
Island.
Current Settlement, on the N side of the E entrance
to Current Cut.
2 Prohibited anchorage. See 4.224.
Nassau
4.245
1 For berthing of small craft at Nassau, see 4.280.
Chart 1489
Long Cay
4.246
1 There is a break in the reef, navigable by small craft,
about 3½ cables W of Long Cay (25°05′N, 77°23′W).
Local knowledge is required.
Old Fort Point
4.247
1 Lyford Cay Harbour is approached by a channel from
N, entered ¾ mile WSW of Old Fort Point (25°03′N,
77°30′W). The channel is marked by lights as shown on
the chart. For further details see Admiralty Maritime
Communications, Caribbean Volume.
2 Depths within 3⋅0 m.
West Bay
4.248
1 West Bay is entered S of Simms Point (25°02′N,
77°33′W). It provides well sheltered anchorage for small
craft with draughts of less than 2⋅4 m, except in W winds.
Local knowledge is required.
99
 Home Contents Index CHAPTER 4

2 Useful mark: Vertical clearance

Goulding Cay Light (25°01′N, 77°34′W) (4.216). 4.256
3 Recommended berth, 4½ cables ESE of Simms Point, 1 The two bridges which join Potter’s Cay (4.232),
is close E of a coral patch, shown on the chart, depth Paradise Island and Nassau, both have a vertical clearance
1⋅8 m. of 21 m.
Other coral heads in the entrance to West Bay are
shown on the chart. Tidal levels
4.257
1 Mean spring range about 0⋅9 m; mean neap range about
0⋅7 m. For further information see Admiralty Tide Tables.
NASSAU
Maximum size of vessel handled
4.258
General information 1 RMS Queen Elizabeth II, 300 m length overall; 12⋅15 m
draught.
Charts 1452 1489
Position Arrival information
4.249
1 Nassau Harbour (25°05′N, 77°21′W) lies on the N side
Notice of ETA
of New Providence Island. 4.259
1 Vessels should send ETA at least 48 hours in advance
and make contact 30 minutes before arrival. The most
Function convenient time of entry is 2 hours before HW.
4.250
1 New Providence Island, though one of the smallest of Outer anchorages
Bahama Islands, is the most important of them and has 4.260
more than half the population. 1 Anchorage may be obtained ¾ mile NE of Paradise
Nassau is the capital city of Bahama Islands, and one of Island Light in depths of 14 m, coral and sand.
the two principal ports, with an important cruise and tourist Temporary anchorage, during S winds, for small vessels
traffic. not intending to enter harbour, 2½ cables NNW of Paradise
2 Population. New Providence Island, 214 000 (1999). Island Light (4.268).
2 Anchorage is available during strong winds from
Port limits between N and NE, off the SW end of New Providence
4.251 Island, see 4.294.
1 Nassau Harbour is bounded (with reference to Fort
Fincastle (25°04′⋅4N, 77°20′⋅3W)): Pilotage
On the W by a line joining Crystal Cay (1¾ miles 4.261
WNW) and the coast S. 1 Pilotage is compulsory and available 24 hours. For
2 On the N by Paradise Island (W point 3⋅5 miles details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(5).
WNW) and Athol Island. 2 Pilot boarding place: between 5 cables and 1 mile N of
On the E by a line joining the E point (4½ miles E) the harbour entrance.
of Athol Island and East End Point (5 miles ESE). Tugs normally join a vessel at the entrance to the
Turning Basin, normally using vessels’ lines.
Approach and entry Quarantine
4.252 4.262
1 The port is approached through North East Providence 1 Vessels from infected ports are not permitted to enter the
Channel between West Breakwater and Paradise Cay. dredged channel until pratique has been granted.

Traffic Harbour
4.253
1 In 2001, 1484 vessels totalling 7 880 933 dwt visited the General layout
port. 4.263
1 The main harbour entrance, which passes between
breakwaters at the W end of Paradise Island, leads into the
Port Authority Turning Basin. The main tourist ship berths extend from
4.254 the S shore at the E end of the Turning Basin, 7 cables
1 Nassau Port Authority, PO Box N 8175, Nassau, N.P. within the main entrance.
Bahamas. 2 There are a number of commercial wharves on the S
shore of the harbour, E of the tourist ship berths. Another
wharf lies on the N side of Arawak Cay, an artificial
Limiting conditions island, that lies SW of the harbour entrance.
3 There are numerous berths for small craft on the S shore
Controlling depth of Paradise Island.
4.255
1 In the dredged channels. At entrance 11⋅6 m. Turning Seaplane Landing Area
Basin 10⋅9 m (1988). 4.264
Normal safe maximum draught considered to be 1 A seaplane landing area, as shown on chart 1452, is
10⋅6 m. situated 1¼ miles E of Potter ’s Cay (25°04′⋅6N,

100
 Home Contents Index
77°19′⋅3W). Mariners should not impede seaplane
operations and are advised that before landing, seaplanes
make a low level pass across the landing area.
Traffic signals
4.265
1 By day, when it is considered dangerous for vessels to
enter the dredged channel, a red flag is hoisted at a
flagstaff close W of Paradise Island Light.
2 If entry is possible by day, but the sea too heavy to
permit a boat to go out, a white flag is hoisted at the
flagstaff, and the pilot boat waits just within the breakers,
flying the International pilot flag.
3 At night, when it is considered dangerous for vessels to
enter the dredged channel, the colour of Paradise Island
Light is changed from white to red.
Storm signals and weather
4.266
1 Tropical storm warning. Red flag, square black centre,
hoisted at the flagstaff on Paradise Island.
2 If it appears likely that the storm will affect New
Providence, a flag with red and yellow diagonal stripes will
be hoisted below the red and black flag.
3 Storm warnings are also exhibited from the signal
station at Fort Fincastle.
Nassau Harbour from W (4.268)
(Original dated 2000)
(Photograph − Joseph Melanson, Skypic.com)
CHAPTER 4
Natural conditions
4.267
1 Tidal streams set E on the rising tide and W on the
falling tide; rate usually about 1 kn, but more at times. For
the effect on berthing, see 4.274.
On the rising tide, the tidal stream sets a vessel strongly
towards the sand ridges on the E side of the outer part of
the dredged channel, and caution is necessary.
2 Climatic table. See 1.187 and 1.190.
Principal marks
4.268
1 Landmarks, (with reference to Fort Fincastle) (25°04′⋅4
N, 77°20′⋅3W):
Water tower (80 m SE). Grey concrete.
Fort Charlotte (1¼ miles W).
2 Three hotels (3¼ miles W).
Coral World Tower (1¾ miles WNW) (32 m), off the
SW side of Crystal Cay.
3 Customs shed on the E side of Arawak Cay (1 miles
WNW).
Paradise Island Lighthouse (white round tower, 19 m
in height) (1 mile NW); reported radar conspicuous
at 12 miles distant.
101
 Home Contents Index CHAPTER 4

4 British Colonial Hilton Hotel (5 cables NW), Berths

white roofed with tower and flagstaff, on the
foreshore.
Alongside berths
Tall hotels near Hog Point (1¼2 miles NNE). 4.274
5 Major light: 1 Principal berthing area: Cruise Pier, Passenger Pier
Fort Fincastle Aero Light (4.213). and Prince George Wharf, at the E end of the turning
basin.
Jetty heights: 1⋅5 m above MHWS.
2 Depths. The area around and between Cruise Pier and
Passenger pier is dredged to 10⋅9 m (1988). The N facing
berths on Prince George Wharf are dredged to 7⋅9 m and
Directions for entering harbour the S facing berth is dredged to 7⋅1 m (1988).
(continued from 4.214) 3 Tidal streams. The piers connecting these wharfs are
not solid so that the tidal stream is able to flow through the
basin.
Scend: about 0⋅3 m, at times, at the wharves; berthing
Main entrance wires should be regularly tended.
4.269 4.275
1 From a position NNW of Paradise Island Light (4.268) 1 Other alongside berths include (with reference to Fort
the route leads SSW towards the harbour entrance, passing Fincastle):
the pilot boarding place (4.261). Union Wharf (3 cables N).
2 Leading lights: Esso Pier (6 cables NNE), with pipelines across the
Front light (red mast, 12 m in height) (6 cables SSE fairway.
of Paradise Island Light).
3 Rear light (red mast, 12 m in height) (1½ cables SSE Port services
of the front light).
Repairs
4 Before crossing the 20 m depth contour, it is advisable
4.276
to be on the alignment (151½°) of the leading lights, which
1 Minor repairs.
leads through the centre of the entrance, passing:
No 2 Slip, reconstructed (1975), 152⋅4 m long, 610 tons
5 Between No 1 Light-buoy (port hand) and No 2
lift; two Travel Hoists for small craft.
Light-buoy (starboard hand), thence:
WSW of East Breakwater (1½ cables NW of Paradise Other facilities
Island Light). 4.277
6 In 1986 the leading marks were reported difficult to see 1 Hospital; full medical services.
at 1 mile distant from the entrance. The rear mark projected Custom House for inward clearance, on Prince
up behind a light pink coloured building on the foreshore; George Wharf.
the front mark was practically obscured by a conspicuous 2 Deratting, and exemption certificates (1.137).
palm tree in front of the building. Compass adjustment.
4.270 Radio and radar repairs.
1 Identification of shore marks is difficult against a low
morning sun; in such a case it is advisable to use the water Supplies
tower close E of Fort Fincastle as a leading mark until the 4.278
entry leading light structures become distinct. 1 Diesel oil in small quantities, by tanker truck.
2 At night, Paradise Island Light has been reported Provisions in plenty.
difficult to distinguish, against the background lights of Fresh water: limited supply at Prince George Wharf.
Nassau. It is also subject to confusion with the Aero light Communications
by Fort Fincastle (4.213).
4.279
4.271
1 Sea: regular communication with all parts of the world;
1 Within the harbour the channel is marked by buoys and
many cruise ships call.
the chart is sufficient guide.
2 Air: Nassau International Airport (11 km WSW of
4.272
Nassau), on the W side of Lake Killarney; Oakes Field
1 Useful marks (with reference to Paradise Island Light
(close SW of Nassau).
(25°05′⋅2N, 77°21′⋅1W)):
West Breakwater Light (tower) (2 cables WSW). Small craft
Government House Light (green cupola on building,
21 m in height) (7½ cables SSE), cupola invisible Anchorages and berths
(1988). 4.280
1 Anchorages for yachts are in two areas near the Turning
Basin as shown on the chart. A further area lies 4 cables E
of Potter’s Cay.
Continuation eastward Landing is at steps at the E end of Prince George
4.273 Wharf.
1 From the E end of the dredged area by the Cruise Pier, 2 Numerous marinas lie N and SSE of Potter’s Cay, as
a channel with depths of generally more than 5⋅1 m, leads shown on the chart. For further details see Admiralty
E, along the S side of Paradise Island, to Potter’s Cay Maritime Communications, Caribbean Volume.
(1 mile ENE of Fort Fincastle), and thence into Eastern 3 Restricted areas are shown on the chart, off the S side
Channel (4.232). Two bridges (4.256) connect Potter’s Cay of Potter’s Cay (1 mile ENE of Fort Fincastle); see the note
to Paradise Island, to the N. on the chart.

102
 Home Contents Index
Nassau Harbour − Potter’s Cay from SE (4.275)
(Original dated 2000)
(Photograph − Joseph Melanson, Skypic.com)
Port services
4.281
1 Full range of port services for yachts.
TONGUE OF THE OCEAN
General information
Chart 1489, 3912
Route
4.282
1 Tongue of the Ocean, entered in the vicinity of 25°05′N,
77°40′W, off the W end of New Providence Island, is a
remarkable inlet, with depths of several hundred metres and
widths of 15 to 30 miles, extending over 100 miles SSE
into the centre of Great Bahama Bank.
2 Tongue of the Ocean gives access to various harbours
by its shores, and to several channels leading across Great
Bahama Bank. One such channel, North West Channel
(entrance 25°28′N, 78°09′W), is reached through the NW
arm of Tongue of the Ocean.
Topography
4.283
1 New Providence Island. The SW end of New
Providence Island consists of perpendicular white cliffs. It
is thickly wooded.
2 Andros Island (N end 25°N, 78°W approx.), which
forms the N part of the W shore of Tongue of the Ocean,
is the largest of Bahama Islands. It is low, swampy and
thickly wooded, and is intersected by numerous shallow
creeks which, at HW, divide the island into three parts.
3 South of 24°40′N, a narrow range of hills, up to 27 m
high, runs close to the E coast of Andros Island.
Most of the anchorages in Tongue of the Ocean are off
the E side of Andros Island.
4 Andros Town (24°43′N, 77°47′W) (4.297), near the
middle of the E coast of Andros Island, is a tourist resort.
CHAPTER 4
Atlantic Undersea Test and Evaluation Centre
4.284
1 A joint US/UK experimental installation known as
AUTEC (Atlantic Undersea Test and Evaluation Centre)
consists of a series of experimental sites, placed at intervals
round the shores of Tongue of the Ocean, with restricted
areas, submarine cable areas, and navigational aids, not all
of which are shown on the chart.
Exercise areas
4.285
1 Firing Practice Area, rectangular in shape, is centered
at 24°55′N, 77°33′W. See note on chart for further details.
Mine laying Practice Area of 1 mile radius is centered
at 25°10′N, 77°50′W.
Directions
(continued from 4.214)
Approach to North West Channel
4.286
1 From W part of North East Providence Channel, off the
N side of New Providence Island the route leads WNW,
direct for the entrance to North West Channel (25°29′N,
78°09′W), passing clear of the coastal reef which is
steep to on both sides.
2 Useful marks (with reference to North West Channel
Light (25°29′N, 78°10′W) — see below):
3 Whale Point Light (21 miles ESE) (4.216).
Lower Chub Point Light (aluminium framework
tower, 10 m in height) (15 miles ESE), standing on
the SW extremity of Chub Cay (Thompsons Cay).
4 Morgans Bluff (19 miles SSE). Remarkable rocky
headland and leading lights (4.312) close by.
North West Channel Light (white metal tower on
piles, 11 m in height), on a coral head, on the S
side of the channel, just within its entrance.
103
 Home Contents Index
4.287
1 North West Channel is narrow and intricate, for vessels
drawing no more than 3 m, and leads across the N part of
the W portion of Great Bahama Bank.
2 Local knowledge is required and no directions are
given.
Main route through Tongue of the Ocean
4.288
1 From the vicinity of 25°05′N, 77°40′W, off New
Providence Island the route leads generally SSE to the head
of Tongue of the Ocean, passing (with reference to High
Cay (24°39′N, 77°42′W):
WSW of a reef, on which the sea usually breaks,
3 cables NW of Goulding Cay (23 miles NNE), a
rocky islet, on which stands a light (4.216), thence:
2 WNW of South West Reef (17 miles NE), nearly
awash, with depths of more than 200 m close by,
thence:
ENE of High Cay Light (4.298), thence:
3 WSW of dangerous coral heads (about 19 to 22 miles
E, and S towards Green Cay) by the steep to edge
of the reef, thence:
WSW of Green Cay (24°02′N, 77°11′W), well
wooded, with Green Cay Light (black metal
column on concrete base, 7 m in height) (charted
position approximate), and foul ground nearby.
4.289
1 Buoyage. Attention is drawn to the following (with
reference to High Cay):
Mooring buoy (16½ miles NNW).
2 Two mooring buoys (lighted) (7 miles SSE and
20 miles SSE).
Buoys and floats may be encountered from time to
time, about 18 miles SSE of High Cay.
Buoy charted (about 39 miles SSE), see 4.302.
4.290
1 Useful marks include (with reference to High Cay
(4.288)):
Water tower (obstruction lights, 56 m in height)
(24 miles NNE), on New Providence Island.
2 Tower (obstruction lights, 30 m in height) (23 miles
NNE).
Staniard Rock Light (grey mast, 5 m in height)
(15 miles NW).
3 Water tower (red and white chequers) (5 miles NW),
conspicuous.
Tinker Rocks Light (metal tower) (42 miles S).
Anchorages and channels off the east side of
Tongue of the Ocean
Chart 1489 with plan of Clifton Pier
Clifton Bluff and vicinity
4.291
1 Oiling berth is situated about 1 cable offshore, 5 cables
SE of Clifton Bluff (25°01′N, 77°33′W), at the W end of
New Providence Island.
The berth consists of mooring buoys, dolphins from
which lights are exhibited, and a central platform being
connected to the shore by pipeline.
2 Pilotage is compulsory for vessels going to the oiling
berth, pier, or anchorages mentioned below; pilot boarding
place lies 8 cables WSW of Clifton Bluff.
Notice of ETA. Not less than 24 hours, to Nassau
Harbour Control.
CHAPTER 4
3 Depth alongside the dolphins. 12⋅2 m. A report (1999)
states that off the W mooring buoys the depth of water is
11 m, centred on position 25°00′⋅22N, 77°32′⋅83W.
Maximum permitted draught reported as 11 m (1987).
Berthing normally port side to, using starboard anchor.
Berthing is permitted in daylight only; unberthing at any
time.
4.292
1 Clifton Pier extends offshore (6 cables ESE of Clifton
Bluff); depth 3⋅7 m in the approach and alongside the head.
It is used for landing passengers when it is too rough for
vessels to enter Nassau Harbour.
Small merchant vessels frequently use the pier.
2 Useful marks (with reference to the pier):
Goulding Cay Light (2 miles NW) (4.216).
Two lights (orange masts, white bands) at the pier.
4.293
1 Bahamas Gas Jetty lies 8 cables ESE of Clifton Bluff
and extends approximately ½ cable offshore. Depth off the
berth is charted as 3⋅7 m. Mooring buoys lie between W
and S of the berth as shown on the chart.
4.294
1 Anchorage is available 2 cables offshore, 7 cables SE of
Clifton Bluff, depth 14 m, at the intersection of two
alignments, shown on the chart, of pairs of white posts
with topmarks as follows:
2 NW pair: front, yellow hexagon with black band;
rear, yellow diagonal cross.
E pair: shapes similar; colour red.
3 Lights are exhibited from the posts on request to Nassau
Harbour Control.
Holding ground reported good (1981).
Alternative anchorage is available as shown on the
chart, with Clifton Bluff bearing 326°, 1¾ miles, depth
about 9 m.
4 Caution. Attention is drawn to the shoal patch 4 cables
SSE of the anchorage.
Chart 3912
Channel across the bank
4.295
1 A channel, entered about 9 miles SE of South West Reef
(24°53′N, 77°32′W), leads about 25 miles NE, between
Conch Spit and White Bank to Douglas Road (4.228); least
depth reported as 3⋅7 m (12 ft).
2 Local knowledge is required and a good lookout must
be kept for rocky heads.
Anchorages and channels on the north and
west sides of Tongue of the Ocean
Chart 1496, 3912 (see 1.15)
Bird Cay
4.296
1 Anchorage may be obtained as shown on the chart, in a
roadstead W of Bird Cay (W point 25°23′N, 77°50′W),
well sheltered during NE gales.
2 Directions. When approaching the anchorage from W, it
is advisable to pass seaward of Diamond Rocks, the
above water rocks 3 m high (2½ miles W of Bird Cay).
3 In 1955, HMS Mounts Bay (1435 tons) anchored about
9 cables W of the W point of Bird Cay, depth 7⋅3 m, sand
and coral.
4 Useful marks (with reference to the W point of Bird
Cay):
Whale Point Light (1¾ miles E) (4.216).
Lower Chub Point Light (4¼ miles WNW) (4.286).
104
 Home Contents Index
Fresh Creek and AUTEC Site 1
4.297
1 Andros Town, at the entrance to Fresh Creek (24°43′N,
77°47′W), has been developed as a tourist and yachting
centre.
2 Communications: air and sea services to Nassau
(30 miles NE).
4.298
Local knowledge is required.
1 Cable area, shown on the chart, extends about 5 miles
SE from the entrance of Fresh Creek.
2 Restricted area. Autec Site No 1 lies 1½ miles SE of
Fresh Creek. The site is a restricted area and lights are
exhibited within it.
Entrance channel lead SW through the restricted area,
with leading beacons, least charted depth 3 m, to a turning
basin within the reef.
3 Useful marks (with reference to the entrance to Fresh
Creek (24°44′N, 77°47′W):
High Cay Light (red and white chequered on
framework tower) (6½ miles SE).
Water tower (1 mile SSE) (4.290).
4 Radio tower (1 mile NNE) on Long Cay.
Fresh Creek Islet Light (mast, 5 m in height) (1 mile
NE).
Fresh Creek S Side Light (white square masonry
building, 6 m in height) (S side of entrance).
AUTEC Site 2 — Salvador Point
4.299
1 Entrance channel suitable for boats and dredged to
2⋅7 m leads from Sea Buoy No 2 Light-buoy (1 mile E of
Salvador Point (24°29′N, 77°43′W)), on the alignment
(270°) of light-beacons, to a turning basin inside the reef.
2 Local knowledge is required.
Useful mark:
Conspicuous black mast, 23 m high, on Bristol
Galley, a rock 1⋅2 m high (2¼ miles NE of
Salvador Point).
3 North Bight is entered S of Salvador Point. It is very
shallow and suitable only for boats.
Cable area, shown on the chart, extending ENE from
AUTEC Site 2 (close N of Salvador Point.
AUTEC Site 3 — Big Wood Cay
4.300
1 Harbour lies close off Gibson (Hog Cay) Cay (24°20′N,
77°41′W), near the SE point of Big Wood Cay. For vessels
drawing no more than 3⋅7 m it is considered the best
harbour in Andros Island.
2 Entrance is marked by light-beacons and light-buoys
and is free from obstructions. An approach channel extends
3 cables SE from the harbour and is dredged to 2⋅7 m.
3 Useful marks (with reference to Gibson Cay):
Site 3. No 1 Light (black sphere on dolphin) (1 mile
NNE).
Middle Bight Cay Light (white metal framework
tower) (1 mile SE).
Other lights are exhibited in the vicinity.
4 Middle Bight, entered close S of the harbour, extending
17 miles SW, is very shallow and suitable only for boats.
Local knowledge is required.
Cable area as shown on the chart.
CHAPTER 4
AUTEC Site 4 — Golding Cay
4.301
1 Golding Cay (24°13′N, 77°36′W), at the entrance to
South Bight, has several buildings and prominent radio
masts.
Local knowledge is required for all channels and
anchorages in the vicinity of Golding Cay.
2 Useful marks (with reference to Golding Cay):
Peats Wharf Light (2½ miles NW), on Mangrove Cay,
at Mangrove Cay settlement where the District
Commissioner resides.
Sirius Rock Light (metal tower) (1½ cables SSE).
Sharp Rock Point (5 cables SSE).
3 Submarine cable area is shown on the chart.
Small harbour dredged to a depth of 2⋅7 m is situated
at the N end of Golding Cay.
4 Anchorage is available in depths of 22 m, off the
entrance to South Bight, even though the edge of the bank
lies only about 3½ cables from Golding Cay. Vessels
drawing no more than 2⋅4 m can obtain well sheltered
anchorage within the entrance to South Bight.
Southern Bight, continuing inland, is shallow and
suitable only for boats.
AUTEC Site 6 — Deep Creek
4.302
1 An installation at Deep Creek (23°59′N, 77°32′W) is
approached from Sea Buoy No 2 (charted 2 miles E) by a
narrow channel, project depth 2⋅7 m, the inner part of
which is dredged.
2 The channel is marked on both sides by light-beacons;
the final approach is on the alignment of leading lights
(257°).
At the inner end of the channel are a small turning basin
and pier.
3 Useful mark:
Tinker Rocks Light (23°59′N, 77°29′W) (4.290).
AUTEC Site 7 — High Point Cay
4.303
1 High Point Cay (E end 23°54′N, 77°29′W) lies 5 miles
S of Tinker Rocks. A small turning basin is approached
from Sea Buoy 2 light-buoy (starboard hand) (1 mile E)
through a channel, project depth 2⋅7 m, the inner part of
which is dredged.
2 Installations stand on High Point Cay.
Submarine cable area is shown on the chart.
Anchorages and channels at the head of
Tongue of the Ocean
Charts 2009, 3912
Washerwoman’s Cut
4.304
1 Channel. Washerwoman’s Cut (23°40′N, 77°23′W), a
break in the reefs between Saddleback Cay and Sisters
Rocks, gives access to an anchorage and a channel.
2 Tidal streams have rates of up to 3 kn.
Anchorage is available in Hurricane Hole (2 miles
WNW of Pigeon Cay), depth not more than 6⋅7 m.
3 Local knowledge is necessary.
Passage. From Washerwoman’s Cut a passage leads
across Great Bahama Bank, for vessels drawing no more
than 3⋅7 m. The passage should only be attempted with
local knowledge and with the sun in a favourable position.
4.305
1 Useful marks (with reference to Pigeon Cay (23°41′N,
77°23′W)):
105
 Home Contents Index CHAPTER 4

Pigeon Cay, with bushes; white cliffs 7⋅6 m high at 2 Useful mark:
the S end. Green Cay Light (4.288).
2 Saddleback Cay (5 cables SSE), 10 m high, with
bushes. Small craft anchorages and berths — west side
Sisters Rocks (1½ miles SSE). of Tongue of the Ocean
Dolly’s Cay (2½ miles SSE). Charts 1496, 3912
Chub Cay
South Cay 4.310
4.306
1 Chub Cay (25°25′N, 77°54′W) (4.286) is separated from
1 Channel which may be entered SE of South Cay, which
Frazer’s Hog Cay, E, by a narrow channel spanned by a
leads SW across Great Bahama Bank, least depth 3⋅7 m.
bridge.
The passage should only be attempted with local Local knowledge is required.
knowledge and with the sun in a favourable position.
2 Landmarks:
2 Anchorages lie 8 cables W of South Cay in depths Lower Chub Point Light (25°24′N, 77°55′W) (4.286).
greater than 5 m, and 5½ cables SSW of South Cay depths Water tower (8 cables NE of Chub Point), 61 m high,
up to 8 m. distinctive.
3 Landmark: 3 Marina at Chub Cay; depth 2⋅1 m in the entrance
South Cay (23°35′N, 77°21′W), barren. channel. For further details see Admiralty Maritime
Communications, Caribbean Volume.
Other channels Communications: airstrip on Chub Cay.
4.307
1 Entrances in Tongue of the Ocean to Queens Channel, Golding Cays
Blossom Channel, Thunder Channel and Lark Channel are 4.311
shown on the charts. These are the principal channels 1 Shelter. An opening in the reefs abreast Golding Cays
across Great Bahama Bank. Blossom Channel and Thunder (25°12′N, 78°03′W) admits vessels drawing no more than
Channel are said to be suitable for vessels drawing no 2⋅7 m to shelter within.
more than 4⋅3 m. 2 Local knowledge is required.
2 The bottom at the NW end of most of the channels is
dark, so that they are well defined by contrast with the Morgan’s Bluff Dock
white sandy ridges forming their sides, which are easily 4.312
made out from aloft. Towards the inner or SE ends of these 1 Entrance. The charted alignment (223¾°) of Morgan’s
channels, however, the sand ridges meet and form a bar, Bluff Leading Lights (7 cables WSW of Morgan’s Bluff)
depths 5⋅5 to 6⋅4 m, so that, when approaching from S, the leads in to Morgan’s Bluff Dock.
entrances to these channels are not so easily made out. 2 Landmark:
3 Tidal streams run strongly between, and sometimes Morgan’s Bluff (25°11′N, 78°02′W) (4.286) and light.
across, the ridges, so that it is not safe to navigate the Bethel Channel
channels at night. Vessels of suitable size may anchor 4.313
anywhere between the ridges. 1 Entrance. The charted alignment (247°) of Bethel
4 Routes. Thunder Channel and Lark Channel connect Channel Leading Lights (aluminium and red framework
with a channel leading W from Pear Cay (4.134) at the E towers) (25°08′N, 78°00′W) leads inward through a break
end of Great Bahama Bank. Otherwise the tracks and in the reef, to a sheltered anchorage for vessels drawing no
destinations of the channels mentioned above are not more than 1⋅8 m.
shown on the chart. 2 Local knowledge is required.
5 Minor channels across the bank also exist for small Nicholl’s Town (close N) is a small settlement, with the
craft, but navigation is by eye, and local knowledge is residence of the Commissioner for the N part of Andros
essential. Island and Berry Islands.
Mastic Point
Small craft harbour and anchorage — east 4.314
side of Tongue of the Ocean
1 Settlement, small wharf, and port services for yachts are
Chart 1489 situated at Mastic Point (25°04′N, 77°58′W).
Coral Harbour Communications: regular air services to Nassau
4.308 (27 miles E).
1 Coral Harbour (24°59′N, 77°28′W), close E of Fleeming Chart 3912 (see 1.15)
Point, is an artificial harbour for small craft. Its use is Salvador Point — AUTEC Site 2
restricted to authorised vessels. 4.315
2 Private lights are exhibited in the entrance. 1 Entrance channel suitable for boats, see 4.299.
Local knowledge is required.

Chart 3912 NORTH WEST PROVIDENCE CHANNEL

Green Cay
General information
4.309
1 Anchorage is available as shown on the chart, close S Charts 3910
of Green Cay (24°02′N, 77°11′W) (4.288), but great Topography
caution must be exercised to avoid going in too far from 4.316
the edge of the bank which is very steep. The bottom is 1 North West Providence Channel (26°N, 78°W) leads
dark and foul. between Great Bahama Bank to the S, and Little Bahama

106
 Home Contents Index
Bank to the N, from North East Providence Channel on the
E to Straits of Florida on the W.
2 Berry Islands a group of wooded cays 15 to 18 m high
on the N part of Great Bahama Bank, form the SW side of
the E part of North West Providence Channel. Great Abaco
Island and Grand Bahama Island, form the N side of the
channel lying on the E and S side, respectively, of Little
Bahama Bank.
Flow
4.317
1 Current is variable and usually rather weak, but a N set
of 3 kn was observed in North West Providence Channel in
May 1986, and it is reported that in this channel the
current sets NE rather frequently from February to May.
Stronger currents may occur with N winds, setting E
with rates up to about 1 kn.
2 On the night of 25th March, 1934, HMS Danae, while
passing E through the channel, experienced an E going
current, rate about 2 kn, in opposition to an E wind,
force 6.
3 Indraught. In the bight of Grand Bahama Island
between Gorda Cay (26°05′N, 77°32′W) and Pinder Point
(about 70 miles WNW) a strong indraught frequently
occurs.
4.318
1 Tidal streams set directly off and on the banks.
Between Little Stirrup Cay (25°49′N, 77°57′W) and
North East Rock (about 65 miles WNW) the set is directly
on to Great Bahama Bank during the rising tide, and off
the bank during the falling tide.
2 Tidal streams are strong off Gingerbread Ground (centre
25°53′N, 78°41′W), the principal danger on that part of
Great Bahama Bank.
Major lights
4.319
1 Great Stirrup Cay Light (concrete white round tower
17 m in height) (25°49′N, 77°54′W).
Great Stirrup Cay Aero Light (radio tower,
obstruction lights) (3½ cables WNW of Great
Stirrup Cay Light).
2 Great Isaac Light (white round tower) (26°02′N,
79°06′W).
Freeport International Airport Light (26°33′N,
78°42′W).
Abaco Light (25°52′N, 77°11′W) (4.213).
Directions
(continued from 4.214)
North East Providence Channel to Straits of Florida
4.320
1 From the vicinity of 25°50′N, 77°00′W in North East
Providence Channel, about 10 miles E of Abaco Light
(4.213) the route leads SW and WNW through North West
Providence Channel to Straits of Florida, passing:
2 SE of the shoals that extend SE from Abaco Light,
thence:
About 8 miles S of Abaco Light, thence:
NNE of Great Stirrup Cay (25°49′N, 77°55′W),
which is high and wooded, thence:
3 SSW of South Riding Point Oil Terminal (26°37′N,
78°14′W) (4.347), thence:
NNW of the several shoals, reported between 1979
and 1990, up to 8½ miles N of Great Isaac Light
(26°02′N, 79°05′W) (4.319).
CHAPTER 4
4.321
1 Useful marks:
Rocky Point Light (26°00′N, 77°24′W) (4.329).
Channel Cay Light (26°15′N, 77°38′W) (4.339).
2 Freeport Light (white concrete tower, black bands
12 m in height) (26°31′N, 78°47′W), close NW of
Pinder Point, reported obstructed by jetties and
vessels.
(Directions continue for South Riding Point at 4.355,
for Freeport Bahamas at 4.381, and for
Straits of Florida at 5.19.)
Anchorages and channels on the south side of
North West Providence Channel
Chart 3910
Great Harbour
4.322
1 Great Harbour (25°49′N, 77°54′W) is the opening
between Great Harbour Cay and Great Stirrup Cay.
2 Outer anchorage is practicable in moderate weather and
with the prevailing winds, with Great Stirrup Cay Light
bearing 137°, about 1¼ miles, depth about 13 m.
3 Prohibited anchorage. A cable area extends into the
lagoon to NW and SE in an arc of approximate radius
2½ cables centered on the S extremity of Great Stirrup Cay.
From the entrance to Great Harbour this cable area also
extends N and ENE in two corridors approximately 150 m
(492 ft) wide to beyond the edge of the reef. Anchoring is
prohibited in this area.
4.323
1 Directions for entering Great Harbour. The line of
bearing 229° of the SE end of Goat Cay (4.324), slightly
open of the N end of Great Harbour Cay, passes just clear
of the spit that extends from the E end of Great Stirrup
Cay.
The route then passes about 1½ cables from the N end
of Great Harbour Cay.
2 Alternative approach may be made on the line of
bearing 270° of the S extremity of Great Stirrup Cay.
When the alignment (about 129°) of the N and NE
extremities of Great Harbour Cay is reached, the
recommended track is on the line of bearing 240° of the
NW extremity of Goat Cay.
3 Local knowledge is required.
4.324
1 Useful marks (with reference to the Aero Light
(25°49′N, 77°54′W)):
Great Stirrup Cay Light (3½ cables ESE) (4.319).
Great Stirrup Cay Aero Light (4.319).
Goat Cay (9 cables S of the aero light) a remarkable
steep sided wooded cay.
2 Berths and port services within Great Harbour. For
further details see Admiralty Maritime Communications,
Caribbean Volume.
Great Isaac Anchorage
4.325
1 Anchorages are available as follows (with reference to
Great Isaac Light (26°02′N, 79°05′W)):
Light bearing 158°, depth 13 m.
Light bearing 338°, with depths of 7 to 9 m.
2 Between NW and N from the light; safe, good
holding ground. Depths 25 m (reported 1982).
These anchorages become untenable in strong ENE or
WSW winds.
107
 Home Contents Index
3 Landing on Great Isaac is sometimes difficult, as the
coast is foul and steep to. At times a swell from N runs
during a fresh SW wind, making landing on either side
impossible.
4.326
1 Useful marks: (with reference to Great Isaac Light):
Great Isaac, a barren, honeycombed rock, on which
stands the lighthouse (4.319).
2 North East Rock (1½ miles ENE), over which the sea
breaks, with shoal water between that rock and
Great Isaac.
West Brother and East Brother (about 5 miles E),
black rocks.
Anchorages and channels on the north side of
North West Providence Channel
Charts 3910
Hole in the Wall
4.327
1 Anchorage may be obtained with Abaco Light
(25°52′N, 77°11′W) (4.213) bearing 360° and the S end of
the projection, in which is Hole in the Wall, bearing 078°,
but caution is necessary as the bottom is rocky in places.
2 Local knowledge is necessary.
South West Point, Great Abaco Island
4.328
1 Anchorage may be obtained with Abaco Light (4.213)
bearing 075°, 3 miles, depth 18 m, sand and weed.
Rocky Point
4.329
1 Anchorages (with reference to Rocky Point Light
(26°00′N, 77°24′W)) are available:
For short periods only, about 5 cables SE of Rocky
Point Light, depths 16 to 27 m.
Open anchorage close W of Gorda Cay (9 miles
NW).
2 Useful marks (with reference to Rocky Point (26°00′N,
77°24′W)):
Rocky Point Light (black metal framework tower,
white hut, 8 m in height).
Radio mast (8 cables NNE).
3 Radio mast (1½ miles NNE), 30 m high.
Sandy Point Light (mast, 6 m in height) (1¾ miles
N).
Sweeting Cay
4.330
1 Temporary anchorage may be obtained 1 mile SW of
Sweeting Cay Light, depth 15 m.
For Carrion Crow Harbour see 4.340.
2 Useful mark:
Sweeting Cay Light (metal tower) (26°37′N,
77°54′W).
Chart 390
West End Point
4.331
1 Anchorages and berths are available (with reference to
West End Point (26°42′N, 79°00′W)):
Temporary anchorage (about 7 cables WNW), depth
15⋅5 m, sand and coral.
2 Commercial harbour (close E) in the entrance, depth
4⋅2 m, lights on N and S breakwater heads.
CHAPTER 4
Jack Tar Marina (close E), with leading lights. For
further details see Admiralty Maritime
Communications, Caribbean Volume.
Jetty (3½ cables SE).
3 Boat channel leads between West End Point and Indian
Cay (4 cables NNW), in which the tidal stream runs
strongly.
4.332
1 Useful marks: (with reference to West End Point):
Settlement Point Light (white metal tower, 10 m in
height) (8 cables SSW), standing on Settlement
Point, a low rocky promontory.
2 Radio tower (obstruction light) (3 cables SSE).
4.333
1 Communications: West End International Airport,
shown on the chart.
Small craft — anchorages and channels on the
south side of North West Providence Channel
Chart 3912
Little Whale Cay
4.334
1 Anchorage may be obtained as shown on the chart,
5 cables N of Little Whale Cay (NE end 25°27′⋅1N,
77°45′⋅4 W), depths 3 to 5 m. Foul ground, on which lie
Sisters Rocks (two rocks just awash) (1 mile NNE of Little
Whale Cay), protects the anchorage.
Local knowledge is required.
2 Rock. Attention is drawn to a dangerous rock
(6½ cables ESE of the NE end of Little Whale Cay).
3 Boats drawing no more than 1⋅2 m can, at HW, reach a
landing place on the W side of Whale Cay (S of Little
Whale Cay). A pair of beacons marks the narrow channel S
of Little Whale Cay.
Frozen (High) Cay
4.335
1 Anchorage is available, as shown on the chart, off the
W side of Frozen Cay (N point 25°33′N, 77°43′W).
Local knowledge is required.
2 Entrance. Round the N point of Frozen Cay, depth
5⋅5 m in the fairway.
3 Useful mark:
Little Harbour Cay Light (metal tower, 7 m in height)
(6 cables N of High Cay), on the summit of a
prominent hill.
Hawk’s Nest
4.336
1 Shelter may be obtained by boats in the lee of Hawk’s
Nest (25°45′N, 77°49′W), close N of Haines (Hines) Bluff,
white and sandy.
Bullocks Harbour
4.337
1 Bullocks Harbour (25°46′N, 77°53′W), off the W side of
Great Harbour Cay, provides good shelter for small craft
drawing no more than 2⋅4 m.
Local knowledge is required.
2 Entrance:
Through Great Harbour (4.322), between Great
Harbour Cay and Great Stirrup Cay (NW), thence:
Between Lignum Vitae Cay and Goat Cay (4.324)
(close NW).
Alternatively, from W, round Little Stirrup Cay.
3 Useful mark:
Bullocks Harbour Light (white metal framework
tower, lower half black).
108
 Home Contents Index CHAPTER 4

4 Great Harbour Cay Marina lies 5 cables SSE of 2 Useful marks:

Bullocks Harbour. The entrance channel is past a swing Conspicuous hotel (structure including an imitation
bridge and has depths of 2⋅4 to 3 m in it. To the W of lighthouse) at Bell Channel.
Little Stirrup Cay four mooring buoys have been laid, Conspicuous hotel (46 m high) near Silver Point.
centred on position 25°49′N, 78°02′W. For further details 3 Local knowledge is required.
see Admiralty Maritime Communications, Caribbean
Chart 398 plan of Freeport Roads
Volume.
John Jack Point
4.344
Slaughter Harbour
1 Xanadu Marina lies close WNW of John Jack Point
4.338
(26°30′N, 78°42′W).
1 Slaughter Harbour (25°49′N, 77°56′W) is a small basin
There are two entrance channels. The E is approached
entered between Great Stirrup Cay and Little Stirrup Cay
from an outer fairway light-buoy (red conical) and leads
(5 cables W).
between breakwaters with lights (concrete pedestals) at their
2 Local knowledge is required.
heads.
Least depth over the bar that protects the harbour:
2 Running Mon Marina lies close NNE of John Jack
2⋅4 m.
Point and is accessed through an entrance channel at
3 Maximum draught for entry, 3⋅7 m at HW. The sea
Madioca Point.
usually breaks right across the bar during N winds.
Local knowledge is required for both marinas.
Anchorage may be obtained in depths of 4 to 6 m.
3 Useful marks (with reference to John Jack Point):
Conspicuous white building (4 cables WNW).
Small craft — anchorages and channels on the Conspicuous building (1¾ miles N).
north side of North West Providence Channel Chart 390
Freeport Bahamas to Settlement Point
Chart 3910
4.345
Channel Cay 1 Marinas exist at:
4.339 Bahama Beach (26°37′N, 78°53′W).
1 Mores Island Channel is an intricate boat channel Bootle Bay (3½ miles NW).
leading from Channel Cay to Mores Island. Local knowledge is required.
Local knowledge is required. 2 Useful mark:
2 Useful mark: Radio tower (obstruction lights) (1 mile NE of Bootle
Channel Cay Light (black metal framework tower) Bay Point).
(26°15′N, 77°38′W).
Settlement Point
Carrion Crow Harbour 4.346
4.340 1 For Settlement Point and West End Point see 4.331.
1 Carrion Crow Harbour, entered in the vicinity of
Sweeting Cay Light (26°37′N, 77°54′W) (4.330), is suitable SOUTH RIDING POINT OIL TERMINAL
for small craft drawing no more than 1⋅5 m.
2 Local knowledge is required. General information
Chart 390 plan of South Riding Point Oil Terminal
Chart 390
Position and function
Gold Rock Creek
4.347
4.341
1 South Riding Point Oil Terminal (26°37′N, 78°14′W)
1 A pier, about 152 m long and suitable for small craft is
consists of a dolphin berth, known as Sea Island, which is
situated on the E side of the entrance to Gold Rock Creek
connected to a large tank farm ashore by submarine
(26°36′N, 78°22′W).
pipelines. A small inner harbour lies close by.
Grand Lucayan Waterway Approach and entry
4.342 4.348
1 Entrance (26°33′N, 78°33′W) to Grand Lucayan 1 Approach is direct from North West Providence Channel.
Waterway is protected by two breakwaters, marked by a
pair of lights (concrete columns, 2 m in height) on the Traffic
breakwater heads and another pair 2 cables inward, and 4.349
entered from an outer fairway light-buoy (safe water), as 1 In 2001, 3 vessels totalling 488 403 dwt visited the port.
shown on the chart. Port Authority
2 Waterway extends 7½ miles N to the N coast of Grand 4.350
Bahama Island, for craft drawing no more than 1⋅4 m and 1 South Riding Point Holdings Ltd, PO Box F–2530,
height of 8⋅5 m above the waterline. Freeport.
The waterway has a marina.
Limiting conditions
Grand Lucayan Waterway to Silver Point 4.351
4.343 1 Deepest and longest berth. No 1 Berth, Sea Island
1 Yacht marinas exist at: (4.359).
Fortune Bay (26°32′N, 78°37′W). 2 Largest vessel to use port:
Bell Channel (1½ miles WSW). Sea Island. 500 000 dwt, draught 27⋅5 m.
Silver Point (1½ miles farther WSW). Inner Harbour. Length 205 m. Draught 11 m.

109
 Home Contents Index CHAPTER 4

Arrival information should remain E of the W conspicuous tower (5½ miles W

4.352 of Riding Point) in order to keep clear of traffic to and
1 Pilotage is compulsory and available 24 hours. For from Freeport.
details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(5).
2 Point of arrival and pilot boarding place: 2 miles S of Alongside berths
the Sea Island. 4.359
Tugs and launches assist berthing. 1 Sea Island (1 mile ESE of Riding Point) (4.347):
3 Anchoring. A vessel wishing to anchor should contact No 1 berth, S side, depth about 30 m, for tankers
the duty Berthing Master, who will advise on anchorage from 50 000 to 460 000 dwt, maximum length
procedures, and whose services are normally available for overall 365 m, draught 27⋅4 m.
pilotage. 2 No 2 berth, N side, depth about 26 m, for tankers
from 30 000 to 100 000 dwt, with maximum length
Harbour overall 274 m, maximum draught 23 m.
4.360
Natural conditions 1 Inner harbour. In 1992 access restricted to vessels of
4.353 no more than 205 m length overall and 11 m loaded
1 Prevailing wind SE. Frequent cold fronts in winter draught.
cause the wind to veer SW then N, with seas up to 3 m as 2 Small craft harbour is situated in the SW corner of the
fronts pass. Inner Harbour, depth about 7⋅6 m.
2 Tidal streams near Sea Island run E and W, rate rarely
more than 1 kn. Port services
Landmarks Repairs
4.354 4.361
1 With reference to Riding Point (26°37′⋅0N, 78°14′⋅8W): 1 Minor repairs to electrical, radio and mechanical
Conspicuous towers (red and white; obstruction equipment at Freeport (25 miles W); maximum notice
lights) (7½ and 1 mile NE; 3½, 4 and 5½ miles required.
W).
2 Conspicuous dish aerial (3 miles WNW). Other facilities
4.362
1 Medical: hospital at Freeport.
Directions for entering harbour Dirty ballast: reception facilities.
(continued from 4.320)
Supplies
Approach
4.363
4.355
1 Fuel and fresh water: none.
1 For the approach to the pilot boarding place, from all
Stores and provisions: not supplied by the terminal, but
directions, the charts are a sufficient guide.
obtainable from ship chandlers and agencies; terminal
Entrance regulates embarkation.
4.356
1 Final approach to the assigned berth on Sea Island is FREEPORT, BAHAMAS
directed by the pilot or berthing master.
No 1 Light-buoy marks the coastal bank off Riding General information
Point: Nos 2, 3 and 4 Light-buoys are moored on about the
15 m depth contour near Sea Island. Chart 398, 390
4.357 Position
1 Inner harbour, is entered by a channel dredged to 4.364
11⋅3 m (1978) (about 1¾ miles E of Riding Point). The 1 Freeport, Bahamas (26°31′N, 78°46′W) is situated at the
alignment (340°) of a pair of leading lights (orange W end of Grand Bahama Island.
topmarks: front, triangle; rear, diamond, on framework
towers) (1½ miles ENE of Riding Point) leads between a Function
pair of buoys and breakwaters into the dredged channel. 4.365
2 Useful marks: lights on Sea Island. 1 Freeport, Bahamas, is one of the two major ports in the
Bahama Islands. It is a resort and, with a large oil terminal,
a major bunkering port. Freeport City, the population of
Anchorages and berths which is 45 000 (1999), is 4 miles E of the port. A
4.358
container terminal opened in 1997.
1 Anchorage area is centred about 1¾ miles SW of
Riding Point, as shown on the chart and is defined by three Port limits
light-buoys which are moored in a depth of 27 m near the 4.366
edge of the coastal bank, which in that vicinity, is 4 to 1 Harbour limits extend 7 cables offshore, as shown on the
5 cables wide between the 50 m and 11 m depth contours. chart.
2 Anchorage is on the line joining West, Mid and East
Light-buoys, this being reported to give ample swinging Approach and entry
room, for typical tankers up to 100 000 dwt in ballast. 4.367
3 Caution. Although the holding ground of sand, 1 Oil Terminal is approached direct from North West
limestone and soft coral, is considered good, vessels should Providence Channel.
be at short notice to get under way, especially with strong Freeport Harbour is entered via a dredged channel N
onshore winds. A vessel standing off to await a berth of the Oil Terminal.

110
 Home Contents Index
Traffic
4.368
1 In 2001, 2043 vessels totalling 25 754 763 dwt visited
the port.
Port Authority
4.369
1 Freeport Harbour Co Ltd, PO Box F 42465, Freeport
Grand Bahama, Bahamas.
Limiting conditions
4.370
1 Controlling depths:
Harbour entrance 14⋅1 m.
Turning basin 14⋅1 m.
Deepest and longest berth: Borco Oil Terminal Berth
No 10 (4.385).
2 Tidal levels: Mean spring range about 1⋅0 m; mean neap
range about 0⋅8 m. For further information see Admiralty
Tide Tables.
Arrival information
Notice of ETA
4.371
1 Vessels should send ETA 48 hours in advance.
The most convenient time of entry is during daylight
hours although berthing at night is possible, except in gale
force winds. Vessels may berth at Borco Oil Terminal at
any time
Outer anchorage
4.372
1 Anchorage is available W of the harbour entrance in
depths of 20 to 27 m as shown on the chart. Anchorage is
not permitted in the Restricted Area. See 4.374.
2 Tankers waiting to berth normally remain stopped about
5 miles offshore.
Pilotage and tugs
4.373
1 Pilotage is compulsory for vessels of more than 400 grt,
or 200 grt if carrying passengers, and is available 24 hours.
It is recommended, but not compulsory, for anchoring off
the port. For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals
Volume 6(5).
2 Pilot office is situated at the Control Tower (red and
white bands) (7¾ cables NNW) of Freeport Lighthouse,
SW of Basin No 2 (4.321)).
3 Pilot boarding place: 2½ miles SW of Freeport
Lighthouse.
Tugs assist berthing at the oil terminal and in the
harbour.
Traffic regulations
4.374
1 Restricted area extends 1 mile from E end of No 2
jetty, as shown on the chart, with a precautionary area
extending a further mile outside the Restricted Area.
2 Within the Restricted area vessels entering or leaving
Freeport Harbour should keep well clear of the BORCO
Oil Terminal and should not pass between this terminal and
the shore. No other vessels (with the exception of BORCO
or Port Authority vessels) should enter the Restricted Area
owing to the fire hazard created by the handling of
flammable liquids emitting explosive vapours.
CHAPTER 4
3 Precautionary area. Vessels closing the port to transfer
stores and personnel, or for bunkering, or any purpose
other than berthing at the jetties or entering Freeport
Harbour, are required to keep outside this area.
Quarantine
4.375
1 Pratique is granted through the Customs Officer, who
boards vessels on arrival.
Harbour
General layout
4.376
1 Oil terminal. The offshore jetties of the Bahamas Oil
Refining Company (BORCO) lie in Freeport Roads, off
Freeport Lighthouse.
2 Freeport Harbour, consists of a turning basin, off which
lie four basins and an inner harbour.
Natural conditions
4.377
1 Tidal streams in the approach to Freeport are weak,
variable, and influenced by the prevailing wind; they may,
exceptionally, reach a rate of 1½ kn, parallel to the coast.
An occasional strong NW set has been reported close to
the harbour entrance.
4.378
1 Current. It was reported (1980) that a current may
sometimes set SW out of Hawksbill Creek near the NE
corner of Freeport Harbour, and across the W end of No 2
Basin.
Landmarks
4.379
1 With reference to Freeport Lighthouse (26°30′N,
78°46′W):
Freeport Lighthouse (4.321).
Chimney and water tower (green) (1 miles NE).
2 Oil refinery (within 1 mile) with tanks, flare
structures, conspicuous chimneys (red and white
bands).
Radio mast (9 cables NW), on the E side of the
harbour entrance).
3 Row of cement silos (1¼ miles NW), conspicuous
from seaward.
Water tanks, (about 1¼ miles NW).
4.380
1 Nearly all the prominent marks carry obstruction lights.
At night, the floodlighting of the harbour area is visible
from a considerable distance.
2 Major light:
Freeport International Airport Aero Light (4 miles
NE) (4.319).
Directions
(continued from 4.320)
Approach from north west
4.381
1 From the vicinity of 26°35′N, 79°00′W the route leads
generally SE, passing at least 4 miles offshore and in a
depth of at least 500 m, that depth contour being regarded
as the danger line, until SSW of the harbour entrance.
2 Thence NNE along the charted leading line (4.384) or
towards the oil terminal, and as requisite for the pilot
boarding place (4.373), where the vessel should remain
until the pilot boards.
111
 Home Contents Index
3 Caution. Much of the dangerous ground that lies up to
1½ miles off the W part of Grand Bahama Island is
avoided by remaining within the white sector of Freeport
Light (26°30′N, 78°46′W) (4.321). Several vessels have
grounded between Braudie Point (3½ miles NW of Freeport
Light) and Rhoda Rocks (3½ miles farther NW) and that
stretch of the coast should always be given a wide berth.
Approach from south east
4.382
1 A vessel approaching from SE should similarly keep at
least 4 miles offshore until SSW of the harbour entrance.
Departure
4.383
1 A vessel leaving Freeport Harbour or the oil terminal
should follow a SW track until an offing of at least 4 miles
has been made.
Entering harbour
4.384
1 The alignment (021¾°) of Freeport Leading Lights
(beacons, orange diamond topmarks) (about 1¼ miles NNW
of Freeport Lighthouse) leads through the entrance channel,
which is marked on both sides by light-beacons and
light-buoys, as shown on the chart.
2 It has been reported that a red chimney, standing a short
distance NNE of the rear light beacon, aids identification
by day if the daymarks are difficult to distinguish.
3 Useful marks:
Lights on the jetties at the oil terminal, as shown on
the chart.
Berths
Oil terminal
4.385
1 No 1 Jetty and No 2 Jetty, with their numbered berths,
and submarine pipeline connections to the shore, and
marker light-buoys, can be seen on the chart.
2 Deepest berth. No 1 Jetty, SW side, No 10 berth,
maximum dimensions: length 426 m overall, beam 71 m,
draught 27⋅4 m, 500 000 dwt.
3 Caution. It was reported (2002) that No 2 Jetty is
currently out of operation and unlit.
Freeport Harbour
4.386
1 Outer Harbour berths are numbered as shown on the
chart.
Ro Ro berths are shown on the chart, in Basins No 1
and No 2.
2 Container Terminal, located in the NE part of the
harbour, is capable of handling the new (2000) generation
of container vessels and provides 550 m of berthing, with a
depth of 16⋅6 m alongside.
Height of berths above MHWS; 2⋅0 m.
3 Caution. Works are in progress (1998) in order to
extend the harbour to the NE. Blasting occurs at irregular
intervals.
Bell Channel
4.387
1 A mooring berth for visiting cruise liners consisting of
four mooring buoys is situated S of Bell Channel, 7 miles
E of Freeport Lighthouse.
CHAPTER 4
Port services
Repairs
4.388
1 Minor repairs to electrical, radio and mechanical
equipment.
Other facilities
4.389
1 Hospital and clinics. 13 km distant. No medical facilities
at the port.
Dirty ballast reception facilities.
Supplies
2 Fuel oil, diesel and petrol, in Freeport Harbour; fuel oil
is available.
Fresh water at several berths in Freeport Harbour, by
lighter, and by pipeline at the oil terminal.
3 Provisions in limited quantity, from local ship-chandlers
and agencies.
Communications
4.390
1 International airport (about 8 km NE): regular services to
Nassau, USA and UK.
LITTLE BAHAMA BANK, NORTH SIDE
General information
Chart 3910
Description
4.391
1 Extent of area. The NE side of Little Bahama Bank
extends from Elbow Cay (26°31′N, 76°58′W), off the
middle of Great Abaco Island, in the E to Matanilla Shoal
(125 miles WNW) in the W.
2 For the greater part of its length the N side of the Little
Bahama Bank consists of a chain of islets fringed with, and
in places connected by reefs, which lie from 2 to 4 miles
within the outer edge of the bank.
3 Throughout its length the seaward side of the bank is
steep to, and soundings give no warning of approach. In
many places the edge of the reefs is only 1 mile within the
200 m depth contour. An especially dangerous place is
Matanilla Reef (27°22′N, 78°41′W).
4.392
1 There are a number of channels between the reefs and
cays, which are shown on the chart and available for small
craft, but they are very intricate and foul and only Whale
Cay Channel (26°44′N, 77°15′W) (4.396) is described
below.
2 Local knowledge is required for their navigation.
Flow
4.393
1 Currents. The predominant current on the NE side of
Little Bahama Bank is NW-going, of low constancy and
average rate of ½ to 1 kn. It is also liable to sudden
changes.
2 Tidal streams inside the 200 m depth contour set
directly on and off the bank.
Major lights
4.394
1 Elbow Cay Light (26°32′N, 76°587′W) (4.213).
Carter Cay Aero Light (white metal framework mast,
red bands, 61 m in height) (27°05′N, 78°00′W).
2 Walker Cay Aero Light (white metal framework mast,
red bands, 76 m in height) (27°16′N, 78°24′W).
112
 Home Contents Index
Directions
Elbow Cay to Matanilla Shoal
4.395
1 From a position NE of Elbow Cay Light (26°32′N,
76°58′W) the coastal route along the N side of Little
Bahama Bank proceeds NW to a position NW of Mantilla
Shoal (27°21′N, 79°05′W), keeping to seaward of the
200 m depth contour.
2 Useful marks:
Marsh Harbour, Abaco Island Aero Radiobeacon
(26°31′N, 77°05′W).
Man of War Cay Light (white mast) (26°35′N,
77°00′W).
3 Whale Cay Light (26°43′N, 77°15′W) (4.398).
Angel Fish Point Light, Little Abaco Island (metal
tower, 7 m in height) (26°56′N, 77°36′W).
(Directions continue for passage on W side of
Little Bahama Bank at 4.406.)
Whale Cay Channel
General information
4.396
1 Whale Cay Channel, gives access to Green Turtle Cay
(26°46′N, 77°20′W), but is obstructed by a bar extending
NW from Whale Cay with depths 3⋅7 to 5⋅2 m on or close
to the recommended track.
Directions
4.397
1 From a position to seaward of the bank and NE of
Whale Cay Light the track leads generally SW, passing
(with reference to Whale Cay Light (26°43′N, 77°15′W)):
2 Not less than 3 cables clear NW or SE of Chub
Rocks (1¾ miles NE) thence:
Clear of a 5 m rocky patch (1 mile NNE).
3 Thence along the line of bearing (063°) of Chub Rocks
astern, to cross the bar, passing:
NW of Whale Cay Light and:
4 SE of a sunken rock (5½ cables NW) over which the
sea usually breaks.
Thence continuing until reaching the alignment (310°)
of the SW extremity of No Name Cay (3 miles
NW) and the summit of Green Turtle Cay
(3½ miles farther NW),
5 Thence on the line of bearing (257°) of the islet
(3½ miles WSW), close off Thurston Bay, to the
anchorage.
6 Local knowledge is required.
4.398
1 Useful marks:
Whale Cay Light (aluminium tower, black bands)
(26°43′N, 77°15′W).
2 Radio tower (obstruction lights) (5 miles WNW of
Whale Cay Light).
Anchorages
4.399
1 Two anchorages are available (with reference to Whale
Cay Light):
Off Thurston Bay (26°42′N, 77°19′W) with Don’t
Rock (2 miles S) bearing 115° and well open S of
Sandbank Cays, (1½ miles SSW), depth 5 m.
2 5½ miles WNW off Settlement Point (26°45′N,
77°20′W), depth 3 m.
CHAPTER 4
Settlement
4.400
1 New Plymouth is the settlement on Green Turtle Cay,
with air and sea communications to Nassau. There are three
marinas on Green Turtle Cay, see Admiralty Maritime
Communications, Caribbean Volume for further details.
Walker’s Cay Channel
Anchorage
4.401
1 In 1955, HMS Mounts Bay (1435 tons) found temporary
anchorage 6 miles WNW of the SW extremity of Walker’s
Cay (27°15′N, 78°24′W), off the entrance to Walker’s Cay
Channel, depth 12 m, sand and coral.
Other names
4.402
1 Moraine Cay Channel (27°04′N, 77°44′W).
North Man of War Channel (26°37′N, 77°02′W).
Nunjack Channel (26°53′N, 77°24′W).
2 Powel Cay Channel (26°56′N, 77°29′W).
Strangers Cay Channel (27°12′N, 78°10′W).
STRAITS OF FLORIDA — EAST SIDE
FROM LITTLE BAHAMA BANK TO CAY
SAL BANK
General information
Charts 1496, 3910, 2866
Extent of area
4.403
1 The area described below covers the coastal waters off
the W side of Little Bahama Bank and the W side of Great
Bahama Bank between North West Providence Channel and
Cay Sal Bank (7.130).
Flow
4.404
1 Currents. The E limit of the Florida Current (5.15) lies
close to the W edges of the Bahama Banks. When near
Little Bahama Bank the current sets strongly towards the
bank. Off Great Bahama Bank a weak S counter current
may be found close inshore between the latitudes of North
Bimini Island (25°45′N) (4.408) and Orange Cay (24°57′N)
(4.421).
2 Tidal streams inside the 200 m depth contour set
directly on and off the banks.
Major lights
4.405
1 Great Isaac Light (26°02′N, 79°06′W) (4.319).
Bimini Aeromarine Light (orange framework tower,
white stripe) (25°43′N, 79°17′W).
Gun Cay Light (red conical stone tower, lower part
white) (25°35′N, 79°19′W).
Directions
(continued from 4.395)
Chart 3910
Off Little Bahama Bank
4.406
1 From the vicinity of 27°30′N, 79°20′W, NW of Little
Bahama Bank, the coastal route leads generally S, passing
(with reference to Memory Rock Light (26°57′N,
79°06′W)):
2 W of Matanilla Shoal (25 miles N). The bank in the
vicinity of this shoal is extremely dangerous as the
113
 Home Contents Index
bottom is rock, covered in dark weed and the
water is not discoloured and the shoal does not
break. Thence:
3 W of White Sand Ridge (16 miles N) which may be
seen from aloft at some distance. South of this
ridge to Settlement Point the edge of the bank is
closely skirted by narrow, shallow ridges of sand
and detached patches of coral, that are extremely
dangerous, as soundings give scarcely any warning
of their proximity. Thence:
4 W of Memory Rock Light (black metal beacon, 7 m
in height) standing on Memory Rock which is
dark, barren and rugged, 4⋅3 m high, thence:
5 W of Sandy Cay (9 miles SSE), which is covered in
bushes, thence:
W of Wood Cay (13 miles SSE), a rocky, wooded
islet, thence:
6 W of Indian Cay Light (aluminium tower, 11 m in
height) standing on Indian Cay. A channel (4.331),
available for craft of not more than 1⋅8 m draught,
leads between the cay and Grand Bahama Island.
Thence:
7 W of Settlement Point Light (17 miles SSE) (4.332).
Charts 1496, 3910, 2866
Off Great Bahama Bank
4.407
1 From the vicinity of 26°20′N, 79°30′W, in the W
approaches to North West Providence Channel, the route
leads generally S, passing, (with reference to Gun Cay
Light (25°35′N, 79°19′W) (4.405)):
2 W of Great Isaac Light (26°02′N, 79°05′W) (4.319),
thence:
W of North Rock Light (14 miles N) (4.409), thence:
W of South Bimini Island (7 miles N). An
Aeromarine Light (4.405) stands on the island.
3 From the SW end of South Bimini Island a string of
islets and rocks extends S for nearly 30 miles along the
edge of the shoal part of the bank and the coastal route
continues, passing:
4 W of Gun Cay Light (4.405), standing on Gun Cay
(4.416), thence:
W of Ocean Cay (12 miles SSE) (4.419), thence:
W of South Riding Rock Light (white metal
framework tower) (22 miles SSE), situated on
South Riding Rock (4.420), thence:
5 W of Orange Cay (39 miles SSE) (4.421), the S most
cay on the W side of the Great Bahama Bank.
Between South Riding Rock and Orange Cay the
side of the bank is encumbered with small rocky
heads.
(Directions continue for Santaren Channel at 7.171,
and for S part of Straits of Florida at 5.19.)
Bimini Islands
Chart 3910 (see 1.15)
General information
4.408
1 Position and topography. Bimini Islands (25°44′N,
79°17′W) consist of North and South Bimini which are two
sandy wooded islands, almost joined together by a spit of
land.
2 Entrance Point, the SW extremity of North Bimini, is
separated from the N end of South Bimini by a narrow
channel which opens into a small harbour.
CHAPTER 4
3 Function. The Bimini Islands are one of the most noted
big game fishing centres in the world.
Landmarks
4.409
1 Landmarks: (With reference to North Rock Light
(25°48′N, 79°17⋅6′W).
2 North Rock Light (grey metal framework tower, 9 m
in height) standing on a small black rock 2⋅4 m
high.
White House (2⋅7 miles SSW) standing on The Bluff.
Bimini Aeromarine Light (5⋅7 miles S) (4.405).
Anchorages
4.410
1 Anchorage may be obtained 3½ miles SW of North
Rock Light in depths of 11 to 16 m, fine sand.
4.411
1 Anchorage may also be obtained in depths of 11 m SW
of Entrance Point. Local knowledge is required.
2 Caution. Vessels may not anchor in an area which
extends WNW from the shore 1 mile NNE of Entrance
Point.
Directions
4.412
1 The alignment of leading lights (metal columns), situated
5 cables S of Entrance Point, indicates the channel through
the reef. The entrance is obstructed by a shifting bar much
affected by tidal streams. This bar sometimes dries and at
other times has depths of 1⋅8 m in the fairway over it.
Harbour
4.413
1 The harbour is suitable for vessels of 2⋅4 m draught.
Government Pier is situated 5 cables N of Entrance
Point. A light is exhibited from the head of this pier. There
are some privately owned piers between Government Pier
and Entrance Point.
2 Tidal streams abreast the piers in the channel
sometimes reach a rate of 2 to 3 kn.
Facilities. There are five marinas providing extensive
facilities for yachts and tourists. For further details see
Admiralty Maritime Communications, Caribbean Volume.
3 Communications. There are regular communications by
sea with Miami and Nassau. There is an airstrip on South
Bimini.
Other anchorages and harbours on west side of
Great Bahama Bank
Chart 3910
Hen and Chicken Rocks
4.414
1 Hen Rock (25°59′N, 79°08′W) and Chicken Rocks
(6 cables SW) are situated near the NW extremity of the
Great Bahama Bank. Chicken Rocks are only a few feet
high.
2 Directions and anchorage. A vessel may round Hen
Rock, passing N at a distance of not less than 2½ cables
and obtain anchorage on the bank in depths of 7 m.
3 Useful mark:
Stranded wreck on Chicken Rocks.
Chart 1496 (See 1.15)
Barnett Harbour
4.415
1 Barnett Harbour (25°39′N, 79°19′W), an area with
depths of 3⋅7 to 5⋅5 m (12 to 18 ft) is entered between
Triangle Rocks (2½ miles S of South Bimini Island) and
Picquet Rocks (1 mile S ).
114
 Home Contents Index
2 Anchorage for vessels with a draught of 4⋅3 m may be
obtained in depths of 5m (16 ft), sand, with the beacon
(mast, black and white bands, 9 m in height) on North
Picquet Rock bearing 215°. This berth is sheltered during S
or W winds.
Gun Cay Anchorage
4.416
1 Gun Cay (25°35′N, 79°19′W), which is about 1 mile
long, has a light (4.405) at its S end.
2 Temporary anchorage in E winds can be obtained in
depths of 13 m to 15 m (43 to 49 ft) with Gun Cay Light
(4.405) bearing 091°, distant 7½ cables.
3 Anchorage can also be obtained closer in, in depths of
13 m (49 ft), but care must be taken as depths decrease
rapidly; small craft can anchor within the cay, passing
round its S extremity. In both cases local knowledge is
necessary.
4 Tidal streams set through the openings with
considerable strength and the Florida Current sometimes
extends into depths of 18 m (59 ft), though usually its edge
is farther out.
Cat Cays
4.417
1 North Cat Cay (25°34′N, 79°18′W) is separated from
South Cat Cay by a narrow opening; both cays are
wooded.
2 Useful mark:
North Cat Cay Light (beacon, 4 m in height).
Standing at the head of a breakwater that extends
from the E coast of North Cat Cay, about
3¾ cables from the N end of that cay.
3 Anchorage may be obtained off North Cat Cay in
depths of 13 m (43 ft) with Gun Cay Light (4.405) bearing
355° and the SW extremity of North Cat Cay bearing 097°
distant 7 cables.
4 Small craft of 1⋅8 m draught may obtain anchorage in
Grassy Bay on the S side of North Cat Cay and anchorage
may also be obtained 8 cables SE of Moxon Rocks, which
lie off the SW extremity of North Cat Cay.
Local knowledge is required.
4.418
1 Dollar Harbour, (25°32′N, 79°16′W) situated on the E
side of Cat Point, the S extremity of South Cat Cay, is a
suitable anchorage for vessels of less than 3⋅7 m draught.
2 Anchorage may also be obtained about 2¾ cables WSW
of Cat Point and 1½ cables SSE of that point.
Local knowledge is required.
Ocean Cay
4.419
1 Topography. Ocean Cay (25°25′N, 79°13′W), is a
man made cay, which was completed in 1971. It was
developed from Sandy Cay.
Function of this project is the mining of arognite, a
natural form of limestone found on the seabed.
2 Pilotage is compulsory and is provided by the mining
company.
Approach. The harbour consists of a turning basin
which is approached by a channel 1 mile long, the outer
CHAPTER 4
end of which is marked by No 1 Light-buoy. The channel
is marked by light-buoys and light-beacons.
3 Turning basin. The alignment (075°) of two leading
lights (red and white daymarks on metal framework towers,
200 m apart) leads into the turning basin, in which there
are depths of 14⋅6 m (48 ft).
Berthing facilities are available for specially designed
bulk carriers of up to 80 000 tons capacity.
Riding Rock Anchorage
4.420
1 South Riding Rock (25°14′N, 79°10′W) is situated
12 miles SSE of Ocean Cay (4.419). Castle Rock lies
4 cables E.
2 Useful mark:
South Riding Rock Light (4.407).
3 Anchorage may be obtained in depths of 11 m (36 ft)
5 cables S of the light, or, in depths of from 6 to 7 m (20
to 23 ft), S and E of Castle Rock.
Orange Cay
4.421
1 Orange Cay (24°56′N, 79°09′W) is a barren rock.
Useful mark:
Mast, with an observation platform close N of it,
stands on the cay.
2 Anchorage may be obtained in a depth of 15 m (49 ft),
1½ miles W of the S end of the cay.
Routes across Great Bahama Bank
Chart 1496
General information
4.422
1 Vessels with a draught of less than 3⋅7 m may cross
Great Bahama Bank between the cays on its W edge and
Berry Islands (4.316) and North West Channel (4.287) on
the NE side.
2 Andros Island lies on the E side of the bank. The W
side of Andros Island is composed of slimy mud and in
NW gales it is flooded to a considerable distance inland.
The depths off the coast are so shallow that in some places
a boat cannot approach within many miles of it.
3 Directions. The bank can be entered in the vicinity of
Gun Cay (25°35′N, 79°19′W) (4.416) and Orange Cay
(4.421) 40 miles S. When crossing the flats a vessel must
be conned by eye between the numerous clear, white, sand
ridges or the small black heads, both of which may be seen
at night as well as by day, if the weather is clear.
4 Although the water on the bank is clear, soundings
should be taken continuously.
Local knowledge is required.
5 Useful marks:
Sylvia Light beacon (beacon on piles) (25°28′N,
79°02′W).
6 Russell Light (white framework tower, white top)
(25°28′N, 78°26′W).
Mackie Shoal Light beacon (white tripod, yellow top)
(25°41′N, 78°39′W).
115
 Home Contents Index
Chapter 5 - Straits of Florida, Central and West Side:
Cape Canaveral to Tortugas Bank

83° 82° 81° 80° 79°

3692

Cape Canaveral
Port Canaveral 3692
2865

28° 5.27 28°

5.11

F L O R IDA
Fort Pierce
5.58
5.78

27° Lake
27°
Okeec hobee

3684
Palm Beach Port of Palm Beach 3684
Grand
5.90 Baham a
Is l and

5.122

3699
Port Everglades 3684
5.133
26° 26°
5.158

Miami a
5.163 Bi m i ni
d
3698 Is l ands
r i
o
l

5.220
F

Key Largo

25° s 25°
y
e
K
f

a Gr eat
1217 i d
o

F l o r
5.231 Baham a
3005
Dry Tortugas
Key West 2881 Bank
s

Tortugas Harbour 3005

t 1097
5.285 5.238 Key West Harbor and Main Ship Chan.
2881 i
1098 a
5.273 r
t
525 S
Sa

24° 24°
nt
ar

Cay Sal
2866
en

3853 Bank
5.20
C
ha
nn
e
l

83° 82° Longitude 81° West from Greenwich 80° 79°

November 2003

116
 Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 5
STRAITS OF FLORIDA, CENTRAL AND WEST SIDE: CAPE CANAVERAL TO
TORTUGAS BANK
GENERAL INFORMATION
Charts 2866, 1217
Scope of the chapter
5.1
1 The area covered by this chapter includes the central
part of Straits of Florida, the coastal waters on the W side
of the straits between Cape Canaveral (5.27) and Tortugas
Bank (5.274), and the NW side of Cay Sal Bank (5.20).
2 The coastal waters on the E side of Straits of Florida are
covered in Chapter 4.
Ports
5.2
1 The ports included in this chapter are listed in 5.25,
5.119, and 5.200.
Topography
5.3
1 The N part of Straits of Florida is bounded by the
Florida peninsula on the W and Little Bahama Bank and
Great Bahama Bank on the E. The S part of the Straits is
bounded on the N by Florida Keys (5.206) and on the S by
Cay Sal Bank (7.130) and the N coast of Cuba.
2 Except for the N coast of Cuba, the land on either side
of Straits of Florida is low.
Natural conditions
5.4
1 Currents: see 1.141 and 5.15.
Local magnetic anomaly is reported to affect the
magnetic compass by an amount varying from 3° to 6° in
an area 10 to 15 miles from the coast between Jupiter Inlet
(26°57′N, 80°04′W) and Molasses Reef (25°01′N,
80°23′W).
High speed ferries
5.5
1 High speed ferries operate across Straits of Florida
between ports on the E coast of Florida and the Bahamas.
Mariners are cautioned that these craft move very rapidly,
may transit waterways at angles to the normal direction of
traffic and may deviate from published routes. See 1.7.
Florida Keys Particularly Sensitive Sea Area
5.6
1 Florida Keys Particularly Sensitive Sea Area (PSSA)
is an IMO designated zone which encircles the sea areas
around all the Florida Keys and includes Florida Keys
National Marine Sanctuary (see Appendix VI), Biscayne
National Park and Tortugas Ecological Reserve.
2 Areas to be avoided, the limits of which are shown on
the chart, have been established in the vicinity of Florida
Keys between Miami (5.163) and Key West (5.238) and in
the approaches to Key West harbour; and in the waters
surrounding the Marquesas Keys (5.282), Dry Tortugas
(5.285) and Tortugas Bank (5.274).
117
3 These areas, which have been established in order to
avoid the risk of pollution and damage to the environment,
are to be avoided by all ships carrying cargoes of oil and
hazardous materials and all other ships greater than 50 m in
length.
4 Discharge restrictions. In Ecological Reserves and
Sanctuary Preservation Areas, all discharges and deposits
are prohibited except cooling water and engine exhaust.
5 Prohibited Anchorage Areas. In order to prevent
damage to the coral reef ecosystem, three areas within
which anchorage is prohibited have been established N, W
and SW of Dry Tortugas.
6 The N area, within which anchorage is prohibited for all
vessels, is bounded by the following coordinates:
24°46′⋅0N, 83°06′⋅0W
24°46′⋅0N, 82°54′⋅0W
24°45′⋅8N, 82°48′⋅0W
24°43′⋅5N, 82°48′⋅0W
24°43′⋅5N, 82°52′⋅0W
24°39′⋅0N, 82°58′⋅0W
24°39′⋅0N, 83°06′⋅0W
7 The W Area, which adjoins the S boundary of the N
area and within which anchorage is prohibited for vessels
of 50 m or more in length, is bounded by the following
coordinates:
24°32′⋅0N, 83°00′⋅0W
24°37′⋅0N, 83°06′⋅0W
24°39′⋅0N, 83°06′⋅0W
24°39′⋅0N, 83°00′⋅0W
8 The SW area, within which anchorage is prohibited for
all vessels, is bounded by the following coordinates:
24°33′⋅0N, 83°09′⋅0W
24°33′⋅0N, 83°05′⋅0W
24°18′⋅0N, 83°05′⋅0W
24°18′⋅0N, 83°09′⋅0W
Northern Right Whales.
5.7
1 Designated critical habitat has been established for the
Northern Right Whale (Eubalaena glacialis) as follows:
S United States. The coastal waters between 30°15′N
and 28°00′N extending 5 miles offshore.
2 The principal designated critical habitat for Northern
Right Whales, the most endangered large whale species in
the world (fewer than 350 animals), is Cape Cod Bay (East
Coast of the United States Pilot Volume I). The designated
critical habitat delineates the only known area where these
animals give birth. These slow moving animals are
vulnerable to collisions with ships and this is the leading
cause of documented mortality for Northern Right Whales.
It is recommended that all large vessels (over 100 gt)
operating in the critical habitat;
3 (a) Keep a watch for whales during daylight hours.
(b) Monitor NAVTEX transmissions for information
on Northern Right Whales sighted in the vicinity.
 Home Contents Index
Local ships’ pilots may also provide such
information when it is available.
4 (c) If a Northern Right Whale is reported within
20 miles of a vessel’s intended course, it is
recommended that the vessel proceed with caution
during the 24 hour period following the time of
sighting. It is known that Northern Right Whales
can accelerate to a speed of approximately 6 kn.
When it is believed that a vessel will pass in close
proximity of whales, it may be reasonable and
prudent to slow a vessel’s speed accordingly, when
a reduction in speed will not hinder the safe
operation of the vessel.
5 For regulations affecting approach and avoidance of
Northern Right Whales, see Parts 222.32 in Appendix VII.
Intracoastal Waterway
5.8
1 The Intracoastal Waterway, which except for a few short
sections, provides a protected route for small craft, extends
down the coast of the United States from Norfolk, Virginia
to the Rio Grande, Texas, a distance of over 2000 miles.
There is an extension leading to Key West. Distances on
the Intracoastal Waterway, which are given in statute miles,
are measured from Norfolk, Virginia.
2 In the area covered by this volume, the waterway leads
from Cape Canaveral S to Key West and across the Florida
peninsula from St Lucie Inlet by way of Lake Okeechobee
STRAITS OF FLORIDA — THROUGH ROUTE
General information
Charts 2866, 1217
Route
5.11
1 Straits of Florida, which passes between the Florida
peninsula and Bahama Islands and N coast of Cuba, is one
of the main routes between the N Atlantic and Gulf of
Mexico. See also Ocean Passages for the World.
Weather rocket impact area
5.12
1 The area is wedge shaped and extends more than
50 miles generally E from Cape Canaveral (28°28′N,
80°32′W). Mariners are warned of a potential hazard from
falling rocket casings within the area between 1930 and
2100 Eastern Standard Time, Monday to Friday.
Pilotage
5.13
1 A Deep Sea Pilotage Service is available for Straits of
Florida and Gulf of Mexico. Pilots normally embark off
Miami or Key West for vessels inbound from Straits of
Florida to Gulf of Mexico.
2 The service is not compulsory.
Data collecting buoys
5.14
1 The following data collecting buoy (ODAS) of
superbuoy size is moored in the N approaches to Straits of
Florida (Chart 2710):
CHAPTER 5
to Gulf of Mexico. Parts of the waterway are described in
greater detail in the text.
5.9
1 Project depths. The Federal project depths for the parts
of the Intracoastal Waterway covered in this volume are:
Cape Canaveral to Fort Pierce (5.58). 3⋅7 m (12 ft).
Fort Pierce to Miami (5.163). 3⋅0 m (10 ft).
2 Miami to Key West (5.238). 2⋅1 m (7 ft). This section
has only been completed (2003) as far as Cross
Bank (Mile 1152⋅5) (25°00′N, 80°35′W); the
remainder has been deferred for restudy.
East part of Okeechobee Waterway (5.114).
2⋅4 m (8 ft).
3 Controlling depths. For the latest values, charts and
Port Authorities should be consulted.
4 Tides. Under ordinary conditions the mean tidal range in
the waterway is from 0⋅3 m to 2⋅1 m (1 to 7 ft), but
depends on the force and direction of the wind. Strong N
winds depress the level by as much as 1⋅1 m (3⋅5 ft) and S
winds have the opposite effect.
5.10
1 Charts. A special series of charts for use when
navigating the Intracoastal Waterway is published by the
US Coast and Geodetic Survey.
2 Navigational aids on the Intracoastal Waterway have
yellow markings to distinguish them from aids marking
other waters.
3 Navigation of the Intracoastal Waterway is governed by
US Inland Rules of the Road and Pilot Rules for Inland
Waters. See Appendix III.
2 ODAS 41010 (28°53′N, 78°30′W).
Florida Current
5.15
1 The Florida Current flows ENE and then NNE through
Straits of Florida from Gulf of Mexico to the N Atlantic.
See 1.141.
Axis of the current is shown on the charts.
Direction. The direction of the current is parallel to its
axis along its whole length.
2 Limits. The N limit of the current is about 40 miles S
of Dry Tortugas (24°40′N, 83°00′W). The N boundary, later
the W, then lies close inshore from Key West (24°30′N,
81°50′W) and remains close inshore as it passes Miami
(25°50′N, 80°10′W) and Jupiter Inlet 70 miles N. From this
position the limit continues N inside the 100 m depth
contour.
3 The S and E limit lies close to the N coast of Cuba at
Habana, close to the NW edge of Cay Sal Bank and to the
W edges of the Bahama Banks.
4 Constancy. The constancy of the current is high
throughout the year, but highest in the summer and lowest
in the winter. The position of the axis and therefore the
direction of the main flow is unaffected by wind, but the
average rate will be increased by S winds and decreased by
N winds.
5.16
1 Maximum rates. The position of the maximum mean
rate of current coincides with the axis of the current as
shown on the charts. On either side of the axis the rate of
118
 Home Contents Index CHAPTER 5

the current decreases. Tables 1 and 2 show the decrease Key Largo Aero Light (25°06′N, 80°26′W) (5.227).
across two sections of the Florida Current. Alligator Reef Light (24°51′N, 80°37′W) (5.227).
2 In general the strongest predominant currents (3 to Sombrero Key Light (24°38′N, 81°07′W) (5.235).
3½ kn) are to be found between the parallels of 26° and 4 Castillo del Morro Light (23°09′N, 82°21′W) (7.179).
27°N, although in July 1987 a rate of nearly 7 kn was Dry Tortugas Light (24°38′N, 82°55′W) (5.277).
observed about 12 miles off The Elbow (25°10′N, Punta Gobernadora Light (23°00′N, 83°13′W) (7.220).
80°15′W).
3 Variations in rates. Between the meridians of 81° and Other navigation aids
83°W about 60% of all reported rates are of 1 kn or more, 5.18
15% are of 2 kn or more and only about 1% are 3 kn or 1 Racons:
more. Mean rates are between 1¾ kn and 2 kn. Port Everglades Approach Light-buoy (26°06′N,
4 Between the parallels of 25° and 28°N and the 80°05′W) (5.154).
meridians of 79° and 80°W about 85% of all rates are of Miami Approach Light buoy (25°46′N, 80°05′W)
1 kn or more; in winter 60% of observations are 2 kn and (5.187).
more and 23% are of 3 kn or more, while in summer these 2 Fowey Rocks Light - as above.
percentages are 70% and 40% respectively. Carysfort Reef Light - as above.
5 Apart from the annual variation in rate there is a daily Alligator Reef Light - as above.
variation which is tidal in nature. This daily variation See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2.
averages ½ to 1½ kn in the region of maximum flow and
has, on occasion, reached 2½ kn.
On other occasions the rate of the Florida Current is
weak and it will be seen from the percentages quoted that Directions
(continued from East Coast of the
about 15% of all observations are of 1 kn or less.
United States Pilot Volume II)
6 Countercurrents set along the Florida peninsula and the
5.19
Bahama Banks. For details see the description of the
1 From the vicinity of 28°30′N, 79°40′W in the N
appropriate coastal passage.
approaches to Straits of Florida the through route to Gulf
Table 1. Current rates between Rebecca Shoal (24°35′N,
of Mexico leads S and then WSW, passing the major lights
82°35′W) and La Habana.
listed above.
Distance (miles) S Mean surface rate Mean daily 2 Directions for vessels taking the coastal routes, in order
of Rebecca Shoal observed (kn). variation (kn). to avoid the full strength of the Florida Current, are given
20 0⋅3 0⋅5 below in this chapter and at 4.406.
(Directions continue in East Coasts of Central America
35 0⋅7 0⋅8 and Gulf of Mexico Pilot.)
50 2⋅2 0⋅6
68 2⋅2 0⋅6
86 0⋅8 0⋅6 North west side Cay Sal Bank

7 Table 2. Current rates between Fowey Rocks (23°35′N,

Topography
80°06′W) and Gun Cay (25°35′N, 79°19′W). 5.20
1 The NW side of Cay Sal Bank (7.130) lies between Dog
Distance (miles) E Mean surface rate Mean daily Rocks (24°05′N, 79°52′W) (7.171) and Doubleheaded Shot
of Fowey Rocks W) observed (kn) variation (kn) Cays (33 miles WSW). Muerto Cays and Water Cays lie
8 2⋅0 1⋅1 17 miles and 27 miles, respectively, WSW of Dog Rocks.
11 3⋅5 1⋅6
Charted positions
15 3⋅2 0⋅9 5.21
22 2⋅7 0⋅0 1 According to determinations made in 1941 the
geographical position of the tower on North Elbow Cay
29 2⋅1 0⋅4 (5.22) is 1¼ miles NE of the position shown on the chart.
36 1⋅7 0⋅6
Useful mark
5.22
1 A disused conical stone light tower, 17⋅7 m (58 ft) stands
on North Elbow Cay (23°57′N, 80°26′W), the highest of
Major lights the Double Headed Shot Cays.
5.17
1 Cape Canaveral Light (28°28′N, 80°33′W) (5.30). Anchorage
Jupiter Inlet Light (26°57′N, 80°05W) (5.81). 5.23
Hillsboro Inlet Light (26°16′N, 80°05′W) (5.127). 1 With winds from WSW, through N to NE, anchorage
Freeport International Airport Light (26°33′N, may be obtained on the SE side of Doubleheaded Shot
78°42′W) (4.319). Cays in depths of 9 to 11 m (30 to 36 ft), with the disused
2 Great Isaac Light (26°02′N, 79°06′W) (4.319). lighthouse bearing between 315° and 338°.
Bimini Aeromarine Light (25°42′N, 79°17′W) (4.405). 2 With winds between E, through S to SW, good
Gun Cay Light (25°35′N, 79°19′W) (4.405). anchorage can be obtained on a sandy patch on the NW
Fowey Rocks Light (25°35′N, 80°06′W) (5.227). side of the cays, in depths of 9 to 11 m (30 to 36 ft) with
3 Carysfort Reef Light (25°13′N, 80°13′W) (5.227). the disused lighthouse bearing about 137°.

119
 Home Contents Index
CAPE CANAVERAL TO LAKE WORTH INLET
GENERAL INFORMATION
Chart 2866
Extent of area
5.24
1 The area described below includes:
The W side of Straits of Florida from Cape Canaveral
(28°28′N, 80°32′W) to Lake Worth Inlet (about
105 miles S).
2 Intracoastal Waterway from Port Canaveral (28°25′N,
80°35′W) to Lake Worth Inlet, and Okeechobee
Waterway from St. Lucie Inlet (27°10′N,
80°10′W), W to Gulf of Mexico.
Ports
5.25
1 The following ports are in the area:
Port Canaveral (28°25′N, 80°35′W) and approaches
(5.35).
Fort Pierce Inlet (27°28′N, 80°18′W) (5.58).
Port of Palm Beach (26°46′N, 80°03′W) (5.90).
Topography
5.26
1 The coast is broken only (with reference to Cape
Canaveral (28°27′N, 80°33′W)) at:
Port Canaveral (4 miles SW).
Sebastian Inlet (36 miles S).
2 Fort Pierce (60 miles SSE).
St. Lucie Inlet (27°10′N, 80°09′W).
Jupiter Inlet (26°56′N, 80°04′W).
3 It consists almost entirely of a low and narrow strip of
sand that lies 1 to 2 miles off the mainland, from which it
is separated by the Banana and Indian Rivers. From
seaward, it appears as a line of sandhills, partly covered
with grass and scrub palmetto; at several places, buildings
show conspicuously from seaward.
4 Access to the mainland is secured by bridges across the
Banana and Indian Rivers; behind all is a background of
dense woods on the mainland.
CAPE CANAVERAL TO FORT PIERCE
INLET
General information
Chart 2866
Topography
5.27
1 Much of the coast between Cape Canaveral (28°28′N,
80°32′W), which is low and sandy, and Fort Pierce
(60 miles S) is formed of a low, narrow strip of sand,
covered by vegetation, lying 1 to 2 miles off the mainland
and separated from it by part of the Intracoastal Waterway.
Current
5.28
1 Normally the Gulf Stream off Cape Canaveral runs N at
a rate of about ¾ kn, increasing to 1½ or 2 kn off Jupiter
Inlet (90 miles SSE). See also 5.15.
Rescue
5.29
1 See 5.57 and 5.75.
CHAPTER 5
Principal marks
5.30
1 Landmark:
Conspicuous Building (28°30′N, 80°35′W) See 5.50.
2 Cape Canaveral Light (black conical metal tower with
white bands, 44 m in height) (28°28′N, 80°33′W).
Cape Canaveral Light from E (5.30)
(Original dated 2003)
(Photograph − Sky Cam Aerial Photography Inc.)
Conspicuous Water Tower (28°15′⋅3N, 80°36′⋅5W),
approximately 13 miles S of Cape Canaveral Light.
3 Major light:
Cape Canaveral Light — as above.
Directions
(continued from East Coast of the
United States Pilot Volume II.)
5.31
1 From a position NE of Cape Canaveral Light (28°28′N,
80°33′W) the route leads generally S for 75 miles towards
a position E of Fort Pierce Inlet, passing (with reference to
Fort Pierce Inlet (27°28′N, 80°18′W)):
2 E or W of a Data collecting light-buoy (ODAS
41009) (62 miles N), thence:
E of Southeast Shoal (57 miles N) (5.51), thence:
E of Thomas Shoal (23 miles N), thence:
3 E of Bethel Shoal (17 miles NNE), marked by No 10
Light-buoy (starboard hand), thence:
E of Indian River Shoal (up to 12 miles N) with, at
its S end, a fish haven and a dangerous wreck.
4 Caution. Attention is drawn to numerous dangerous
wrecks off this coast, the positions of which can best be
seen on the chart.
5.32
1 Useful marks: (with reference to Micco (27°52′N,
80°30′W)):
General Brevard Airport Aero Light (30 miles NNW),
occasional.
2 Conspicuous tank (22 miles NNW).
Water tank at India Harbour Beach (17 miles NNW).
Melbourne Aero Light (15 miles NNW).
3 Prominent water tanks at Melbourne (13 miles NNW).
Vero Beach Aero Light (14 miles SSE).
Saint Lucie Aero Light (24 miles SSE).
(Directions continue for Fort Pierce Inlet at 5.70,
and for coastal passage at 5.82.)
120
 Home Contents Index CHAPTER 5

Sebastian Inlet Function and topography

Entrance channel
5.33
1 Sebastian Inlet (27°51′N, 80°27′W) gives access from
the ocean to the Intracoastal Waterway, and is used by
fishing and pleasure boats.
The E entrance is flanked on each side by a training
wall; Sebastian Light stands on the N training wall.
2 Controlling depths reported in 1983:
Over the bar of the E entrance, 2⋅4 m (8 ft), or 3⋅7 m
(12 ft) in calm conditions.
Over the inside bar and thence to the Intracoastal
Waterway, 1⋅5 m (5 ft).
3 Vertical clearance of fixed road bridge across the inlet,
11⋅3 m (37 ft).
4 Regulations for Inland Waters. The limit of the waters
to which these regulations apply is the line joining the
extremities of the entrance training walls. See Appendix III.
5.34
1 Tidal streams in the entrance are strong, and passage
should not be attempted without local knowledge.
PORT CANAVERAL AND APPROACHES
General information
Chart 3692
Position
5.35
1 Port Canaveral (28°25′N, 80°35′W) is situated close N
of the city of Cape Canaveral on the W side of Merritt
Island.
5.36
1 Function. Port Canaveral is a naval, commercial and
cruise port.
2 Topography. The John F. Kennedy Space Centre
occupies a large area of land around Cape Canaveral and
Merritt Island, see East Coast of the United States Pilot
Volume II, and its various conspicuous features are visible
for many miles from S and E, within the area covered by
this volume. These include the huge Vehicle Assembly
Building (charted as a conspicuous tower) (3 miles NW of
Cape Canaveral Light), which is said to be one of the
largest buildings in the world, see 5.50.
Special sea areas
5.37
1 An area, limit shown on the chart, about 4 miles
seaward of Cape Canaveral Light, encloses the S parts of
the following:
A Security Zone; for its continuation in the harbour
see 5.48.
A danger zone for a missile testing area, marked by
buoys, of which the S is D Buoy (special) (4 miles
E of Cape Canaveral Light).
2 Caution. Trawlers and other vessels dragging the seabed
within a radius of 25 miles from Cape Canaveral should
exercise caution, since it is known that missile debris, some
of which may contain explosives, exists in the area.
Approach
5.38
1 Port Canaveral is approached through the Outer Reach, a
dredged channel.

Port Canaveral from WNW (5.35)

(Original dated 2001)
(Photograph − Canaveral Port Authority

121
 Home Contents Index CHAPTER 5

Traffic 4 Track and draught. In order to conserve sea turtles

5.39 which are considered to be an endangered species in this
1 In 2001, 701 vessels totalling 8 168 543 dwt visited the area, mariners are requested to keep to a minimum any
port. departure from the centrelines of the approach and entrance
The shrimp and scallop fishing fleet operates from the channels and, consistent with operational requirements and
harbour in season. safe navigation, to enter and leave with minimum draught.

Port Authority Fish havens

5.40 5.45
1 Canaveral Port Authority, PO Box 267, Port Canaveral 1 Many fish havens, shown on the charts, exist to the N
Station, Cape Canaveral, FL 32920. Website: and E of Cape Canaveral.
(www.portcanaveral.org).
Harbour
Limiting conditions General layout
5.41
1 Project depths: 5.46
1 An E W channel, consisting of Middle Reach, Inner
Channel Project Depth Reach, W Access Channel, and Canaveral Barge Canal,
Outer Reach 13⋅4 m (44 ft) connects the Atlantic Ocean with Banana River (5.110) and
with Indian River (5.110) which forms part of the
Middle Reach 13⋅4 m (44 ft)
Intracoastal Waterway. The city of Canaveral stands on the
Inner Reach 12⋅2 m (40 ft) S side of the channel; on the N side lie East, Middle and
West Access Channel. E portion 11⋅9 m (39 ft) West Basins.
West Access Channel. W portion 9⋅4 m (31 ft) Hurricanes
2 For the latest controlling depths, the chart and Port 5.47
Authority should be consulted. 1 Hurricanes are a threat from about June to October,
Deepest berth. Tanker berth 1, see 5.55. especially in early June, early August, early September and
3 Tidal levels. Mean spring range about 1⋅1 m; mean neap mid October. The probability of at least one occurrence of
range about 0⋅9 m. For further information see Admiralty winds of hurricane force is about 36%, that of two is 6%.
Tide Tables.
Maximum size of vessels handled. Cruise ships; Special harbour areas
85 000 grt, LOA 305 m (1000 ft). 5.48
1 East Basin, also known as TRIDENT Basin, and its
NW-going entrance channel are a Danger Zone, closed to
unauthorised shipping; the basin is used for the handling of
Arrival information explosives. East Basin is also a Security Zone.
2 Middle Basin has a restricted area on and close off the
Notice of ETA naval berthing area on its E side. Unauthorised vessels and
5.42 personnel are prohibited from entering the area during
1 Notice of ETA should be sent 24 hours in advance. See specified periods.
Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(5). 3 Signals used to show that the restricted area is closed
are a red ball by day, red flashing lights (shielded to
Pilotage and tugs seaward) at night, shown from the SW side of the Port
5.43 Canaveral water tower (28°24′⋅7N, 80°36′⋅2W).
1 Pilotage is compulsory for: 4 The S limit of the Security Zone follows the N side of
US registered vessels of 2⋅1 m (7 ft) draught or more Middle Reach, Inner Reach and Canaveral Barge Canal, as
All non−US registered vessels. far W as the E side of Banana River Barge Canal, where
Vessels over 500 grt using Canaveral Port Authority the limit turns N. See Appendix V.
docks, unless specifically exempted by the Port
Director. Flow
2 Pilot boards off the entrance to Outer Reach at position 5.49
28°22′N, 80°31′W from a boat with black hull, white 1 Current off the entrance to Outer Reach. NE going, rate
superstructure with PILOT on the side. Vessels are required 1 kn.
to maintain a speed of 6 to 8 kn during embarkation. Cross tidal streams, rate up to ½ kn, may be met in
Tugs are available and used by most vessels. Outer Reach.

Traffic regulations Principal marks

5.44 5.50
1 Regulations for Inland Waters. The limit of the waters 1 Landmarks:
to which these regulations apply is the line joining the Cape Canaveral Lighthouse (28°28′N, 80°33′W)
heads of the two entrance training walls. See Appendix III. (5.30).
2 Speed limit: 6 kn W of the entrance training walls. 2 Light coloured block of buildings, making up the the
3 Ship movement priority normally given to naval vehicle assemble building at the Kennedy Space Centre
vessels. (28°30′⋅1N, 80°34′⋅9W) (160 m (524 ft) high).
Small craft are required to keep clear of large vessels 3 Major light:
entering, leaving, or manoeuvring in the harbour. Cape Canaveral Light — as above.

122
 Home Contents Index
Port Canaveral from ESE (5.50)
(Original dated 2003)
(Photograph − Sky Cam Aerial Photography Inc.)
Directions for entering harbour
Approach
5.51
1 From a position E of the seaward end of the harbour
entrance channel (28°21′N, 81°30′W) the route leads W to
the Pilot boarding place, passing (with reference to Cape
Canaveral Light):
S of Southeast Shoal (7 miles SE), the S side of
which is marked by light-buoys (starboard hand).
2 Cautions. Great care is required near the shoals off
Cape Canaveral. These shoals are subject to change in
position and depth; in a heavy sea, they are marked by
breakers, but with a smooth sea there is nothing to indicate
them except for the light-buoys. Mariners passing through
the area are advised to remain in depths of more than 27 m
(15 fm) when approaching from S, and of more than 24 m
(13 fm) when approaching from N.
3 Attention is drawn to a dangerous wreck in position
28°17′N, 80°27′W.
Entrance channel and harbour
5.52
1 Leading lights. From the Pilot boarding place (28°21′N,
81°30′W) the alignment (310°) of the following Approach
Leading lights leads through Outer Reach, marked by
light-buoys, to a bend in the channel (5 cables E of the N
entrance point):
CHAPTER 5
2 Front light (red rectangle, green stripe, on framework
tower,) (28°25′⋅0N, 80°35′⋅1W).
Rear light (red rectangle, green stripe, on framework
tower on piles) (1 mile from front light).
3 It was reported (1992) that the rear leading beacon was
obscured by a hill before the turn to 270°.
Caution. A wreck, with a least depth of 9⋅7 m (32 ft)
over it, lies to the N of the Outer Reach Channel, in
position 28°23′⋅8N, 80°32′⋅1W.
4 Thence the alignment (270°) of the following Entrance
Channel Leading lights leads through Middle Reach,
marked by light-buoys and light-beacons, to East Basin
(4½ cables W of N entrance point), passing S of No 12
Light-buoy (starboard hand) which marks the N entrance
point.:
5 Front light (red rectangle, white stripe, on framework
tower, on piles) (28°24′⋅6N, 80°37′⋅9W).
Rear light (as for front light) (582 m from front
light).
6 Thence the alignment (326°) of the following leading
lights leads into East Basin:
Front light (red rectangle, white stripe, on framework
tower) (28°25′⋅2N, 80°35′⋅9W).
Rear light (as for front light) (307 m from front
light).
5.53
1 From the entrance to East Basin, the same alignment
(270°), described above, leads 7 cables W through Inner
Reach to the entrance to Middle Basin.
123
 Home Contents Index CHAPTER 5

Fort Pierce Inlet from E (5.58)

(Original dated 2003)
(Photograph − Sky Cam Aerial Photography Inc.)

5.54 FORT PIERCE INLET

1 From the W side of Middle Basin, a channel continues
6 cables W to West Basin. General information
Along the S side of that continuation runs the Canaveral Chart 2866 (see 1.15)
Barge Canal past West Basin to join the Intracoastal Position and function
Waterway in Banana River. 5.58
1 Fort Pierce (27°27′N, 80°21′W) is the seat of
government for St Lucie County. Fishing vessels operate
Berths from the port.
5.55 Port Authority
1 Berths for cruise shipping, tankers and vessels with 5.59
general cargoes, with a Ro ro facility, are on the S and N 1 Fort Pierce Port & Airport Authority, 2300 Virginia
sides of Inner Reach, and in Middle and West Basins. Avenue, Fort Pierce, FL 33450.
2 Deepest berth Tanker Berth 1; 11⋅6 m. Depths should
be checked with Port Authority for latest values. Limiting conditions
Longest berth. South cargo piers Nos 1, 2 and 3; 493 m 5.60
(1616 ft). 1 Project depths:
Entrance channel. 9⋅1 m (30 ft).
Inner channel and turning basin. 8⋅5 m (28 ft).
2 Depths in the channel may vary considerably between
Port services dredging operations and for the latest controlling depths the
5.56
Port Authority should be consulted.
1 Repairs. Facilities available.
3 Largest berth. See 5.74.
Other facilities: hospital, 8 km distant.
Tidal levels. Mean spring range about 0⋅9 m; mean neap
Supplies: fuel oil; fresh water.
range about 0⋅6 m. For further information see Admiralty
5.57
Tide Tables.
1 Harbour regulations:
4 Time and tide. Most vessels can enter or leave at any
Emergency ship movement policy. Vessels are berthed
time or state of the tide.
bows seaward. Wires are to be provided, with eyes
outboard, for use by tugs.
Arrival information
2 Oil spillages and fires are to be reported to the Port
Authority. Notice of ETA
Vessels may, in emergency, be required to undertake 5.61
movements with the watch on board. 1 Notice of ETA should be sent 72, 48 and 24 hours in
3 Rescue. Coastguard station is situated at NE corner of advance. For details see Admiralty List of Radio
West Basin. SignalsVolume 6(5).

124
 Home Contents Index
5.62
1 Outer anchorage with reported good holding ground in
depths of 11⋅5 m to 12⋅2 m (38 ft to 40 ft) is situated
1 mile E of No 2 Light-buoy.
Pilotage and tugs
5.63
1 Pilotage is available 24 hours and pilots board ½ mile E
of Sea Light-buoy. The pilot boat is black with white
superstructure and red deck, with the word PILOT painted
on the sides.
2 Tugs are available.
5.64
1 Quarantine. A vessel subject to quarantine will be
boarded on arrival at her berth. See 1.35.
Harbour
General layout
5.65
1 Intracoastal Waterway follows the course of Indian
River (5.110) and crosses the Inner Inlet Range at right
angles.
2 Regulations for Inland Waters. The limit of the waters
to which these regulations apply is a line joining the
extremities of the entrance breakwaters. See Appendix III.
Submarine cable and pipeline areas
5.66
1 Submarine cable and pipeline areas exist in the entrance
to the inlet and at the S end of the Turning Basin.
Storm signals
5.67
1 Storm signals are shown at the coastguard station
(27°27′⋅8N, 80°18′⋅4W).
Natural conditions
5.68
1 Tidal streams in the inlet have rates of about 3 kn,
however rates of 8 to 12 kn have been reported in the cut
running parallel to the channel.
2 Caution. At the bend in the channel the tidal stream
sets across the channel, flood to the S and ebb to the N.
5.69
1 Sea. During the out going stream, in SE weather, the
entrance is rough.
Directions for entering harbour
(continued from 5.32)
Approach
5.70
1 Attention is drawn to the following features in the
approach (with reference to the entrance):
Indian River Shoal (up to 120 miles N) (5.31).
Capron Shoal (4 miles ESE) (5.82).
CHAPTER 5
Entry
5.71
1 From the vicinity of the pilot’s boarding place 5 cables
E of Sea Light-buoy the alignment (259¾°) of the
following Entrance Leading Lights leads through Fort
Pierce Inlet Entrance Range to the bend in the channel off
Dynamite Point. The channel is marked by light-buoys:
2 Front light (red rectangular daymark, white stripe on
framework tower) (7 cables W of entrance).
Rear light (as for front light) (6½ cables from front
light).
3 Caution. Attention is drawn to a dangerous wreck
charted about 8 cables SSW of the pilot’s boarding place.
Care is necessary at the entrance, with strong tidal
streams and occasionally rough sea and at the bend in the
channel, with cross tidal streams.
5.72
1 Centre Leading Lights:
Front light (yellow stripe on roof) (1¾ miles WSW of
entrance).
Rear light (mast) (575 m from front light).
2 The alignment (242°) of these lights leads inward
through Fort Pierce Inlet Inner Range to the Turning Basin.
The channel is marked by light-buoys.
Departure
5.73
1 The alignment (061½°) of Inner Leading Lights (similar
to Entrance Leading Lights) (front light 1 cable SW of
Dynamite Point) leads outward through Fort Pierce Inlet
Inner Range.
Berths
Alongside berths
5.74
1 Two piers and a dolphin berth, the largest being the N
face of North Pier, length 130 m, depth alongside 7⋅9 m
(1983).
Port services
5.75
1 Repairs: None.
Other facilities: customs; doctor and hospital.
Supplies: gasoline, diesel fuel, bunker C; fresh water;
some provisions.
2 Rescue. A coastguard station, with search and rescue
facilities, is situated 1 mile WSW of the entrance, as shown
on the chart.
Small craft
5.76
1 Municipal yacht basin, close S of the mouth of Moore
Creek (about 2 miles WSW of the entrance); 30 ton lift to
hoist small craft out of water. The channel to the marina is
marked by privately maintained day beacons. The channel
and basin had a reported depth (1988) of 2⋅4 m (8 ft),
caution is required as strong cross currents exist. An
overhead power cable, with a vertical clearance of 25⋅9 m
(85 ft), crosses the channel. Full marina facilities are
available.
2 Repairs. 150-ton lift for hull and machinery repairs, at
Taylor Creek (about 1¾ miles W of entrance).
Other names
5.77
1 Causeway Island (27°27′⋅5N, 80°18′⋅2W).
Coon Island (27°28′N, 80°18′W).
125
 Home Contents Index CHAPTER 5

FORT PIERCE INLET TO LAKE WORTH

INLET

General information
Chart 2866
Route
5.78
1 The coastal route leads from the vicinity of Fort Pierce
Inlet (27°28′N, 80°18′W) to the vicinity of Lake Worth
Inlet (44 miles SSE).

Current
5.79
1 Current. The Gulf Stream runs N at about 1½ to 2 kn
off Jupiter Inlet. See also 5.15.

Rescue Jupiter Inlet Light from E (5.81)

5.80 (Original dated 2003)
1 See 5.75 and 5.108. (Photograph − Sky Cam Aerial Photography Inc.)

Principal marks 2 Major light:

5.81 Jupiter Inlet Light (red brick tower, 32 m in height
1 Landmark: (26°57′N, 80°04′W); reportedly obscured
Jupiter Loran Tower, height 199 m (653 ft) (27°02′N, 231°–234° within 5½ miles distant, by high rise
80°07′W) buildings.

St. Lucie Inlet from E (5.84)

(Original dated 2003)

(Photograph − Sky Cam Aerial Photography Inc.)

126
 Home Contents Index
Directions
(continued from 5.32)
5.82
1 From a position E of Fort Pierce Inlet (27°28′N,
80°18′W) the route leads generally SSE for 45 miles to a
position E of Lake Worth Inlet (26°46′N, 80°02′W),
passing (with reference to Jupiter Inlet Light (26°57′N,
80°04′W)):
E of Capron Shoal (30 miles NNW), marked by
No 10A Light-buoy (starboard hand), thence:
2 Clear of several charted wrecks and shoals in the
vicinity of Saint Lucie Shoal (20 miles N), that
shoal being marked by a light-buoy (starboard
hand) and buoy (starboard hand) at its N and S
end, respectively; and including Pierce Shoal
(inshore of Saint Lucie Shoal).
5.83
1 A recommended route, which can be taken as soon as
Jupiter Inlet Light (5.81) is identified, leads past Jupiter
Inlet at a distance of 3 to 6 miles E of it, thence follows
the coast as closely as safe navigation permits, towards the
vicinity of Lake Worth Inlet.
2 It is advisable for deep-draught vessels to remain in
depths of more than 36 m (20 fm).
(Directions continue for Lake Worth Inlet at 5.105,
and for coastal passage at 5.128).
Channels to Intracoastal Waterway
St. Lucie Inlet
5.84
1 St. Lucie Inlet (27°10′N, 80°09′W), forms the mouth of
St. Lucie River and provides access to Port Sewall at the S
end of Indian River.
Jupiter Inlet from E (5.88)
(Original dated 2003)
(Photograph − Sky Cam Aerial Photography Inc.)
CHAPTER 5
The inlet is protected by N (ruined) and S entrance
breakwaters, and by a detached breakwater.
2 Regulations for Inland Waters. The limit of the waters
to which these regulations apply is the meridian of
80°09′⋅7W. See Appendix III.
3 Buoyage. The channel is marked by a light-buoy at the
entrance, and by buoys; these are frequently moved to
indicate the best water.
Tidal streams continue to run for 2 hours after HW and
LW, with reported rates up to 7 kn. Entrance is easiest just
on the flood side of slack water.
4 Caution. Extensive sandbars flank the N side of the
inlet, spoil grounds are reported to exist off the S side of
the E entrance, and it is reported that shoaling builds up
from both sides of the channel. There are strong streams,
breakers and swell in the entrance. Several large fish
havens, shown on the chart, exist to the N and E of St.
Lucie Inlet.
5 Local knowledge and experience are necessary since the
inlet is dangerous, especially for small boats not designed
for the open sea.
5.85
1 Pilots are obtainable through the Stuart Chamber of
Commerce from Manatee Pocket (2 miles within the
entrance, the creek at the head of which lies Salerno).
5.86
1 St. Lucie River (5.114) has several branches, some of
which are of commercial significance, and also are yachting
and fishing centres. A canal connects the river with Lake
Okeechobee (5.114) (25 miles inland) and thence via
Caloosahatchee Canal (5.116) and Punta Gorda with the
Gulf of Mexico.
Jupiter Inlet Light
127
 Home Contents Index CHAPTER 5

5.87
1 Stuart (27°12′N, 80°15′W) (5.117) is the most important
town on the river, being the county seat of Martin County;
it has extensive port services, including a hospital.
Jupiter Inlet
5.88
1 Jupiter Inlet (26°57′N, 80°04′W) is an unimportant
opening, entered between short stone breakwaters, giving
access to the Intracoastal Waterway. The channel is
obstructed by a shifting bar, which was reported in 1983 to
have a controlling depth of 1⋅2 m (4 ft). A dangerous
wreck, shown on the chart, lies 3½ miles NE of the inlet.
2 The inlet is used by local fishing craft, but it is
particularly hazardous to small boats not designed for the
open sea, and to mariners without local knowledge and
experience. Close E of Jupiter Inlet fish havens, shown on
the chart, have been established.
3 Tidal streams with rates up to 6 kn, and eddies and
turbulence off the S entrance breakwater, are reported. Sea
and swell conditions are worst during E winds and on the
falling tide.
5.89
1 Regulations for Inland Waters. The limit of the waters
to which these regulations apply is a line joining the
extremities of the two entrance breakwaters. See Appendix
III.
LAKE WORTH INLET AND PORT OF
PALM BEACH
General information
Chart 3684, plan of Port of Palm Beach
Position and function
5.90
1 Position. The Port of Palm Beach (26°46′N, 80°03′W) is
situated within Lake Worth Inlet.
Function. Port of Palm Beach is an important
commercial port, and a port of entry. Much Ro Ro traffic
for the Bahama Islands trade is handled.
Approach and entry
5.91
1 Lake Worth Inlet is an opening, cut through the beach
and dredged, giving direct access to Port of Palm Beach.
Traffic
5.92
1 In 2001, 1206 vessels totalling 4 638 325 dwt visited the
port.
Port Authority
5.93
1 Port of Palm Beach, 4 East Port Road (PO Box 9935),
Riviera Beach, FL 33419. Website:
www.portofpalmbeach.com
For the latest controlling depths, the chart and Port
Authority should be consulted.
2 Deepest berth. See 5.107.
Tidal levels. Mean spring range about 0⋅9 m; mean neap
range about 0⋅6 m. For further information see Admiralty
Tide Tables.
3 Maximum size of vessel handled: 167 m length, 10⋅6 m
draught; a vessel 189 m long and drawing 10 m has used
the port.
4 Local weather. Gales are rare, and are most likely to
occur during the tropical storm season which is from June
to October. Hurricanes have generated winds up to 120 kn
(estimated).
Arrival information
Notice of ETA and time of entry
5.95
1 For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals
Volume 6(5).
Time of entry. The best time of entry is during the
out going stream.
Outer anchorage
5.96
1 Anchorage areas A and B are situated N and S,
respectively, of the seaward end of the Entrance Channel,
as shown on the chart.
No deep water anchorage exists within the inlet.
2 Mariners wishing to anchor while waiting for a berth at
Port of Palm Beach are required to use one of the areas
defined above, except in emergency. A vessel anchoring
elsewhere in emergency will be moved to one of the
authorised areas as soon as possible.
Pilots and tugs
5.97
1 Pilotage is compulsory and available 24 hours.
Pilot boarding place. in the vicinity of LW Light-buoy
(safe water) (26°46′⋅3N, 80°00′⋅5W) or as instructed by the
pilots.
2 Tugs are available.
Traffic Regulations
5.98
1 Regulations for Inland Waters. The limit of the waters
to which these regulations apply is a line joining the heads
of the two entrance breakwaters. See Appendix III.
2 Anchorage is prohibited in the channel and in the
turning basin; for other regulations concerning anchorage
see 5.96 above.
3 Dead slow speed is to be maintained in the vicinity of
the power station at the SW corner of the turning basin, for
the protection of manatees.
Quarantine and customs
5.99
1 Vessels are boarded on arrival for quarantine and
customs inspection.

Harbour
Limiting conditions
5.94 General layout
1 Project depths: 5.100
1 Entrance to the harbour is by a dog-leg channel running
Channel Project Depth W between the protective entrance breakwaters and S of
Singer Island, thence WSW through Lake Worth Inner
Entrance Channel 10⋅5 m (35 ft) Channel and S of Peanut Island, to the turning basin. The
Inner Channel 10⋅1 m (33 ft) channel is 91 m wide at its narrowest part.
2 The alongside berths are on the W side of the turning
Turning Basin 10⋅1 m (33 ft) basin.

128
 Home Contents Index
The Intracoastal Waterway runs N-S through the turning
basin.
Storm signals
5.101
1 Storm signals are shown from the Coastguard station
(5.108).
Flow
5.102
1 Current. A N-going Gulf Stream current may be felt a
short distance E of No 2 Light-buoy (starboard hand)
(4 cables E of the entrance) and a S going countercurrent,
rate depending on weather, is usually found nearer the
buoy. S-going vessels avoiding the Gulf Stream may be
met there.
5.103
1 Tidal streams within the inlet are strong; for streams in
the entrance channel see the table on the plan.
In the turning basin, across the entrances to the slips, the
tidal stream sets N during the incoming stream and S on
the outgoing stream.
Landmarks
5.104
1 Twin chimneys at a power station (white and orange
bands, 92 m high, obstruction lights (26°45′⋅9N,
80°03′⋅2W) the dominant landmarks in the port.
2 Building (tallest of six) (26°47′N, 80°02′W).
42-storey block of flats, close to the shore 7 cables
N of the entrance.
Lake Worth Inlet and Port of Palm Beach from E (5.104)
(Original dated 2003)
(Photograph − Sky Cam Aerial Photography Inc.)
CHAPTER 5
Directions
(continued from 5.82)
Approach and entry
5.105
1 From a position E of LW Light-buoy (safe water)
(26°46′⋅3N, 80°00′⋅5W), an approach from E is
recommended which, according to a report, avoids shoal
water N and S of the entrance channel.
2 Leading lights. The alignment (271½°) of the following
Entrance Leading Lights leads through the entrance:
Front light (red rectangular daymark, white stripe on
framework tower on dolphin) (26°46′⋅3N,
80°02′⋅5W)).
3 Rear light (red rectangular daymark, white stripe on
framework tower) (400 m from front light).
The channel is marked by light-buoys and light-beacons.
4 The route continues through Lake Worth Inner Channel.
to the turning basin; although no leading marks are
provided, the channel is well marked by light-beacons and
light-buoys.
Anchorages and berths
Anchorages
5.106
1 The only vessels that may anchor in the harbour are
those drawing 2⋅4 m or less; berths for them are available
near Palm Beach.
129
 Home Contents Index CHAPTER 5

Alongside berths 2 Vero Beach (Mile 951⋅9) (5.32).

5.107
1 The port has two slips and four wharves, divided into
25 berths with lengths up to 210 m and depths of 7⋅6 to
10⋅7 m; these occupy the waterfront on the W side of the
turning basin.
2 Berths include several with Ro-Ro facilities.
Port services
5.108
1 Repairs: minor repairs only.
Other facilities: hospitals.
2 Supplies: fuel oil to some berths; fresh water and
electric power to all berths; provisions.
Rescue. Coastguard station stands at the S end of Peanut
Island (26°46′⋅3N, 80°02′⋅8W).
INTRACOASTAL WATERWAY, PORT
CANAVERAL TO LAKE WORTH INLET,
AND OKEECHOBEE WATERWAY
General information
Chart 2866 (see 1.15)
Description
5.109
1 A general description of the Intracoastal Waterway
within the area covered by this volume is given at 5.8.
2 Project depths:
Port Canaveral to Fort Pierce (27°28′N, 80°20′W):
3⋅7 m (12 ft).
Fort Pierce to Lake Worth Inlet (26°46′N, 80°02′W).
3 For the latest controlling depths, charts and the Port
Authorities should be consulted.
Port Canaveral to Lake Worth Inlet
Port Canaveral to St. Lucie Inlet
5.110
1 Canaveral Barge Canal (5.46) connects Port Canaveral
(28°25′N, 80°36′W) with the Intracoastal Waterway in
Indian River (Mile 894), passing through a barge lock,
across Banana River, and a cut across Merritt Island.
Thence the waterway runs SSE to the S entrance (Mile
914⋅2) to Banana River, opposite Eau Gallie.
2 Banana River, controlling depth 1 m (3 ft) in 1978, is
hurricanes.
Thence the waterway runs S through Indian River to St.
Lucie Inlet (Mile 987⋅9) (27°10′N, 80°10′W).
5.111
1 Depots. There are highway bridges and marinas at
frequent intervals along the waterway, the most important
depots being at:
Melbourne (Mile 918⋅2) (5.32).
Sebastian Creek (Mile 935⋅4).
Fort Pierce (Mile 965⋅6) (5.58).
West Palm Beach (Mile 1022) (5.100).
St. Lucie Inlet to Lake Worth Inlet
5.112
1 The junction with Okeechobee Waterway (5.114) is at
St. Lucie Inlet. Caution is required when crossing St. Lucie
River, owing to cross currents.
2 From St. Lucie Inlet the Intracoastal Waterway leads
through a canal at mile 990, continuing to Jupiter Inlet
(26°57′N, 80°04′W) (Mile 1004) (5.88).
5.113
1 Close SW of Jupiter Inlet, the Intracoastal Waterway
crosses Loxahatchee River, caution being required there,
thence to the ship channel in Lake Worth (Mile 1014) and
to Port of Palm Beach (Mile 1018) (5.90).
Description of Intracoastal Waterway continues at 5.196.
Okeechobee Waterway
Rocky Point to Lake Okeechobee
5.114
1 From its junction with Intracoastal Waterway in St.
Lucie Inlet (Mile 988), Okeechobee Waterway, starting at
Rocky Point (Mile 0⋅0) (27°10′N, 80°11′W), follows St.
Lucie River and St. Lucie Canal, and enters Lake
Okeechobee at Port Mayaca (26°59′N, 80°36′W) (Mile 38).
It crosses the S part of the lake, and leaves it near Moore
Haven (26°50′N, 81°06′W) (Mile 78).
5.115
1 Lake Okeechobee is a fresh-water lake, shallow along
its W and SW sides with depths of 3⋅3 to 5⋅2 m (11 to
15 ft) in the middle. The shallow areas are generally filled
with a thick growth of water grass which fouls
conventional screw propellers.
The town of Okeechobee is situated at the N end of
the lake.
Lake Okeechobee to Gulf of Mexico
5.116
1 At Moore Haven, Okeechobee Waterway enters
Caloosahatchee Canal and River, leading thence past Fort
Myers (26°38′N, 81°51′W) (Mile 134⋅5) into Carlos Bay
and Gulf of Mexico, as described in East Coasts of Central
America and Gulf of Mexico Pilot.
5.117
1 Project depths:
Stuart (Mile 7⋅5) to Fort Myers (Mile 134⋅5): 2⋅4 m
(8 ft).
Thence, 3 m (10 ft) to Punta Rassa.
Thence, 3⋅7 m (12 ft) to Gulf of Mexico; see East
Coasts of Central America and Gulf of Mexico
Pilot.
2 For the latest controlling depths, charts and port
authorities should be consulted.

LAKE WORTH INLET TO MIAMI

Miami (60 miles S) and Intracoastal Waterway from Lake
GENERAL INFORMATION Worth Inlet to Miami.
Chart 2866, 3699 Ports
Extent of area 5.119
5.118 1 The following ports are in the area:
1 The area described below includes the W side of Straits Port Everglades (26°06′N, 80°07′W) (5.133).
of Florida from Lake Worth Inlet (26°46′N, 80°03′W) to Miami (25°46′N, 80°08′W) (5.163).

130
 Home Contents Index
Topography
5.120
1 The coast is broken (with reference to Lake Worth Inlet
(26°46′N, 80°03′W)) at:
Boynton Inlet (14 miles S) (5.129).
2 Boca Raton Inlet (26 miles S) (5.131).
Hillsboro Inlet (31 miles S) (5.132).
Port Everglades (40 miles S) (5.133).
3 Extensive development has taken place along this stretch
of the coast and numerous towns, tanks, radio towers and
scattered buildings are visible from seaward.
Local magnetic anomaly
5.121
1 See 5.4.
LAKE WORTH INLET TO PORT
EVERGLADES
General information
Chart 2866
Route
5.122
1 The coastal route continues from the vicinity of Lake
Worth Inlet (26°46′N, 80°03′W) to the vicinity of Port
Everglades (26°06′N, 80°07′W).
Topography
5.123
1 From Lake Worth to Port Everglades, the coast is broken
by several inlets of little importance. The coast is formed
almost entirely by a low sand beach, with conspicuous
dunes partly covered by grass and scrub palmetto, and
woods in the background. Many towns, tanks, radio towers
and scattered buildings are visible from seaward.
5.124
1 Rocks. Two small rocks or islets (26°10′N, 80°05′W) on
each side of a stranded vessel were formed by the
jettisoning of a cargo of cement. They were blasted away
during World War II, but until the depth over them has
been determined, the area should be avoided.
Current
5.125
1 At distances of about 1½ miles offshore, the N going
Florida Current has a rate of about 1 kn as far S as
Hillsboro Inlet, thence ¾ kn, the rate increasing rapidly
with distance offshore. Much greater rates than those
mentioned above are sometimes met near the coast. See
also 5.15.
Rescue
5.126
1 See 5.108 and 5.157.
CHAPTER 5
Principal marks
5.127
1 Landmarks:
Hillsboro Inlet Light (black 8 sided metal framework
tower with central column, lower part white, 42 m
in height) (26°16′N, 80°05′W).
Hillsboro Inlet Light from SE (5.127)
(Original dated 2003)
(Photograph − Sky Cam Aerial Photography Inc.)
2 Group of four conspicuous chimneys (red and white
bands, obstruction lights), shown on the plan
(1⋅2 miles SW of Port Everglades harbour
entrance), reported as visible from seaward from
more than 20 miles distant.
3 Major lights:
Jupiter Inlet Light (26°57′N, 80°05′W) (5.81).
Hillsboro Inlet Light — as above.
Directions
(continued from 5.82)
5.128
1 From a position E of Lake Worth Inlet (26°46′N,
80°03′W) the route leads generally S about 40 miles to the
vicinity of PE Light-buoy (26°06′N, 80°05′W) off Port
Everglades, keeping as close to the coast as safety permits
so as to avoid the full strength of the N going current, in
depths of at least 30 m.
2 Attention is drawn to several charted wrecks which lie
close offshore.
(Directions continue for Port Everglades at 5.154,
and for coastal passage at 5.161.)
Channels to Intracoastal Waterway
Boynton Inlet
5.129
1 Boynton Inlet (26°33′N, 80°02′W), about 1 mile NE of
Boynton Beach, is a small dredged cut through the beach,
about 30 m wide, leading to the Intracoastal Waterway; the
entrance is protected by breakwaters.
131
 Home Contents Index
Boynton Inlet from E (5.129)
(Original dated 2003)
(Photograph − Sky Cam Aerial Photography Inc.)
2 Project depth: 1⋅5 m (5 ft) (reported 1983).
Vertical clearance of fixed road bridge: 5⋅5 m (18 ft).
5.130
1 Regulations for Inland Waters. The limit of the waters
to which these regulations apply is a line joining the
seaward heads of the entrance breakwaters. See
Appendix III.
2 Natural conditions. Tidal streams reportedly reach 8 kn;
breakers and E winds make the entrance impassable,
particularly during the in going stream. The channel is not
marked.
3 Caution. The inlet is dangerous and particularly so to
small boats not designed for open seas.
Local knowledge and experience are required.
Boca Raton Inlet
5.131
1 Boca Raton Inlet (26°20′N, 80°04′W) is a narrow
dredged cut through the beach, leading to the Intracoastal
Waterway, and is used mainly by local fishermen.
2 Controlling depth is normally 1⋅3 m (4 ft) (reported
1983) but may be less after strong winds. In 1999 a depth
of about 1⋅5 m (5 ft) was reported in the lower S part of
the entrance, with shoaling to much lesser depths across the
rest of the entrance. For the latest controlling depths, charts
and port authorities should be consulted.
3 Regulations for Inland Waters. The limit of the waters
to which these regulations apply is a line joining the two
breakwater-head lights, which are privately maintained. See
Appendix III.
CHAPTER 5
4 Caution. Conditions almost exactly resemble those at
Boynton Inlet (5.129).
Local knowledge and experience are required.
Hillsboro Inlet
5.132
1 Hillsboro Inlet (26°16′N, 80°05′W) leads to Hillsboro
River and the Intracoastal Waterway.
Local knowledge is required.
2 Controlling depth is reported to be 2⋅1 m (7 ft) (1985).
For the latest controlling depths port authorities should be
consulted.
3 Vertical clearance of bascule bridge: 4 m (13 ft).
Entrance is marked by HI Light-buoy (safe water)
(about 2 cables seaward); and by privately maintained lights
and a day beacon.
4 Rocky reefs reportedly extend N and S from the
respective entrance lights, with the S end of the S reef
reportedly drying at LW.
5 Regulations for Inland Waters. The limit of the waters
to which these regulations apply is an N-S line from
Hillsboro Inlet Light (5.127) to Entrance Light 2, thence
Entrance Light 1, thence W to the shore line. See
Appendix III.
6 Flow. In the entrance is N-going during the in going
stream and S-going during the out going stream; rate of
in going stream at the bridge reported as 5 to 6 kn.
7 Principal mark. Hillsboro Inlet Light (26°16′N,
80°05′W) on the N side of the entrance.
Port services for small craft available on the S side of
the inlet, by the bridge.
132
 Home Contents Index CHAPTER 5

Boca Raton Inlet from SE (5.131)

(Original dated 2003)
(Photograph − Sky Cam Aerial Photography Inc.)

Hillsboro Inlet from E (5.132)

(Original dated 2003)
(Photograph − Sky Cam Aerial Photography Inc.)

133
 Home Contents Index CHAPTER 5

PORT EVERGLADES Arrival information

General information
Charts 3684 plan of Port Everglades, 3699
Position and function
5.133
1 Position. Port Everglades (26°06′N, 80°07′W) is situated
about 2 miles S of the city of Fort Lauderdale.
2 Function. Port Everglades is a deep water port, being
steadily developed as a major cruise port; many of the
world’s largest passenger vessels call there.
5.134
1 The city of Fort Lauderdale, known as ‘The Venice of
America’, is the seat of Broward County, and the centre of
one of the world’s largest pleasure boat complexes and boat
building industries.
In 2000 Fort Lauderdale had a population of 149 377.
Notice of ETA
5.141
1 Notice of ETA should be advised at least 24 hours in
advance with confirmation 1 hour before arrival. For details
see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(5).
Outer anchorage
5.142
1 The two authorised anchorages off Port Everglades
designated A and B are situated, as shown on the chart,
1 mile NNW and 2 miles NNE respectively of the outer
fairway buoy (26°05′⋅5N, 80°04′⋅8W). They are situated
clear of the spoil ground in that vicinity. Medium and
deep draught vessels are required to await the pilot before
anchoring.
2 Anchorage S of the entrance channel is generally
prohibited: see 5.144 for further details.

Traffic
5.135 Pilotage and tugs
1 Traffic. In 2001, 4587 vessels totalling 47 716 671 dwt 5.143
visited the port. 1 Pilotage is compulsory and available 24 hours. Pilot
boards off PE Light-buoy (5.154). Pilot boat grey, white
superstructure, PILOT in black on hull, VHF-fitted,
International Flag H shown.
Port Authority
2 Tugs are available.
5.136
1 Port Everglades Authority, PO Box 13136, Fort
Lauderdale, Florida 33316. Website: Traffic Regulations
www.co.broward.fl.us/port.htm 5.144
1 Speed limit for protection of manatees. Dead slow, by
the outlet channel of the power station at Port Everglades.
2 Regulations for Inland Waters. The limit of the waters
Limiting conditions
to which these regulations apply is a line joining the heads
of the North and South Jetties.
Depths
3 Precautionary area, of radius 7 cables, has been
5.137
established centred on PE Light-buoy (5.154). Large
1 Project depths:
commercial ships inbound and outbound from Port
Everglades board and disembark pilots within this area and
Channel Project Depth may be severely limited in their ability to manoeuvre. All
Outer Bar Cut 13⋅7 m (45 ft) vessels are advised to exercise extreme caution when
navigating within this area.
Bar Cut 12⋅8 m (42 ft) 4 Naval restricted area, is established S of the entrance
Intracoastal Waterway, 11 m (36 ft) channel, with limits shown on the charts. Anchoring is
first 5 cables S from turning basin generally prohibited in this area.

2 For the latest controlling depths, the chart and Port

Customs
Authority should be consulted.
5.145
1 Port Everglades is a customs port of entry.
Tidal levels
5.138 Quarantine
1 Mean spring range about 0⋅9 m; mean neap range about 5.146
0⋅5 m. For further information see Admiralty Tide Tables. 1 Quarantine regulations are enforced; vessels subject to
inspection are boarded on arrival at the wharves.

Maximum size of vessel handled

5.139 Harbour
1 Vessel 335 m LOA, 12⋅8 m draught.
General layout
5.147
Wind 1 Direct access is through the Outer Bar Cut and Bar Cut
5.140 to the turning basin, round which the wharves lie, and
1 For information on tropical storms, see 5.150. through which the Intracoastal Waterway runs.

134
 Home Contents Index
Port Everglades from E (5.146)
(Original dated 2003)
(Photograph − Sky Cam Aerial Photography Inc.)
Natural conditions
5.148
1 Current. A N going current, across the entrance
channel, rate about 2 kn, is normal, but rates up to 5 kn
have been reported. The inshore S back-eddy of the Florida
Current is very unpredictable and can cause rapid variation
in the set experienced across the Outer Bar Cut transit.
5.149
1 Tidal streams. For streams in the entrance channel and
in the Intracoastal Waterway leading S from the turning
basin, see the table on the plan, but greater rates than
shown there have been reported. Eddies in the turning
basin make shiphandling difficult. Prevailing SE and E
winds, with the rising tide, produce the most hazardous
conditions, and the Port Authority requests caution, to
avoid striking the piers or the rocky sides of the turning
basin.
5.150
1 Winds. Tropical storms move within 180 miles of Port
Everglades about once or twice a year on the average;
about half of these are hurricanes. While the season runs
from June to November, about four fifths of all threats
have occurred from August to October. However, the port
has been affected, outside the season, in December,
February and May. Tropical storms have approached from
all directions, but comparatively rarely from between NW
and NE. While the port is most vulnerable to winds off the
open ocean, the relatively flat terrain provides little
resistance to strong land winds; however, nearby man made
structures afford some protection.
2 Waves. The entrance channel being narrow, and flanked
by breakwaters, the port is well protected from ocean
waves except for those approaching from E; however, the
energy of waves even from E is lost by shoaling and
diffraction inside the harbour. Wind waves inside are
limited by lack of fetch. Storm tides have exceeded 3⋅5 m
at Fort Lauderdale in the past.
CHAPTER 5
5.151
1 Hurricane evasion. The lack of significant elevations on
barrier land strips subjects the entire Intracoastal Waterway,
including Port Everglades, to severe flooding from
hurricanes. These factors, plus the absence of sheltered
berths or anchorages makes evasion at sea the best course
of action for all seaworthy medium and deep draught
vessels when a hurricane threatens the port.
Landmarks
5.152
1 Group of chimneys (26°05′⋅2N, 80°07′⋅5W).
Building (26°05′⋅8N, 80°06′⋅4W).
Other navigational aids
5.153
1 Racon:
Port Everglades Approach Light-buoy, see 5.154.
See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2.
Directions
(continued from 5.128)
5.154
1 Leading lights. From a position E off PE Light-buoy
(safe water) (26°05′⋅5N, 80°04′⋅8W) the alignment (269½°)
of the following Entrance Leading lights leads through
Outer Bar Cut and Bar Cut which are marked by
light-beacons and light-buoys, into the turning basin:
2 Front light (red rectangular daymark, white stripe, on
framework tower) (26°05′⋅7N, 80°07′⋅5W)).
Rear directional light (as for front light) (833 m from
front light).
3 Caution. Attention is drawn to the following dangers in
the approaches to the entrance:
Submerged breakwaters (N and S), protecting the
entrance channel.
In 1985 the leading marks were reported to be
frequently obscured by vessels at No 7 and 8 Berths.
135
 Home Contents Index CHAPTER 5

Port Everglades Entrance Channel from E (5.154)

(Original dated 2003)

(Photograph − Sky Cam Aerial Photography Inc.)

4 Congestion. Large vessels entering harbour during PORT EVERGLADES TO MIAMI

weekends or holidays are advised to exercise caution owing
to the congestion caused by heavy small craft traffic. General information
Chart 2866, 3699
Route
5.158
Berths 1 The coastal route continues from the vicinity of Port
Everglades (26°06′N, 80°07′W) to the vicinity of Miami.
Alongside berths
5.155 Rescue
1 Piers, with berths on them, numbered on the plan, 5.159
surround the turning basin. Most of the berths have depths 1 See 5.157 and 5.192.
of 11 to 13 m alongside, and deck heights of about 2⋅5 m. Principal marks
2 Slips. The three basins off the W side of the turning 5.160
basin are known as Slips 3, 1 and 2, from S to N; their 1 Landmark:
depths are shown on the plan. Building (illuminated) (25°47′⋅4N, 80°07′⋅9W)
Ro Ro facilities are at Berths 1 to 3, 4A, 6, 16–20. (5.185).
Building (conspicuous) (25°46′⋅0N, 80°08′⋅0W).
2 Major light:
Fowey Rocks Light (25°35′N, 80°06′W) (5.227).
Port services
5.156 Directions
1 Repairs. Shipyard (8½ cables SW of S jetty head), (continued from 5.128)
approach dredged to a reported 10⋅6 m (35 ft). It has a 5.161
syncrolift to lift out vessels up to 4270 tons, 106 m long 1 From a position E of PE Light-buoy (safe water)
and 24 m beam. There are also several firms that can make (26°06′N, 80°05′W), off Port Everglades the route leads S,
above water repairs. for 20 miles, towards a position in the approaches to Miami
5.157 (25°47′N, 80°07′W), passing clear of obstructions, fish
1 Other facilities: hospitals; electric power at berths. havens, buoys, submerged buoys and dangerous wrecks
Supplies: fuel oil, fresh water, provisions. along the coast, as shown on the chart.
Rescue. A coastguard station (26°05′⋅5N, 80°06′⋅7W) is (Directions continue at for Miami at 5.187,
fitted with equipment for search and rescue. and for coastal passage at 5.229.)

136
 Home Contents Index CHAPTER 5

Bal Harbour

Bakers Haulover Inlet from E (5.162)

(Original dated 2003)
(Photograph − Sky Cam Aerial)

Bakers Haulover Inlet Function

5.164
General information 1 Miami is an important cruise port. It also handles
5.162 container and Ro-Ro traffic. It is a major winter holiday
1 Bakers Haulover Inlet (25°54′N, 80°07′W) is a narrow resort and yachting centre.
dredged cut through the beach providing circulation of 2 Population. The city of Miami has a population of
water in the bay and is used primarily by charter fishing 362 470 (2000).
boats. The channel is flanked by training walls and is
protected on the S side by a breakwater, from the head of Traffic
which a light is exhibited. It leads W through the inlet 5.165
giving access from the ocean to the Intracoastal Waterway. 1 In 2001, 3798 vessels totalling 51 122 959 dwt visited
A boat basin lies on the E side of the channel and Bal the port.
Harbour, a private development with several prominent
hotels, lies immediately S of the inlet. A fixed road bridge Port Authority
spans the inlet as shown on the chart. 5.166
2 Controlling depth through the inlet to the road bridge is 1 Port of Miami, Dade County Seaport Department,
3.4 m (11 ft), thence 2⋅4 m (8 ft) to the Intracoastal 1015 North America Way, Miami, FL 33132. Website:
Waterway and in the basin. www.metro dade.com/portofmiami
Vertical clearance of the road bridge is 9⋅8 m (32 ft).
An overhead power cable close E of the bridge has a Limiting conditions
vertical clearance of 16⋅2 m (53 ft). Depths
3 Tidal streams with rates of nearly 3 kn on the flood and
5.167
2½ kn on the ebb have been reported in the channel. 1 Project depths:
Channel Project Depth
MIAMI Outer Bar Cut 13⋅4 m (44 ft)
Widener A 13⋅4 m (44 ft)
General information
Bar Cut 13⋅4 m (44 ft)
Charts 3698, 3699
Goverment Cut 12⋅8 m (42 ft)
Position
5.163 Main Channel 11⋅0 m (36 ft)
1 The city of Miami (25°47′N, 80°11′W) is situated within Lumus Island Cut 11⋅0 m (36 ft)
Miami Beach. Between the two, the Port of Miami
Lumus Island Turning Basin D 11⋅0 m (36 ft)
comprises a number of artificial islands lying in Biscayne
Bay (5.206). Dodge Island Cut 10⋅7 m (35 ft)

137
 Home Contents Index CHAPTER 5

2 Channels are maintained at or near Project depths. For Government Cut, joining the heads of the entrance training
the latest controlling depths, the chart and Port Authority walls. See Appendix III.
should be consulted. 2 Speed. It is unlawful for any vessel or craft to proceed
at a speed which will endanger other vessels or structures.
Widths Official signs are posted indicating limiting speeds through
5.168 critical parts of the harbour or waterways.
1 Project widths: 3 Precautionary area has been established, radius 1 mile,
Outer Bar Cut and Bar Cut. 152 m. centred on M light-buoy (5.187). Large commercial ships
Government Cut narrowing to 122m. inbound and outbound from Miami board and disembark
Main Channel. E part 122 m; W part 275 m. pilots within this area and may be severely limited in their
ability to manoeuvre. All vessels are advised to exercise
Deepest berth extreme caution when navigating within this area.
5.169 4 Prohibited anchorage. Except in great emergency, no
1 Deepest berth is on the N side of Dodge Island (5.179). vessel may anchor anywhere in the vicinities of the
entrance and approach channels leading to the cities of
Tidal levels Miami and Miami Beach, other than within the area
5.170 described below.
1 Mean spring range about 0⋅9 m; mean neap range about
0⋅6 m. For further information see Admiralty Tide Tables. Inspections on arrival
5.178
Maximum size of vessel handled 1 Quarantine, customs and other inspections normally
5.171 take place on arrival at the berth.
1 Cruise ship, draught 10⋅4 m. Container ship, draught Miami has a US Quarantine station and is a customs
11⋅6 m. No length restrictions. port of entry.

Arrival information
Notice of ETA
5.172
1 Notice of ETA should be advised at least 24 hours in
advance and confirmed 1 hour prior to arrival. For details
see Admiralty List of radio Signals Volume 6(5).
Outer anchorage
5.173
1 Anchorage is permitted in an area to the N of the pilot
boarding position, the limits of which are shown on the
charts. Positions A and B are each marked by a special
buoy.
2 No anchorage for deep draught vessels exists within the
harbour.
5.174
1 Anchoring regulations include:
Riding with the shortest possible scope of cable.
If anchored in emergency, and the emergency being
completed, shifting berth as required by the
Captain of the Port.
Pilotage and tugs
5.175
1 Pilotage is compulsory and available 24 hours. Pilots
board to seaward of M Light-buoy (5.18 7).
Pilot office is situated close to the root of the N
entrance jetty.
2 Pilots will meet any vessel making the signal for a pilot,
International Flag G, but arrangements in advance are
recommended.
The pilot boats are black with buff superstructure and
the word PILOT on the sides; they fly International Flag H
and communicate on VHF radio.
5.176
1 Tugs are available.
Traffic Regulations
5.177
1 Regulations for Inland Waters. The limit of the waters
to which these regulations apply is a line across
Harbour
General layout
5.179
1 The harbour consists of a main entrance channel with
several subsidiary channels, the whole lying SW of
MacArthur Causeway which connects the cities of Miami
and Miami Beach.
2 Artificial islands accommodate the alongside berths,
most of which are on Port of Miami (Lummus Island) and
Port of Miami (Dodge Island).
3 Connections with the Intracoastal Waterway are made at
the inner ends of Main Channel (2¾ miles WNW of Miami
Light), and of Fishermans Channel (2¾ miles W of Miami
Light) where the mouth of River Miami is situated.
Seaplane operating area
5.180
1 The inner part of Main Channel, from 1½ to 3 miles
WNW of Miami Light, is used intermittently as a seaplane
operating area.
Storm signals
5.181
1 Storm signals are exhibited at the City Yacht Basin,
shown on the chart (3 miles WNW of Miami Light), and at
several other points in the port.
Natural conditions
5.182
1 Tidal streams at a number of positions throughout the
harbour are shown on the chart.
2 Flow in the entrance channel between the training walls
reaches rates of 2 to 4 kn. A N wind causes a considerable
S set across the ends of the training walls. During S winds
it is advisable to favour the S side of the entrance channel,
to guard against a pronounced N flow.
3 Cross sets at the entrance to Government Cut are
reported to be strong and, when entering harbour during the
in going stream with a NE wind, a marked deflection of
the bow may occur on passing the head of the N training
wall. There may be a less marked deflection when leaving
harbour during the out going stream.
4 Climatic table. See 1.187 and 1.189.

138
 Home Contents Index CHAPTER 5

Miami Entrance Channel from ESE (5.186)

(Original dated 2003)

(Photograph − Sky Cam Aerial Photography Inc.)

5.183
1 Water level. East winds may raise the water level by
0⋅4 m at the entrance and 0⋅3 m within.
West winds may lower the water level by 0⋅3 m at the
entrance and within the bay.
5.184
1 Hurricanes are most likely to affect the area during
August, September and October although they can occur
during any month. One or two tropical storms threaten
Miami in an average year but hurricane force winds are
expected about once every 7 years. Miami lies in the heart
of the US hurricane belt, in an area where tropical storms
recurve, slowing and intensifying. In 1950, wind speed
reached 106 kn with gusts to 130 kn. In 1926, wind speed
reached 107 kn before the anemometer failed, and a storm
surge of more than 3 m occurred in Biscayne Bay.
Landmarks
5.185
1 Building (illuminated) (25°47′⋅4N, 80°07′⋅9W). Tall
green and black building, with red obstruction
lights and time and temperature sign (flashing
0700–2359), visible more than 16 miles offshore.
Building (conspicuous) (25°46′⋅0N, 80°08′⋅0W).
2 Key Biscayne (25°42′N, 80°10′W) can be identified
by radar at an approximate range of 20 miles.
Container gantry cranes on Lummus Island are
conspicuous.
Other navigational aid
5.186
1 Racon:
Miami Approach Light-buoy (25°46′N, 80°05′W).
See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2.
Directions for entering harbour
(continued from 5.161)
Outer Bar Cut
5.187
1 Leading lights:
Front light. (red rectangular daymark, black stripe, on
framework tower on piles) (25°45′⋅1N, 80°07′⋅7W).
Rear light. (as for front light) (610 m from front
light).
2 From a position in the vicinity of M Light-buoy (safe
water) (25°46′N, 80°05′W), the alignment (249½°) of Outer

139
 Home Contents Index
Bar Cut Leading lights leads from M Light-buoy through
Outer Bar Cut, towards Widener, a dredged area with a
project depth of 13⋅4 m (44 ft) (S of Nos 6
and 6A Light-buoys).
Bar Cut, Government Cut and Main Channel
5.188
1 Leading lights. The alignment (114¾°) astern of the
following Government Cut Leading lights leads through
Bar Cut and Government Cut into Turning Basin:
Front light (red rectangular topmark, white stripe, on
tower on piles,) (25°45′⋅2N, 80°06′⋅5W).
Rear light (as for front light) (718 m ESE of front
light).
2 From Turning Basin, Main Channel or Fishermans
Channel may be followed to the berthing area, with the
assistance of light-beacons.
3 Caution: identification of the entrance to Miami is
difficult at night due to the extent and brilliance of the city
lights.
Berths
5.189
1 Alongside berths are grouped, as shown on the chart,
on Fisher Island, Port of Miami (Lummus Island) and Port
of Miami (Dodge Island).
2 Depths alongside:
Berths on Main Channel: generally 11 m.
Berths on Fishermans Channel: generally 7⋅6 m.
3 Deck height: generally 2⋅4 m.
Ro Ro berths: at the NW and SE ends of Dodge Island
and the NW side of Lummus Island.
4 Lummus Island has a container terminal, and Fisher
Island an oil berth.
Port services
5.190
1 Repairs. Minor repairs at several repair firms.
Largest marine railway (patent slip) hauls out vessels up
to 500 dwt and a vertical boat lift operates to the same
limit for craft up to 45⋅7 m in length.
5.191
1 Other facilities: hospitals at Miami and Miami Beach;
deratting and issue of deratting certificates (1.137); salvage
equipment.
2 Supplies: fuel oil, mainly by barge; fresh water at most
berths; provisions of all kinds in any quantity.
5.192
1 Search and Rescue. Coastguard district office and
Marine Safety Office are situated in Miami.
MIAMI TO KEY WEST
GENERAL INFORMATION
Chart 2866
Extent of area
5.199
1 The area described below includes the W side of Straits
of Florida from Miami (25°46′N, 80°08′W) to Key West
(about 145 miles SW), the Florida Keys (5.206) and Florida
Reefs (5.207), and the Intracoastal Waterway from Miami
to Key West.
CHAPTER 5
2 Miami Beach Coastguard Base, with search and rescue
facilities, is situated on Causeway Island (25°46′⋅2N,
80°08′⋅8W)
Small craft
Meloy Channel
5.193
1 Yacht marina in Meloy Channel (25°46′⋅2N,
80°08′⋅5W) with reported depths in the approach channel of
2⋅7 m (9 ft) (1998) and alongside of 4⋅0 m (13 ft) (1998).
2 Port services of all kinds for small craft.
Other services for small craft
5.194
1 Marinas exist in Biscayne Bay and on Miami River.
Good anchorage off the W side of Miami Beach.
INTRACOASTAL WATERWAY, LAKE
WORTH INLET TO MIAMI
General information
Chart 2866, 3699 (see 1.15)
Description.
5.195
1 A general description of the Intracoastal Waterway
within the area covered by this volume is given at 5.8.
5.196
1 From Port of Palm Beach (Mile 1018) the Intracoastal
Waterway runs S to the S end of Lake Worth (Mile 1034⋅3)
and thence through a cut to Lake Wyman. It then continues
S through Lake Boca Baton and Hillsboro River and thence
S to Fort Lauderdale (Mile 1065) and Miami (Mile 1090).
Harbours and facilities
5.197
1 The principal harbours and facilities are at:
Delray Beach (Mile 1040).
Hillsboro Inlet (Mile 1054) (5.132).
2 Fort Lauderdale (Mile 1065) (5.134). One of the most
extensive yachting centres on the Atlantic Coast.
Port Everglades (Mile 1066) (5.133).
3 Description of Intracoastal Waterway continues at 5.267.
Depths
5.198
1 The depth throughout this length of the Intracoastal
Waterway is 3⋅0 m (10 ft). For the latest controlling depths,
charts and port authorities should be consulted.
Ports
5.200
1 The following port is in the area:
Key West (24°33′N, 81°48′W) (5.238).
Topography
5.201
1 The coast between Miami and Key West is fronted by
the Florida Keys (5.206), a chain of low islets, and Florida
Reefs (5.207). The Florida Keys skirt the SE coast of
Florida for the first 100 miles, being separated from it by a
140
 Home Contents Index
series of shallow expanses of water with depths of about
3 m (10 ft).
2 Florida Bay, a triangular shaped body of water, lies
between Cape Sable (25°07′N, 81°05′W) on the S coast of
the mainland and the Florida Keys. Depths are shallow and
irregular; the bottom is mostly mud. From April to
November the waters of the bay are clear and the shoals
plainly discernible, but during the winter the water
frequently turns milky and renders the shoals
indistinguishable. In the E part of the bay are small keys
and numerous mudflats. The W part of the bay has depths
ranging from 2⋅1 to 4⋅0 m (7 to 13 ft).
Local magnetic anomaly
5.202
1 See 5.4.
Areas to be avoided
5.203
1 See 5.6.
Depths off Florida Reefs
5.204
1 Florida Reefs are steep-to along their outer edge and
depths of 183 m (100 fm) indicate that a vessel is within
about 5 miles of the reef and depths of 91 m (50 fm)
indicate that she is within about 2 miles of the reefs.
2 Caution. Florida Reefs are rendered more dangerous by
the fact they do not break in calm weather. Mariners unsure
of their position should take great care when approaching
the reefs inside depths of 91 m (50 fm) in thick weather.
Fish havens
5.205
1 A number of Fish havens, the positions of which are
shown on the chart, lie close to seaward of Florida Reefs
between Miami and Key West.
FLORIDA KEYS AND FLORIDA REEFS
General information
Charts 1097, 1098
Florida Keys
5.206
1 Florida Keys are a chain of low islets and keys that
extend from Virginia Key (25°44′N, 80°09′W) to Key West
(5.238), about 145 miles SW. They are mostly of coral
formation, low and for the most part covered with a dense
growth of mangroves, although some are wooded with
pines, and on a few are groves of coconut trees.
2 They skirt the SE coast of the Florida Peninsula for the
first 100 miles, being separated from it by shallow expanses
of water known as Biscayne Bay, Card, Barnes and
Blackwater Sounds, and Florida Bay (5.201). These
expanses of water are connected together in the order
named. Biscayne Bay has a depth of 2⋅7 to 3⋅0 m (9 to
10 ft) for most of its length and the other areas are shallow
and contain numerous small keys and shoals.
3 U.S. Highway, No 1, also known as the Overseas
Highway, leads across the keys between Key Largo
(25°10′N, 80°22′W) and Key West. This highway is carried
between the keys by bridges and viaducts which are shown
on the chart.
CHAPTER 5
Florida Reefs
5.207
1 Florida Reefs are a chain of reefs and shoals that skirt
the SE side of Florida Keys at a distance of about 5 miles,
being separated from them by Hawk Channel. They are
steep to along their outer edge.
Hawk Channel
5.208
1 Hawk Channel is a navigable passage between Florida
Reefs and Florida Keys which extends from Cape Florida
(25°40′N, 80°10′W) to Key West. The depth in this channel
varies from about 2⋅7 to 10⋅4 m (9 to 34 ft) and it is about
2½ cables wide at its narrowest part. South bound vessels
of suitable draught can avoid the adverse current of the
Florida Current by using this channel. It is well protected
by Florida Reefs and in ordinary weather is comparatively
smooth. The channel is well marked by lights, beacons and
buoys.
Passages within Florida Keys
5.209
1 There are a number of passages between the keys which
are only available to small craft. They should not be
attempted without a pilot. Some of the more important
passages are:
2 Biscayne Channel (25°39′N, 80°10′W). Controlling
depth (1983) 1⋅5 m (5 ft).
Angelfish Creek (25°20′N, 80°15′W). Controlling
depth (1983) 1⋅5 m (5 ft). Entrance to Card Sound.
Marked by lights and beacons.
3 Indian Key Channel (24°53′N, 80°41′W). Controlling
depth (1983) 1⋅8 m (6 ft).
Channel Five (24°50′N, 80°46′W). Controlling depth
(1978) 2⋅1 m (7 ft).
4 Moser Channel (24°42′N, 81°10′W). Affords passage
for vessels with draught of 2⋅1 to 2⋅4 m. Fixed
bridge has clearance of 19⋅8 m (65 ft).
Bahia Honda Channel (24°39′N, 81°17′W).
Controlling depth (1983) 2⋅4 m (8 ft).
5 Caution. Extreme caution should be exercised in the
inner channels because of the numerous rocks, shoals,
wrecks and piles which exist.
Areas to be avoided
5.210
1 See 5.6.
Pilotage
5.211
1 Local knowledge is required for the waters described
above and pilots are generally available at Miami and Key
West.
Limits of Inland Waters
5.212
1 Regulations for Inland Waters. The limit of the waters
to which these regulations apply is a line joining:
The seaward shoreline of the keys and centreline of
the reefs between the S extremity of Fisher Island
(25°45′N, 80°08′W) and the S extremity of
Anglefish Key (25°20′N, 80°15′W).
2 The centreline of US Highway No 1 and bridges from
latitude 25°19′⋅3N to Long Key (24°49′N,
80°49′W).
Line leading generally NW joining light-beacons
between Long Key and East Cape (25°07′N,
81°05′W).
3 See Appendix III.
141
 Home Contents Index CHAPTER 5

Rescue Other names

5.213 5.219
1 Rescue facilities are available at the coastguard station at 1 Croker Reef (24°54′N, 80°31′W).
Marathon (5.218) on the N side of Vaca Key. Hen and Chickens (24°56′N, 80°33′W).
Mosquito Bank (25°04′N, 80°24′W).
Storm signals
5.214
1 Storm signals (1.53) are displayed within Florida Reef
MIAMI TO ALLIGATOR REEF
at:
One mile NW of Tavernier Key (25°00′N, 80°30′W).
General information
By day and night.
Windley Key (24°57′N, 80°36′W). By day. Charts 3699, 1097
2 Long Key (24°49′N, 80°49′W). 1 mile NE of radio Route
tower. By day. 5.220
Grassy Key (24°45′N, 80°57′W). 1 The coastal route continues from the vicinity of Miami
Marathon (24°42′N, 81°06′W). By day. (25°46′N, 80°08′W) to the vicinity of Alligator Reef
(65 miles SSW).
Tidal streams
5.215 Topography
1 Hawk Channel. Tidal streams set fairly with the 5.221
channel, but cross currents may be experienced in the 1 See 5.201.
vicinity of the openings between the keys.
2 Florida Keys. Tidal streams in the openings between the Marine sanctuary
keys at times attain a rate of 3 to 4 kn. Along the cays 5.222
there is a slight tidal stream, of not more than ½ kn, setting 1 Key Largo National Marine Sanctuary lies between
on and off the reefs. This stream will probably not be Turtle Reef (25°17′N, 80°12′W) and Molasses Reef,
noticeable more than 1 mile from the reefs. 19 miles SW. The sanctuary, which has been established for
3 When not influenced by the winds, the maximum tidal the protection of the coral reef formation and its associated
stream between the keys, NW into Florida Bay and SE into marine life, extends about 3 miles to seaward of the outer
Hawk Channel, occurs about 1 hour before HW and LW, line of the reef. Sanctuary regulations include prohibitions
respectively, in the straits. against anchoring, spear fishing and causing damage to the
coral or its fragile habitat.
Directions Areas to be avoided
5.216 5.223
1 Local knowledge is required throughout the waterways 1 See 5.6.
within Florida Keys and Florida Reefs. See caution at
5.209, and 5.211. Fish havens and wrecks
5.224
1 A number of fish havens and dangerous wrecks lie
Anchorages and small harbours along this coast, mainly within the Area to be Avoided,
Anchorages which may need to be cleared. Their positions can best be
5.217 seen on the chart.
1 Fowey Rocks Anchorage, situated 1⋅3 miles W of Storm Signals
Fowey Rocks Light (25°35′N, 80°06′W) is unprotected 5.225
from S. It can be used by vessels drawing 4⋅3 m (14 ft) or 1 Storm signals are exhibited from Alligator Reef Light
less. (24°51′N, 80°37′W) (5.227).
2 Turtle Harbor (25°15′N, 80°14′W) is a reef harbour
situated at the head of an indentation in the reefs. It is Rescue
entered from Straits of Florida at No 4 Light-Buoy (5.229) 5.226
through a well marked channel which can be used by 1 See 5.192.
vessels of 4⋅6 m draught in calm conditions. There are
depths of not less than 8⋅2 m (27 ft) in the fairway of the Principal marks
channel leading from seaward and 7⋅6 m (25 ft) in the 5.227
anchorage. Local knowledge is necessary. 1 Landmark:
3 Turtle Shoal Anchorage is situated 1 mile W of East 2 Tower (25°08′N, 80°25′W), tall and round tower.
Turtle Shoal, No 45 Light (24°43′N, 80°56′W). It has soft 3 Major lights:
bottom in a depth of 8⋅2 m (27 ft) and provides fair 4 Fowey Rocks Light (brown 8 sided pyramidal
anchorage in fine weather. framework tower with white central column and
8 sided dwelling, on piles) (25°35′N, 80°06′W).
Small harbours 5 Carysfort Reef Light (brown 8 sided pyramidal
5.218 framework tower with white central column and
1 Tavernier (25°00′N, 80°31′W) is one of the larger conical dwelling, on piles) (25°13′N, 80°13′W).
settlements on Florida Keys. 6 Key Largo Aero Light (radio tower) (25°06′N,
2 Marathon (24°42′N, 81°06′W) is the largest town on the 80°26′W).
keys after Key West. It has an airstrip and there are Alligator Reef Light (white 8 sided pyramidal
extensive yachting facilities in Boot Key Harbour on the S framework tower with central column, square
side of the town. dwelling, on piles) (24°51′N, 80°37′W).

142
 Home Contents Index CHAPTER 5

Carysfort Reef Light - see above.

Alligator Reef Light - see above.
See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2.

Directions
(continued from 5.161)
5.229
1 From a position E of M Light-buoy (25°46′N, 80°05′W)
in approaches to Miami the route leads generally S and
then SW to the vicinity of Alligator Reef (65 miles SSW),
passing (with reference to Carysfort Reef Light (5.227)):
E of Fowey Rocks Light (25°35′N, 80°06′W) (5.227),
thence:
2 E of Triumph Reef No 2TR Light (red triangle on
dolphin) (16 miles NNE). Brewster, Ledbury and
Star Reefs lie on the edge of the shoals between
Triumph Reef Light and Fowey Rocks Light and
are covered by the red sector (359°–022°) of the
latter light, thence:
3 E of Pacific Reef Light (black framework tower on
piles) (10 miles NNE). Long Reef and Ajax Reef
lie 2 and 4 miles, respectively, NNE of this light
and are covered by the red sector of Fowey Rocks
Light, thence:
4 ESE of No 4 Light-buoy (starboard hand) (5 miles
Carysfort Reef Light from ESE (5.227)
NNE), marking the E approach to Turtle Harbor
(Original dated 2003) (5.217), thence:
(Photograph − Sky Cam Aerial Photography Inc.) ESE of Carysfort Reef Light (5.227). An obstruction
with 5⋅8 m (19 ft) over it, was reported (1960) to
lie about 5 cables ESE of this light, thence:
5 ESE of Elbow Reef No 6 Light (red triangle on
framework tower on piles) (5 miles SSW). This
dangerous reef, which vessels should keep well
clear of, is covered by the red sector (018°–049°)
of Carysfort Reef Light, thence:
6 SE of Molasses Reef No 10 Light (red triangle on
brown pyramidal framework tower on piles)
(15½ miles SW). French Reef and Dixie Shoal lie
NW of Molasses Reef and the red sector
(018°–049°) of Carysfort Reef Light covers these
dangers, thence:
7 SE of Davis Reef No 14 Light (red triangle on
dolphin) (24°55′N, 80°30′W). Little Conch, Conch
and Pickles Reef lie NW, and Crocker Reef SW, of
Davis Reef and the red sector (223°–249°) of
Alligator Reef Light covers these dangers, thence:
SE of Alligator Reef Light (24°51′N, 80°37′W)
(5.227).
5.230
1 Useful marks:
Radio mast (25°06′N, 80°26′W).
Radio tower (25°05′N, 80°27′W).
Two radio towers (25°00′N, 80°31′W).
(Directions continue for coastal passage to
Key West at 5.237.)

Alligator Reef Light from SE (5.227)

(Original dated 2003) ALLIGATOR REEF TO KEY WEST
(Photograph − Sky Cam Aerial Photography Inc.) General information
Charts 1097, 1098
Other navigational aids Route
5.228 5.231
1 Racons: 1 The coastal route continues from the vicinity of
Miami M Light-buoy (5.187). Alligator Reef Light (24°51′N, 80°37′W) to the approaches
Fowey Rocks Light - see above. to Key West (70 miles WSW).

143
 Home Contents Index CHAPTER 5

Topography 2 Alligator Reef Light (white 8 sided pyramidal

5.232 framework tower with central column, square
1 See 5.201. dwelling, on piles) (24°51′N, 80°37′W).

Areas to be avoided Other navigational aids

5.233 5.236
1 See 5.6. 1 Racons:
Sombrero Key Light - see above.
Fish havens and wrecks Alligator Reef Light - see above.
5.234 American Shoal Light - (see 5.237).
1 A number of fish havens and dangerous wrecks lie See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2.
along this coast, mainly within the Area to be Avoided,
which may need to be cleared. Their positions can best be Directions
seen on the chart. (continued from 5.229)
5.237
Major lights 1 From a position SE of Alligator Reef Light (24°51′N,
5.235 80°37′W) the route leads generally WSW to the approaches
1 Sombrero Key Light (brown 8-sided pyramidal to Key West (70 miles WSW) passing (with reference to
framework tower with central column and square Sombrero Key Light (24°38′N, 81°07′W) (5.235):
dwelling, on piles) (24°38′N, 81°07′W).

American Shoal Light from S (5.237)

(Original dated 2003)
(Photograph − Sky Cam Aerial Photography Inc.)

2 SSE of Tennessee Reef Light (black hut on 6 sided

3 SSE of Coffins Patch No 20 Light (red triangle on
Sombrero Key Light from SSE (5.235)
(Original dated 2003)
(Photograph − Sky Cam Aerial Photography Inc.)
framework tower on piles) (24°45′N, 80°47′W),
standing on the W side of a detached shoal, with a
least depth of 4⋅3 m (14 ft), situated SW of
Tennessee Reef. The red sector (047°–068°) of
Alligator Reef Light covers these dangers, thence:
dolphin) (9 miles ENE). The red sector of
Sombrero Key Light (238°–264°) covers Coffins
Patch. Turtle Shoal Anchorage (5.217) lies 3 miles
N of this shoal, thence:

144
 Home Contents Index CHAPTER 5

4 SSE of Sombrero Key Light (5.235), lying in the Port Authority

seaward approaches to Marathon (5.218), thence: 5.242
SSE of Big Pine Shoal No 22 Light (red triangle on 1 Key West Port and Transit Authority, Palm Ave, Key
dolphin) (12 miles WSW). West.
SSE of Looe Key No 24 Light (red triangle on
dolphin) (17 miles WSW), thence: Limiting conditions
5 SSE of American Shoal Light (brown 8 sided
pyramidal framework tower with white central Project depths
column and brown 8-sided dwelling, on piles) 5.243
(24°31′N, 81°31′W). Red sectors of Sombrero Key
and American Shoal Lights, (066°–094° and Channel Project Depth
242° 270°, respectively), cover the outer edge of
Main Channel Range 10⋅4 m (34 ft)
the reefs between Sombrero Key and American
Shoal, thence: Cut A Range 10⋅4 m (34 ft)
6 SSE of Pelican Shoal No 26 Light (red triangle on Cut B Range 10⋅4 m (34 ft)
dolphin) (24°30′N, 81°36′W), thence:
SSE of Stock Island Approach No 32 Light (red Harbor Range to No 23 Light-buoy 10⋅4 m (34 ft)
triangle on dolphin) (24°28′N, 81°45′W). The red No 23 Light-buoy to Turning Basin 9⋅1 m (30 ft)
sector of American Shoal Light (067°–090°) covers
the dangers on the outer edge of the reef between Key West Bight Channel 3⋅7 m (12 ft)
American Shoal and the entrance to Stock Island
Channel (5.263). 1 Controlling depths. For the latest information charts
(Directions continue for Key West and its approaches and the Port Authority should be consulted.
at 5.256,and for coastal passage to
Deepest berth
Tortugas Bank at 5.279.)
5.244
1 See 5.264.

Tidal levels
KEY WEST 5.245
1 Mean spring range about 0⋅5 m; mean neap range about
0⋅1 m. For further information see Admiralty Tide Tables.

General information Maximum size of vessel handled

5.246
Chart 2881 1 Length 230 m. Draught 9⋅75 m.
Position Local weather
5.238 5.247
1 The town of Key West (24°33′N, 81°48′W) stands on 1 Hurricanes. Statistically hurricane force winds can be
the island of the same name at the W end of the Florida expected once every 15 years at Key West. On average
Keys. It is the S most town in the continental United 50 kn winds occur once every five years.
States. The harbour lies at the W end of the island.
Arrival information
Function
5.239 Notice of ETA
1 Key West is a winter resort. Cruise ships frequently call 5.248
and it is a developing yacht centre. 1 Notice of ETA should be advised at least 24 hours in
One of the leading industries is commercial fishing and advance. For details, see Admiralty List of Radio Signals
the port handles crude and refined oils. Volume 6(5).

Approach and entry
5.240
1 The harbour is entered through breaks in the reef by
three channels with depths of 3⋅7 to 10⋅4 m (123 to 34 ft)
and by a number of minor channels.
2 The principal channel for approaching Key West is the
Main Ship Channel (5.256), which approaches from the S
and is the only deep draught approach to the port.
3 From Gulf of Mexico the port is approached by the
medium draught Northwest Channel (5.260) and from the
SW by Southwest Channel (5.261).
Traffic
5.241
1 In 2001, 485 vessels totalling 3 451 393 dwt visited the
port.
Outer anchorage
5.249
1 An extensive outer anchorage, with depths of between 8
and 12 m (26 and 40 ft) is centred 2½ miles SW of Fort
Taylor (24°32′⋅8N, 81°48′⋅6W) between the S legs of Main
Ship Channel and the reefs to the W. This anchorage is
safe except in very bad weather conditions and is one of
the best for large vessels S of Chesapeake Bay.
Pilotage and tugs
5.250
1 Pilotage is compulsory and available 24 hours.
2 Vessels are boarded 1 mile SW of Key West Entrance
Lighted Whistle Buoy (24°28′N, 81°48′W) or 1 mile N of
Northwest Channel Entrance Lighted Bell Buoy No 1
(24°39′N, 81°54′W).
3 Tugs are available from US naval air station; 24 hours
notice required.

145
 Home Contents Index CHAPTER 5

Traffic Regulations 2 Radio Tower (24°32′⋅8N, 81°48′⋅3W). The tower is

5.251 brightly lit at night by red flashing lights.
1 The following regulations apply to entry by the Main Conspicuous water tower, painted red and white,
Ship Channel: standing close N of the rear mark of the outer
Not more than one vessel shall be in the reach leading marks.
between Light-buoys Nos 23 and 25. Vessels in
this reach have right of way over vessels leaving
the Truman Annex Basin (24°33′⋅2N, 81°48′⋅5W).
2 The reach of the channel from Light-buoys Nos 14
and 15 shall be kept clear except for vessels able
to proceed to their berth without delay. If a vessel
is unable to proceed it shall pull aside to the W
and lie in safe water. No passing is permitted in
this reach of the channel.
3 Vessels shall not overtake in the Main Channel Range
or Cut B Range.
Speed limit of 5 kn is in force in the channel outside
the Truman Annex Basin 200 yards either side of
the basin entrance.
4 Areas to be avoided. See 5.6.

Quarantine
5.252
1 Regulations. See 1.35.
Quarantine anchorage is in Man of War Anchorage
(1 mile NNE of Truman Annex Basin) if the size of vessel
permits, otherwise in the outer anchorage.

Sand Key Light from S (5.255)

Harbour
General layout
5.253
1 Key West Harbour lies in front of the city of Key West,
protected on the E side by the island and on the other sides
by reefs, sand flats, and by Wisteria Island and Tank
Island.
2 The inner port area consists of Truman Annex Basin,
Key West Bight, the berths in the vicinity of Trumbo Point,
and the Man of War Anchorage (3 cables N, 1 mile NNE,
1¼ miles NNE and 2 miles N, respectively, of Fort Taylor
(24°32′⋅8N, 81°48′⋅6W)).
Natural conditions
5.254
1 Tidal streams. At Key West the in going stream flows
N and the out going stream flows S at the following
strengths:
Entrance to Main Ship Channel. ½ kn.
2 Channel W of Fort Taylor. In going 1 kn; Out going
1¾ kn.
Key West Bight Turning Basin. ¾ kn.
Northwest Channel. ½ to 1¼ kn.
3 The strength of the tidal stream is influenced by the
wind and in 1982 rates of between 6 and 9 kn were
reported in the vicinity of Key West Reach and Fleming
Key. It was reported (2001) that the tidal stream usually
sets W in these vicinities.
4 Climatic table. See 1.187 and 1.191.
Landmarks
5.255
1 Sand Key Light (white square pyramidal framework
tower enclosing stair cylinder and square dwelling,
pile foundation) (24°27′N, 81°53′W).
(Original dated 2003)
(Photograph − Sky Cam Aerial Photography Inc.)
3 Lighthouse (disused) (24°33′⋅0N, 81°48′⋅1W).
Cupola (24°33′⋅2N, 81°48′⋅2W).
Hotel (24°33′⋅3N, 81°48′⋅3W).
Chimneys (centre of three) (24°33′⋅7N, 81°47′⋅9W).
Directions for Main Ship Channel
(continued from 5.237)
Main Channel Range
5.256
1 Leading marks.
Front light (red rectangle, white stripe, on framework
tower on piles) (6 cables SSE of Fort Taylor).
2 Rear light (as for front light) (7 cables from front
light). It has been reported that when approaching,
these leading marks are difficult to see.
3 From the vicinity of pilot boarding place (24°27′N,
81°48′W) the alignment (356°) of these light-beacons leads
N along Main Channel Range for 3½ miles to Nos 7 and 8
Light-buoys (port and starboard hand), passing:
4 between No 5 (port hand) and No 6 (starboard hand)
Light-buoys which mark the Western Triangle and
Eastern Triangle Shoals, respectively.
Cut A Range
5.257
1 Leading marks. The alignment (325°) of the following
light-beacons leads NW along Cut A Range for 1 mile to
Nos 9 and 12 Light-buoys (port and starboard hand):
2 Front light (red rectangle, white stripe, on tower on
piles) (1⋅3 miles WNW of Fort Taylor).
Rear light (as for front light) (5 cables from front
light).

146
 Home Contents Index
Key West from S (5.255)
(Original dated 2003)
(Photograph − Sky Cam Aerial Photography Inc.)
Cut B Range
5.258
1 Leading marks. The alignment (003°) of the following
light-beacons leads N along Cut “B” Range for 1¼ miles to
Nos 15 and 14 Light-buoys (port and starboard hand):
Front light (red rectangle, white stripe, on tower)
(8 cables NNW of Fort Taylor).
2 Rear light (as for front light) (2 cables from front
light).
It was reported (2001) that these marks can be
difficult to distinguish. The rear mark, in particular,
is partially obscured by housing.
Key West Harbour Range
5.259
1 Leading marks:
Front light (red rectangle, white stripe, on dolphin)
(2 miles NNE of Fort Taylor).
Rear light (red rectangle, white stripe, on piles)
(4 cables from front light).
2 The alignment (024¼°) of these light-beacons leads
NNE along Key West Harbour Range for 1¼ miles to
Turning Basin off Key West Bight, passing:
WNW of entrance to Truman Annex Basin.
ESE of Tank Island and Wisteria Island.
Directions for other approach channels
Charts 2881, 1098
Northwest Channel
5.260
1 Leading marks:
Front light (red triangle and red rectangle, white
stripe, on pile) (24°38′N, 81°54′W).
CHAPTER 5
2 Rear light (red rectangle and white stripe on a
pyramidal tower on piles) (4 cables from front
light).
3 From the vicinity of Smith Shoal Light (6 sided
pyramidal framework tower on piles) (24°43′N, 81°55′W),
standing on Smith Shoal, a small coral bank with a least
depth of 3⋅4 m (11 ft) over it, the alignment (165¾°) of
these leading lights leads SSE through the entrance of the
Northwest Channel.
4 Submerged training walls lie on either side of the
entrance and only the outer part of the East Jetty shows
above LW. The NW end of this training wall is marked by
a light beacon (white notice board on pile).
The channel, which is marked by lights and beacons,
then leads in a SE direction for 7 miles to its junction with
Main Ship Channel.
5 Caution. Attention is drawn to the dangerous wreck,
marked by a mooring buoy close E, which lies 2 miles
WSW of the Smith Shoal Light, the dangerous wreck (mast
PA) (24°39⋅4′N, 81°54′⋅0W) which lies 2 cables E of the
leading line and the dangerous wreck (PD) which lies close
W of the leading line between No 1 Light-buoy and No 2
Buoy. An obstruction, least depth 9 ft, lies between No 6
Light beacon and No 8 Beacon close to the edge of the
area to be avoided, as shown on the chart.
Southwest Channel
5.261
1 Entrance. 24°26′N, 81°59′W.
Southwest Channel, the entrance to which is marked a
light-buoy (safe water), is a convenient approach to Key
West from the SW, and leads NE for 10 miles to the outer
anchorage and Main Ship Channel. The channel, which has
been swept to a depth 7 m (23 ft), is marked by buoys.
2 Local knowledge is required to navigate this channel at
night.
147
 Home Contents Index
West Channel
5.262
1 Entrance. 24°30′N, 81°59′W.
West Channel leads E between the keys and outer reef
for 9 miles to the outer anchorage (5.249). The channel is
deep but unmarked and is used by shrimp boats and small
craft.
2 Local knowledge is necessary.
Stock Island Channel and Southeast Channel
5.263
1 Entrance. 24°28′N, 81°44′W.
Stock Island Channel and Southeast Channel are entered
through the same break in the reef. Neither channel is
suitable for deep draught vessels.
Berths
Chart 2881
5.264
1 Truman Annex Basin situated close N of Fort Taylor
has seven berths. Largest berth. Length 185⋅9 m. Depth
10⋅3 m.
2 Municipal (also known as Mallory) Wharf (7 cables N
of Fort Taylor). Overall length 265 m. S part, 141 m in
length with reported depth 7⋅9 m, operated as cruise ship
terminal.
3 Trumbo Point (1¼ miles NNE of Fort Taylor).
Pier D–2. N side. Length 224 m. Depth 10⋅3 m. Tanker
terminal.
Port services
5.265
1 Repairs. No docking facilities. Hull, engine, electrical
and electronic repairs available.
Other facilities: hospitals; customs; storage and
warehouse; mobile crane; Ro Ro berths.
2 Supplies: fuel oil; diesel; ice; water; provisions; marine
supplies.
Rescue: A coastguard station (24°34′N, 81°48′W) is
fitted with equipment for search and rescue.
Other names
5.266
1 Boca Chica Key (24°35′N, 81°42′W).
Rock Key Channel (24°28′N, 81°52′W).
INTRACOASTAL WATERWAY, MIAMI TO
KEY WEST
General information
Charts 1097, 1098 (see 1.15)
Description
5.267
1 A general description of the Intracoastal Waterway
within the area covered by this volume is given at 5.8.
CHAPTER 5
From Miami the waterway runs through Miami South
Channel into Biscayne Bay passing Rickenbacher Causeway
(25°45′N, 80°11′W) (Mile 1091⋅6) which connects Virginia
Key (5.206) and Key Biscayne to the mainland.
2 Thence the waterway passes through Featherbed Bank
(Mile 1108) and Cutter Bank (Mile 1117⋅3) where it leaves
Biscayne Bay and enters Card Sound, a body of water
5 miles long with depths of 2⋅1 to 3⋅7 m (7 to 12 ft) in the
middle. Card Bank separates Card Sound from Little Card
Sound. At the S end of this sound, where the waterway
enters Barnes Sound, there is a fixed bridge in the road
connecting the mainland with Key Largo. This bridge has a
clearance of 19⋅8 m (65 ft).
3 At the S end of Barnes Sound the waterway passes
through Jewfish Creek (25°11′N, 80°23′W) (5.268) into
Blackwater Sound at mile 1135. From Blackwater Sound
the waterway passes through Tarpon Basin and Buttonwood
Sound, in which there are depths of 1⋅8 to 2⋅4 m (6 to
8 ft). Thence the waterway crosses many bars in Florida
Bay and is well marked by lights and beacons, passing at a
distance of between 2½ cables and 1½ miles W of the
keys, to Peterson Key Bank (24°54′N, 80°44′W) (Mile
1165).
4 Peterson Key Bank is crossed by Bowlegs Cut after
which the waterway divides, one branch leading SSW
through Channel Five (5.209) to join Hawk Channel
(5.208) and the other continuing WSW to Channel Key
Pass (Mile 1178⋅7) and thence passing NNW of Grassy
Key and Vaca Key to Beltrel Bank, 1 mile N of Knight
Key Channel (24°43′N, 81°07′W). This channel, which has
a depth of 1⋅6 m (6 ft), leads to Boot Key Harbour (5.218)
and Hawk Channel.
5 After Beltrel Bank (Mile 1193⋅4) the Intracoastal
Waterway divides. The S route proceeds through either
Moser Channel (5.209) or Bahia Honda Channel (5.209)
and thence by Hawk Channel to Key West Main Ship
Channel (5.256). The N route proceeds through Big
Spanish Channel (Spanish Key Channel) and thence N
along the N side of Florida Keys to Northwest Channel
(5.260). In 1963 this route had a controlling depth of 1⋅5 m
(5ft).
Harbours and facilities
5.268
1 Facilities for yachts are available at:
Jewfish Creek (Mile 1134⋅1). Three marinas with
more than 70 berths and full facilities for small
craft are situated at the S end of Jewfish Creek.
2 Matecumbe Harbour (24°51′N, 80°45′W).
Marathon (24°42′N, 81°06′W) (5.218).
Depths
5.269
1 Project depths:
Miami to Cross Bank (25°00′N, 80°35′W). 2⋅1 m
(7 ft).
Cross Bank to Key West. Not available.
2 For the latest controlling depths, charts and port
authorities should be consulted.
148
 Home Contents Index CHAPTER 5

WEST END OF FLORIDA KEYS AND REEFS

GENERAL INFORMATION Topography

Charts 1098, 525
Topography
5.270
1 To the W of Key West a succession of shoals, reefs and
keys, mostly of a coral formation, lie on an extensive shoal
area that extends 50 miles W of the harbour. The main
keys on this shoal area are Boca Grande Key (24°32′N,
82°00′W) and Marquesas Keys (6 miles W). These and
other keys, which are small, are low and largely covered
with dense mangrove.
2 Half Moon Shoals, with a least depth of 2⋅4 m (8 ft) lie
16 miles W of Marquesas Keys at the W end of the
extensive shoal area. An area known as The Quicksands
lies between Marquesas Keys and Half Moon Shoals.
3 Dry Tortugas (24°40′N, 82°50′W) (5.285), a group of
small sandy reefs and keys, lies to the W of this shoal
area, being separated from it by Rebecca Shoal Channel.
Areas to be avoided
5.271
1 See 5.6.
Submarine exercise areas
5.272
1 Attention is drawn to the submarine exercise area,
shown on the chart, which lies S of 24°25′N. See 1.11.
KEY WEST TO TORTUGAS BANK
General information
Chart 1098, 525
Route
5.273
1 The coastal route continues from the vicinity of the
approaches to Key West (24°28′N, 81°48′W) to the vicinity
of Tortugas Bank (70 miles W).
5.274
1 Florida Reefs continue as detached shoals and rocks,
with depths of less than 9⋅1 m (30 ft) over them, for about
33 miles W from Sand Key (24°27′N, 81°53′W). See also
5.207.
Dry Tortugas. See 5.285.
2 Tortugas Bank, which lies 6 miles W of Loggerhead
Key (5.285), has depths of less than 18⋅3 m (60 ft) over it
and a least depth of 11 m (36ft). The bottom consists of
coral and rock with patches of sand and broken shell.
Exercise areas
5.275
1 Submarine exercise areas. See 5.272.
Traffic regulations
5.276
1 Areas to be avoided. See 5.6.
2 Prohibited anchorage. Anchoring is prohibited in an
area surrounding Tortugas Bank, as shown on the chart.
Principal marks
5.277
1 Landmarks:
Sand Key Light (24°27′N, 81°53′W) (5.255).
2 Fort Jefferson (24°38′N, 82°52′W). Hexagonal
structure, which was once a military prison but is
now a national monument. Stands on Garden Key
and from a distance has appearance of bare rocky
island.
3 Dry Tortugas Light (black conical tower, lower part
white, 26 m in height)) (24°38′N, 82°55′W).
Stands on Loggerhead Key.
4 Major light:
Dry Tortugas Light — as above.

Dry Tortugas Light from S (5.277)

(Original dated 2003)

(Photograph − Sky Cam Aerial Photography Inc.)

149
 Home Contents Index
Other navigational aids
5.278
1 Racons:
Sand Key Light - see above.
Twenty eight Foot Shoal Light (5.280).
Dry Tortugas Light - see above.
See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2.
Directions
(continued from 5.237)
Key West to Cosgrove Shoal
5.279
1 From a position S of the entrance to Key West Main
Ship Channel (24°27′N, 81°48′W) the route leads generally
W to Cosgrove Shoal passing (with reference to Sand Key
Light (24°27′N, 81°53′W) (5.255)):
2 S of Eastern Dry Rocks and Rock Key (2 and 1 miles
ENE, respectively). These rocks are covered by the
red sector (231°–270°) of Sand Key Light. A
detached 8⋅5 m patch (28 ft) lies 7 cables S of the
light. Thence:
3 S of Sand Key Light. The red sector (072°–085°) of
this light covers Western Dry Rocks and the S part
of Satan Shoal, thence:
4 S of Western Dry Rocks (3 miles W), which are
marked by a beacon with a brown square on
which is the letter K. A detached 9⋅7 m (32 ft)
patch lies 7 cables SSW of the beacon. Thence:
5 S of Satan Shoal (4½ miles W), which has a least
depth of 3 m (10 ft) (charted as 18 ft) over it. A
buoy (safe water), marking the entrance to
Southwest Channel (5.261), lies 1 mile W of the
shoal. Thence:
6 S of Vestal Shoal (6¼ miles W) which has a least
depth of 2⋅4 m (8 ft) (charted as 16 ft) over it. A
detached 9 m (30 ft) patch lies 1 mile SW of the
shoal. Thence:
7 S of Coal-bin Rock (24°27′N, 82°05′W) which lies at
the E end of a rocky shoal with a least depth of
4⋅6 m (15 ft) over it. The rock is marked by CB
buoy (starboard hand). Thence:
8 S of Cosgrove Shoal Light (6−sided pyramidal
framework tower on piles) (24°28′N, 82°11′W)
which stands 7 cables N of Cosgrove Shoal.
Cosgrove Shoal to Tortugas Bank
5.280
1 From a position S of Cosgrove Shoal Light (24°28′N,
82°11′W) (5.279) the route leads generally W and then
WNW to the vicinity of Tortugas Bank passing (with
reference to Rebecca Shoal Light (24°35′N, 82°35′W)
(5.280)):
S of Marquesas Rock (24°27′N, 82°12′W) which is
marked by MR Buoy (starboard hand), thence:
2 S of Twenty eight Foot Shoal Light (12½ miles SE)
(6−sided pyramidal framework tower on piles);
standing at the W extremity of Florida Reefs on an
8⋅5 m (28 ft) patch, thence:
SSW of Rebecca Shoal Light (square framework
tower, on brown piles). Stands on SW edge of
Rebecca Shoal, a coral bank which has a least
depth of 2⋅7 m (9 ft). Thence:
3 SSW of C Light-buoy (special) (24°34′N, 82°58′W).
This light-buoy is the SW most of a series of
light-buoys (special) and buoys (special) lettered
clockwise A – Q, which are moored alternatively
CHAPTER 5
about 2 miles apart, around the edge of the reef
about 1 mile to seaward of the 11 m (6 fm) depth
contour. Thence:
S of Tortugas Bank (24°38′N, 83°04′W) (5.274). See
caution below.
Cautions
5.281
1 Between Sand Key and Rebecca Shoal, Florida Reefs
continue as detached shoals and reefs with depths of less
than 9⋅1 m (30 ft) over them. They rise abruptly from the
deep water of Straits of Florida and great caution is
necessary when proceeding W of Key West into Gulf of
Mexico. Soundings cannot be depended upon to ensure
clearing the dangers.
2 When approaching Dry Tortugas from E or SE
soundings give little warning, depths of more than 18⋅3 m
(60 ft) being found close to the reefs in many places.
3 Tortugas Bank has not been closely examined and
should be avoided by vessels of deep draught, especially
during heavy weather.
(Directions continue for NW approaches to Key West
at 5.301, and in East Coasts of Central America and
Gulf of Mexico Pilot.)
Side channels
Chart 525
Boca Grande Channel
5.282
1 Boca Grande Channel lies between Boca Grande Key
(24°32′N, 82°00′W) and Marquesas Keys. The channel is
marked by beacons, but is seldom used except by local
vessels with a draught of 1⋅8 m or less. Local knowledge is
necessary.
2 Tidal stream. The average strength of the tidal stream,
which sets N with the in going and SSW with the
out going, is 1¼ kn. The flow is considerably influenced by
the winds.
Between Half Moon Shoals and Rebecca Shoal
5.283
1 A light (red triangle on dolphin) (24°34′N, 82°29′W)
stands on Half Moon Shoals.
Isaac Shoal, with a least depth of 4⋅3 m (14 ft), lies
2 miles SW of Rebecca Shoal Light (5.280). The red sector
(254°–302°) of this light covers the shoalest part of Isaac
Shoal.
2 The channel between Half Moon Shoals and Rebecca
Shoal (6 miles W) is sometimes used, but is not
recommended.
Rebecca Shoal Channel
5.284
1 The channel between Rebecca Shoal and Dry Tortugas,
which is well marked by lights, is frequently used by
vessels bound from Straits of Florida to points on the W
coast of Florida. So far as is known this channel is clear
but it is possible that there are undiscovered shoals with
lesser depths than those charted.
2 Directions. Deep draft vessels should use the channel
with great caution and should continue about 15 miles W
of Twenty eight Foot Shoal Light marking the 8⋅5 m (28 ft)
patch at the W end of Florida Reef before turning N.
3 Caution. A dangerous wreck, position approximate, lies
7 miles WSW of Rebecca Shoal light.
4 Useful mark:
Pulaski Shoal Light (24°42′N, 82°46′W) (5.301).
150
 Home Contents Index CHAPTER 5

DRY TORTUGAS Approach channels

5.289
1 Southeast and Southwest Channels are the principal
approaches. Both channels are marked and the shoals can
General information be identified on a clear day by the difference in colour of
the water. Northwest Channel is not marked.

Chart 3005
Topography
5.285
1 Dry Tortugas, a group of small, sandy reefs and keys,
lie 12 miles WNW of Rebecca Shoal (5.283). The keys are
low and irregular, with a thin growth of mangrove and are
not easy to identify. They are continually changing in size
and shape.
2 The two principal keys in the Dry Tortugas are Garden
Key (24°37′⋅7N, 81°52′⋅3W) and Loggerhead Key, which
lies 2½ miles W.
3 Other keys (positioned from Garden Key) are Bush Key
and Long Key (close E), and Hospital Key (1½ miles NE),
Middle Key (2¾ miles ENE) and East Key (4 miles ENE).
Areas to be avoided
5.286
1 See 5.6.
Regulations
5.287
1 Garden Key and the surrounding waters of Dry Tortugas
are subject to regulations prescribed by the Secretary of the
Interior. Commercial fishing is prohibited in these waters.
Pilotage
5.288
1 There are no regular pilots, but the services of a
competent fisherman or lighthouse keeper can normally be
obtained.
Loggerhead Key
Southeast Channel
5.290
1 Southeast Channel leads from Rebecca Shoal Channel to
Tortugas Harbour (5.292). It passes between the beacon
SSW of Hospital Key and Iowa Rock. The channel, which
has been carefully surveyed, has depths of 6⋅4 m (21 ft) but
should be used with caution by vessels drawing more than
5⋅5 m (18 ft).
2 Tidal streams. The in-going tidal stream sets N and
out going sets S with an average strength of ½ kn.
Directions. The reefs S of Middle Key can be cleared
by keeping S of a line through the disused lighthouse on
Fort Jefferson and Dry Tortugas Light (5.277).
3 Useful marks:
Southeast Channel Light No 3 (green square on
dolphin) (24°38′N, 82°52′W) standing on Iowa
Rock.
4 Tower (24°37′⋅6N, 82°52′⋅3W); disused lighthouse
(black hexagonal, pyramidal tower 9 m in height)
standing on SE bastion of Fort Jefferson.
Southwest Channel
5.291
1 Southwest Channel leads between the reefs W and SW
of Garden Key and those off Loggerhead Key. The channel
which has been carefully surveyed, has a least depth in the
marked channel of 9⋅4 m (31 ft), but should be used with
caution by vessels drawing more than 5⋅5 m (18 ft).
2 Tidal streams. One mile S of Loggerhead Key the
in going tidal stream sets N and out-going sets SW with an
average strength of ½ kn.
3 Useful marks:
Tower (24°37′⋅6N, 82°52′⋅3W) (5.290).
Dry Tortugas Light (24°38′N, 82°55′W) (5.277).
Garden Key Bush Key

Dry Tortugas from S (5.288)

(Original dated 2003)
(Photograph − Sky Cam Aerial Photography Inc.)

151
 Home Contents Index CHAPTER 5

Harbours and anchorages Northwest Channel (5.260) along the N side of Florida
Keys.
Tortugas Harbour
5.292 Areas to be avoided
1 Tortugas Harbour consists of the channel that surrounds 5.297
Garden Key (5.285). It is marked by beacons and buoys. 1 See 5.6.
Within this channel less water was reported (2001) than
Mine danger area
charted, centred on position 24°37′⋅7N, 82°52′⋅2W.
5.298
2 Wharf at SE side of Fort Jefferson has depths of
1 Attention is drawn to the mine danger area that lies to
between 4⋅9 to 6⋅2 m. National Park Service permits
the NW and N of the NW approaches to Key West.
berthing for a maximum of 2 hours.
2 The limits of this area are shown on the chart and
Supplies. No fuel, provisions or fresh water are
mariners are cautioned not to anchor, trawl, dredge or
available.
conduct similar operations within this area. See note on
Bird Key Harbour chart.
5.293 Wrecks and obstructions
1 Bird Key Harbour (6 cables SW of Garden Key) 5.299
provides excellent anchorage for small craft. The anchorage 1 Attention is drawn to the large number of wrecks and
is approached through the narrow channel encircling obstructions that exist in the NW approaches to Key West.
Garden Key. This channel is well marked.
2 Commercial fishing craft are permitted to use this Major light
anchorage. 5.300
Local knowledge is necessary. 1 Dry Tortugas Light (24°38′N, 82°55′W) (5.277).

Other anchorages Directions

5.294 (continued from 5.281)
1 There are numerous places amongst the reefs where 5.301
vessels can obtain sheltered anchorage, according to 1 From a position N of Tortugas Bank the route leads
circumstances. The best shelter from all winds, although generally E to the vicinity of Smith Shoal (24°43′N,
somewhat exposed to the N, is NW of Garden Key in 81°55′W) (5.260), passing (with reference to Rebecca Shoal
depths of between 11⋅0 and 16⋅5 m (36 to 54 ft). Light (24°35′N, 82°35′W) (5.280)):
2 Attention is drawn to a 4⋅9 m (16 ft) patch 6 cables NW 2 N of buoys and light-buoys (special) (15 to 19 miles
of the tower on Fort Jefferson. WNW) which mark the edge of the reef
surrounding Dry Tortugas. See 5.280.
Other names 3 N of Pulaski Shoal Light (6 sided pyramidal
5.295 framework tower on piles) (12 miles NW) which
1 Brilliant Shoal (24°40′N, 82°53′W). stands on the E edge of the shoal.
Loggerhead Reef (24°37′N, 82°57′W). N of Rebecca Shoal Light (5.280).
4 N of New Ground Rocks Light (black and white
chequered diamond on pile) (9 miles NE), standing
on New Ground Shoal, a narrow ridge which
NORTH WEST APPROACHES TO KEY extends 10 miles E from the light. The shoal,
WEST which has a least depth of 1⋅2 m (4ft) over it, is
steep to on its N side, and depths of not less than
General information 24 m (13 fm) should be maintained N of it.
5 N of Ellis Rock Light (black and white chequered
Charts 525, 1098 diamond on dolphin) (24°44′N, 82°11′W), standing
Route on Ellis Rock which has a least depth of 2⋅1 m
5.296 (7 ft) over it.
1 The NW approaches to Key West lead from the vicinity 6 Thence towards Smith Shoal (24°43′N, 81°55′W).
of Tortugas Bank (24°38′N, 83°03′W) to the entrance of (Directions for Northwest Channel continue at 5.260)

152
Home Contents Index NOTES

153
 Home Contents Index Chapter 6 - Hispaniola, North side

73° 72° 71° 70° 69°

22° 22°
Caicos Islands e
g

e
g

a
s
sa

s
a
as

P
P

s
d
C ai cos Bank

os

n
la
Turks Islands

ic

Is
Ca

s
e

rk
g
a

Tu
s
s
a e
P

g
a
ir

s
Gr eat Inagua

o
21°

s
21°

a
M ouchoi r

P
c
u
Bank

k
o

n
M

a
B
r
e
v
il
S
3689 S ilver
3935 486 B ank
465
154

e 463 463
g Île de la Tortue
a
s B a hia 6.62 Navidad
20° a
s 6.142 de M 20°
P o nt Punta 463 B ank
465 Port de Paix eC ta
6.129 r is
ti Cabo Isabella P la
d

to
er
r

463
6.106 Pu
a
w

Cap du Môle 465 Puerto Plata 6.36

d

Saint Nicolas Channel to Fort Liberté 465

in

6.51
3907 Port de Manzanillo
W

465
Cap-Haïtien 6.93 j

o
ie 1266
té

6.113 sV
er

Li
b ncé
t Fra
or C a pe 463
d eF
B.

3908 Cape
Samana
Puerto Santa Barbara
D OMIN IC A N 463
H A ÏT I 6.11
19° 19°
R E P U B L IC
Go
nâ
ve 472
Isl
an
d

Cabo Engaño
Port-au-Prince

73° 72° Longitude 71° West from Greenwich 70° 69°

November 2003
 Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 6

HISPANIOLA. NORTH SIDE

GENERAL INFORMATION
Chart 4402 of foreign vessels within the territorial waters of Dominican
Scope of the chapter Republic, see 1.46.
6.1
1 This chapter covers the coastal waters of the N side of Flow
Hispaniola, from Río Maimón (18°51′N, 68°37′W), in 6.5
Dominican Republic, in the E, to Cap du Môle (19°50′N, 1 Current. The predominant current in the offing N of
73°25′W), in Republic of Haïti, in the W. Hispaniola is WNW-going, with average rates of 1 to
1¼ kn and is of mostly moderate or high constancy.
Topography However, in the E part of the area, E of Cabo Cabrón
6.2 (19°22′N, 69°13′W), the currents tend to be rather
1 The island of Hispaniola comprises Dominican Republic variable.
and Republic of Haïti. 6.6
2 From whatever direction the island is approached, its 1 The vicinity of Cabo Francés Viejo (19°41′N, 69°55′W),
aspect is that of a large mass of mountains, rising and inshore waters W of about 70°W, are prone to
precipitously from the sea, with the mountain ranges, countercurrents. This seems particularly true off Puerto
covered with dense vegetation, extending in every direction Plata (19°49′N, 70°42′W) where, although the main current
in hopeless confusion. sets W, inclining toward the land, an E going
countercurrent is likely to be found within about 10 miles
Navigational aids of the shore, and also in the vicinity of Bahía de Monte
6.3 Cristi (19°52′N, 71°40′W) where the current is reported to
1 For the state of lighting and buoyage in Dominican set SE, but the tidal streams (6.77) are perceptible in the
Republic and Haïti, see 1.22. vicinity of the cays and channels.
6.7
Coastal anchorages 1 In the vicinity of Cap-Haïtien (19°48′N, 72°11′W), after
6.4 N or NW winds have been blowing for some days, the
1 For regulations concerning the anchoring, or waiting off, current sets strongly E along the coast.

DOMINICAN REPUBLIC, NORTH SIDE

GENERAL INFORMATION RÍO MAIMÓN TO CABO SAMANÁ,
INCLUDING BAHÍA SAMANÁ
General information
Chart 3908, 3689 Charts 463 plan of Bahía de Samaná and approaches, 3689
Extent of area Route
6.8 6.11
1 The area described below includes the coastal waters off 1 The coastal route W from Mona Passage (see West
the N side of Dominican Republic, from Río Maimón Indies Pilot Volume II) enters the area covered by this
(18°51′N, 68°37′W) in the E to Rivière Massacre (mouth volume off Río Maimón (18°51′N, 68°37′W), thence
19°43′N, 71°46′W) in the W. proceeding towards the entrance to Bahía de Samaná
(19°08′N, 69°05′W) or as requisite to pass Cabo Samaná
(19°18′N, 69°09′W).
6.12
Ports 1 Bahía de Samaná, entered between Punta Mangle
6.9 (19°03′N, 69°08′W) and Punta Balandra (9½ miles NNW),
1 Ports in the area include: is obstructed in its entrance by extensive shoals, notably
Puerto Santa Bárbara (19°12′N, 69°20′W) (6.22). Bajos de Media Luna and Bajos de Barco Perdito (Media
Puerto Plata (19°49′N, 70°42′W) (6.51). Luna and Barco Perdito Shoals). The only safe entrance is
Bahía Monte Cristi (19°52′N, 71°40′W) (6.75). close to the N shore.
Manzanillo (19°43′N, 71°45′W) (6.93). 2 Controlling depth, from sea to Sánchez, at the head of
the bay is 11 m (36 ft).
Cautions. Surveys in 1957 showed that depths in the
entrance were liable to considerable change.
Flow 3 Buoyage was substantially altered in 1986. Several
6.10 buoys were reported missing and the charted positions of
1 Currents: see 6.5. others were unreliable.

155
 Home Contents Index
Pilotage for Bahía de Samaná
6.13
1 Pilotage is compulsory. Pilots embark E of Cayo
Leventado, 1¾ miles WSW of Punta Balandra and off the
harbour entrance of Puerto Santa Bárbara de Samaná, as
shown on the plans.
Directions for coastal passage
(continued from West Indies Pilot Volume II)
6.14
1 From the vicinity of 19°00′N, 68°30′W the route leads
NW to the vicinity of 19°25′N, 69°00′W, off Cabo Samaná,
or WNW to the entrance of Bahía Samaná.
6.15
1 Useful marks:
Punta Nisibón Light (white metal tower 11 m in
height) (18°59′N, 68°46′W).
2 Cabo Samaná (19°18′N, 69°09′W), double cliff of
moderate elevation, the upper half rising at a short
distance within the lower section; steep to red
cliffs on the E side of the cape; prominent
columns of spray resembling jets of steam, about
2½ miles S, visible from about 7 miles S.
3 Cabo Samaná Light (white pyramidal framework
tower 19 m in height), on the NE extremity of the
cape.
(Directions continue for the coastal route at 6.41.)
Directions for Bahía de Samaná
Chart 463 plans of Bahía de Samaná and approaches, and of
Puerto Santa Bárbara and approaches
From sea to Puerto Santa Bárbara
6.16
1 From the vicinity of 19°08′N, 69°05′W, about 8 miles
ESE of Punta Balandra, the route leads WNW to the pilot
boarding position (6.13) and thence into Bahía de Samaná,
passing (with reference to Cayo Levantado (19°10′N,
69°16′W)):
2 S of No 2 Light-buoy (starboard hand), reported
missing 1994, marking Piedra Colonia, depth 4⋅9 m
(16 ft) (9 miles E of Punta Balandra), at the outer
end of Banco de Canadaiqua. If approaching from
N it may be possible to cross Banco de
Canadaiqua if depth and draught permit, making
thence for a further No 2 Light-buoy (5 cables S of
Punta Balandra). However it is possible that depths
less than those charted may exist on Banco de
Canadaiqua. Thence:
3 S of No 2 Light-buoy (starboard hand) (2½ miles E),
thence:
S of Punta Cacao (1¼ miles NE), a bold cliff 61 m
high, thence:
N of Nos 1 and 3 Buoys marking the N side of Jean
Bart Reef (3 cables N).
4 Thence the track transfers about 8 cables SW to continue
along the line of bearing 103° astern of the N edge of
Cayo Leventado, the largest of Cayos Leventados, between
Nos 5 and 6 Buoys, thence NW towards the pilot boarding
place at Puerto Santa Bárbara (6.22).
Chart 463 plan of Bahía de Samaná and approaches, (see 1.13)
To the head of Bahía de Samaná
6.17
1 From a position about 1 mile S of Cayo Vigia Light
(19°12′N, 69°19′W) (6.25) the channel leads (with
reference to Cayo Vigia):
CHAPTER 6
Between Nos 7 Light-buoy and 8 Buoy (1 mile SSW),
thence:
2 Between Nos 9 Buoy and 10 Light-buoy (4 miles
SW), thence:
S of No 12 Light-buoy (6½ miles WSW), thence:
as required to the chosen anchorage or berth.
3 According to reports, not all the shoals that lie off Punta
de los Corozos (see below) are marked by discoloured
water; those that are so marked lie mostly inshore.
6.18
1 Useful marks:
Punta Balandra Light (white framework tower, 8 m in
height) (19°11′N, 69°13′W).
Cayo Vigia Light (19°12′N, 69°19′W) (6.25).
Punta de los Corozos (19°11′N, 69°24′W), prominent
from E.
Anchorages and berths
Entrance to Bahía Samaná
6.19
1 Anchorage is available in the entrance to Bahía Samaná,
between Punta Balandra (19°11′N, 69°13′W) and Cayo
Leventado (2½ miles WSW); somewhat sheltered from N
winds, but uncomfortable for small vessels in the swell. A
slight swell may be expected as far into the bay as the
entrance to Puerto Santa Bárbara.
Bahía Carenero
6.20
1 Anchorage may be obtained in the entrance to Bahía
Carenero, which is entered between Punta de Las Flechas
(19°11′⋅4N, 69°16′⋅2W) and Cayo Carenero (Cayo Chico)
(1¼ mile WNW). The recommended berth lies between
Punta de Las Flechas and Chico Shoal (7 cables W).
2 For small vessels anchorage may be obtained in the W
part of the bay, depth 13 m (43 ft) in restricted space. The
deepest entrance is between Chico Shoal and the spit
extending S from Cayo Carenero (3 cables NW).
3 Local knowledge is required.
Bahía Clara
6.21
1 Anchorage is available in Bahía Clara (19°12′N,
69°18′W), 3 cables WNW of Punta Lirio, the E entrance
point, depths 15 to 18 m (48 to 60 ft), or farther out in
greater depths.
Puerto Santa Bárbara
6.22
1 Topography. Puerto Santa Bárbara is entered between
Punta Gorda (19°12′N, 69°18′W) and Cayo Paloma
(4 cables WSW). The head of the inlet is low and swampy;
the S side is protected by a reef on which lie Cayo Paloma
(13 m high, steep sided and bushy), Cayo Vigia (38 m high,
well wooded), and Cayo Linares (17 m high). The last two
islets are joined together, and to the shore, by an
ornamental footbridge on arches.
2 Santa Bárbara de Samaná, a tourist centre and the
capital of the Province of Samaná, stands near the head of
the inlet.
6.23
1 Pilotage is compulsory. The pilot boarding place is
shown on the plan, off the entrance.
Local knowledge is required for entering the harbour.
6.24
1 Current. An outflow, rate 1½ to 3 kn, often occurs,
especially during the rainy season, and caution is necessary.
156
 Home Contents Index
6.25
1 Fairway is shown on the plan.
2 Useful mark:
Cayo Vigia Light (white pyramidal metal tower)
(19°12′N, 69°19′W), on the E end of the cay.
3 Anchorage is available near the head of the inlet. A
good berth is with the W end of Cayo Vigia bearing 134°
and the E end of Cayo Linares bearing 210°, depth 7 m
(24 ft), good holding ground of mud, but space is restricted.
Anchorage is also available about 2½ cables E of the above
anchorage, depth about 8 m (26 ft).
6.26
1 Cargo working by lighters.
Supplies: fresh water; fresh provisions in limited
quantities.
2 Communications:
Sea, occasional, with other West Indies ports.
Airport, about 10 km W.
Puerto Batadero
6.27
1 Puerto Batadero (also known as Puerto Duarte or Arroyo
Barril) (19°12′⋅5N, 69°26′⋅5W), is situated 2½ miles WNW
of Punta de los Corozos.
Berth: 230 m long at pier head, depths 9⋅8 m alongside
the SW face, and 5⋅5 m and 8⋅5 m SE of the berth.
2 Airport: 1½ km E.
Supplies: fresh water; fresh provisions in limited
quantities.
Sánchez
6.28
1 Sánchez (19°14′N, 69°36′W) stands at the NW corner of
Bahía Samaná.
Pilot boarding place: see 6.13.
6.29
1 Useful mark:
Sánchez Light (white pyramidal metal tower, 6 m in
height), near the head of the pier.
6.30
1 Anchorage is available off the town, as shown on the
plan, clear of the charted submarine cable.
2 Landing is often difficult in ships’ boats. Starboard
hand buoys mark shoals in the approach to the pier.
Pier: 457 m long, depth 1⋅8 m at the head.
6.31
1 Facilities:
Minor repairs at a small machine shop.
Small tug, and lighters.
2 Supplies:
Fresh water by lighter; fresh provisions in small
quantities.
3 Sea communications: occasional, with other West Indies
ports.
Small craft
Chart 463 plan of Bahía de Samaná and approaches
Puerto English and Puerto Jicaco
6.32
1 Anchorage is available for small craft, in:
Puerto English (uncharted), off the NE side of Punta
Jicaco (19°01′N, 69°00′W).
Puerto Jicaco (uncharted) off the SW side of Punta
Jicaco.
2 Local knowledge is required.
CHAPTER 6
Bahía de San Lorenzo
6.33
1 Anchorage, shallow but sheltered, is available for small
craft, in Bahía de San Lorenzo (19°05′N, 69°27′W).
Local knowledge is required.
Río Barracota
6.34
1 Río Barracota (entrance 19°07′N, 69°38′W in the SW
corner of Bahía Samaná) is obstructed by a bar, least depth
0⋅6 m (2 ft) in the fairway, but is navigable by boats for a
distance of 5 or 6 miles.
Río Yuna
6.35
1 Río Yuna (entrance 19°12′N, 69°38′W) discharges into
the NW corner of the bay.
Discoloured water may be seen several miles E of
Sánchez (6.28), especially on the out going tidal stream.
2 Depths less than charted have been reported off the river
mouth.
The river is obstructed by a bar, depth 0⋅6 m (2 ft) in
the fairway; it is navigable by boats almost to Cotuy (about
40 miles upstream).
CABO SAMANÁ TO PUERTO PLATA
General information
Chart 463 plan of Punta Cabarete to Punta Brimball, 3908,
3689
Route
6.36
1 The route passes from Cabo Samaná (19°18′N,
69°09′W) to the vicinity of 19°50′N, 70°41′W off Puerto
Plata (6.51), or to the vicinity of 20°00′N, 70°35′W for
vessels on through passage.
Submarine disturbance
6.37
1 A violent submarine disturbance was seen on 4th August
1946, 2½ miles NE of Cabo Francés Viejo (6.39).
Flow
6.38
1 Currents: see 6.5.
Principal marks
6.39
1 Landmarks:
Monte el Pilón de Azucar (19°16′N, 69°18′W),
conspicuous.
Cabo Cabrón (19°22′N, 69°13′W), terminating in a
conspicuous white perpendicular cliff, with a
conical peak 500 m high (4 miles SW).
2 Cabo Francés Viejo (19°41′N, 69°55′W), a bold, lofty
promontory, covered with low vegetation, visible
from a considerable distance; a water spout 3 to
6 m high is almost continuously seen, 2 miles S of
Punta La Botella, the SE extremity of the cape.
3 Loma de Quita Espuela (22 miles SW of Cabo
Francés Viejo), a prominent, lofty mountain.
Loma Isabela de Torres (19°46′N, 70°42′W) (6.56).
6.40
1 Major lights:
Cabo Francés Viejo Light (white pyramidal concrete
tower, 26 m in height) (19°41′N, 69°55′W),
reported visible 132°–304°.
Puerto Plata Main Light (19°49′N, 70°42′W) (6.57).
157
 Home Contents Index CHAPTER 6

Directions obliged to slip their stern moorings. At that season it is not

(continued from 6.14) a desirable anchorage.
6.41
1 From the vicinity of 19°20′N, 69°00′W, off Cabo Puerto Sosúa
Samaná, the route leads generally WNW and W towards 6.47
the approaches to Puerto Plata (6.51), passing (with 1 Puerto Sosúa (19°46′N, 70°31′W) lies in a bight on the
reference to Cabo Francés Viejo Light (6.40)): W side of Cabo Macorís, exposed to N winds.
2 At least 3 miles offshore in Bahía Escocesa (up to The coast on the NE side of the port, of coral, 9 m high,
20 miles SSE and SE), if without local knowledge, is thickly covered with bushes.
thence: 2 Anchorage is available for small vessels on the N side,
N of Cabo Francés Viejo (6.39), thence: depth 37 m (20 fm), mud, with good shelter from ENE and
N of Cabo Macorís (32 miles WNW). E winds.
3 Useful markse: Local knowledge is required.
Piedras Balenas (28 miles SE), high and conspicuous.
4 Grey framework tower (27 miles W), 1¼ miles SW of Small craft
Punta Cabarete (6.45), conspicuous. Chart 463 plan of Bahía de Samaná, 3908
Puerto Plata Aero Light, at airport (36 miles W). Bahía d’Escocesa
(Directions continue for coastal passages at 6.66, 6.48
and for Puerto Plata at 6.58.) 1 Anchorage is available, in favourable weather, in Bahía
Escocesa, and off several bays and beaches from Cabo
Anchorages Cabrón (19°22′N, 69°13′W) (6.39) to Puerto Jackson
(25 miles W) (6.43).
Puerto Jackson Local knowledge is required.
6.42 6.49
1 Topography. Cayo Jackson (19°18′N, 69°39′W) at the S 1 Anchorage is available off Matancita (19°21′N,
end of a reef lying 5½ miles WSW from Piedras Balenas 69°48′W), SW in the bay, for small craft only.
(6.41), is low and covered with vegetation, and not easily Local knowledge is required.
identified. There are two conspicuous white cliffs on the
coast 1¼ miles E of Cayo Jackson, and thickly wooded Chart 463 plan of Punta Cabarete to Punta Brimball
hills rise steeply in rear of the harbour. Puerto Bergantín
6.43 6.50
1 Anchorage. Puerto Jackson lies between the 1 Puerto Bergantín (19°47′N, 70°38′W) is obstructed by
above mentioned reef and the shore, and is approached by rocks and shoals; the coast in the vicinity is skirted by a
channels between reefs; navigable width about 110 m, least reef that extends 5 cables offshore and has not been closely
depth in the fairway 9 m (30 ft), with depths of more than surveyed.
9 m in the anchorage. Local knowledge is required.
2 Submarine cables, not shown on the chart, are reported
as laid NNW from a point on the shore 3 miles W of
PUERTO PLATA
Puerto Jackson.
Local knowledge is required. General information
Río Estero Grande Chart 463 plan of Puerto Plata, and of Punta Cabarete to Punta
6.44 Brimball
1 Anchorage is available off the mouth (19°18′N, 6.51
69°44′W) of Río Estero Grande, 5 miles W of Cayo 1 Function. Puerto Plata, is a commercial and cruise port
Jackson, moderately sheltered, depths 9 to 20 m (30 ft to with a Freeport zone.
11 fm). 2 Traffic. In 2001, 743 vessels totalling 5 370 851 dwt
2 Local knowledge is required. visited the port.
Caution. The W shore of Bahía d’Escocesa (6.41) Port Authority: Comandante de Puerto.
affords no shelter to vessels of any size.
Limiting conditions
Chart 463 plan of Punta Cabarete to Punta Brimball 6.52
Bahía Cabarete 1 Controlling depths:
6.45 Bar, abreast Punta Fortaleza (19°49′⋅0N, 70°41′⋅5W),
1 Bahía Cabarete (19°46′N, 70°24′W) is entered close W 10⋅3 m (34 ft).
of Punta Cabarete, and is protected by reefs marked by Harbour, 9 to 10⋅6 m (30 to 35 ft), liable to silting.
breakers. 2 Caution. Less water than charted was reported (1995)
Local knowledge is required. between No 2 Light buoy and No 4 Buoy, close NW of the
2 Entrance has navigable width of no more than 45 m; leading line.
least depth 5⋅9 m (19 ft). During fresh breezes, the sea Deepest berth: jetty (6.60).
breaks right across the entrance and, at times, the tidal 3 Tidal levels. Mean spring range about 0⋅5 m; mean neap
stream sets obliquely across it. The entrance is not buoyed. range about 0⋅4 m. For further information see Admiralty
Useful mark. Tower (1¼ miles SW of Punta Cabarete). Tide Tables.
6.46
1 Anchorage is available for small coasting vessels in Arrival information
depths of 6 to 7 m (19 to 23 ft), poor holding ground. 6.53
Vessels usually secure head and stern; but, with onshore 1 Port radio. For details see Admiralty List of Radio
winds, during the winter months, they are sometimes Signals Volume 6(5).

158
 Home Contents Index
2 Outer anchorage is available about 6 cables N of Punta
Fortaleza, with the Main Light bearing 180° and Roca
Owen bearing 281°, depth about 24 m (13 fm), good
holding ground.
3 In the anchorage currents usually sets W, inclining
slightly towards the coast, but countercurrents, rate at least
1½ kn, have been observed in the vicinity.
Communication with the shore is frequently difficult,
owing to heavy seas, and particularly during the winter
months.
4 Pilotage is compulsory and is available 24 hours. Pilot
boarding place is 5 cables to 1 mile N of Punta Fortaleza
(6.52).
Tugs available.
Harbour
Signals
6.54
1 Storm signal. Two red flags with black centres,
disposed vertically, hoisted at the flagstaff of the Custom
House, indicate the expected approach of a hurricane.
Natural conditions
6.55
1 Winds. During the winter months, the wind blows
strongly from NE, from early morning until late afternoon,
when it changes to a gentle land breeze. Strong winds also
blow from N.
2 Swell from N to NE, height 1⋅2 to 5⋅5 m, was reported
(1969) to be frequent from October to May.
Principal marks
6.56
1 Landmarks: (with reference to Punta Fortaleza
(19°49′⋅0N, 70°41′⋅5W)):
Loma Isabela de Torres (2½ miles SSW), prominent
large white patch, flat summit with a cable railway
and a conspicuous crucifix, which is illuminated at
night.
2 Three radio masts (obstruction lights) (1½ miles SE,
2 miles ESE, 3 miles ESE).
Roca Owen (7 cables NNW), 7 m high, reported
(1987) to be easily seen from 8 miles.
3 Stranded wreck (3 cables N), reported (1987) to be
good landmark.
Conspicuous white obelisk (15 m high) on Fuerte de
San Felipe (140 m S).
Conspicuous chimney (about 2½ cables SE).
6.57
1 Major light:
Puerto Plata Main Light (yellow framework tower,
black lantern, 18 m in height) (1½ cables SSE).
Directions for entering harbour
(continued from 6.41)
6.58
1 Caution. Lights are shown only when a vessel is
expected.
2 From a position about 2 miles from the port the
alignment (202°) of Punta Fortaleza and the monument on
the summit of Loma Isabela de Torres (6.56) leads SSW
towards a position on the charted leading line (218°), with
Roca Owen bearing 309°, and close E of No 2 Light buoy
(starboard hand).
3 Thence on the alignment (218°) of Puerto Plata Leading
Lights (white concrete towers, red lanterns) (front light
6 cables SW of Punta Fortaleza), through the fairway,
CHAPTER 6
which is marked by a light buoy and buoys, to the inner
anchorage and alongside berths.
4 In 1987, HMS Plymouth (2380 tons) found it advisable
to pass about 30 m NW of the charted leading line while in
the vicinity of No 3 Buoy.
Anchorages and berths
Anchorage
6.59
1 Inner anchorage is available abreast Punta Fortaleza,
restricted, and not recommended to vessels more than 90 m
long; good holding ground, but an uneasy swell.
Alongside berths
6.60
1 Jetties (with reference to Punta Fortaleza):
Old Railway jetty (2½ cables SSW).
2 Newer and larger jetty (4 cables SW), deepest berth
on the E side: length 285 m, depth 10⋅6 m. In 1988
it was reported that depths in the vicinity of this
jetty were about 1⋅8 m (6 ft) less than charted.
Port services
6.61
1 Repairs. Minor repairs only.
Other facilities. Local hospital for minor cases; serious
cases go to Santo Domingo (90 miles SE).
2 Supplies:
Marine diesel and fuel oil, in small quantities, by
road tanker.
Fresh water at alongside berths.
Fresh provisions.
3 Communications:
Sea, with ports in North and South America, and
West Indies.
Air, Puerto Plata International Airport (13½ km ESE).
PUERTO PLATA TO BAHÍA DE MONTE
CRISTI
General information
Charts, 463 plan of Punta Mangle to Pointe Yaquezi, 3907, 3908
Routes
6.62
1 Coastal passage continues from the vicinity of Puerto
Plata (19°49′N, 70°42′W) (6.51) to the vicinity of El Morro
de Monte Cristi (19°54′N, 71°39′W) (6.79) where an
offshore route diverges and makes directly for a landfall off
the E side of Great Inagua Island (3.74).
2 Inshore passage to Bahía de Monte Cristi (6.75),
passing through Banco de Monte Cristi, is possible, but
only with local knowledge. Vessels not calling at Bahía de
Monte Cristi should pass N of the bank.
Banco de Monte Cristi
6.63
1 Banco de Monte Cristi extends 43 miles W from Punta
de Buren (19°53′N, 71°12′W), and 1 to 13 miles from the
shore. Its outer edge is very steep and the depths in most
places uneven. Many shoals and islets lie on the bank.
2 The nature of the bottom is variable. On the edge of the
bank it is chiefly coral and coarse sand. About 2 miles
within the edge it is soft mud, with the water discoloured.
3 Caution is necessary if passing over any part of the
bank, as uncharted shoals may exist.
Local knowledge is required.
159
 Home Contents Index
Flow
6.64
1 Currents and tidal streams are described at 6.5 and
6.77.
Principal marks
6.65
1 Landmarks:
Loma Isabela de Torres (19°46′N, 70°42′W) (6.56).
El Morro de Monte Cristi (19°54′N, 71°39′W) (6.79).
2 Major lights:
Puerto Plata Main Light (19°49′N, 70°42′W) (6.57).
El Morro de Monte Cristi Light (19°54′N, 71°39′W)
(6.80).
Directions
(continued from 6.41)
Coastal passage
6.66
1 From a position N of Puerto Plata (19°49′N, 70°42′W)
the route leads WNW towards the vicinity of 20°10′N,
71°40′W, passing (with reference to Puerto Plata):
NNE of a reef extending 5 cables from Punta Patilla
(10 miles NW); long, low, sloping gradually to a
pronounced hummock on its extremity, thence:
2 NNE of Punta Brimball (20 miles WNW), with
conspicuous palm trees; the N point of Cabo
Isabela, thickly wooded hills sloping down to the
coast where they end abruptly, thence:
N of Bahía de Monte Cristi (6.75).
3 From the vicinity of 20°10′N, 71°40′W an offshore
passage diverges from the coast of Hispaniola, continuing
WNW towards Great Inagua Island (4.6), or towards the
vicinity of 20°20′N, 73°30′W, in the N approach to
Windward Passage (9.4).
6.67
1 Caution. Vessels on any type of passage, other than
those calling at Bahía de Monte Cristi, Bahía Manzanillo
and Baie de Fort Liberté should keep well clear of Banco
de Monte Cristi (6.63).
6.68
1 Useful marks:
Punta Patilla Light (yellow and black concrete tower,
9 m in height) (19°55′N, 70°50′W).
(Directions continue for Bahía Monte Cristi at 6.81,
for Bahía Manzanillo at 6.99,
and for the coastal route at 6.109.)
Anchorages
Puerto Blanco
6.69
1 Puerto Blanco (19°55′N, 70°56′W) is easily identified by
partially bare cliffs that face N on its E side, and by a well
defined entrance point. It is reported to be more spacious
than Puerto Plata.
Local knowledge is required.
2 Anchorage is available in each of the two inner arms of
the inlet:
SW arm, depth about 5 m (16 ft); landing jetty.
SE arm, depth about 3⋅7 m (12 ft).
Bahía Isabela
6.70
1 Anchorage is available in Bahía Isabela (19°54′N,
71°07′W) which lies in the E part of the bight between
Cabo Isabela on the E and Punta de Buren on the W.
CHAPTER 6
2 The bay is open to N and NE winds, but the holding
ground is good, mud and sand, depth 8 m (26 ft), with the
N point of the bay bearing 048°, about 1½ miles distant.
Local knowledge is required.
3 Small vessels may anchor farther inshore, with the
mouth of Río Isabela (19°53′N, 71°05′W), which flows into
the head of the bay, bearing 135°.
4 Caution is necessary when approaching the anchorage,
as the depths are irregular and there are some sunken
rocks; a reef extends about 3 cables offshore from the N
point of the bay.
5 Useful mark:
Punta de Buren Light (19°52′N, 71°13′W).
Estero Balza and vicinity
6.71
1 Anchorage is available within the reef, in Estero Balza
(19°51′N, 71°15′W), 3 miles SW of Punta de Buren.
2 Other anchorages in the vicinity are available close W
of Punta de Buren, depth 22 m (12 fm), sheltered by the
reef which lies off the point; and near Cayo de Arenas
(5½ miles SW of Punta de Buren), depths 9 to 11 m (30 to
36 ft).
Local knowledge is required.
3 Useful mark:
Punta de Buren Light (19°52′N, 71°13′W).
Chart 463 plan of Punta Mangle to Pointe Yaquezi
Bahía de Icaquitos
6.72
1 Bahía de Icaquitos (Jicaquito) (19°54′N, 71°38′W) lies
close E of Punta de la Granja (6.79) and is shallow.
Local knowledge is required.
2 Spit with depths of less than 5⋅5 m (18 ft), extends
1½ miles NW from the E entrance point; the sea always
breaks over it.
Anchorage is available between Punta de la Granja and
the spit, depth about 8 m (27 ft).
Small craft
Chart 463 plan of Punta Cabarete to Punta Brimball
Puerto Maimón
6.73
1 Entrance to Puerto Maimón (19°51′N, 70°46′W), is
identified by two large white rocks on its E side.
2 Shoal with a depth of 3⋅7 m (12 ft) is reported to lie
5 cables NE of the E entrance point. The coastal reef
extends 5 cables off the W entrance point.
Local knowledge is required.
BAHÍA DE MONTE CRISTI AND
APPROACHES
General information
Chart 463 plan of Punta Mangle to Pointe Yaquezi, and of Bahía
de Monte Cristi
Topography
6.74
1 Bahía de Monte Cristi (19°52′N, 71°40′W) is
approached through the W end of Banco de Monte Cristi
(6.63).
2 Cayos Siete Hermanos (The Seven Brothers), cays most
of which are overgrown with mangroves, lie on the bank.
3 Isla Cabras, which is 16 m high and partly wooded lies
in the N part of the bay, 3 cables SW of the W end of
Punta de la Granja (6.79).
160
 Home Contents Index
Position and function
6.75
1 Bahía de Monte Cristi is an anchorage serving the
town of Monte Cristi, the capital of the district, 1 mile
inland, and reached by a causeway and light railway over a
salt marsh which is covered, in most places, after heavy
rains or high tides.
Arrival information
Pilotage
6.76
1 Pilotage is compulsory for merchant vessels. Pilot
boarding place is N of Isla Cabras (19°54′N, 71°40′W).
Harbour
Flow
6.77
1 Current. The vicinity of Monte Cristi, while in a region
of currents setting WNW, is reported to be affected
frequently by countercurrents setting SE.
6.78
1 Tidal streams are perceptible near the islets and
channels:
SW-going on the rising tide, rate ½ kn.
NE going on the falling tide, rate ½ kn.
Principal marks
6.79
1 Landmarks (with reference to the centre of Isla Cabras
(19°54′N, 71°40′W)):
El Morro de Monte Cristi (1 mile E), prominent hill,
on Punta de la Granja, a bold headland. The hill’s
flattened summit gives it a distinctive appearance;
a good mark when approaching from W.
2 Islote (Islita) del Fraile (prominent islet) (6 cables
NNE).
Prominent clock tower (about 2½ miles SSE), in the
town.
6.80
1 Major Light:
El Morro de Monte Cristi Light (white metal tower
on square base, 35 m in height) (19°54′N,
71°39′W), 1 mile ENE of Isla Cabras.
Directions for entering harbour
(continued from 6.66)
From east
6.81
1 From the vicinity of 19°58′N, 71°40′W the line of
bearing 180° of the headland (97 m (319 ft) high) (5 cables
ENE of the centre of Isla Cabras) leads S in the fairway,
passing (with reference to Isla Cabras Light (19°54′N,
71°40′W)):
2 E of Liverpool Shoal (2½ miles NNW), thence:
E of Phaeton Shoal (2 miles NNW).
6.82
1 From a position on the recommended route, about
1½ miles N of Isla Cabras, the alignment (256°) of Cayo
Monte Grande (6½ miles W of Isla Cabras) and Cayo
Ratas (8½ miles W of Isla Cabras) leads S of Phaeton
Shoal.
6.83
1 From a position about 1¾ miles NW of Isla Cabras, the
line of bearing 146° of the clock tower in the town leads
CHAPTER 6
to the anchorage, passing (with reference to the centre of
Isla Cabras):
2 SW of Isla Cabras and:
NE of a 9 m (30 ft) patch (9 cables WSW), thence:
NE of a 0⋅9 m (3 ft) patch (1¼ miles SW).
3 Clearing bearing. The line of bearing 062° of Islote del
Fraile (6.79), well open N of Isla Cabras, passes NW of
the 0⋅9 m patch.
From north
6.84
1 When approaching from N, N of Banco de Monte Cristi,
the line of bearing 180° (6.81) should be followed before
reaching the bank, passing W of Bancos Granja (8 miles
NNE of Isla Cabras) thence continuing as above.
From west
6.85
1 From the vicinity of 19°58′N, 71°56′W the route leads
so as to pass about 5 cables N of Cayo Tercero (8 miles W
of Isla Cabras).
2 Clearing bearing. The line of bearing 107° of Cayo
Tercero passes N of the dangers charted near the W end of
Banco de Monte Cristi.
3 Caution. A 7⋅3 m (24 ft) coral patch (6½ miles W of
Cayo Tercero), is easily seen in a good light, but the bright
spots do not correspond with the least depths.
6.86
1 From the N side of Cayo Tercero, the line of bearing
093° of El Morro de Monte Cristi leads inwards, passing
(with reference to Isla Cabras):
2 N of Cayo Monte Grande (7 miles W) thence:
S of Saxonia Shoal (6 miles WNW), not marked by
discoloration of the water.
6.87
1 When, in a position about 1 mile WNW of Isla Cabras,
the clock tower in the town bears 146°, the final approach
at 6.83 above may be followed.
2 Caution. Isla Cabras (6.74) is difficult to distinguish
until close to when approaching from the W.
From south west
6.88
1 From the vicinity of 19°48′N, 71°56′W the
recommended route follows the line of bearing 060° of
Cayo Monte Chico (6 miles WSW of Isla Cabras). This
route leads through Bradford Channel, in which the least
charted depth is 14⋅9 m (49 ft), passing (with reference to
Isla Cabras):
2 NW of a detached shoal, depth 9⋅5 m (31 ft), visible
in all weathers and to be avoided, and of
Marcellus Rock, depth 3⋅7 m (charted as dangerous
rock) and of Cayo Tororu (8½ miles WSW) and:
3 SE of the rocky spit extending SE from Cayo
Muertos (8½ miles W).
6.89
1 Thence a mid channel track is recommended, passing
between Monte Grande and a 4⋅5 m (15 ft) patch 5 cables
NNE of Monte Chico. When Cayo Tercero bears 281°,
seen open N of Cayo Monte Grande, course may be shaped
to reach and follow the line of bearing 093° as at 6.86.
6.90
1 Useful marks (with reference to Isla Cabras):
Isla Cabras Light (white pyramidal metal tower, 15 m
in height) (on NW point).
Cayo Arenas Light (red tower, black lantern)
(11½ miles W).
161
 Home Contents Index CHAPTER 6

Anchorage 2 Tugs are not available, but a launch assists with

6.91
1 Anchorage may be obtained 6 cables SW of Isla Cabras
Light with the clock tower bearing about 145°, depth 11 m
(36 ft); or closer in, according to draught.
2 Landing jetty is near the custom house, 1¾ miles S of
Isla Cabras. Landing is difficult at the jetty. particularly at
LW when boats may ground near its head.
Port services
6.92
1 Facilities:
Custom house and Port Captain’s office, at the port.
2 Supplies: fuel oil not available; fresh water; provisions
in limited quantities.
3 Communications:
Sea, with New York and West Indies ports.
Air, from an airfield at Monte Cristi.
handling of vessels’ lines. If size of vessel merits use of
tug, one can be sent from Puerto Plata.
Harbour
Landmarks
6.98
1 With reference to Manzanillo jetty (19°43′N, 71°45′W):
Aluminium building (outer end), conspicuous.
2 Water tank (7 cables SW), good landmark.
Two oil tanks (5 cables SE), good landmarks.
Jetty light (white tower, red lantern).
Directions for entering harbour
(continued from 6.66 )

MANZANILLO
General information
Charts 463 plan of Punta Mangle to Pointe Yaquezi
Position and function
6.93
1 Position. Manzanillo (19°43′N, 71°45′W) lies at the
head of Bahía Manzanillo on the E side of the mouth of
Rivière Massacre.
2 International boundary. The mouth (19°43′N, 71°46′W)
of Rivière Massacre is the N end of the boundary between
Dominican Republic and Republic of Haïti.
3 Function. Manzanillo is a banana loading port, but is
not frequently used by commercial vessels.
4 Traffic. In 2001, 75 vessels totalling 599 744 dwt visited
the port.
Port Authority
6.94
1 Comandante de Puerto, Manzanillo, Dominican Republic.
Limiting conditions
6.95
1 Depths:
2 Approach channel, 10⋅7 m.
3 Jetty, see 6.101.
4 Maximum size of vessel. Length 213 m, draught 10⋅7 m.
5 Local weather. The prevailing wind, which is E,
sometimes interferes with berthing or unberthing.
Approach
6.99
1 From East. From the vicinity of 20°10′N, 71°40′W the
route to Bahía Manzanillo leads outside the 183 m (100 fm)
contour line around Banco de Monte Cristi and W of
Cayos Siete Hermanos (6.74) and the reefs and banks W
and NW.
2 Thence the route leads SE, continuing to keep outside
the 183 m (100 fm) contour line, until the final approach
into Bahía Manzanillo.
3 From West. From the vicinity of 19°50′N, 72°00′W the
route leads SE, keeping outside the 183 m (100 fm) contour
line until the final approach into Bahía Manzanillo.
4 Useful mark:
Cayo Arenas Light (19°53′N, 71°52′W) (6.90).
Anchorages and berths
6.100
1 Anchorages are available as follows.
On the E side of Punta Manzanillo (3½ miles NNW of
the jetty), depths 10 to 13 m (33 to 42 ft).
2 With the jetty head bearing 160°, 2½ miles distant.
On the E side of the head of the bay, near the jetty.
Provides enough swinging room, and good holding ground
of mud and sand.
6.101
1 Jetty: steel and concrete; length 226 m, depth alongside
3 m at the root, 12 m at the head (2003).
Banana vessels usually berth on the W side of the pier
and general cargo vessels on the E side.
2 A vessel berthing on the E side should do so with bows
S, as there is not enough room to turn and berth with bows
N.
A vessel can berth on the W side with bows N or S.

Arrival information
6.96 Port services
1 Port radio. For details see Admiralty List of Radio 6.102
Signals Volume 6(5). 1 Minor repairs at a small machine shop.
6.97 Medical facilities. Small dispensary at Manzanillo;
1 Pilotage is compulsory and available 24 hours. Pilots hospital at Monte Cristi (30 km distant).
from Puerto Plata are available, and board 1 mile off the 2 Supplies: fuel oil not available; fresh water; provisions
jetty. in limited quantity.

162
 Home Contents Index
HAÏTI, NORTH SIDE
GENERAL INFORMATION
Chart 3907
Extent of area
6.103
1 The area described below covers the coastal route, off
the N side of Haïti from Rivière Massacre (19°43′N,
71°46′W) to Cap du Môle (19°50′N, 73°25′W), including
Île de la Tortue (centre 20°05′N, 72°47′W).
Ports
6.104
1 The only port in the area is Port de Cap-Haïtien
(19°46′N, 72°12′W).
Flow
6.105
1 Currents: see 6.5.
RIVIÈRE MASSACRE TO PORT DE CAP
HAÏTIEN
General information
Charts 463 plan of Punta Mangle to Pointe Yaquezi, 465, 3907
Route
6.106
1 Coastal route continues from the vicinity of Rivière
Massacre (mouth 19°43′N, 71°46′W), in Bahía Manzanillo,
to the vicinity of Port de Cap-Haïtien (24 miles W).
Topography
6.107
1 The coast between Rivière Massacre and the entrance to
Baie de Fort Liberté (5 miles W) is low and can be
approached to a distance of 5 cables off, but the E part has
not been examined.
Landmarks
6.108
1 Two hills (19°43′N, 71°54′W) (chart 3907), 3½ miles W
of the entrance to Baie de Fort Liberté, and 5 cables apart,
conspicuous above the low lying land between them and
the sea; an excellent landmark.
2 The Bishops Cap (19°36′N, 72°15′W approximately)
(chart 1266); summit 880 m (2886) ft high, with extensive
ruins of a large castle and citadel.
3 Morne du Haut du Cap (19°46′N, 72°13′W), a lofty and
irregular range rising to 813 m (2667 ft), overlooking Cap-
Haïtien of which Pointe Picolet (19°48′N, 72°11′W) is the
E extremity.
Directions
(continued from 6.66)
6.109
1 From the vicinity of 19°44′N, 71°46′W in Bahía
Manzanillo the route leads generally WNW to the
approaches to Port de Cap-Haïtien (6.113), passing well
clear of the 183 m (100 fm) depth contour.
2 There is a clear SW route to Port de Cap-Haïtien from
the W extremity of Banco de Monte Cristi (6.63).
(Directions continue for Port de Cap-Haïtien at 6.120,
and for the coastal route at 6.132.)
CHAPTER 6
Baie de Fort Liberté
Chart 465 plan of Baie de Fort Liberté, and Channel to Port
Liberté
General information
6.110
1 Baie de Fort Liberté (19°42′N, 71°51′W) is a landlocked
basin, 5 miles long, W to E, and 1 mile wide. The entrance,
which has a depth of 23⋅8 m (13 fm) is narrow, with sharp
turnings, and is a little more than ½ cable wide at its N
end.
2 Anchorages exist, as shown on the plan, on E and W
sides of Îlot Bayau, with depths of 22 m (12 fm).
Fort Liberté (19°41′N, 71°51′W), a former lightering
port in the bay, is reported to be closed to shipping.
Small craft
Chart 465
Passe Caracol
6.111
1 Baie Caracol is entered between Pointe Yaquezi
(19°45′N, 71°59′W) and Pointe Caracol (3 miles W). Passe
Caracol, narrow and intricate, with a least depth in the
fairway of 24 m (13 fm) leads through the barrier reef. A
channel marked by beacons and buoys continues to an
anchorage, depth 8 m (27 ft).
2 Local knowledge is required.
Passe de Limonade
6.112
1 Passe de Limonade (19°47′N, 72°07′W) leads S through
a deep indentation in the reef to give access to an
anchorage for small craft off the settlement of Limonade
(19°44′N, 72°07′W).
2 A channel marked by buoys, leads along the inner edge
of the reef, to Pointe Caracol (4 miles ESE); least depth
9 m (30 ft) but suitable only for boats.
Local knowledge is required.
PORT DE CAP-HAÏTIEN
General information
Chart 465 plan of Port de Cap-Haïtien
6.113
1 Position. 19°46′N, 72°12′W.
Function. The accommodation of cruise vessels, export
of coffee and fruit and import of raw materials.
Population of Port Cap-Haïtien is 100 638 (1995).
2 Port limits. All waters off the town S of 19°47′⋅4N.
Traffic. In 2001, 366 vessels totalling 1 561 916 dwt
visited the port.
Port Authority. Autorité Portuaire Nationale, Rue 17,
Cap-Haïtien, Haïti.
Limiting conditions
6.114
1 Controlling depths:
Bar, 11 m (36 ft).
Channel, 10 m (33 ft) (reported).
2 Deepest berth: see 6.125.
163
 Home Contents Index
Arrival information
6.115
1 Port radio. For details see Admiralty List of Radio
Signals Volume 6(5).
Notice of ETA should be sent 48 hours in advance.
2 Pilotage is compulsory. Pilot boarding place is about
2½ miles NNE of the Cathedral (6.119).
Tugs. Not available. Small mooring boat only, to take
heaving lines ashore.
Harbour
Layout
6.116
1 The harbour is protected on the E by sandbanks and
reefs on which the sea usually breaks. It is entered close E
of Pointe Picolet (1½ miles NNE of the Cathedral). The
anchorage is in the centre of the bay, abreast the town; the
alongside berths are at the town. Haut du Cap River enters
the bay 3½ cables S of the Cathedral.
Natural conditions
6.117
1 Current. For a description of currents along the N coast
of Hispaniola see 6.5.
When the river is in spate, the current in the harbour
entrance runs at about 3 kn.
2 Wind. A land breeze commonly blows all night, while a
sea breeze regularly blows by day. NE winds may reach
force 6 by the afternoon raising a sea in the harbour.
Principal marks
6.118
1 Landmarks for the approach:
The Bishops Cap (19°36′N, 72°15′W) (6.108).
Morne du Haut du Cap (19°46′N, 72°13′W) (6.108).
6.119
1 Landmarks for entry (with reference to the Cathedral
(19°46′⋅4N, 72°11′⋅9W)):
Pointe Picolet Lighthouse (white round tower,
pyramidal base) (1½ miles NNE).
Ruined fort (greyish white walls) close by.
2 Ruined battery on Pointe Saint Joseph (1 mile NNE).
Smaller but prominent ruined battery, with small pier
(7½ cables NNE).
Cathedral (spire), prominent roof.
Church (spire) (4½ cables SSW), conspicuous bell
tower.
3 Major light:
Pointe Picolet Light (19°48′N, 72°12′W).
Directions
(continued from 6.109)
Channel west of Le Grand Mouton
6.120
1 From a position about 1 mile NNE of Pointe Picolet
(19°47′⋅7N, 72°11′⋅2W), in the vicinity of the pilot
boarding place, a S track leads into the W side of the bay,
passing (with reference to Pointe Picolet):
2 W of No 1 Light beacon (green square) (5 cables E)
and No 1A Buoy (port hand) which mark the NW
end of an extensive reef, and:
At least 1 cable E of Pointe Picolet Light (6.119),
thence:
CHAPTER 6
3 About 1 cable E of Point Saint Joseph (5 cables S).
The line of bearing 188° of the wooded hill
(1½ miles SSE of the Cathedral) on which lie the
ruins of Fort Vilton (only the hill can be
identified) leads about 1 cable off Pointe Saint
Joseph.
6.121
1 Thence the recommended route runs in mid channel, S
and SE so as to pass between the two dangerous reefs, Le
Grand Mouton, and Mardi Gras Reef, W, as marked by the
charted light-beacons.
2 Le Grand Mouton is steep to and the sea usually breaks
on it. On the E side of Le Grand Mouton a dangerous
wreck is reported (1960) to lie in approximate position
19°47′⋅18N, 72°10′⋅90W.
The line of bearing 332° of Pointe Saint Joseph, astern,
passes about midway between the two reefs.
3 When both reefs are cleared, the line of bearing 352° of
Point Picolet, astern, leads towards the S charted anchor
berth “C”, passing W of No 4 Buoy (red conical) (starboard
hand) and La Trompeuse, marked by No 9 Light beacon.
4 The line of bearing 194° of the wooded hill with the
ruins of Fort Vilton leads towards the approach area for the
alongside berths.
6.122
1 Useful marks:
No 9 Light beacon (green square) (1¼ miles SSE),
standing on La Trompeuse.
2 No 11 Light beacon (green square) (1¾ miles SSE).
Passenger Berth Light, standing on the NE end of the
berth (1½ miles S).
Passage east of Le Grand Mouton
6.123
1 Owing to the scarcity of marks and the difficulty of
picking them up, the passage E of Le Grand Mouton is not
recommended.
Anchorages and berths
Anchorages
6.124
1 Anchor berths ‘B’ and ‘C’, as shown on the plan, are
situated 1 and 1½ miles S of Pointe Picolet. Depths about
15 m and 14 m (50 ft and 46 ft) respectively, poor
holding ground.
Alongside berths
6.125
1 Principal wharves:
Passenger berth, depth 10⋅5 m alongside.
Cargo berth, depth 9⋅5 m alongside.
Inter island berth, depth 3⋅5 m alongside.
Port services
6.126
1 Repairs: no information.
Other facilities: Ro ro berth; lighters; hospital.
6.127
1 Supplies: fuel oil by road tanker; fresh water in limited
quantities; fruit and vegetables in season, otherwise,
provisions scarce.
6.128
1 Communications: road connections with other parts of
Haïti; airport 6⋅5 km distant with international connections
to the Bahamas and Turks and Caicos Islands.
164
 Home Contents Index CHAPTER 6

PORT HAÏTIEN TO CANAL DE LA Anchorages

TORTUE 6.135
1 Pointe des Trois Maries (19°47′N, 72°19′W). Good
temporary anchorage is available N of the point (6.133) in
General information depths of 13 to 29 m (42 ft to 16 fm).
2 Anse Lombardo provides excellent sheltered anchorage
Charts 465, 3907 1¾ miles S of Pointe des Trois Maries, depths 9 to 11 m
Route (30 to 36 ft), or farther out, depths 11 to 13 m (36 to 42 ft).
6.129
1 From the offing, abreast Port de Cap-Haïtien (19°46′N, Small craft
72°12′W), a coastal route leads about 25 miles WNW to Île 6.136
de la Tortue and the entrance to Canal de la Tortue. 1 Anchorage is available for small craft, off the town of
Limbé, close S of Îlet Limbé (19°50′N, 72°22′W) (6.132),
depth 1⋅8 m (6 ft).
Current
Local knowledge is required.
6.130
1 Current between Cap-Haïtien and Canal de la Tortue is Anchorages
reported to run W at about 1 kn.
Port des Français
6.137
Principal marks 1 Anchorage, excellent for small vessels, is available in
6.131 Port des Français (19°48′N, 72°15′W), with shelter from
1 Landmarks: prevailing winds, though exposed to N winds; clay and
The Bishop’s Cap (uncharted) (about 19°36′N, sand bottom.
72°15′W) (6.108). Local knowledge is required.
Morne du Haut du Cap (19°46′N, 72°13′W) (6.108).
2 Major light: Anse à Chouchou
Pointe Picolet Light (19°48′N, 72°11′W) (6.119). 6.138
1 Anchorage is available in Anse à Chouchou, which is
entered E of Pointe Baril de Boeuf (19°51′N, 72°29′W),
Directions 1¼ cables from the E shore, depths 10 to 11 m (33 to
(continued from 6.109) 36 ft).
6.132 Local knowledge is required.
1 From the vicinity of 19°52′N, 72°08′W the route leads
generally WNW, towards the vicinity of 19°58′N, 72°35′W, Anse de la Rivière Salée
keeping well outside the coastal bank, and passing (with 6.139
reference to Îlet Port Margot (19°50′N, 72°26′W)): 1 Shelter is available for small vessels, in Anse de la
2 N of shoals in the mouth of Baie de l’Acul (7 miles Rivière Salée, which is entered W of Pointe Baril de
E) (6.133), thence: Boeuf, depths 3⋅7 to 7⋅3 m (12 to 24 ft).
NE of Îlet Limbé (3 miles E), thence: Local knowledge is required.
N of Îlet Port Margot a prominent islet. Fond la Grange
(Directions continue for Canal de la Tortue at 6.144.) 6.140
1 Anchorage is available in Fond la Grange, which is
entered between Pointe Est (19°51′N, 72°31′W) and Pointe
Baie de l’Acul and approaches Palmiste (5 cables W), in the middle of the bay, depths 11
to 13 m (36 to 42 ft), mud or sand.
Chart 465 plan of Fort LibertÉ to Île de la Tortue, (see 1.13) 2 Apart from a rocky ledge off Pointe Palmiste, the shores
General information of the bay are steep to.
6.133 Landing. Small jetty on the E side of the bay, depth
1 Baie de l’Acul is entered between Pointe des Trois alongside 3⋅7 m.
Maries (19°47′N, 72°19′W) and Pointe du Grand Boucand
(1 mile W). The bay is well protected by the shoals off its Small craft
entrance, and affords excellent, sheltered anchorage for Baie du Borgne
vessels of moderate size. 6.141
2 Local knowledge is required, owing to the intricacy of 1 Anchorage is available for small craft in Baie du
the entrance channels. Borgne (19°51′N, 72°32′W), which is entered W of Pointe
Palmiste (6.140), depths 4 to 8 m (13 to 26 ft), open N.
Entrance channels 2 The village of Le Borgne is at the head of the bay.
6.134 Local knowledge is required.
1 Baie de l’Acul is approached through three channels in
the coastal reef: Chenal de l’Est, Chenal du Milieu and CANAL DE LA TORTUE AND WESTERN
Chenal du Limbé. APPROACH
2 Chenal du Limbé is the easiest, and suitable for vessels
of moderate size. Chenal de l’Est should not be attempted General information
unless the sun is in a favourable position for seeing the Charts 465, 3907
reefs; moreover, in those channels the vessel should be Routes
conned from aloft. The only advantage of Chenal du Milieu 6.142
is that the reefs are visible; otherwise, it is not 1 Coastal passages lead through Canal de la Tortue,
recommended. between Île de la Tortue (centre 20°05′N, 72°47′W) and the

165
 Home Contents Index
mainland S, through waters free of offlying dangers, and to
the N of Île de la Tortue, in deep water off a steep to
shore.
2 These passages continue from the W end of the island,
to the vicinity of Cap du Môle (about 25 miles WSW)
(8.299).
Current
6.143
1 Current is reported to set W through Canal de la Tortue,
rate about 1 kn, but with a countercurrent setting E along
the N shore of the channel.
2 It is also reported that between Pointe Jean-Rabel
(Pointe Juan Rabel) (19°56′N, 73°10′W) and Cap du Môle
(15 miles WSW), the current increases in strength and
inclines towards the land, and sometimes to set NE,
inshore.
3 For currents in Windward Passage: see 9.7.
Directions
(continued from 6.132)
Canal de la Tortue
6.144
1 From the E end of Canal de la Tortue (19°58′N,
72°35′W), the route leads W in mid-channel, passing (with
reference to Grande Pointe (Pointe du Carénage) (19°58′N,
72°49′W)):
2 S of Pointe Est (East Point) (11 miles ENE), low,
thence:
N of Grande Pointe, a low headland, and:
3 S of Pointe de Grande Mahe (4 miles N), with a red
cliff nearby, reported visible at a considerable
distance, thence:
S of Pointe Ouest (11 miles NW).
6.145
1 Useful marks:
Pointe Est Light (white metal framework tower,
triangular base, 14 m in height) (20°01′N,
72°38′W).
Pointe Ouest Light (20°04′N, 72°58′W).
Alternative route
6.146
1 North of Île de la Tortue, where the chart is sufficient
guide.
Chart 3907
Canal de la Tortue to Cap du Môle
6.147
1 From the vicinity of 20°00′N, 73°00′W at the W end of
Canal de la Tortue, the coastal route continues W and
WSW, passing (with reference to Pointe Ouest (20°04′N,
72°58′W)):
2 NW of Pointe Jean-Rabel (14 miles SW), low, bushy
and conspicuous, with a succession of bold rocky
cliffs and sandy beaches nearby, at the W end of
an 8 mile stretch of lofty, steep coast.
3 NW of Cap du Môle (29 miles SW) (8.299).
6.148
1 Useful marks:
Pointe Ouest Light (20°04′N, 72°58′W).
Cap du Môle Light (19°50′N, 73°25′W) (8.298).
(Directions are given for Windward Passage at 9.10,
and for the W coast of Haïti at 8.299.)
CHAPTER 6
Anchorages
Chart 465
Rade de la Terra Baja
6.149
1 Anchorage is available for vessels drawing not more
than 5 m (16 ft), in Rade de la Tierra Baja (20°00′N,
72°43′W), off the N shore of Canal de la Tortue, protected
on both sides by coral reefs over which the sea breaks,
depth 11 m (36 ft), poor holding ground.
2 Local knowledge is required.
Depths are very irregular, from about 5⋅5 m (18 ft) in
the entrance between the reefs, to 11 m (36 ft) within.
3 Anchorage is available for larger vessels, outside the
reefs, 1 mile WSW of the settlement; sand.
Port de Paix
Chart 465 plan of Port de Paix
6.150
1 General information. Port de Paix, a bay, is entered
SW of Pointe Perez (19°57′N, 72°50′W). Reefs extend
1½ cables offshore.
2 Traffic. In 2001, 11 vessels totalling 9704 dwt visited
the port.
Pilotage is compulsory. A pilot will come out in
response to a signal.
6.151
1 Directions. The line of bearing (147°) of the customs
warehouse (3½ cables SSW of Point Perez) leads into the
bay.
2 Anchorage is available in the centre of the bay, with
Pointe Perez bearing 061° and the customs warehouse
bearing 147°; depth 37 m (20 fm). The bay is open to N
winds that raise heavy seas. The bottom is foul in places;
holding ground bad.
3 Useful marks (with reference to Pointe Perez):
Ruins of forts, on Pointe Perez and on an unnamed
point (5 cables WSW).
Church (4 cables S).
4 Landing. Pier, at the head of the bay, depth 1 m
alongside; reported in poor condition (1962).
6.152
1 Facilities: hospital.
Supplies: fuel oil, no information; fresh water in small
quantities; fresh provisions in small quantities.
Chart 465
Baie des Moustiques
6.153
1 Topography. Baie des Moustiques is entered W of East
Point (19°56′N, 72°58′W), at the W end of an 8 mile
stretch of bold, scarped and steep to coast. An islet with a
submerged rock ¾ cable SE of it lies 6 cables SW of East
Point.
2 Anchorage. The best berth is in the middle of the bay,
nearly abreast the submerged rock; depths about 37 m
(20 fm), irregular, rocky bottom. The berth should be
carefully checked before anchoring. The bay is open N and
affords no protection.
3 A more comfortable anchorage can be found at Port à
l’Écu (4½ miles W) (6.154).
Local knowledge is required.
Chart 3907
Port à l’Écu
6.154
1 Anchorage is available in Port à l’Écu (19°56′N,
73°02′W), sheltered, except from NW winds; good holding
166
 Home Contents Index
ground of mud on the W side of the bay. A good berth
2½ cables S of Pointe Est, the E entrance point, depths 7
11 m (24 to 36 ft).
2 Local knowledge is required.
Entrance. Pointe Est must be given a wide berth,
avoid a reef which extends 1½ cables WSW from it.
3 Identifying feature. A high flat-topped hillock on the
side of the entrance.
Rade de Jean-Rabel
6.155
1 Rade de Jean-Rabel (19°55′N, 73°12′W) is the
anchorage for the village of Almacenes close by.
2 Identifying features:
High white cliff and a long sandy beach, fronted by a
reef extending 1 cable offshore, N of the village.
3 Mouth of a stream, fronted by a reef, W of the
village.
Peak, 2 miles SW of the village, resembles the ruins
of castle and is a good mark.
6.156
1 Anchorage is available in depths of 18 m (60 ft) with
Pointe Boucampaul (1¾ miles WSW of Pointe Jean-Rabel)
bearing 068°, and 2 cables distant from a reef that lies
3 cables N of the village.
CHAPTER 6
is 2 It is advisable not to shut in Pointe Saline (1 mile WSW
to of Pointe Jean-Rabel) behind Pointe Boucampaul, as, within
that line, the depths decrease suddenly and the bottom
becomes foul.
to 3 Caution. The coast between Pointe Boucampaul and
Cap du Môle (14 miles WSW) (8.299) is composed of low,
E steep-to, rocky cliffs and affords no shelter whatsoever.
Small craft
Chart 465
South shore of Canal de la Tortue
6.157
1 Several anchorages are available for small craft,
sheltered by Île de la Tortue, between Cap Rouge
(19°56′N, 72°40′W) and Grande Pointe (Pointe du
Carénage) (9 miles W).
2 Local knowledge is required.
Pointe des Oiseaux
6.158
1 Anchorage is available for small craft, close W of
Pointe des Oiseaux (20°01′N, 72°46′W), sheltered from
prevailing winds, depths 6 to 7 m (19 to 23 ft), grassy
bottom.
2 Local knowledge is required.
167
 Home Contents Index

Chapter 7 - North Coast of Cuba and Old Bahama Channel

25°85° 84° 83° 82° 81° 80° 79° 78° 77° 76° 75° 74° 25°
1217

And
ys
Ke 2579

ros
a
r id Cat Island

To n
F l o

Sa

gu
Isl
1220

e
San Salvador

nt
24° 24°

an

of
41 Island

ar
4 Cay Sal e

th
3853 Pu

g
Bank

en
er

e
r

a
to O

e
a ce Rum Cay

s
41 de s
za 7.167

s
1 Nic t an

41
C
7.176

a
an
Pu ola B

1
la

P
ha
at
er s a Great Exuma
H
351

M
to Ch h
ab

I.
2B a

to
7.217 an Island Long Island

n
an
ah 410 7.129 m

er
M

ia H ne

d
a
a

Pu
ar

on l

e
410

e
ie

23° da B a 23°
l

k
7.251 La Habana h. n k

o
Anc Crooked
Bahia 7.194 Matanzas cis

ro
Vela Cay Island

ua
de Cabañas 7.181 ran
425 ayo F

C
ag
3512 S O rande
Ca ld on G
yo de C
Pare d
J u ti a s b el a yo
Ca B
Is a s Cay
P. de a h Lobo
am Acklins
425 a Island
C 2009 C
168

22° ha 22°
nn Mira-por-vos
U 7.116

7
e Shoal

82

5
l

43
Ca

2
Isla de 3197 Bahia Nuevitas Punta Maternillos Cay Santo
B

ra
o

el
b

Sa Pinos 25 Domingo

Mi
iba
Ent. Chan.
nA ati 4
M an 435 jo 425

la
3197

Ba r to G
n to P.de ita aran

de
n io 7.76
A a V r to N

ia
i

Pue
h ue ama 425

ah
P Puer to S

35
&B
3167
21° 21°

o4
Punta Lucrecia

5
3867

43
635

o d racoa
Tac
Bahia Banes 7.12

ata
r to
435

eM
434 435

B a
Pue
mo

r to
a
P. Tana Mo

ge
er t
Pue
ayo

Pu
486 3935 P. C

sa
Punta Maisí

as
20° 20°

P
rd
a
3866 3865
1266

w
d
in
W
19° 19°
85° 84° 83° 82° 81° Longitude 80° West from Greenwich 78° 77° 76° 75° 74°
November 2003
 Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 7
NORTH COAST OF CUBA AND OLD BAHAMA CHANNEL
GENERAL INFORMATION
Charts 3865, 3866, 3867, 1217
Scope of chapter
7.1
1 The area covered by this chapter includes the coastal
waters on the N side of Cuba from Punta Maisí (20°15′N,
74°08′W) to Cayo Buenavista (22°25′N, 84°27′W), about
700 miles WNW. It also covers Old Bahama Channel,
Nicolas Channel, Santaren Channel and the SW side of the
Great Bahama Bank between Cay Santo Domingo
(21°42′N, 75°45′W) and a position 24°30′N, 79°50′W at
the N end of Santaren Channel.
Topography
7.2
1 The N coast of Cuba trends generally WNW for about
420 miles from Punta Maisí to Cayo Cruz del Padre
(23°16′N, 80°55′W). Thence it curves gently WSW for
250 miles to Cabo San Antonio (21°52′N, 84°57′W).
2 This coast is irregular and much of it is steep to and
rocky. It is indented by numerous harbours and bays.
Between Punta Maternillos (21°40′N, 77°08′W) and Punta
Icacos, 245 miles WNW, however, the coast is fronted by
low islands, coral reefs and shoals with intricate and
difficult passages between them. These islands, reefs and
shoals are separated from the dangers of Great Bahama
Bank, NE, by Old Bahama Channel (7.116) and from Cay
Sal Bank (7.130) by Nicolas Channel (7.129).
3 Between Punta Gobernadora (23°00′N, 83°13′W) and
Cabo San Antonio, 120 miles SW, the coast is fronted by
Arrecifes Colorados, a chain of islets, reefs and shoals.
SOUTH EAST APPROACH TO OLD BAHAMA CHANNEL
GENERAL INFORMATION
Chart 2009, 3865
Extent of area
7.6
1 The area described below covers the SE approaches to
Old Bahama Channel, which lie between the N coast of
Cuba between Punta Maisí (20°15′N, 74°08′W) and Punta
Maternillos (190 miles WNW), and the S part of the Great
Bahama Bank between Cay Santo Domingo (21°43′N,
75°45′W) and Diamond Point (90 miles WNW).
Topography
7.7
1 North coast of Cuba. The coast between Punta Maisí
and Punta Maternillos mainly comprises small cliffs fringed
by sandy beaches.
There are many bays along this stretch of the coast.
These bays are safe, sheltered from wind and sea and make
good natural harbours.
2 Hills rise inland behind the coastal strip, the sides of
which are gently sloping with cultivated land, pastures and
trees. The summits and steep slopes are forested. In good
169
4 Many of the harbours on the N coast have narrow
winding entrances that open within to broad well sheltered
expanses of water. La Habana (7.194), the capital and most
important port in Cuba, is an example of this type of port.
5 Another type of harbour is that formed by off lying reefs
and islands; examples of this type are Puerto Caibarién
(7.137) and Puerto de Cardenas (7.153). An exception to
the above two types is Puerto Matanzas (7.181), which is
an open bay with a wide and deep entrance.
Harbours
7.3
1 Harbours covered in this chapter are listed at 7.9, 7.114,
and 7.175.
Natural conditions
7.4
1 Currents. The predominant direction of the current is
generally NW along the NE coast between Punta Maisí and
Cayo Cruz del Padre and E along the NW coast in the
vicinity of La Habana. A set towards the reefs may be
experienced off Arrecifes Colorados.
2 For general circulation in the area, see 1.141.
3 Tide. The average maximum range of the tide in the
ports on the N coast of Cuba is about 0⋅3 m.
Traffic regulations
7.5
1 Anchoring and stopping are prohibited within Cuban
territorial waters between position 23°14′⋅2N, 80°21′⋅8W
and 23°05′⋅6N, 82°29′⋅4W.
visibility the heights inland are conspicuous, but the coastal
heights are difficult to distinguish against the background
of distant hills and are therefore only useful as landmarks
to vessels close inshore.
7.8
1 South part of Great Bahama Bank. Columbus Bank
(4.146), which forms the SE extremity of Great Bahama
Bank has irregular depths near its SE edge, there being
shoals with depths of less than 5⋅5 m (18 ft) over them in
many places. Dangerous ledges, with a least depth of 2⋅3 m
(7 ft) fringe the W side of this bank from 2 to 6 miles N of
Cay Santo Domingo.
2 An area on Great Bahama Bank extending 29 miles
NNE, 37 miles N and 34 miles NNW from South Head
(22°02′N, 76°23′W) (7.79), is studded with innumerable
small coral heads and ledges, many of which nearly dry,
and is quite impassable to strangers. Cochinos Banks lie in
the N part of this area.
3 A remarkable feature met on this part of the bank is the
occurrence of patches of dark, discoloured water which
appear as rocky ground, but which are in fact, small
circular, wall sided holes, with depths of more than 18⋅3 m
 Home Contents Index
(60 ft). The positions of a number of these holes is shown
on the chart.
Ports
7.9
1 The following ports and anchorages are included in this
section:
Bahía de Baracoa (20°21′N, 74°30′W) (7.18).
Puerto de Moa (20°40′N, 74°54′W) (7.27).
Puerto de Tánamo (20°42′N, 75°20′W) (7.29).
2 Puerto de Nicaro (20°43′N, 75°33′W) (7.47).
Felton (20°45′N,75°36′W) (7.58).
Preston (Guatemala) (20°46′N,75°39′W) (7.61).
Puerto de Antilla (20°50′N, 75°44′W) (7.64).
3 Puerto de Banes (20°55′N, 75°42′W) (7.73).
Puerto de Vita (21°05′N, 75°57′W) (7.80).
Puerto de Padre (21°14′N, 76°33′W) (7.86).
Puerto Manatí (21°22′N, 76°49′W) (7.92).
Bahía de Nuevitas (21°31′N, 77°11′W) (7.98).
Traffic Separation Schemes
7.10
1 Traffic Separation Schemes, which are shown on the
chart, have been established off:
Punta Maisí (20°15′N, 74°08′W) (9.19).
Punta Lucrecia (21°04′N, 75°37′W) (7.17).
Punta Maternillos (21°40′N, 77°08′W) (7.79).
2 These schemes have been adopted by the IMO and
Rule 10 of International Regulations for Preventing
Collisions at Sea (1972) applies.
Currents
7.11
1 See 7.4.
Caution. A strong indraught towards the Cuban coast
may be experienced between Punta Maisí and Old Bahama
Channel.
PUNTA MAISÍ TO PUNTA LUCRECIA
General information
Chart 3865
Topography
7.12
1 See 7.7.
Traffic Separation Schemes
7.13
1 See 7.10.
Local magnetic anomaly
7.14
1 A local magnetic anomaly has been observed N of the
entrance to Puerto de Moa (20°40′N, 74°54′W).
Principal marks
7.15
1 Landmarks:
Rock (20°19′N, 74°15′W); conspicuous.
Loma El Yunque (20°21′N, 74°35′W). Steep sided
flat topped peak that is visible from 40 miles in
clear visibility.
2 Loma Miraflores (20°38′N, 75°02′W). Rounded
summit with gently sloping sides that is visible
from 20 miles in clear visibility. A red air
obstruction light is exhibited from the summit.
CHAPTER 7
3 Major lights:
Punta Maisí Light (20°15′N, 74°09′W) (9.17).
Punta Lucrecia Light (yellow round stone tower on
8 sided base with white dwelling, 37 m in height)
(21°04′N, 75°37′W).
Other navigation aids
7.16
1 Racons:
Punta Maisí Light (9.17).
Punta Lucrecia Light (7.15).
Directions
(continued from 3.77)
7.17
1 From a position NE of Punta Maisí (20°15′N, 74°09′W)
in the vicinity of the N end of TSS, the coastal route leads
generally WNW for 90 miles to the TSS that lies off Punta
Lucrecia, passing (with reference to Cayo Moa Grande
Light (20°42′N, 74°54′W)):
2 NNE of Punta Fraile (44 miles ESE), a high and
salient headland, thence:
NNE of Punta Silencio (42 miles ESE), thence:
3 NNE of Punta Rama (32 miles SE), which forms the
E entrance point to Bahía de Miel (7.18). Loma
Majayara, a remarkable hill, stands 1 mile S of this
headland, thence:
4 NNE of Puerto Baracoa Light (concrete tower on
building, 18 m in height) (31 miles SE) at E
entrance to Puerto Baracoa (7.18), thence:
5 NNE of Punta Guarico Light (white truncated cone,
10 m in height) (11 miles ESE), which stands on
the outermost part of Punta Guarico, a low and
sandy point, thence:
6 NNE of Cay Moa Grande Light (white framework
tower, 20 m in height) which stands on the NE
side of Cayo Moa Grande, a low cay, covered with
mangroves, that lies just inside the outer edge of
the reef, thence:
7 NNE of Punta Barlovento Light (23 miles W) (7.32).
This light stands on the E entrance point of Bahía
de Tánamo (7.29). Thence:
8 NNE of Punta Lucrecia Light (46 miles WNW)
(7.15). This light stands on Punta Lucrecia a low
and rocky headland which is covered in dense
vegetation.
9 Caution. Between Punta Guarico (20°37′N, 74°44′W)
and Punta Río Moa (8½ miles W) the coast is skirted by a
reef which extends 2 miles offshore. This stretch of coast
should be given a wide berth by all vessels, except for
small craft bound for one of the inlets described in 7.37, as
a strong inset has been reported along this part of the
coast.
(Directions continue at 7.79.)
Puerto Baracoa
Chart 435 plan of Puerto Baracoa and Bahía de La Miel
General information
7.18
1 Position. Puerto Baracoa (20°21′N, 74°30′W) is situated
on the SW shore of Bahía de Miel (La Miel) and stands on
a promontory that forms the E side of Bahía de Baracoa, a
smaller bay that lies on the W side of Bahía de Miel.
2 Function. Seaport, principally used by coastal traffic.
Vessels handle cargo at anchor from lighters.
Port Authority. Port Authority of Baracoa, c/o Empresa
Nacional de Cabotaje, PO Box 27, Baracoa.
170
 Home Contents Index
Limiting conditions and arrival information
7.19
1 Tidal levels. Mean spring range about 0⋅6 m; mean neap
range about 0⋅3 m. For further information see Admiralty
Tide Tables.
2 Maximum size of vessel handled in Bahía Baracoa.
Length 80 m. Draught 5 m.
3 Pilotage. Pilotage is compulsory and pilots embark
2 miles off the port. Pilots are obtained from Puerto de
Moa.
4 Tug is available.
Times of entry. The port may be entered in daylight
hours only.
Berths
7.20
1 Bahía de Miel. Anchorage may be obtained in depths of
9 to 11m (30 to 36 ft), sand, in the S part of the bay. This
anchorage is open N, but provides some shelter from E
winds.
2 Wharf, 70 m in length, extends from the E shore of
Bahía de Miel. Depths alongside, 1⋅8 m to 2⋅3 m.
3 Bahía de Baracoa. Anchorage may be obtained in the
centre of the bay, 1½ cables W of Punta Barlovento, the S
entrance point, in depths of 7 to 9 m (23 to 30 ft), mud.
This berth is not well protected from NE winds.
4 Pier, 100 m in length, extends from the SE coast of
Bahía de Baracoa. Accommodates vessels 40 m in length
with a maximum draught of 3 m.
Port services
7.21
1 Water and fuel are not available.
Bahía de Cayo Moa
Chart 435 plan of Puerto Cayo Moa
General information
7.22
1 Position. Bahía de Cayo Moa is entered by Quebrado de
Moa 1 mile ESE of the SE extremity of Cayo Moa Grande
(20°41′N, 74°54′W). Within the bay are Puerto de Moa
(20°39′⋅5N, 74°54′⋅5W) (7.27) and Punta Gorda (20°38′⋅4N,
74°51′⋅2W) (7.28).
2 Function. Puerto de Moa, which consists of an artificial
basin, mainly handles nickel and sulphur.
Punta Gorda is a mining town off which vessels anchor
to load chrome ore. In 1992 it was reported that the
anchorage was out of service.
3 Traffic. In 2001, 85 vessels totalling 804 345 dwt visited
the port.
Port Authority. Puerto de Moa and Punta Gorda are
sub ports of Puerto Baracoa (7.18).
Limiting conditions and arrival information
7.23
1 Largest vessel in anchorage. Length 230 m, draught
12⋅0 m.
Pilotage. Pilotage is compulsory and pilots embark
2 miles NNE of the entrance.
2 Times of entry. The port may be entered in daylight
hours only.
Local magnetic anomaly: see 7.14.
Directions for entering Bahía de Cayo Moa
7.24
1 Leading lights. From a position NNE of the seaward
entrance to Quebrado de Moa the alignment (209°) of Bajo
CHAPTER 7
Grande Leading Lights (both red square, yellow stripe on
white vertical oblong daymarks) (front light 20°40′⋅2N,
74°52′⋅9W) leads through the channel close W of No 1
Light-buoy (port hand) (8 cables NE of front light).
2 From the position off the light-buoy the track leads SSW
and then WSW between Nos 3 and 4 Light-buoys into the
anchorage area between Bajo Grande and Bajo Yaguasey,
1 mile W.
Anchor berths
7.25
1 Two anchor berths, which are charted, are available
(positions with reference to Punta Pájaros (20°40′⋅8N,
74°53′⋅8W)).
2 No 1. 8 cables ESE. Capacity; two ships with length
170 m, draught 12 m.
3 No 2. 3½ cables SE. Capacity; one ship with length
231 m, draught 11 m.
7.26
1 Offshore mooring berth. Situated ¾ mile SE of Punta
Parajos (7.25) from which a submarine pipeline extends
SW to the shore at Punta La Fábrica.
Puerto de Moa
7.27
1 Position and function. See 7.22.
Approach. From a position 1 mile ENE of Punta
Yaguasey (20°40′⋅3N, 74°54′⋅5W) the basin of Puerto de
Moa is approached SW by a dredged channel, marked by
light-buoys. It was reported (1998) that this approach
channel is subject to siltation and depths less than charted
may exist. For the latest information mariners are advised
to consult local authorities.
2 Tugs. Vessels of over 170 m in length will be escorted
by at least one tug. When mooring at buoys and for
berthing manoeuvres for all types of vessels, between 120
and 170 m long, at least two tugs will be used. For vessels
greater than 170 m in length at least three tugs will be
used.
3 Depth in basin. 9 to 12 m (29 to 39ft).
Deepest alongside berth. Wharf No 2 on SE side of
basin. Length 200 m, depth alongside 11 m.
Supplies and facilities. Water and provisions are
available; fuel is not available; deratting (1.137).
Punta Gorda
7.28
1 Position and function. See 7.22.
Approach. From a position SE of Bajo Grande (7.24) a
channel leads SE to the anchorage off Punta Gorda. This
channel is marked.
2 Largest vessel handled. Length 140 m. Draught 8⋅8 m.
Loaded by barge.
Anchorage is obtainable, as shown on the chart,
5½ cables N of Punta Gorda, in depths of 12 to 15 m (40
to 50 ft).
Puerto de Tánamo
Chart 435 plan of Puerto Tánamo
General information
7.29
1 Position and function. Puerto Tánamo is situated in
Bahía de Tánamo (20°42′N, 75°20′W) and handles general
cargo, fuel oil and molasses.
2 Approach. Bahía de Tánamo is entered through a
narrow and tortuous entrance channel.
Port Authority. Empresa Terminales Mambisas de
Antilla, Tánamo.
171
 Home Contents Index
Limiting conditions and arrival information
7.30
1 Tidal levels. Mean spring range about 0⋅6 m; mean neap
range about 0⋅4 m. For further information see Admiralty
Tide Tables.
2 Maximum size of vessel to enter harbour. Length
106 m, draught 10 m. Vessels will require tug assistance.
3 Pilotage. Pilotage is compulsory and pilots embark
1 mile N of the entrance.
Times of entry. The port may be entered only in
daylight hours and during slack water.
Harbour
7.31
1 Layout. Bahía de Tánamo is a large landlocked inlet
which is divided into a central, W and E part. The
anchorage and main port installations, which are on the E
side of Punta Gorda (20°41′⋅5N, 75°20′⋅5W), are in the
central part of the bay. The E and W parts are obstructed
by cays and dangers and are only used by small craft and
local coasters.
2 Tidal streams. Maximum rate in entrance channel is
3 kn.
Directions
7.32
1 Leading lights. From a position N of the entrance to
Bahía de Tánamo the alignment (180°) of leading lights
(both orange diamond on wall, 2 m in height) (front light
20°42′⋅8N, 75°19′⋅5W) leads through the channel, passing
(with reference to Punta Barlovento Light (white framework
tower, 8 m in height) (20°43′N, 75°19′W)):
W of No 1 Light-buoy (port hand) (3 cables W).
2 From a position about 2 cables N of the front light the
track then leads SW, W, again SW, and finally SSE
passing:
NW of No 3 Light beacon (green square on green
GRP tower on pile with platform) (8½ cables SW),
close NW of Punta Gitana, thence:
3 W of No 5 Light beacon (green square on green GRP
tower on pile with platform) (1¼ miles SW), on
Cayo Juanillo, thence:
4 ENE of No 8 Light beacon (red triangle on red GRP
tower on pile with platform) (1¾ miles SSW),
3 cables ESE of Cayo Alto, thence:
To the anchorage area W of Cayo Bruja.
5 Caution. The entrance to the port is very difficult to
identify from 3 miles distance on account of the bends in
the channel.
Berths
7.33
1 Anchorage, providing good shelter for six vessels with
length of 160 m, draught 12⋅2 m, lies between 6 and
9 cables ENE of the NE part of Punta Gorda (20°41′⋅5N,
75°20′⋅5W), depths from 12 to 14 m (39 to 46 ft), mud.
2 Punta Gorda Pier (Tánamo Wharf) (5 cables SSE of
NE part of Punta Gorda). Length 105 m. Depths alongside:
S side 6⋅4 to 7⋅3 m, N side 6⋅4 to 6⋅7 m. Maximum length
of vessel, 157 m. In 1998 the wharf was reported in poor
repair and out of use.
3 Cayo Mambi Landing Stage (20°40′⋅3N, 75°16′⋅7W).
Reported (1989) to be in poor conditions and hazardous to
use.
CHAPTER 7
Supplies.
7.34
1 Water is available at Tánamo Wharf.
Fuel is not available.
Small harbours and anchorages
Charts 435 plan of Puerto de Mata, 3865
Ensenada Mata
7.35
1 Ensenada Mata (20°17′N, 74°23′W), which is entered
between Punta de Mata and Punta Sotavento, 3½ cables
NW, is only suitable for small coasting vessels. Being open
N and NE the anchorage is not safe during the winter
months when a heavy swell rolls into it.
Local knowledge is necessary.
2 Directions. The entrance is bordered with shoals on
either side, the positions of which can be seen by their
breakers, and a vessel entering should keep about
mid channel, favouring the SE shore slightly.
3 Anchorage. Vessels usually anchor in depths of from 5
to 6 m (16 to 20 ft) 4 cables SW of Punta de Mata.
Chart 3865
Ensenada Boma
7.36
1 Ensenada Boma (20°19′N, 74°24′W) is the estuary of
Río Boma. A white patch, close W of the entrance, is a
useful mark.
2 Depths are more than 9 m (30 ft) in the entrance but
they shoal to 1⋅8 m, 2½ cables within.
The port is open NE and fresh breezes send in a heavy
sea. The inlet is only available to small craft.
3 Local knowledge is necessary.
Inlets between Puerto Baracoa and Punta Guarico
7.37
1 A number of small inlets lie between Puerto Baracoa
(20°21′N, 74°30′W) and Punta Guarico (20 miles NW). In
general they are open to the NE and only provide shelter
for small craft, with local knowledge, in good conditions.
These inlets are (with reference to Puerto Baracoa Light
(20°21′N, 74°30′W)):
2 Ensenada Maravi (5⋅5 miles NW). A short pier
extends from the W shore.
Ensenada Baez (7 miles NW).
3 Ensenada Navas (10 miles NW). Provides shelter
from the prevailing winds, but is open N. There
are depths of 18⋅3 m (60 ft) in the entrance, which
is 1 cable wide, and of from 7⋅3 to 14⋅6 m (24 to
48 ft) within. No difficulty should be experienced
entering.
4 Ensenada Cayaguaneque (11 miles NW). There are
depths of 11 m (36 ft) in the entrance, decreasing
to less than 5⋅5 m (18 ft), 3 cables within. The
channel is ¼ cable wide.
Chart 435 plan of Puerto Taco
5 Ensenada Taco (14 miles NW) is entered through a
channel ¼ cable wide with a least depth of 9 m
(30 ft) in the fairway. The shore bank on either
side of the channel is steep to and soundings are
no guide when approaching. The entrance is
difficult and local knowledge is essential.
Chart 3865
6 Ensenada Jaragua (16 miles NW) is a small
indentation that provides anchorage to small craft,
within the reefs, 3½ cables W of Punta Jaragua.
172
 Home Contents Index
The approach channel through a break in the reefs
is less than ½ cable wide with depths of 18⋅3 m
(60 ft).
Other names
Charts 3865, 435 plans of Puerto Baracoa, Bahía De La Miel
and Puerto Cayo Moa
7.38
1 Azules, Punta (20°18′N, 74°12′W).
Playuela, Punta (20°21′⋅0N, 74°28′⋅5W).
Sotavento, Punta: Puerto Baracoa (20°21′⋅6N,
74°30′⋅1W).
Yagrumage, Punta (20°39′N, 74°52′W).
BAHÍAS DE LEVISA, DE NIPE AND DE
BANES
General information
Charts 434, 635
Position and topography
7.39
1 Bahías de Levisa (Livisa), de Nipe and de Banes are
entered at the head of the gulf that lies between Punta
Téname (20°45′N, 75°24′W) and Punta Mulas (19 miles
NW) (Chart 3865).
2 These bays are landlocked and have narrow entrances in
which there are sharp turns. In the cases of Bahía de
Levisa and Bahía de Banes the narrowness of the entrances
restricts the size of the vessel that may enter the bay.
Within their entrances the bays are much indented by
smaller bays and inlets
3 The central parts of Bahía de Nipe and Bahía de Banes
are relatively free of dangers to navigation and provide
good anchorage. Bahía de Levisa is mainly shallow and
navigation within this bay is restricted.
Ports
7.40
1 The following ports are situated within Bahías de
Levisa, de Nipe and de Banes:
Bahía de Levisa: Nicaro (20°43′N, 75°33′W).
Bahía de Nipe: Antilla (20°50′N, 75°44′W); Preston
(Guatemala) (20°46′N, 75°39′W); Felton (20°45′N,
75°36′W).
Bahía de Banes: Banes (20°55′N, 75°42′W).
2 Port Authority. The port authorities at Antilla are
responsible for all the ports in this area.
Notice of ETA required
7.41
1 Notice should be given to Antilla for all ports in the
area 10, 7, 5, 3 and 1 days in advance or on departure
previous port if this is less.
Pilotage and tugs
7.42
1 Pilots for the ports of Nicaro, Antilla, Preston
(Guatemala), Banes and Felton are based at Antilla and
board vessels 8 cables W of Punta Mayarí (20°48′N,
75°31′W) and are available 24 hours. They await the arrival
of vessels at Saetía (20°47′N, 75°34′W).
2 Tugs for use at all the ports, including Nicaro and
Banes, are based at Antilla.
CHAPTER 7
Bahía de Levisa
Chart 434
Position and topography
7.43
1 Bahía de Levisa is entered close W of Punta Carenero
(20°44′N, 75°28′W). The entrance channel is tortuous and
narrow, being only ¾ cable wide in places. The shore
banks are steep to, and being awash are visible at LW, but
at HW, the colour of the water is the only guide.
Limiting conditions and arrival information
7.44
1 Entrance channel. There is a least depth of 26 m
(14 fm) in the fairway. Due to the narrowness and sharp
turns of the channel, it is risky for vessels of over 107 m
in length to enter the bay.
2 Largest vessel allowed to enter. Length 156 m. Draught
8⋅5 m forward, 8⋅8 m aft.
Pilotage is compulsory. See 7.40.
3 Tugs are available. For all tankers, and for all other
vessels greater than 80 m in length at least one tug will be
used.
4 Time of entry. Vessels are only allowed to enter or
depart in daylight and at slack water. Simultaneous entry
by two vessels is not permitted.
5 Waiting anchorage. Vessels awaiting slack water in the
entrance to Bahía de Levisa normally anchor in Saetía
Anchorage (7.57).
6 Tidal streams in Bahía de Levisa reach a rate of 2½ to
3 kn.
Directions
7.45
1 From a position about 3 miles E of Punta Mayarí Light
(see below) the approach leads S through the outer fairway
to pass W of No 1 Light-buoy, which marks the outer end
of the entrance channel, thence:
2 The entrance channel leads between buoys,
light-buoys and light-beacons (port and starboard
hand), the positions of which are best seen on the
chart.
3 From the inshore end of the entrance channel the
fairway, which has a least depth of 10 m (33 ft),
leads W and is well marked by light-beacons (red
and green daymarks on concrete towers on piles
with platforms), the positions of which are best
seen on the chart, to Nicaro pier.
4 Useful mark: Punta Mayarí Light (white metal
framework tower, 31 m in height) (20°47′⋅5N, 75°31′⋅5W).
Anchorages
7.46
1 Two anchorages in Bahía de Levisa, which have good
holding ground and can each accommodate a vessel of
156 m in length, are situated (with reference to head of
Nicaro pier):
2 No 1. 9½ cables ENE. Depths 12 to 13 m (39 to
42 ft), mud.
No 2. 6 cables NE. Depths 10 to 11 m (33 to 35 ft),
mud.
Nicaro
7.47
1 Alongside berth. Nicaro pier (charted as disused), which
projects from the NE extremity of Península Lengua de
Pájaro, has two alongside berths.
2 N side. Length 156 m. Depths alongside, 9⋅1 m. Draught
of vessel 8⋅5 m.
S side. Length 156 m. Depths alongside, 6⋅7 to 9⋅1 m.
173
 Home Contents Index
Port services
7.48
1 Facilities and supplies: no repairs; bunkers and water
available.
Side channels
7.49
1 Bahía de Cabonico is entered between Punta Carenero
(20°44′N, 75°28′W) and Punta Dos Bías (2 cables SW).
The entrance channel is deep, but narrow and tortuous. The
bay is obstructed by shoals.
2 A small pier lies SE of Punta Carenero, which is
connected to the railway system.
7.50
1 Bahía Arroya Blanco lies on the W side of Península
Lengua de Pájaro. A very narrow and tortuous channel,
with a least depth of 8⋅2 m (27 ft) leads SW into the bay.
7.51
1 Canal Dumois, which has a least depth of 1⋅5 m (5ft)
connects the NW end of Bahía de Levisa with Ensenada
Hoya in the SE corner of Bahía de Nipe.
Bahía de Nipe
Position and topography
7.52
1 Bahía de Nipe is entered between Punta Mayarí
(20°48′N, 75°31′W) and the coast between Punta de la
Ensenada Honda and Punta Ramón, situated respectively,
2½ miles NNW and 1½ miles WSW of Punta Mayarí.
From the E the entrance of the bay appears as a
steep sided notch, while from the N it cannot be
distinguished at any great distance.
Limiting conditions
7.53
1 Largest vessel. The entrance is deep and vessels with a
draught of up to 22⋅8 m and length of 400 m can enter the
bay.
Arrival information
7.54
1 Pilotage is compulsory. See 7.40.
Notice of ETA: 72 hours, see 7.41.
Times of entry: 24 hours a day.
2 Tidal streams in the entrance are strong at times, and
cause rips. They continue to run from 40 to 45 minutes
after the times of HW and LW at the shore.
Directions for entering Bahía de Nipe
7.55
1 Leading lights. From a position N of Punta Mayarí
(7.52) the alignment (201½°) of two leading lights (orange
diamonds on walls, 2 m in height) (20°46′⋅6N, 75°32′⋅8W)
leads into the entrance of the bay.
2 From a position about 5 cables NNE of the front light
the track leads W, passing (with reference to the front
light):
3 S of No 2 Light-buoy (starboard hand) which marks
the SE extremity of a shoal spit extending from
Punta Ramón. This spit, which seldom breaks has
depths of less than 5⋅5 m (18 ft) over it. Thence:
N of Bajo Pilots Light-buoy (port hand), thence:
4 N of No 3 Light-buoy (port hand) which lies 1 cable
N of Punta Carenero.
5 Caution. To the E of No 3 Light-buoy, a group of
mooring buoys has been laid, 7 and 8 cables W of Punta
Carenero.
CHAPTER 7
7.56
1 The entrance channels then leads S to the port of Felton
(7.58) in Ensenada Cajimaya (Cagimaya) and WNW to the
ports of Preston (Guatemala) (7.61) and Antilla (7.64), in
the latter case passing (with reference to Punta Carenero
(20°46′⋅7N, 75°34′⋅6W)):
2 SSW of No 4 Beacon (red daymark on concrete
platform, on piles) (1¼ miles NNW) which stands
on Punta Piedra, a low and rocky headland, and:
NNE of No 7 Light-buoy (port hand) which lies
1¼ miles WNW of Punta Carenero, thence:
3 NNE of No 9 Light Beacon (green square on green
concrete tower on piles with platform) (2 miles
WNW) which stands on the S side of Bajo Estrella
a shoal with a depth of 4⋅3 m (14 ft), that lies
3 cables N of Bajo del Medio (Mid Shoal) and
1 mile N of Punta de los Cobos.
4 East Shoal, which lies SSW of No 7 light-buoy, is
marked on its N edge by No 5 Light-buoy (starboard hand).
The light-buoy lies 1½ miles W of Punta Carenero.
5 Caution. A vessel proceeding W into the bay must
guard against being set S in the vicinity of Mid Shoal and
West Shoal (2½ miles W).
Anchorages
7.57
1 Bahía de Nipe can afford shelter from all winds and
anchorage may be obtained in depths of from 20 to 26 m
(11 to 14 fm), while, over a large area, there is anchorage
in depths of from 9 to 11 m (30 to 36 ft). These anchorages
are used while waiting for tide or berth and not for
working cargo.
2 Saetía Anchorage. Within the triangle of Saetía
(20°47′N, 75°35′W), Bajo Estrella (2 miles WNW) (7.104)
and Punta Berraco (2¼ miles NW) provides anchorage for
seven vessels. Maximum length 170 m, draught 15 m.
3 For details of other anchorages see individual ports
below.
Felton
7.58
1 Position and function. Felton (20°44′N, 75°36′W) is
situated on the W shore of Ensenada Cajimaya. The port
handles fertilisers and metal ores.
Traffic. In 2001, 5 vessels totalling 106 034 dwt visited
the port.
2 Approach and entry. Felton is approached through
Ensenada Cajimaya, which is entered between Punta
Carenero (7.43) and Punta Largo (1¼ miles WSW). The
entrance to the bay is restricted by shore banks that extend
from the entrance points. The entrance channel is marked
by No 1A Light beacon (green square on green concrete
tower on piles with platform) (7 cables S of Punta
Carenero) and No 2A buoy (starboard hand). Within the
bay the final approach to Felton, which is shown on the
chart, is marked by pairs of buoys (port and starboard
hand).
3 Limiting conditions. Largest vessels handled at
alongside berth: Length 177 m, draught 7⋅3 m, on condition
two tugs are used and wind speed does not exceed 6 kn.
For all tankers, and for all other vessels over 80 m in
length, at least one tug will be used.
7.59
1 Times of entry. Anchorage, 24 hours a day; alongside
berths, daylight hours only with the in going tide.
Anchorages. Cajimaya anchorage, which is situated to
the N of No 3A Light beacon (green square on green
concrete tower on piles with platform) (20°44′⋅8N,
174
 Home Contents Index
75°34′⋅6W) and has depths of 13 m (43 ft), mud and sand.
It provides anchorage for six vessels with a length of
170 m.
2 Alongside berths. Vessels secure to dolphins and lie
about 15 m from the pier. Vessels, only one of which can
be handled at a time, transfer their cargo by crane and a
special device on rails which connects the vessel to the
pier. Depths at berth 8⋅0 m.
3 A finger jetty extends from the shore 1¾ miles S of
Punta Largo. This jetty is approached through a dredged
area.
7.60
1 Facilities. No repairs. Limited medical facilities.
Supplies. limited quantities of fuel available by barge;
water available.
Preston (Guatemala)
7.61
1 Position and function. Preston (20°45′N, 75°39′W) is
situated on the S shore of Bahía de Nipe on Punta Tabaco.
Its main function is the export of sugar products from
Preston sugar mill.
2 Approach. From a position N of No 9 Light beacon the
approach to Preston leads WSW through waters clear of
charted dangers.
3 Largest vessel handled. No length limitation, draught
7⋅6 m.
7.62
1 Arrival information. Time of entry to port 24 hours a
day.
2 Anchorage is available 6 cables NNW of Preston Pier in
depths of between 8 and 9 m, mud and sand.
3 Alongside berths. Preston pier is reported (1992) to be
in ruins.
7.63
1 Facilities: no repairs; hospital
Supplies: water reported available; no fuel available.
Antilla
7.64
1 Position and function. Antilla (20°50′N, 75°44′W) is
situated in the NE part of Bahía de Nipe. It is the principal
port in the region, a port of entry and an important sugar
exporting terminal.
2 Approach and entry. From a position N of No 9
Light beacon the approach to Antilla leads WNW across
Bahía de Nipe through waters clear of charted dangers with
the final entry being made through a channel marked by
light-beacons (green and red daymarks on concrete towers
with platforms) the E most of which is No 10.
3 Limiting conditions.
Tidal levels. Mean spring range about 0⋅7 m; mean
neap range about 0⋅5 m. For further information
see Admiralty Tide Tables.
Largest vessel handled. Length 190 m. Draught
6⋅7 m.
7.65
1 Arrival information. Time of entry. 24 hours a day
except No 3 pier, where arrival and departure are
undertaken in daylight hours only.
2 Tugs are available and their use is compulsory for all
tankers. For all types of vessels greater than 120 m in
length at least one tug will be used.
Anchorages. The following anchorages are available for
vessels waiting to berth at Antilla.
3 Corojal anchorage which is situated 4½ cables W of
Antilla pierhead, depth 6 m (20 ft), mud. Capacity two
vessels with length 170 m.
CHAPTER 7
Antilla No 2, which is situated 4 cables SSE of Antilla
pierhead, depths 5 to 7 m (16 to 23 ft), mud. Capacity two
vessels with length 170 m.
4 Alongside berths. There are three alongside berths for
large vessels. Antilla Pier (S side) which is the largest
berth, is 139 m long and has depths alongside of between
6⋅1 and 6⋅7 m. It can handle ships 170 m in length.
Mariners should note that due to silting depths on the N
side of the pier had reduced to 4⋅0 m (base) 5⋅8 m (head)
in 1997.
7.66
1 Facilities: no repairs; hospital; deratting (1.137).
Supplies: no fuel or provisions; water available.
Ensenada Honda
7.67
1 Ensenada Honda which is entered between Punta
Berraco (20°49′N, 75°36′W) and Punta Salinita (1¾ miles
NW) provides anchorage for vessels.
Bahía de Banes
Chart 635
Position and topography
7.68
1 Bahía de Banes is a land locked bay entered between
Punta Peñasco (20°53′⋅0N, 75°39′⋅4W) and Punta Fuerte
(2 cables WSW) through a narrow and very tortuous gorge,
named El Cañón. This entrance is not easy to identify and
the opening cannot be seen until close to.
2 Depths within the bay are sufficient for large vessels.
Limiting conditions
7.69
1 Least depth in El Cañón is 8⋅2 m (27 ft).
Maximum size of vessel permitted to enter the bay
because of sharp bends in El Cañón. Length 106 m,
draught 5⋅8 m.
Arrival information
7.70
1 Notice of ETA. Advance notice of ETA and pilotage
requirements must be given.
Outer anchorage. Vessels waiting for a pilot, or for
favourable tidal conditions, may anchor in mid channel just
within the entrance, where the breadth of the channel is
2 cables, or in the reach round the first turn, where it is
about 1½ cables. The holding ground is good.
2 Pilotage is compulsory. Pilots embark 1 mile ENE of
Playa Caracolillo Light (7.71).
Tugs. Vessels over 500 tons or 60 m in length should
employ a tug when navigating El Cañón in either direction.
3 Times of entry and departure. A vessel should only
enter at slack water or with the in going tidal stream as a
vessel attempting to enter against the out going tidal stream
is in danger of being set on the rocks at some of the turns.
4 For deep draught vessels passage of El Cañón can take
place only during daylight hours and at slack water. Such
vessels are recommended to leave at HW slack tide, on
account of the narrowness of the channel at LW.
5 Tidal streams in the entrance attain a rate of up to 6 kn.
The tidal streams continue to run from 40 to 45 minutes
after the times of HW and LW at the shore.
Directions for entering Bahía de Banes
7.71
1 From the pilot boarding position, 1 mile ENE of Playa
Caracolillo Light (white truncated conical tower, 10 m in
height) (20°52′⋅6N, 75°39′⋅6W), the entrance channel, El
175
 Home Contents Index
Cañón, leads generally W, into Bahía de Banes. Details of
the reaches of the entrance channel, which has four sharp
bends and is marked by beacons, can best be seen on the
chart.
2 Cautions. The shoal close W of Punta Fuerte extends
125 m offshore and its outer edge cannot be clearly seen at
HW. The shoals that fringe the other points in the channel
do not extend far offshore and their edges are clearly
visible.
Anchorages
7.72
1 No 1 Anchorage, which is situated 5 cables SW of the
Nicaragua Pier (7.74), has depths of 7 to 10 m (23 to
33 ft), mud, good holding ground. Accommodates five
vessels, 100 m in length.
2 No 2 Anchorage is situated to E of Punta Macabí, with
a diameter of 1 mile. It has depths of 9 to 13 m (29 to
43ft), mud, good holding ground. Accommodates five ships
with a length of 100 m.
3 No 3 Anchorage is situated in Ensenada de La Raya
(20°54′N, 75°41′W). It has depths of 6 to 8 m (20 to 26 ft),
mud, good holding ground. Accommodates two ships with
a length of 100 m.
Puerto de Banes
7.73
1 Position and function. Puerto de Banes is situated in
the N part of Bahía de Banes. No commercial operations
take place at Port de Banes.
Macabí
7.74
1 Position and function. The Nicaragua Sugar Refinery is
situated 5 cables S of Punta Macabí (20°54′⋅7N,
75°43′⋅3W).
Anchorage. See 7.72.
2 Alongside berth. Nicaragua Pier (20°54′⋅2N, 75°43′⋅5W)
lies in ruins (1996) and is unusable.
Facilities and supplies: no repairs; no fuel; fresh water
available.
Other names
Charts 434,635
7.75
1 Corojal, Punta (20°50′N, 75°45′W).
Cristo, Bahía (20°47′N, 75°32′W).
Hoya, Ensenada (20°45′N, 75°34′W).
Iguana, Cayo (20°54′⋅5N, 75°41′⋅8W).
2 Jaguey, Punta (20°44′N, 75°29′W).
Jamaica, Ensenada de (20°53′N, 75°43′W).
Jucaral, Bajo (20°53′⋅3N, 75°41′⋅6W).
Jucaro, Ensenada de (20°53′N, 75°42′W).
3 Mano Pilon, Punta (20°53′⋅0N, 75°43⋅5′W).
Marciel (Marsiel), Punta (20°43′⋅5N, 75°29′⋅2W).
Negra, Punta (20°50′N, 75°40′W).
Ratón, Cayo (20°43′N, 75°33′W).
4 Raya, Punta La (20°53′⋅5N, 75°41′⋅2W).
Rompisquina, Punta (20°44′N, 75°30′W).
CHAPTER 7
PUNTA LUCRECIA TO PUNTA
MATERNILLOS
General information
Chart 3865
Topography
7.76
1 See 7.7.
Traffic Separation Schemes
7.77
1 See 7.10.
Principal marks
7.78
1 Landmarks:
Loma Pan de Samá (21°04′N, 75°47′W). The hill
rises gently to a flat summit.
2 Cerro de Yaguajau (21°05′N, 75°50′W).
Chimney (95 m (312 ft) high) (21°02′N, 76°00′W).
Lomas de Cupeycillo (21°05′N, 76°12′W) the highest
of a range of hills.
3 Major lights:
Punta Lucrecia Light (21°04′N, 75°37′W) (7.15).
4 Punta Maternillos Light (white conical tower, 52 m in
height) (21°40′N, 77°08′W).
Directions
(continued from 7.17)
7.79
1 From a position E of Punta Lucrecia (21°04′N,
75°37′W) the coastal route leads through the TSS then
generally WNW for 90 miles to the TSS that lies off Punta
Maternillos, passing (with reference to Punta Mangles Light
(21°15′N, 76°19′W)):
2 NNE of Punta Sotavento Light (31 miles ESE),
standing on Punta Sotavento which forms the W
entrance point to Puerto Samá (7.108), thence:
NNE of Punta Barlovento Light (26 miles ESE)
(7.110). The light stands on Punta Barlovento
which forms the E entrance point to Bahía Naranjo
(7.110). Thence:
3 SSW of Cay Santo Domingo Light (red framework
tower, aluminium bands) (42 miles NE) standing at
the SW extremity of Columbus Bank (4.146),
thence:
NNE of Punta Rasa Light (12 miles ESE) (see
below), standing on Punta Rasa a low and rocky
point prominent from N and S. This headland lies
1½ miles N of the entrance to Puerto Gibara
(7.111). Thence:
4 NNE of Punta Mangles Light (white framework
tower, 18 m in height), standing on Punta Mangles,
a low and rocky point, thence:
NNE of Punta Mastelero Light (13 miles W), standing
on Punta Mastelero which forms the W entrance
point to Bahía de Puerto Padre (7.86), thence:
5 SSW of South Head (47 miles N) (Chart 2075). A
dangerous coral head, that lies near its extremity,
is nearly awash and is not easily seen as the
bottom in its vicinity is covered in dark weed.
Magallanes Bank, with depths of less than 18⋅3 m
(60 ft) and a rock awash (reported 1988) at its
centre, lies 14 miles E and is steep to on all sides.
Amelia Cazalet Shoal, with a depth of 13⋅3 m
(43 ft) lies 8 miles SE of South Head. Thence:
6 NNE of Punta Roma Light (30 miles WNW) (7.95),
standing on Punta Roma which forms the W
entrance point to Bahía de Manatí (7.92), thence:
176
 Home Contents Index CHAPTER 7

NNE of Punta Maternillos (53 miles WNW). A Puerto Padre

lighthouse (7.78) stands on this headland, which is
Chart 3167
low and covered in mangroves.
7 Useful mark. Punta Rasa Light (white round concrete
General information
tower, red bands, 30 m in height) (21°09′N, 76°08′W). 7.86
(Directions continue at 7.120.) 1 Position. The town of Puerto Padre (21°12′N, 76°36′W)
is situated at the W end of Bahía de Puerto Padre, a secure
and spacious harbour.
The port is on Cayo Juan Claro, 3½ miles ENE of the
Puerto de Vita town, and called Puerto Carúpano.
2 Function of the port is principally the export of sugar
Chart 435 plan of Bahía Vita products.
General information Approach and entry. Bahía de Puerto Padre is entered
7.80 between Punta Mastelero (21°17′N, 76°32′W) and Punta
1 Position and function. Puerto de Vita (21°05′N, Tomate (9 cables E). The entrance channel is narrow and
75°57′W) is situated in the S part of Bahía de Vita. The somewhat tortuous.
main function of the port, which is a sub port of Gibara, is 3 Traffic. In 2001, 12 vessels totalling 84 191 dwt visited
the export of sugar products. The town of Santa Lucia is the port.
situated 3 miles SW of the port Port Authority. Empresa Terminales Mambisas del
2 Approach and entry. Bahía de Vita is entered through a Centro Este, Puerto Padre.
narrow and tortuous channel. Limiting conditions
Port Authority. Empresa Terminales Mambisas de 7.87
Antilla. 1 Controlling depth: entrance bar least charted depth
5⋅8 m (19 ft). Mariners are advised that here and in the
Limiting conditions. approaches to Puerto Capúpano depths are unreliable due to
7.81 dredging.
1 Maximum size of vessel handled. Length 160 m, 2 Tidal levels: Mean spring range about 0⋅7 m; mean neap
draught 7⋅9 m. For all vessels at least one tug will be used. range about 0⋅5 m. For further information see Admiralty
2 Local weather. Entrance is difficult during strong N Tide Tables.
winds. Maximum size of vessel. Length 199 m, draught 9⋅0 m.
3 Tidal streams reach a rate of 2 kn in the entrance
channel and particularly strong tidal streams occur in the
Arrival information and harbour vicinity of Punta Carenero (7.89) where the direction of the
7.82 stream does not coincide with the axis of the channel.
1 Pilotage is compulsory, pilots embark 3 miles N of the
entrance. Arrival information and harbour
Time of entry. Daylight hours only. 7.88
2 Layout. The facilities of Puerto de Vita stand at the 1 Notice of ETA should be sent 24 hours in advance.
head of a promontory in the SE part of the bay. Pilotage is compulsory. Pilots embark off the harbour
entrance 1½ miles NE of Puerto Padre Light.
2 Tugs are available. Their use is compulsory for all
Directions for entering harbour tankers and for all other vessels of more than 130 m in
7.83
length. For all types of vessel, between 170 and 186 m
1 From a position N of the harbour entrance, the route
long, at least two tugs will be used.
leads generally SSE for 1½ miles through the entrance 3 Time of entry. Vessels must enter and sail at slack
channel, the limits of which are marked by buoys (port and water. Vessels over 168 m length in daylight hours only and
starboard hand) as shown on the chart. other vessels 24 hours a day.
2 Useful marks: Traffic regulations. Speed in entrance channel is limited
Punta Barlovento Light (white round tower, 31 m in to 6 kn.
height) (21°06′N, 75°58′W) standing on Punta 4 Layout. The entrance channel divides at its inner end,
Barlovento, the E entrance point. passing between Cayo Puerco and Cayo Juan Claro into
3 Loma Tonquín (21°05′N, 75°56′W). Rounded top Bahía de Chaparra, the E part of the harbour and N of
covered with trees. Cayo Juan Claro into Bahía de Puerto Padre, the W part.
The port facilities are situated on the W side of Cayo
Berths Juan Claro, in the central part of the bay.
7.84
Directions for entering harbour
1 Anchorage, with a depth of 9 m, mud, is available
7.89
1 cable NE of the pier. Vessels must also moor by the
1 From a position about 2 miles N of the harbour
stern, because of the small swinging area.
entrance, the route leads generally S for 2 miles passing
2 Main berth. N side of Vita Pier. Length of vessel,
(with reference to Punta Carenero (21°16′N, 76°32′W)):
150 m, depth alongside of 9 m.
2 Between Nos 1 and 2 Light-buoys (port and starboard
hand) (6 cables NNE) marking the channel through
Port services the entrance bar, thence:
7.85 3 As necessary to follow the entrance channel, the
1 Facilities: no repairs available; hospital at Santa Lucia. limits of which are marked by light-buoys (port
Supplies: fuel available; water available at wharf; and starboard hand), the positions of which shown
provisions from Santa Lucia. on the chart.

177
 Home Contents Index
4 Useful mark. Punta Mastelero Light (white truncated
conical tower, 10 m in height) (6 cables N).
Caution. It is dangerous for a large vessel to attempt to
enter the harbour with a strong N breeze.
5 Numerous reports indicate that many of the lights and
navigational aids are unreliable.
Berths
7.90
1 Anchorage can be obtained W of Cayo Juan Claro in
Bahía Puerto de Padre, in 8 m (26 ft), mud and shells.
Maximum size of vessel permitted, length 170 m, draught
6⋅1 m. A dangerous wreck, shown on the chart, lies in the
anchorage 2½ cables S of Punta Morena (21°14′N,
76°33′W).
2 Quarantine anchorage is in Bahía de Chaparra, SE of
Cayo Juan Claro. This anchorage has depths of 5 to 7 m
and can accommodate three ships of length 170 m.
Mariners should note the stranded wreck, shown on the
chart in the NW part of the anchorage.
3 Alongside berths. Three piers are situated on the W
side of Cayo Juan Claro. Largest berth (bulk sugar loading
wharf). Length 300 m and depth alongside 8⋅5 to 9⋅1 m.
Largest vessel, length 170 m, draught 9⋅1 m.
Port services
7.91
1 Facilities: minor repairs only; hospital; deratting (1.137).
Supplies: no fuel; fresh water delivered by rail and
barge.
Puerto Manatí
Chart 425 plan of Puerto de Manatí
General information
7.92
1 Position. Puerto Manatí (21°22′N, 76°50′W) is situated
on the W side of the entrance channel to Bahía Manatí, an
extensive shallow lagoon which is surrounded by mangrove
swamps.
2 Function. The main function of the port, which is a
sub port of Puerto de Padre, is the export of sugar
products.
3 Approach and entry. The entrance channel to Bahía
Manatí is entered between Punta Jesús (21°23′⋅5N,
76°48′⋅3W) and Punta Roma (4 cables W). The entrance
channel is narrow and tortuous with an obelisk (not
charted) 6½ cables SSW of Punta Roma Light.
4 Port Authority. Empresa Terminales Mambisas del
Centro Este, Manatí.
Limiting conditions
7.93
1 Maximum size of vessel. Length 170 m, draught 9⋅4 m.
2 Tidal streams are strongest, with rates of up to 1½ kn,
midway between Punta Jesus and the pier. Larger vessels
are handled at or near slack water.
Arrival information and harbour
7.94
1 Notice of ETA. Not less than 24 hours.
Pilotage is compulsory. Pilots embark 1 mile N of the
harbour entrance.
2 Tugs are available and are compulsory for vessels of
more than 120 m in length.
Time of entry. Daylight hours only.
3 Traffic regulations. Speed in entrance channel is limited
to 6 kn.
CHAPTER 7
Landmark. Chimney (21°21′⋅7N, 76°49⋅5′W), standing
near root of La Gloria Wharf.
Directions for entering harbour
7.95
1 From a position N of the harbour entrance, the route
leads generally SSW for 2½ miles as necessary to follow
the entrance channel. The limits of the channel are marked
by buoys and light-buoys (port and starboard hand), the
positions of which can best be seen on the chart.
2 Useful marks:
Punta Roma Light (white truncated conical tower,
10 m in height) (21°23′N, 76°49′W) standing on
the W entrance point of the bay.
3 Light (21°21′⋅7N, 76°49′⋅3W) standing at NE end of
La Gloria Wharf.
Berths
7.96
1 Anchorage can be obtained in the entrance channel
between the pier and Punta Apostoles (2½ cables SE) in
depths of 10 to 21 m (33 ft to 11 fm), good holding ground.
The anchorage provides a berth for one vessel 133 m in
length, with a draught of 9⋅1 m.
2 This anchorage provides no shelter during bad weather
and is used by vessels waiting to berth alongside.
3 Alongside berth. La Gloria Wharf (E side). Length
160 m, depth alongside 10⋅9 m. Accommodates a vessel
165 m in length, draught 9⋅6 m.
Port services
7.97
1 Facilities: minor repairs only; hospital at Manatí.
Supplies: fuel in limited quantities and fresh water at
pier.
Puerto de Nuevitas
Chart 3197
General information
7.98
1 Position. The town of Nuevitas (21°33′N, 77°16′W) is
situated in the W part of Bahía de Nuevitas at the root of
the S side of Península de Guincho. The sub ports of
Nuevitas, lie at the head of the peninsula.
2 Function. Puerto de Nuevitas, which consists of the
town of Nuevitas and the sub ports of Pastelillo and Puerto
Tarafa and the terminal at Bufadero, is one of the largest
sugar exporting ports in Cuba. It also handles general
cargo.
3 Topography. The land in the vicinity of the entrance to
Bahía de Nuevitas is low with few natural landmarks. The
entrance channel is entered between Punta de Prácticos
(21°36′⋅5N, 77°05′⋅9W) and Punta Sotavento (4½ cables
W). The entrance channel is deep, but is narrow with sharp
turns.
4 Traffic. In 2001, 42 vessels totalling 318 257 dwt visited
the port.
Port Authority. Empresa Terminales Mambisas del
Centro Este, Nuevitas.
Limiting conditions
7.99
1 Tidal levels. Mean spring range about 0⋅4 m; mean neap
range about 0⋅3 m. For further information see Admiralty
Tide Tables.
2 Maximum size of vessel handled at Puerto Pastelillo.
Length 130 m, draught 9⋅0 m.
178
 Home Contents Index
3 Tidal streams in the entrance channel are strong
attaining a rate of 3 to 4½ kn at about 2 or 3 hours after
HW and LW.
Arrival information
7.100
1 Outer anchorage. La Poza anchorage (21°36′⋅8N,
77°05′⋅8W), with depths of between 21 and 61 m (11 and
33 fm), sand and stone, and can be used by vessels with a
length of 200 m. It does not have good holding ground and
is used only in emergency or by vessels waiting to enter
harbour.
2 Pilotage is compulsory. Pilots embark 1 mile N of the
harbour entrance; 24 hours notice required.
Tugs are available and their use is compulsory for
vessels with a length of more than 100 m.
3 Time of entry. 24 hours a day, except for vessels with a
length of more than 160 m and a draught of 9 m, which
must enter during daylight hours. Vessels exceeding
4000 grt or having a draught of more than 7 m must enter
the port at slack water. At night vessels exceeding 1000 grt,
must enter at slack water.
Harbour
7.101
1 General layout. Bahía de Nuevitas is divided into two
parts by Península de Guincho which extends 3 miles E
from the SW side of the bay. Bahía de Nuevitas lies SE of
the peninsula and Bahía de Mayanabo lies NW of the
peninsula. The port facilities of Pastelillo and Puerto Tarafa
lie, respectively, on the SE and NW side of the peninsula,
and the terminal of Bufadero lies on the NE side.
2 Development. An area of dredging and works in
progress (1998) lies, to the S of Punta Pastelillo. Further
works in progress lie N of Puerto Tarafa.
Principal marks
7.102
1 Landmarks:
Three chimneys (21°33′⋅5N, 77°14′⋅2W) at Bufadero
cement works. Their upper section painted in red
and white bands. There is a tall white silo in the
vicinity of the N end of the wharf.
Tanks (21°32′⋅8N, 77°13′⋅1W) at E end of Península
del Guincho.
2 Major light:
Punta Maternillos Light (21°40′N, 77°08′W) (7.78).
Directions for entering harbour
7.103
1 Leading lights. From a position N of Punta de Prácticos
(21°36′⋅5N, 77°05′⋅9W) the alignment (185½°) of two
leading lights (white diamonds, black borders on triangular
shaped walls, 2 and 5 m in height) leads into the entrance
channel passing:
2 W of Punta de Prácticos Light (white square
pyramidal concrete tower, 9 m in height). No 1
Light-buoy (port hand) (1½ cables W) marks the
edge of the bank off this point and a wreck with a
least depth of 0⋅3 m (1 ft).
3 The route then leads generally SSW for 5 miles between
light-buoys (port and starboard), marking the edge of the
entrance channel. A recommended track leads WSW then
the route follows the alignment of four pairs of
light-beacons (white daymarks with black borders). The
positions of the light-buoys and leading marks are best seen
on the chart.
CHAPTER 7
Directions for final approaches to Puerto Nuevitas
7.104
1 Leading lights. From a position between Punta Júcaro
(21°33′N, 77°08′W) and Punta Sabinal (11 cables WSW),
situated at the S end of the entrance channel, the alignment
astern (057¾°) of two leading lights (white diamonds with
black borders, 4 and 9 m in height) (21°33′N, 77°08′W),
leads into Bahía de Nuevitas passing (with reference to
Punta Júcaro):
2 SE of Nos 14 and 16 Light-buoys (starboard hand)
(3 cables W and 10 cables WSW), marking the
limits of Bajo Júcaro and Bajo Sabinal,
respectively, thence:
3 Between Nos 17 and 18 Light-buoys (port and
starboard hand) (1¾ and 2½ miles WSW) marking
Bajo Botijuela and Bajo La Estrella, respectively.
4 From a position 2 miles SW of Punta Sabinal the final
approach route to the sub ports of Puerto Pastelillo and
Puerto Tarafa leads generally WNW through a channel
marked by light-buoys (port and starboard hand), the
positions of which can best be seen on the chart.
5 Caution. There are many dangers in the entrance
channel and in Bahía de Nuevitas so navigation can only
take place in the marked channels. Only small craft can
navigate outside the marked channels.
Anchorages
7.105
1 Botijuela Anchorage (21°31′⋅6N, 77°10′⋅7W), with
depths of 11 to 14 m (36 to 46 ft), hard mud. Provides
anchorage for 15 vessels with draught 10⋅6 m and length of
170 m.
2 Tarafa Anchorage (21°34′⋅5N, 77°14′⋅7W). Provides
anchorage for one vessel with draught 6⋅7 m and length
180 m.
Alongside berths
7.106
1 Pastelillo berth situated on the S side of a finger of
reclaimed land that extends E from Punta Pastelillo. Length
140 m, depth alongside more than 9 m.
2 Bufadero Pier (21°34′N, 77°14′W). Length 137 m.
Depths alongside 7 to 7⋅8 m. Maximum size of vessel,
length 123 m, draught 7 m. Reported (1993) that only S
side of pier is used.
3 Puerto Tarafa. Three concrete piers. Largest pier (Pier
D (N side)), which is used for bulk cargoes, has length of
154 m, with depth alongside of 6 to 9 m. Maximum size of
vessel, length 180 m, draught 8⋅2 m.
4 B and C Piers are used for general cargoes and have
depths alongside of between 5⋅5 and 8⋅8 m.
Port services
7.107
1 Repairs available at Puerto Pastelillo.
Other facilities. Municipal hospital.
Supplies fuel available at Puerto Pastelillo and water
available at Puerto Pastelillo and Puerto Tarafa.
Minor ports and anchorages
Chart 425 plan of Puerto Samá
Puerto Samá
7.108
1 Position. Puerto Samá (21°07′N, 75°46′W) stands on the
W shore of Bahía de Samá, 2½ cables within the entrance
of this narrow inlet, which is entered between Punta
Barlovento, 1½ miles W of Punta Samá (21°07′N,
179
 Home Contents Index
75°45′W) (Chart 3865) and Punta Sotavento (2½ cables
SW).
2 Depths. There are depths of 5 m (16 ft) in the entrance,
but the channel is obstructed about 1¾ cables within the
entrance by a bar with a least depth of 4 m (13 ft) over it
and a 3 m (10ft) patch lying near the centre of the fairway.
7.109
1 Pilotage is compulsory. Pilots meet vessels just outside
the entrance.
Useful mark. Punta Sotavento Light (white framework
tower, 9m in height).
2 Anchorage can be obtained in depths of 8 m (26 ft)
1 cable ESE of the S pier.
Alongside berths. Small T head pier on the W side of
the bay, with depth alongside the head of 1⋅5 to 2 m.
Bahía Naranjo
Chart 425 plan of Puerto Naranjo
7.110
1 Position and function. Bahía Naranjo is entered
between Punta Barlovento, 4 miles WSW of Punta Cayuelo
(21°08′N, 75°49′W) (chart 3865) and Punta Sotavento
(2 cables SW). There are no facilities, but the bay provides
sheltered anchorage.
2 Topography. The entrance which is narrow, opens into a
basin with two deep inlets, sheltered from all winds. There
is a least depth of 11 m (36 ft) in the marked fairway of
the entrance, but banks of rock and sand fringe both
entrance points and the shores on both sides of the channel.
There is a 6⋅1 m (20 ft) patch in the middle of the W arm
of the bay.
3 Useful marks: (with reference to Punta Barlovento
Light).
Punta Barlovento Light (white metal framework tower
on building, 8 m in height).
Meseta de Naranjo (1¼ miles SW). A wooded hill
with a flat top rising to an elevation of 105 m
(344 ft) on its W side.
4 Anchorage may be obtained, in depths of 16 m (52 ft),
just within the entrance and ¾ cable off a mangrove swamp
on the E side; or in depths of from 11 to 15 m (36 to 49 ft)
in the W arm with Meseta de Naranjo bearing about 236°.
OLD BAHAMA CHANNEL, NICOLAS CHANNEL AND SANTAREN CHANNEL
GENERAL INFORMATION
Charts 3865, 3866, 1217
Extent of area
7.113
1 The area described below includes the waters of Old
Bahama Channel, Nicolas Channel and Santaren Channel.
Ports
7.114
1 The following ports are included in this area:
Puerto Caibarién (22°32′N, 79°28′W) (7.137).
Isabela de Sagua (22°57′N, 80°01′W) (7.145).
Puerto Cardenas (23°03′N, 81°12′W) (7.153).
Traffic Separation Schemes
7.115
1 TSS, which are shown on the chart, have been
established:
CHAPTER 7
Chart 2827
Puerto Gibara
7.111
1 Position. Puerto Gibara is a small bay, open to the N,
entered between Punta Peregrina (21°07′N, 76°07′W) and
Punta Fernando (San Fernandino) (7½ cables WSW). The
town of Gibara is situated on the slope of a hill on the W
side of the bay.
2 Function. Fishing port used by small craft.
Limiting conditions.
3 Tidal levels Mean spring range about 0⋅6 m; mean
neap range about 0⋅4 m. For further information
see Admiralty Tide Tables.
Local weather. Strong N winds make entering and
anchoring difficult and berthing at the pier is not possible
in S winds.
4 Useful marks.
Punta Peregrina Light (green square on round green
tower, square base) standing on Punta Peregrina.
Punta Rasa Light (21°09′N, 76°08′W) (7.79).
5 Anchorage may be obtained on the E side of the bay,
NW of Punta Hornos, and off the pier in depths of from 5
to 7 m (16 to 23 ft).
Alongside berth. L-shaped pier used by fishing vessels,
40 m in length with depth of 1⋅8 m at its head, is situated
in the S part of the town.
Facilities. Hospital at Gibara.
Other names
Charts 3167, 3197, 3865
7.112
1 Ballenato, Islas (21°32′N, 77°12′W).
Brava, Punta (21°25′N, 76°50′W).
Cobarrubia, Punta (21°21′N, 76°40′W).
Ganado, Punta (21°31′N, 76°59′W).
2 Gorda, Punta (21°13′N, 76°13′W).
Gracia, Punta (21°15′N, 76°32′W).
Herradura, Punta (21°17′N, 76°26′W).
Jarro, Punta (21°17′N, 76°31′W).
3 Mantequilla, Punta (21°35′N, 77°07′W).
Moncayo, Punta (21°06′N, 76°04′W).
Morrillo, Punta (21°22′N, 76°43′W).
Velázquez, Punta (21°10′N, 76°09′W).
Off Punta Maternillos (21°40′N, 77°08′W) (7.79).
In Old Bahama Channel (7.116).
Off Cayo Cruz del Padre (23°17′N, 80°54′W) (7.136).
2 These schemes have been adopted by the IMO and
Rule 10 of International Regulations for Preventing
Collisions at Sea (1972) applies.
OLD BAHAMA CHANNEL
General information
Chart 3865, 2009
Topography
7.116
1 Old Bahama Channel separates the reefs and cays on the
N side of Cuba from the S side of Great Bahama Bank.
2 Between Punta Maternillos (21°40′N, 77°08′W) and
Cayos Santa María (22°41′N, 78°53′W) the N coast of
Cuba is fringed by the cays comprising the Archipiélago de
180
 Home Contents Index
Camagüey. Within this archipelago are the large cays
Sabinal, Guajaba, Romano and Coco. All the cays are low
and covered in mangroves and are separated from each
other by narrow and shallow channels. Between the cays
and the coast are expanses of shallow water, with numerous
small cays and extensive mud flats, that dry in places.
Traffic regulations
7.117
1 Traffic Separation Schemes. See 7.115.
Anchoring and stopping. See 7.5.
Flow
7.118
1 Current in Old Bahama Channel generally sets NW, but
is weak and readily influenced by the wind. A current
setting SE at 2¾ kn has been experienced during a NW
wind of force 4.
2 Tidal streams set on and off the bank, N of Cuba, at a
rate of about ½ kn and on and off Great Bahama Bank at a
rate of from ½ to 1 kn. In the narrow channels between the
cays tidal streams sometimes attain a rate of from 2 to
3 kn, but within the cays they are almost imperceptible.
Major lights
7.119
1 Punta Maternillos Light (21°40′N, 77°08′W) (7.78).
Lobos Cay Light (white round metal tower, 45 m in
height) (22°23′N, 77°36′W).
2 Cayo Paredón Grande Aeromarine Light (black and
yellow chequered truncated pyramidal tower, 41 m
in height) (22°29′N, 78°10′W).
3 Cayo Caimán Grande de Santa María Aeromarine
Light (white conical tower, red bands, 32 m in
height) (22°41′N, 78°53′W).
Directions
(continued from 7.79)
7.120
1 From a position E of Punta Maternillos (21°40′N,
77°08′W) the route leads through the TSS, then generally
NW and WNW for 120 miles through Old Bahama Channel
TSS passing, (with reference to Cayo Paredón Grande
Light (22°29′N, 78°10′W):
2 SW of Diamond Point (22°10′N, 77°20′W) a S
extension of Great Bahama Bank lying 45 miles W
of Blue Hole Point. Between these two points,
within the edge of the bank, is an area containing
many small coral heads, in some case nearly
awash. Small vessels navigating by eye can pass
through this area, but local knowledge is necessary.
Thence:
3 SW of Labanderas Reef (36 miles ESE) a narrow,
steep to ledge of coral, with a patch that nearly
dries at its E end, thence:
NE of Cayo Verde (36 miles SE), a cay which is
covered in bushes. Cayo Confites Anchorage
(7.124) lies between this cay and Cayo Confites.
Thence:
4 NE of Cayo Confites Light (white framework tower,
20 m in height) (33 miles SE) standing on a low
cay which lies close within the outer edge of the
bank, thence:
SW of Lobos Cay Light (33 miles ESE) (7.119),
standing on Lobos Cay, thence:
5 NE of Tributarios de Minerva (19 miles ESE), a
drying reef on which the sea breaks in fresh
CHAPTER 7
breezes. This reef lies N of Cayo Cruz, which is
very low and flat. Thence:
NE of Cayo Paredón Grande Aeromarine Light
(7.119), standing on the N end of the cay which is
rocky, wooded and stands about 12 m (39 ft) high,
thence:
6 SSW of Guinchos Cay (16 miles N), about 2 m (6ft)
high and consisting of bleached dead coral with a
few bushes on it, thence:
NNE of Cayo Jaula Light (white framework tower,
18 m in height) (20 miles WNW), thence on
leaving the TSS:
NNE of Cayo Caimán Grande de Santa María Light
(22°41′N, 78°53′W) (7.119).
7 Caution. The S side of the channel between Cayo
Confites and Cayo Paredón Grande is extremely dangerous
and should be approached with utmost caution as it is
formed by the outer edge of a bank, which is steep to, on
which there are many small cays and dangerous patches.
Vessels passing through the Inshore Traffic Zone should
give it a wide berth.
(Directions continue for Nicolas Channel at 7.135,
and for Santaren Channel at 7.171.)
Anchorages and harbours
Cayo Sabinal
7.121
1 The NE coast of Cayo Sabinal between Punta
Maternillos (21°40′N, 77°08′W) and Punta Arenas (19 miles
NW), which is very low and backed by numerous lagoons
and swamps, is skirted by a broken reef that extends from
1 to 1½ miles offshore in places.
2 Anchorage may be obtained, within this reef, for small
craft of not more than 2⋅7 m draught, sheltered from all but
N winds. These anchorages are entered through openings in
the reef, marked by breakers; navigation is by eye and
soundings.
3 Local knowledge is required.
Bahía La Gloria
7.122
1 General information. Bahía La Gloria is entered
through Pasa de las Carabelas (21°48′N, 77°27′W) and
Pasa Guajaba (21°55′N, 77°35′W), narrow openings at the
SE and NW ends of Cayo Guajaba. From these entrances
intricate channels with least depths of 1⋅8 m (6 ft) and
1⋅5 m (5 ft), respectively, lead into Bahía La Gloria.
2 Bahía La Gloria extends 23 miles WNW from Pasa de
las Carabelas with a maximum width of 8 miles. Over the
greater part of the bay, which has a flat bottom, there are
depths 1⋅8 to 2⋅2 m (6 to 7 ft). The only dangers are near
to the coast.
3 The hamlet of Playa Pilotos, which has two wooden
jetties with depths of 1⋅5 to 1⋅8 m at their heads, is situated
on the S shore of the bay 13 miles E of the entrance. The
hamlet of La Guanaja lies 4 miles further W.
4 Tidal streams attain a rate of 3 kn in Pasa de las
Carabelas and 2 kn in Pasa Guajaba.
Between Diamond Point and Labanderas Reef
7.123
1 Anchorage may be obtained in depths of 9 to 11 m (30
to 36 ft), within 4 miles of the edge of the bank, anywhere
between Diamond Point (22°10′N, 77°20′W) and the E end
of Labanderas Reef (10 miles NW). This part of the bank
is clear of dangers.
181
 Home Contents Index
Chart 425 plan of Cayo Confites Anchorage
Cayo Confites
7.124
1 Anchorage may be obtained in depths of 4 to 7 m (13
to 23 ft) between Cayo Confites (22°11′N, 77°40′W) and
Cayo Verde (4 miles SSE). This is the only anchorage on
the S side of Old Bahama Channel which provides shelter
for vessels with a draught of more than 3⋅7 m from N
winds.
There is a least depth of 8⋅8 m (29 ft) in the fairway of
the channel between Cayo Verde and Cayo Confites.
2 Useful marks:
Cayo Confites Light (7.120).
Confites Light beacon (3 miles SW of light).
Confites No 2 Light beacon (1¼ miles SSE of light).
Confites No 3 Light beacon (1¾ SE of light).
3 Berth. The best berth is with the S end of Cayo
Confites bearing 050°, distance 5 cables.
Chart 2009
Lobos Cay
7.125
1 Anchorage may be obtained in depths of 9 m (30 ft)
with Lobos Cay Light (22°23′N, 77°36′W) (7.119) bearing
114°, 5 cables or by rounding the W end of the sand bores,
which can be seen from aloft, and anchoring anywhere N
or NE of the cay in depths of 7 to 9 m (23 to 30 ft).
Guinchos Cay
7.126
1 Anchorage may be obtained in depths of 7 m (23 ft)
1½ miles W of Guinchos Cay (22°45′N, 78°07′W).
Puerto Coco
7.127
1 Anchorage may be obtained in depths of 4 to 6 m (13
to 20 ft) W of Punta Coco (22°33′N, 78°26′W) which is
partially sheltered from NE winds by a number of cays
lying between Punta Coco and Cayo Jaula, 5 miles W.
Other names
7.128
1 Guillermo, Cayo (22°36′N, 78°40′W).
Mégano Grande, Cayo (22°20′N, 77°56′W).
NICOLAS CHANNEL AND ADJACENT
WATERS
General information
Charts 3866, 1217
Route
7.129
1 Nicolas Channel and its approaches separate the cays
and reefs off the N coast of Cuba, lying between Cayo
Caimán Grande de Santa María (22°41′N, 78°53′W) and
Cayo Piedras del Norte (130 miles WNW), from the S side
of Cay Sal Bank.
Topography
7.130
1 Cay Sal Bank is an extensive bank on the SE side of
Straits of Florida that lies on the N side of Nicolas
Channel. The bank is fringed with reefs and cays on all but
its S side. The centre of the bank is foul in many places.
Cay Sal (23°42′N, 80°25′W) (7.164) is the only inhabited
island.
CHAPTER 7
2 The islands on the bank are administered by The
Commonwealth of the Bahamas.
7.131
1 Between Cayo Caimán Grande de Santa María (22°41′N,
78°53′W) and Cayo Piedras del Norte, the N coast of Cuba
is fringed by the many small cays comprising the
Archipiélago de Sabana. The outer edge of this archipelago
consists of a coral barrier that is the most continuous along
the coast of Cuba. It is steep to and the 183 m (100 fm)
depth contour passes between 1 cable and 1 mile off this
barrier.
Traffic regulations
7.132
1 Traffic Separation Schemes. See 7.115.
Anchoring and stopping. See 7.5.
Current
7.133
1 Current in Nicolas Channel is usually weak and sets W.
Major lights
7.134
1 Cayo Caimán Grande de Santa María Light (22°41′N,
78°53′W) (7.119).
Cayo Bahía de Cádiz Light (white truncated
pyramidal tower, black stripes, 49 m in height)
(23°12′N, 80°29′W).
Directions
(continued from 7.120)
Charts 2009, 1217
Cayo Caimán Grande de Santa María to Cayo Cristo
7.135
1 From a position at the NW end of the TSS off Cayo
Caimán Grande de Santa María Light (22°41′N, 78°53′W),
the route leads WNW through Nicolas Channel to a
position off the entrance to Puerto de Isabela de Sagua
(7.145), 60 miles WNW, passing (with reference to Cayo
Fragoso Light (22°48′N, 79°35′W)):
2 NNE of Cayo Francés Light (white square pyramidal
concrete tower, 9 m in height) (22 miles ESE),
standing on the W end of Cayo Francés. A chain
of dangers, which include Cayo Santa María and
Cayos Cobos, lie between this cay and Cayo
Caimán Grande. The area between these islets and
cays and the shore is known as Bahía Buena Vista.
The entrance to Puerto Caibarién (7.137) lies close
W of Cayo Francés. Thence:
3 NNE of Cayo Fragoso Light (white metal framework
tower, 18 m in height). Roca Vinson, a dangerous
rock, lies 1½ miles NNW of the light near the
outer edge of the bank. Thence:
4 NNE of Cayo La Vela Light (white round metal
tower, 9 m in height) (13 miles NW), standing on a
flat mangrove covered cay, thence:
NNE of Cayo Cristo Light (white metal framework
tower, 12 m in height) (27 miles WNW) standing
on Cayo Cristo on the W side of the entrance to
Puerto de Isabela de Sagua.
Cayo Cristo to Cayo Piedras del Norte
7.136
1 From a position N of the entrance to Puerto de Isabela
de Sagua (22°57′N, 80°01′W) the route leads WNW and
then W to a position N of Cayo Piedras del Norte, 65 miles
WNW, passing (with reference to Cayo Bahía de Cádiz
Light (23°12′N, 80°29′W)):
182
 Home Contents Index
2 NNE of Cayo Hicacal Light (white metal framework
tower, 8 m in height) (23 miles ESE) standing on
Punta de la Rancheria, the NW extremity of Cayo
Hicacal. A prominent white stone building is
situated close W of the light. Thence:
3 NNE of Cayo Mégano de Nicolao (9 miles E)
standing close to the outer edge of the bank. A
light-buoy (isolated danger) is moored in a depth
of 9 m (30 ft) 5 cables SSE of the cay, thence:
4 N of Cayo Bahía de Cádiz Light (7.134) standing on
the NE part of the cay. The N end of this cay,
which is flat but slightly higher than other cays in
the vicinity, is rocky with a reef extending a short
distance NE of it. And:
5 S of Cay Sal (29 miles N) (7.164).
Thence through the TSS passing:
6 N of Cayo Cruz del Padre Light (24 miles W) (see
below), standing on a reef 5 cables N of Cayo
Cruz del Padre. This cay, which is large and low,
is the N most of the chain of cays along the N
coast of Cuba. Thence:
Chart 410 plan Bahia de Cardenas
7 N of Cayo Piedras del Norte Light (35 miles W)
(7.136) standing on Cayo Piedras del Norte, which
is low, rocky and partly covered in low bushes.
The cay is surrounded by a reef and landing can
be made in a cove W of the lighthouse in the
usual NE winds.
8 Caution. A marine park, marked at each corner by
light-buoys and shown on the chart, has been established
close N of Cayo Piedras del Norte. Within the park several
vessels and other objects have been sunk for the purpose of
recreational diving.
9 Unlit mooring buoys, numbered 12 to 17, have been
established (2002) stretching in a NE direction along the
coast from E of Cayo Monito (1½ miles SW) to N of Cayo
Mono (2 miles NE). The buoys lie within the 10 to
20 fathom (18 to 36 m) contours.
10 Useful marks:
Cayo Cruz del Padre Light (white tower, three
galleries, white concrete base, 18 m in height)
(23°17′N, 80°54′W).
11 Cayo Piedras del Norte Light (white round tower,
19 m in height) (23°15′N, 81°07′W).
(Directions continue at 7.180)
Puerto Caibarién
Charts 425 plan of Cayo Francés Anchorage, 1217
General information
7.137
1 Position. The city of Caibarién (22°32′N, 79°28′W) lies
in the S part of Bahía San Juan de los Remedios and
together with Cayo Francés and its anchorage, which lie
16 miles NE of the city, forms the port of that name.
Function. Export of sugar. Vessels load sugar from
barges in Cayo Francés Anchorage.
2 Topography. Cayo Francés, which is well covered with
mangroves and other trees and markedly higher at its E
end, is sometimes difficult to identify at a distance, but on
nearer approach Cayo Francés Lighthouse and vessels
already at anchor provide a ready means of identification.
7.138
1 Approach and entry. The anchorage is entered W of
Punta del Asta (22°39′N, 79°14′W), the W most point of
Cayo Francés. Under normal conditions the mainland is not
CHAPTER 7
visible from the vicinity of Cayo Francés and the entrance
to Bahía San Juan de los Remedios appears as a wide
stretch of open water.
2 A channel, marked by light-beacons and with a depth of
2⋅5 m (8 ft), suitable for vessels with a draught of up to
1⋅8 m, leads SW from Cayo Francés Anchorage to the city
of Caibarién.
3 Port Authority. Empresa Terminales Mambisas del
Centro Este, Caibarién.
Limiting conditions
7.139
1 Maximum size for vessels anchoring in Cayo Francés.
Length 155 m. draught 6⋅1 m.
2 Local weather. Operation of lighters in Cayo Francés
Anchorage has to be suspended in bad weather.
Arrival information
7.140
1 Pilotage is compulsory and is available 24 hours. Pilots
embark ½ mile N of No 1 Light-buoy in the entrance to
Cayo Francés Anchorage.
Directions
7.141
1 A vessels approaching from E or W should keep at least
5 miles outside the cays until N of the entrance. Entry at
night is not recommended.
Anchorages
7.142
1 The following anchorages are available in Cayo Francés
Anchorage (with reference to Punta del Asta (22°39′N,
79°14′W)).
2 No 1 (La Caldera) (1 mile S) provides anchorage for
three vessels with a length of 150 m. Minimum depth is
7 m (23 ft), mud and clay, good holding ground.
3 No 2 (La Poza) (2 miles W) provides anchorage for six
to seven vessels with a length of 190 m. Depth 9 m (29 ft),
sand and mud, good holding ground.
4 No 3 (Outer) (1¾ miles WNW) provides anchorage for
six large ships with a draught of more than 6⋅1 m. Depths
9 to 12 m (29 to 39 ft), stone and coral, good holding
ground, but without shelter from wind or sea.
Caution. An obstruction is charted in position
23°39′⋅3N, 79°15′⋅7W.
Alongside berths
7.143
1 Alongside berths for small craft and lighters, with depths
alongside of between 2⋅1 to 2⋅6 m, are available at
Caibarién; maximum draught 2 m. The former storage hulk
has been replaced by a light float, moored in position
22°37′⋅6N, 79°13′⋅3W.
Port services
7.144
1 Facilities: deratting (1.137).
Supplies: fresh water is available.
Puerto Isabela de Sagua
Chart 410 plan of Puerto de Isabela de Sagua
General information
7.145
1 Position. The town Isabela de Sagua (22°57′N,
80°01′W) stands on a peninsula at the mouth of the Río
Sagua la Grande.
2 Port area includes all the anchorages, the entry channel
and the port facilities SW of Punta Sotavento.
183
 Home Contents Index
Function. Port for city of Sagua la Grande, situated
19 km up the river. Export of sugar products.
7.146
1 Approach and entry. The principal entrance channel to
the port is Canal Boca de Maravillas a dredged channel
6 miles in length. The port can also be approached by Pasa
Boca de Cañete and Pasa Boca del Séron which lead
through the reefs SE of the main channel and Pasa Boca
Ciega which lies to the NW. These secondary channels are
only used by small craft and their navigation requires local
knowledge.
2 Port Authority. Empresa Terminales Mambisas del
Centro Este, Isabela de Sagua.
Limiting conditions
7.147
1 Maximum size of vessels using Canal Boca de
Maravillas. Draught 6⋅1 m, length 150 m.
Tidal streams up to 3½ kn in Boca de Maravillas.
2 Weather. Being open NE there are often heavy seas in
Boca de Maravillas. At such times vessels of more than
3⋅7 m draught may be unable to enter the channel. In
addition, the movement of all vessels is limited to wind
strength no greater than force 3.
Arrival information
7.148
1 Pilotage is compulsory and available during daylight
hours. Pilots embark 1½ miles NE of Cayo Cristo Light
(7.135) which stands on Punta Prácticos (23°02′⋅2N,
79°59′⋅3W).
2 Tugs are available. For vessels greater than 90 m in
length, when berthing, anchoring, manoeuvring and
mooring at the buoys, at least one tug will be used.
Speed limit in Canal Boca de Maravillas is 6 kn.
Directions for entering harbour
7.149
1 From No 1 Light-buoy (port hand), 1¼ miles E of Punta
Prácticos, the entrance channel leads generally S and SSW,
its limits being marked by buoys and light-buoys (port and
starboard hand), the positions of which are best seen from
the chart.
2 Useful mark. Boca del Río Sagua Light (green square
on green metal pile with balcony) (22°57′N, 80°00′W).
Anchorages
7.150
1 Ingles Anchorage (5½ miles ESE of Punta Practicos)
provides anchorage for nine vessels with a length of 190 m.
Depths 11 to 16 m (36 to 52 ft), sand and stone, good
holding. Maximum draught permitted 10 m.
2 Pancho Real Anchorage (1 mile ESE of Punta
Practicos) provides anchorage for 15 vessels with a length
of 180 m. Depths 8 to 9 m (26 to 29 ft), sand and stones,
good holding ground. Maximum draught permitted 7 m.
3 Cayo Paloma Anchorage (5 cables SSW of Cayo
Paloma (22°58′N, 80°00′W)) provides anchorage for six
vessels with a length of 120 m. Depths 3⋅6 to 4⋅3 m (12 to
14 ft), mud, good holding ground. Maximum draught
permitted 4⋅4 m. This is a waiting anchorage.
4 Casa Blanca Anchorage (1½ miles SSW of Punta
Maravillas (Punta Mariales) (22°59′⋅0N, 79°58′⋅5W))
provides anchorage for up to 15 ships with a length of
180 m. Depths 3⋅6 to 5⋅2 m (12 to 17 ft), mud, good
holding. Maximum draught permitted 5 m.
CHAPTER 7
Alongside berths
7.151
1 A number of alongside berths are situated on the NW
side of the peninsula (with reference to Punta Sotavento).
2 Espignón Amézaga (3 cables SW), the deepest berth,
can accommodate vessels with a draught of 6⋅9 m and
length of 100 m.
3 Espignón Alfert (6 cables SW), the longest berth, can
accommodate vessels with a draught of 6⋅1 m and length of
170 m.
Port services
7.152
1 Facilities: hospital at Sagua la Grande; deratting (1.137).
Supplies: fresh water; fresh provisions; fuel.
Puerto de Cardenas
Chart 410 plan of Bahia de Cardenas
General information
7.153
1 Position. The city of Cardenas (23°03′N, 81°12′W)
stands on the SW shore of Bahía de Cardenas, at the end
of a dredged channel.
Function. Export of sugar products.
7.154
1 Approach and entry. There are four channels through
the outer dangers in the approach to Bahía de Cardenas.
The principal channel is between Cayo Mono (7.157) and
Cayo Piedras del Norte (7.136).
2 Bahía de Cardenas, contained between Peninsula de
Hicacos (7.176) and the mainland SE of it, is entered
through Canal de los Barcos (7.158), a dredged channel
lying between Cayo Buba (23°11′N, 81°07′W) and Cayo
Diana (1 mile SE).
3 Port Authority. Empresa Terminales Mambisas de
Matanzas, Cardenas.
Limiting conditions
7.155
1 Depths. Canal de los Barcos dredged to depth of 7⋅4 m
(24 ft). Buoyed channel to Cardenas dredged to depth of
6 to 7⋅6 m (20 to 25 ft) (1988). Less water, due to silting,
was reported in 1994 and the maximum draught restriction
of 6⋅1 m (20 ft) established in 1997. However when the
height of tide is greater than 0⋅3 m (1 ft) vessels with a
draught of 6⋅35 m (20 ft 10 ins) are permitted to use the
dredged channel.
2 Maximum size of vessels handled. Length 170 m.
Draught 6⋅3 m (but see Depths).
Tidal stream in channel is 4 kn.
Arrival information
7.156
1 Outer anchorages: The following anchorages are
available (with reference to Punta de Molas (23°11′N,
81°07′W)):
2 No 1. Quarantine (5½ miles NE) provides anchorage
for four vessels with a length of 170 m. Depths 8
to 10 m (26 to 33 ft), sand and coral, good holding
ground. Maximum draught permitted 7⋅9 m. Also
used by vessels carrying explosives and hazardous
cargoes.
3 No 2. Triangle (3 miles NNE) provides anchorage for
four vessels with a length of 170 m. Depths 7 to
8 m (23 to 26 ft), sand and coral, good holding
ground. Maximum draught permitted 6⋅5 to 7⋅9 m,
depending on which part of anchorage. Used by
vessels waiting to enter harbour.
184
 Home Contents Index
4 Pilotage is compulsory. Due to a downturn in trade, the
pilotage service for this port is (2001) controlled by Puerto
de Matanzas. (see 7.184). Pilots for Puerto de Cardenas
board off Matanzas (23°03′N, 81°34′W). For details see
Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(5).
5 Tugs are available and are regulated as follows:
For vessels of less than 70 m in length, when the
berthing site is occupied, one tug will be used.
6 For tankers of 70 to 100 m in length, one tug will be
used and if the vessel is turning around then two
tugs will be used.
For tankers over 100 m in length at least two tugs
will be used.
Times of entry. Daylight hours only.
7 Traffic regulations:
Maximum speed in channel is 6 kn.
Traffic in dredged channel is one way only.
In Canal de los Barcos vessels entering must give
way to laden vessels leaving the port.
8 Local regulations exist for the loading and
discharging of cargo from vessels and for vessels
engaged in regular trade between the ports of
Cardenas and Matanzas. During navigation
between these ports vessels will maintain constant
radio contact with the coast radio station. See
Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 1(2).
Directions
7.157
1 Approach. From a position NNW of Cayo Piedras del
Norte (23°15′N, 81°07′W), avoiding the restricted area (7.5)
as shown on the chart, the route for approaching the
harbour entrance leads:
2 Between Cayo Piedras del Norte and Cabezo del
Coral Light-buoy (port hand) lying 1¼ miles SW
of Cayo Mono (23°16′N, 81°05′W), a rocky islet
which appears as two small hummocks. When
using this channel care should be taken not to
bring the W end of Cayo Mono to bear less than
360° until Cayo Piedras bears more than 270°.
There is a least depth of 7 m (24 ft) on this route.
7.158
1 Entrance. From a position SE of Cayo Piedras del
Norte, the entrance channel leads SW through Canal de los
Barcos, the limits of which are marked by light-buoys (port
and starboard hand), into Cayo Diana Anchorage.
2 From the S part of Cayo Diana Anchorage a buoyed
channel leads from between Buoys Nos 16 and 17 (port
and starboard hand) SSW for 6½ miles to Cardenas Pier.
3 Useful marks:
Cayo Monito Light (isolated danger mark on pile
with platform) (23°14′N, 81°09′W).
Cayo Diana Light (white metal framework tower,
12 m in height) (23°10′N, 81°06′W).
Anchorages
7.159
1 The following inner anchorages are available (with
reference to Punta de Molas (23°11′N, 81°07′W)).
2 No 3. Cayo Diana Hole (1½ miles S) provides
anchorage for four vessels with a length of 170 m. Depths
8 m (26 ft), sand and mud, good holding ground. Maximum
draught permitted 6⋅3 m.
CHAPTER 7
3 No 4. Bay (1 mile WSW) provides anchorage for up to
20 small vessels. Depths 4 to 5 m (13 to 16 ft), mud, good
holding ground. Maximum draught permitted 4⋅3 m.
Alongside berths
7.160
1 Alongside berths are available at Cardenas Pier. Length
of pier 750 m.
2 SE side, berth Nos 1 and 2, maximum draught 4⋅3 and
4⋅0 m alongside, respectively.
NW side, berth Nos 1 and 2, maximum draught 5⋅3 and
4⋅3 m alongside, respectively.
Port services
7.161
1 Repairs: available at Victoria de Giron shipyard.
Facilities: hospital; deratting (1.137).
Supplies: fresh water; fresh provisions.
Side channels and minor anchorages
Chart 1217
Canalizo de los Barcos
7.162
1 Canalizo de los Barcos (22°33′N, 79°19′W) leads from
the W part of Bahía Buena Vista to Bahía San Juan de los
Remedios (7.137). The channel has depths of 2⋅1 m (7 ft)
in the fairway and is suitable for local craft only.
Boca de Lanzanillo
7.163
1 Boca de Lanzanillo, which separates Cayos Careneros
(22°56′N, 79°46′W) from Cayo Lanzanillo, 5 cables W,
leads to a secure anchorage for small coasting vessels with
depths of from 3 to 4 m (10 to 13 ft). The entrance, which
is buoyed, has a least depth of 3⋅2 m (10 ft) in the fairway.
Local knowledge is necessary.
Cay Sal
7.164
1 Cay Sal (23°42′N, 80°25′W) is covered with stunted
palm trees and its NE side is a narrow ridge of sandhills
about 9⋅1 m (30 ft) high. Some buildings and an airstrip are
situated on the W side of the island.
2 Temporary anchorage may be obtained W of the cay
in depths of 13 m (43 ft), sand, but the anchorage is not
good.
3 Tidal streams sweep round the island at a considerable
rate.
Landing can be made by boat at a small jetty in a
shallow lagoon, the entrance to which lies on the W side of
the island.
Canal de la Manuy
7.165
1 Canal de la Manuy (23°06′N, 80°59′W) leads from
Bahía Cardenas to Bahía Santa Clara, a bay which has
depths of between 1⋅8 to 3⋅7 m (6 to 12 ft). There is a least
depth of 1⋅8 m (6 ft) in the fairway.
Other names
Chart 410
7.166
1 Arbolito, Cayo (23°05′N, 80°07′W).
Dromedarios, Cayos de (22°58′N, 79°54′W).
Mendoza, Cayo (22°57′N, 80°01′W).
185
 Home Contents Index CHAPTER 7

SANTAREN CHANNEL Straits of Florida, passing (with reference to SE extremity

of Anguilla Cays (23°30′N, 79°30′W):
2 ENE of Anguilla Cays. A beacon with white
daymark, 5 m in height, stands on the N end of
General information these cays. Anguilla Cays are sandy and
Charts 3866, 1217 overgrown with thick brushwood. They are divided
by very narrow shallow channels. Thence:
Route
3 ENE of Damas Cays (27 miles NNW). Between
7.167
Damas Cays and Anguilla Cays there is a chain of
1 Santaren Channel leads between the E side of Cay Sal
groups of small rocks between which there are
Bank and the W side of Great Bahama Bank.
deep channels. Most of these channels are
dangerous. Thence:
Topography
4 ENE of Dog Rocks (39 miles NNW), a group of
7.168
barren rocks. They are separated near their centre
1 On the E side of Cay Sal Bank (7.130) a number of
by a deep narrow cut.
cays lie close to the 183 m (100 fm) contour line.
5 NE of Muertos Cays (47 miles NW), a chain of
Great Bahama Bank on the E side of the Santaren
small, detached rocks, from 3 to 4⋅6 m (10 to
Channel has no significant features.
15 ft) high. Several of the rocks are a considerable
distance apart, but it would not be prudent to cross
Current the ledges between them.
7.169 (Directions for passage of Straits of Florida
1 In Santaren Channel a current of moderate or low continue at 5.19)
constancy flows NW at about ¾ kn joining the Florida
Current (1.143) at the NW end of the channel.

Major light Anchorages

7.170
Anguilla Cays
1 Cayo Caimán Grande de Santa María Light (22°41′N,
7.172
78°53′W) (7.119).
1 Anchorage may be obtained on the bank SW of
Anguilla Cays, in depths of 11 or 13 m (36 or 43 ft).
Landing may be carried out on the SW side of the cays,
Directions but a heavy surf runs on their NE side.
(continued from 7.120)
7.171 Damas Cays
1 From a position at the NW end of the TSS off Cayo 7.173
Caimán Grande de Santa María (22°41′N, 78°53′W) 1 Anchorage may be obtained in a depth of 8 m (26 ft) W
(7.119), the route leads NNW through Santaren Channel to of Damas Cays.

NORTH COAST OF CUBA — CAYO PIEDRAS DEL NORTE TO CAYO BUENAVISTA

GENERAL INFORMATION CAYO PIEDRAS DEL NORTE TO LA

Charts 1217, 3867
Extent of area
7.174
1 The area described below includes the coastal waters off
the N coast of Cuba between Cayo Piedras del Norte
(23°15′N, 81°07′W) and Cayo Buenavista (195 miles
WSW).
Ports
7.175
1 The following ports are included in this area:
Matanzas (23°03′N, 81°34′W) (7.181).
La Habana (23°08′N, 82°21′W) (7.194).
2 Mariel (23°00′N, 82°45′W) (7.222).
Cabañas (23°00′N, 82°58′W) (7.231).
Bahía Honda (22°57′N, 83°10′W) (7.240).
Santa Lucia (22°41′N, 83°58′W) (7.255).
HABANA
General information
Chart 1217
Topography
7.176
1 Península de Hicacos, which forms the NW side of
Bahía de Cardenas, is fronted by a fine beach, that extends
the whole length of the seaward side of the peninsula. This
beach is broken, only in a few places, by low cliffs.
2 Between Varadero (23°09′N, 81°16′W) and the entrance
to Puerto Matanzas, 11½ miles WSW, the coast is low,
sandy and covered with brushwood. Its beaches are broken,
here and there, by low bluffs.
3 The coast between Puerto Matanzas and La Habana,
45 miles W, consists generally of low cliffs interrupted by
beaches and at Santa Cruz del Norte (23°10′N, 81°55′W) is
backed by Sierras de Jaruco, a conspicuous ridge of
irregular shaped hills that rise to a height of 293 m.

186
 Home Contents Index
Traffic regulations
7.177
1 Anchoring and stopping. See 7.5.
Prohibited Area. Navigation is prohibited within an
area shown on the chart bounded by positions 6 miles NW
of Cayo Piedras del Norte Light (7.136), 5 miles N of
Punta Maya Light (7.179), and the coastline to the SE.
Current
7.178
1 The Gulf Stream runs ENE with its centre line about 25
to 37 miles off this stretch of the coast. Its rate along its
centre line is 2 to 3 kn.
A counter current, with a rate of 1 kn, sets W about 2 to
3 miles offshore.
Principal marks
7.179
1 Landmarks:
Loma Pan de Matanzas (23°02′N, 81°41′W). From
NE this peak appears as isolated rounded mountain
and from NW its summit is in the form of three
hummocks, the centre being much the highest.
2 Camilo Cienfuegos (Hershey) Sugar mill (three
chimneys) (23°08′N, 81°56′W). Chimneys have an
elevation of 118 m.
3 Major lights:
Punta Maya Light (white round tower, 32 m in
height) (23°06′N, 81°29′W).
4 Canasi Light (red GRP tower, white band, 14 m in
height) (23°09′N, 81°48′W).
Castillo del Morro Light (white truncated conical
tower, 25 m in height) (23°09′N, 82°21′W).
Directions
(continued from 7.135)
7.180
1 From a position N of Cayo Piedras del Norte (23°15′N,
81°07′W), avoiding the restricted area shown on the chart,
the coastal passage leads W to a position off the entrance
to La Habana, passing (with reference to Canasi Light
(23°09′N, 81°48′W)):
2 N of Punta Maya Light (18½ miles E) (7.179),
standing on Punta Maya a headland that forms the
E entrance point to Bahía de Matanzas (7.181),
thence:
3 N of Punta Seboruco Light (white round concrete
tower, red bands, 33 m in height) (11 miles E),
standing on Punta Seboruco which is a bare, low
cliff, thence:
4 N of Punta Guanos (9 miles E), a cliff 25 m in
height, thence:
N of Canasi Light (7.179), in the vicinity of which
the coast consists of terraced cliffs, thence:
5 N of Santa Cruz del Norte (7 miles W), a village
standing within the W entrance point of Río Santa
Cruz. The entrance to this river is obstructed by
sunken reefs and coral heads with depths of 3 to
4 m (10 to 13 ft). Thence:
6 N of Boca de Jaruco Light (12½ miles W) (7.191),
standing 7½ cables W of Boca de Jaruco, thence:
N of Boca de Guanabo Light (red triangle on red
framework tower) (18 miles W), standing close E
of Punta Guanabo, thence:
7 N of Castillo del Morro Light (31 miles W) (7.179).
(Directions continue for La Habana at 7.210, and
for coastal passage to Punta Gobernadora at 7.221.)
CHAPTER 7
Puerto de Matanzas
Chart 411 plan Puerto Matanzas
General information
7.181
1 Position. The city of Matanzas (23°03′N, 81°34′W)
stands at the head of Bahía de Matanzas. It is surrounded
on its landward side by a terrace of wooded hills.
2 Function. Export of sugar products. Import of oil,
chemical products and general cargo.
Population. 124 000 (est 1997).
3 Traffic. In 2001, 33 vessels totalling 790 330 dwt visited
the port
Port Authority. Empresa Terminales Mambisas de
Matanzas, Matanzas.
7.182
1 Approach and entry. Bahía de Matanzas is entered
between Punta Maya (23°06′⋅0N, 81°28′⋅4W) and Punta
Sabanilla (3 miles SW). The anchorages in the SW part of
the bay are entered through three channels that pass
between shoals situated 1 mile from the head of the bay.
Limiting conditions
7.183
1 Deepest and longest berth. See 7.189.
Tidal levels. Mean spring range about 0⋅5 m; mean neap
range about 0⋅2 m. For further information see Admiralty
Tide Tables.
2 Maximum size of vessels handled. Length 295 m.
Draught 17 m.
3 Local weather. As the bay is open to the ENE a heavy
swell sets in with fresh trade winds and may interfere with
docking operations. Tankers berthed at the Supertanker
Base must leave harbour if the wind exceeds force 7.
Arrival information
7.184
1 Notice of ETA: 24 hours.
Pilotage is compulsory and is available 24 hours. Pilots
embark 1 mile SW of Punta Sabanilla except in the case of
tankers when they embark 1½ miles NE of this point, if the
wind conditions do not exceed force 5.
2 Tugs are available and are regulated as follows:
For tankers between 2000 and 110 000 dwt at least
two tugs will be used.
For tankers greater than 110 000 dwt at least three
tugs will be used.
For all types of vessels from 120 m and upwards at
least one tug will be used.
3 Traffic regulations.
Local regulations exist for the loading and
discharging of cargo from vessels and for vessels
engaged in regular trade between the ports of
Matanzas and Cardenas. During navigation
between these ports vessels will maintain constant
radio contact with the coast radio station. See
Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 1(2).
Restricted area. See 7.5.
Harbour
7.185
1 General layout. The main alongside berths and port
installations lie between 1 and 2 miles SW of Punta
Sabanilla on the NW shore of the bay. The main anchorage
area lies off these berths, part of it being within Bajos
Nuevo, La Laja and California, three shoals which extend
across the inner part of the bay.
187
 Home Contents Index
Principal marks
7.186
1 Landmarks:
Loma Pan de Matanzas (23°02′N, 81°41′W) (7.179).
(Chart 1217).
Castillo San Severino (23°03′⋅6N, 81°33′⋅5W).
2 Montserrat Church (23°03′⋅7N, 81°′35⋅3W), standing
on the summit of a ridge and surrounded by trees.
Chimney (elevation of 150 m (492 ft)) (23°06′⋅6N,
81°31′⋅7W).
3 Major light:
Punta Maya Light (23°06′⋅0N, 81°28′⋅4W) (7.179).
Directions for entering harbour
7.187
1 From a position NW of Punta Maya Light, avoiding the
restricted area shown on the chart, the track leads S and
then SW into the inner part of Bahía Matanzas, through
waters clear of charted dangers, passing E of Punta
Sabanilla (23°04′⋅7N, 81°31′⋅6W) and thence direct to the
berth as necessary.
2 Vessels proceeding to anchorages within Bajo La Laja
should normally use either the N channel between Bajo
Nuevo and the shore N, or the S channel between Bajo La
Laja and Bajo California, which have depths of 15⋅2 m
(50 ft) and 24⋅4 (80 ft), respectively. The middle channel
has a depth of only 9⋅4 m (31 ft) and is seldom used.
3 Useful marks:
Castillo del Morillo (23°03′N, 81°30′W).
Fuerte Peñas Altas (23°02′⋅5N, 81°32′⋅5W).
High Tank (23°04′⋅1N, 81°32′⋅5W).
Anchorages
7.188
1 The following anchorages are available as shown on the
chart (with reference to Castillo San Severino (23°03′⋅6N,
81°33′⋅5W)).
2 Casacajales (7 cables E). Depths 19 to 46 m (59 ft to
25 fm), gravel, mud and boulders. Accommodates two large
vessels.
3 North (3 cables S and 4 cables SSE). Depths 11 m
(36 ft), mud with good holding ground. Accommodates one
vessel 170 m in length, draught 8⋅2 m.
4 South (6 cables SSE). Depth 12 to 16 m (39 to 52 ft),
good holding ground. Accommodates one vessel 170 m in
length, draught 8⋅2 m.
5 Indio (5 cables S). Mud with good holding ground.
Accommodates one vessel 69 m in length, draught 4⋅9 m.
Alongside berths
7.189
1 Alongside berths are available at the following wharfs
(with reference to Castillo San Severino).
2 Super tanker base (1¼ miles ENE). Complex of three
wharves, the largest of which can accommodate tankers
295 m in length, with a depth alongside of 20 m.
3 Reynold Garcia Terminal (9 cables ENE);
NE side. Maximum vessel length 162 m and draught
9⋅7 m. Operations carried out at any time.
SW side. Maximum vessel length 210 m and draught
11⋅6 m (38 ft). Operations carried out at any time.
Vessels of up to 252 m will be allowed to berth on
the SW side as long as their draught does not
exceed 10⋅8 m (35½ ft).
CHAPTER 7
4 Espignón Juan Bayona (5 cables ENE). Accommodates
vessels 215 m in length with a draught of 11 m. Depth
alongside 12⋅2 m. Used for handling of fuel.
5 Dubrocq wharf (½ cable S). Two berths. Total length
342 m. Largest berth accommodates vessels 160 m in
length, with a draught of 9⋅0 m. Vessels of up to 210 m in
length can berth but they encroach onto the second berth.
Used for handling general cargo.
Port services
7.190
1 Repairs: not available.
Facilities: hospital; deratting (1.137).
Supplies: fresh water; fresh provisions. Fuel available by
tank truck.
Minor anchorages
Chart 1217
Boca del Jaruco
7.191
1 Boca del Jaruco (23°11′N, 82°01′W) is about 5 miles
WNW of Santa Cruz del Norte. A light (white GRP tower,
red bands, 10 m in height) stands on the W side of the
river.
2 Anchorage. Small craft sometimes shelter in the mouth
of the river, but depths shoal immediately within the
entrance.
Local knowledge is necessary.
Bahía Cojimar
7.192
1 Bahía Cojimar, into which flows Río Cojimar, lies close
E of Punta Campanilla (23°10′N, 82°18′W).
2 Anchorage is available for small craft in this bay.
Local knowledge is necessary.
Other names
7.193
1 Escondido, Punta (23°09′N, 81°43′W).
Guayacanes, Punta (23°11′N, 82°16′W).
Rubalcava, Punta (23°08′N, 81°33′W) (chart 411).
LA HABANA
General information
Chart 414
Position
7.194
1 The port of La Habana (23°08′N, 82°21′W) is situated
within Bahía de La Habana on the N coast of Cuba about
170 miles ENE of Cabo San Antonio, the W extremity of
the island.
Function
7.195
1 La Habana is the capital and principal port of Cuba. In
1999 it had a population of 2 242 000.
2 It is one of the largest sugar exporting ports in the
world and is the railroad centre for the island.
Topography
7.196
1 La Habana harbour is a secure and landlocked harbour.
La Habana city stands on a low plain, only a few metres
above sea level. From seaward backed by long lines of
188
 Home Contents Index
fortifications, it has an imposing appearance. It contains
numerous churches and magnificent public buildings.
Approach and entry
7.197
1 The harbour of La Habana is approached from the N
and entered through a narrow channel about 1 mile long.
Traffic
7.198
1 In 2001, 462 vessels totalling 4 820 331 dwt visited the
port.
Port Authority
7.199
1 Empresa Terminales Mambisas de la Habana, La
Habana.
Limiting conditions
7.200
1 Deepest and longest berths are at Sierra Maestro
Terminal, Haiphong Terminal and Nico Lopez Piers. See
7.212.
2 Tidal levels. Mean spring range about 0⋅4 m; mean neap
range about 0⋅2 m. For further information see Admiralty
Tide Tables.
Maximum size of vessel handled. Draught 11⋅5 m.
Length 250 m.
3 Local weather. With N winds and especially NW winds,
high seas form in the entrance to the bay and make
navigation difficult, otherwise in good weather entry to the
port presents no problems.
Berths near the harbour entrance may be affected by a
heavy swell that sweeps in during NW winds.
Arrival information
Port operations
7.201
1 An information service for berthing and co ordination
service for loading/unloading is available. See Admiralty
List of Radio Signals Volume 6(5).
Outer anchorage
7.202
1 Placer del Morro anchorage, which is situated 1¼ cables
NNW of Castillo del Morro Light (23°09′⋅2N, 82°21′⋅4W),
provides anchorage for five vessels with a length of 150 m.
Depths are between 12 and 15 m (39 and 49 ft), sea moss
and gravel, good holding ground. The anchorage does not
provide good shelter from wind and swell.
2 The anchorage can only be used, with the authorisation
of the port authorities, by vessels waiting outside the
harbour or in emergency.
Attention is drawn to the submarine cable, shown on the
chart, which passes near the anchorage.
Pilotage and tugs
7.203
1 Pilotage is compulsory for all vessels over 40 grt and
pilots embark 1 mile from the harbour entrance or within
the harbour entrance in bad weather.
2 Tugs are available and the regulations for their use are
as follows:
Vessels over 170 m in length will be escorted by one tug.
For berthing and unberthing manoeuvres;
For all tankers, and for all vessels between 90 m and
130 m in length, one tug.
For all types of vessels greater than 130 m long, two tugs.
CHAPTER 7
Traffic regulations
7.204
1 Signal station. Vessels are to contact the signal station
before entry.
Speed. Vessels are to proceed at as slow a speed as is
consistent with safety when entering the harbour and
proceeding to a berth. In no case is the maximum speed
limit of 6 kn to be exceeded.
2 Movements. Particular care should be taken to give
Terminal Sierra Maestra as wide a berth as possible as
vessels at this terminal have been damaged by the wash
caused by the entry of a vessel, particularly if that vessel is
of unusual size or being navigated at excessive speed.
The best time to move a vessel is early in the morning
or late in the afternoon, when the wind is usually light.
3 Prohibted anchorage. Anchoring or trailing an anchor
are prohibited in the entrance channel, which is crossed by
a vehicular tunnel and cables, as shown on the chart. These
operations are also prohibited in the vicinity of the dry and
floating docks, and as directed by the pilot.
Anchorage is prohibited, as shown on the chart, in the
SE part of Ensenada de Marimelena (7.205).
Harbour
General layout
7.205
1 Bahía de La Habana consists of three inlets, divided by
two peninsulas which project from its S coast, and a central
part which lies between the entrances to the inlets and the
W and N coasts of the bay.
2 The main part of the city lies on the W side of the bay
and many of the most important berths are situated on the
W shore of the bay and in Ensenada de Atarés, the SW
inlet. Other berths are situated in Ensenada Marimelena, the
NE inlet, and Ensenada Guasabacoa, the S inlet.
Piracy
7.206
1 A number of armed attacks have been made on vessels
berthed at the port in recent years. See 1.12 and The
Mariners Handbook.
Signal station
7.207
1 Port signals are displayed at Castillo del Morro for the
control of traffic in the harbour.
Natural conditions
7.208
1 Flow. Tidal stream of up to 1 kn in the entrance
channel. A current has been observed across the entrance to
the harbour setting NE/SW at up to 2 kn.
Climatic table. See 1.187 and 1.192.
Principal marks
7.209
1 Landmarks (with positions from Castillo del Morro
Light — see below):
2 Cupola of National Observatory (62 m (203 ft))
(9 cables ESE).
Tower (80 m (262 ft)) (2¼ miles ESE) where the
excess gas from the refinery is burnt.
3 Cupola of Capitol Building (9 cables S).
Monument (2¼ miles SW), which is illuminated at
night.
4 Major light:
Castillo del Morro Light (23°09′⋅2N, 82°21′⋅4W)
(7.179).
189
 Home Contents Index CHAPTER 7

Directions Pier No 4 (H. Central), S side. Largest vessel; length

(continued from 7.180) 153 m, draught 7⋅3 to 9⋅7 m.
6 Terminal Aracelio Iglesias (8 cables WSW)
Harbour entrance Three berths; lengths 152 to 175 m, depths 9⋅6 to
7.210 11⋅8 m.
1 From a position W of Punta Barlovento (23°09′N, Pier, SW side. Largest vessel; length 153 m, draught
82°21′W) the track leads SSE and then SE passing (with 8⋅2 to 10⋅4 m.
reference to Castillo del Morro Light (7.179)): 7 Terminal Juan Manual Diaz (9 cables WSW)
Clear, as appropriate, of wreck least depth 9 m Four berths; lengths 147 to 159 m, depths 4⋅6 to
(1¼ cables WSW), thence; 10⋅8 m.
2 Between Nos 2 and 3 Light-buoys (starboard and port No 1 Pier. Largest vessel; length 170 m, draught
hand respectively), thence; 10 m.
SSW of the isolated rock charted as 8⋅8 m (29 ft) 8 Terminal Haiphong (8 cables SW)
(1¾ cables SE), thence; Five berths; lengths 178 to 218 m, depths 7⋅5 to
NNE of the rocky patch charted as 10⋅7 m (35 ft) 8⋅5 m.
(3¾ cables SE). No 4 Berth. Largest vessel; length 200 m, draught
3 Leading light-beacons: 9⋅7 m.
Front light (yellow diamond, black border on white Containers handled.
framework tower, 12 m in height) (23°08′⋅0N, 9 Terminal Porto Pena (1 mile S)
82°19′⋅8W). Two berths; lengths 144 and 174 m.
Rear light (as for front light, 18 m in height). No 2 Berth. Largest vessel; length 165 m, draught
4 From a position NE of Castillo de la Fuerza Light 9⋅4 m.
(7 cables SE) the alignment (124°) of these marks leads Containers handled.
into the central part of the bay. 10 Muelle Turcios Limas (9 cables S)
Front light (metal framework tower, 12 m in height) Length 206 m, depth 9⋅7 to 11 m.
(23°08⋅1′N, 82°19⋅7′W). Largest vessel; length 200 m, draught 9⋅6 m.
Rear light (metal framework tower, 32 m in height) 11 Regla berths (5 cables S)
(23°08′N, 82°19⋅5′W). Three berths. Length of each 221 m, depth 12m.
5 The alignment (099½°) of these marks leads through 12 Muelle de Facilidades (4 cables S)
Ensenada de Marimelena to the jetty berths of Mico Lopez Length 248 m, depths 6⋅6 to 10 m.
Refinery (7.212). Largest vessel; length 170 m, draught 8⋅8 m in NE
part.
Chemical products handled.
Berths 13 Terminal Nico Lopez (5 cables E)
Anchorages Four berths; lengths 119 to 313 m.
No 1 Jetty,
7.211
N side, Maximum vessel length 186 m and draught
1 General (La Tasajera) Anchorage is situated in the
10⋅7 m.
central part of the port and is centred on position
14 S side, Maximum vessel length 250 m and draught
23°08′⋅0N, 82°20′⋅5W. This anchorage can accommodate
11⋅5 m.
seven vessels, 150 m in length, maximum draught 10 m.
Due to its poor state of repair No 2 Jetty has been
Depths vary between 11 and 12 m, hard mud, good holding
shut (1999).
ground.
Oil products.
2 Casa Blanca Anchorage is situated in the E part of the
port, position 23°08′⋅6N, 82°20′⋅0W, as shown on the chart.
This anchorage can accommodate three vessels, length 130 Port services
to 170 m, with a maximum draught of 6⋅7 m. Depths vary
between 7 and 8 m, soft mud, poor holding gound. Repairs
7.213
Alongside berths 1 Major repairs can be carried out.
7.212 Docking facilities (1.135):
1 Practically the whole of the W shore of the harbour 2 Dry dock. Length 143 m; lifting capacity 8000 tons;
consists of a series of wharfs and piers, with depths of maximum size of vessel, length 134 m, beam
from 9 to 11 m alongside. There are also numerous 26 m, draught 6⋅1 m.
wharves and piers on the E side of the harbour. 3 Three floating docks with maximum lift capacity of
2 A summary of the principal alongside berths in the 22 000 tonnes.
various complexes is given below (with positions from Two patent slips with lift capacity of 2540 and
Punta Santa Catalina (23°08′⋅2N, 82°20′⋅2W)): 508 tonnes.
3 Andres Gonzalez Lines Dock (8 cables NW)
Wharf; length 382 m, depths 4⋅6 to 9⋅4 m. Other facilities
Largest vessel; length 170 m, draught 9 m. 7.214
Bulk fertiliser and coal. 1 Hospital.
4 Terminal Sierra Maestra (5 cables WNW) Deratting. See 1.137.
Six berths; depths 2⋅7 to 5⋅3 m.
Pier No 1. Maximum vessel length 220 m. Maximum Supplies
alongside depth 7⋅0 m. 7.215
5 Terminal Margarito Iglesias (5 cables WSW) 1 Fuel oil and marine diesel are available alongside and
Eight berths; depths 3⋅5 to 10 m. can also be supplied by barge.

190
 Home Contents Index
2 Fresh water can be supplied by barge at any alongside
berth or at anchor.
3 Provisions of all kinds are available.
Other names
7.216
1 Ataguía, Punta (23°07′⋅7N, 82°20′⋅6W).
Pesant, Punta (23°07′⋅9N, 82°20′⋅2W).
LA HABANA TO PUNTA GOBERNADORA
General information
Charts 1217, 3867
Topography
7.217
1 Between Bahía de La Habana and Punta Gobernadora
the shore is low and covered in mangroves with sections of
beach and strips of bare rock. Inshore the land rises gently
to the crest of coastal hills about 60 m in height and then
to the crests of Mesa de Mariel in the E and Sierra del
Rosario in the W, both about 10 miles inland.
2 The shore is fringed by a narrow rocky shoal about 5 m
in depth. With a rough sea breakers form on it and are
visible from 3 miles offshore.
This stretch of the coast is indented by Bahías del
Mariel, de Cabañas and Honda, all of which are entered by
narrow channels. The ports situated in these bays are
described below.
Traffic regulations
7.218
1 Anchoring and stopping. See 7.5.
Current
7.219
1 The Gulf Stream runs ENE with its centre line about 25
to 37 miles off this stretch of the coast. Its rate along its
centre line is 2 to 3 kn.
2 A counter current, with a rate of 1 kn, sets W about 2 to
3 miles offshore.
Principal marks
7.220
1 Landmarks:
Four chimneys (two charted on chart 411) (23°01′N,
82°45′W). These chimneys which belong to
cement a factory have an elevation of 62 m and
are visible from 10 miles. The light coloured
smoke from these chimneys forms a dense cloud
which is visible from about 25 miles.
Pan de Guajaibón (22°47′N, 83°22′W) (7.253).
2 Major lights:
Castillo del Morro Light (23°09′N, 82°21′W) (7.179).
Río Santa Ana Light (white water tank on green
columns, 47 m in height) (23°03′N, 82°32′W).
3 Punta Gobernadora Aeromarine Light (white conical
metal tower, red bands, grey dwelling, 32 m in
height) (23°00′N, 83°13′W).
Directions
(continued from 7.180)
7.221
1 From a position NNW of Castillo del Morro Light
(23°09′N, 82°21′W) the coastal passage leads WSW to a
position off Punta Gobernadora, 48 miles WSW, passing
(with reference to Puerto del Mariel Light (23°01′N,
82°46′W)):
CHAPTER 7
2 NNW of Dársena de Barlovento (15 miles ENE)
standing at the mouth of Río Jaimamitas, thence:
NNW of Río Santa Ana Light (12 miles ENE)
(7.220), thence:
3 NNW of Punta Barlovento (2 cables E), forming the
E entrance point to Bahía del Mariel (7.222),
thence:
NNW of Cabañas Light (white metal framework
tower, 8 m in height) (13 miles W) standing on
Loma Frías on the W side of the entrance to Bahía
de Cabañas, thence:
4 NNW of Punta Gobernadora Light (25 miles W)
(7.220) standing on Punta Gobernadora, a low
sandy point backed by mangroves, which lies
3 miles W of the entrance to Bahía Honda.
5 Caution. In the rainy season the sea off the coastal
shoal is made cloudy by sediment brought down by the
rivers and this shoal is not visible. In these conditions
vessels should not approach within 2 miles of the shoal.
(Directions continue at 7.254)
Puerto del Mariel
Chart 411 plan of Puerto Mariel
General information
7.222
1 Position. The town of Mariel (23°00′N, 82°45′W) stands
on the SE shore of Bahía del Mariel.
Function. A port of considerable commercial
importance, particularly with the export of sugar products.
7.223
1 Approach and entry. Puerto del Mariel is entered
through a narrow channel with a least depth of 10 m (33ft)
in the fairway. The navigable channel between the 3 fm
contours, is an average of 110 m wide, reducing to 60 m
between Punta Cayuelo and Punta del Torreon. The latest
Cuban chart (1983) shows that the coastal bank on the W
side of the entrance channel does not extend E of No 6
Light-buoy and that the alignment leads through waters that
have depths of more than 10 m (33 ft).
2 Traffic. In 2001, 56 vessels totalling 509 865 dwt visited
the port.
Port Authority. Empresa Terminales Mambisas del
Mariel, Mariel.
Limiting conditions
7.224
1 Maximum size of vessels handled. Draught 9⋅4 m for
vessels up to 178 m in length. Draught 7⋅6 m for vessels
between 178 and 202 m in length. The use of tugs to assist
vessels manoeuvring is regulated as follows:
For vessels between 90 and 177 m in length, one tug will be
used.
For vessels greater than 180 m in length, two tugs are used.
Arrival information
7.225
1 Pilotage is compulsory and available 24 hours. Pilots
embark about 1 mile from the harbour entrance.
2 Prohibited area. Navigation of civilian vessels is
prohibited in Ensenada de Laza and along the S side of
Península Angosta, on the W side of the harbour.
Harbour
7.226
1 Layout. Harbour facilities lie on the E side of Bahía del
Mariel between the E entrance point and the town,
1½ miles S.
191
 Home Contents Index
2 Signal station. A port entry semaphore is situated on a
tower standing on Punta del Torreon (7.226).
3 Landmark:
Tower (23°01′⋅4N, 82°45′⋅3W), standing on the S side
of Punta del Torreon, the E entrance point.
Four chimneys (two charted) (23°00′⋅8N, 82°44′⋅7W)
(7.220).
4 Major lights:
Punta Regla Front Leading light (23°00′⋅9N,
82°45′⋅5W) (7.227).
Punta Gorda Rear Leading Light (23°00′⋅6N,
82°45′⋅5W) (7.227).
Directions
7.227
1 Entrance channel Leading Lights:
Front light (black triangle with white border, on
tower, 4 m in height) (23°01′⋅1N, 82°45′⋅5W).
Rear light (as for front light) (620 m S of front light).
2 From the pilot boarding position 1 mile N of the harbour
entrance the alignment (183°) of these marks leads through
the entrance channel, between Punta Barlovento and Punta
Cayuelo into Ensenada de la Aguada, passing, (with
positions from front light):
W of Nos 1 and 3 Light-buoys (port hand) (7 and
5 cables N), thence:
3 Between Nos 6 and 7 Light-buoys (starboard and port
hand) (3½ cables N), which mark the edge of the
coastal banks.
Main harbour. From a position 2 cables N of Punta
Regla (23°01′⋅1N, 82°45′⋅5W) the alignment astern (306½°)
of two beacons (white triangular concrete structure with
orange diamond) (3½ cables NNW) leads SE into the main
harbour.
4 Useful marks:
Building (formerly Naval Academy) (22°59′⋅6N,
82°44′⋅9W).
Anchorages
7.228
1 The following anchorages are available (with reference
to Punta Gorda (23°00′⋅8N, 82°45′⋅4W)).
Mujica (3¼ cables NE), depth 11 m (36 ft), mud, good
holding ground. Provides anchorage for vessels 178 m in
length with a draught of 9⋅4 m. Used as a temporary
anchorage only.
2 Punta Gorda (4 cables SE), depth 10 m (33 ft), mud,
good holding ground. Provides anchorage for 2 vessels with
a length of 178 m and draught of 9⋅4 m.
General (centred 5½ cables SSW), mud, good holding
ground. Provides anchorage for up to 4 ships with a length
of 170 m, draught 8⋅5 m.
Alongside berths
7.229
1 Alongside berths are situated in the E side of the bay
(with reference to Punta Gorda).
Bulk Sugar Terminal (5 cables NNE). Depth alongside
10–11 m. Maximum draught 9⋅4 m for vessels up to 178 m
in length and 7⋅3 at bow for vessels up to 202 m in length.
2 Andes Gonzalez Lines Pier. Berth No 2. (5 cables
NNE). Accommodates vessels 170 m in length, draught
8⋅5 m. General cargo.
CHAPTER 7
Rene Arcay Cement Factory Pier. Berth No 3.
(4½ cables E), the berth is 140 m in length and can
accommodate vessels up to 7⋅9 m draught.
3 Mambisa Terminal. Osvaldo Padron Pier (9 cables
SSE). 4 berths. Maximum size of vessel accommodated on
W side, length 170 m, draught 8⋅5 m.
Port services
7.230
1 Facilities: repairs for small craft; no hospital; tugs
available.
Supplies: fuel not available; water available.
Puerto de Cabañas
Chart 3512 plan Bahía de Cabañas
General information
7.231
1 Position. Puerto de Cabañas (23°00′N, 82°58′W) is
situated in Bahía de Cabañas and lies 12 miles W of Puerto
del Mariel.
2 Function. Puerto de Cabañas is a small general cargo
port and a sub port of Puerto del Mariel. A military base is
situated on Cayo Juan Tomas.
7.232
1 Approach and entry. Bahía de Cabañas is entered
through a narrow channel which has a width of 100 m
between the shore banks and a depth of 6⋅3 m.
2 Port Authority. Empresa Terminales Mambisas del
Mariel, Mariel.
Limiting conditions
7.233
1 Tidal levels. Mean spring range about 0⋅4 m; mean neap
range about 0⋅2 m. For further information see Admiralty
Tide Tables.
2 Maximum size of vessels that can enter the bay. Length
152 m. Draught 5⋅8 m.
Arrival information
7.234
1 Special authorization is required to enter the port.
Pilotage is compulsory. Pilots embark at Puerto del
Mariel (7.222).
2 Tugs available if ordered in advance.
Times of entry. Daylight hours only.
3 Prohibited anchorage and fishing. Anchoring and
fishing are prohibited in the area between the parallels of
22°59′⋅4N and 22°57′⋅8N, and the meridians of 82°57′⋅0W
and 83°00′⋅0W.
Harbour
7.235
1 General layout. Bahía de Cabañas is divided into two
parts, with general depths of 13 to 15 m, by Cayo Juan
Tomas, a peninsula which extends from the S shore. The
town of Cabañas and two anchorages are situated in the E
part of the bay and the main port installations are in Bahía
Orozco, the W part of the bay.
2 Tidal streams. The rate of the out going tidal stream in
the entrance is 1½ kn.
3 Landmark:
Loma del (Mt) Rubí (chart 1217) (22°54′N,
82°57′W). The E end of this mountain clearly
defined.
Directions
7.236
1 From a position between Punta de Moruro (23°00′⋅1N,
82°58′⋅2W) and Punta Arbolitos (8 cables WNW) the
192
 Home Contents Index
alignment (170°) of light-beacons leads through the
entrance channel passing (with reference to Punta de
Moruro):
Front light (red and white) (22°59′⋅2N, 82°58′⋅5W).
Rear light (red and white) (1½ cables S of front light).
2 Between the shore banks, the limits of which are
marked by buoys and light-buoys (port and
starboard hand).
3 ENE of Punta Fernando (6 cables SW), with a wreck
lying close E of it, where the entrance channel
divides into Canal Cabañas and Canal Orozco
passing NE and NW, respectively, of a shoal, with
a least depth of 4⋅4 m over it, the N side of which
is marked by a No 1A Light-buoy.
4 Canal Cabañas leads SE between Punta Mangle
(7½ cables S) and Punta Africana, to the anchorages in the
E part of the bay and to the town of Cabañas.
5 Canal Orozco leads SW and W passing:
S of No 2A Light beacon (red triangle on pile)
(1¼ miles SW) which marks the S edge of a bank
extending from Punta Arenas, thence:
6 N and S of buoys and light-buoys which mark a
channel leading to Ensenada de Orozco at the W
end of the bay.
7 Useful marks:
Cabañas Light (white metal framework tower, 8 m in
height) (23°00′N, 82°59′W).
8 No 6 Light beacon (red triangle on concrete tower on
piles) (22°59′⋅5N, 82°58′⋅4W), standing on Punta
Africana.
No 8 Light beacon (red triangle on pile) (22°59′⋅9N,
82°56′⋅7W), standing on the NE side of a shoal
surrounding Bajo Piedra Gloria.
9 Mariners are advised that orange and white (unlit)
beacons have been established in Bahia de Cabanas as
follows:
10 Canal Cabanas, (approximate positions).
a. Front beacon No 1 (22°58′⋅9N, 82°57′⋅8W).
Rear beacon No 1 (22°58′⋅8N, 82°57′⋅8W).
Leading line 139¾°−319¾°.
b. Front beacon No 5 (22°59′⋅4N, 82°58′⋅0W).
Rear beacon No 5 (22°59′⋅3N, 82°58′⋅0W).
Leading line 204¾°−024¾°.
11 Canal Orozco, (approximate positions).
c. Front beacon No 6 (22°58′⋅9N, 82°59′⋅0W).
Rear beacon No 6 (22°58′⋅9N, 82°59′⋅1W).
Leading line 213¼°−033¼°.
d. Front beacon No 7 (22°59′⋅0N, 82°58′⋅8W).
Rear beacon No 7 (22°59′⋅0N, 82°58′⋅7W).
Leading line 289¼°−109¼°.
e. Front beacon No 11 (22°59′⋅4N, 82°59′⋅5W).
Rear beacon No 11 (22°59′7N, 82°59′⋅5W).
Leading line 200½°−020½°.
12 Mariners are advised to exercise caution when
navigating in this area.
Anchorage
7.237
1 Punta Mangle. Anchorage is practicable SE of Punta
Mangle in depths of 14 m, mud, good holding ground.
Accommodates a vessel of 152 m in length, draught 5⋅8 m.
This is in the prohibited area (7.234).
2 Cayo Puchi. Anchorage may be obtained in the E part
of the bay 6 cables NW of Cabañas Town Pier (22°59⋅3′N,
82°55′⋅6W) in depths of 6 m, mud, good holding ground.
Accommodates a vessel 152 m in length, draught 5⋅8 m.
CHAPTER 7
Alongside berths
7.238
1 Pablo de la Torriente Brau (Central Orozco) Jetty at
the head of the W part of the bay. Length 200 m. Depths
alongside 6⋅5 to 7 m. Maximum length of vessel 137 m.
Maximum draught 5⋅8 m.
2 Pier reported (1989) to be in poor condition.
Port services
7.239
1 Repairs: slipway handling vessels of 250 tons, length
16 m.
Supplies: fuel and fresh water not available.
Bahía Honda
Chart 3512 plan Bahía Honda
General information
7.240
1 Position. Bahía Honda (22°57′N, 83°10′W) lies 22 miles
W of Puerto del Mariel. The town of Bahía Honda lies
2 miles S of the S coast of the bay.
2 Function. Bahía Honda, which is a sub-port of Puerto
del Mariel, is of little commercial importance.
7.241
1 Approach and entry. Bahía Honda is entered through a
narrow channel about 150 m wide.
Port Authority. Empresa Terminales Mambisas del
Mariel, Mariel.
Limiting conditions
7.242
1 Tidal levels. Mean spring range about 0⋅5 m; mean neap
range about 0⋅1 m. For further information see Admiralty
Tide Tables.
2 Maximum size of vessels handled. Length 156 m,
draught 8⋅5 m.
Arrival information
7.243
1 Pilotage is compulsory. Pilots embark and are landed at
Puerto del Mariel.
Times of entry. Daylight hours only.
Harbour
7.244
1 General layout. Within Bahía Honda there are
numerous coral reefs; others fringe the shores of the bay
and extend off its salient points. Their positions can best be
seen on the chart. Anchorage may be obtained in the centre
of the bay and port facilities are situated on the W side of
the entrance and in the SW part of the bay.
2 Tidal streams. Within the bay tidal streams are
negligible, but rates of 1½ kn are experienced in the
entrance channel, the outgoing stream increasing to 2½ kn
after heavy rains.
3 Landmarks:
Fuerte de San Fernando (22°59′N, 83°09′W). A fort
and lighthouse (white metal framework tower, 8 m
in height) standing on a hill.
Directions
7.245
1 Entrance Channel Leading Beacons:
Rear light (as for front light, 9 m in height) (2 miles
S of front light).
2 Front beacon (yellow and black beacon, diamond
topmark) (22°57′⋅4N, 83°09′⋅8W) standing on
Punta Difuntos at the NW end of Cayo del Muer.
193
 Home Contents Index
Rear beacon (white and black beacon, diamond topmark)
(22°55′⋅3N, 83°10′⋅0W).
3 From a position N of the harbour entrance the alignment
(183°) of these marks leads through the entrance channel,
the edge of which is marked by buoys (port and starboard
hand), passing (with reference to Bahía Honda Light
(22°59′N, 83°09′W) (7.244):
4 Between Punta Fuerte de San Fernando and Punta
Balandro (8 cables W). Thence:
Between Punta Camposanto and Punta de Piedra
(5 cables SSW and 8 cables SW), thence:
5 E of Punta Buenavista and Punta Caimán (1 mile
SW), the N and S entrance points, respectively, of
Dársena de Buenavista, thence:
W of Punta Carenero (1¼ miles SSW).
6 The channel then leads SSW to the anchorage in the
centre of the bay and from this position continues generally
SW to the wharf near Punta La Puntilla. This channel is
marked by beacons, buoys and light-buoys, the positions of
some of which are shown on the chart.
Anchorage
7.246
1 Corojal anchorage is centered on a position 6½ cables
WSW of Punta Difuntos (22°57′⋅4N, 83°09′⋅9) in depths of
10 m. Maximum draught 8⋅5 m, length 190 m.
Alongside berths
7.247
1 Dársena de Buenavista is situated on the W side of the
entrance channel, 6 cables S of Punta Balandro. Main berth,
which is on the S side of the basin, is 155 m in length,
with a depth alongside of 8⋅6 m. Berth used as a ship
breaking yard.
2 Central Harlem Wharf is situated at Punta La Puntilla
(22°56′⋅1N, 83°11⋅1′W). Length 100 m, depths alongside
5⋅4 to 7⋅4 m. Capable of accommodating vessels 130 m in
length, draught 5⋅5 m. The approach channel has a depth of
5⋅5 m. This berth is not used (1997) by commercial traffic.
Port Services
7.248
1 Facilities: repairs not available; hospital at Bahía Honda
and La Habana; deratting (1.137).
Supplies: fuel and fresh water not available.
Small harbour
Chart 1217
Ensenada de La Chorrera
7.249
1 Ensenada de La Chorrera (23°08′N, 82°25′W) provides
anchorage in depths of 7 m, but see 7.5. The anchorage is
not safe in N winds because of the sea raised in the inlet.
2 Leading mark. The line of bearing (171°) of La
Chorrera castle leads through the entrance channel. This
entrance channel is about 100 m wide.
Other names
Charts 411, 3512
7.250
1 Mujica, Punta (23°00′⋅8N, 82°44′⋅9W).
Puntilla, Cayo (22°59′⋅8N, 82°45′⋅5W).
San Vincente, Punta (23°00′N, 82°57′W).
Venado, Punta (23°00′⋅1N, 82°58′⋅9W).
CHAPTER 7
PUNTA GOBERNADORA TO CAYO
BUENAVISTA
General information
Chart 3867
Topography
7.251
1 Between Punta Gobernadora (23°00′N, 83°13′W) and
Cayo Buenavista, 75 miles WSW, the shore is low and
covered in mangroves. In places there are rocky
promontories between which there are small beaches. The
coast is indented forming inlets and bays, of which the
most important is Bahía de Santa Lucía (22°41′N,
83°58′W) (7.255).
2 This stretch of the shore is fringed by a narrow shoal,
with depths of less than 10 m (33 ft), outside of which lies
the reefs and cays of the NE part of Arrecifes Colorados.
Close W of Bahía Honda the edge of the reef is close
inshore, but thence W it gradually increases its distance
offshore until at Quebrado de Buenavista it is as much as
10 miles from the coast.
3 There are several channels through the reefs that lead to
the bays and inlets along the coast, but only Pasa Honda,
leading to Bahía de Santa Lucía is marked and can be used
by moderate sized vessels. Other passes, some of which
lead from one inlet to another, are used by small craft and
local knowledge is required.
Currents
7.252
1 A current usually sets SW outside the reefs at a rate of
½ to ¾ kn, although a S set towards the reef has been
reported.
Principal marks
7.253
1 Landmarks:
Pan de Guajaibón (22°47′N, 83°22′W), with a saddle
shaped summit.
White chimney (22°49′N, 83°32′W), standing at sugar
refinery at Manuel Sanguily (Niagara).
2 Major lights:
Punta Gobernadora Light (23°00′N, 83°13′W) (7.220).
Cayo Jutías Light (yellow 8 sided metal framework
tower, black bands, white masonry dwellings, 41 m
in height) (22°43′N, 84°01′W).
Directions
(continued from 7.221)
7.254
1 From a position NNW of Punta Gobernadora the coastal
passage leads WSW for about 75 miles to a position off
Quebrado de Buenavista, passing (with positions from Cayo
Jutías Light (22°43′N, 84°01′W)):
2 NNW of Cayo Arenas Light (21 miles ENE) (7.254),
thence:
NNW of Cayo Jutías Light, which stands 2 miles SW
of the entrance to Pasa Honda, the approach
channel to Bahía de Santa Lucía (7.255), thence:
3 NNW of Roncadora Light (11 miles WSW), standing
at the entrance to Pasa Roncadero, thence:
NNW of Punta Tabaco Light (15 miles WSW),
thence:
4 NNW of Cabezo Seco Light (white metal framework
tower, red bands on concrete platform on piles,
8 m in height) (21 miles WSW), thence:
194
 Home Contents Index
5 NNW Quebrado de Buenavista Light (white metal
framework tower on white concrete base on piles,
8 m in height) (29 miles WSW) and Cayo
Buenavista Light (white metal framework tower,
30 m in height) (30 miles SW), the latter standing
on Cayo Buenavista, which is low and marshy.
6 Caution. Depths increase rapidly seaward of the reef,
and depths of 183 m (100 fm) are found close to its outer
edge. Soundings therefore give very little warning of its
proximity. In addition, the land at the W end of Cuba is so
low that it is not visible from some parts of the edge of the
reef and currents are at times strong and variable,
sometimes setting on to the reefs.
7 As the reefs rarely break, except in heavy weather, this
part of the coast should only be approached if absolutely
necessary, and then with the utmost caution.
8 Useful marks:
Cayo Arenas Light (white metal framework tower,
12 m in height) (22°50′N, 83°39′W).
9 Roncadora Light (red metal framework tower on
concrete platform on piles, 8 m in height)
(22°38′N, 84°12′W).
Punta Tabaco Light (yellow metal framework tower
on platform on piles, 8 m in height) (22°35′N,
84°15′W).
(Directions continue in East Coasts of Central America
and Gulf of Mexico Pilot)
Bahía de Santa Lucía
Chart 3867 (1.15)
General information
7.255
1 Position. The town of Santa Lucía (22°41′N, 83°58′W)
stands on the S shore of Bahía de Santa Lucía.
2 Function. The main function of Santa Lucía, which is a
sub port of Puerto del Mariel, is the export of copper ore
and sulphuric acid.
3 Approach and entry. Bahía de Santa Lucía is entered
through Pasa Honda, a marked channel, the N entrance of
which is 2½ miles NE of Cayo Jutías Light (7.253).
Limiting conditions
7.256
1 Entrance channel. Pasa Honda has a least depth over
the bar of 3⋅2 m (10 ft). The approach channel is dredged
to 5 m (16 ft).
2 Maximum size of vessels handled at anchorages in
Bahía de Santa Lucía. Length 140 m. Draught 4⋅7 m.
Arrival information
7.257
1 Pilotage is compulsory. Pilots, which come from Puerto
del Mariel, should be ordered 48 hours in advance. Pilots
embark 1 mile N of entrance to Pasa Honda.
2 Tugs: available.
Times of entry. Channel navigated in daylight hours
only.
Harbour
7.258
1 Layout. The port consists of three anchorages, one of
which is to seaward of the entrance channel and two of
which are in the bay. The town of Santa Lucía has port
installations for lighters and fishing craft, which are
approached through Canal Santa Lucía from the inner
anchorages.
CHAPTER 7
2 Landmark:
Cayo Restinga (1 mile NE of Cayo Jutías Light),
which is covered in vegetation.
Directions
7.259
1 From the vicinity of No 1 Light-buoy (safe water)
3½ miles NE of Cayo Jutías Light the entrance channel,
which is marked by light-buoys (port and starboard hand),
leads S to the anchorages in Bahía de Santa Lucía.
Anchorages
7.260
1 There are three recognised anchorages (with positions
from Cayo Jutías Light (22°43′N, 84°01′W)).
Outside anchorage (2½ miles NE). Depth 11m (36 ft),
shells, good holding ground. Accommodates vessels with
draught of 10⋅9 m.
2 No 1 anchorage. Poza Santa Lucia (2¾ miles ESE).
Depths 8 to 9 m (26 to 30 ft), soft clay, good holding
ground. Accommodates vessels 140 m in length, draught
4⋅7 m.
3 No 2 anchorage or El Quebrado (2¼ miles ENE).
Depth 5 m (16 ft), sand, good holding ground.
Accommodates vessels 140 m, draught 5⋅5 m.
Alongside berths
7.261
1 There are two alongside berths, both of which are
reported (1989) to be in bad condition.
2 Fuel wharf situated on the W side of the estuary has
depths alongside of 6 m. Vessels with length of 85 m and
draught 4⋅7 m, can use this wharf.
Port services
7.262
1 Facilities: repairs not available; hospital at Pino del Río
(50 km); deratting (1.137).
Supplies: fresh water; fuel not available.
Other channels and small harbours
Pasa Morrillo
7.263
1 Pasa Morrillo (22°58′N, 83°19′W) has a least depth of
about 3⋅3 m (11 ft) in the fairway. It is marked by beacons
and buoys, but its navigation should not be attempted
without local knowledge.
2 Morrillo anchorage has depths of 3 to 7 m (10 to 23 ft),
mud, good holding ground.
Pasa de La Mulata
7.264
1 Pasa de La Mulata (22°58′N, 83°23′W) is a narrow
channel that leads through the reef to Ensenada La Mulata.
The channel, which is marked, has a least depth of 9 m
(30 ft) and the bay has depths of up to 10 m (33 ft). There
are numerous unmarked shoals and local knowledge is
required to find a secure anchorage. A pilot can be
obtained from Bahía Honda.
Puerto Esperanza
7.265
1 Puerto Esperanza (22°47′N, 83°44′W) affords anchorage
and a berth for small craft with depths alongside of 1⋅8 to
2⋅1 m. The port is approached through a channel, marked
by stakes, from Quebrado San Cayetano, a break in the
reef 5 miles N of the port. Local knowledge is necessary.
195
 Home Contents Index CHAPTER 7

Ensenada de Baja Tabaco Light (22°35′N, 84°15′W) (7.254). There is a small

7.266
1 Ensenada de Baja, 5 miles SE of Roncadora Light
(22°38′N, 84°12′W) (7.254), is a secure anchorage for
small craft. There is a landing place at Baja, a village at
the head of the bay, off which vessels lie in depths of
2⋅4 m (8 ft). Local knowledge is necessary.
Ensenada de Dimas
7.267
1 Ensenada de Dimas is situated 5 miles S of Punta
pier at the village of Dimas at the head of the bay, which
is available to vessels of not more than 2⋅7 m draught.
Local knowledge is necessary.
Other names
7.268
1 Lavandera, Punta (22°49′N, 83°43′W).
Santa Lucía, Punta (22°43′N, 83°56′W).

196
Home Contents Index NOTES

197
 Home Contents Index

Chapter 8 - Hispaniola South and West sides

74° 73° 72° 71° 70° 69° 68°

486
e
g
a
s
s
a
P
20° 20°
d
r Cap du Môle
a
w

Saint-Nicolas
d

Cape
in

Puerto Plata Francés Viejo

W

Manzanillo
Cap-Haïtien

8.296 Gonaives
8.302
Matanzas Cape
Samana

19° 2579 D OMIN IC A N 19°

H A ÏT I
Gonâve Island 466 8.259 R E P U B L IC
8.211
198

8.235 Cabo
Ca 8.28 Engaño
pD 466 San Pedro
ame
M a r ie
Port au
Santo Domingo

ge
Prince de Macoris
8.274 8.53 467 467

sa
An
dr

Pu
n 8.155 er
u ro 8.102 to es

as
p T ib Jacmel de (B
oc 8.10
Barahona Pa Ha
Ca 8.197 471 a

P
oi le in a
P

nt 471 nqu Ch
eM e Poi 4 71 ic a

a
nt )4 Saona
18° 8.164 or n 8.80 18°

n
eR 8.149 67
Île

ois

o
à ouge Island
av Va

M
r Cabo Rojo
te áG c he 8.121
Poin 8.134 467
3935

Ca
boBe
8.125 ata
471

17° 3689 17°

74° 73° 72° Longitude 71° West from Greenwich 70° 69° 68°
November 2003
 Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 8
HISPANIOLA. SOUTH AND WEST SIDES
GENERAL INFORMATION
Chart 4400
Scope of the chapter
8.1
1 The area covered by this chapter includes the coastal
waters of the S side of Dominican Republic and of the S
and W sides of Republic of Haïti:
2 From Río Chavón (18°24′N, 68°53′W):
To the vicinity of Cap Tiburon (18°21′N, 74°27′W),
thence:
To the vicinity of Cap du Môle (19°50′N, 73°25′W).
Topography
8.2
1 See description of Hispaniola at 6.2.
Coastal anchorages
8.3
1 Caution. For regulations concerning the anchoring, or
waiting off, of foreign vessels within the territorial waters
of the Dominican Republic, see 1.46.
Navigational aids
8.4
1 For the state of lighting and buoyage in Dominican
Republic and Haïti, see 1.22.
DOMINICAN REPUBLIC: SOUTH SIDE
GENERAL INFORMATION
Chart 3689
Extent of area
8.6
1 The area described below includes the coastal waters of
the S side of Dominican Republic from Río Chavón
(18°24′N, 68°53′W) to the international boundary with
Haïti at Río Pedernales (18°02′N, 71°44′W).
Ports
8.7
1 The following ports are included in the area:
La Romana (18°25′N, 68°57′W) (8.16).
Puerto San Pedro de Macorís (18°26′N, 69°19′W)
(8.28).
Puerto de Andrés (18°26′N, 69°38′W) (8.36).
2 Puerto Santo Domingo (18°28′N, 69°53′W) (8.53).
Puerto de Haina (18°25′N, 70°01′W) (8.68).
Puerto Palenque (18°14′N, 70°09′W) (8.85).
3 Puerto Viejo de Azua (18°20′N, 70°49′W) (8.93).
Puerto de Barahona (18°12′N, 71°05′W) (8.102).
Cabo Rojo (17°55′N, 71°39′W) (8.134).
Flow
8.8
1 Currents. See 8.5.
199
Flow
8.5
1 The Equatorial Current flows W or NW, off the S side
of Hispaniola, with a mean rate of 1 to 1¼ kn.
Observations are rather sparse near the coast, but those that
exist give the following indications.
2 Off the S side of Dominican Republic, as far W as
Punta Beata (17°36′N, 71°25′W), currents are variable in
both direction and rate, and are much influenced by the
wind.
3 Well offshore, with E and SE winds prevailing, a
W going current normally runs.
After fresh N or S winds, the current often sets E, close
to the coast, as it occasionally does at other times.
4 The W going current strikes and is deflected by the
30 mile stretch of steep-to coast NE of Punta Beata; part of
the current flows SW, the other part flows NE as far as
Bahía Neiba, thence E with the coast.
5 From Cabo Falso (17°46′N, 71°41′W) to Aux Cayes
(about 120 miles W), the current is E-going near the land.
Between Pointe à Gravois (18°01′N, 73°54′W) and
Grande Pointe (29 miles NW), a strong current sets SE
along the coast at times, and a very distinctly marked
tide rip extends SE from Pointe de Gravois. This is
particularly noticeable after a spell of calm weather.
Distant landmarks.
8.9
1 The following features, visible over long distances in
clear weather, may be seen from several parts of the area
described above:
2 Monte Tina (18°46′N, 70°42′W), 3140 m (10 302 ft)
high.
Unnamed summit (1343 m (4406 ft) high) (18°21′N,
70°57′W) (chart 471), prominent.
3 Snow Hill, so named from a conspicuous white patch
on it (896 m (2940 ft) high) (18°00′N, 71°25′W).
4 Sierra de Bahuroco (18°11′N, 71°31′W) (2072 m
(6800 ft) high), highest peak, prominent.
RÍO CHAVÓN TO PUERTO DE SANTO
DOMINGO
General information
Chart 467
Route
8.10
1 The coastal passage begins in the vicinity of La Romana
(18°25′N, 68°57′W), leading W to the vicinity of Santo
Domingo (18°28′N, 69°53′W) which stands at the head of
Bahía Santo Domingo, passing, N or S of Isla Catalina (N
point, Punta Blandino, 18°23′N, 69°00′W).
 Home Contents Index
Flow
8.11
1 Current: see 8.5
Principal marks
8.12
1 Landmarks:
Eight conspicuous towers (floodlights and obstruction
lights) (18°28′N, 69°18′W), plainly visible from
seaward.
Prominent tank (red and white chequers) (18°30′N,
69°47′W).
2 Major light:
La Romana Light (white framework tower, 21 m in
height) (18°25′N, 68°57′W).
Directions
(continued from West Indies Pilot Volume II)
Coastal passage
8.13
1 From the vicinity of 18°17′N, 68°55′W the route leads
generally W to the vicinity of 18°26′N, 69°53′W, near the
pilot boarding place for Puerto Santo Domingo (8.53), or to
the vicinity of 18°20′N, 69°55′W, off Puerto Santo
Domingo and Puerto de Haina, passing:
2 S of Isla Catalina (18°22′N, 69°00′W), the N part of
which is low and flat, but rising to an elevation of
35 m at Punta Berroa, its S extremity, thence:
3 S of Cabo Caucedo (18°24′N, 69°37′W), the SE
extremity of a prominent peninsula composed of
cliffs 3 to 5 m (10 to 15 ft) high.
Inshore route
8.14
1 From the vicinity of 18°23′N 68°57′W, the pilot
boarding place for La Romana, the inshore route leads
generally W, passing (with reference to Punta Blandino
(18°23′N, 69°00′W)):
2 S of a coastal reef (2 miles NE), thence:
N of the coastal reef off Punta Blandino, the N point
of Isla Catalina, thence:
S of a coastal reef (2 miles WNW), thence towards
Puerto de San Domingo as at 8.13.
3 It is considered advisable to pass nearer to the mainland
than to the island, owing to the banks off Punta Blandino.
8.15
1 Useful marks:
Punta Berroa Light (black and yellow concrete tower,
9 m in height) (18°21′N, 68°59′W), on Isla
Catalina.
2 Punta Pescadero Light (18°26′N, 69°18′W) (8.33).
La Caleta Aero Light (aero radiobeacon tower)
(18°26′N, 69°40′W), exhibited occasionally, on
request.
3 Punta Torrecilla Light (18°28′N, 69°52′W) (8.65), on
Punta Torrecilla (8.65).
(Directions continue for Puerto de Santo Domingo at
8.64, for Puerto de Haina at 8.76, and for coastal
passage at 8.82.)
La Romana
Chart 467 with plan of Río La Romana
General information
8.16
1 Function. La Romana (18°25′N, 68°57′W), which in
1991 had an estimated population of 136 000, is the
CHAPTER 8
principal port of the province of Seibo. Sugar, oil and
general cargoes are handled.
8.17
1 Traffic. In 2001, 157 vessels totalling 1 251 053 dwt
visited the port.
2 Port Authority. Comandante de Puerto, La Romana,
Dominican Republic.
Limiting conditions
8.18
1 Project depth in channel: 9⋅1 m.
Tidal levels: Mean spring range about 0⋅2 m; mean neap
range about 0⋅1 m. For further information see Admiralty
Tide Tables.
2 Maximum size of vessel handled. LOA; 198 m.
Draught; arrival 7⋅9 m, departure 8⋅5 m.
Arrival information
8.19
1 Notice of ETA: 72, 48 and 24 hours. Vessels may not
enter or leave during the hours of darkness.
2 Pilotage is compulsory and available during daylight
hours. For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals
Volume 6(5). Pilot boarding place is within 1½ miles of the
port entrance.
3 Tugs are available.
Harbour
8.20
1 Layout. The river mouth has a least navigable width of
64 m and is 3½ cables long from entrance to Romana
bascule bridge. A sugar terminal, and Central Romana
Wharf and Government Wharf are situated on the W side.
2 Principal marks:
La Romana Light (18°25′N, 68°57′W), on the E side
of the entrance (8.12).
3 Radio masts (2 cables WNW of the light), in the
sugar terminal.
The lights of the sugar terminal, visible up to
20 miles at night.
4 The entrance may be identified by the town of Romana,
which stands on the hills on the W side; the light and the
radio masts. The river enters the sea between low vertical
cliffs at both entrance points, those on the W side being
3 m high and those on the E side being backed by dense
woods and scrub.
8.21
1 Tidal streams, reportedly, are not felt within the mouth
of the river. Strong cross currents may be met outside the
harbour.
Directions for entering harbour
8.22
1 From the vicinity of 18°17′N, 68°55′W the approach
leads NNW towards the pilot boarding place, shown on the
chart, passing (with reference to La Romana Light):
2 ENE of Punta Berroa Light (5 miles SW) (8.15) and:
W of a bank, depth 16 m (52 ft) (4 miles SSE).
8.23
1 The first distinguishable landmarks at La Romana are
likely to be the radio masts; the line of bearing 350° of
these by day, or the lights in the sugar terminal at night,
leads towards the entrance.
2 Final approach is on the line of bearing 335° of La
Romana Light until about 5 cables from the river entrance,
whence a mid channel track leads up harbour. The entrance
is partly marked by buoys.
3 Caution. When approaching the entrance, great care is
necessary because of the cross currents, the narrowness of
200
 Home Contents Index
the channel and the poor marking of the spit extending SE
from the W entrance point.
4 Attention is also drawn to a shoal spit, depths 8⋅5 to
9⋅4 m (28 to 31 ft) (1½ cables SE of La Romana Light).
Anchorages and berths
8.24
1 Anchorage is available abreast Central Romana Wharf,
depth 10 m (33 ft) and abreast Government Wharf, depth
7 m (23 ft).
2 When anchoring inside the harbour, it may be necessary
to lay out hawsers to the shore because of the narrowness
of the channel. There are bollards on both sides of the
harbour, and mooring rings on the E side opposite Central
Romana Wharf.
3 Turning a vessel by her engines, on her anchor, is
possible about 2½ cables within the entrance. Limiting
dimensions being length 99 m, draught 5⋅5 m aft and 4⋅9 m
forward; or length 107 m and somewhat less draught.
4 The largest vessels that use the port are brought out
stern first.
8.25
1 Wharves:
Central Romana Wharf, of concrete, 220 m long,
depth alongside reported to be 8⋅5 m.
Government Wharf, farther N, about 3⋅3 to 4⋅3 m
alongside.
Port services
8.26
1 Repairs: small repairs, in emergency, at the sugar
company’s machine shop.
Other facilities: doctor, hospital; serious cases go to San
Domingo (about 60 miles W); lighters; sugar loading
equipment.
2 Supplies: fuel oil by truck; fresh water (to be boiled
before drinking); provisions.
Communications: airport, 70 km distant.
Small craft
8.27
1 Anchorage is available for small craft, fairly sheltered,
in a bight on the E side of the river (about 1 cable NNW
of La Romana Light, depth about 5 m (16 ft).
Puerto San Pedro de Macorís
Chart 467 with plan of San Pedro de Macorís
General information
8.28
1 Function. Puerto San Pedro de Macorís (18°26′N,
69°19′W), which in 1991 had an estimated population of
137 000, is one of the largest exporting ports in the
Dominican Republic, located in the centre of the sugar and
cocoa districts.
2 Traffic. In 2001, 213 vessels totalling 3 110 620 dwt
visited the port.
3 Port Authority. Comandante de Puerto, San Pedro de
Macorís, Dominican Republic.
Limiting conditions
8.29
1 Depth in fairway of entrance 10⋅6 m (35 ft) (1988).
Silting and dredging take place. Port Authority should be
consulted for latest depths.
CHAPTER 8
2 Maximum size of vessel handled. Length, 198 m;
draught, 7⋅9 m.
Arrival information
8.30
1 Anchorage is available 1 mile S of Punta Pescadero in
depths of about 18 m (59 ft).
2 Pilotage is compulsory and available during daylight
hours. For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals
Volume 6(5).
3 Pilot boarding place is 5 cables to seaward of No 1
Light-buoy (port hand). In bad weather, a vessel should
wait 2½ miles farther seaward. Pilot boards from harbour
tug.
4 Recommended time of arrival or departure. At 1100,
when there is minimum sea and swell at the harbour
entrance.
5 Small tug. Use compulsory for berthing.
Harbour
8.31
1 Layout. Alongside berths are ranged along the E side of
the river mouth, N of Punta Sur, opposite a T shaped jetty
on the W bank.
2 The Custom house is situated 6 cables NNE of Punta
Sur with a high and prominent green tower 1½ cables N of
it.
Directions for entering harbour
8.32
1 From a position 7½ cables S of Punta Pescadero Light
the route leads NW, initially towards Punta Sur, then in the
centre of the channel, towards the wharves, passing (with
reference to Punta Sur (18°26′⋅4N, 69°18′⋅8W)):
2 SW of the spit (7 cables SE) extending from Punta
Pescadero, thence:
NE of a dangerous wreck (3½ cables SSE), thence:
SW of a breakwater (1½ cables SSE).
3 Caution. When entering, care is necessary owing to the
extensive shoals on each side of the channel. Mariners
should also note the dangerous wreck extending from the
shoals approximately 2 cables SW of Punta Sur.
8.33
1 Useful marks (with reference to Punta Sur):
Eight conspicuous towers (1½ miles NNE) (8.12).
Building (obstruction light) (2½ cables NNE).
2 Monument (¼ cable NE).
Punta Pescadero Light (white and red tower)
(8½ cables ESE).
Anchorages and bBerths
8.34
1 Wharves totalling about 760 m in length, depths 5 to
9 m alongside, for 5 or 6 vessels of 8000 to 10 000 dwt.
2 Vessels usually berth port side to, turning on the
starboard anchor. They can be berthed on barges to
increase the depth under keel.
3 Generator Terminal consisting of a T−shaped jetty and
mooring dolphins, depth 6⋅4 m (21 ft).
Port services
8.35
1 Repairs: only small, urgent repairs.
Other facilities: hospital.
2 Supplies: fuel oil by road tanker; fresh water (to be
sterilised before drinking); fresh provisions.
Communications: airport 40 km distant.
201
 Home Contents Index
Puerto de Andrés
Chart 467 with plan of Andrés
General information
8.36
1 Position. Bahía Andrés, with Puerto de Andrés, also
known as Boca Chica in its NW corner, is entered between
Punta Magdalena (18°24′N, 69°31′W) and Cabo Caucedo
(6 miles W) (8.13).
2 Function. Puerto de Andrés handles general cargoes.
Traffic. In 2001, 246 vessels totalling 1 049 402 dwt
visited the port.
3 Port Authority. Comandante de Puerto, Boca Chica,
Dominican Republic, under the jurisdiction of the Port
Authority at Santo Domingo.
Limiting conditions
8.37
1 Least depth in the entrance channel, 9⋅1 m (30 ft). At
the wharf, see 8.41.
2 Maximum size of vessel handled. Length 140 m,
draught 7⋅6 m.
Arrival information
8.38
1 Outer anchorage. A report (2001) from the authorities
of Dominican Republic states that the anchorage area for
Puerto de Andrés (Boca Chica) and Haina is in the
anchorage in position 18°27′⋅5N, 69°53′⋅1W as indicated on
the chart for the approach to Santo Domingo (8.59). (Also
see 1.46).
2 Pilotage is compulsory and available during daylight
hours. For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals
Volume 6(5).
3 Pilot boarding place is 1 mile seaward of the harbour
entrance; officials board also.
Tug. Not available.
Harbour
8.39
1 Wind and swell. Bahía Andrés affords only moderate
protection from prevailing winds, and a heavy swell rolls
in.
2 Port Development. It is reported (2001) that a
Container Terminal is to be constructed on the E side of
Cabo Caucedo; approximately halfway along the coast,
between the cape and the port of Andrés. A free trade zone
will be developed adjacent to the container terminal,
allowing for direct access to both the terminal and to Las
Americas International Airport.
3 The port will have 1⋅1 km of sea frontage and a deep
water approach channel. The berth will initially be 600 m
(1968 ft) in length with a depth alongside of 14 m. The
work will include the construction of new breakwaters and
quayage plus a fully equipped container storage area. The
harbour entrance will face NE. It is anticipated that the port
will be operational in 2003.
Directions for entering harbour
8.40
1 Leading lights. From the vicinity of the pilot boarding
place (1 miles ESE of the SW point of La Piedra
(18°26′⋅2N, 69°37′⋅9W)), the charted alignment (300°) of
leading lights (yellow metal towers 7 and 11 m in height)
(1¾ cables SW of La Piedra) leads through the outer part
of the entrance channel, the inner part of which is marked
on both sides by buoys.
CHAPTER 8
2 The channel then leads N to the harbour basin, passing
W of a reef, extending from the SW point of La Piedra,
which has been reinforced as a breakwater.
3 Useful marks (with reference to the SW point of La
Piedra):
Conspicuous hotel (1⋅7 miles ENE).
Conspicuous chimney (1⋅8 miles WNW).
4 Sugar factory with conspicuous chimney (obstruction
lights) (5 cables N), and name BOCA CHICA
prominently displayed.
Radio mast (obstruction lights) (2 cables NNW).
Berths
8.41
1 Concrete wharf. 305 m length on the NW side and a
150 m length on the NE side of the harbour basin, depth
7⋅3 m alongside; Ro ro facility exists.
8.42
1 AES Andrés LNG Terminal. The terminal is located on
the tip of Cabo Caucedo (18°23′⋅4N, 69°37′⋅3W), and is
open to the Caribbean Sea. Its purpose is the importation of
LNG and fuel oil. It comprises a T shaped jetty with
dolphins connected to the shore by a trestle 129 m in
length.
2 Pilots are arranged through the ship’s agent and board
from a tug about 3 miles SSE of the terminal. See also
Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (5).
Port services
8.43
1 Repairs: only small repairs.
Other facilities: medical attention locally, serious cases
to Santo Domingo (29 km distant).
2 Supplies: diesel oil in small quantities by road tanker;
fresh water; provisions.
Communications: Santo Domingo International Airport
10 km distant.
Anchorages
Chart 467
Río Chavón
8.44
1 Anchorage is available, which provides an excellent
berth, S of the mouth of Río Chavón (18°24′N, 68°53′W),
on the alignment (287°) of Punta Minas (1 mile WNW) and
Punta Aguila (1½ miles farther WNW), depth 16 m (52 ft).
2 Eastward of that position the bottom is rocky and a
shoal, depth 4⋅1 m (13½ ft) has been reported.
For river traffic, see 8.50.
Las Minas and vicinity
8.45
1 Anchorages are available for loading at Las Minas
(18°24′N, 68°55′W), 1 mile W of Río Chavón, depth 35 m
(19 fm).
2 Other loading places, suitable only for small vessels, are
situated at Burgado and Río Romana, between Las Minas
and La Romana.
Chart 467
Isla Catalina
8.46
1 Anchorage (18°23′N, 69°01′W) providing a fairly good
berth, as shown on the chart, lies off the NW side of Isla
Catalina, depths 6 to 22 m (19 ft to 12 fm).
Punta Mortero
8.47
1 Anchorage is available off the mouth of Río Soco
(Montero), which enters the sea 1 mile N of Punta Mortero
202
 Home Contents Index
(18°26′N, 69°12′W), with the river mouth bearing 011° to
022°, in a depth of 9 m (30 ft), but exposed to the full
force of the trade wind.
2 Small vessels can anchor closer in, in depths of 5 to
7 m (19 to 23 ft), but this too is exposed, and only partially
sheltered by Punta Mortero.
Local knowledge is required.
3 Landing may be made on the E river bank, 1 cable
upstream. The river is obstructed by a shallow bar and is
navigable only by boats.
Juandolio and Guayacanes
8.48
1 Open anchorage is available off Juandolio (18°25′N,
69°25′W) and Guayacanes (2 miles W), depths 14⋅5 to
16⋅5 m (48 to 54 ft), good holding ground.
La Caleta
8.49
1 Anchorage is available, as shown on the chart, off La
Caleta (18°27′N, 69°41′W), a village, protected from
directions N of SE, but the sea may be rough and the
bottom is a layer of sand over rock. The coast near the
village is steep to.
Small craft
Río Chavón
8.50
1 Boca de Chavón (Quiabon) (18°24′N, 68°53′W), the
mouth of Río Chavón, is obstructed by a bar; depths vary
with freshets and current, but seldom exceed 1 m (3 ft).
2 During the rainy season, boats can reach Gato (6 miles
up river) which is the port for the inland town of Higuay.
Río Cumayasa
8.51
1 Río Cumayasa (18°24′N, 69°05′W), which flows through
a break in the cliffs, is difficult to identify except from S.
The river, with a bar, depth 3⋅7 m (12 ft) (1½ cables
within the entrance, is suitable only for small craft.
2 Swell at the entrance makes the river practically useless
as an anchorage, though craft may go about 2 miles
upstream, and boats to San Juan, 2 miles farther upstream.
Local knowledge is required.
Other names
8.52
1 Bengali, Punta (18°26′⋅0N, 69°19′⋅2W).
Ellen, Punta (18°26′⋅5N, 69°18′⋅8W).
Isleta, La (18°26′⋅1N, 69°19′⋅1W).
Macorís, Punta (18°25′⋅8N, 69°19′⋅3W).
PUERTO DE SANTO DOMINGO
General information
Chart 467 with plan of Puerto de Santo Domingo
Position
8.53
1 Puerto de Santo Domingo 18°28′N, 69°53′W is situated
at the mouth of Río Ozama.
Function
8.54
1 Santo Domingo is the capital and principal port of
Dominican Republic, and is situated in the centre of the
sugar and fruit growing districts.
Population: 3 523 000 (est 1991).
CHAPTER 8
2 Cargoes handled include: general cargo (mainly
imported), sugar (the major export), grain, coffee, bananas.
Cruise vessels call.
Topography
8.55
1 Puerto de Santo Domingo may be readily identified by
the city of Santo Domingo on the W bank of the river, and
by an extensive savannah W of the city, enclosed by an
amphitheatre of hills.
Traffic
8.56
1 In 2001, 647 vessels totalling 4 014 868 dwt, visited the
port.
Port Authority
8.57
1 Comandante de Puerto, Santo Domingo, Dominican
Republic.
Limiting conditions
8.58
1 Depths. A bar is crossed near the breakwaters, and was
dredged to a depth of 10⋅7 m in 1977. However, the depth
is liable to change, especially in the rainy season (May to
November), and was reduced to 8⋅5 m in 1979, after a
hurricane. Port Authority should be consulted for the latest
depth.
2 Vertical clearance of bridges and overhead cable.
28⋅9 m above waterline for passage up river.
3 Tidal levels. Mean spring range about 0⋅2 m; mean neap
range about 0⋅1 m. For further information see Admiralty
Tide Tables.
4 Maximum dimensions of vessel handled. LOA, 228 m.
Draught 8⋅8 m. Beam 30⋅5 m.
Arrival information
8.59
1 Notice of ETA should be advised 72 and 24 hours in
advance. For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals
Volume 6(5).
2 Outer anchorage. An area 2½ cables S of the
breakwater, shown on the chart, is designated as an
anchorage; the exact berth will be indicated by the pilot.
If the weather threatens, it is advisable to put to sea, as
a heavy sea is liable to cause the anchor to drag.
3 During the hurricane season (May to December) and
after the month of June, should the usual trade wind fail
and the wind continue to blow, day and night, from NNW
to NNE, a vessel must be prepared to quit the anchorage,
even though the wind be light and unaccompanied by any
appreciable change in barometric pressure.
4 For details of the loss, owing to a destructive wave, of a
vessel anchored off the port, see 1.151.
Pilotage is compulsory and is available between 1000
and 0300. The port may be entered between 1100 and
0500.
5 Pilot boarding place is 1 mile S of the breakwaters.
Tugs join a vessel inside the harbour.
Harbour
General layout
8.60
1 The port occupies much of the E and W sides of the
mouth of Río Ozama, and is protected by breakwaters, of
which the W is ruined and partly submerged.
2 A turning area 6 cables within the harbour entrance is
known as Puerto Ozama.
203
 Home Contents Index
A roadstead lies seaward of the breakwaters.
3 Two bridges and a power cable span the N end of the
harbour (8.58).
Port development
8.61
1 Development. It is planned that in 2001 a new port
facility will commence construction to the E of Puerto De
Santo Domingo at Cabo Caucedo (8.36).
Signals
8.62
1 Storm signals similar to those of the United States
(1.53), are displayed from the signal station (8.65).
Flow
8.63
1 Current in the river has a normal rate of 1½ kn, but it
is reported that rate in the rainy season can reach 4½ to
8 kn. With high rates the turning of large vessels can be
difficult.
Directions for entering harbour
(continued from 8.13)
8.64
1 From the pilot boarding place (8.59) the route leads N
to enter a short buoyed channel that leads towards the
breakwaters.
2 Thence the charted alignment (047°) of a pair of leading
lights (white concrete towers) (6 cables N of Punta
Torrecilla (18°27′⋅8N, 69°52′⋅6W)) leads between the
breakwaters and into harbour. The lights are moved to meet
changes in the channel.
8.65
1 Useful marks (with reference to Punta Torrecilla
(18°27′⋅8N, 69°52′⋅6W)):
Tank (5¼ miles ENE) (8.12).
Tower (12 m in height, with light) (2½ miles W).
2 Monument (3 miles WSW), conspicuous, white,
needle shaped.
3 Conspicuous white obelisk (1 mile W).
Monument (8 cables WNW).
4 Punta Torrecilla Light (black tower, white diagonal
bands, 38 m in height) (½ cable N).
Conspicuous flagstaff (about 4 cables NNE) (not
charted).
Signal station (prominent red tower, mast, 2 yards)
(6 cables NNW).
Berths
8.66
1 West bank. Wharves, numbered in sequence inward,
depths about 5⋅5 to 8⋅5 m alongside.
2 East bank (with reference to Punta Torrecilla):
Sans Souci tanker berth (3½ cables NW). Depth
alongside 8⋅5 m.
3 Cruise vessel berths (2½ cables NNW and 4½ cables
N).
Grain berth (7 cables NNW). Depth alongside 8⋅2 m.
Port services
8.67
1 Underwater repairs: dry dock for vessels up to 97⋅5 m
length, 8½ cables NNE of Duarte Bridge, 15⋅2 m beam and
5⋅2 m draught.
2 Other facilities: medical attention; hospitals
recommended for seamen; deratting (1.137).
CHAPTER 8
3 Supplies: fuel oil; fresh water; provisions.
Communications: Santo Domingo International Airport
26 km distant.
4 Port regulations require that vessels carrying explosives
must discharge them into lighters in the roadstead before
entering harbour.
PUERTO DE HAINA
General information
Chart 471 with plan of Puerto de Haina
8.68
1 Function. Puerto de Haina (18°25′N, 70°02′W) is the
leading sugar exporting port of Dominican Republic.
Traffic
8.69
1 In 2001, 2989 vessels totalling 36 793 681 dwt visited
the port.
Port Authority
8.70
1 Comandante de Puerto, Haina, Dominican Republic.
Limiting conditions
8.71
1 Controlling depth. The navigable width of the entrance
is 65 m wide, and the dredged depth is reported as 10⋅7 m.
Silting inside the harbour is seasonal and occurs during
the rainy season from May to September.
2 Maximum size of vessel handled. Length 213 m,
draught 9⋅7 m.
Arrival information
8.72
1 Outer anchorage. A report (2001) from the authorities
of Dominican Republic states that the anchorage area for
Haina and Puerto de Andrés (Boca Chica) is in the
anchorage in position 18°27′⋅5N, 069°53′⋅1W as indicated
on chart 467 for the approach to Santo Domingo (8.59).
(See also 1.46).
2 Pilotage is compulsory and available 24 hours. For
details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(5).
3 Pilot boarding place: 6 cables S of the breakwater
entrance.
Tugs are available.
Harbour
General layout
8.73
1 The harbour, at the mouth of Río Haina, is protected by
2 outer breakwaters. A further inner breakwater extends
about 200 m NE from the W breakwater.
2 Quays almost completely surround the harbour area.
Those on the W side are mainly for sugar cargoes.
3 Development. A jetty, approximately 610 m long, for
dry cargo operations, was reported under construction
(2003), 4 cables SW of the harbour entrance
Piracy
8.74
1 There is an increasing trend of armed attacks in the port
with seven such incidents being reported in 2002. Of these,
six were carried out on berthed vessels and one on a vessel
underway prior to embarking the pilot. Vessels at anchor
have also been attacked. (See 1.12).
204
 Home Contents Index CHAPTER 8

Puerto de Haina Entrance from NNW (8.75)

(Original dated 2003)
(Photograph − Novoship (UK) Ltd.)

Natural conditions Berths

8.75
Moorings
1 Swell sets into the harbour at times, but is not enough
8.78
to interfere with cargo handling.
1 Mooring buoys lie at the end of an oil and gas pipeline
2 Tidal streams. The rate of the out going stream from
which extends from the shore 8 cables SW of the
the harbour is normally about 1 kn, but after heavy rains,
breakwater entrance.
with a swollen river, it may increase to 2 or 2½ kn. The
2 West side. Six berths. Berth 1W (Sugar Quay) is 190 m
in going stream is imperceptible.
in length. Depth alongside 9⋅1 m. This berth is frequently
3 Wind. The sea breeze begins at about 1000 and
used by tankers discharging fuel to shore tanks. A
freshens. During the afternoon it abates and is replaced by
dangerous wreck lies close to the quay betweeen berths 3W
a land breeze which freshens during the night.
and 4W.
3 East side. Six berths. Berth 6E (New Container
Terminal) is 765 m in length.
Ro Ro berth (4E) is situated on the NE side of the
basin.

Directions Port services

(continued from 8.13) 8.79
8.76 1 Minor repairs at Astilleros Navales Dominicanos, on
1 From a position within 1 mile SSE of the breakwaters, the E side of the port, or Puerto de Santo Domingo
or as requisite to embark the pilot, the line of bearing (8 miles ENE).
(350°) of a directional light (yellow framework tower) is 2 Other facilities: hospitals at Santo Domingo.
designed to lead through the entrance channel. In 1984 it Supplies: fuel oil; fresh water; provisions from Santo
was reported that the alignment did not lead through the Domingo.
best water and in 1985 it was reported that the alignment
appeared to lead through the E side of the channel. PUERTO DE HAINA TO PUERTO DE
2 The entrance channel is marked by light-buoys and BARAHONA
buoys; large concrete blocks from the ruined breakwaters
obstruct each side of the channel close outside its limits. General information
3 Vessels going to berths on the W side of the river are Chart 471
turned, with anchor or tug assistance, to berth bows to Route
seaward. 8.80
4 Caution. Mariners are cautioned that the aids marking 1 A coastal route leads from the vicinity of Puerto de
the narrow entrance channel may be changed without Haina (18°25′N, 70°01′W) to the vicinity of Puerto
notice. Barahona (18°12′N, 71°05′W), about 60 miles W.
8.77
1 Useful mark (with reference to the W breakwater head Principal marks
(18°24′⋅8N, 70°01′⋅1W)): 8.81
2 Conspicuous chimneys (obstruction lights) (3½ cables 1 Landmarks:
NW). The lights on the chimneys are visible from Punta Martín García (18°15′N, 70°58′W). A
about 20 miles seaward. prominent headland comprising a succession of

205
 Home Contents Index CHAPTER 8

white cliffs 60 to 160 m high, identifiable at Limiting conditions

20 miles visually. 8.86
For some distant mountain peaks see 8.9. 1 Maximum size of vessel handled at the oil terminal:
2 Major lights: length 260 m, draught 14⋅6 m.
Boca Canasta Light (mast) (18°15′N, 70°20′W).
Puerto Viejo de Azua Light (18°20′N, 70°51′W) Arrival information
(8.96). 8.87
1 Pilotage for the oil terminal is compulsory and is
available 24 hours. For details see Admiralty List of Radio
Directions Signals Volume 6(5). Pilots for the anchorage, which
(continued from 8.13) requires local knowledge, are obtainable from Santo
Domingo.
Puerto de Haina to Punta Palenque 2 Pilot boarding place. 1¼ mile SW of the SBM. Pilot
8.82 remains on board while the vessel is at the terminal.
1 From the vicinity of 18°20′N, 69°55′W, off Puerto Santo Tug not required for berthing.
Domingo and Puerto de Haina the route leads generally Harbour
SW, passing SE of Punta Palenque (18°14′N, 70°10′W). 8.88
1 Caution. At Punta Palenque the shore is fairly steep to,
Punta Palenque to Punta Salinas but care is necessary to avoid a reef that extends a short
8.83 distance from the point.
1 The route continues generally W, to the vicinity of Punta 2 Current at the oil terminal. Rate about 1½ kn, normally
Salinas (18°12′N, 70°34′W), a low sandy point partly W going, but occasionally SW-going for a short period.
covered with bushes, over which the sea breaks during E 8.89
winds, passing (with reference to Punta Palenque (18°14′N, 1 Landmarks:
70°10′W)): Punta Palenque Light (white concrete tower, 9 m in
2 S of Punta Catalina (4½ miles W), a low headland, height), on a low headland.
thence: 2 Large silver tanks (2 miles W of Punta Palenque),
S of Punta Santanilla (20 miles W), a low sandy point reported in 1982 as conspicuous visually and on
which may be easily mistaken for Punta Salinas. radar.
Anchorages and berths
Punta Salinas to Puerto de Barahona 8.90
8.84 1 Harbour:
1 The route continues directly W to the vicinity of 2 Anchorage for one vessel, depth 13 m (42 ft), mud.
18°10′N, 71°00′W, off Punta Avaréna, a low headland, and Swell causes rolling.
Puerto de Barahona. 3 Mooring buoy.
2 Alternatively by way of Bahía de Ocoa, passing (with 4 Landing at small pier with depths 1⋅2 to 2⋅4 m.
reference to Punta Salinas): alongside.
W of Punta Ocoa (3 miles N). A white cliff standing 8.91
in front of Cerro del Morro. Mariners are advised 1 Offshore oil terminal. SBM, (light and radar reflector)
a restricted area exists up to 10 miles offshore (2½ miles WSW of Punta Palenque), depth 25 m, with a
from Bahía de las Calderas, see 8.113. Thence: least depth of 20 m within a 3½ cable radius of the SBM.
3 W of the mouth of Río Ocoa (4 miles NNW), with a
conspicuous chimney 1½ miles up river, thence: Port services
S of Punta Vigia (13 miles NW), thence: 8.92
SE and S of Punta Martín García (22½ miles W) 1 Facility: lighters in the harbour.
(8.81).
4 Useful marks:
Puerto Viejo de Azua
Punta Palenque Light (18°14′N, 70°10′W) (8.89). Chart 471 (see 1.15)
Punta Salinas Light (red pyramidal metal tower, 12 m General information
in height) (18°12′N, 70°34′W). 8.93
(Directions continue at 8.124.) 1 Position. 18°20′N, 70°51′W.
2 Function. Puerto Viejo de Azua is a sugar exporting
port. There is also a modern LPG terminal.
Puerto Palenque 3 Traffic. In 2001, 36 vessels totalling 278 818 dwt visited
the port.
Chart 471 with plan of Puerto Palenque 4 Port Authority: Comandante de Puerto, Puerto Viejo de
General information Azua, Dominican Republic.
8.85
Limiting conditions
1 Position. Puerto Palenque stands close NW of Punta
8.94
Palenque (18°14′N, 70°10′W).
1 Entrance channel is dredged to a depth of 10⋅7 m.
Function. It is a small anchorage and lightering port
2 Maximum size of vessel handled: 183 m LOA, 8 m
with an offshore oil terminal (2½ miles SW) where tankers
draught.
discharge oil to a refinery.
2 Traffic. In 2001, 1 vessel totalling 99 469 dwt visited the Arrival information
port. 8.95
Port Authority at oil terminal: Refineria Dominica de 1 Pilotage is compulsory and provided by Santo Domingo.
Petroleo, Santo Domingo, Dominican Republic. 2 Pilot boarding place is off the entrance.

206
 Home Contents Index CHAPTER 8

3 Tugs not available. Arrival information

4 Local knowledge is required. 8.105
5 Entry limited to daylight hours only. 1 Notice of ETA should be advised 24 and 12 hours in
advance. For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals
Harbour Volume 6(5).
8.96 Pilotage is compulsory and available 24 hours.
1 The harbour is entered E of Puerto Viejo de Azua Light 2 Pilot boarding place: 1½ miles outside harbour
(18°20′N, 70°50′W) which stands at the end of a narrow entrance.
coral island. The sea breaks with considerable force off Best time of arrival at Government Wharf: 0600–0930,
reefs which skirt the low and swampy E entrance point. when the wind is light.
2 From the entrance, two deeper inlets with depths of
5⋅5 m or more extend about 1 mile NW and N, with a Harbour
detached coral reef between them. The reef is awash and 8.106
steep to on its E side, always marked by breakers. The E 1 Layout. Puerto de Barahona is entered, between two
inlet is known as Puerto Rubén. extensive reefs, Arrecife Yunca on the S and Arrecife
3 Major light: Piedra Prieta on the N, with a direct approach to
4 Puerto Viejo de Azua Light (black metal framework Government Wharf.
tower). 2 Entrance channel has been dredged to 10⋅7m although
depths of 10⋅6 m are charted close to the leading line and a
Directions depth of 10⋅2 m lies 3½ cables NNE of the head of
8.97 Goverment Wharf.
1 Entrance channel, which is 5 cables wide, marked by 3 Reefs in the harbour break the swell entirely, and
buoys and dredged to a depth of 10⋅7 m, leads through vessels can lie alongside.
Puerto Rubén to the jetty. 4 Storm signals, including hurricane warnings, similar to
8.98 those of the USA (1.53), are displayed at the custom
1 Useful mark: house, near the root of Government Wharf.
2 Precipitous white faced bluff, 18 m high, a good
landmark, especially from E, at the E end of the
Natural conditions
island on which Puerto Viejo de Azua Light
8.107
stands.
1 Wind. Both land and sea breezes are regular; NW
during the night, and SW to E during the day, the sea
Anchorages and berths breeze usually beginning at 0900.
8.99 Climatic table. See 1.187 and 1.197.
1 Anchorage is available on fine coral and mud, in:
Puerto Rubén, depth 11 m, exposed S.
NW inlet, depth 9 m, exposed SE. Directions
8.100 8.108
1 Jetty. Muelle de Puerto Viejo, at the head of Puerto 1 From the vicinity of the pilot boarding place (1½ miles
Rubén, 198 m long, depth alongside reported as 9⋅1 m. A ENE of the harbour entrance) the route leads WSW (with
ramp for Ro Ro vessels is situated at the W end. reference to the front leading light), passing:
2 In the vicinity of No 1 Light-buoy (1½ miles ENE)
Port services which marks the N limit of a bank, with depths of
8.101 5⋅2 and 7 m over it, which extends N from
1 Minor repairs available. Arrecife Yunca, thence:
Other facilities: medical attention, prior notice of 3 On the charted alignment (243°) of a pair of leading
requirement to be given. lights (white pyramidal towers 14 and 18 m in
2 Supplies: fuel oil, fresh water, provisions. height, lights shown on request) which leads to
Government Wharf, passing between shoals, and
buoys marking the channel, as shown on the plan.
Puerto de Barahona The rear beacon is reported to be obscured when
viewed from positions appreciably S of the leading
Chart 471 with plan of Puerto de Barahona line. Thence:
General information 4 From a position off Government Wharf, N through
8.102 Canal Cayo, a short channel marked by buoys,
1 Position. 18°13′N, 71°05′W. least charted depth 3⋅6 m, to a sugar loading wharf
Function. Puerto de Barahona is the capital of Province 5 cables NNE.
of Barahona and a small port for the export of sugar. 5 Useful mark:
8.103 Two chimneys, (8½ cables NNE).
1 Traffic. In 2001, 22 vessels totalling 402 459 dwt visited
the port. Anchorages and berths
2 Port Authority. Comandante de Puerto, Barahona, 8.109
Dominican Republic. 1 Outer anchorage (about 9 cables ENE of front leading
light), depths 13 to 15 m, or as advised by the pilot.
Limiting conditions 2 Inner anchorage, for which local knowledge is
8.104 required, inside the outer reef or moored head and stern in
1 Maximum size of vessel handled: length 188 m, restricted space near the head of the harbour, depth about
draught 10⋅5 m. 4 m, good holding ground of mud.

207
 Home Contents Index
8.110
1 Wharves. The longest berth, on the N side of
Government Wharf, is 210 m long. Vessels turn on an
anchor, then berth bows E.
Port services
8.111
1 Small repairs at the sugar company’s well equipped
machine shop.
Other facilities: sugar company’s small hospital.
2 Supplies: marine diesel fuel in small quantities by road
tanker; fresh water; fresh provisions in limited quantities.
Communications: Santo Domingo International Airport
38 km distant.
Anchorages and harbour
Punta Catalina to Punta Salinas
8.112
1 From Punta Catalina (18°13′N, 70°14′W) to Punta
Salinas (19 miles W) are several bays affording open
anchorage. These include Bahía Catalina, W of Punta
Catalina (8.83) with an anchorage in its W part.
Bahía de las Calderas
8.113
1 Bahía de las Calderas, entered between Punta Calderas
(18°14′N, 70°33′W), a low tongue of sand, and Punta
Matasola (6 cables NNE), low and wooded, is a naval and
air station of the Dominican Republic.
The bay may be readily identified by Cerro del Morro
(about 2½ miles NW).
2 Local knowledge is required.
Wind. During the day, the prevailing wind is E to SE,
during the night, W. After 0900 it strengthens, raising
breakers and making the bay dangerous.
3 Anchorage is available for large numbers of small craft,
about 2½ cables NW of Punta Calderas and off the shore
SW of it, depths 18 to 26 m; usable for 8 months of the
year, but dangerous during the hurricane season (late May
to early December).
4 Restricted area. Navigation within the bay and up to
10 miles seaward is prohibited without the permission of
the naval authorities.
Bahía de Ocoa
8.114
1 Bahía de Ocoa, which is entered between Punta Ocoa
(18°15′N, 70°35′W) and Punta Martín García (22 miles W)
(8.81), contains several anchorages, especially on its E side
where they are sheltered from the prevailing trade wind,
but the bottom is sand and loose stones, and anchors drag
easily. The heavy sea, raised by the prevailing winds, when
they blow strongly, then renders the W shore dangerous of
approach.
Puerto Tortuguero
8.115
1 Puerto Tortuguero (18°25′N, 70°42′W) is the port for the
town of Azua (3 miles NW) which is an important centre
of the sugar industry.
Local knowledge is required.
2 Useful marks. The port lies in the NW corner of Bahía
Ocoa, W of seven prominent cliffs. The E cliffs are white
and the W ones are dark brown in colour.
8.116
1 Pilotage is compulsory.
Pilot boarding place is just outside the port.
CHAPTER 8
2 Berthing only by day.
Tugs not available.
8.117
1 Anchorage is available with the jetty bearing 315°,
about 1 mile distant, depth 16 m; or closer in, on the same
bearing, with lesser depths. A heavy sea sets into the
anchorage at times, and, with the sea breeze, vessels at
anchor ride very uneasily.
2 Jetty about 200 m long; depth alongside reported (1976)
as 10⋅7 m.
Supplies: fresh water.
Bahía Neiba
8.118
1 Bahía Neiba is entered between Punta Martín García
(18°15′N, 70°58′W) (8.81) and Punta Avarena (8 miles SW)
(8.84). The bay is open SE; when the prevailing winds are
strong, there is no protection, except at the anchorage
mentioned below, and the bay is dangerous.
Local knowledge is required.
2 Anchorage is available for small vessels, fairly well
sheltered from the prevailing wind, about 2 cables off
Rancho del Curro (about 2 miles NW of Punta Martín
García), depth 9 m.
Small craft
Río Ocoa
8.119
1 Anchorage is available off the mouth of Río Ocoa
(18°17′N, 70°35′W), on a ledge of sand, with rocky
patches, that is very steep to. The ledge is so narrow that a
line to the nearest palm tree is necessary, with an anchor
laid out W to hold the vessel against the land breeze
which, at night, blows from between W and WNW. During
the hurricane season (late May to early December), when
the wind may veer to SW, the anchorage is a poor one.
Bahía Caracoles
8.120
1 Anchorage is available in Bahía Caracoles, off the W
end of Playa Caracoles (18°25′N, 70°36′W) depth 9 m; a
heavy swell sets in with S winds.
Local knowledge is required.
PUERTO DE BARAHONA TO CABO BEATA
General information
Chart 471
Route
8.121
1 A coastal route may be followed from the vicinity of
Puerto de Barahona (18°13′N, 71°05′W) to the vicinity of
Cabo Beata (41 miles SSW) (8.133).
2 Off Cabo Beata, Canal de Alto Velo (Alta Vela) (8.130)
and Canal de la Beata (8.126) lead between islands, and
the coastal route is joined by several offshore routes,
leading between the E and W ends of Caribbean Sea.
Topography
8.122
1 Punta Avarena to Cabo Beata. The coast between
Punta Avarena (18°09′N, 71°03′W) (8.84) and Cabo Beata
(39 miles SSW) is steep to and affords no safe anchorage.
The current, deflected by land, sets on to that coast.
The N half of the coast is rocky and backed by high
mountains.
2 Much of the S half of the coast is flat and in most
places fringed with sandy beaches. A reef which fronts
208
 Home Contents Index
much of the coast and extends 1¼ miles offshore in places
is nearly awash and is usually marked by breakers but, on
calm days, parts of the reef are difficult to make out.
Lanmdmarks
8.123
1 For some distant mountain peaks see 8.9.
Directions
(continued from 8.84)
8.124
1 From the vicinity of 18°10′N, 71°00′W the route leads
generally SSW or SW, well clear of the coastal reef,
towards the vicinity of 17°30′N, 71°20′W off Cabo Beata,
passing (with reference to Punta San Luís (17°50′N,
71°17′W):
2 SE of Punta Arena (14 miles NE) thence;
SE of Punta San Luís, thence;
SE of Cabo Beata (15 miles SW) (8.133).
3 Useful mark:
Cabo Beata Light (17°36′N, 71°25′W) (8.133).
(Directions continue, for Canal de Alto Velo at 8.130.)
CANAL DE ALTO VELO AND
APPROACHES
General information
Charts 471
Routes
8.125
1 Isla Beata, Isla Alto Velo (Alta Vela) and Los Frailes, lie
off Cabo Beata (17°36′N, 71°25′W) (8.133), the S
extremity of mainland Hispaniola. Offshore routes, as
shown in Ocean Passages for the World, through the N
part of Caribbean Sea, pass within landfall distance of this
area.
8.126
1 Canal de la Beata, between Cabo Beata and Punta
Beata, the N point of Isla Beata, has a controlling depth of
4⋅5 m, and is available for small craft being navigated by
eye, with local knowledge. There is generally a very heavy
swell, and passage is not recommended.
8.127
1 Canal de Alto Velo (Alta Vela), (8.130) between Isla
Beata and Isla Alto Velo, is deep and suitable for
navigation.
A satisfactory landfall can be made passing to seaward
of Isla Alto Velo.
2 A coastal route, continuing from that which approaches
the islands from NE, may be followed through Canal de
Alto Velo or to seaward of Isla Alto Velo, thence NW to
the vicinity of Río Pedernales (18°02′N, 71°45′W).
Natural conditions
8.128
1 Current S of Cabo Beata is strongly W going as a rule,
though its rate varies. Between Cabo Beata and Isla Alto
Velo it sometimes sets SE, rate 1 to 2 kn. Near Los Frailes,
a W going current is normally reported, but an E going or
SE going flow may occur at times.
2 Swell is heavy, both in Canal de Alto Velo and on the
bank E of Isla Alto Velo.
Trade winds in the vicinity of Canal de Alto Velo
are deflected S by the high range of mountains to
the N and are thereby increased in force.
CHAPTER 8
Landmarks
8.129
1 Isla Alto Velo (17°28′N, 71°39′W), a remarkable hill,
appearing dome shaped bearing between 045°–090°
and as a sharp peak bearing about 135°. From
some other bearings it appears bell-shaped.
2 For some distant mountain peaks see 8.9.
Directions
(continued from 8.124)
Canal de Alto Velo
8.130
1 From the vicinity of 17°25′N, 71°25′W the route leads
WNW through the centre of Canal de Alto Velo, passing
(with reference to Isla Alto Velo (17°28′N, 71°39′W):
2 NE of an 11⋅5 m patch (4 miles ESE), as required by
draught, thence:
SW of Isla Beata (6½ miles NNE), with cliffs rising
in 2 tiers from the SW point, thence:
NE of Isla Alto Velo (8.129), and of Piedra Negra,
close off its N side, high and flat.
3 Caution. Attention is drawn to the 11 m and 14 m
depths reported (1992), 7 miles E and 4½ miles ENE,
respectively, of Isla Alto Velo. Also the 14 m and 16 m
depths reported (2002), 3½ miles NE of Isla Alto Velo.
Isla Alto Velo to Río Pedernales
8.131
1 The route continues NNW to the vicinity of Río
Pedernales (8.145), passing:
2 Either side of Los Frailes (9½ miles NNW); from a
distance appearing as a group of sharp peaked,
rugged rocks, with white tops, thence:
SW of Cabo Falso (18 miles N).
Seaward of Isla Alto Velo
8.132
1 The chart is sufficient guide.
Useful marks:
8.133
1 Useful marks (with reference to Isla Alto Velo (17°28′N,
71°39′W):
Cabo Beata Light (concrete tower) (15 miles NE), on
Cabo Beata, which is cliffy and covered with
brushwood.
2 Isla Alto Velo Light (yellow concrete tower, black
bands, black lantern).
Los Frailes Light (9½ miles NNW).
3 Water tank (17°54′N, 71°40′W) standing on Cabo
Rojo.
Pedernales Light (white metal tower, red lantern)
(18°02′N, 71°45′W).
(Directions continue at 8.151.)
Cabo Rojo
General information
8.134
1 Position of jetty. 17°55′N, 71°39′W.
Function. Export of bauxite.
2 Traffic. In 2001, 42 vessels totalling 1 011 355 dwt
visited the port.
3 Port Authority: Comandante de Puerto, Cabo Rojo,
Dominican Republic,
Limiting conditions
8.135
1 Maximum size of vessel handled: 213 m length, 10⋅9 m
draught.
209
 Home Contents Index CHAPTER 8

2 Berthing only by day. Prevailing E winds gust to gale 2 Safe landing by boat can be made in a nearby cove.
force from 0900 to sunset for most of the year, and make Local knowledge is required.
berthing difficult.
Isla Beata to Cabo Falso
Arrival information 8.142
8.136 1 Anchorage is available, in smooth water, in several
1 Port radio; none. The Port Authority can be contacted places between Punta Beata (17°37′N, 71°31′W) and Cabo
through Santo Domingo radio; for details see Admiralty List Falso (18 miles NW), even though the Trade Winds blow
of Radio Signals Volume 1(2). hard through Canal Beata.
2 Pilotage is compulsory. 2 Local knowledge is required.
Pilot boarding place is S of the channel light-buoy.
3 Tugs not available. Bahía Agujas
Local knowledge is required. 8.143
1 Anchorage is available in Bahía Agujas, between Cabo
Harbour Falso (17°46′N, 71°41′W) and Punta Chimanche (3¼ miles
8.137 NE), near the middle of the bay, with shelter from winds
1 Entrance channel is marked by a light-buoy, which is between N and SW through E, depths 9 to 15 m.
shown on the chart. It is dredged to a depth of 10⋅7 m. 2 Depths decrease gradually towards the beach, at the foot
8.138 of high cliffs which extend along the entire shore.
1 Useful marks: 3 Anchorage is available for small craft, in the S part of
Ance Joseph Light (17°55′N, 71°39′W), on the jetty the bay.
head. Local knowledge is required.
2 Conspicuous water tank (1½ miles S of the jetty on
Cabo Rojo), visible from 25 miles distant in clear Bahía de las Aguilas
weather. 8.144
1 Good shelter is provided from E winds, in Bahía de las
Anchorages and berths Aguilas. The bay is entered between Punta Chimanche
8.139 (17°48′N, 71°39′W) and Punta de las Aguilas (3 miles N),
1 Anchorage is available in Bahía Rousel (S of Cabo depths 15 to 22 m, shoaling to 3⋅7 to 5⋅5 m near the shore.
Rojo) in a berth indicated by the pilot, or with Cabo Rojo The shore consists of a long beach of coarse sand or
bearing 158°, distant about 3 miles. gravel, backed by steep cliffs.
2 Pier, with 100 m in length with two dolphins. 2 The bay is exposed W.

Port services Río Pedernales

8.140
1 Facilities: medical attention.
Supplies: fuel oil, none; fresh water; provisions.
Communications: Santo Domingo International Airport
(320 km distant).
Anchorages
Isla Alto Velo
8.141
1 Anchorage is available at Isla Alto Velo, off an old pier
on the NW side of the island, with a flagstaff bearing 089°,
distant 5 cables, depths 13 to 20 m, coral.
8.145
1 Pedernales (18°02′N, 71°45′W), a Dominican town, lies
on the SE side of Río Pedernales.
2 International boundary. Río Pedernales marks the S
end of the international boundary between Dominican
Republic and Haïti.
3 Useful mark: Pedernales Light (white metal tower, red
lantern) (18°01′N, 71°45′W), about 7 cables NE of the river
mouth.
4 Anchorage is available 5 cables S of the river mouth,
depth 9 m.
Pier: 152 m long, depth at head 4⋅3 to 5⋅2 m, located W
of the town.

HAÏTI, SOUTH SIDE

GENERAL INFORMATION Flow
8.148
1 Currents off the S coast of Haïti are generally W-going,
Chart 486 rate ½ to 1 kn, with, in places, an E-going countercurrent
Extent of area by the shore.
8.146
1 The area described below includes the coastal waters of RÍO PEDERNALES TO POINTE MORNE
the S side of Haïti from the international boundary with the ROUGE
Dominican Republic at Río Pedernales (18°02′N, 71°44′W)
to Cap Tiburon (18°21′N, 74°27′W), about 157 miles W. General information
Charts 3689, 486, 3935,
Route
Ports 8.149
8.147 1 A coastal route may be followed from the vicinity of
1 The only port in the area is the minor lightering port of Río Pedernales (18°02′N, 71°44′W) (8.145) to the vicinity
Jacmel (18°13′N, 72°31′W) (8.155). of Pointe Morne Rouge (18°13′N, 73°22′W) (8.151).

210
 Home Contents Index
Natural conditions
8.150
1 Currents: See 8.148 and note on Chart 486.
Breakers extend 2½ to 5 cables offshore between
longitudes 73°08′W and 73°15′W; off Pointe Flamand, at
the W end of that stretch, they extend 7½ cables offshore.
Directions
(continued from 8.130)
8.151
1 From the vicinity of 17°55′N, 71°50′W off Pedernales
(8.145) the route leads generally W towards the vicinity of
18°05′N, 73°20′W, 90 miles W, passing (with reference to
Cap Jacmel (18°10′N, 72°31′W):
2 S of Pointe Pedernales (41 miles ESE), with
remarkable red rocks on coast NW of it, thence:
S of Pointe Bourg á Chique (28 miles E) (8.153),
thence:
3 S of Pointe Morne Rouge (about 20 miles E), with a
red cliff, 124 m (406 ft) high, close E of it, thence:
S of Cap Jacmel, a broad headland with a
conspicuous isolated rock, 7⋅6 m in height, close to
its S end, thence:
4 S of Cap Bainet (11 miles W), with white hillocks
surmounting the cliffs, thence:
S of Pointe Morne Rouge (47 miles W), composed of
five prominent white cliffs of which the E and
highest appears to be composed of chalk.
8.152
1 Useful marks:
Pedernales Light (18°01′N, 71°44′W) (8.145).
2 Cap Jacmel Light (white metal framework tower, red
lantern, 6 m in height) (18°10′N, 72°32′W).
Île Vache Light (18°04′N, 73°34′W) (8.166).
(Directions continue at 8.165.)
Anchorages
Baie de Sal Trou
8.153
1 Position. Baie de Sal Trou is entered between Pointe de
Lagon (18°13′N, 72°00′W) and Pointe Bourg á Chique
(3 miles WNW).
2 Useful marks in the approach to Baie de Sal Trou (with
reference to Pointe de Lagon):
Tapion (1¼ miles NW), a conspicuous small white
cliff with the town of Sal Trou (Saltrou) about
5 cables farther W.
3 Pointe Bourg á Chique (3 miles WNW), white cliffs
with a red cliff W of them, 150 to 210 m high and
5 cables in extent.
4 Îlot du Colombier (6 miles W), a pinnacle rock close
inshore.
5 Pointe d’Orange (about 8 miles W), a high grey cliff
with a conspicuous square red cliff 5 cables W,
and the charted red cliff still farther W.
8.154
1 Anchorages are available off the town, for vessels
drawing no more than 4⋅6 m (15 ft), sand and mud and for
larger vessels, 1 mile offshore, depths 13 to 15 m (42 to
48 ft), but on poorer holding ground.
2 Both anchorages are exposed S and therefore dangerous
during the hurricane season (late May to early December).
Local knowledge is required for the inner anchorage.
CHAPTER 8
Baie Jacmel
General information
8.155
1 Position. Baie Jacmel (18°13′⋅5N, 72°30′⋅8W), is entered
between Cap des Maréchaux and Cap Jacmel (2 miles SW).
2 Function. Jacmel is a small lightering port.
Traffic. In 2001, 5 vessels totalling 10 882 dwt visited
the port.
Arrival information
8.156
1 Pilotage is available, but vessels must remain 5 cables
offshore until pratique is granted.
Harbour
8.157
1 Useful marks (with reference to the pier):
Cap des Maréchaux (1¼ miles SE), a bluff backed by
a long flat strip of table land.
2 Roman Catholic Church (2½ cables NNE)
conspicuous, two red roofed towers.
White cliff (72⋅5 m (238 ft) high) (1½ miles SW).
3 White cliff (62 m high) (1½ miles SW), prominent
from E, with an old fort 2 cables S of it.
4 Two white cliffs thought to resemble sails between Cap
Jacmel and the port.
Cap Jacmel (8.151) (3 miles S).
Cap Jacmel Light (3½ miles SSW) (8.152).
Directions
8.158
1 From the vicinity of 18°10′N, 72°29′W the route leads
generally NW, passing NE of the coastal reef near Baie
Barquette, (1½ miles NNW of Cap Jacmel Light), towards
the vicinity of a position 200°, 1¼ miles from the pier,
thence:
2 On the line of bearing, about 020°, of the Roman
Catholic Church, towards the anchorage.
8.159
1 Caution. A vessel entering harbour should not cross the
line of bearing 270° of the N white cliff until the church
bears more than 018°
2 The final heading of a vessel intending to moor should
be about 155°, so as to lie head on to the swell which
usually rolls into the harbour.
Anchorages and berths
8.160
1 Anchorage. Except for the very narrow coastal bank,
Baie Jacmel is too deep for anchoring.
2 An area off the town has depths 7⋅3 to 37 m, but the
space is so limited that, when more than one vessel is
present, the use of a kedge anchor is required, to prevent
fouling at the times of change of land and sea breezes.
3 Best anchor berth is W of an old fort (2½ cables SE of
the pier), with the church bearing about 025°, but the edge
of the bank is so steep that vessels must be prepared to
anchor immediately on reaching anchoring depths.
4 In 1954, a vessel 104 m long anchored, with the church
bearing 021° and Cap de Maréchaux 129°, depth 9 m,
black mud.
8.161
1 Pier: 102 m long, depth 5⋅2 m alongside. In 1962 it was
reported that a vessel up to 61 m long and drawing no
more than 4⋅3 m, with an allowance of 0⋅9 m for scend,
could go alongside.
211
 Home Contents Index CHAPTER 8

Port services 8.169

8.162
1 Repairs: small machine shop at the electric light works.
Other facilities: Government hospital; lighters.
Supplies: limited.
Small craft
Chart 3935
Flamano Bay (Baie Est Flamand)
8.163
1 Anchorage. The only available shelter in Flamano Bay
(Baie Est Flamand), entered W of Pointe Flamand
(18°13′N, 73°15′W), is for small craft which may find
anchorage inside the reef that extends from Pointe
Flamand.
2 Local knowledge is required.
POINTE MORNE ROUGE TO POINTE À
GRAVOIS
General information
Charts 3935
Routes
8.164
1 A coastal route may be followed from the vicinity of
Pointe Morne Rouge (18°13′N, 73°22′W) (8.151) to the
vicinity of Pointe à Gravois (32 miles WSW) (8.165).
2 From that route, other routes lead N and W into a
succession of bays and inlets, from Baie d’Aquin (18°14′N,
73°22′W) to Baie aux Cayes (27 miles WSW).
Directions for coastal passage
(continued from 8.151)
8.165
1 From the vicinity of 18°05′N, 73°20′W, off Pointe
Morne Rouge the route leads generally WSW to the
vicinity of 17°50′N, 73°50′W, off Pointe à Gravois, passing
(with reference to that point):
2 S of Île à Vache (Île Vache) (16 miles E). The E part
of the island is low and thickly wooded, but its W
portion consists of small detached hillocks, that at
a distance resemble a number of islets. Thence:
3 S of Pointe à Gravois, 18 m high, thickly wooded and
steep to. It is reported to be a good radar target.
8.166
1 Useful mark:
Île à Vache Light (white square tower) (18°04′N,
73°34′W).
(Directions continue at 8.200.)
Anchorages between Pointe Morne Rouge and
Pointe Pascall
Les Cays
8.167
1 The port of Les Cays (18°11′N, 73°44′W) is reported to
be closed to shipping.
Baie d’Aquin
8.168
1 Baie d’Aquin (18°14′N, 73°22′W), with the lightering
port of Aquin at its head, affords perfect shelter.
Controlling depth. 9 m in all three channels.
2 Pilotage is compulsory.
Pilots board off any of the entrances described below.
1 Directions. Baie d’Aquin may be entered through three
entrances.
Between Pointe Morne Rouge and Île Diamant (4 cables
W).
2 Between Île Diamant and the SE extremity of Grosse
Caye (4 cables W), with two white cliffs shown on the
chart, and a white summit (119 m high) (8 cables NW of
the S extremity).
3 From Baie des Anglais (8.171), between Dryad Shoal
(2½ miles NW of Pointe Morne Rouge) and a spit (3 cables
N). This route is recommended for use by day only, owing
to the several shoals.
8.170
1 Anchorage is available in the NW part of the bay, depth
7⋅3 m.
2 Facilities: small lighters, working between the town and
the anchorage.
Supplies: fresh water.
Baie des Anglais
8.171
1 Directions. Baie des Anglais (18°14′N, 73°27′W) may
be entered through three entrances.
2 Between the W end (18°13′N, 73°25′W) of Grosse
Caye, which has a white hill (140 m high) forming its W
summit, on the NE, and Île Régale (1 mile SW) and Îlet
Anguille (1 mile W) on the SW. Île Régale is a rocky cay;
the sea breaks heavily on its S side. L’Anguille is a rocky,
bush covered islet on which the sea usually breaks.
3 Between Île Régale, and shoals WSW of Îlet Anguille,
on the E, and Caye Ramier (1 mile WSW of Îlet Anguille)
on the W. The E extremity of Caye Ramier is a white cliff.
4 Between Récifs du Kansas (18°12′N, 73°28′W) on the
SE, and Îlet Moustique (E extremity 1¾ miles WNW).
Both features usually marked by breakers.
5 Depths are irregular in all three entrances. Least depth
in the fairway 9⋅6 m.
Local knowledge is required.
8.172
1 Anchorage is available for medium sized vessels, in
Baie des Anglais, good holding ground, but not so well
sheltered as in Baie d’Aquin (8.168). The best protection is
in the E part of the bay, N of the W part of Grosse Caye.
Baie de Saint Louis
8.173
1 Entrance. Baie de Saint Louis is entered between La
Pointe Nicholas (18°13′N, 73°31′W) and Pointe Pascal
(1½ miles WSW).
8.174
1 Directions. The entrance channel passes close W of
Caye Orange (1¼ miles ESE of Pointe Pascal) in depths
more than 18 m in the fairway.
2 The bay may be entered from Baie des Anglais, passing
close to La Pointe Nicholas, but the channel is intricate,
and local knowledge is required.
8.175
1 Useful marks (with reference to Pointe Pascal):
Building on Pointe Compagnie (2 miles N).
Ruins of a fort (1¾ miles NNE) on an island.
8.176
1 Anchorages, which provide excellent conditions, are
available 3 cables W of the ruins of the fort, depth 13 m or
closer in, between the fort and the town of St Louis, depth
7 to 9 m.
2 Shelter. The bay is open S, but is protected from SE by
Caye Orange and other cays.

212
 Home Contents Index
Canal de l’Est
General information
8.177
1 Route. Canal de l’Est gives access from the coastal
route to the town of Les Cays (18°11′N, 73°44′W) passing
N of Île à Vache (18°04′N, 73°38′W), and to anchorages in
inlets in the mainland N.
8.178
1 Flow. NE of Île à Vache, the in going tidal stream is
W-going, and sets strongly over Récif de la Folle which
extends 4 miles N from the E end of Île à Vache, the reef’s
outer edge being well defined by an almost constant break
or ripple, also by several small above water rocks.
2 Over the shoals N of Île à Vache, the out going tidal
stream sets strongly SE; the in going tidal stream sets N.
Directions
8.179
1 From the vicinity of 18°09′N, 73°30′W the route leads
W, passing N of the N end of Récif de la Folle (8.178) and
of Grande Caye à l’Eau (8.185) (2 miles W).
2 Caution. As a consequence of the flow described above,
mariners are advised to give a berth, where possible, of at
least 2 miles to the E end of Île à Vache and to Récif de la
Folle.
3 Thence the line of bearing 291° of Îlet de la Compagnie
(18°11′⋅6N, 73°42′⋅8W), a small mangrove covered islet,
which in 1972 could not be identified, leads through Canal
de l’Est.
4 Thence the line of bearing 280° of the ruins of
Tourterelle Battery (1 mile SW of Île de la Compagnie),
leads towards Les Cays, and anchorages at Rade aux Cayes
(8.186).
Petite Baie du Mesle
8.180
1 Anchorage is available for small vessels, in Petite Baie
du Mesle (18°13′N, 73°35′W), depths 7 to 11 m, good
holding ground, but exposed S.
2 Local knowledge is required.
Grande Baie du Mesle
8.181
1 Grande Baie du Mesle is entered between Pointe Boyer
(18°13′N, 73°37′W) and Pointe Pauline (1½ miles W).
2 Directions. From Canal de l’Est, the line of bearing
020° of Pointe Saint Rom (1 mile WNW of Pointe Boyer)
leads towards the entrance, in a least charted depth of
12 m, passing (with reference to Pointe Boyer):
3 ESE of a 5⋅5 m patch (2 miles SW), thence:
WNW of a 5⋅5 m patch (1¼ miles SSW), near Banc
Mella.
4 When Pointe Boyer bears 060°, a mid channel track may
be followed to the anchorage.
8.182
1 Anchorage is available in the NE part of the bay, good
holding ground, but exposed S.
Baie des Flamands
8.183
1 Entrance. Baie des Flamands is entered between Pointe
Toulan (18°13′N, 73°40′W) and Île du Carénage (1 mile
NW). The entrance is partly obstructed by shoals.
Local knowledge is required.
2 Good shelter is available for small vessels, in the inner
part of the bay.
CHAPTER 8
Small craft can find complete shelter in a cove opening
off the W side of the bay, depth 5 m, but local knowledge
is required.
3 The channel between Île du Carénage and the coast N
affords shelter for small craft during the hurricane season.
Depths in the fairway are 1⋅8 m in the E entrance, and
0⋅3 m in the W entrance.
Baie de Cavaillon
8.184
1 Entrance. Baie de Cavaillon is entered between Île du
Carénage (18°13′⋅7N, 73°40′⋅4W) (8.183) and Manchon de
Cavaillon (1½ miles SW); partly obstructed by shoals.
Anchorage is best on the E side of the bay.
2 Boats drawing 0⋅9 m can navigate Rivière Cavaillon
from the head of the bay to a landing stage at the town of
Cavaillon, 4 miles upstream.
Grande Caye à l’Eau
8.185
1 Anchorage is available 7½ cables W of Grande Caye à
l’Eau (18°08′N, 73°37′W), depth 26 m.
Rade aux Cayes
8.186
1 Position. Rade aux Cayes (18°10′N, 73°44′W) lies
between Grande Récif, white sand and coral heads, some
drying, and the coast N.
2 Approaches. The roadstead may be approached through
either Canal de l’Est (8.177) or Canal du Sud (8.188).
Canal de l’Est, with a least depth of 13 m, is reported to be
by far the better channel.
3 Anchorage is available with the ruins of Tourterelle
Battery (18°11′N, 73°44′W), bearing between 271° and
293°, distant 1 mile, depths 16⋅5 to 18⋅3 m, or farther
inshore, avoiding Récif Dryad (6½ cables ESE of the
battery) and nearby shoals.
4 Inner anchorage is available nearer the town, but local
knowledge is required.
8.187
1 Safety of anchorage. The anchorages in Rade aux
Cayes are safe except in the hurricane season, during which
vessels anchor in Baie des Flamands (8.183).
Canal du Sud
General information
8.188
1 Route. Canal du Sud leads into Baie des Cayes, and to
anchorages off Les Cays (8.167), from SE.
2 A narrow side channel, with a least depth of 9 m, leads
over the ridge between Île à Vache and Grand Récif into
Canal de l’Est. This channel is marked by No 4 buoy (red
conical) on its SE side.
Local knowledge is required.
8.189
1 Flow. The out going tidal stream runs strongly SE across
the shoals S of Les Cays; the in going stream runs NW.
Directions
8.190
1 From the vicinity of 18°00′N, 73°43′W the route leads
generally NNW, passing:
ENE of the coastal reef (18°02′N, 73°46′W), near
Pointe l’Abacou, a low headland and:
2 SW of Pointe Diamant (5 miles NE), the middle one
of three white cliffs, on Île à Vache, identifiable
from SW.
3 Thence, the line of bearing 017° of the church with a
low spire surmounted by a sphere, at Les Cays (18°11′N,
213
 Home Contents Index CHAPTER 8

73°44′W) leads towards the town, or to Rade de Landmark

Châteaudin (8.192). 8.199
8.191 1 Cap Tiburon (18°21′N, 74°27′W), white cliffs 150 m
1 Useful marks: high, backed by Mont Tiburon (1¼ miles inland),
Vertical cliff (5 cables N of Pointe Diamant (8.190), the W peak, 1089 m high, of the La Hotte range.
easily identified. The most conspicuous part of the cape is a great
Church at Torbeck (18°09′N, 73°48′W), a good white cliff, formed by a landslide, 1 mile SE of its
landmark which shows up well. W extremity. This cliff has been seen from a
distance of 22 miles.
Anchorage
8.192
1 Rade de Châteaudin (2 miles S of Les Cays) is
accessible from Canal du Sud. It is well sheltered and is Directions
safe except in the hurricane season, during which vessels (continued from 8.165)
anchor in Baie des Flamands (8.183). 8.200
1 From the vicinity of 17°50′N, 73°50′W, off Pointe à
Gravois the recommended route leads generally NW to the
Small craft vicinity of 18°15′N, 74°35′W, off Cap Tiburon.
(Directions continue at 8.214 and 10.4)
Baie à Feret
8.193
1 Anchorage is available in the middle of Baie à Feret
(18°06′N, 73°41′W) near the NW extremity of Île à Vache. Anchorages
The sandbanks which fringe the shore are visible.
Local knowledge is required. Port Salut
2 Useful mark: 8.201
Caye Raquette (E entrance point), high white islet. 1 Topography. Port Salut (18°04′N, 73°55′W) has a bluff
8.194 on the S side and a low point on the N. There is a
1 Small vessels and craft can find anchorages among the distinctive white cliff NW of the village and a large church
numerous reefs and cays off the N side of Île à Vache. in the village.
Local knowledge is required. 8.202
1 Anchorage is available 1½ miles offshore, depth 18 m.
Pointe l’Abacou to Pointe à Gravois Small craft anchor close to the beach.
8.195 Local knowledge is required.
1 Between Pointe l’Abacou (18°01′N, 73°47′W) and Port à 2 Caution. A sandbank, depth less than 5⋅5 m over it,
Nanette (3 miles W), some openings in the coastal reef lead extends 5 cables offshore for a distance of 3 miles in the
to anchorages for small craft. Local knowledge is required. vicinity of the port.
2 Between Port à Nanette and Pointe à Gravois (4 miles
W) are some landings used by fishermen in fine weather. Anse à Drick
3 Sea and swell. A heavy surf runs along that coast 8.203
during the greater part of the year. Even in calm weather, a 1 Anchorage is available in the middle of Anse à Drick
heavy swell rolls in. (18°07′N, 73°57′W) off the village of Carpentier, depths 7
to 8 m.
Local knowledge is required.
Other names
8.196
1 Baleines (Lataniers), Pointe des (18°03′N, 73°40′W). Baie Juit and Baie de la Roche à Bateaux
Saint Georges, Baie (18°15′N, 73°29′W). 8.204
Saint Georges, Cap (18°14′N, 73°29′W). 1 Topography. The bay is surrounded by high hills,
between which two ravines extend inland. The village is on
a rounded point at the head of the bay, with a river mouth
POINTE À GRAVOIS TO CAP TIBURON on its N side.
2 Anchorage is available in the middle of Anse à Juif
General information (18°09′N, 73°59′W), off the village of Carre Rosie, depth
9 m, with the village bearing 090°.
Chart 3935 (see 1.15) 3 Local knowledge is required.
Route 8.205
8.197 1 Similar anchoring conditions are found in Baie de la
1 A coastal route continues from the vicinity of Pointe à Roche à Bateaux (1 mile NW), off a river mouth.
Gravois (18°01′N, 73°54′W) to the vicinity of Cap Tiburon
(36 miles NW) (8.199).
Coteaux
Natural conditions 8.206
8.198 1 Anchorage is available in the N part of Baie des
1 Sea. The coast between Pointe à Gravois and Cap Coteaux, off Coteaux (18°13′N, 74°03′W), a village with a
Tiburon forms a bight, much exposed to S winds that large church, depth 9 m, clear of reefs that extend
almost always send in a heavy sea. 1½ cables off each of the bay’s entrance points.
2 Current: see 8.148. 2 Local knowledge is required.

214
 Home Contents Index CHAPTER 8

Anse du Milieu Baie Tiburon

8.207
1 Anse du Milieu lies off the NW side of Pointe des
Aigrettes (18°17′N, 74°22′W).
2 Temporary anchorage is available off the coast between
Pointe des Aigrettes, white cliffs, and Grande Pointe
(4 miles E), depth 11 m, without shelter, and exposed at
times to a heavy sea; and in Anse du Milieu, which is
sheltered from NW through N to SE.
3 Local knowledge is required.
8.208
1 Anchorage is available in Baie Tiburon (18°19′N,
74°25′W), depths 9 to 11 m, without shelter from W or SW
winds. Only small craft can get shelter from S winds by
anchoring close off the village, depths 3 to 6 m, where the
water is always smooth unless a strong breeze blows.
2 Local knowledge is required.

HAÏTI, WEST SIDE

GENERAL INFORMATION Dame Marie clear of the offlying bank (8.212) or with
vessels of suitable draught crossing the bank, passing (with
Chart 3935 reference to Cap Tiburon):
Extent of area 2 W of Cap des Irois (4 miles NNW), the W extremity
8.209 of Hispaniola. A low rocky bluff, identified by a
1 The area described below includes the coastal waters of small detached hill, 30 m high at its extremity,
the W end of Haïti from Cap Tiburon (18°21′N, 74°27′W) which, from a distance, appears as an island.
to Port-au-Prince (18°33′N, 72°20′W), and thence to Cap Thence:
du Môle (19°50′N, 73°25′W). 3 W of Pointe Fanchon (1 mile farther NNW), bold
reef fringed headland, thence:
Port
W of Cap Dame Marie (16 miles N), low, with a
8.210
small flat topped hill on its extremity, and with
1 The principal port in the area is Port-au-Prince (8.275).
Faux Cap, a similar projection close S of it.
4 Caution. Vessels of suitable draught crossing the bank
CAP TIBURON TO CANAL DU SUD should take care to avoid the dangers on it (8.212).
8.215
General information 1 Useful marks:
Navassa Island (18°24′N, 75°01′W) (10.5).
Chart 3935 Cap Dame Marie Light (18°37′N, 74°25′W).
Route
8.211 Cap Dame Marie to Canal du Sud
1 A coastal route may be followed, by vessels of suitable 8.216
draught, from the vicinity of Cap Tiburon (18°21′N, 1 From NW of Cap Dame Marie the route leads generally
74°27′W), round the W end of Haïti towards the vicinity of E towards the vicinity of 18°45′N, 73°25′W, at the W
Baie des Baradères (50 miles ENE), near the W entrance to entrance to Canal du Sud, passing (with reference to Cap
Canal du Sud (Gonâve Channel). Dame Marie (18°37′N, 74°25′W)):
2 N of Pointe de la Seringue (2½ miles NE) a low
Shoals wooded headland, thence:
8.212 3 N of Cap Rose (13 miles E), a vertical cliff not easily
1 Attention is drawn to the bank of sand and coral that is identified except from E or W, thence:
charted off the W end of Haïti from Cap Tiburon to Cap 4 N of Grand Cayemite (Great Cayemites Island)
Dame Marie (16 miles N) and up to 12 miles seaward and, (37 miles E), thickly wooded.
in particular, the following (with reference to Cap Tiburon): 8.217
2 10⋅9 m patch (6 miles WNW). 1 Useful mark:
Patches of 9⋅1 m and 16⋅4 m (about 13 miles WNW). Grand Cayemite Light (white metal framework tower,
3 Depths over the bank are irregular, and the bank’s outer red lantern, 13 m in height) (18°39′N, 73°45′W).
edge is very steep; the water is so clear that the bottom is (Directions continue for Canal du Sud at 8.239,
plainly visible. for Canal Saint Marc at 8.264, and for
4 Fish traps marked by buoys may be found on the bank. coastal passage to Cap du Môle at 8.299.)
Caution must be exercised near the bank and in an area
SE of Navassa Island (32 miles W of Cap Tiburon) (8.199). Anchorages between Cap Tiburon and Cap
Dame Marie
Landmark
8.213 Chart 3935 (see 1.15)
1 Cap Tiburon (8.199). General
8.218
Directions 1 Anchorage may be obtained anywhere off the coast
(continued from 8.200 and 9.10) between Cap Tiburon and Cap Dame Marie, but the bays
are all exposed to W winds. They are sometimes unsafe,
Cap Tiburon to Cap Dame Marie and are seldom visited from September to March, when
8.214 NW winds may blow.
1 From a position off Cap Tiburon (18°21′N, 74°27′W) 2 Local knowledge is required for all the anchorages
the route leads generally N towards the vicinity of Cap mentioned below.

215
 Home Contents Index
Baie de Carcasse and Baie des Irois
8.219
1 Anchorages are available near the village of Carcasse
(18°22′N, 74°27′W).
Off Baie de Carcasse depth 20 m and in the bay, depth
9 m sand and mud.
2 Off Les Irois (2 miles N), depth 13 m, sand and shells.
A good anchorage, but NW and SE winds send in a heavy
swell, making landing difficult.
Baie Bigie and Baie la Croix
8.220
1 Baie Bigie and Baie la Croix, which lie between Cap
des Irois (18°24′N, 74°29′W) and Pointe Fanchon (1 mile
N), are separated by a bold and conspicuous conical point
that rises abruptly from the sea.
2 Anchorage is available 7 cables offshore, depth 13 m, or
farther out, depth 18 to 22 m. Neither bay affords any
shelter with W winds.
Baie de Pierre Joseph
8.221
1 Baie de Pierre Joseph is entered S of Île Pierre Joseph
(18°27′N, 74°28′W) which lies off Pointe Pierre Joseph.
2 Anchorage is available with Île Pierre Joseph bearing
058°, in a depth of 13 m, and with Île Pierre Joseph
bearing 009°, in a depth of 5 m.
The bottom can be plainly seen when the sky is clear.
Baie de Laborie
8.222
1 Anchorage is available in Baie Laborie, entered between
Île Pierre Joseph and Pointe Laborie (5 cables N), S of
Pointe Laborie (18°28′N, 74°28′W), depth 4 m, and about
1½ miles offshore, depth 15 m.
Baie de l’Hôpital
8.223
1 Topography. Baie de l’Hôpital (Anse d’Hainault)
consists of two small indentations entered S of Pointe
Bourry (18°29′N, 74°28′W). They are protected from the
trade winds and their depths decrease regularly shorewards,
but landing is difficult, owing to surf raised by S and SW
winds from June to November.
2 Anse d’Hainault is a town of considerable size on the
shore of the N bay; it stands at the foot of lofty mountains,
one of which terminates in a conspicuous peak close within
Pointe Bourry. A small rounded hill rises steeply from a
cliff close S of the town.
8.224
1 Anchorage is available with a conspicuous red house
bearing 045° and Pointe Bourry bearing 349°, or closer in,
if draught permits.
2 Good anchorage used in 1954 by HMS Vidal
(1940 tons), off Anse d’Hainault, with the centre of the
town bearing 108°, depth 10 m, mud and sand. This
anchorage, used by vessels loading bananas, is reported to
be the only locally recommended anchorage in the vicinity.
Les Baleines and Baie de Bariadeles
8.225
1 Anchorage is available 5 cables S of Les Baleines
(Whale Rocks) (18°31′N, 74°28′W), depths 11 to 13 m.
The rocks are only a few metres high, and always marked
by breakers.
2 Anchorage is also available in the N part of Baie de
Bariadeles, approximately between Les Baleines and Pointe
CHAPTER 8
du Ministere, bluff with white cliffs (1½ miles NE), depths
11 to 15 m. The bay is free from dangers.
Baie de Dame Marie
8.226
1 Topography. Baie de Dame Marie is entered between
Pointe Rousselin (18°33′N, 74°26′W) and Cap Dame Marie
(3½ miles N). The village of Petite Rivière is in the N part
of the bay and that of Dame Marie in the S part. Twelve
Apostles is a conspicuous white cliff about midway
between the villages.
8.227
1 Anchorage, sheltered from E winds, is available almost
anywhere in the bay, not less than 3 cables offshore. The
most convenient berth is off Petite Rivière, with Cap Dame
Marie bearing 000° and Twelve Apostles 112°, depth 9 m.
Anchorages between Cap Dame Marie and
Canal du Sud
Baie de Jérémie
8.228
1 Jérémie (18°39′N, 74°07′W) stands on the W shore of
Baie de Jérémie. The port is reported to be closed to
shipping.
8.229
1 Topography. The bay may be identified by the ruins of
a fort, on the N entrance point; the conspicuous clock
tower of the cathedral (2½ cables W) and a hill, SE of the
town, the seaward face of which consists of a white cliff
more conspicuous than others in the vicinity and is visible
even in twilight.
Baie des Garçons
8.230
1 Topography. Baie des Garçons (Cayemites Bay) is
contained between Grande Île des Cayemites (18°37′N,
73°45′W) and the coast S and SW, well sheltered by the
island and shoals W of it, but with irregular depths and
only indifferent anchorage.
2 Local knowledge is required.
8.231
1 Entrances. The bay may be entered by two routes.
Northern Passage, between Grand Cayemite and Grande
Récif (Grand Reef) (1 mile W), controlling depth 1⋅8 m.
2 Eastern Passage, off the E and S sides of Grand
Cayemite; depth 5⋅8 m in two channels at the inner end of
the passage.
Baie des Baradères
8.232
1 Baie des Baradères (Baradaires Bay), entered S of Pointe
Bec (Bec du Marsouin ) (18°35′N, 73°34′W), is much
encumbered by shoal patches and coral heads; the entrance,
on the N side of the bay’s mouth is narrow and tortuous.
2 The least charted depth from the entrance to the W part
of the bay is about 6⋅5 m.
Local knowledge is required.
Small craft
Petit Trou de Nippes
8.233
1 Anchorage is available for small craft, off Petit Trou de
Nippes (18°33′N, 73°31′W), close E of the S entrance point
of Baie des Baradères.
Local knowledge is required.
216
 Home Contents Index CHAPTER 8

Anse à Veau Other rocky heads.

8.234 4 Thence over the SE part of the steep bank which
1 Shelter is available for small craft, in the small inlet of extends from Pointe Fantasque to the shore of the mainland
Anse à Veau (18°31′N, 73°20′W), the entrance of which is (14 miles SE). Attention is drawn to a 9 m patch situated
obstructed by a bar. 5½ miles SE of Pointe Fantasque.
Local knowledge is required. 5 Thence E, passing at least 1 mile N of the S shore of
2 Landmarks: Baie de Port-au-Prince, towards position 18°34⋅5′N,
Conspicuous white church, in the town, on a cliff on 72°25⋅5′W off Port-au-Prince.
the E side of the inlet. 8.240
Ruined fort, on the end of the cliff. 1 Useful mark:
Pointe Fantasque Light (white metal framework tower,
black bands) (18°42′N, 72°49′W).
CANAL DU SUD TO BAIE DE (Directions continue at 8.289.)
PORT-AU-PRINCE

General information Miragoâne

Chart 3935, 466 Chart 3935

Route
8.235
1 Île de la Gonâve (18°50′N, 73°00′W) (8.260) divides
the approaches to Port-au-Prince (18°33′N, 72°20′W) into
two channels, Canal du Sud (8.188) on the S and Canal de
Saint Marc (8.259) on the N. Both channels lead into Baie
de Port-au-Prince.
Fishing craft
8.236
1 Local fishing craft go out in the early morning on the
land breeze and return on the sea breeze in the afternoon.
They may be met, without lights, in Canal du Sud.
Flow
8.237
1 Current. Sometimes an anti clockwise eddy flows round
Île de la Gonâve, causing an E going current to flow in
Canal du Sud.
Principal marks
8.238
1 Landmarks:
Tapion de Miragoâne (18°27′N, 73°00′W).
Conspicuous white cliffs at foot.
Miragoâne Church (18°27′N, 73°05′W) (8.245).
2 Pointe Fantasque (18°42′N, 72°49′W). Conspicuous
white bluff.
Tapion du Petit Goâve (18°26′N, 72°49′W), steep and
prominent.
3 Major lights:
Pointe Ouest (West Point) Light (white metal
framework tower) (18°55′N, 73°18′W).
4 Pointe Lamentin Light (18°33′N, 72°25′W) (8.288).
Directions
(continued from 8.214)
8.239
1 From the vicinity of 18°45′N, 73°25′W, at the W end of
Canal du Sud the recommended route leads ESE through
Canal du Sud, passing well clear N or S of Banc de
Rochelois (18°39′N, 73°12′W) on which lie the following
features:
2 Les Pirogues and other drying rocks, nearby, seen
from 3 miles N as small rocky pinnacles, some
with mangroves.
3 Les Pirogues Light (white framework tower, black
band, red lantern, hut at base).
Roche Vandalìa a dangerous rock on the S edge of
the bank.
General information
8.241
1 Position. 18°26′N, 73°05′W.
Function. Small port with an alongside berth.
Limiting conditions
8.242
1 Depths:
About 15 m near outer fairway light-buoy.
Least depth in fairway. 13⋅7 m.
11⋅6 m in the final approach to the pier.
Arrival information
8.243
1 Port radio. Not available.
Local knowledge is required.
Pilotage is compulsory.
2 Pilot boarding place is at the entrance, near the outer
fairway light-buoy; a vessel may wait at anchor in that
vicinity.
Tug is available.
Harbour
8.244
1 Layout. Baie de Miragoâne is protected from N by the
reef, which is continued by a ridge, extending E from
Pointe de Rochelois, the W entrance point.
2 An inner harbour, in which the pier lies, is protected
from NE by Caye Baice and Caye Salomon which extend 4
to 8 cables NW of the church.
The town of Miragoâne surrounds the church.
8.245
1 Landmarks (with reference to the church (18°26′⋅6N,
73°05′⋅2W)):
2 Miragoâne Church, very large and prominent, with a
tall spire; a good landmark for the approach.
Monument (3 cables SE), on a hill 78 m high.
Directions for entering harbour
8.246
1 Route. From a position near the outer fairway light-buoy
(starboard hand) the alignment (233°) of beacons in the
town, leads into the harbour. Thence follow the channels
through the inner harbour, which are marked by leading
marks and buoys.
2 Local knowledge is required.
Caution. Mariners are warned of a dangerous and
unmarked wreck reported in position 18°27⋅2′N, 73°05⋅6′W.
3 Useful mark:
Light on a loading chute, on the pier.

217
 Home Contents Index CHAPTER 8

Anchorages Supplies: fuel oil not available; fresh water; provisions,

8.247 scarce.
1 Anchorage is available as convenient in the bay, depths
14 to 18 m, or in the inner harbour, depths 11 to 13 m, but Baie de Port-au-Prince
space is confined. Chart 466
Ça Ira
Berths 8.256
8.248 1 Anchorage is available off Ça-Ira (18°31′N, 72°39′W),
1 Pier (1 mile W of the church). T headed, depth depth 18 m, clear of shoal patches shown on the chart,
alongside 10⋅7 m, 45 m long, extended about 100 m each within 5 cables of the shore.
way by dolphins, with a mooring buoy at each end.
Small craft
Port services Chart 3935
8.249 Baie du Parc
1 Facilities: hospital. 8.257
Supplies: fuel oil not available; fresh water; provisions 1 Anchorage is available for small craft, protected from
scarce. NE winds, in Baie du Parc (18°43′N, 72°50′W), 2 miles
NNW of Pointe Fantasque, the SE point of Île de la
Baie de Petit Goâve Gonâve. Several shoals and dangerous coral heads lie in
the approach, but in clear weather, they may be seen from
Chart 3935 aloft.
General information 2 Local knowledge is required.
8.250
1 Topography. Baie de Petit Goâve (18°26′N, 72°53′W) is Other names
open N, with considerable and irregular depths. 8.258
2 At HW, in calm weather, Île des Poules (4 cables N of 1 Antoine, Pointe (18°27′N, 72°54′W).
the church (8.252)), a sandy islet, can be distinguished only Roches, Pointe des (18°27′N, 72°51′W).
by occasional breakers.
CANAL DE SAINT MARC TO BAIE DE
Arrival information PORT-AU-PRINCE
8.251 General information
1 Pilotage is compulsory. Pilot boarding place is at the
Chart 3935, 466
entrance to the bay.
Route
Harbour 8.259
8.252 1 The approach to Port-au-Prince from NW leads through
1 Landmarks: Canal de Saint Marc, between Île de la Gonâve (W point
Church (18°26′N, 72°52′W), prominent. 18°56′N, 73°18′W) and the mainland NE, thence through
Ruined fort (2 cables SW). Baie de Port-au-Prince to the port itself (45 miles SE).
Topography
Directions for entering harbour. 8.260
8.253 1 Île de la Gonâve (18°50′N, 73°00′W), when seen from a
1 From a position about 1½ miles NNW of the church, as distance NW, appears as two rounded hills with no
convenient for the pilot boarding place, the line of bearing prominent marks; its mountains and hills having rounded
175° of a coffee mill (1 mile WSW of the church) leads summits and gradual slopes.
into the bay passing (with reference to the church):
2 E of Pointe Agujerada (1½ miles NW), reported in Fishing craft
1968 to be covered with mangroves, thence: 8.261
W of the light-buoy marking the rocky bank (7 cables 1 See 8.236 concerning fishing craft which may also be
NW). met in Canal Saint Marc.
3 The line of bearing 085° of the church leads to the Current
anchorage off the town. 8.262
Caution. In 1968 the coffee mill was reported difficult 1 Sometimes an anticlockwise eddy flows round Île de la
to distinguish from the other white building nearby. Gonâve, causing a NW-going current to flow in Canal de
Saint Marc.
Berths
8.254 Major lights
1 Anchorage is available off the town of Petit Goâve, 8.263
depths 22 to 37 m; and in a well sheltered and safe inlet 1 Pointe Ouest Light (18°56′N, 73°18′W) (8.238).
WNW of Caye Normita (1¾ miles WNW of the church), Pointe Lamentin Light (18°33′N, 72°25′W) (8.288).
depths 5 to 9 m. Caye de Normita was reported in 1968 to
be covered with mangroves.
Directions
(continued from 8.214)
2 Alongside berth at a small pier, near the custom house,
depth alongside 2 m. Canal de Saint Marc
8.264
Port services 1 From the vicinity of 19°05′N, 73°00′W the
8.255 recommended route leads generally SE, passing (with
1 Facilities: hospital. reference to Les Arcadins (18°48′N, 72°39′W):

218
 Home Contents Index
SW of Pointe de Saint-Marc (18 miles NW), the W
extremity of a broad high promontory, thence:
2 About 5 miles SW of Pointe de Montruis (Mont
Rouis) (10 miles NNW), with a prominent white
cliff 3 miles SE of it, and:
NE of Pointe à Galets (Pointe du Galet) (11 miles
WNW) and of the reef extending SE of it, thence:
3 SW of shoals lying SW of and near to Les Arcadins,
three islets, the middle one flat with little
vegetation, the others bushy, and Récifs Arcadins
(3¼ miles ESE), thence:
4 NW of a 12⋅4 m patch (4¼ miles SW), and of the
extensive reef (5½ miles farther SW) on which lie
Caye Sable, Îlot Frégate de Croissant, with a few
huts on each, and a stranded wreck; fish traps and
strong currents being found all over the shoal area
off the SE end of Île de la Gonâve.
5 Useful mark:
Pointe de Saint Marc Light (white sphere on white
framework tower) (19°03′N, 72°49′W).
Baie de Port-au-Prince
8.265
1 The route continues through Baie de Port-au-Prince,
along the line of bearing, about 132°, of Pointe Lamentin
(20 miles SE), to position 18°34′⋅5N, 72°25′⋅5W off
Port-au-Prince.
8.266
1 Useful marks:
Les Arcadins Light (white round metal tower, 9 m in
height) (18°48′N, 72°39′W), on the middle islet,
obscured, as shown on the chart.
2 Pointe Fantasque Light (18°42′N, 72°49′W) (8.240).
(Directions continue at 8.289.)
Anchorages and berths
La Source
8.267
1 Anchorage is available off a break in the reef at the
village of La Source (19°57′N, 73°10′W), in Île de la
Gonâve, depth 27 m.
Local knowledge is required.
Grande Baie
8.268
1 Anchorage is available in Grande Baie, entered S of La
Grande Pointe (Bluff Point) (18°44′N, 72°48′W), at the SE
extremity of Île de la Gonâve; open E, poor holding
ground, many coral heads.
2 Local knowledge is required.
Les Arcadins
8.269
1 Anchorage is available off Les Arcadins (18°48′N,
72°39′W) (8.264) on the alignment (237°) of the light and
the NE islet, 1½ miles from that islet.
The bottom is hard near the islets, soft near the coast.
2 Attention is drawn to Récifs Arcadins (3 miles ESE of
the light), in the S approach to the anchorage.
Local knowledge is required.
Arcahaie
8.270
1 Anchorage is available 5 cables offshore, with the
village bearing 304°, in a depth of 27 m.
CHAPTER 8
2 Landmark:
Prominent church in the village of Arcahaie (18°46′N,
72°31′W).
3 Local knowledge is required.
Fons Mombin
8.271
1 Fons Mombin is situated at the head of the bay
extending from Pointe de Boucassin (18°43′N, 72°27′W) to
Île à Cabrit (4 miles ESE).
2 Île à Cabrit is bold and steep to on its SW side, but is
not easily identified.
A cement factory stands at Fons Mombin.
3 Landmark:
White factory with conspicuous chimneys, as shown
on the chart.
4 Jetty extends seaward from the cement factory, depth
6 m alongside, used by vessels of 20 000 tons.
Pilots and tugs are available from Port-au-Prince.
Rade de Foso
8.272
1 Anchorage is available in Rade de Foso, in the NE
corner of Baie de Port-au-Prince, depths 13 to 33 m, with a
detached 14⋅5 m patch in the middle of the anchorage.
Lafiteau
8.273
1 A flour mill is situated at Lafiteau (18°41′N, 72°21′W).
Pilot is available from Port-au-Prince.
2 Approach on the alignment (044½°) of leading lights
(white and black beacons), front beacon 20 m in height;
rear beacon on a building. Least depth in channel 9⋅6 m.
3 Pier. T shaped; head 21 m long with dolphins and
mooring buoys off each end; depth 8⋅5 m alongside.
PORT-AU-PRINCE
General information
Chart 466, plan of Port au Prince
Position
8.274
1 Port-au-Prince (18°33′N, 72°20′W) lies in the SE
corner of Baie de Port-au-Prince.
Function
8.275
1 Port-au-Prince is the capital and principal port of
Republic of Haïti.
2 Population: 1 699 000 (1999).
3 Cruise vessels and container vessels are handled.
Principal exports: coffee and fruit.
Traffic
8.276
1 In 2001, 881 vessels totalling 7 432 710 dwt visited the
port.
Port Authority
8.277
1 Autorité Portuaire Nationale, Port-au-Prince, Haïti;
official: Chef de Port.
Limiting conditions
8.278
1 Least charted depth on the leading line: 9⋅1 m.
Deepest berth at container terminal, see 8.292.
2 Tidal levels. Mean spring range about 0⋅4 m; mean neap
range about 0⋅2 m. For further information see Admiralty
Tide Tables.
219
 Home Contents Index
3 Maximum size of vessel handled. Length 205 m
overall, draught 8⋅8 m.
Arrival information
8.279
1 Notice of ETA should be advised 48 and 24 hours in
advance. For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals
Volume 6(5).
8.280
1 Outer anchorage berths have been designated in the NE
and SW of Baie de Port-au-Prince, the Port Authority
should be contacted for further details.
2 Quarantine anchorage is situated 2½ miles WNW of
the cathedral (18°33′N, 72°20′W). Vessels must wait in the
anchorage for the Port Medical officer, and keep the
quarantine flag hoisted until pratique is granted.
8.281
1 Pilotage is compulsory and is available 24 hours.
Pilot boarding place: 1 mile W of Fort Ilet.
2 Tug. When berthing use of tug is compulsory for vessels
of 1000 grt and more.
8.282
1 Time of entry and berthing. Vessels may anchor or
depart at any time of the day or night, but may go
alongside only between 0530 and 2100 on weekdays.
8.283
1 Restricted area. Vessels are requested not to anchor in
the area shown on the plan as a prohibited anchorage
(1½ miles W of the cathedral).
Harbour
Layout
8.284
1 The city and alongside berthing area occupy the SE
corner of Baie du Port-au-Prince. The NE part of that
corner of the bay is encumbered by Cayes du Pélican
(18°36′N, 72°23′W), Haut Fond Inginac (2½ miles SSE)
and other shoals; the SW part, in which the final approach
lies, is relatively clear.
2 Channels through the reefs exist, but local knowledge is
required.
Tanker berths and other port installations are situated
on the coast, on either side of the port.
Natural conditions
8.285
1 Wind. The bay is reported to be nearly always calm
except when, from May to November, occasional strong
winds may interrupt cargo working. A light E to NE breeze
blows after dawn; a strong SW to W breeze blows in the
afternoon.
2 Climatic table. See 1.187 and 1.196.
8.286
1 Current is almost negligible in the port; however a
weak N going flow, rate ¼ kn, may be felt when berthing
or unberthing.
Principal marks
8.287
1 Landmarks (with reference to the cathedral (18°33′N,
72°20′W)):
Cathedral, white stone with two conspicuous towers.
Chimney (1 miles NNE). Large, buff-coloured, with
black top, occasional obstruction light.
2 Radio station (obstruction lights) (4 cables ENE). Two
masts.
CHAPTER 8
Conspicuous monument (4 cables WNW). Cream,
blue and red, 27 m in height.
3 Palace (about 3½ cables S). Large, very white, with a
dome.
Fort National (4½ cables ESE), easily identified by its
white walls and the zig zag road that leads to it.
4 Conspicuous cross (1¼ miles SSE). White, 6 m high.
Fort Bizoton (ruin) (2¾ miles WSW), reported to
make a good landmark, with a power house
nearby.
8.288
1 Major light:
Pointe Lamentin Light (white round metal tower,
29 m in height) (18°33′N, 72°25′W).
Directions for entering harbour
(continued from 8.239 and 8.264)
8.289
1 From a position about 1 mile NNW of Pointe Lamentin
(18°33′⋅5N, 72°25′⋅2W) the alignment (104°), shown on the
plan, of the monument, N tower of the cathedral (front
light) and the S side of Fort National (rear light) leads into
harbour, passing (with reference to the cathedral (8.287)):
2 SSW of Récif Bolivar (4¾ miles NW), marked by
No 1 Beacon, thence:
NNE of No 2 Light beacon (4½ miles W), off Pointe
Lamentin, thence:
3 NNE of No 4 Beacon (3½ miles W) off Pointe Tor,
thence:
SSW of Banc de l’Îlet de Sable (3½ miles NW),
marked by beacons, and into the quarantine
anchorage (8.280) thence:
4 SSW of No 5 Beacon (1¾ miles WNW) and Nos 9
and 11 Beacons (1½ miles WNW).
8.290
1 Caution. The best time for picking up the leading marks
is just before the leading lights are extinguished, or 2 to
3 hours after sunrise, or after noon. In the early morning,
owing to smoke and mist, the towers of the cathedral are
difficult to distinguish at times. In 1984, although the
cathedral was easily seen from 5 miles distant, Fort
National could not be seen at all.
2 Owing to the difficulty in distinguishing the leading
lights from the many red airport lights near and N of Fort
National, mariners may find difficulty in entering after
dark. Aids to navigation are reported to be unreliable and
may be missing, unlit or out of position.
Anchorages and berths
Anchorages
8.291
1 Quarantine anchorage. See 8.280.
Anchorages are available with the cathedral bearing
103°, distant 2¼ or 1¾ miles, depth about 24 m, but
attention is drawn to shoals lying about 1 cable from both
positions. Numbered anchorage berths have been designated
N and S of the entrance channel, the Port Authority should
be contacted for further details.
Berths
8.292
1 City centre:
Jetty and dolphin extension with berths on both sides,
length totalling 700 m, depths 5 to 9⋅7 m
alongside.
2 Container terminal, S side only; length 426 m, depth
9⋅7 m.
220
 Home Contents Index
Ro ro terminal (7 cables NW of the cathedral), which
is shown on the plan.
8.293
1 Other berths:
Esso and Shell offshore oil berths, close together
(2¾ miles W of the cathedral), Shell to NW.
2 Pipeline berth off Hasco (1½ miles NNW); depth 10⋅7
alongside; approach marked by beacons and a
buoy.
Port services
8.294
1 Repairs: No facilities.
Other facilities: all medical services.
8.295
1 Supplies: fuel oil from tanker truck; fresh water in small
quantities; provisions.
2 Communications: airport 6 km distant. International
connections to N. America, Caribbean and Europe. A local
air service connects with the principal towns in the
Republic.
CANAL DE SAINT MARC TO CAP DU
MÔLE
General information
Chart 3959, 3907, (see 1.15)
Route
8.296
1 A coastal route may be followed from the NW end of
Canal de Saint Marc, off Pointe de Saint-Marc (19°03′N,
72°49′W) to the vicinity of Cap du Môle (19°50′N,
73°25′W).
Flow
8.297
1 Tidal streams along the coast from Pointe Lapierre
(Pierre Head) (19°27′N, 72°46′W) (8.303) to Pointe de la
Plateforme (Platform Point) (19°38′N, 73°22′W) (8.298) are
strong.
2 Current. Although the current is reported to set strongly
N around Pointe la Perle (Pearl Point) (19°40′N, 73°26′W)
(8.298), a S or SW-going set is likely to be met from about
10 miles offshore.
Principal marks
8.298
1 Landmarks:
Morne Biénac (19°28′N, 72°41′W), a bold and
prominent hill, 1½ miles N of the town of
Gonaïves which is backed by mountains with a
burnt, brownish appearance and is easily identified.
2 Cathedral (19°27′N, 72°41′W), the most prominent
building in Gonaïves; can be identified from afar.
Pointe de la Plateforme (Platform Point) (19°38′N,
73°22′W), a conspicuous white rocky bluff with a
flat mound on its summit known as The Platform.
3 Pointe la Perle (Pearl Point) (19°40′N, 73°26′W), a
prominent headland with a rounded hill with a
steep face on its seaward side.
Conspicuous white cliffs, immediately N of Pointe du
Cheval Blanc (19°41′N, 73°27′W).
Cap Foux (19°46′N, 73°27′W), a bold headland faced
with steep cliffs above which high land rises.
CHAPTER 8
4 Major light:
Cap du Môle Light (white tower) (19°50′N,
73°25′W).
Directions
(continued from 8.214)
8.299
1 From a position W of Pointe de Saint-Marc (19°03′N,
72°49′W) the route leads generally NW and N, keeping to
seaward of the 200 m depth contour, towards the vicinity of
Cap du Môle (19°50′N, 73°25′W), the SW extremity of a
flat peninsula connected to the mainland by a low isthmus.
2 Useful mark:
Pointe de Saint Marc Light (19°03′N, 72°49′W)
(8.264).
3 Pointe Lapierre Light (19°27′N, 72°46′W), near to
Baie des Gonaïves (8.302).
(Directions continue for the N coast of Haïti at 6.147.)
Ports and Anchorages
Chart 3935
Baie de Saint Marc
8.300
1 Saint Marc (19°07′N, 72°42′W) stands at the head of
Baie de Saint Marc.
The port is reported to be closed to shipping.
8.301
1 Landmarks:
Pointe Table au Diable (Devil Point) (19°13′N,
72°47′W) (8½ miles NW of the town), the NW
extremity of a small but conspicuous plateau with
precipitous sides known as Table au Diable. The
W sides fall directly to the sea, but on the E is a
low plain of mud flats. It is prominent from N and
S, and when first sighted from either of those
directions, resembles an island.
2 Cathedral in the town. Prominent twin spires.
Gros Morne (1½ miles E of the town), prominent
flat topped hill with a tomb on its summit.
Gonaïves
8.302
1 Position. 19°27′N, 72°41′W, at the head of Baie des
Gonaïves
Population. 63 291 (1992)
2 Industry. Extensive salt beds, S of the town.
Traffic. In 2001, 18 vessels totalling 37 164 dwt visited
the port.
3 Pilots are not available locally but can be ordered from
Port-au-Prince with prior notice. Berthing and unberthing
operations are carried out in daylight hours only.
4 Anchorage, open to the W, is available in the bay and
vessels of moderate draught can proceed into Baie
Grammont (S of Gonaïves) where they can lie landlocked
in depths of about 6⋅5 m.
8.303
1 Landmarks: (with reference to the Cathedral (19°27′N,
72°41′W):
Cathedral (8.301).
2 Morne Biénac (1½ miles N) (8.298).
Conspicuous white bluff (1½ miles W) at the S end
of a hilly peninsula.
3 Pointe Lapierre (4½ miles W), lofty rocky headland
faced with cliffs, on which is a prominent reddish
triangular patch.
Pointe Lapierre Light (white square stone tower)
(19°27′N, 72°46′W).
221
 Home Contents Index
4 Directions. Uncharted wrecks lie close to the town pier
(19°26′⋅9N, 72°41′⋅9W) and extreme caution is advised
when approaching this berth.
Alongside berths. There are two berths with depths
alongside of about 5 and 6⋅4 m.
5 Supplies. Stores, fresh provisions. Fresh water is
available in limited quantities but should be treated before
use.
Pointe Lapierre to Petit-Port-à-Piment
8.304
1 Anchorage is available on an extensive bank fronting
the coast from Pointe Lapierre (19°27′N, 72°46′W) (8.303)
to Petit Port à Piment (14 miles NW).
2 Recommended berth reported with Pointe Corridon
(6 miles SE of Petit-Port-à-Piment), bearing 318° and
Pointe Lapierre bearing 093°, depth 31 m, clean bottom.
Baie de Port à Piment
8.305
1 Anchorage is available for small vessels, in emergency,
in Baie de Port-à-Piment (19°36′N, 73°00′W).
Local knowledge is required.
Pointe la Perle
8.306
1 Anchorage is available for small vessels, close inshore
in a sandy bay W of Pointe la Perle (19°40′N, 73°26′W)
(8.298), depth 15 m, with the mouth of a stream bearing
023° and the S extremity of land bearing 101°.
2 Local knowledge is required.
CHAPTER 8
Small craft
Pointe de la Plateforme
8.307
1 Anchorage is available in a bay close W of Pointe de la
Plateforme (8.298) (19°38′N, 73°22′W), depths 5 to 6 m.
Local knowledge is required.
Baie du Môle
8.308
1 Baie du Môle, is entered between Cap Saint Nicolas
(19°50′N, 73°25′W), a low point covered with small palm
trees, and Cap du Môle (1½ miles N) (8.299).
Local knowledge is required.
2 Môle Saint Nicolas (La Mole) is a village lying on the
S shore. The inner part of the inlet, NNE of Môle Saint
Nicolas, is known as Baie Carénage.
8.309
1 Anchorages:
Close W of Môle Saint Nicolas, depths 13 to 18 m,
irregular, with foul ground nearby, a poor
anchorage during W winds which make boatwork
unpleasant.
2 NE of the village, a good berth, depth 22 m.
In Baie Carénage, the most sheltered part of the inlet,
but space is confined.
In the outer part of the inlet anchorage is impracticable,
as depths are too great,
3 Landing on the beach at Môle Saint Nicolas, or at a
small jetty at the N end of the village.
Submarine cables are laid in the inlet.
8.310
1 Supplies: fresh water and fresh provisions scarce; fruit
and local produce in small quantities.
222
Home Contents Index NOTES

223
 Home Contents Index

Chapter 9 - Windward Passage and South Coast of Cuba

85° 84° 83° 82° 81° 80° 79° 78° 77° 76° 75° 74°
23° 23°
1220

Great B ahama
B ank

1217 9.214
G ol fo de 9.190
Bahía de Bahía de
Bat abano Cochinos
1218 9.235 Cienfuegos
22° 444 C 22°
os
nfueg Punta U
de Cie B
n t . t o Bahia 9.211 Marta Aguilar
A
Isla de 4 44 E 9.186
Ca

o Puerto Francés Pinos Cayo Guano 98

b

de 98
Sa del Este
nA Gol fo de
n to n
io Ana M ar i a
9.222
9.146
21° to n 21°
224

3867 9.131
Bre 9.135
C ayo Santa Cruz
del Sur
3800
9.96 Point Cabeza Gol fo de
9.58 Maisí
486 del Este G u a c a n a y a b o 3935
Puerto nta
9.101 Pu

e
3802 Santiago 9.30

ag
de Cuba Guantánamo
20° Ca Bahia Niquero 435 9.15 20°

ss
bo Puerto
Cr u de Baitiquiri 435

Ap

Ch
z

Sa

a
Pu

Pue
En
E l en

P
Po 9.54 904

pr

nt
ir i

er
3799 3865

. to

ia g
9.77

vic
3803

s
rt

r to
3866

to
d a ill o 9

rd
1266

o
Be

Ni
H
C ay m an

Hr

E sc
de 8

a
bo

ar

m
li c
9.4

.4

w
Is l ands M ur

Ni
&

ond
43 8
or

d
98

m
Ri
a(

in
a
o
Pi

ido 4
9
Li
lo n

W
m
19° Ha 19°

on
es rb o

35
43 u r)
5 345
1220

1218
0

85° 84° 83° 82° 81° Longitude 80° West from Greenwich 78° 77° 76° 75° 74°
November 2003
 Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 9
WINDWARD PASSAGE AND SOUTH COAST OF CUBA

GENERAL INFORMATION
Charts 3865, 3866, 3867
Scope of chapter
9.1
1 The area covered by this chapter includes Windward
Passage and the coastal waters of the S side of Cuba from
Punta Maisí (20°15′N, 74°08′W) to Cabo Corrientes
(21°46′N, 84°31′W), about 600 miles W.
2 For a description of the coastal waters of the W end of
Cuba see East Coasts of Central America and Gulf of
Mexico Pilot.
Topography
9.2
1 The S coast of Cuba extends generally W from Punta
Maisí. This coast is irregular and much of it is steep to and
rocky. It is indented by many harbours, bays and a large
gulf. West of Cabo Cruz (19°50′N, 77°44′W), most of the
S coast is fronted by a chain of islands, islets and cays.
Between this chain and the mainland are numerous shoals
and reefs, through which there are passages to the ports on
the mainland.
Currents
9.3
1 The current along the E part of the S coast of Cuba is
W going. West of Cabo Cruz an E counter current may be
expected close inshore.
2 It is reported that the rate of currents in the vicinity of
the coast on the S side of Cuba may be strong at times.
Great care is therefore necessary, when navigating on this
side of the island, especially in the vicinity of Isla de la
Juventud (Isla de Pinos) (21°40′N, 82°50′W) (9.222) and
Bancos Jardines and Jardinillos (21°35′N, 80°50′W)
(9.222), where the current is frequently found to set
strongly towards the cays and reefs, especially during SE
winds. Soundings are of little use in this area.

WINDWARD PASSAGE
General information Major lights
Charts 3935 9.8
1 Punta Maisí Light (20°15′N, 74°08′W) (9.17).
Position and topography
Cap du Môle Saint Nicolas Light (19°50′N, 73°25′W)
9.4
(8.298).
1 Windward Passage (20°00′N, 74°00′W), which is about
45 miles wide, is situated between the NW end of
Hispaniola and the E end of Cuba. Other navigational aid
9.9
Traffic 1 Racon:
9.5 Punta de Maisí Light (9.17).
1 Windward Passage is one of the main routes used by See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2.
vessels proceeding from ports on the E coast of North
America to Caribbean Sea and Panama Canal.
Traffic Separation Scheme Directions
9.6 (continued from 3.27, 3.58, 3.77, 4.14 and 6.147)
1 A TSS has been established off the W side of the 9.10
Windward Passage. See 9.16. 1 From a position in the N approaches to Windward
Passage (20°20′N, 73°30′W) the route leads SW through
Currents waters clear of charted dangers to the vicinity of Navassa
9.7 Island (18°24′N, 75°01′W) (10.5), passing:
1 The general set of the current in mid channel of 2 NW of Cap du Môle (19°50′N, 73°25′W) (8.299)
Windward Passage is SW at a rate which is usually less and:
than ¾ kn, but may at times attain 2 kn. The strength is SE of Punta Maisí (20°15′N, 74°08′W) (9.19).
greatly dependent on local weather conditions and tidal (Directions continue for Baie de Port-au-Prince at
influences. 8.214, and for NE approaches to Jamaica at 10.4.)

PUNTA MAISÍ TO CABO CRUZ

GENERAL INFORMATION Cruz (205 miles W). This stretch of the coast is steep-to. It
is backed by a mountainous ridge running parallel to, and
Chart 3865 rising abruptly from, the coast.
Extent of area
9.11 Ports
1 The area described below includes the coastal waters on 9.12
the S side of Cuba between Punta Maisí (20°15′N, 1 The following ports are included in this area:
74°08′W), close to the E extremity of Cuba, and Cabo Guantánamo Bay (19°54′N, 75°10′W) (9.30).

225
 Home Contents Index CHAPTER 9

2 Puerto de Santiago de Cuba (20°00′N, 75°51′W) 2 E of Punta Maisí (14 miles NE), a low rounded point,
(9.58). which is covered in brushwood and has a white
Bahía de Pilón (19°54′N, 77°18′W) (9.85). sandy beach, thence:
3 SE of Punta Negra (4 miles ENE), a pronounced,
Currents dark, barren, steep and projecting point which
9.13 forms the S entrance point of Ensenada Ovando.
1 The current between Punta Maisí and Cabo Cruz is There are depths of 27 to 33 m (15 to 18 fm),
W going. See 9.3. sand, gravel and rock, 2 cables offshore, increasing
to 165 m (90 fm) at a distance of 5 cables from the
Traffic regulations coast. Thence:
9.14 4 S of Punta Caleta Light (white metal framework
1 Anchoring and stopping are prohibited within Cuban tower, 30 m in height) (20°04′N, 74°18′), which
territorial waters between the meridians of 75°14′W and stands on Punta Caleta, a low lying rocky point
76°30′W, 36 miles either side of Puerto de Santiago de backed by steeply rising terraces, thence:
Cuba. 5 S of Alto de Jojo (9¾ miles W), a high, white, barren
cliff, which lies 1 mile E of Ensenada Jojo (9.20),
thence:
PUNTA MAISÍ TO GUANTÁNAMO BAY S of Baitiquirí Light (white framework tower, 8 m in
height) (31 miles W), which marks the entrance to
Ensenada Baitiquirí (9.24), thence:
General information 6 towards the approaches to Guantánamo Bay.
(Directions continue for Guantánamo Bay at 9.43,
Charts 3935, 3865 and for coastal passage at 9.57)
Topography
9.15
Small harbours and anchorages
1 The coast between Punta Maisí (20°15′N, 74°08′W)
(9.19) and Guantánamo Bay (65 miles W) consists of cliffs Ensenada Jojo
and sheer rocky walls, interrupted here and there by sandy 9.20
beaches. It is backed, throughout, by high land, cut in 1 Anchorage is obtainable in Ensenada Jojo (20°04′N,
places by small rivers and creeks that flow from the 74°29′W) N of a line joining the two entrance points, in
interior. It is comparatively steep to and is clear of dangers. depths of between 16 and 18 m (54 to 60 ft). Anchorage is
Several rivers, that discharge along this coast, are navigable also obtainable further out in depths of 24 to 26 m (13 to
by boats during the rainy season. 14 fm), but is more exposed to the swell. The anchorage
should not be used in S or SE winds.
Traffic Separation Scheme 2 Directions. When entering the bay keep close to the E
9.16 entrance point in order to avoid a shoal, with a least depth
1 A TSS, shown on the chart, has been established off of 7⋅8 m (26 ft), that lies on the W side of the entrance.
Punta Maisí. This TSS is IMO adopted and Rule 10 of
International Regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea Ensenada Imias
(1972), applies. 9.21
1 Anchorage may be obtained in Ensenada Imias
Principal marks (20°03′N, 74°36′W), 2 cables off the mouth of Río Imia, in
9.17 depths of between 5 and 7 m (16 to 23 ft), sand and weeds.
1 Landmarks:
Pan de Azùcar (20°03′N, 74°48′W). From ESE the Punta Guardarraya
peak has the appearance of the roof of a house; 9.22
from SW it resembles a sugar loaf. 1 Anchorage may be obtained in a cove close E of Punta
Radar Dome (19°53′⋅6N, 75°09′⋅4W) which stands on Guardarraya (20°03′N, 74°42′W), in depths of from 10 to
E side of Crane Hill (chart 904). 15 m (33 to 49 ft). The best position is 2 cables off the E
2 Major lights: end of the beach.
Punta Maisí Light (white conical masonry tower and
dwelling, 31 m in height) (20°15′N, 74°09′W). Ensenada Sabanalamar
9.23
Other navigational aid 1 Anchorage may be obtained in Ensenada Sabanalamar
9.18 (20°02′N, 74°48′W), close W of Punta Sabanalamar, in
1 Racon: depths of between 15 and 16 m (49 to 52 ft), sand. The
Punta Maisí Light — see above. best position is 5 cables off the E end of the E beach of
For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2. the inlet.
2 There is a small jetty.

Directions Chart 435 plan of Puerto de Baitiquerí

(continued from 4.14)
9.19
1 From the vicinity of the N end of the TSS (20°22′N,
74°02′W) the route leads S for about 17 miles then
generally W from the S end of the TSS towards the
approaches to Guantánamo Bay, passing with reference to
Punta Caleta Light (20°04′N, 74°18′W):
Ensenada Baitiquirí
9.24
1 Ensenada Baitiquirí (Puerto de Baitiquerí) (20°01′N,
74°51′W) is a land locked inlet, entered 4 miles W of Pan
de Azùcar (9.17) and its position is clearly shown by the
gap in the hills on either side of the entrance. The entrance
channel is only about 15 m wide between the reefs on

226
 Home Contents Index CHAPTER 9

either side. These reefs are awash and the sea breaks GUANTÁNAMO BAY
heavily over them and they can be seen at a distance of
2½ cables. There is a least depth of 3 m (10 ft) in the General information
fairway of the entrance channel. Chart 904
9.25 Position
1 Directions. The fairway of the entrance is shown by the 9.30
colour of the water and the eye is the best guide. 1 Guantánamo Bay (19°54′N, 75°10′W) is situated on the
Useful marks. Baitiquirí Light (9.19) stands on Punta de SE coast of Cuba, 60 miles WSW of Punta Maisí (20°15′N,
Barlovento, the E entrance point, and the entrance channel 74°08′W) (9.19).
is marked by light-beacons.
2 Depths. There are several depths in the harbour of 4⋅6 Function
to 5⋅5 m (15 to 18 ft). 9.31
Alongside berth, 15 m in length, depth alongside 4 m at 1 Guantánamo Bay, which extends nearly 11 miles NNE
the fishing factory. from the entrance, is divided into an outer and inner
harbour.
The outer harbour contains the United States Naval Base
situated on territory leased by the United States.
Chart 3935 2 The inner part of the harbour has a number of
Río Yateras commercial berthing facilities at the towns of Boqueron and
9.26 Caimanera. See 9.47.
1 Anchorage may be obtained in depths of about 18 m
(59 ft), coral, poor holding ground, 7¼ cables E of the
Guantánamo Bay Naval Defence Sea Area and Naval
mouth of the Río Yateras (19°58′N, 74°57′W). Airspace Reservation
9.32
1 The geographic limits of the Naval Defence Sea Area
are shown on the chart 3865. The inshore ends of the E
Chart 435 plan of Puerto Escondido and W limits are marked by monuments.
Puerto Escondido Port Authority
9.27 9.33
1 Puerto Escondido (19°54′N, 75°03′W) is a land locked 1 Commander Naval Base, Guantánamo Bay, Base
inlet. It is a good natural refuge joined to the sea by a Administrative Building, McCalla Hill.
narrow pass, which is only 27 m wide in places. The coast
on either side of the entrance appears as a continuous Limiting conditions
jagged bluff, and the entrance itself cannot be distinguished
until very close to. The position of the entrance may be Depths
identified by a saddle shaped hill, the highest summit of 9.34
which rises to an elevation of 54 m (177 ft), 2¼ cables NE 1 The main channel has a least dredged depth of 12⋅8 m
of Punta Barlovento, the E entrance point. (42 ft) W of Fisherman’s Point (19°54′⋅7N, 75°09′⋅5W).
2 Only authorised vessels may enter the port. 2 The main anchorage area (9.44) has a least dredged
9.28 depth of 9⋅6 m (32 ft) SW of Caravela Point (19°55′⋅9N,
1 Limiting conditions. There is a least depth of 9⋅4 m 75°07′⋅6W).
(31 ft) in the fairway of the entrance channel and the Tidal levels
general depths in the port are from 5⋅5 to 12 m (18 to 9.35
39 ft). 1 Mean spring range about 0⋅4 m; mean neap range about
It would be very difficult for a vessel of more than 46 m 0⋅2 m. For further information see Admiralty Tide Tables.
in length to turn round in the port.
2 Anchorage. The best anchorage, which is completely Arrival information
sheltered from both wind and sea, is in depths of from 9 to
11 m (30 to 36 ft) with the inner point on the E side of the Port operations and port radio
entrance bearing 193°, distant about 2¼ cables. The bottom 9.36
is of coral and sand. 1 Port operations controlled by US naval authorities.
3 Landing is possible on a sandy beach at the inner Port radio. Port control VHF Ch 12.
entrance point on the E side of the channel or on the Pilotage and tugs
opposite side of the channel. 9.37
9.29 1 Pilotage is compulsory, except for US naval vessels, and
1 Directions. The line of bearing (336°) of the S is available 24 hours. Pilots for vessels visiting the United
extremity of the rocky point between the W and NW States Naval Base embark off Fisherman’s Point
branches of the harbour leads generally between the reefs (19°54′⋅7N, 75°09′⋅5W).
bordering the fairway of the entrance channel. These reefs, Tugs are available.
the edges of which are steep to, show up white and can
easily be seen from aloft and small alterations of course Traffic regulations
should be made as necessary, to keep the vessel in the 9.38
darkest water. 1 The Guantánamo Bay Naval Defence Sea Area is a
2 Useful mark: Prohibited area and may not be entered without the
Beacon marking the edge of the reef on the E side of permission of the US Naval authorities.
the entrance channel ¾ cable NNE of the W 2 Anchorage is restricted in the following areas shown on
entrance point. the chart:

227
 Home Contents Index CHAPTER 9

1 mile SW of Fisherman’s Point, due to vessels Rear light (structure as for front light, 11 m in height)
obstructing aircraft using Leeward Point Airfield. (2 cables from front light).
circular area, radius 2 cables, centered on a position 3 The alignment (021½°) of Hicacal Beach Light-beacons
1¼ miles SSW of Fisherman’s Point. leads through the harbour entrance passing (with reference
to Fisherman’s Point (19°54′⋅7N, 75°09′⋅5W):
Harbour between Windward Point (1¾ miles S), a round,
green but barren bluff that rises gradually to an
General layout of US Naval Base elevation of 109 m (358 ft) and Leeward Point
9.39 (2¾ miles SW), a low headland, thence:
1 The main berths and facilities are situated in the SE part 4 WNW of Fisherman’s Point. Low dry sandy spit, on
of the outer harbour, close E of Fisherman’s Point which stands a light (black and white diamond on
(19°54′⋅7N, 75°09′⋅5W) (9.43). red framework tower, pyramidal base), thence:
2 The main anchorage area lies in the outer harbour N of into the outer harbour.
Fisherman’s Point.
3 The US Naval Air Station is situated close W of Berths
Leeward Point (19°53′⋅9N, 75°11′⋅4W) (9.43), the W Anchorage
entrance point of Guantánamo Bay. 9.44
1 Anchor berths, the positions of which are shown on the
Signal station chart, are established in the outer harbour between
9.40 Fisherman’s Point and Granadillo Bay (3½ miles NE).
1 A signal station, with a flagstaff on control tower, stands
on the summit of McCalla Hill (19°54′⋅5N, 75°09′⋅4W). Alongside berths
9.45
Tidal streams 1 Over 10 alongside berths are situated in the inlets
9.41 between Corinaso Point (19°54′⋅6N, 75°09′⋅1W) and Deer
1 Tidal streams in Guantánamo Bay are slight or Point (6 cables ENE).
negligible. 2 Largest berth. Depth 8⋅5 to 11⋅6 m. Length 323 m.
There are several other berths with depths of between 6⋅7
Principal marks and 11⋅6 m and lengths of over 120 m.
9.42
1 Landmark: Port services
Radar dome (19°53′⋅5N, 75°09′⋅4W) (9.17). 9.46
1 Full services of a major naval base.
Directions for approach and entry Commercial ports of Boqueron and Caimanera
(continued from 9.19)
9.43 Position and function
1 From a position about 2 miles SSW of Windward Point 9.47
Light (grey building), the route leads NNW towards the 1 The towns of Boqueron (19°58′⋅5N, 75°07′⋅0W) and
harbour entrance and then follows the alignment of leading Caimanera (19°59′N, 75°09′W) are situated on the S shore
light-beacons. of the Bahía Joa, the inner harbour of Guantánamo Bay.
2 Leading light-beacons: 2 These ports serve the city of Guantánamo (9 miles N),
Front light (red rectangle, white stripe, on framework which in 1997 had an estimated population of 205 000.
tower) (19°56′⋅0N, 75°09′⋅6W). Exports: sugar; coffee.
Crane Hill Windward Point
Radar Domes Light

Tower at
Windward Point from WSW (9.42) Windward Point
(Original dated 1997)

(Photograph − Crown Copyright)

228
 Home Contents Index CHAPTER 9

Limiting conditions GUANTÁNAMO BAY TO PUERTO

9.48
1 Largest vessel. Length 170 m, draught 5⋅8 m at
Boqueron Pier, see 9.51.
Arrival information
9.49
1 Notice of ETA. Vessels wishing to visit Boqueron and
Caimanera should forward their ETA. Permission to enter
the Naval Defence Sea Area (9.38) and requests for
pilotage should be made in advance of arrival. For details
see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(5).
2 Pilotage is compulsory for vessels engaged in foreign
trade. Pilots for the inner harbour of Guantánamo Bay are
embarked off Hospital Cay (19°56′⋅4N, 75°08′⋅4W).
3 Tugs. For vessels greater than 120 m in length at least
one tug will be used.
Regulations concerning entry. Passage through the
Naval Defence Sea Area is permitted in daylight hours
only.
Directions
9.50
1 To outer harbour. See 9.43.
To inner harbour. Route, which is marked by
light-buoys and light-beacons, leads N passing (with
reference to Hospital Cay (19°56′⋅4N, 75°08′⋅4W)):
2 On either side of Hospital Cay, thence:
On either side of Medio Cay (7⋅5 cables N), except
that vessels with a draught of more than 5⋅6 m,
should preferably pass E of Medio Cay through
Eagle Channel, which has a least depth of 7 m,
thence:
3 Through the narrows between Flamingo Cay
(1½ miles N) and North Toro Cay.
4 Caution. Care must be taken not to pass too close to
Medio Cay as the edge of the shoal water on the E side is
unmarked.
Berths
9.51
1 Anchorage is available in Bahía Joa, 7½ cables E of the
railway pier at Caimanera, for two vessels with a lengths of
150 to 170 m.
2 Vessels intending to remain at anchor for any length of
time should veer at least 2½ shackles of cable, as violent
squalls may arise at any time.
3 Alongside berths:
Boqueron. Length 168 m. Reported (1999) that due to
lack of dredging at this berth, operations are only
carried out during daylight hours. The N side of
the berth is now only used by small craft; S side
depth at vessels bow 5⋅5 m, stern 5⋅79 m.
4 Caimanera. Length 125 m. Depths alongside 1⋅8 m on
N side and 1⋅8 to 2⋅7 m on S side. Reported (1989)
to be in poor condition.
Port services
9.52
1 Supplies: water; provisions; fuel not available.
Other names
9.53
1 Caracoles Point (19°56′N, 75°09′W).
Manatí, Punta (20°00′N, 75°08′W).
Piedra, Cayo (19°59′N, 75°08′W).
2 Ramon, Cayo (19°59′N, 75°08′W).
Saint Nicolas Point (19°54′N, 75°11′W).
SANTIAGO DE CUBA
General information
Chart 3935
Topography
9.54
1 The coast between Guantánamo Bay and Bahía de
Santiago de Cuba (39 miles W) is generally steep and
rocky, and interrupted by small beaches. It is high and
abrupt to the W of Ensenada Hatibonico (19°52′N,
75°19′W).
2 The whole of this stretch of the coast is steep-to and
clear of off-lying dangers and vessels may pass 1 mile
offshore.
Regulations
9.55
1 Anchoring and stopping. See 9.14.
Principal marks
9.56
1 Landmark:
Punta Verracos (Berraco) (19°54′N, 75°37′W). A
prominent headland, on which stands a hill with a
rounded top that is divided into two parts by a
small gorge.
2 Major light:
Morro de Santiago de Cuba Light (19°58′N,
75°52′W) (9.70).
Directions
(continued from 9.19)
9.57
1 From the vicinity of 19°50′N, 75°50′W, S of the
entrance to Guantánamo Bay, the coastal route leads
generally W for about 40 miles to Bahía de Santiago de
Cuba, passing (with reference to Punta Verracos (Berraco)
(19°54′N, 75°37′W)):
2 S of Ensenada Hatibonico (17 miles E). A small inlet
that is almost completely blocked with shoals.
Thence:
S of Punta Verracos (Berraco) (9.56), thence:
S of Bahía Daiquirí (2 miles NW), thence:
3 S of Punta Jutisi (7 miles WNW). The S side of the
headland is cliffy and prominent from seaward and
a steep sided hill lies a short distance E. There is
an inlet on the W side of the headland.
(Directions continue for Puerto de Santiago de Cuba
at 9.71, and for coastal passage to
Cabo Cruz at 9.81.)
PUERTO DE SANTIAGO DE CUBA
General information
Chart 443
Position
9.58
1 The city of Santiago de Cuba (20°01′N, 75°50′W) stands
on a hillside in the extreme NE part of Bahía de Santiago
de Cuba.
Topography
9.59
1 Bahía de Santiago de Cuba is entered between Punta
Morillo (19°57′⋅5N, 75°52′⋅3W) and Punta Socapa
(1½ cables WNW) and may be recognised from the offing

229
 Home Contents Index
by the conspicuous valley in which it lies. The entrance
channel, which is concealed from seaward by the hills and
cliffs along its side, is narrow, being only 55 m wide
between the 11 m (36 ft) depth contours, but it opens out
into a capacious bay, the shores of which are indented with
numerous coves and inlets.
Function
9.60
1 Puerto de Santiago de Cuba is capable of
accommodating vessels of deep draught and is secure in all
winds. It is the second most important port in Cuba.
Population. 435 000 (est 1997).
Traffic
9.61
1 In 2001, 40 vessels totalling 330 853 dwt visited the
port.
Port Authority
9.62
1 Empresa Terminales Mambisas del Oriente, Santiago de
Cuba.
Limiting conditions
9.63
1 Vertical clearance of overhead power transmission line
which crosses the approach channel at Cayo Ratones (9.72)
is 57 m. See The Mariner’s Handbook for effect on radar.
2 Deepest and longest berths:
Oil products: Espignón Hermanos. See 9.74.
General products: Malecón Luis Felipe Mena Gil. See
9.74.
3 Tidal levels. Mean spring range about 0⋅5 m; mean neap
range about 0⋅3 m. For further information see Admiralty
Tide Tables.
4 Maximum size of vessel handled:
Refinery at Punta Nicola (9.72) Length 214 m,
draught 10⋅9 m during morning. Length 183 m at
other times.
Main harbour at Santiago de Cuba. Length 214 m.
Draught 8⋅7 m.
Arrival information
Port operations
9.64
1 An information service for berthing and co-ordination
service for loading/unloading is available. For details see
Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(5).
2 It was reported (1999) that night time departure for
vessels of over 186 m in length will only be allowed in
exceptional circumstances. This is due to the difficulty of
manoeuvring in the entrance channel.
Pilotage and tugs
9.65
1 Pilotage is compulsory and should be requested 12 hours
in advance. It is available day and night.
2 Pilots embark 1 mile S of the harbour entrance. The
pilot station is on Cayo Granma (19°58′⋅1N, 75°52′⋅5W).
Tugs are available.
Speed limit
9.66
1 Speed limit in entrance channel is 6 kn.
CHAPTER 9
Harbour
General layout
9.67
1 The port of Santiago de Cuba is situated in a large, well
sheltered bay. The main general cargo berths of the port
form a basin which is situated in the inner harbour in the
NE of the bay, close to the city. The inner harbour is
approached by a dredged channel. There are also port
installations, mainly oil terminals, on the W side of the
bay.
Traffic signals
9.68
1 The signals (Diagram 9.68) are displayed at the
masthead of the mast in Castillo del Morro (9.70)
(19°57′⋅5N, 75°52′⋅2W) to control the passage of vessels
through the harbour entrance.
Puerto de Santiago de Cuba − traffic signals (9.68)
2 International code Flag P may also be flown from the
yardarm, but in this case is not a signal to vessels entering
and leaving the port.
3 Vessels may not enter the channel when either of the
first two signals are showing.
Local magnetic anomaly
9.69
1 Local magnetic anomaly, affecting the normal variation
by 5½°, has been detected in the entrance channel SE of
Cayo Granma (9.65). However this anomaly may have
been caused by the remains, now removed, of the wreck of
the USS Merrimac.
Principal marks
9.70
1 Landmarks:
Castillo del Morro (19°57′⋅5N, 75°52′⋅2W), a large
fortress on the slopes above Punta Morrillo (9.71).
2 Chimneys of Antonio Maceo Power station
(19°59′⋅1N, 75°52′⋅2W), close within Punta Limeta.
Chimneys (19°59′⋅4N, 75°51′⋅3W), standing on a hill
1 cable SE of the cement works.
Cathedral (20°00′⋅7N, 75°49′⋅8W).
3 Major light:
Morro de Santiago de Cuba Aeromarine Light (white
concrete tower) (19°57′⋅5N, 75°52′⋅1W).
230
 Home Contents Index
Directions for entering harbour
(continued from 9.57)
Harbour entrance
9.71
1 From the vicinity of the pilot boarding position
(19°56′⋅7N, 75°52′⋅3W), about 1 mile S of harbour
entrance, the line of bearing 040° of the W tower of the
battery on Punta Estrella leads into the harbour entrance,
thence the route follows the course of the harbour entrance,
passing (with reference to Morro de Santiago de Cuba
Light (9.70)):
2 Between Nos 1 and 2 Light-buoys (port and starboard
hand) (3¼ cables W), thence:
3 Between Punta Socapa and Punta Morrillo (3¼ and
1¾ cables WNW). Punta Morrillo is steep, while
Punta Socapa has a more gentle slope, thence:
4 W of Punta Estrella (2½ cables NNW). A battery
stands on this headland, but it stands at a lower
level than the fortress on Punta Morrillo. Thence:
5 NE No 7 Light-buoy (port hand) (7¼ cables NNW)
which lies off Cayo Granma and thence into the
harbour.
6 Passing SW of Ensenada Gasper; the entrance of which
is marked by Nos 1C and 2C Light-buoys (starboard hand).
Moored at the head of this bay is No 4C buoy (special) in
position 19°58′⋅54N, 75°52′⋅12W.
Harbour channel
9.72
1 Route. From the vicinity of No 8 Light-buoy (starboard
hand) (19°58′⋅5N, 75°52′⋅6W) an approach channel, marked
by port and starboard hand light-buoys, leads generally NE
for about 3 miles to the basin at the head of the bay,
passing (with reference to Cayo Ratones (19°59′⋅4N,
75°51′⋅8W)):
2 SE of Punta Nicola (9 cables SW). The refinery pier,
Espignón Hermanos, extends SW from this point,
thence:
3 SE of Punta Limeta (4½ cables SW). A low headland
off which there are obstructions and abreast which
No 11 Light-buoy marks the edge of the channel.
In 1984 works were in progress to the N of this
point. See caution. Thence:
4 SE of Cayo Ratones, a low and shrub covered islet.
A pylon (9.63) stands on Cayo Ratones. Attention
is drawn to the rocks that lie 2 to 2½ cables ESE
of Cayo Ratones. Thence:
5 NW of Bajo Los Comprades (7 cables NE). No 16
Light-buoy (starboard hand) is moored on the W
side of this shoal.
6 Caution. In 1981 works were in progress in the harbour
N of Cayo Ratones. The coastline and depths may differ
from those charted. Mariners should exercise caution.
Berths
Anchorages
9.73
1 Anchor berths with good holding ground, are available
in the following positions (with reference to Cayo Ratones
(19°59′⋅4N, 75°51′⋅8W)):
2 No 1 as charted (1¼ miles SW). Depths 13 to 15 m,
soft clay. Largest vessel, length 214 m, draught
10⋅9 m. Mainly used by tankers.
3 No 2 as charted (2 cables NNE), depth 9 m mud and
clay. Largest vessel 186 m, draught 8⋅53 m (28 ft)
CHAPTER 9
for vessels of up to 150 m long; 8⋅20 m (26⋅9 ft)
for vessels of 150 m and up to 186 m long.
Capacity up to two vessels.
4 No 3 as charted (8 cables NNE). Largest vessel
170 m, draught 8⋅2 m (26⋅9 ft) for vessels up to
150 m long; 7⋅62 m (25 ft) for vessels of 150 m
and up to 170 m long. Capacity up to two vessels.
5 No 4 not charted (8 cables NE) (NW of Bajo Los
Compadres). Largest vessel 150 m, draught 7⋅62 m
(25 ft). Capacity up to two vessels.
6 No 5 charted as No 4 (1¼ miles NE) (ENE of
Espigón Antonio Maceo). Largest vessel 140 m;
draught 7⋅01 m (23 ft). Capacity up to two vessels.
7 No 6 not charted (1½ miles NE) (SE of Punta Buena
Vista). Largest vessel 120 m; draught 5⋅79 m
(19 ft). Capacity up to two vessels.
Alongside berths
9.74
1 NE part of harbour (with reference to Cathedral
(20°00′⋅7N, 75°49′⋅8W)):
N and E side of basin (4 to 7 cables NW). Numerous
general cargo berths available. Depths alongside
6⋅7 to 9 m.
2 Espigón Rolando Roca Pachecho (4 cables W), N side
closed (1999). Berth S side, maximum vessel length 205 m,
maximum draught 8⋅23 m.
Espigón Frank País (11 cables SW). Maximum
draught 9⋅1 m.
3 W side of harbour (with reference to Cayo Ratones):
Jetty extending 2¼ cables SSW from Punta Duany
(1¼ miles NE). Reported to be in use by the
Cuban Navy.
4 Espignón Hermanos (9 cables SW). Berths for tankers
on either side. Maximum length of vessel 214 m,
draught 11 m.
Port services
9.75
1 Repairs. Two repair shops are available.
2 Facilities: lighters; hospitals; deratting (1.137).
Supplies: fresh provisions; drinking water; all grades of
fuel oil and diesel.
Other names
9.76
1 Caracoles, Punta (19°58′⋅3N, 75°52′⋅8W).
Cariviza, Punta (19°59′N, 75°52′W).
Cocos, Ensenada (19°59′⋅8N, 75°51′⋅0W).
2 Gorda, Punta (19°58′⋅6N, 75°52′⋅5W).
Puntilla, Punta (19°57′⋅9N, 75°52′⋅4W).
Soldados, Punta (19°58′N, 75°52′W).
PUERTO DE SANTIAGO DE CUBA TO
CABO CRUZ
General information
Chart 3935, 3865, 3799
Topography
9.77
1 The coast between Puerto de Santiago de Cuba
(19°57′N, 75°52′W) and Cabo Cruz (105 miles W) is
backed by mountains the sides of which end at the sea as
coastal cliffs. The coast is intersected by a number of
rivers, which do not flow in the dry season. Most of the
coast is forested.
231
 Home Contents Index
2 There are a number of inlets, which do not penetrate far
inland and the entrances of which are mostly encumbered
with shoals and reefs.
Prohibited anchorages
9.78
1 See 9.14.
Principal marks
9.79
1 Landmarks:
Pico Turquino (19°59′N, 76°50′W). In favourable
conditions this peak can be seen from the N coast
of Jamaica.
2 Loma Ojo del Toro (19°54′N, 77°28′W) which has a
pointed peak.
Cabo Cruz Lighthouse, see below.
3 Major lights:
Morro de Santiago de Cuba Light (19°57′N,
75°52′W) (9.70).
Cabo Cruz Light (yellow round stone tower and grey
dwelling, 32 m in height) (19°50′N, 77°44′W).
Climatic table
9.80
1 See 1.187 and 1.194.
Directions
(continued from 9.57)
9.81
1 From a position S of the entrance to Puerto de Santiago
de Cuba (19°57′N, 75°52′W) the coastal passage leads W
for 105 miles to Cabo Cruz, passing, (with reference to
Punta de Turquino (19°56′N, 76°47′W)):
2 S of Punta Cabrera (46 miles E), thence:
3 S of Aserradero Light (white framework tower, 20 m
in height) (35 miles E), standing 1½ miles W of
Ensenada Aserradero, thence:
4 S of Punta Tabacal (24½ miles E). The headland,
which is easily identified from E, consists of a
rocky hill with a rounded top, on which a TV
antenna stands in position 19°57′⋅5N, 76°21′⋅4W.
Thence:
5 S of Punta Turquino, a low wide headland that is
covered in mangrove, thence:
S of Punta Brava (32 miles W), thence:
6 S of Punta del Inglés (51 miles W). The coast in the
vicinity of this headland consists of remarkable
cliffs, about 26 m high, composed of horizontal
strata resembling fortifications. Nearer the headland
the cliffs are copper coloured and the strata
becomes vertical. Thence:
7 S of Cabo Cruz (54 miles W). The cape is low and
wooded, terminating in a sandy spit, at the end of
which stands the village of Cabo Cruz. A reef
awash extends 1½ miles W from a position near
Cabo Cruz Light (9.79), which stands ½ mile E of
the village. A further light (red triangle on metal
framework tower on platform) stands on the W
end of the reef and a light beacon stands 3 cables
ENE of this light.
(Directions continue for coastal passage to Punta
María Aguilar at 9.99, and for the entrance channels
to Golfo de Guacanayabo at 9.106.)
CHAPTER 9
Anchorages and small harbours
Ensenada Cabañas
9.82
1 Ensenada Cabañas (19°58′N, 75°55′W), which lies
2½ miles W of the entrance to Puerto de Santiago de Cuba,
is difficult to identify until close to. There is a least depth
of 2⋅7 m in the fairway of the entrance, which is narrow.
2 Vertical clearance. An overhead power transmission
line, with a vertical clearance of 10 m, crosses the entrance
channel.
3 Anchorage. The bay affords excellent anchorage in
depths of from 4 to 5 m for small craft.
4 Local knowledge is required.
Landing. There are a number of boat landings around
the bay.
Chart 98 plan of Chirivico harbour
Ensenada Chirivico
9.83
1 Ensenada Chirivico (19°58′N, 76°24′W) is formed by an
indentation in the coast 1¾ miles WNW of Punta Tabacal
(9.81). Chirivico village lies 1 km N of the harbour.
2 Leading lights. The alignment (337°) of leading lights
(white framework towers, 3 and 6 m high) leads through
the reefs in the entrance to the harbour by way of a
channel 1 cable wide.
3 Useful mark. A ruined stone tower stands on a hill, that
rises to an elevation of 23 m (75 ft), on Cayo Damas
(19°57′⋅5N, 76°23′⋅1W).
4 Caution. The reefs on either side of the entrance
channel are a danger to navigation, particularly the reef on
the W side of the entrance channel which lies close to the
leading line.
5 Anchorage, sheltered from rough seas, may be obtained
in depths of from 12 to 17 m (39 to 56 ft) in the centre of
harbour.
6 Facilities: hospital.
Chart 98 plan of El Portillo
Ensenada Marea del Portillo
9.84
1 Ensenada Marea del Portillo is entered between Punta
Piedras (19°54′⋅5N, 77°11′⋅0W) and Punta Farallones
(5 cables WSW) and may be identified by the low swampy
land on the E side and by three perpendicular, white cliffs
on the W side. Both entrance points are fringed by steep to
reefs, on which the sea breaks heavily to a distance of
1 cable offshore.
2 Temporary anchorage, which is unsafe with winds
between ESE and S may be obtained 2½ to 4 cables W of
Punta Piedras, in depths of 11 to 13 m (36 to 42 ft).
3 Useful marks:
Punta Rasa Light (yellow concrete beacon)
(19°54′⋅7N, 77°11′⋅0W).
4 Bajo Punta del Medio Light (black concrete beacon,
red band) (19°54′⋅9N, 77°11′⋅3W).
Bahía de Pilón
Chart 3450, 3803, 3799, 3865
General information
9.85
1 Bahía de Pilón (Ensenada de Mora) is entered between
Cayo Blanco (19°53′⋅4N, 77°16′⋅0W) and Punta Hicacos
(Icacos Point ) (2 miles WSW). The town of Pilón is
situated in the NW part of the bay.
232
 Home Contents Index
2 Port Authority and function. Bahía de Pilon is a
sub port of Manzanillo (9.114). In 1989 the port was not
used for commercial purposes.
3 Maximum draught for vessels entering is 6⋅1 m.
Pilotage is compulsory. Pilots, which should be
requested 48 hours in advance and operate during daylight
hours only, embark at the pilot station 1 mile S of Cabo
Cruz (9.81).
Harbour
9.86
1 Bahía de Pilón and its entrance are obstructed with
shoals and reefs which, however, afford excellent protection
to the anchorage within.
2 Approach. Canal Principal, which leads between Cayo
Blanco (9.85) and Cayo Pajaro (4 cables WSW) is the most
important channel leading into the bay.
3 Landmark:
Loma de la Aquada (19°55′⋅0N 77°16′⋅3W). The
summit of this peak is rounded from SW and flat
from the SE.
Four chimneys (19°53′⋅7N, 77°18′⋅9W) at Sugar Mill.
Directions
9.87
1 Leading light-beacons:
Front light (white diamond, yellow border, on black
metal framework tower) (19°53′⋅5N 77°16′⋅7W).
Rear light (as for front light, 7 m in height) (9 cables
N from front light).
2 The alignment (355½°) of these light-beacons
(uncharted) leads into the S part of Canal Principal,
passing:
CABO CRUZ TO PUNTA MARIA AGUILAR
GENERAL INFORMATION
Chart 3866
Extent of area
9.91
1 The area described below covers the coastal passage
between Cabo Cruz (19°50′N, 77°44′W) (9.81) and Punta
María Aguilar (172 miles NW) (9.99) and the waters of
Golfo de Guacanayabo and Golfo de Ana Maria, the two
large bays which lie between these two headlands.
Topography
9.92
1 The coast between Cabo Cruz and Punta María Aguilar
is predominantly low lying and fronted throughout by a
shore of sand, mud and mangrove swamps.
2 Offshore, at a distance of between 20 and 40 miles, this
stretch of coast is fronted by a chain of islands, islets, cays
and reefs. The area between this chain and the mainland is
encumbered with detached shoals and reefs through which
there are passages and channels.
Ports
9.93
1 The following ports are included in this area:
Manzanillo (20°21′N, 77°07′W) (9.114) (Chart 3802).
Guayabal (20°41′N, 77°37′W) (9.124).
2 Santa Cruz del Sur (20°42′N, 77°59′W) (9.131).
Júcaro (21°37′N, 78°51′W) (9.155).
Tunas de Zaza (21°38′N, 79°33′W) (9.162).
CHAPTER 9
W of No 2 Light-buoy.
3 Thence when the front light beacon is about 1¼ cables
distant alter course to pass E and N of this light beacon at
a distance of not less than ¾ cable so as to reach the
anchorage.
Berths
9.88
1 Anchorages. Good anchorage may be obtained in the
bay clear of the shoals, the holding ground in most places
being stiff blue mud. The best anchorages are 3 cables NW
and 6 cables W of the N end of Cayo Pajaro in depths of
15 m (49 ft), clay.
2 Alongside berth. Pilon pier, which has depths of 6 m at
its head, lies SE of the sugar mill in the town. It has been
reported (1989) that this pier is in very bad condition and
cannot be used.
3 Fishing pier, with depths of 1⋅5 m at its head, is situated
7½ cables NE of Pilon Pier.
Port services
9.89
1 Repairs. Slipway for vessels up to 4000 dwt.
2 Other facilities. Hospital; deratting (1.137) can be
carried out if requested in advance.
3 Supplies. Provisions and limited supplies of stores are
available. Fresh water is available at the pier.
Other names
9.90
1 Escalereta, Punta (19°51′N, 77°30′W).
Monje, Punta (19°51′N, 77°25′W).
Nima Nima, Ensenada (19°57′N, 75°59′W).
Casilda (21°45′N, 79°59′W) (9.170).
Main entrance channels
9.94
1 Canal de Madrona (20°06′N, 77°48′W) (9.106).
Canal de Cuatro Reales (20°26′N, 78°02′W) (9.107).
Canal de Bretón (21°08′N, 79°31′W) (9.154).
2 Canal de Tunas (21°31′N, 79°42′W) (9.165).
Canal Este (Estebo) (21°38′N, 79°53′W) (9.173).
Currents
9.95
1 Caution. Strong currents are liable to be met in all the
channels within the reefs.
COASTAL PASSAGE FROM CABO CRUZ
TO PUNTA MARIA AGUILAR
General information
Chart 3866
Route and topography
9.96
1 The coastal route from Cabo Cruz (19°50′N, 77°44′W)
to Punta María Aguilar (21°45′N, 80°01′W) leads generally
NW, for about 172 miles, and to seaward of the chain of
islets and reefs that front Golfo de Guacanayabo and Golfo
de Ana Maria. The central part of this chain, between 50
and 130 miles NW of Cabo Cruz, is known as Archipielago
de los Jardines de la Reina and contains most of the larger
islands.
233
 Home Contents Index
Major lights
9.97
1 Cabo Cruz Light (19°50′N, 77°44′W) (9.79).
Ancón Light (pedestal on white water tank, 2 m in
height) (21°45′N, 80°01′W), standing on Punta
María Aguilar.
Other navigation aid
9.98
1 Racon:
Cayo Bretón Light (9.154).
For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2.
Directions
(continued from 9.81)
9.99
1 From a position S of Cabo Cruz (19°50′N, 77°44′W) the
coastal passage to Punta María Aguilar leads NW for about
172 miles passing (with reference to Cayo Cachiboca Light
(white metal framework tower on piles, 30 m in height)
(20°41′N, 78°45′W)):
2 SW of a Madrona Light-buoy (safe water) (20°00′N,
77°53′W) which marks the approaches to Canal de
Madrona (9.106), thence:
3 SW of Cayo Carapacho Light (42 miles ESE) (9.107)
which marks the NW side of the entrance to Canal
de Cuatro Reales (9.107), thence:
4 SW of Cabeza del Este Light (aluminium framework
tower, 12 m in height) (25 miles ESE), thence:
5 SW of Cayo Cachiboca Light, thence:
SW of Cayo Bretón Light (47 miles NW) (9.154)
which stands 4 miles E of the entrance to Canal de
Bretón (9.154) thence:
6 SW of Medanos de la Vela Light (21°13′N, 79°33′W)
(9.154), thence:
Clear of Banco Paz (21°13′N, 79°48′W) which has a
least depth of 22 m (12 fm), thence:
7 SW of No 2 Light-buoy (starboard hand) (21°31′N,
79°41′W) which marks the entrance to Canal de
Tunas (9.165), thence:
8 Clear of Banco Silvertown (21°25′N, 79°55′W) which
has a least depth of 24 m (13 fm) over it, thence:
Clear of Banco Bucanero (Buccaneer Bank) (21°30′N,
80°10′W), thence:
9 SW of Cayo Blanco de Casilda Light (21°38′N,
79°53′W) (9.173) which marks the entrance to
Canal Este (Estebo), thence:
10 SW of a light-buoy (starboard hand) (21°42′N,
79°58′W) which marks the entrance to Canal de
Las Mulatas (Mulatas), thence:
11 SW of Punta María Aguilar, low and rocky, (21°45′N,
80°01′W). A light (9.97) stands on the headland.
(Directions continue at 9.189)
Other names
9.100
1 Anclitas, Cayo (20°47′N, 78°55′W).
Caguamas, Cayo (20°33′N, 78°25′W).
Cinco Balas, Cayos (21°06′N, 79°20′W).
Doce Leguas, Cayos las (20°55′N, 79°05′W).
2 Grande, Cayo (20°55′N, 79°10′W).
Indios, Punta (20°39′N, 78°43′W).
Machos de Fuera, Cayos (21°35′N, 79°47′W).
CHAPTER 9
GOLFO DE GUACANAYABO AND
ADJACENT WATERS
General information
Charts 3799, 3803, 3802
Topography
9.101
1 Golfo de Guacanayabo is an extensive bight in the coast
entered between Cabo Cruz (19°50′N, 77°44′W) (9.81) and
Cayos Mate (50 miles NNW).
2 The gulf is much encumbered with shoals, reefs and
cays and Gran Banco (Bajo) de Buena Esperanza which
occupies a large part of the centre, almost divides the gulf
into two parts.
3 Other chains of reefs and cays extend from the S end of
Gran Banco de Buena Esperanza, SE to the vicinity of
Cabo Cruz and NW to Punta Cabeza del Este (20°31′N,
78°20′W) almost completely obstructing the entrance to the
gulf.
4 There are a number of marked entrance channels which
lead through these dangers to the ports in Golfo de
Guacanayabo. See 9.94.
Entrance channels
9.102
1 Canal de Madrona (9.106). Entrance at 20°06′N,
77°48′W. Leads to E part of Golfo de Guacanayabo and
port of Manzanillo (9.114). Limiting draught 10⋅2 m.
2 Canal de Cuatro Reales (9.107). Entrance at 20°26′N,
78°02′W. Leads to W part of Golfo de Guacanayabo and
ports of Guayabal (9.124) and Santa Cruz del Sur (9.131).
Provides alternative approach to port of Manzanillo by way
of Canal Chinchorro (9.109). Limiting draught 10⋅7 m.
3 Canal de Palomino (9.111). Entrance at (20°06′N,
77°40′W). Leads to E part of Golfo de Guacanayabo.
Alternative route for small vessels. Limiting draught 6⋅1 m.
4 Canal de Balandras (9.112). Entrance at 20°05′N,
77°36′W. Leads to E part of Golfo de Guacanayabo.
Alternative route for small vessels. Limiting draught 4 m.
Depths
9.103
1 Approaches. The outer edge of a bank, with depths of
less than 183 m (100 fm) over it, lies between Cabo Cruz
and the SE end of Cayos Laberinto de las Doce Leguas
(53 miles NW). This bank is steep to, there being depths of
less than 18 m (59 ft) close within the charted 183 m
(100 fm) line.
2 Sea level. During the months of September and October,
S and SW winds raise the level of the sea at the head of
Golfo de Guacanayabo.
3 Caution. It was reported (1999) that in the areas
covered by Chart Nos 3799 and 3802, there may be less
depth of water than indicated on the charts, also uncharted
coral pinnacles may exist. Mariners are advised to navigate
with caution.
Pilotage
9.104
1 Pilotage is compulsory for merchant vessels visiting
ports in Golfo de Guacanayabo. Pilots board off Cabo
Cruz, or 2½ miles SW of Cayo Blanco (20°28′N, 77°58′W)
if the vessel is using Canal de Cuatro Reales.
2 At least 24 hours notice should be given if arriving by
day, or 48 hours if arriving at night.
234
 Home Contents Index
Principal marks
9.105
1 Landmarks:
Loma Ojo del Toro (19°54′N, 77°28′W) (9.79).
Cabo Cruz Lighthouse (19°50′N, 77°44′W) (9.79).
Chimney (20°03′N, 77°35′W).
2 Major light:
Cabo Cruz Light (19°50′N, 77°44′W) (9.79).
Directions for main channels
(continued from 9.81)
Canal de Madrona and approaches
9.106
1 From the vicinity of Madrona Light-buoy (safe water)
(20°00′N, 77°53′W) the route leads generally NE for
8 miles and then E through the reefs that lie between Punta
Colorados (19°56′N, 77°42′W) and the S part of Gran
Banco de Buena Esperanza (9.101), passing (with reference
to No 10 Light beacon (20°09′N, 77°45′W)):
2 Between a pair of light-buoys (port and starboard
hand) (4 miles SW) which mark the entrance to
Canal de Madrona, thence:
3 W and NW of Bajo Roncador (2½ miles SW) which
dries in places and can be recognised by the
brownish colour of the water. This part of the
channel is marked by light-buoys, a buoy and a
beacon, thence:
4 Between Nos 9 and 10 Light-beacons (green and red
daymarks, respectively, on concrete towers on piles
with platforms), thence:
5 N of No 12 Light beacon (red triangle on tower on
platform on piles) (4 mile E) which with No 10
Light beacon marks the N side of Bajo (Banco)
Ranchito, a shoal which breaks in many places and
may be identified by the brownish colour of the
water, thence:
6 S of No 13 Médano de Palomino Light beacon (green
daymark on tower on platform) (5 miles E)
standing on Bajo Palomino a reef that forms the S
extremity of Gran Bajo de Buena Esperanza,
thence:
7 S of Banco Fustete Light beacon (green square on
green concrete tower on pile with platform)
(9 miles ENE), thence:
8 NE through waters clear of charted dangers, to the port
of Manzanillo (20°21′N, 77°07′W) and the E part of Golfo
de Guacanayabo.
9 Large vessels. Vessels of greater length than 190 m will
be escorted through Canal de Madrona by at least one tug.
10 Useful marks:
Chimney (20°13′N, 77°22′W) at sugar mill in San
Ramon.
Chimney (20°13′N, 77°19′W) at sugar mill in Ceiba
Hueca (9.123).
(Directions for Manzanillo continue at 9.118)
Canal de Cuatro Reales and approaches
9.107
1 From the vicinity of Madrona Light-buoy (safe water)
(20°00′N, 77°53′W) the route leads generally NNW for
27 miles and then NE through the reefs that lie NW of
Gran Banco de Buena Esperanza, passing (with reference to
Cayo Carapacho Light (20°27′N, 78°03′W):
2 Between Cayo Carapacho Light (aluminium
framework tower, 9 m in height) and a light-buoy
(starboard hand) (2½ miles SSE), which mark the
CHAPTER 9
seaward entrance to Canal de Cuatro Reales,
thence:
3 SE of No 5 Light beacon (green square on green
concrete tower on pile with platform) (3 miles NE)
which marks the limit of the bank that extends E
from Cayo Playa Blanca. In good visibility the
edge of this bank can be detected by the change in
the colour of the water. Thence:
4 NW of No 8 Light beacon (red triangle on red
concrete tower on pile with platform) (3¾ miles
NE) which with a buoy and light-buoy (starboard
hand) mark the edge of a shoal that extends NW
from Cayo Cuatro Reales and Cayo Blanco,
thence:
5 SE of No 9 Light beacon (green square on green GRP
tower on pile with platform) (4¼ miles NE) which
marks the edge of a shoal that extends SE from
Cayo Mosquito, thence:
6 Between a pair of light-buoys (port and starboard
hand) (4½ miles NE) that mark the inshore end of
the channel.
(Directions continue N to port of Santa Cruz del Sur
at 9.132, and NW to the E part of Golfo de
Ana Maria at 9.139.)
South-west approach to Guayabal
9.108
1 From a position at the inshore end of Canal de Cuatro
Reales (20°30′N, 77°58′W) the approach route to the port
of Guayabal (20°41′N, 77°37′W) (9.124) leads NE passing
(with reference to Cayo Media Luna Light (20°33′N,
77°53′W)):
2 SE of Cayo Media Luna Light (green square on green
concrete tower on pile with platform), thence:
3 NW of light beacon (starboard hand) (3¼ miles E)
which marks the W extremity of a shoal that
extends from the W side of Cayo Culebra, thence:
4 SE of Cayo Guizazo (Guisazo) Light (green daymark
on concrete tower on platform) (4½ miles NE),
thence:
5 SE of Banco Alacran which is marked by a
light beacon (N cardinal) (11 miles NE) at its N
extremity, thence:
6 NW of Banco Vibora Light (red triangle on red
concrete tower on piles with platform) (11¼ miles
E), thence:
7 to the light-buoys marking the outer end of the harbour
entrance channel, 2 miles SSW of the S end of Cayo
Romero.
Canal de Chinchorro and approaches
9.109
1 From a position S of the port of Guayabal the route
leads ESE for 32 miles, through Canal (Paso) Chinchorro,
to the port of Manzanillo (20°21′N, 77°07′W) (9.114),
passing (with reference to Banco Chinchorro Light
(20°33′N, 77°23′W)):
NNE of a light-buoy (isolated danger) (10½ miles
WNW), thence:
2 NNE of Bajo Paticombito Light (green square on
green metal tower on pile with platform) (6 miles
WNW) which stands on a shoal of the same name
that can be detected by the brownish colour of the
water, thence:
3 NNE of Bajo Santa Clara Light (green square on
green metal tower on pile with platform) (1¾ miles
SW), thence:
235
 Home Contents Index
4 SSW of Banco Chinchorro Light (red daymark on
concrete tower on piles) which stands on a bank of
the same name that can be detected by the
brownish colour of the water, thence:
5 SSW of Bajo Cucharillas Light (red triangle on red
concrete tower on piles with platform) (5 miles
ESE), thence:
6 ESE through waters clear of charted dangers to the
approaches to the port of Manzanillo.
Other entrance routes and channels
Inshore route from Cabo Cruz to Niquero
9.110
1 An inshore route leads N and NE through the reefs,
between 2 and 3 miles offshore, from Cabo Cruz to the
port of Niquero (20°03′N, 77°35′W) (9.122) passing NW of
Cabezos Colorados de Fuerra, SE of Cabezos Borlón de
Tierra and through Paso Azuaga, thence through Canal de
Palomino (9.111) or Canal de Balandras (9.112) to the E
part of Golfo de Guacanayabo.
2 The seaward end of the route is marked by a buoy
(starboard hand) moored on the W side of Cabeza del
Vapor, a shoal head with a depth of 5⋅5 m (18ft) over it,
which lies 2 miles W of Cabo Cruz.
3 The route is not marked.
Canal de Palomino and approaches
9.111
1 Canal de Palomino leads N from the vicinity of Banco
Arreola (Arriola) (20°00′N, 77°41′W) to the inshore end of
Canal de Madrona (9.106), passing between Banco
Orejoncito and Banco Hierba and E of Bajo Orejón Grande
to join Canal de Madrona, NW of Cayo Palomino.
2 The channel is marked intermittently with beacons and
light-beacons.
Limiting draught of vessel. See 9.102.
Canal de Balandras
9.112
1 Canal de Balandras, which is only about ½ cable wide
in its narrowest part, leads NE from the vicinity of Banco
Arreola and passes through Paso Azuaga between Banco
Azuaga and Cabezo Azuaga and thence through the
dangers that extend between Cayos Balandras (20°06′N,
77°37′W) and the mainland SE.
The final part of the channel is not marked.
2 Local knowledge is required.
Limiting draught of vessel. See 9.102.
Canal de Pitajaya
9.113
1 Canal de Pitajaya is a tortuous and unbuoyed channel
that is entered 2 miles S of Caya Pitajaya (20°21′N,
77°51′W) and leads W of the reefs NW of Caya Pitajaya.
Its use is not recommended.
Manzanillo
Chart 3802
General information
9.114
1 Position. The city of Manzanillo (20°21′N, 77°07′W) is
situated on the E shore of Golfo de Guacanayabo at the
head of Bahía Caimanera, between Punta Caimanera and
Punta Yara (3¼ miles NE).
Function. Export of sugar. Import of general cargo.
2 Topography. The city which is composed of
light coloured buildings, is visible from a distance of about
CHAPTER 9
20 miles in clear weather. It can be seen over Cayos de
Manzanillo, a group of mangrove covered cays, which are
not clearly distinguishable at a distance of more than
5 miles.
3 Port limits. The port area consists of the waters
between Punta Gua (20°17′N, 77°15′W) and Punta Yara
(9 miles ENE) bounded to seaward by Cayo Blanco and
Cayo Gua to the W and Cayos de Manzanillo to the N.
4 Approach and entry. Manzanillo can be approached
from the SW by way of Canal de Madrona (9.106) and
from the NW by way of Canal de Cuatro Reales (9.107)
and Canal Chinchorro (9.109). Because of the sharp turns
in Canal Madrona the latter route provides a safer route for
vessels with a draught of up to 10⋅7 m.
5 Traffic. In 2001, 3 vessels totalling 84 769 dwt visited
the port.
Port Authority. Empresa Terminales Mambisas del
Oriente, Manzanillo.
Limiting conditions
9.115
1 Tidal levels. Mean spring range about 1⋅1 m; mean neap
range about 0⋅8 m. For further information see Admiralty
Tide Tables.
2 Maximum size of vessel handled. At anchorage size
limited by maximum draught for passage of entrance
channels. See 9.102.
Arrival information
9.116
1 Pilotage is compulsory. See 9.104. For vessels mooring
at the tanker berth, and over 70 m in length, at least two
tugs will be used while berthing and departing.
2 Tugs are available.
Time of entry. Daylight hours only.
Harbour operations and layout
9.117
1 All cargo operations take place at anchor using barges.
The anchorages (9.119) lie N, E and S of Cayo Cayita
(20°22′N, 77°08′W).
2 Port installations are concentrated at the head of
Ensenada (Bahía) Caimanera.
3 A fishing village, approached by a dredged channel and
protected by breakwaters, is situated 1½ cables E of Punta
Caimanera (9.114).
Directions
(continued from 9.106 and 9.107)
9.118
1 From south-west. The port is entered between Cayo
Gua (9.114) and Cayo Perla (2½ miles N).
From north. The port is entered between Punta Yara
(9.114) and the SE extremity of Cayo Cayita (1¾ miles W).
2 Useful marks (with reference to Punta Caimanera
(20°20′N, 77°09′W)):
Punta Gua Beacon (red daymark on concrete tower
on piles) (6 miles WSW).
3 Cayo Perla Light (white metal framework tower on
piles with platform) (5 miles WNW).
Punta Socorrito Light (green square on green concrete
tower on pile with platform) (3½ miles WNW).
4 Ensenada Gua Light (yellow x on yellow framework
tower on piles) (1½ miles SSW).
Punta Caimanera Light (red triangle on red concrete
tower on piles with platform).
5 Cayo Cayita Light (green square on green concrete
tower on piles with platform) (2½ miles NNE).
236
 Home Contents Index
Punta de Fuera Beacon (red, triangular topmark)
(3 miles N) stands on the N side of the headland.
Berths
9.119
1 Anchorage areas are centred (with reference to Cayo
Cayita).
No 1. Four cables S, depth 8 m (26 ft), soft mud. Two
vessels, length 180 m, draught 7⋅3 m. Well sheltered.
2 No 2. Four cables NE, depth 9 m (29 ft), soft mud. Four
vessels, length in excess of 180 m, draught 8⋅1 m.
No 3. 1 mile N, depth 11 m (36 ft), soft mud. Two
vessels, length 170 m, draught 10 m.
3 Quarantine anchorage. Centred on a position 1½ miles
NW of Cayo Grande, depth 12 to 17 m, mud. Exposed to
W and NW.
4 Petroleum discharge berth consisting of four mooring
buoys and connected to the shore by a submarine pipeline
is situated 1½ miles NW of Punta Caimanera. Limiting
draught at this berth is 8⋅5 m.
5 Jetties, with a greatest depth alongside of 2⋅7 m, lie at
the head of Ensenada Caimanera, and are used only by
lighters and small craft. It has been reported (1989) that
most of them are in a poor state of repair.
Facilities
9.120
1 Repairs. Minor repairs and patent slip, capacity
250 tons.
Facilities: lighters; hospital; deratting (1.137).
2 Supplies: fuel not available; water and provisions
available.
Minor ports administered by Manzanillo
9.121
1 There are a number of minor ports which lie within the
Manzanillo pilotage area and are administered by that port.
Chart 435 plan of Bahía Niquero
Niquero
9.122
1 Niquero (20°03′N, 77°35′W) is a sugar port. The town
stands at the head of Bahía de Niquero.
2 Approaches. The port can be approached from the SW
by the inshore passage (9.110) from Cabo Cruz or from the
NW and N by routes from Canal de Madrona (9.106).
3 Leading line. For the final approach the alignment of
marks (114°) (uncharted), situated at the base of the pier,
leads through a dredged channel, 850 m in length and 60 m
wide, with a depth of 7⋅8 to 8⋅2 m.
4 Limiting conditions. Largest vessel at anchorage, length
170 m. draught 10⋅1 m.
Useful mark. Chimney (20°02′⋅9N, 77°34′⋅9W) at sugar
mill.
5 Anchorage is available 2½ miles NW of Niquero Pier.
Depths 14 to 16 m, mud and clay.
Alongside berths. There is a pier 130 m in length,
which can take vessels 120 m long with a draught of 6⋅8 m.
The pier is reported (1989) to be in bad condition.
6 Facilities and supplies: minor repairs; fresh water at
pier; limited fresh provisions.
Ceiba Hueca
9.123
1 The town of Ceiba Hueca (20°13′N, 77°19′W) is
approached by a buoyed (port and starboard hand) channel,
70 m wide. It is the loading place and site of a large sugar
mill, which has a prominent chimney.
CHAPTER 9
2 Approach and directions. The port is approached by a
dredged channel, 1½ miles long and 60 m wide, which is
marked by light-buoys. Depths in the channel are 10⋅4 to
11 m.
3 Navigation is only permitted in one direction at a time
and vessels must keep to the channel to avoid shoals on
the W side of the channel, which have been created by
dredging operations.
4 Alongside berth is situated on W side of bulk sugar
terminal. Depths alongside 10⋅4 to 11 m. Maximum size of
vessel, length 170 m, draught 9⋅4 m. During berthing or
departing the berths at least two tugs will be used.
5 Anchorage may be obtained 1 mile NW of the pier.
Guayabal
Chart 3802 (see 1.15)
General information
9.124
1 Position and function. The port of Guayabal (20°41′N,
77°37′W) is situated on the N shore of Golfo de
Guacanayabo, 8 miles WNW of Punta Sevilla. Its main
function is the bulk export of sugar products.
2 Approach. The port of Guayabal is approached from the
SW by Canal de Cuatro Reales (9.107) and then by a route
passing SE of Cayo Media Luna (20°34′N, 77°53′W) and
from the E by Canal Chinchorro (9.109).
3 Traffic. In 2001, 11 vessels totalling 249 892 dwt visited
the port.
Port Authority. Empresa Terminales Mambisas del
Centro Este, Guayabal.
Limiting conditions
9.125
1 Depth of entrance channel 9⋅5 to 10⋅2 m.
Largest vessel. Length 190 m. Draught 10⋅7 m.
Arrival information
9.126
1 Pilotage. Pilots are based at Santa Cruz del Sur (9.131).
See 9.104. For vessels greater than 80 m in length at least
two tugs will be used for berthing or when departing the
berth.
2 Tugs are available.
Harbour
9.127
1 Layout. The harbour, which is approached by a dredged
entrance channel 1 miles long and 45 m wide, decreasing at
its N end, consists of a pier that extends into a dredged
turning basin.
Directions
(continued from 9.108)
9.128
1 Leading lights. The alignment (013°) of leading lights
leads along the entrance channel:
Front light. On pier.
Rear light. On top of tall rectangular tank.
Berths
9.129
1 Guayabal Maritime Terminal Pier. Length 200 m.
Depths alongside 7⋅6 to 10 m.
Maximum size of vessel handled: Length up to 150 m,
draught 9⋅1 m; length 150 to 170 m, draught 7⋅6 m.
2 Anchorage with depths of 10 to 18 m (33 to 59 ft), mud
and sand, is available 1 mile SSW of the entrance to the
dredged channel. Capacity 40 vessels with lengths up to
170 m.
237
 Home Contents Index
Facilities
9.130
1 Fresh water available at wharf.
Fuel and fresh provisions not available.
Deratting (1.137).
Santa Cruz del Sur and approaches
Chart 3802
General information
9.131
1 Position. Santa Cruz del Sur (20°42′N, 77°59′W) is
situated on the N coast of Golfo de Guacanayabo and
consists of a fishing port in Ensenada Bonita, and the
anchorage of Fondeadero San Juan, which lies between
Cayos San Juan (20°38′N, 77°55′W) and Cayos Mordazo
(5 miles W). Fondeadero Mordazo, which lies W of Cayos
Mordazo, also lies within the port limits.
2 Approach. The main approach from seaward is by
Canal de Cuatro Reales (9.107). The final approach to the
port is marked by light-beacons.
Directions
(continued from 9.107)
9.132
1 South approach. From the inshore end of Canal de
Cuatro Reales (20°30′N, 77°58′W) the route leads N
passing E of Banco Mosquito (20°32′N, 77°58′W) (9.139),
and thence through waters clear of charted dangers to
Fondeadero San Juan.
2 East approach. Fondeadero San Juan may be entered
from the E by Canal de Media Luna (20°36′N, 77°53′W)
passing N of Cayo Media Luna and S of Cayos San Juan.
This channel is not marked.
3 Useful mark. Santa Cruz Light (20°42′N, 77°59′W).
Berths
9.133
1 Alongside berths. The main wharf in the fishing port is
300 m in length, with a depth alongside of 3 m.
2 Anchorage may be obtained for larger vessels in
Fondeadero San Juan in which the depths shoal gradually
from 16 m (52 ft) to 5 m (16 ft) at a distance of 1½ miles
off the N shore.
3 Spacious and well sheltered anchorage may also be
found in Fondeadero Mordazo (9.131).
Other names
9.134
1 Loma, Cayo (20°31′N, 77°51′W).
Rabihorcado, Cayo (20°31′N, 77°38′W).
CHANNELS FROM GOLFO DE
GUACANAYABO TO GOLFO DE ANA
MARIA AND ADJACENT WATERS
General information
Charts 3802,3799,3800
Route
9.135
1 The waters described below include Canal Juan Suárez,
Canal Rancho Viejo and Canal del Pingue (NW), which
together form the main route from Golfo de Guacanayabo
to Golfo de Ana Maria.
2 Local knowledge is necessary for the navigation of this
route.
CHAPTER 9
Topography
9.136
1 The waters between Golfo de Guacanayabo and Golfo
de Ana Maria are obstructed by a number of cays. The
largest group of these cays is Cayos Pingue which occupies
the area between Cayo Caoba (20°43′N, 78°15′W) and the
coast NE and N from it.
Pilotage
9.137
1 Pilotage is compulsory. See 9.104.
When approaching from the NW pilots will change over
in the vicinity of Cayo Malabrigo (20°54′N, 78°28′W).
Times of navigation
9.138
1 Navigation through the channels described below should
only take place during daylight hours.
Directions
(continued from 9.107)
Canal Juan Suárez
9.139
1 From the inshore end of Canal de Cuatro Reales
(20°30′N, 77°58′W) (9.107) Canal Juan Suárez leads
generally WNW passing, (with reference to Light beacon
No 3, Banco Leña (20°34′N, 78°04′W)):
2 SSW of Banco Mosquito (5¾ miles ESE) with a least
depth of 3⋅8 m (12 ft) over it, thence:
3 SSW of No 2 Light beacon (red triangle on red
concrete tower on pile with platform) (2¼ miles
ESE) which stands on SW extremity of Cayo Juan
Suárez, thence:
4 NNE of No 3 Light beacon (green square on green
concrete tower on piles with platform) which
stands on Banco Leña, thence:
5 Between No 5 Light beacon (green square on green
metal column on pile with platform) and No 4
Light beacon (red triangle on red GRP tower on
metal column) (3¼ miles NW) which mark Pasa
Mate de Afuera (Outer Mate Passage), a pass that
lies between the S most part of Cayos Mate and
Cayo Ronquito, thence:
6 through waters clear of charted dangers, to the entrance
to Canal Rancho Viejo, 10 miles WNW.
Canal Rancho Viejo
9.140
1 From a position ESE of Cayo Rancho Viejo (20°41′N,
78°17′W) Canal Rancho Viejo leads NW passing between
Cayo Rancho Viejo and the dangers that extend S from
Cayo Caoba (20°43′N, 78°15′W), to its junction with Canal
del Pingue (NW) S of Cayo Orihuela in the vicinity of
No 4 Light beacon (9.141).
2 No 2 Light-buoy (starboard hand) (1¼ miles SW of
Cayo Caoba) marks the NE side of the S entrance to the
channel and No 6 Light-buoy (starboard hand) (2 miles W
of Cayo Caoba) marks the NE side of the N entrance to
the channel.
Canal del Pingue (North-west)
9.141
1 From a position S of Cayo Orihuela in the vicinity of
No 4 Light beacon (20°45′N, 78°18′W), Canal del Pingue
(NW), which is marked by beacons, leads NNW through
Cayos Orihuela, a group of cays that extends W from
Cayos Pingue, passing (with reference to Cayo Orihuela.
No 4 Light beacon):
238
 Home Contents Index CHAPTER 9

2 WSW of No 4 Light beacon (red triangle on red shore, overgrown with mangrove. Behind the shore is a
concrete tower on piles with platform) close SW plain, largely sown with sugar cane.
of Cayo Orihuela, thence: 2 The bight is fronted by a barrier of cays and reefs which
3 WSW of No 12 Light beacon (red triangle on red extends from Cabeza del Este (20°31′N, 78°20′W) (Chart
GRP tower on pile with platform) (2 miles NW), 3799) to Punta María Aguilar. The bay between the barrier
thence: reefs and the coast has general depths of 9 to 22 m (30 ft
ENE of a light-buoy (port hand) (2¼ miles NW), to 12 fm) but contains numerous cays, reefs and dangers.
thence: 3 There are a number of marked channels which lead
4 SSW of a light-buoy (starboard hand) (13 miles NW) through these dangers to the ports in Golfo de Ana Maria.
which marks the N side of Paso Malabrigo, a
passage between Cayo Malabrigo to the NE and
Main entrance channels
9.147
Bajo Malabrigo to the SW.
1 Canal de Bretón (9.154). Entrance at 21°08′N,
5 thence the route continues into the E part of Golfo de
79°31′W. Leads to central part of Golfo de Ana Maria and
Ana Maria.
then by way of Canal Manatí to ports of Júcaro (9.155)
(Directions continue for port of Júcaro at 9.158)
and Tunas de Zaza (9.162). Limiting draught 8⋅8 m (29 ft).
2 Canal de Tunas (9.165). Entrance at 21°31′N, 79°41′W.
Other channels Leads to the port of Tunas de Zaza. Depths 7⋅4 to 10 m
Canal de Levisa (24 to 33 ft). Limiting draught 6⋅7 m (22 ft).
9.142 3 Canal Este (Jobabo) (9.173). Entrance at 21°38′N,
1 Canal de Levisa (Leviza) is entered close S of Cayo 79°53′W. Main approach channel to port of Casilda (9.170),
Carapacho (20°27′N, 78°02′W) (9.107) from where it leads with a minimum depth of 9⋅8 m (32 ft). For limiting
W, N and then NE to pass S and W of Bajos Ancon del draught to port of Casilda, see 9.171.
Uvero and NW of Cayos Levisa (Leviza) and Cayos 4 Local knowledge is required for the navigation of these
Almacigo and then joins Canal Juan Suárez (9.139) E of and other channels in Golfo de Ana Maria.
Pasa Mate de Afuera (Outer Mate Passage) (20°36′N, Depths
78°06′W). 9.148
2 There are no navigational aids in Canal Levisa. 1 Approaches. The barrier reef is close to the outer edge
Local knowledge is required. of the coastal bank and depths to seaward increase steeply
Canal Cabeza del Este to over 183 m (100fm). Soundings give little or no warning
9.143 of these dangers.
1 Canal Cabeza del Este (20°30′N, 78°18′W) separates Hazards
Banco Levisa (Leviza) from Cabeza del Este, the SE 9.149
extremity of Cayos Laberinto de las Doce Leguas, and 1 Tidal streams set directly on and off the barrier reef
provides access to the E end of Canal Rancho Viejo with considerable strength, for which due allowance should
(9.140). be made.
2 The channel is entered from seawards 3 miles S of 2 Discoloured waters. The bottom of the bay is very soft
Cabeza del Este Light (9.99). It has a least depth of 8⋅2 m and the mud of which it is composed discolours the water,
(27 ft). adding greatly to the danger of navigation throughout the
Local knowledge is required. area.
Canal del Pingue (South-east) Current
9.144 9.150
1 Canal del Pingue (SE), which separates Cayo Caoba 1 The current between Cayo de Bretón (21°06′N,
(20°43′N, 78°15′W) from Cayos Pingues, provides an 79°26′W) and Canal Caballones (33 miles SE) has been
alternative route to Canal Rancho Viejo, but has no known to run W at 1½ kn.
navigation marks.
2 Local knowledge is required. Pilotage
9.151
1 Pilotage is compulsory for vessels visiting ports in Golfo
Other names
9.145 de Ana Maria. Pilots for Júcaro or Tunas de Zaza embark
1 Las Muchachos, Cayo (20°31′N, 78°10′W). at the seaward entrance of Canal de Bretón or Canal de
Granada, Cayo (20°37′N, 78°15′W). Tunas and should be requested in advance from the
Pilón, Cayos (20°43′N, 78°09′W). respective ports.
2 Pilots for Casilda embark off Cayo Blanco de Casilda at
the entrance to Canal Este.
GOLFO DE ANA MARIA AND ADJACENT For vessels approaching Júcaro from Golfo de
WATERS Guacanayabo pilots board at the NW end of Canal Pingue
(NW); see 9.104.
General information
Principal marks
Chart 3800 9.152
Topography 1 Landmark:
9.146 Loma de Banao (Pico Sierra de Banao) (21°52′N,
1 Golfo de Ana Maria is a large bight in the coast lying 79°36′W) (Chart 3866) which has a conical summit and in
between Punta de las Angosturas (Punta Palizon) (20°50′N, good visibility can been from a distance of 50 miles.
78°15′W) and Punta María Aguilar (114 miles WNW). The 2 Major light:
coast of the bight is low lying and consists of a muddy Ancón Light (21°45′N, 80°01′W) (9.97).

239
 Home Contents Index
Other navigational aid
9.153
1 Racon:
Cayo Bretón Light (21°07′N, 79°27′W).
For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2.
Directions
Canal de Bretón and Canal Manatí
9.154
1 From a position W of Cayo Bretón Light (white metal
framework tower, 30 m in height) (21°07′N, 79°27′W)
Canal de Bretón leads NNE between Cayo Bretón and the
S extremity of Médanos de la Vela, passing (with reference
to Cayo Bretón Light):
2 WNW of No 2 Light-buoy (starboard hand) (3½ miles
WNW), thence:
Between Nos 3 and 4 Light-buoy (port and starboard
hand) (4½ miles NNW), thence:
3 WNW of No 6 Light-buoy (starboard hand) (6½ miles
N) which marks the NW limit of Bajo Lobo, a
shoal on which stand four concrete piles, thence:
4 WNW of the light beacon (starboard hand)
(17¼ miles NNE) which marks the W limit of
Banco Manatí, the S most shoal of Médanos de
Manatí, thence:
5 ESE of No 9 Light-buoy (port hand) (19½ miles
NNE) which marks the SE limit of the NW shoal
of Médanos de Manatí, thence:
6 WNW of No 12 Light-buoy (starboard hand)
(20½ miles NNE) which marks the NW limit of
Banco NE de Manatí.
7 Useful mark:
Médanos de la Vela Light (red triangle on red
concrete tower on piles with platform) (21°13′N,
79°33′W) which stands on the S part of Médanos
de la Vela, an extensive shallow area that extends
N for 10 miles.
(Directions continue for port of Júcaro at 9.157,
and for port of Tunas de Zaza at 9.165.)
Júcaro and approaches
General information
9.155
1 Position. Júcaro (21°37′N, 78°51′W) is situated at the
head of Golfo de Ana Maria.
2 Júcaro anchorage, at which vessels handle cargo from
lighters, is situated between 4½ miles S and 6 miles SSW
of the town.
3 Function. The port is mainly concerned with the export
of sugar products, which are transshipped by lighters to the
vessels in the anchorages.
9.156
1 Approaches. Júcaro is approached from the W by Canal
de Bretón (9.154) and Canal Manatí and from the S from
Canal del Pingue (NW) (9.141).
2 Port Authority. Empresa Terminals Mambisas del
Centro Este, Júcaro.
3 Limiting conditions. Maximum draught of vessels:
At anchorage 8⋅8 m.
Approach from W. As for Canal de Bretón (9.147).
Approach from S. 6⋅7 m.
4 Pilotage is available 24 hours. See 9.151.
Tugs. At Palo Alto (9.161) the use of tugs is
compulsory for vessels of more than 120 m in length.
CHAPTER 9
Directions
(continued from 9.154)
9.157
1 Approach from west. From a position in the vicinity of
the inshore end of Canal Manatí (21°27′N, 79°20′W) the
approach to Júcaro leads E for about 26 miles to Júcaro
anchorage, passing (with reference to Bajo Tomeguin
Light beacon (21°19′N, 79°13′W)):
2 N of Banco Pasabanao (6¾ miles N) the N side of
which is marked by a light-buoy (starboard hand),
thence:
3 N of Bajo Las Charcas (11½ miles NW) an unmarked
shoal which breaks even in calm weather. Thence:
4 S of No 1 Light-buoy (port hand) (18¾ miles NE)
(9.161) marking the SE extremity of a dredged
area leading to Palo Alto (9.161).
Directions
(continued from 9.139)
9.158
1 Approach from south. From a position 8 miles WNW
of Pasa Malabrigo (20°53′N, 78°29′W) the approach to
Júcaro leads N and NW for about 40 miles to Júcaro
anchorage, passing (with reference to Cayo Santa María
Light (21°11′N, 78°39′W)):
2 E of Cayo Santa María Light (white GRP tower, red
bands, 10 m in height), thence:
3 E of Cayo Tío Joaquín. SE end No 1 Light (green
square on green concrete tower on piles with
platform) (14½ miles NNW) which marks the S
side to the entrance to the channels that leads
through Cayos Ana María, thence:
4 NE of Cayo Balandras, thence:
Through Canal de Balandras the main channel
through Cayos Ana María, which is marked by
light-beacons.
Berths
9.159
1 Alongside berth. Pier, 405 m in length, which is used
for loading lighters.
2 Anchorages Nos 1 and 2 are situated SE and S,
respectively, of Cayo Obispito (21°32′N, 78°53′W) with
depths of between 7 to 9 m (23 to 29 ft). Both anchorages
provide good holding ground.
Port facilities
9.160
1 Supplies. Water and fuel are not available.
Palo Alto
9.161
1 Palo Alto (21°36′N, 78°56′W) is a sub port of Júcaro.
Approaches. The port is approached by a dredged
channel, which is marked by light-beacons and buoys (port
and starboard hand), which leads generally NNW for
4½ miles from No 1 Light-buoy (port hand) (21°31′N,
78°57′W).
2 Regulations concerning entry. The port of Palo Alto is
limited to daylight operation only.
Tunas de Zaza and approaches
General information
9.162
1 Position. Tunas de Zaza (21°38′N, 79°33′W) is situated
on the N shore of Golfo de Ana Maria, at the mouth of the
river Zaza, between Punta Ladrillo, and Punta Caney,
3¼ miles WNW.
240
 Home Contents Index
2 Tunas de Zaza anchorage lies W and S of Punta
Ladrillo.
3 Function. Tunas de Zaza is a fishing port.
Approaches. Tunas de Zaza is approached from the SW
through Canal de Tunas (9.165) and from the E from Canal
Manatí and Canal de Bretón (9.154).
4 Port Authority. Tunas de Zaza is a sub port of
Cienfuegos (9.190).
Limiting conditions and arrival information
9.163
1 Limiting draught: 6⋅7 m.
Pilotage. See 9.151.
2 Regulations concerning entry. Vessels may enter during
daylight hours only.
Harbour
9.164
1 Landmark. Central, 7 de Noviembre (Natividad) sugar
mill (21°40′N, 79°28′W) which has a tall chimney.
Directions
(continued from 9.154)
9.165
1 Canal de Tunas. From the vicinity of the pilots
boarding position 1½ miles SSE of No 2 Light-buoy
(21°31′N, 79°41′W) the channel leads ENE and NE to
Tunas de Zaza anchorage, passing (with reference to Cayo
Blanco de Zaza Light (21°36′N, 79°36′W)):
2 NNW of No 2 Light-buoy (starboard hand) (7 miles
SW), thence:
NNW of No 4 Light-buoy (starboard hand) (4¼ miles
SSW, thence:
SE of No 5 Buoy (port hand) (3 miles S), thence:
3 SE and E of the shoaler water extending in the same
direction from Cayo Blanco de Zaza, low, sandy
and thickly wooded, on which stands a light (white
framework tower, 12 m in height).
9.166
1 Approach from east. From a position in the vicinity of
the inshore end of Canal Manatí (21°′27N 79°20′W) the
approach to Tunas de Zaza leads WNW to Tunas de Zaza
anchorage for 14 miles through waters that are clear of
charted dangers.
9.167
1 Useful marks: (with reference to Cayo Blanco de Zaza
Light (9.165)).
No 6 Light beacon (red triangle on GRP tower on
pile with platform) (2½ miles ENE).
2 No 8 Light beacon (red triangle on GRP tower on
pile with platform) (2¾ miles NE).
Berths
9.168
1 Alongside berths. Fishing pier with depths alongside of
1⋅5 to 3 m.
2 Anchorage may be obtained by vessels with draughts of
from 7⋅3 to 8⋅8 m (24 to 29 ft) in the main anchorage
1 mile W and 2 miles S of Punta Ladrillo.
Facilities.
9.169
1 Provisions. Small quantities are available.
CHAPTER 9
Casilda and approaches
Chart 98 plan of Puerto Casilda and Puerto Masío and
approaches
General information
9.170
1 Position. The town of Casilda (21°45′N, 79°59′W) is
situated close within Punta María Aguilar in the NW part
of Golfo de Ana Maria.
Function. Casilda is the port for the city of Trinidad,
which lies 3 miles inland.
2 Approaches. The main approach to Casilda is from the
SE through Canal Este (East or Jobabo). The approach
from the S through Canal de Las Mulatas is not
recommended.
3 Port Authority. Port Authority of Casilda, Ministerio
del Transporte, c/o Empresa Consigna. Mambisas, PO Box
420, Cienfuegos, Cuba.
Limiting conditions and arrival information
9.171
1 Tidal levels. Mean spring range about 0⋅3 m; mean neap
range about 0⋅1 m. For further information see Admiralty
Tide Tables.
2 Maximum size of vessel in approach channel. Draught
7⋅6 m, length 170 m.
3 Pilotage is compulsory and available during daylight
hours. Pilots embark off Cayo Blanco (21°38′N, 79°53′W)
which lies on the NW side of the entrance to Canal Este.
Harbour
9.172
1 Layout. The port facilities are situated on the N side of
Bahía de Casilda, a shallow bay with depths of from 1⋅8 to
6⋅5 m (6 to 21 ft). A dredged channel, 70 m wide and 8⋅5
to 9 m (28 to 30 ft) deep, leads through the bay.
2 The anchorage for the port is situated in Fondeadero
Banco del Medio, 3 miles SE of the town, as shown on the
chart.
Directions
9.173
1 Approach from south-east by Canal Este (Jobabo).
From a position S of Cayo Blanco de Casilda Light
(21°38′N, 79°53′W) the approach route leads N and then
NW to the main anchorage Fondeadero Banco del Medio,
passing (with reference to Banco del Guayo No 14
Light beacon (21°42′N, 79°57′W)):
2 E of Cayo Blanco de Casilda Light (white framework
tower, 12 m in height) (5¼ miles SE) which stands
on the E end of a cay of the same name, which is
6⋅7 m high and is covered in trees and composed
of white rock and sand. From the SW the cay
appears wedge shaped, the higher part being SE.
Thence:
3 Between Nos 1 and 2 Light-buoys (port and starboard
hand) and a pair of light-beacons (green and red
daymarks) (5 miles SE) which mark the channel
between the shoal water NE of Cayo Blanco de
Casilda and the SW edge of Banco Cascajal,
thence:
4 Between Nos 3 and 4 Light-beacons (green and red
daymarks, respectively, on piles with platforms)
(3½ miles ESE) which mark the channel between a
9 m (30 ft) shoal that lies off Arrecifes Arenas and
the NW part of Bajos Jobabo, thence:
5 Through Canal de los Guairos (2¾ miles ESE) the
narrow passage that separates Arrecifes Arenas and
241
 Home Contents Index CHAPTER 9

Bajo del (Arrecifes) Diamante. This channel is 2 Hospital at Trinidad.

marked by light-buoys and light-beacons. Thence:
6 SW of No 14 Light beacon (red triangle on red metal
tower on pile with platform) which marks the SW
edge of Banco Guayo a shoal which lies on the SE
side of Fondeadero Banco del Medio. No 13
light-buoy (safe water) marks the fairway 7 cables
S of this light beacon.
9.174
1 Final approach to Casilda. From the vicinity of Nos 15
and 16 Light-buoys port and starboard hand) (1½ miles
NW) in the NW part of Fondeadero Banco del Medio the
channel to the port of Casilda leads generally NW through
Bahía de Casilda for 2½ miles. The channel is marked by
buoys and light-buoys (port and starboard hand); and
light-beacons (green and red daymarks on towers on piles
with platforms), the positions of which can best be seen on
the chart.
Deratting. See 1.137.
Other channels and anchorages
Canal de Las Mulatas
9.177
1 Canal de Las Mulatas, which is entered from seaward in
the vicinity of position 21°42′N, 79°59′W, passes between
Banco Derribada and Arrecifes Mulatas. The channel,
which has a least depth of 4⋅4 m (14 ft), is marked.
2 Local knowledge is required.
Fondeadero Jobabo
9.178
1 Fondeadero Jobabo lies between Punta Cucharillas
(21°41′N, 79°51′W) and Bajos Jobabo (1½ miles SW) and
provides good anchorage in depths of about 12 m (39 ft),
mud, 6 cables SW of Punta Cucharillas.

Berths Ensenada Jobabo, Ensenada Caballones and

9.175
1 Alongside. An L-shaped pier. W side 165 m, S side
82 m. Both sides can accommodate vessels with length of
170 m with a draught 7⋅6 m on the W side and 7 m on the
S side.
2 Anchorage is available for three vessels, with a
maximum length of 170 m and draught of 7⋅6 m, in
Fondeadero Banco del Medio between 1 and 1½ miles SE
of Punta Casilda, in depths of 12 m (39 ft), clay.
Facilities
9.176
1 Repairs not available.
Fresh water and provisions are available; fuel not
available.
Ensenada Masío
9.179
1 Ensenada Jobabo, Ensenada Caballones and Ensenada
Masío are three inlets lying to the N of Fondeadero Jobabo.
Ensenada Masío provides the most convenient anchorage
for vessels with draughts of up to 4⋅6 m.
Other names
Chart 3800
9.180
1 Algodón Grande, Cayo (21°06′N, 78°43′W).
Carapacho, Punta (21°36′N, 78°53′W).
2 Guásimas, Cayo (21°28′N, 78°49′W).
Juanita, Punta (21°28′N, 78°36′W).
Macurijes, Punta (21°02′N, 78°29′W).

PUNTA MARIA AGUILAR TO CAYO GUANO DEL ESTE

GENERAL INFORMATION This area includes the waters of Bahía de Cochinos and E
part of Golfo de Cazones.
Charts 3866, 3867
Extent of area Port
9.181 9.184
1 The area described below covers the coastal passage 1 The main port in this area is Cienfuegos (22°08′N,
between Punta María Aguilar (21°45′N, 80°01′W) and 80°27′W) (9.190).
Punta de los Colorados (22°02′N, 80°27′W), and the waters Natural conditions
of Bahía de Cienfuegos, Bahía de Cochinos and Golfo de 9.185
Cazones as far as Cayo Guano del Este (21°40′N, 1 Visibility is almost always good.
81°02′W). Gales are infrequent.
Currents. See 9.3.
Topography
9.182 COASTAL PASSAGE FROM PUNTA MARÍA
1 The coast and offshore dangers between Punta María AGUILAR TO PUNTA DE LOS
Aguilar and Cayo Guano del Este, which stands on Banco COLORADOS
Jardinillos, form a spacious gulf. Bahía de Cienfuegos is on
the N side of the gulf and Bahía de Cochinos and Golfo de
General information
Cazones lie in its W part. Chart 3866
2 The NE coast of the gulf is mountainous and the coasts Route and topography
of the W part are low and flat. 9.186
1 The coastal route from Punta María Aguilar (21°45′N,
Prohibited area 80°01′W) to Punta de los Colorados (22°02′N, 80°27′W)
9.183 leads generally NW for 30 miles.
1 A prohibited area, the limits of which are shown on the 2 The coast, which is covered in forest, is backed by the
chart, covers the greater part of the gulf inshore of a line Sierras de Trinidad as far as the mouth of Río Guajimico
leading SW and WSW between a point close W of the (21°56′N, 80°19′W) after which the land remains high, but
entrance to Bahía de Cienfuegos and Cayo Guano del Este. is relatively flat as far as Punta de los Colorados.

242
 Home Contents Index
3 A number of rivers, which can be navigated by small
craft with a draught of less than 1⋅8 m, enter the sea along
this stretch of the coast.
Measured distance
Chart 444
9.187
1 Position and length. Two pairs of beacons mark a
measured distance, 1845 m (6055 ft) in length, close SE of
Punta Itabo (22°01′N, 80°24′W).
2 Running courses. 131¾°/311¾°.
Line of beacons. 041¾°.
Principal marks
Chart 3866
9.188
1 Landmark:
Pico Potrerillo (21°53′N, 80°00′W) which in clear
weather is visible from more than 30 miles.
2 Major lights:
Ancón Light (21°45′N, 80°01′W) (9.97).
Río Yaguanabo Light (white round concrete tower
and hut, 34 m in height) (21°51′N, 80°12′W).
3 Punta de los Colorados Light (white round masonry
tower, 20 m in height) (22°02′N, 80°26′W).
Directions
(continued from 9.99)
9.189
1 From a position SW of Punta María Aguilar (21°45′N,
79°01′W) the coastal passage to Punta de los Colorados
leads NW for about 30 miles passing (with reference to Río
Yaguanabo Light (21°51′N, 80°12′W)):
2 SW of Río Yaguanabo Light (9.188) which stands on
the E entrance point of the Río Yaguanabo. There
are no dangers on this stretch of the coast except
for a reef that extends less than 1 mile from the
shore between the mouth of this river and Río San
Juan. Thence:
3 SW of Punta San Juan (5 miles NW). This headland
is composed of steep rocky cliffs. Thence:
NE of Banca de Jagua (25 miles SW). See 9.213,
thence:
4 SW of Punta Diablo (11 miles NW) a rocky
promontory which forms the W entrance point to
Río Gavilán, thence:
5 SW of Punta Itabo (15 miles NW) which is the SE
entrance point of Ensenada Barreras. The extremity
of this point is flat and bare of vegetation. A
beacon marking the NW end of a measured
distance (9.187) stands on the headland. Ensenada
Barreras is not used as an anchorage. Thence:
6 SW of Punta de los Colorados (17 miles NW).
(Directions continue for Bahía de Cienfuegos at 9.202,
and for position S of Banco Jardinillos at 9.213.)
BAHÍA DE CIENFUEGOS
General information
Chart 444
Position and topography
9.190
1 Bahía de Cienfuegos is a spacious harbour entered
between Punta de los Colorados (22°02′N, 80°27′W) and
Punta de Sabanilla (1 mile WNW).
CHAPTER 9
The city of Cienfuegos (22°09′N, 80°27′W) stands in the
NE part of Bahía de Cienfuegos.
2 The bay, which provides secure anchorage in all winds,
is entered by a narrow channel which at its narrowest is
only ¾ cable wide between the 11 m (36 ft) depth contours.
Function and traffic
9.191
1 Cienfuegos, which in 1997 had an estimated population
of 130 000, is the main city in central Cuba and is also the
centre of the sugar trade on the S side of the island.
It is a port of entry.
2 Traffic. In 2001 93 vessels totalling 1 861 026 dwt
visited the port.
Port Authority
9.192
1 Empresa Consignataria Mambisa, Cienfuegos Ave 50,
Las Villas Province, Cuba.
Limiting conditions
9.193
1 Largest berth. See 9.207
Tidal levels. Mean spring range about 0⋅5 m; mean neap
range about 0⋅1 m. For further information see Admiralty
Tide Tables.
2 Maximum size of vessel handled. Draught 11⋅9 m,
length 225 m. Length limitation is due to the sharp bend in
the entrance channel, combined with strong tidal streams.
3 Vessels of over 187 m in length may enter or leave only
at slack water. On entry and departure they will be escorted
by at least one tug.
Arrival information
Port operations
9.194
1 An information service for berthing and co ordination
service for loading/unloading is available. For details see
Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(5).
Notice of ETA
9.195
1 Notice of ETA: 24 hours.
Pilotage and tugs
9.196
1 Pilotage is compulsory and pilots embark 5 cables SW
of Punta de los Colorados Light (9.188). The pilot station
is at Castillo de Jagua on the W side of the entrance
channel. Pilots are available 24 hours a day.
2 Tugs. The use of tugs is compulsory for all vessels and
at least one tug will be used during berthing and leaving
manoeuvres.
Traffic regulations
9.197
1 Outward bound vessels must wait for inward bound
vessels to clear the entrance channel.
2 Inward bound vessels must sound a long blast when
about midway between Punta del Diablo (22°03′N,
80°27′W) and Punta Pasacaballos (2 miles NNW).
3 Outward bound vessels must sound a long blast when
½ mile NNW of Cayo Carenas (22°05′⋅3N, 80°27′⋅5W).
4 Restricted area. The SE part of the bay to the E of a
line joining Punta de la Milpa (22°04′⋅4N, 80°27′⋅2W),
Cayo Carenas (8 cables N), and Punta de la Cueva
(2¾ miles NNE) is closed to commercial navigation and
recreational fishing.
243
 Home Contents Index
Harbour
General layout
9.198
1 The port of Cienfuegos is situated at the head of Bahía
de Cienfuegos. The main cargo berths are on the N shore
of the bay, 2 miles NW of the city.
2 Other berths and installations are situated on the W
extremity of the peninsula upon which the city is built, and
at the head of Ensenada de Marsillan (22°07′⋅5N,
80°27′⋅5W).
Measured distance
9.199
1 Measured distance. See 9.187.
Traffic signals
9.200
1 A red flag is displayed at the signal tower (22°04′⋅2N,
80°27′⋅9W) when an inward bound vessel is heading for
the entrance channel. See 9.197.
Flow
9.201
1 There is a constant W-going tidal stream off the entrance
to Bahía de Cienfuegos.
Flow in the entrance channels varies between 1 and 2 kn
depending upon the rainy season.
Directions for entering harbour
(continued from 9.189)
Entrance channel
9.202
1 From the vicinity of the pilot boarding position 5 cables
SW of Punta de los Colorados (22°02′N, 80°27′W), the
recommended track, which is marked by light-buoys, leads
through the entrance channel following the alignments of
three pairs of Light-beacons (all with orange diamond
daymarks on white concrete triangular structures) the
positions of which can best be seen on the chart, passing
(with reference to Punta Pasacaballos Light (22°03′⋅7N,
80°27′⋅6W)):
2 E of Punta de Sabanilla (1¼ miles S). A bank extends
5 cables SSE of this point and numerous dangerous
rocks lie within 2½ cables of the point. Thence:
3 W of Punta del Diablo (1 miles SSE), thence:
W of Punta Barco Perdido (8 cables SSE) and
between Nos 1 and 2 Light-buoys (port and
starboard hand), thence:
4 ENE of Muelle Juraguá No 5 Light (green square on
green concrete column with hut, square base)
(2 cables WSW) and WSW of Punta Pasacaballos
Light (red triangle on metal framework tower, 8 m
in height), thence:
5 ESE of Ensenada de Placido (Placida) (2 cables
WNW), thence:
WNW of Ensenada de las Damas (3 cables NNE),
thence:
6 W of Punta de la Milpa (7 cables NNE), thence:
E of Punta de la Cantera (8 cable N) the N entrance
point of Caleton de Don Bruno, thence:
7 into the S part of Bahía de Cienfuegos.
Caution. A vessel should allow for the usual W set
when approaching the entrance channel.
CHAPTER 9
Inner harbour
9.203
1 From the N entrance to the entrance channel the
alignment (305¾°) of a pair of beacons (white triangular
concrete wall with a central orange diamond) on Punta
Tamboril (22°05′⋅7N, 80°28′⋅4W) leads through the channel
between Cayo Carenas and the mainland SW,, passing:
2 Between No 9 Light-buoy (green pillar) (port hand)
which marks the bank that extends from Punta
Cañada Grande (22°05′⋅0N, 80°27′⋅8W), and Punta
Pescadores, the S point of Cayo Carenas, thence:
3 SW of Punta Arenas (22°05′⋅3N, 80°27′⋅7W), the W
point of Cayo Carenas.
The route then leads NNE and NNW into the inner part
of the bay passing (with reference to Punta Arenas):
4 Between Nos 13 and 14 Light-buoys (port and
starboard hand) (2½ cables WNW), thence:
ESE of No 15 Light-buoy (green pillar) (port hand)
(4 cables NNW) which marks the limit of Bajo
Jucaral, thence:
5 WSW of a light-buoy (starboard hand) (1¼ miles N)
which marks the W limit of Banco Gorda.
6 The alignment (155°) astern of two beacons (triangular
framework tower with a central black stripe on a white
rectangular daymark) standing on Cayo Carenas lead along
this stretch of the route into the inner part of Bahía de
Cienfuegos.
Oil refinery Pier
9.204
1 Leading Light-beacons. The alignment (316°) of the
leading light-beacons NW of the Oil Refinery (22°10′⋅7N,
80°30′⋅7W) leads from a position 2 miles NW of the
entrance to Ensenada de Marsillan (22°08′N, 80°27′⋅5W)
through the buoyed approach channel to the berths (9.207),
positions are relative to the pier root:
Front light (white wooden pyramid, orange band, 9 m
in height) (6 cables W).
Rear light (similar structure, 13 m in height) (5 cables
NW).
Berths
Anchorages
9.205
1 The following anchorage areas (with reference to Punta
Arenas (22°08′⋅7N, 80°28′⋅0W)) are available.
2 General anchorage (1¼ miles SSE) in the entrance to
Ensenada de Marsillan in depths of 12 to 15 m, soft mud.
Maximum size of vessel; length 170 m, draught 11 m.
Capacity four vessels.
3 Norte anchorage (8 cables NW). Maximum size of
vessel; length 207 m, draught 11 m.
4 Tricontinental anchorage (1 miles WNW) in depths of
10 to 12 m, mud. Maximum size of vessel; length 187 m,
draught 11⋅6 m. Capacity eleven vessels.
5 Sierpe anchorage (1¾ miles W) in depths of 10 to
11 m, mud. Maximum size of vessel; length 207 m, draught
9⋅1 m. Capacity six vessels.
6 Quarantine anchorage (2 miles SW) in depths of 11 to
13 m, sand and shells. Maximum size of vessel; length
187 m, draught 9⋅4 m. Capacity one vessel.
Offshore moorings
9.206
1 Offshore moorings connected to the shore by pipelines
are situated:
4 cables W of Punta de la Majagua (22°08′⋅1N,
80°27′⋅7W). A fuel discharging berth that can
244
 Home Contents Index
accommodate tankers with a length of 207 m,
draught 11⋅6 m.
2 5 cables NW of Punta de la Majagua. A loading berth
for molasses that can accommodate vessels with a
length of 207 m, draught 9⋅7 m.
3 1¾ miles NW of Punta Arenas (9.203). A loading
berth for the fertilizer factory in Ensenada
Ramirez, 1¼ miles N. Tankers with a length of
162 m and a draught of 9⋅4 m can load at this
berth.
Alongside berths
9.207
1 Ensenada de Marsillan (9.204). Olimpia Medina Pier
has three berths with depths alongside of 5⋅3 to 8⋅4 m.
Largest vessel; length 140 m, draught 7⋅9 m. General cargo.
2 Espignon Pablo Guzman (22°08′⋅9N, 80°27′⋅9W). SW
side only is operational. Largest vessel; length 186 m with
draught 8⋅8 m forward and 9⋅1 m aft. Petroleum products.
Reported (1989) to be in poor condition.
3 Terminal Maritima Tricontinental (22°10′⋅0N,
80°28′⋅6W). Berths both sides with depths alongside of 9⋅4
to 11⋅3 m. Largest vessel; length 207 m, draught 10⋅3 m.
Cereals unloaded W side and bulk sugar loaded at E side.
4 Oil refinery pier (22°10′⋅1N, 80°30′⋅6W). Berths on
both sides. Largest vessel; length 187 m, 35 000 tonnes
displacement. Petroleum products. Repairs and maintenance
to the berths reported completed (1997).
Port services
Repairs
9.208
1 Patent slip, length of 70 m, length of cradle 39⋅6 m.
Facilities and supplies
9.209
1 Facilities: hospitals; deratting (1.137).
Supplies: fresh water by barge and at Tricontinental
Pier; fuel oil and diesel; limited quantity of stores.
Other names
9.210
1 Alcatráz, Cayo (22°05′N, 80°26′W).
Caoba, Punta de la (22°09′N, 80°27′W).
Carabineros, Punta de los (22°05′N, 80°27′W).
Cocos, Punta (22°03′N, 80°28′W).
2 Cueva, Banco de la (22°06′N, 80°27′W).
Jagua (22°04′N, 80°28′W).
Ladrillos, Punta (22°07′N, 80°29′W).
Magdalena, Ensenada de la (22°09′N, 80°28′W).
Sierpe, Punta (22°09′N, 80°31′W).
BAHÍA DE CIENFUEGOS TO BANCO
JARDINILLOS INCLUDING BAHÍA DE
COCHINOS AND GOLFO DE CAZONES
General information
Chart 3867
Restrictions
9.211
1 Entry is prohibited to the greater part of the area
described below. See 9.183.
CHAPTER 9
Major lights
9.212
1 Punta de los Colorados Light (22°02′N, 80°26′W)
(9.188).
Cayo Guano del Este Aeromarine Light (21°40′N,
81°02′W) (9.224).
Directions
(continued from 9.189)
Bahía de Cienfuegos to south of Banco Jardinillos
9.213
1 From the vicinity of the pilot boarding position 5 cables
SW of Punta de los Colorados (22°02′N, 80°27′W), the
passage leads SSW passing either E or W of Banca de
Jagua (25 miles SW).
2 Caution. The shallowest part of this bank has a least
depth of 3⋅7 m (12 ft) and obstructions dangerous to
navigation lie within the area shown on the chart. The bank
is very dangerous at night, as there are depths of more than
183 m (100 fm), 1¾ miles from its shallowest part. By day
it may be seen from aloft at a distance of 1 mile or more.
(Directions for coastal passage continue at 9.225)
Bahía de Cochinos and approaches
Topography
9.214
1 The coast between Punta de Sabanilla (22°02′N,
80°28′W), Punta Aristizabel (23 miles W) and thence to
Punta Oriental (35 miles W) is steep to and for the most
part composed of rocky cliffs.
2 Bahía de Cochinos is entered between Punta Oriental
(22°05′N, 81°05′W) and Punta Palmillas (7½ miles WSW).
The E shore is low, rocky and steep to, with the 183 m
(100 fm) line, lying, in most places, within 2½ cables of it.
The W shore of the bay is sandy, but the fringing reef,
which extends from 7½ cables to 1¼ miles off shore, is
steep to. No 1 Light-buoy (port hand) (3 miles NE of Punta
Palmillas) marks the reef fringing the W shore.
3 Playa de Buenaventura, the largest settlement in the bay,
stands on the E bank of a small river at the head of the
bay, where there are depths of 29 m (16 fm), sand and
rock, 5 cables offshore; inside this distance depths decrease
rapidly. Landing can be effected, but there is no safe
anchorage.
4 Two other coves, Caletas Avalos and Rosario, also
provide anchorage for small craft in good weather.
Marks
9.215
1 The following marks are situated in Bahía de Cochinos
and its approaches:
Playa Girón Light (pedestal on white water tank, 2 m
in height) (22°04′N, 81°03′W).
2 Caleta Avalos Light (green square on framework
tower on platform) (22°13′N, 81°09′W).
Caleta del Rosario Light (red triangle on framework
tower, 8 m in height) (22°14′N, 81°08′W).
3 Cayo Piedras del Sur Light (white round GRP tower,
10 m in height) (21°58′N, 81°07′W).
Golfo de Cazones
Topography
9.216
1 Golfo de Cazones is entered between Cayo Piedras del
Sur (21°58′N, 81°07′W) and Cayo Guano del Este, situated
on Banco Jardinillos, 19 miles SSE. The gulf extends
245
 Home Contents Index
WNW for about 30 miles to Ensenada de Cazones. This
bay, which provides indifferent anchorage, is much
encumbered by shoals.
2 The N shore of the gulf is low, swampy and skirted by
numerous mangrove cays. A bank extends SE from Punta
Palmillas and the coast E, and Cayo Piedras del Sur is the
S most of two low cays that are situated on the SE end of
this bank. The E edge and S extremity of this bank are
fringed with coral reefs, marked by breakers. There are
several narrow openings through the reefs, with depths of
from 3⋅7 to 5⋅5 m (12 to 18 ft).
3 The SW side of Golfo de Cazones is formed by the NE
sides of Banco Jardinillos and Banco Jardines (21°50′N,
81°35′W), which are steep to. The banks on this side of the
gulf are studded with rocks and small patches of sand, just
awash, and there is no opening through the banks SE of
Canal Diego Pérez, a channel which leads SW from
Ensenada de Cazones.
Marks
9.217
1 The following marks are situated in Golfo de Cazones:
CAYO GUANO DEL ESTE TO CABO CORRIENTES
GENERAL INFORMATION
Chart 3867
Extent of area
9.219
1 The area described below includes the coastal passage
between Cayo Guano del Este (21°40′N, 81°02′W) and
Cabo Corrientes (194 miles W). A very brief description is
also given of Golfo de Batabano (9.235).
Ports
9.220
1 The following minor ports are situated in this area:
Nueva Gerona (21°53′N, 82°48′W) (9.240).
Surgidero de Batabano (22°41′N, 82°18′W) (9.241).
Currents
9.221
1 See 9.3.
COASTAL PASSAGE FROM BANCO
JARDINILLOS TO CABO CORRIENTES
General information
Chart 3867
Route and topography
9.222
1 The coastal route from the E extremity of Banco
Jardinillos (21°35′N, 80°50′W) to Cabo Corrientes
(21°46′N, 84°31′W) leads generally W for about 195 miles
to seaward of the chain of islands, islets and reefs that
front Golfo de Batabano.
2 Banco Jardinillos and Banco Jardines (21°50′N,
81°35′W) form the E part of the shoal ground that fronts
Golfo Batabano. Banco Jardinillos has depths of less than
18 m (60 ft) over it, and its outer edge is steep to.
3 Isla de la Juventud (Isla de Pinos) (21°40′N, 82°50′W),
the largest of the islands lying off the Cuban coast, is
situated midway between Banco Jardinillos and Cabo
Corrientes. The S half of this island is low and swampy
CHAPTER 9
Cayo Piedras del Sur Light (21°58′N, 81°07′W)
(9.215).
2 Cayo Guano del Este Aeromarine Light (21°40′N,
81°02′W) (9.224).
Cayo Sigua Light (white metal framework tower, 7 m
in height) (21°53′N, 81°25′W) standing on Cayo
Sigua which is cone shaped and covered in
mangroves.
3 Canal Diego Pérez Light (white metal framework
tower, concrete base, on piles, 10 m in height)
(22°01′N, 81°31′W), which is 1 mile S of the
entrance to Canal Diego Pérez.
Other names
9.218
1 Cazones, Punta (22°12′N, 81°12′W).
Lavanderas, Punta las (22°01′N, 81°20′W).
Médano del Vizcaino, (21°51′N, 81°19′W).
and is almost separated from the N portion by a marshy
swamp that is impassable during the rainy season. The N
part of the island is lofty and in some places mountainous.
The island is thickly wooded; and the coast is, in most
places, low and sandy, many parts being overgrown with
mangroves.
4 The coast between Cabo Francés (21°54′N, 84°02′W)
and Cabo Corrientes (28 miles WSW) is quite flat and
everywhere either densely forested or heavily covered with
brush. With few exceptions, low lying bluffs and sand cliffs
rise steeply from the shoreline.
Currents
9.223
1 See 9.3.
Principal marks
9.224
1 Landmarks:
Loma Aguila (186 m (612 ft)) (21°41′N, 82°43′W)
which from SE appears as a sharp detached peak.
2 Loma La Cañada (21°43′N, 82°55′W) which from the
W presents three distinct peaks, the centre and
highest being dome shaped.
3 Major lights:
Cayo Guano del Este Aeromarine Light (white round
concrete tower, red bands with hut, 45 m in height)
(21°40′N, 81°02′W). This light stands on a cay of
the same name, which consists of several high bare
rocks, close together in a N and S line.
4 Carapachibey Light (white round concrete tower,
yellow band, 52 m in height) (21°27′N, 82°55′W).
Directions
(continued from 9.213)
Banco Jardinillos to Punta del Este
9.225
1 From a position S of the E extremity of Banco
Jardinillos (21°35′N, 80°50′W) the coastal passage leads W
for 95 miles to Punta del Este (21°34′N, 82°33′W), passing
246
 Home Contents Index
(with reference to Los Ballenatos Light (21°35′N,
81°38′W)):
2 S of Cayo Trabuco (31 miles E) which lies 3 miles
SW of Cayo Guano del Este Aeromarine Light
(9.224), thence:
3 S of the SW end (4½ miles E) of Cayo Largo, a
thickly wooded cay with trees, about 15 m high,
thence:
4 S of Los Ballenatos Light (white metal framework
tower, 8 m in height), which stands on the NE of
the W of two pairs of white barren rocks, thence:
5 S of entrance to Canal del Rosario (18 miles W)
(9.227) which separates Cayo del Rosario from
Cayo Cantiles. Cayo del Rosario, which has sand
cliffs from 4 to 6 m high at its S end, appears at a
distance from the S as three islets, the central
being the highest. Thence:
6 S of Cabezo Sambo (33 miles W) the S-most of the
dangers extending SE and SW of Cayo Avalos
Light (white metal framework tower, 8 m in
height) (29½ miles W), thence:
7 S of Punta del Este (51 miles W). A flat low
headland that forms the SE extremity of Isla de la
Juventud.
A light-buoy (starboard hand) lies 3 miles ESE of the
headland.
8 Useful marks:
Cayo Largo Light (white 8 sided concrete tower, 7 m
in height) (6 miles ENE), which stands on a rock
close N of the NW point of Cayo Largo.
Television mast standing on the E end of Cayo Largo
in position 21°41′⋅6N, 81°22′⋅4W.
Punta del Este to Cabo Corrientes
9.226
1 From a position S of Punta del Este the coastal passage
leads W for 110 miles to Cabo Corrientes (21°46′N,
84°31′W), passing (with reference to Cabo Pepe (21°28′N,
83°05′W)):
2 S of Punta Guanal (13 miles E) which is situated at
the W end of Playa Larga (9.230), a sandy beach
that extends ENE for 14 miles to Punta Brava.
Punta del Guanal is easy to identify as it marks
the end of the sandy beach and the beginning of a
stretch of rocky coast. Thence:
3 S of Carapachibey Light (9 miles E) (9.224) which
stands on the E entrance point of Caleta de
Carapachibey, thence:
S of Cabo Pepe, a low flat headland, thence:
4 S of Punta Francés (11 miles NW). A low headland,
which forms the W extremity of Isla de la
Juventud and SW entrance point of Ensenada de
Siguanea (9.233). It is fringed with reefs and cays.
Thence:
5 S of Cabo Francés Light (white metal framework
tower, 8 m in height) (59 miles WNW). The light
stands on Cabo Francés which forms the S
entrance point to Bahía Cortes. Thence:
6 S of Cabo Corrientes Light (white metal framework
tower, 22 m in height) (21°46′N, 84°31′W) which
stands on Cabo Corrientes, a low sandy point with
broken coral piled up a short distance inland,
resembling the ruins of a stone wall.
(Directions continue in East Coasts of Central America
and Gulf of Mexico Pilot.)
CHAPTER 9
Entrance channels to Golfo de Batabano
Canal del Rosario
9.227
1 Entrance to Canal del Rosario is SW of Cayo del
Rosario (21°37′N, 81°54′W) (9.225). This channel is
marked by buoys and light-buoys.
2 Depth. There is a least depth of 2⋅4 m (8 ft) in the
channel.
Local knowledge is essential.
Approach channel to Ensenada de Siguanea
9.228
1 The seaward end of the approach channel to Ensenada
de Siguanea (9.233), and thence to the ports of Nueva
Gerona (9.240) and Surgidero de Batabano (9.241), leads
between Punta Francés (21°38′N, 83°11′W) and Cayo los
Indios Light (green square on green metal tower on pile
with platform) (5¾ miles NNE).
2 The centre of the entrance to this channel is marked by
a light-buoy, 3½ miles N of Punta Francés.
Anchorages
Cayo Avalos
9.229
1 Anchorage may be obtained 1¼ miles SW of the
lighthouse on Cayo Avalos (21°32′N, 82°10′W) (9.225) in
depths of 8 m (27 ft).
2 Directions. The bank should be approached with the
light bearing between 045° and 070°, and vessels should
pass not less than 7½ cables from Cabezo Sambo.
Playa Larga
9.230
1 Anchorage may be obtained by small craft within the
barrier reef that lies 5 cables offshore of Playa Larga
(21°30′N, 82°45′W).
2 Directions. Access to the anchorage may be obtained
through a break in the reef near the E end of Playa Larga.
Local knowledge is essential.
Chart 98 plan of Puerto Francés
Puerta Francés
9.231
1 Puerto Francés is situated about midway between Punta
Pedernales (21°35′N, 83°10′W) and Punta Francés, 3 miles
NW.
Chart 3867 (see 1.15)
Punta Francés
9.232
1 Quarantine anchorage has been established about
3½ miles NW of Punta Francés. This anchorage may be
used, in good weather, by vessels drawing 6⋅6 m when
transporting animals to a quarantine centre nearby.
Ensenada de Siguanea
9.233
1 Ensenada de Siguanea is entered between Punta Francés
(21°38′N, 83°11′W) and Punta Buenavista, 10½ miles NE.
2 Anchorage. Excellent anchorage is obtainable in depths
of 6 to 7 m (20 to 23 ft), good holding ground.
3 Entrances. There is a least depth of 6⋅4 m (21 ft) in the
fairway of the seaward entrance over the flats that connect
Punta Francés with Cayos los Indios, 8½ miles N. There
are depths of from 5 to 9 m (16 to 30 ft) in the N entrance
from Golfo de Batabano.
247
 Home Contents Index CHAPTER 9

Other names 2 Function. Nueva Gerona is the capital of Isla de la

9.234
1 Dios, Cayos de (21°38′N, 81°09′W).
Inglés, Cayo (21°37′N, 81°16′W).
Matías, Cayo (21°34′N, 82°27′W).
2 Pedernales, Punta (21°35′N, 83°10′W).
Real, Cayo (21°58′N, 83°35′W).
San Felipe, Cayos de (21°55′N, 83°30′W).
GOLFO DE BATABANO
General information
Chart 3867 (see 1.15)
Topography
9.235
1 Golfo de Batabano which is formed between Cayo
Diego Perez (22°03′N, 81°33′W) and Cabo Francés,
138 miles W, is fronted by a chain of islands, reefs and
shoals, of which Banco de Jagua (9.213) is the E most.
2 The NE and N shores of the gulf between Punta de
Cristobal (22°13′N, 81°51′W) and Guanimar, 6 miles W of
Punta Cayamas (22°40′N, 82°33′W), are generally low and
swampy.
Depths
9.236
1 The depths in the gulf are for the most part shallow,
seldom being in excess of 8 m (26 ft) and in most cases
being from 4 to 6 m (13 to 20 ft).
2 The gulf is much encumbered with shoals and cays and
the channels through it are very intricate.
Pilotage
9.237
1 Pilots can be obtained at Cienfuegos, Isla de la Juventud
and Cabo Francés.
Natural conditions
9.238
1 Tidal streams within the gulf are scarcely perceptible,
being to a great extent obliterated by wind currents.
Sea level in the gulf is considerably affected by the
seasonal winds.
Navigational aids
9.239
1 Caution. Only the principal lights, which are visible in
the approaches to Golfo de Batabano, are described in this
volume. Navigational aids within the gulf are not described.
Juventud.
3 Approach. The approach route to Nueva Gerona leads
from Punta Francés and Ensenada Siguanea (9.233) along
the NW and N coast of Isla de la Juventud. Vessels with a
draught of 5⋅6 m can use this route. For all vessels greater
than 70 m in length, at least two tugs will be used for
escorting, berthing and leaving manoeuvres.
4 Anchorage. No 1 Anchorage, with depths of 6 m, is
situated 1¾ miles NE of the mouth of the river. Ten vessels
with a draught of 5⋅6 m may anchor in this anchorage.
5 Alongside berths. There are five berths which can
accommodate vessels 130 m in length, with a draught of
4⋅1 m.
6 Facilities: patent slip, capacity 50 tons; hospital;
deratting (1.137).
Supplies. Stores, fresh provisions and fresh water are
obtainable.
Surgidero de Batabano
9.241
1 Position. 22°41′N, 82°18′W on the N coast of Golfo de
Batabano.
2 Function. Surgidero de Batabano is the largest port in
Golfo de Batabano.
Limiting conditions. Largest vessel; length 120 m,
draught 4⋅1 m.
3 Approaches. The deepest route leading to Surgidero de
Batabano is by way of Punta Francés and Ensenada
Siguanea. This route has a least depth at exceptionally LW
of 4 m (13ft) and is marked by lighted and unlighted
beacons and light-buoys and buoys. The distance from the
open sea to the anchorage by this route is about 125 miles.
4 Surgidero de Batabano may also be approached by way
of Canal del Rosario (9.227) and Canal Diego Perez
(9.216).
9.242
1 Anchorage is obtainable 2 miles SE of Surgidero de
Batabano with depths of 5 m (16ft), exposed to SE winds,
which prevail from July to October. Holding ground in
mud and sea moss is not good.
2 Alongside berths. There is a ferry terminal with depths
alongside of 3⋅6 to 4⋅4 m. Maximum size of vessel
accommodated, length 120 m, draught 3⋅8 m.
There are also other berths, protected by a breakwater,
for fishing craft.
3 Supplies. Stores, fresh provisions and fresh water are
obtainable.

Ports and anchorages

Nueva Gerona Other names
9.240 9.243
1 Position. 21°53′N, 82°48′W. The town stands on the W 1 Coloma, La (22°15′N, 83°34′W).
bank of Río las Casas, 1½ miles from the mouth of the Gorda, Punta (22°23′N, 82°09′W).
river. Mangles, Isla de (22°05′N, 82°50′W).

248
Home Contents Index NOTES

249
 Home Contents Index

Chapter 10 - Jamaica and Cayman Islands

81° 80° 79° 78° 77° 76° 75°

486
20° C U B A 20°

10.286 Cabo Cruz

462 Cayman
Little Brac
Cayman
10.286

462
462
George
Town
Grand
Cayman
19° 10.305 19°

459 M 45
o squ 9D 256
it o C i sc 10.8
ove o Formigas Bank
& 10.100 9
Lu y 45

ve
ce 10.59 Ba 10.5
a H Montego

ry
n's Navassa

Ba
r. Bay An
10.117 S. Point Island

y
r. o lina 255
464 h H en Ga
o ut u B ay 10.40
459 Falm Rio B abes
sa Grappler Bank
459 Orac
250

South Negril Point 258

4 59 458
er JA MA I C A Port Antonio 10.19
aM 258 25 10.165 10.27
18° al 257 7 P. E Kingston 18°
ann S s
Sav alt q
R. uive Port Bustamante 454
c h. An l
ch 454 Morant Point
. An . Port Morant 257
kR r
Blac f
luf se Portland 456
r o B K ai Bight 10.138 3935 Albatross Bank
Great Ped o rt t
P
258 10.226 oi n 457 10.192 10.4
dP
o r tlan
P

Morant Cays
10.9

260
17° Pedr o Bank 17°
10.268

3936
486

81° 80° 79° Longitude 78° West from Greenwich 77° 76° 75°
November 2003
 Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 10
JAMAICA AND CAYMAN ISLANDS
GENERAL INFORMATION
Charts 486, 462
Scope of the chapter
10.1
1 The area covered by this chapter includes:
The NE and E approaches to Jamaica.
2 The coastal waters of Jamaica, from Morant Point
(17°55′N, 76°11′W), northabout and southabout to
South Negril Point (18°16′N, 78°22′W).
3 Pedro Bank (17°00′N, 78°00′W).
The coastal waters of Cayman Islands, comprising
Cayman Brac (19°44′N, 79°47′W), Little Cayman
(19°41′N, 80°03′W) and Grand Cayman (19°20′N,
81°15′W).
NORTH EAST AND EAST APPROACHES
TO JAMAICA
General information
Chart 3935, 486
Topography
10.2
1 A strait more than 100 miles wide lies between Cap
Tiburon (18°21′N, 74°27′W) (8.199), the SW point of Haïti
and Morant Point (17°55′N, 76°11′W) (10.20), the E point
of Jamaica.
Major light
10.3
1 Morant Point Light (17°55′N, 76°11′W) (10.22).
Directions
(continued from 8.200 and 9.10)
From North east
10.4
1 From the vicinity of Navassa Island (18°24′N, 75°01′W)
(10.5) the route leads SW towards the E end of Jamaica
and thence towards Panama Canal and ports in the S part
of Caribbean Sea, passing (with reference to Morant Point
(17°55′N, 76°11′W):
2 SE of Formigas Bank (41 miles NE) (10.8) and
Grappler Bank (31 miles NNE) (10.8), thence:
3 NW of Albatross Bank (32 miles SE) (10.11) and
Morant Cays (32 miles SSE) (10.9).
4 Caution. Morant Cays have been the scene of a great
many wrecks and great care must be taken when navigating
in their vicinity.
5 Useful mark:
North East Cay Light (17°25′N, 75°58′W) (10.9).
(Directions continue for N coast of Jamaica at 10.23,
for S coast of Jamaica at 10.141; for ports in S part
of Caribbean Sea and Panama Canal see
South America Pilot Volume IV.)
251
Navassa Island
General information
10.5
1 Position. Navassa Island (18°24′N, 75°01′W) is situated
32 miles W of Cape Tiburon (8.199), the SW extremity of
Haïti.
2 Topography. The island, which is a coraline limestone
formation, is from 40 to 72 m high. The interior is a
slightly undulating plateau rimmed on all sides by an
abrupt escarpment. The plateau and escarpment are fairly
densely wooded. The island is completely girt by whitish
cliffs from 9 to 15 m high, which make it inaccessible
except from Lulu Bay (10.7).
3 Administration. The island is a US possession and is a
reservation administered by the US Coast Guard at Miami.
4 Landing is prohibited except by permission of the US
Coast Guard.
Approach and anchorage
10.6
1 Approach from north. A dangerous coral ledge extends
1¼ cable W from the shore 1 cable S of North West Point,
a prominent bluff.
2 Current with a rate of between 1 and 2 kn, sets along
the SW side of the island, in a NW direction, changing to
W at the last of the E-going tidal stream.
3 Anchorage may be obtained in depths of 29 m, 4 cables
off the SW shore, with the W tangent bearing 000° and the
S tangent bearing 120°; in this position the holding ground
is good, but a heavy swell rolls round the S side of the
island. W winds are seldom experienced.
Landing
10.7
1 Landing can be made at Lulu Bay, a small indentation
on the SW side of the island.
Cays and banks eastward of Jamaica
Charts 255, 486, 3936
Formigas Bank and Grappler Bank
10.8
1 Formigas Bank (18°30′N, 75°45′W), a rocky bank with
depths of less than 18 m over the greater part and a least
depth of 4⋅6 m near its NE end, lies 41 miles NE Morant
Point.
2 During strong breezes the position of the N end of the
bank is shown by breakers and a heavy swell running over
it.
3 Grappler Bank, which has a least charted depth of
25 m, lies 12 miles SW of Formigas Bank. It has been
reported that the bottom of this bank is clearly visible in
calm weather.
Chart 255
Morant Cays and adjacent banks
10.9
1 Position and topography. Morant Cays (17°25′N,
76°00′W), are a group of three islets, surrounded by reefs
upon which the sea constantly breaks. The height of the
islets is between 2 and 5 m.
 Home Contents Index
North East Cay, the N-most islet, is divided at times into
three parts, the sea washing over the connecting sandspits.
2 South East Cay, 1¼ miles SW of North East Cay, is 5 m
high and covered in bushes. Sandspits, which extend from
its end, alter in shape with the seasons.
South West Cay, 1¼ mile WSW of South East Cay, is
3 m high. There are a few bushes and a cairn on it. A
rocky ledge that extends from it is used as a pier.
3 Population. There are no permanent inhabitants but the
islands are visited by fisherman from Jamaica.
Landmark. North East Cay Light (aluminium
framework tower, black bands, 21 m in height) stands on
the NW extremity of North East Cay.
4 Currents vary considerably in rate and direction. The
former has been reported to reach 3 kn.
10.10
1 Anchorage may be obtained, according to draught, W of
the cays where the bank slopes gradually to a depth of
18 m. Care must be taken to avoid an area NW of North
East Cay, where the depths are irregular, and a wreck with
NORTH COAST OF JAMAICA
GENERAL INFORMATION
Charts 255, 256
Extent of area
10.13
1 The area described below includes the N coastal waters
of Jamaica from Morant Point (17°55′N, 76°11′W) to South
Negril Point (18°16′N, 78°22′W).
Topography
10.14
1 On the N side of Jamaica, the land rises gradually from
the coast, in undulating hills, separated by spacious valleys
and watered by numerous rivulets.
2 The coast is steep-to and dangers lie not more than
1 mile offshore
Currents
10.15
1 Currents along the N coast of Jamaica set W at ½ to
1½ kn, depending on the force of the wind. Occasionally
this set is reversed by weak currents that occur most
frequently during the moon’s second quarter.
Ports and anchorages
10.16
1 The following ports lie within the area:
Port Antonio (18°11′N, 76°27′W) (10.27).
Annotto Bay (18°17′N, 76°46′W) (10.53).
Oracabessa Bay (18°24′N, 76°57′W) (10.45).
2 Ocho Rios Bay (18°25′N, 77°07′W) (10.63).
Saint Ann’s Bay (18°26′N, 77°12′W) (10.70).
Discovery Bay, Port Rhoades (18°28′N, 77°24′W)
(10.76).
3 Rio Bueno Harbour (18°28′N, 77°28′W) (10.83).
Falmouth Harbour (18°30′N, 77°39′W) (10.91).
Montego Bay (18°28′N, 77°55′W) (10.100).
Lucea Harbour (18°27′N, 78°10′W) (10.121).
10.17
1 Anchorages exist at most of the ports listed above, and
a few others lie between ports.
CHAPTER 10
a least depth over it of 1⋅2 m, 7 cables NW of South East
Cay.
2 Landing. The best landing beach is on South East Cay
and it is normally possible to land at the SW ends of North
East Cay and South East Cay. Local knowledge is required
to land at the rocky ledge, used as a pier on South West
Cay, because of submerged reefs in the vicinity.
10.11
1 Albatross Bank with depths of from 18 to 33 m over it
lies 25 miles NE of Morant Cays and a smaller detached
bank lies off its NE corner with a least depth 7 m on its E
edge. A shoal depth of 29 m (reported 1993) lies 12 miles
WNW of Albatross Bank.
2 Decca Ridge with 27 m over it lies 5½ miles SW of
Albatross Bank.
Other names
10.12
1 Navassa Knoll (18°23′N, 74°56′W).
Caution. When seeking an anchorage during autumn
and winter, the possibility of a N gale should always be
borne in mind.
Arrival information
10.18
1 Port Authority of Jamaica is responsible for all ports
on the island. Its address is 15–17 Duke Street, Box 474,
Kingston Jamaica. E−mail: pajmktg@infochan.com
2 Pilots for all ports in Jamaica are provided from
Kingston. Required notice of ETA is normally 72, 48 and
24 hours.
3 Piracy. Several acts of piracy have taken place in the
vicinity of Jamaica since 1984. Masters are advised to take
positive security precautions, particularly at open
anchorages. See 1.12 and The Mariners Handbook.
MORANT POINT TO PORT ANTONIO
General information
Chart 255
Route
10.19
1 A coastal route may be followed from the vicinity of
Morant Point (17°55′N, 76°11′W) to the vicinity of Port
Antonio (22 miles NW).
Topography
10.20
1 Most of the coast is cliffy. Care is necessary not to
confuse the red cliffs at Booby South Point (4½ miles NW
of Morant Point) with those at Sail Rock (6 miles farther
NW).
Current
10.21
1 Current: see 10.15.
Major lights
10.22
1 Morant Point Light (white metal tower, red bands,
29 m in height) (17°55′N, 76°11′W).
Folly Point Light (white tower, red bands, 15 m in
height) (18°11′N, 76°27′W).
252
 Home Contents Index CHAPTER 10

Directions Limiting conditions

(continued from 10.4) 10.28
10.23 1 Tidal levels. Mean spring range about 0⋅3 m; mean neap
1 From the vicinity of 17°55′N, 76°00′W the route leads range about 0 m. For further information see Admiralty Tide
generally NW towards the vicinity of 18°15′N, 76°27′W, Tables.
about 4 miles N of Port Antonio, passing (with reference to 2 Maximum size of vessel handled. Length 168 m.
Northeast Point (18°09′N, 76°20′W)): Draught 7⋅9 m.
2 SW of a reported 14⋅6 m patch (12 miles E), lying on
the SW side of Henry Holmes Bank, thence: Arrival information
NE of Northeast Point, thence: 10.29
N of Folly Point (6½ miles WNW). 1 Port radio. Not available. For communication through
(Directions continue for Port Antonio at 10.33, Kingston, and notice of ETA, see Admiralty List of Radio
and for coastal passage at 10.43.) Signals Volume 6(5).

Anchorages 2 Outer anchorage. In 1967, HMS Mohawk, 2300 tons,

anchored in position 341°, 8⋅3 cables from Old Fort Point
Manchioneal Harbour (10.32), depth 22 m, hard coral.
10.24
1 Manchioneal Harbour (18°02′N, 76°17′W) is the only 3 Pilotage is compulsory; pilots from Kingston available
anchorage along this stretch of coast. day and night.
Local knowledge is required. Pilot boarding place is 1 mile N of Folly Point.
Pilotage is compulsory. Tugs. Not available.
2 Current. After heavy rains there is a strong outflow 4 Prohibited anchorage. West Harbour is an area of
throughout the harbour and entrance from Drivers River. prohibited anchorage and, with the exception of the small
Entrance channel is less than 3 cables wide between craft anchorages (10.38), vessels may only anchor in
reefs with a least depth in the fairway of 9 m. special circumstances with the permission of the Harbour
3 Anchorage is available for not more than one vessel, Master.
depths 9 to 13 m. Owing to its size, the harbour is not safe Quarantine. Examination when alongside.
for a vessel of more than 1000 tons. The placing of the
anchors, to which local knowledge must be the guide, is a Harbour
matter of importance. Layout
4 Small craft. Well sheltered anchorage is available in the 10.30
N part of the harbour, for small craft, depth less than 5 m. 1 The harbour is partly protected by Navy Island, which is
Landing: three small jetties. densely covered with coconut palms.
Facilities: small lighters. 2 Titchfield Peninsula, with Old Fort Point at its extremity,
divides the harbour into East Harbour and West Harbour.
Open bays
East Harbour is completely silted up and no longer in use.
10.25
1 At the following places, on a lee shore, anchorage is not Wind
recommended: 10.31
Holland Bay (17°57′N, 76°14′W). 1 In summer the wind is generally S, light, but in winter
Long Bay (10 miles NW). months it may be strong N, raising a sea in the harbour.
Priestmans River Bay (2 miles farther NNW).
Principal marks
10.32
Small craft
1 Landmarks, (with reference to Old Fort Point (18°11′N,
Boston Bay to Folly Point 76°27′W)):
10.26 Mitchell’s House (5 cables E), large concrete house in
1 Anchorage is available in the SW corner of Boston Bay ruins.
(18°10′N, 76°21′W), on sand, or in several indentations in 2 School (on Old Fort Point).
the coast between Boston Bay and Folly Point (5½ miles Dome of Court House (3½ cables SSW).
W). Spire of church (4½ cables S) at Sommers Town.
Local knowledge is required. Hotel (8¼ cables SSW).
3 Major light:
Folly Point Light (4 cables NE) (10.22), obscured
PORT ANTONIO from E by Wood Islet.
General information Directions for entering harbour
(continued from 10.23)
Charts 458, 255
Position and function West Harbour
10.27 10.33
1 Position. 18°11′N, 76°27′W. 1 From a position about 1 mile NNE of Old Fort Point the
Function. Port Antonio is the principal town of the route leads about 205°, passing Folly Point at a distance of
parish of Portland in the county of Surrey and is an a little more than 1¼ cables, thence as requisite to follow
important banana exporting port. the charted leading line (248¾°).
2 Traffic. In 2001, 53 vessels totalling 405 547 dwt visited 2 The alignment (248¾°) of leading light-beacons leads
the port. through the narrow channel S of Navy Island into West
3 Port Authority of Jamaica. See 10.18. Harbour:

253
 Home Contents Index
Front light beacon (white, 8 m in height) (6 cables
WSW of Old Fort Point).
Rear light beacon (white, 6 m in height) (7 cables
WSW of the front light).
3 The channel is marked by light-beacons and light-buoys
and leads to a turning circle, shown on the chart, for
vessels using Ken Wright Pier and Boundbrook Wharf.
4 Care is necessary owing to the narrowness of the
channel, and to the possibility of a slight set from East
Harbour towards Navy Island Reef.
Leaving West Harbour
10.34
1 The alignment (068¾°) of a pair of leading
light-beacons (lights exhibited when required) on Folly
Point leads along the reciprocal of the entry transit S of
Navy Island.
Anchorages and berths
Anchorages
10.35
1 West Harbour. See 10.29.
Mariners should note the stranded wreck, position
approximate, shown on the chart, ½ cable E of the mooring
buoy.
Principal alongside berths
10.36
1 Boundbrook Wharf: 5¼ cables WSW of Old Fort
Point; bows SE, with the port anchor laid out for hauling
off. Alongside depth 9⋅9 m.
2 Maximum dimensions of vessels at the wharf: length,
155 m; draught, 7⋅6 m.
Ken Wright Pier: 3 cables WSW of Old Fort Point,
used by cruise vessels. Alongside depth 10⋅3 m.
Port services
10.37
1 Small repairs.
Other facilities: doctors; hospital; lighters.
2 Supplies: fuel oil by road tanker; fresh water at berths;
fresh provisions.
Communications: Spring Garden Airport (10 km
distant).
Small craft
10.38
1 Hog Channel is narrow, and suitable only for small
craft. It leads, from a position about 1 mile WNW of Old
Fort Point, SE across The Flats into West Harbour. Local
knowledge is required.
2 Anchorage. Mooring buoys exist in the areas shown on
the chart SE of the mooring buoy (10.35) and NNW of a
line joining the light-buoy (starboard hand) (3¼ cables W
of Old Fort Point) and the front leading light (1 cable
WNW of Boundbrook Wharf).
3 Marinas. Several marinas exist in West Harbour as
shown on the chart, the largest of which is Port Antonio
Marina situated 1 mile S of Ken Wright Pier.
Other names
10.39
1 Bryans Bay (18°11′⋅1N, 76°28′⋅0W).
Fanny Bay (18°11′⋅5N, 76°28′⋅2W).
Nose Point (18°11′⋅4N, 76°28′⋅1W).
CHAPTER 10
PORT ANTONIO TO ORACABESSA BAY
General information
Charts 255, 256
Route
10.40
1 A coastal route may be followed along the N coast of
Jamaica, from the vicinity of Port Antonio (18°11′N,
76°27′W) to the vicinity of Oracabessa Bay (32 miles NW).
Current
10.41
1 See 10.15.
Major lights
10.42
1 Folly Point Light (18°11′N, 76°27′W) (10.22).
Galina Point Light (white round concrete tower and
hut, 9 m in height) (18°25′N, 76°54′W); radio
masts (obstruction lights) close W.
Directions
(continued from 10.23)
10.43
1 From the vicinity of 18°15′N, 76°27′W, about 4 miles N
of Port Antonio the route leads generally WNW or NW to
the vicinity of 18°28′N, 76°57′W, N of Oracabessa Bay,
passing (with reference to Palmetto Point (18°16′N,
76°41′W):
2 NNE of Ship Head (12 miles ESE) a prominent bluff,
thence:
NNE of Savanna Point (5¼ miles ESE), identifiable
by its red cliffs, thence:
3 NNE of Blowing Point (8 miles WNW) thence:
NNE of Galina Point (14½ miles NW), low, round,
rocky with hills rising gradually to an elevation of
about 150 m; prominent.
10.44
1 Useful mark:
White railway bridge (18°12′N, 76°34′W) spanning
Swift River, in Hope Bay (10.50); prominent.
(Directions continue at 10.62)
Oracabessa Bay
Chart 459 plan of Oracabessa Bay
General information
10.45
1 Oracabessa Bay is entered between North Point
(18°24′⋅8N, 76°56′⋅4W) and Oro Point (1½ miles WSW).
Oracabessa, on its E side, is a minor banana-exporting port.
Oracabessa River flows into the bay 1 mile SW of North
Point.
2 Weather. The bay is fairly well sheltered from the
prevailing E and NE winds which reach force 4 in spring
and summer, but it is open to the winter Northerlies which
often make the anchorage dangerous.
Directions
10.46
1 From the vicinity of 18°28′N, 76°57′W (Chart 256) the
track leads S to the principal anchorage.
Anchorages and berths
10.47
1 Anchorage is available, as shown on the plan, 3 cables
N of the river mouth, depths 14 to 35 m, mud.
2 A more exposed anchorage is available, 1½ to 2 cables
off the reef which extends from the W shore of the bay,
depth about 37 m.
254
 Home Contents Index CHAPTER 10

3 Quarantine anchorage lies W of the light-buoy Port Maria

(4 cables NNE of the river mouth).
10.48
1 Wharves on the E side of the bay have depths of 0⋅6 to
2⋅4 m alongside. They are reached by a channel for which
local knowledge is required. The outer end is marked by
the light-buoy mentioned above; the inner end is marked on
each side by a beacon (uncharted) that is lighted when
banana vessels are loading at night.
Port services
10.49
1 Repairs: small patent slip for craft up to 8 tons.
Provisions in small quantities.
Anchorages and berths
10.56
1 Port Maria Bay (18°22′N, 76°53′W) is entered W of
Pagee Point. The port is divided into a W harbour and an
E harbour by Cabarita Islet (30 m high) and by the flat that
connects it to the shore.
The W harbour affords the better shelter. Port Maria
River flows into the W harbour.
2 Anchorage is available in the W harbour, about
1¾ cables W of Cabarita Islet, for vessels up to 107 m long
and 8⋅5 m draught, in depths of 9 to 11 m, mud.
The quarantine anchorage for Port Maria is in
Oracabessa Bay (10.45).
Local knowledge is required in Port Maria.
10.57
1 Facility: small hospital.
Supplies: provisions.

Chart 255
Hope Bay Other names
10.50 10.58
1 Hope Bay (18°13′N, 76°34′W) is entered between Welsh 1 Saint Margaret’s Bay (18°12′N, 76°31′W).
Woman Point and Savanna Point, 4 miles WNW. The bay Ship Rock (18°13′N, 76°29′W).
is not easy to identify even though the railway bridge
(10.44) is prominent.
2 Anchorage is available off the mouth of the Swift ORACABESSA BAY TO MONTEGO BAY
River, open N and W, and unprotected from the prevailing
wind. Dangers in the approach are not shown on the chart.
3 Local knowledge is required. General information
Charts 256
Buff Bay and Orange Bay Route
10.51 10.59
1 Buff Bay is entered between Savanna Point (18°14′N, 1 A coastal route may be followed from the vicinity of
76°36′W) and Palmetto Point (5½ miles WNW) and can be Oracabessa Bay (18°24′N, 76°57′W) to the vicinity of
identified by its white cliffs. The E part of Buff Bay is Montego Bay (about 56 miles W).
known as Orange Bay.
2 The head and W part of Buff Bay are foul, the bottom
Current
composed of rocky pinnacles, over which the sea breaks,
10.60
2½ cables offshore, in depths of 9 to 11 m.
1 See 10.15.
10.52
1 Wharf is situated in Orange Bay, W of a reef that is
marked by an iron stake (can topmark).
Principal marks
Anchorage, is available close off the edge of the reef, 10.61
protected from NE winds, but usually exposed to swell. 1 Landmarks:
2 Buff Bay town. Small craft may anchor off the town. Radio mast (red lights) (18°24′N, 77°52′W).
Depths shoal rapidly towards the shore. Conspicuous cross (metal framework, outlined with
Local knowledge is required. red lights at night) (18°24′N, 77°53′W).
2 Major lights:
Galina Point Light (18°25′N, 76°54′W) (10.42).
Annotto Bay Rose Hall Light (metal framework tower) (18°31′N,
10.53 77°49′W).
1 Annotto Bay is entered W of Free Point (18°17′N,
76°45′W). Several rivers flow through Annotto Bay Town,
at the head of the bay. Directions
Local knowledge is required. (continued from 10.43)
10.54 10.62
1 Useful marks: 1 From the vicinity of 18°28′N, 76°57′W, off Oracabessa
Church, shown on the chart, prominent. Bay, the route leads generally W to the vicinity of 18°30′N,
2 Anchorage is available, which is partly protected by 77°59′W, off Montego Bay. There are no salient points, the
shoals NE, but quite open to Northers. Owing to the steep to coastal reef is narrow, and the chart is sufficient
limited space, vessels are required to moor. guide.
3 The best anchor berth is with the church bearing 129°, 2 Useful marks:
3¾ cables, and N or S of that position. Holding ground Dome (18°28′N, 77°25′W) (10.79).
farther S is good, but depths shoal very rapidly. Montego Bay Airfield Aero Light (control tower)
10.55 (18°30′N, 77°55′W); for other lights in the vicinity
1 Facilities: hospital. see Admiralty List of Lights.
Supplies: fresh meat and bread in plenty, vegetables (Directions continue for Montego Bay at 10.109,
scarce. and for coastal passage at 10.120.)

255
 Home Contents Index CHAPTER 10
Ocho Rios Bay
Chart 464 plan of Ocho Rios Bay, 256
General information
10.63
1 Position. Ocho Rios Bay (18°25′N, 77°07′W) is entered
between The Point and Bull Point (1 mile W).
2 Function. Export of bauxite and sugar, import of oils
and machinery, reception of cruise vessels and tourist
traffic.
3 Traffic. In 2001, 260 vessels totalling 2 457 217 dwt
visited the port.
Port Authority: Port Authority of Jamaica. See 10.18.
Limiting conditions
10.64
1 Largest vessel. Length 259 m. Draught 12⋅2 m.
Arrival information
10.65
1 Pilotage is compulsory. See 10.18. For details see
Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(5).
2 Pilot boarding place is 1 mile seaward of the outer
light-buoy.
Tugs. Not available.
3 Quarantine anchorage is situated off the wharf.
Directions
10.66
1 Leading lights:
front light on a building on Reynolds Pier.
rear light on a metal column on the hillside behind
the buildings.
2 From the vicinity of 18°28′N, 77°08′W, about 3 miles
NNW of Reynolds Pier (18°24′⋅6N, 77°06′⋅9W) the
alignment (169°), shown on the plan, of these leading
lights (red and white triangles) leads towards the berth,
passing (with reference to the pier):
ENE of the shoal area (8 cables NW), thence:
WSW of the shoal area (W limit 4 cables N), marked
by a light-buoy (port hand), with a central reef,
plainly visible, over which the sea always breaks.
3 Useful marks (with reference to Reynolds Pier):
Light-beacons (port hand) (3 cables NE and 4 cables
ENE).
4 The leading lights are exhibited only when a vessel is
expected. The daymarks are reported difficult to identify
during daylight.
Anchorages
10.67
1 A good anchor berth is 030°, 1½ cables from the N end
of Reynolds Pier, depth about 12 m, mud and sand; small
vessels can anchor farther in as draught permits.
2 These anchorages are partly protected by the reef on the
NE side of the harbour.
Alongside berths
10.68
1 Principal alongside berths are:
Reynolds Pier (bauxite wharf). Length 260 m. Depth
alongside 11⋅8 m. This pier has not been used for
loading bauxite for many years (2001) and is
currently used to accommodate cruise vessels.
2 Cruise ship pier, at the head of the bay. Maximum
dimensions of vessels: length, 213 m; draught
10⋅6 m; uncomfortable in N winds.
256
Port services
10.69
1 Facilities: doctor, dentist.
Supplies: fuel oil only by special arrangement; fresh
water and provisions available.
2 Communications: small landing strip 5 km distant.
Saint Ann’s Bay
Charts 459 plan of Saint Ann’s Bay, 256
General information
10.70
1 Position. Saint Ann’s Bay (18°27′N, 77°12′W), between
Drax Hall Point and Readers Point (1¼ miles W) has a
deep trench in which vessels can anchor with some
protection from coral reefs.
2 Saint Ann’s Bay Town, on the N slope of a gently rising
hill, is visible from seaward.
Function. It is the chief town and commercial centre of
the parish of Saint Ann in the county of Middlesex.
Limiting conditions
10.71
1 Maximum dimensions for entry and anchoring: length,
122 m; draught, 6⋅9 m.
Arrival information
10.72
1 Pilotage is compulsory. See 10.18. Pilots are available
day and night.
Local knowledge is required at the anchorage.
Directions
10.73
1 From the vicinity of 18°29′N, 77°11′W, the track leads
SSW between a pair of light-buoys into the anchorage.
Anchorages
10.74
1 Anchorages are shown on the plan and have been
established to obtain protection under Lee Reef from
Northers. Owing to limited space, a vessel is required to
moor head and stern. There is ample room for small craft
in depths less than 5⋅5 m.
2 Caution. When the sea breeze blows continuously for
several days, a current runs E through the anchorage,
causing vessels that are not well moored head and stern to
lie broadside on to the sea and roll most uncomfortably.
Port services
10.75
1 Facilities: hospital.
Supplies: provisions.
Discovery Bay and Port Rhoades
Charts 459 plan of Discovery Bay, 256
General information
10.76
1 Position. Discovery Bay (18°28′⋅0N, 77°24′⋅5W) is
entered through a channel dredged through a bar between
Fort Point (18°28′⋅1N, 77°24′⋅2W) and One Bush Point
(7 cables W).
Function. The bay contains a bauxite loading terminal at
Port Rhoades in the SW corner.
2 Traffic. In 2001, 58 vessels totalling 2 327 711 dwt used
the port.
Port Authority: Port Authority of Jamaica. See 10.18.
 Home Contents Index
Limiting conditions
10.77
1 Channel depth: 12⋅2 m.
Largest vessel. Length 219 m. Draught 11⋅6 m.
2 Local weather. Port is exposed to NE winds when a
heavy swell occurs in the channel.
Arrival information
10.78
1 Notice of ETA should be sent 96, 48 and 24 hours in
advance. Pilot requires 8 to 10 hours notice.
Pilotage is compulsory, and available day and night. For
details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(5).
Pilot boarding place is 2 miles NE of the harbour
entrance.
2 Prohibited anchorage. The sea bed within and without
Discovery Bay, to a depth of 60 m, is the research area of
the Discovery Bay Marine Authority. It includes fragile
coral and reefs. No anchorage is designated and vessels are
requested not to anchor there. If the alongside berth is
occupied, vessels are required to wait under way, within
2½ miles of the entrance channel, until the berth is free.
Harbour
10.79
1 Landmarks:
Conspicuous dome (9 cables SW of Fort Point), at the
bauxite loading terminal.
2 Prominent open cast mine (18°27′⋅5N, 77°25′⋅5W),
with red spoil heaps, reported (1985), not shown
on the charts.
Remarkable slate coloured patches on the face of the
cliffs (2 miles W of Discovery Bay), not shown on
the charts.
Directions
10.80
1 Leading lights:
Front light (white triangle point up, on mast) on the
bauxite wharf (6 cables SSW of Fort Point
(10.76)).
Rear light (white triangle point down, on framework
tower), 1 cable SSW of the front light.
2 From the vicinity of 18°30′N, 77°24′W, about 2 miles
from the entrance channel, the alignment (194°) of leading
lights, as shown on the plan leads into the harbour along
the centreline of the dredged channel (width 122 m, depth
12⋅2 m (1969)) which is marked on both sides by
light-buoys, thence passing (with reference to Fort Point):
3 E of Old Man Head (3 cables W), thence:
W of a light-buoy (port hand) (3 cables SSW)
marking the extremity of a spit which projects SW
from the general shoal area on the E side of the
harbour.
Principal berth
10.81
1 Port Rhoades Pier, at the bauxite loading terminal
(6 cables SSW of Fort Point) is for vessels up to 213 m in
length, 28 m beam and 11⋅4 m draught. Depth alongside
12⋅2 m.
2 Vessels berth starboard side to, using the port anchor; a
powerful pilot boat assists.
CHAPTER 10
Port services
10.82
1 Small repairs.
Other facilities: medical assistance.
Supplies: fuel oil, fresh water, provisions.
Rio Bueno Harbour
Charts 459 plan of Rio Bueno, 256
General information
10.83
1 Position. 18°28′N, 77°27′W.
Function. Rio Bueno Harbour, at the mouth of Rio
Bueno, has a jetty for grain cargoes.
2 Traffic. In 2001, 8 vessels totalling 40 483 dwt used the
port.
Port Authority: Port Authority of Jamaica. See 10.18.
Limiting conditions
10.84
1 Maximum size of vessel permitted to use the jetty
(10.89): Length 61 m, draught 6⋅3 m; in the anchorage:
length 91 m, draught 7⋅0 m.
Arrival information
10.85
1 Pilotage is compulsory; pilot comes from Kingston. See
10.18.
Landmarks
10.86
1 Church spire (18°28′⋅4N, 77°27′⋅5W).
Large bitumen tank, 12 m in height, on the W
entrance point of Rio Bueno (2¾ cables SSE of
the spire).
2 Some remarkable slate coloured patches on the face of
the cliffs (1 miles E of Rio Bueno Bay) (10.76) (not shown
on Chart 256) serve to identify the locality.
Directions
10.87
1 From the vicinity of 18°30′N, 77°27′W, about 2 miles
seaward, the alignment (178°) of a beacon (white, circular
topmark) on the foreshore (4 cables SE of the church spire)
and the centre of a house (not shown on the plan) leads
into the bay.
The house becomes invisible within about 3 cables from
the shore.
2 Useful marks: beacons in line (092°) (4½ cables E of
the church spire) on the E shore of the bay:
Front (white diamond topmark).
Rear (diamond shape fixed to a tree), 64 m E;
invisible except near the alignment.
Anchorage
10.88
1 Anchorage may be obtained, in depths of about 28 m,
either on the SE side of the bay, or on the edge of the
bank on its W side.
2 However, the anchorages are unprotected from Northers,
the depths change rapidly, and local knowledge is essential.
Alongside berths
10.89
1 A jetty, with dolphins, for working grain cargoes, lies
off the W entrance point of the mouth of Rio Bueno
(2½ cables SE of the church spire). Depth alongside 7 m.
There are several small jetties and a boat landing place.
257
 Home Contents Index CHAPTER 10

Port services Port services

10.90 10.97
1 Supplies: fresh water, provisions. 1 Facilities: lighters; hospital.
Supplies: provisions in plenty.

Falmouth Harbour Other anchorages

Chart 255, 256
Charts 459 plan of Falmouth Harbour, 256
Rio Nuevo Bay
General information 10.98
10.91 1 Anchorage, completely unprotected and with limited
1 Position: 18°30′N, 77°39′W. space off a steep to shore, is possible in Rio Nuevo Bay
Function: Falmouth is the chief town of the Parish of (18°25′N, 77°01′W) for vessels of suitable size.
Trelawny in the county of Cornwall, with an important fruit 2 Useful mark:
trade. Conspicuous aluminium coloured tower, reported
2 Approach and entry. Falmouth Harbour is entered (1985) to stand about 1½ miles SW of Frankfort
through a dredged channel (5½ cables NE of Customs Point (18°25′N, 77°03′W).
Wharf (18°29′⋅5N, 77°39′⋅0W)) in which the least charted 3 Local knowledge is required.
depth is 8⋅9 m.
Chart 256
Arrival information Runaway Bay
10.92 10.99
1 Local knowledge is required. 1 Runaway Bay is a small open roadstead, 7 cables SW of
Quarantine anchorage is at Great River Bay (10.129) Flat Point (18°28′N, 77°19′W).
(18°27′N, 77°59′W), 20 miles W. Local knowledge is required.
2 Caution. It was reported (1999) that in Falmouth 2 Anchorage is available in 18 m, with the ruins of a
Harbour all lights have been extinguished and buoys wharf bearing 150°, 3 cables, and Flat Point bearing 070°.
removed. It is unprotected.

Harbour MONTEGO BAY

10.93
1 Falmouth Harbour is a small deep basin within a break General information
in the reef, in the vicinity of North Rock (3½ cables NE of Charts 256, 464, plan of Montego Bay
Customs Wharf). Position and function
Landmark: Gun Hill (2¼ miles SW of Customs Wharf). 10.100
1 Montego Bay (18°29′N, 77°56′W), which has a freeport
Directions area, is Jamaica’s second largest town, and is the principal
10.94 port on the N coast of the island. It has a considerable fruit
1 From the vicinity of 18°32′N, 77°37′W, about 3 miles trade, principally bananas, and is a resort and tourist centre.
NE of Customs Wharf the alignment (224¼°), shown on 2 Population (1995). 82 000.
the plan, of leading marks (white disc on white beacon;
with light on the front beacon), leads through the dredged Traffic
channel, passing (with reference to Customs Wharf): 10.101
2 NW of a buoy (red can) (6 cables NE) thence: 1 In 2001, 261 vessels totalling 1 853 894 dwt used the
Into the anchorage, which is partly marked by port.
beacons.
Port Authority
3 Caution. Attention is drawn to a depth of 5⋅2 m lying
10.102
between the red can buoy and the leading line.
1 Port Authority of Jamaica (10.18).

Anchorages and berths Limiting conditions

10.95 10.103
1 Anchorage is available, with North Rock Beacon 1 Controlling depth in Montego Port and entrance
bearing about 013°, ¾ to 1 cable, depth 11 m. Attention is channel: 10⋅2 m (2001).
drawn to the detached 6⋅2 m shoal in the vicinity. It is Largest berth: No 2, see 10.114.
necessary to moor head and stern. 2 Maximum size of vessel handled. Length 198 m,
2 Small vessels moor head and stern in tiers, in depths of 25 615 tons. Maximum draught: 9⋅6 m.
2⋅7 to 3⋅7 m, closer inshore.
3 Current. When the sea breezes blow continuously for Arrival information
some days, a current sometimes sets windward through the 10.104
anchorage, at a rate varying with the force of the wind. 1 Port radio is contacted through Kingston. Pilots
The strength of this current frequently overcomes that of communicate on local VHF radio.
the wind, so that vessels often ride entirely by their stern Pilotage is compulsory and arranged through the
moorings. Harbour Master at Kingston (10.18). Pilots are available
10.96 day and night.
1 Piers off the town have depths of about 1⋅4 m alongside. 2 Pilot boarding place is 2 miles WNW of the Anglican
Attention is drawn to Spider Reef (½ cable NE of Parish Church tower (18°28′⋅3N, 77°55′⋅3W), by prior
Customs Wharf), marked by a beacon. arrangement.

258
 Home Contents Index CHAPTER 10

Nos 1, 2 and 3
Torbay Leading Lights Light−Buoys Cruise Terminal

Leading Lights No 2 Berth No 4 Berth No 5 Berth No 6 Berth

Montego Freeport Approaches from N (10.109)
(Original dated 2002)

(Photograph − G Kirk mv LOGOS II)

Tugs are available from Kingston if required. The pilot
boat assists with mooring.
3 Quarantine anchorage is situated at Great River Bay
(4 miles WSW) (10.129).
Harbour
General layout
10.105
1 Montego Bay is an open bay facing WNW, in which
anchorage is available.
2 Montego Port (1 mile SW of the church tower, see
10.108 below) is an artificial harbour entered through a
dredged channel at the S end of Montego Bay.
Natural conditions
10.106
1 Prevailing wind is NE, from which the port is
protected, but N winds send in a heavy sea.
10.107
1 Current. Generally nil but after heavy rainfall a W set
up to 3 kn may be experienced between No 7 Light-buoy
and No 6 Light beacon.
Landmarks
10.108
1 With reference to the Anglican Parish Church tower
(18°28′⋅3N, 77°55′⋅3W):
Two tall buildings (conspicuous) (1½ miles WSW).
Cross (4½ miles SSE) (10.61).
2 Casa Montego Hotel (1 mile NNW). White square
tower, coloured panels, normally floodlit and with
obstruction lights at each corner. It is brilliant
white and conspicuous, especially from W and has
been identified at 15 miles.
3 Two radio masts (1 mile NNE). Between them is a
water tank which in 1986 was obscured by trees.
Cross on conspicuous obelisk (3½ cables NNW),
16 m in height, floodlit, on the E shoulder of a
hill.
Anglican Parish Church. Conspicuous white square
tower with a flagstaff, 27 m high.
4 Caution. A line of stone breakwaters fronts the shore
between positions 2 cables SW and 7 cables NW of the
church tower, and obscures some of the charted marks.
Directions for entering harbour
(continued from 10.62)
Approach to Montego Bay
10.109
1 Leading lights. From the vicinity of (18°30′N, 77°59′W)
the alignment (118½°) of the following leading lights
(visible about 10° each side of the leading line) leads past
the pilot boarding place, to the anchorage in the bay:
2 Front light (red triangle, point up, on mast 5 m in
height) (2 cables SSW of the church tower), partly
obscured by a breakwater and difficult to see
(1984).
3 Rear light (white triangle point down on mast 16 m
in height) (2¼ cables ESE of front light),
surrounded by buildings and difficult to see (1984).
4 Lights in line (035¼°), known as ’stopping lights’,
visible 10° each side of the line, shown on the chart (red
disc on red round metal tower 4 and 5 m in height, front
light on fort) (4½ cables NNW of the church tower). The
rear light was reported partly obscured by trees and
difficult to see (1984).

259
 Home Contents Index CHAPTER 10

Montego Port Alongside berths in Montego Port

10.110 10.114
1 Route. The alignment (200¾°) of leading lights (white 1 The largest berth, No 2, is 183 m long with a depth
triangles on posts) (1¼ miles SW of the church tower) alongside of 9⋅4 m. Berths 5 and 6 at the Cruise Terminal
leads through the dredged channel into the turning basin. have depths of 10⋅3 and 10⋅7 m respectively.
The dredged area is marked by light-buoys and Virtually no swell is reported at the alongside berths.
light-beacons.
Port services
10.115
1 Repairs; minor only.
Anchorages and berths Other facilities: hospital.
Supplies: fuel oil; fresh water; provisions.
Montego Bay
10.111 Small craft
10.116
1 Anchorage is available in Anchorage “A” (7 cables
1 Small craft and yachts can obtain secure anchorage, in
WNW from Anglican church), shown on the chart, with the
all but the strongest winds, off the Yacht Club on the W
permission of the Harbour Master at Kingston. The best
side of Montego Port.
position is on the leading line with the front stopping
2 On receipt of a warning of bad weather, small craft may
beacon bearing 062°
find secure anchorage in the lagoon within the Bogue
Islands (1½ miles SW of the church tower) (10.132).
Conditions at the anchorage
10.112 MONTEGO BAY TO SOUTH NEGRIL
1 The anchorage is frequently crowded, especially between POINT
December and June. Whenever anchoring in the bay, a
vessel should veer a good scope of cable to prevent General information
dragging into deeper water, as the slope of the bank is
Chart 256
generally steep.
2 In winter, the closer to the NE shore that a vessel can Route
anchor, the greater will be the protection of the reefs, but 10.117
the holding ground is not so good. 1 A coastal route may be followed from the vicinity of
3 The anchorage is quite safe during the period of Montego Bay (18°28′N, 77°56′W) to the vicinity of South
ordinary land and sea breezes, which blow from between Negril Point (28 miles WSW), Jamaica’s W extremity.
NE and SE; however, the anchorage can rapidly become Current
untenable with N or NW winds, as these are generally 10.118
strong and cause a considerable swell within the bay. 1 See 10.15.
4 Those winds usually occur between November and
March, and are heralded by a sharp drop in temperature (8° Principal marks
to 11°C) in Florida and the Gulf States of the USA. This 10.119
condition gives about 12 hours warning of bad weather, but 1 Landmark:
winds of force 7 may arise with little or no warning. South Negril Point (18°16′N, 78°22′W), a bold,
10.113 round, rocky and steep-to headland.
1 A good organisation exists locally, through the Yacht 2 Major lights:
Club, for giving warning of expected bad weather. Vessels Rose Hall Light (18°31′N, 77°49′W) (10.61).
should then let go a second anchor underfoot, or consider South Negril Point Light (18°15′N, 78°22′W)
leaving the anchorage. (10.230).

Berthing Jetty Two tall buildings (charted)

Mooring Buoy No 5 Light−beacon

Montego Bay − Yacht Club from E (10.116)
(Original dated 2002)
(Photograph − G Kirk mv LOGOS II)

260
 Home Contents Index
Directions
(continued from 10.62 and 10.231)
10.120
1 From the vicinity of 18°30′N, 77°59′W, off Montego
Bay, the route leads generally W, SW and S, towards the
vicinity of 18°15′N, 78°25′W, passing (with reference to
North West Point or Pedro Point (18°27′N, 78°13′W):
2 N of Round Hill Bluff (12 miles E), prominent
wooded headland, thence:
NW of North West Point, bold, prominent and cliffy,
thence:
3 W of North Negril Point (9 miles SW).
(Directions continue for coastal passage off the S side
of Jamaica at 10.231, and for coastal passages off
Cayman Islands at 10.292, 10.296, 10.309 and 10.315)
Lucea Harbour
Chart 459 plan of Lucea Harbour, 256
General information
10.121
1 Position: 18°27′N, 78°10′W.
Function. Lucea is the chief town of the parish of
Hanover, in the county of Cornwall.
2 The port is open to commercial traffic but is little used
(2003).
Port Authority. Port Authority of Jamaica (10.18).
Limiting conditions
10.122
1 Maximum size of vessels anchoring: length, 137 m;
draught, 7⋅3 m.
Maximum size of vessel entering and berthing
alongside: length overall, 146⋅3 m; draught 9⋅3 m.
Arrival information
10.123
1 Port radio: contact Kingston.
Pilotage is compulsory, available day and night, from
Kingston, subject to at least 24 hours notice. See 10.18.
2 Pilot boarding place is about 6 cables NNE of Fort
Charlotte (10.124), the W entrance point.
Harbour
10.124
1 Layout. The harbour has one pier, which is used for
loading cargoes of molasses, and an anchorage to which
bananas are lightered.
2 Landmarks (with reference to Fort Charlotte} (18°27′N,
78°10′W)):
Flagstaff, and radio mast (31 m high) close by, in the
fort.
3 Large school building and hospital (close W).
Lucea Church (2 cables WSW), spire truncated by
damage in 1957, 26 m high, prominent.
Court house (5 cables SW), charted as tower, yellow
building surmounted by clock tower.
4 Grey concrete water tank on hillside (8½ cables SW).
Two prominent green tanks (6 cables ESE), near the
root of the pier.
CHAPTER 10
Directions for entering harbour
10.125
1 From the vicinity of 18°30′N, 78°10′W a vessel
approaching from E should keep well offshore so as to
avoid (with reference to Fort Charlotte) Buckner Reef
(2¾ miles E) and Honeycombe Reef (9 cables NE).
2 Leading marks:
Beacon (1 mile SSE of Fort Charlotte).
Dolphin Head(18°22′N, 78°09′W). A mountain peak.
3 The alignment (175¼°) of these marks, shown on the
plan, leads to the pilot boarding place, thence into harbour,
passing (with reference to Fort Charlotte):
W of Honeycombe Reef (9 cables E), thence:
4 W of shoal ground off Lucea Point (7 cables NE),
low and rocky headland, thence:
W of light-buoy (4 cables E) marking foul ground,
and:
E of Flagstaff Reef (1 cable E) over which the sea
breaks.
Anchorages and berths
10.126
1 Anchorage is available about 3 cables SSE of Fort
Charlotte, depth 9 m, clay, but it is inadvisable to anchor E
of that position, owing to N winds which sometimes raise a
heavy sea in the bay.
2 Anchorage is also available about 3 cables S of Fort
Charlotte, off Pit Bank, depth 8 m, clay.
Vessels are required to anchor S of a line joining Fort
Charlotte and Cane Point (5 cables ESE).
10.127
1 Pier lies about 4 cables ESE of Fort Charlotte. It is
T headed, with dolphins and is used for loading molasses.
Length 83 m, depth alongside 10⋅7 m.
Port services
10.128
1 Facilities: lighters, for loading bananas from several
lighter wharves where depths are 1 to 2 m alongside; small
hospital.
2 Supplies in small quantities: fuel oil; fresh water;
provisions.
Anchorages
Chart 256
Great River Bay
10.129
1 Great River Bay (18°27′N, 77°59′W) is entered E of
Round Hill Bluff (10.120).
2 Useful mark:
Red bridge, spanning Great River as it flows into the
bay, identifies the bay.
3 Anchorage is available for two or three small vessels,
depth 5⋅5 m.
The bay is used as a quarantine anchorage for Falmouth
Bay (10.92) and Montego Bay (10.104).
4 Local knowledge is required.
Chart 459 plan of Mosquito Cove
Mosquito Cove
10.130
1 Mosquito Cove (18°27′N, 78°06′W) is a narrow, well
sheltered but little used inlet.
Local knowledge is desirable.
2 Shoal ground on each side of the cove is visible when
the sun is in a favourable position.
261
 Home Contents Index
Directions. In an approach from W, it is advisable to
keep well offshore until the entrance to the cove is seen
completely open, in order to avoid Buckner Reef (NW of
the entrance).
3 Anchorage is available for vessels of not more than
90 m long and 5⋅5 m draught.
Chart 256
Lucea Harbour to South Negril Point
10.131
1 The following bays and coves on the more or less
exposed coast between Lucea Bay and South Negril Point
afford anchorage. Local knowledge is required.
2 Green Island Harbour (18°24′N, 78°16′W). Anchorage is
available in depth of 18 m. Open N, heavy sea rolls in
during Northers.
3 Samuels Bay (18°23′N, 78°18′W). Anchorage is
available in depth 14⋅5 m, rock and sand.
Long Bay (18°17′N, 78°21′W), as shown on the chart,
near South Negril Point in depths 7 to 9 m, rock and sand.
The red sector of South Negril Point Light (10.230) covers
the anchorage, but is partly obscured by trees.
SOUTH COAST OF JAMAICA
GENERAL INFORMATION
Charts 255, 256
Extent of area
10.134
1 The area described below includes the S coastal waters
of Jamaica, from Morant Point (17°55′N, 76°11′W) to
South Negril Point (18°16′N, 78°22′W).
Current
10.135
1 Jamaica lies in the W or NW-going Equatorial Current
which, in its vicinity, is of mainly moderate consistency
with an average rate of about 1 kn. However, as with other
islands in the West Indies, disruption of the current occurs
in its vicinity, giving rise to local complex variations which
are themselves affected by wind.
2 Dangerous sets in any direction, with rates more than
3 kn, can occur.
Ports
10.136
1 The following ports are in the area:
Port Royal (17°56′N, 76°51′W) (10.177).
Kingston Harbour (17°57′N, 76°50′W) (10.166).
Portland Bight (17°48′N, 77°05′W) (10.192), with
Rocky Point, Salt River Bay, Port Esquivel.
Black River Anchorage (18°01′N, 77°53′W) (10.239).
Savanna la Mar (18°12′N, 78°08′W) (10.247).
Arrival information
10.137
1 See 10.18.
CHAPTER 10
Small craft
Chart 464 plan of Montego Bay
Bogue Islands
10.132
1 Bogue Islands (18°27′N, 77°56′W) are a group of low
mangrove covered cays that encumber the bay SW of
Montego Port (10.116).
2 Entrance channel, marked by beacons as shown on the
chart, leads through the coastal reef which shelters the
lagoon; least depth 2⋅1 m.
3 Safe anchorage is available for small craft, in the
lagoon, in strong N or NE winds, depth 7⋅3 m or less, mud
with patches of sand or weed.
The lagoon, with the small town of Reading on its S
shore, is much used by small craft.
Chart 256
Davis Cove
10.133
1 Temporary anchorage, for small craft is available in
Davis Cove (18°25′N, 78°15′W).
Local knowledge is required.
MORANT POINT TO COW BAY POINT
General information
Chart 255
Route
10.138
1 A coastal route may be followed from the vicinity of
Morant Point (17°55′N, 76°11′W), the E extremity of
Jamaica, to the vicinity of Cow Bay Point (25 miles W), in
the approach to Port Royal (10.177) and Kingston Harbour
(10.166).
2 A vessel making for Kingston from N is likely to use
this route.
Currents
10.139
1 Between Morant Point and Port Royal, more than about
3 miles offshore, the current usually sets W at rates of up
to 4 kn. On the bank about 2 miles SE of Morant Point it
is reported to set S and SE at rates of 2 to 3 kn, causing
heavy overfalls, but 2 or 3 days of SW winds give rise to a
slight NE or E flow. After heavy rain, river outflow can
cause local offshore sets for a time.
Principal marks
10.140
1 Landmarks (with reference to Yallahs Hill (17°54′N,
76°30′W):
Yallahs Hill, unlikely to be mistaken from E, as it
rises abruptly from the valley N of it, and falls S
to the coast in a long, gradual slope. Its rounded
summit is seldom obscured by clouds.
2 Blue Mountain Peak (10 miles NNW), seldom visible.
Conspicuous water tower (7 miles E), and a large
white building, on a bluff in Morant Bay.
White Horses (2 miles SE), prominent white cliffs.
Conspicuous dish aerial (1¼ miles S).
Conspicuous water tower (4½ miles W), at Poor
Man’s Corner.
3 Major lights:
Morant Point Light (17°55′N, 76°11′W) (10.22).
Plumb Point Light (17°56′N, 76°47′W) (10.154).
262
 Home Contents Index
Directions
(continued from 10.4)
10.141
1 From the vicinity of 17°48′N, 76°04′W, SE of Morant
Point, the route leads generally W and WNW towards the
vicinity of 17°52′N, 76°39′W, off Cow Bay Point, passing
(with reference to Yallahs Hill (17°54′N, 76°30′W)):
2 Well clear of Morant Point and South East Point
(18 miles E) with a stranded wreck close S. Care
is necessary in thick weather as the land is only
6 m high, and tidal streams, with overfalls, run at
1 to 3 kn, thence:
If necessary, clear of Norseman Bank and Dingle
Bank (18 to 20 miles E) thence:
3 S of shoal water extending 2¾ miles S of White
Horse Cliffs (2 miles SE). The bottom of dark
sands is visible in depths of less than 18 m.
Lamottes Bank (3½ miles S), at the W end is the
shoalest feature. Thence:
4 SW of Yallahs Point (3 miles SW), thence:
SW of Cow Bay Point (6 miles W), low, rounded and
wooded.
10.142
1 Useful mark:
Morant Bay Light structure (17°53′N, 76°24′W)
(10.146).
(Directions continue for the approaches to Kingston
Harbour at 10.157, for Portland Bight at 10.196, and
for coastal passage at 10.231.)
Anchorages
Rocky Point
10.143
1 In ordinary weather, the reefs between South East Point
(17°54′N, 76°11′W) and Rocky Point (4½ miles WSW) and
to Simonds Point (3 miles farther WSW) are marked by
breakers.
2 Secure anchorage is available for coasters within the
reef at Rocky Point, with landing at a wharf.
Local knowledge is required.
Chart 257 plan of Port Morant
Port Morant
10.144
1 Position. Port Morant (17°53′N, 76°20′W) is entered
between Simonds Point (17°52′N, 76°19′W) and Palm Point
(1 mile W).
Function. The port is closed to commercial traffic and
navigational aids are not maintained (2003).
2 There is a marina at Bowden Wharf which provides
secure anchorage. For further details see Admiralty
Maritime Communications, Caribbean Volume.
3 Entrance to the bay is easily identified as the hills on
its W side slope gradually to the coast and are higher than
those on the E side, which rise abruptly from the sea.
4 The entrance channel is restricted by Emerald Spit and
Lee Reef. It was reported (1999) that Lee Reef buoy is in
position and operational. The lights on all beacons have
been extinguished and their structures destroyed.
10.145
1 Anchorage may be obtained in depths of 9 m, 5 cables
S of the town.
2 Alongside berths, the condition of which are not known
(1991), are situated at the head of the bay and on the E
shore.
3 Local Knowledge is required.
CHAPTER 10
Chart 255
Morant Bay
10.146
1 Function. The town of Morant Bay (17°53′N, 76°25′W)
is the largest town in Saint Thomas Parish in Surrey
County.
Local knowledge is required.
2 Landmarks:
Morant Bay light structure (red framework tower) is
still in position but the light has been extinguished
(17°53′N, 76°24′W).
Conspicuous water tower (1 mile ESE of the light).
3 Anchorage is available in front of the town, depths 9 to
11 m and for small craft, within the reefs.
A heavy swell almost always sets into the bay.
4 Port services:
Facilities: small hospital; lighters.
Supplies: fresh provisions.
Yallahs Bay
10.147
1 Anchorage is available in Yallahs Bay (17°52′N,
76°34′W), entered W of Salt Pond Bay. The best position
is S of the central part of the bay, 3½ cables offshore,
depth 18 m.
2 With S winds, a heavy sea rolls into the bay; vessels
must be prepared to leave if the wind shows signs of
shifting to that quarter.
Local knowledge is required.
Small craft
Salt Pond Bay
10.148
1 Shelter from the trade wind is available, which
sometimes blows strongly for 3 or 4 days in succession, for
small craft, in Salt Pond Bay (17°52′N, 76°33′W), entered
W of Yallahs Point.
2 Local knowledge is required.
APPROACHES TO KINGSTON HARBOUR
General information
Charts 454, 456, 255
Extent of area
10.149
1 Approaches to Kingston Harbour lie in a triangular area
which is bounded on the N by The Palisadoes, a long
narrow sandy peninsular spit with Plumb Point at its centre;
on the SE by a group of cays and reefs which includes
South East Cay (2¼ miles SW of Plumb Point (17°56′N,
76°47′W)) and South Cays (10.162) (2 miles farther WSW)
and on the W by the coast SSW from Small Point
(10.159).
Routes and limiting conditions
10.150
1 Channels of approach, uniting off Port Royal Point
(10.177) (17°56′N, 76°51′W) are:
East Channel, leading W off the S side of The
Palisadoes.
South Channel: leading N off the coast W.
2 East Channel is the better channel, being wider and
deeper, see 10.170. Lesser depths lie adjacent to the
channel, as shown on the chart. The entrance to East
Channel is marked by No 2 Light-buoy (starboard hand)
moored in position 17°54′⋅4N, 76°45′⋅8W.
263
 Home Contents Index
3 South Channel leads through and over a mass of shoals
S of Port Royal Point. A considerable sea gets up during
the sea breeze, and the channel is not recommended for
vessels drawing more than 5⋅5 m. It is used by sailing
vessels leaving or arriving, with the land breeze, but it
should not be attempted at night.
Pilotage
10.151
1 Pilotage is compulsory.
Pilot boarding place: 2¼ miles SE of Plumb Point, or,
in bad weather, closer inshore as instructed by the pilot.
2 For details of port radio and notice of ETA see
Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(5).
Traffic regulations
10.152
1 For traffic regulations in East Channel, see 10.174.
Current
10.153
1 In the approaches to Port Royal Point, there are no
regular tidal streams, but an outflow from the harbour
usually runs S through South Channel, as far as
Drunkenman’s Cay (10.162) (17°54′N, 76°51′W), rate about
¼ kn. Thence its direction is more W, with an increased
rate, sometimes as much as 2½ kn. It is necessary,
therefore, to give the coast a good berth when proceeding
W.
2 When the land breezes have been strong, and light S
winds have prevailed during the day for a short period, the
current often runs E in the morning, as far as Plumb Point
(10.154); thence its direction is more S and, S of the
shoals, will be found setting SW or WSW, the rate
depending on the force of the recent wind.
Principal marks
10.154
1 Landmarks (with reference to Plumb Point (17°56′N,
76°47′W)):
Plumb Point Lighthouse (white tower, 21 m in
height). This light, which is conspicuous stands on
Plumb Point, a headland that is fringed with reef
and shoal water that extends 2 cables S with
depths of less than 5⋅5 m.
Plumb Point Light from SSW (10.154)
(Original dated 2002)
(Photograph − G Kirk mv LOGOS II)
CHAPTER 10
Catherines Peak (10 miles NNE).
2 Cement works, three conspicuous chimneys (3½ miles
NE).
Waireka Tower (obstruction light, elevation 414 m)
(3½ miles NNE) on Long Mountain.
Martello Tower (elevation 103 m) (4 miles ENE)
prominent only when the sun is in the W.
3 Conspicuous loading tower (3¼ miles ENE), near the
root of The Palisadoes on the Jamaica Gypsum
Pier.
Large prominent hangar (5 cables NNE), among
buildings at Norman Manley Ìnternational Airport.
Conspicuous radome (17°56′⋅1N, 76°46′⋅4W) at
Norman Manley International Airport.
4 Lazaretto Cairn (5½ miles W), white, 11 m in height.
Chimney at oil refinery (3½ miles NW), flare
conspicuous at night.
Green dome on the cathedral (2¾ miles N), good for
position fixing when the vessel is in E channel and
inside the harbour.
5 Major light:
Plumb Point Light, as above.
10.155
1 Beacons, especially in the approaches to Kingston, are
liable to be destroyed by passing vessels. They are replaced
on a temporary basis by light-buoys until repaired.
Other navigational aids
10.156
1 Racon:
East Channel No 2 Light-buoy, see 10.150.
For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2.
Directions for East Channel
(continued from 10.141)
10.157
1 From the vicinity of 17°47′N, 76°40′W the line of
bearing (324°) of Plumb Point (10.154) leads to the pilot
boarding place (10.151).
The track then leads NW through the outer part of East
Channel, marked by light-buoys (lateral), to a position NE
of No 5 Light-buoy (port hand) (1 mile SSW of Plumb
Point).
2 Leading lights:
Front. Beacon (17°55′⋅9N, 76°51′⋅4W).
Rear. Lazaretto Light (conspicuous white cairn, 11 m
in height) (1 mile WNW of front light).
3 From a position NE of No 5 Light-buoy, the alignment
(284°) of these lights leads 4 miles WNW in East Channel
to a position SW of Port Royal Point passing (with
reference to Plumb Point Light):
NNE of Lime Cay Light-buoy (2½ miles WSW),
marking the NW end of Lime Cay, sand and coral,
covered with bushes and small trees, and Lime
Cay Shoal (2 cables farther W). A passing area, up
to 300 m wide, extends approximately 2 miles ESE
from Gun Cay Light beacon (3¼ miles W) along
the NNE side of the channel. Thence:
4 Between Gun Cay Light beacon marking the S
extremity of Gun Cay, covered with scrub, and
Rackhams Cay (3½ miles WSW), which dries,
marked close NE by Rackhams Cay Light-buoy
(port hand); thence:
264
 Home Contents Index CHAPTER 10

Rackhams Cay Lazaretto Gun Cay Pier

Beacon Cairn Beacon Ruins

Port Royal Point Gun Cay

Kingston Harbour − East Channel from E (10.156)
(Original dated 2002)

(Photograph − G Kirk mv LOGOS II)

5 SSW of Beacon Shoal Light-buoy (starboard hand) sea breaks heavily, which extends 2 miles ENE to
(3¾ miles W) marking Beacon Shoal, a rocky South East Cay.
patch and: 2 Bush Reef (1¼ miles SSE), drying in places, usually
NE of West Middle Rock Light-buoy (isolated marked by breakers.
danger) (4½ miles W). Drunkenman’s Cay (2 miles ESE), covered with
(Directions continue for Kingston Harbour at 10.180.) bushes.
(Directions continue for Kingston Harbour at 10.180.)
Directions for South Channel
10.158 Anchorages in the approach to Kingston
1 From the vicinity of 17°47′N, 76°55′W the alignment Harbour
(044°) of the three chimneys at the cement works (10.154)
East Channel, Lime Cay
and the SE edge of South East Cay leads about 4 miles
10.163
inward, passing SE of Wreck Reef (17°50′N, 76°55′W) and
1 Anchorage is available, in case of necessity, under the
Wreck Reef Light beacon (red metal column, white bands,
lee of Lime Cay (17°55′N, 76°49′W) depth 18 m, mud.
7 m in height) on a rock off the W extremity of the reef.
Care is necessary to avoid Lime Cay Shoal.
10.159
2 Anchorage is also available in deeper water 7 cables N
1 From a position 171°, 5 miles from Small Point
of Lime Cay, N of the ship passing area (10.157), or as
(17°55′N, 76°53′W), the recommended route leads 005° to
directed by the Harbour Master.
a position 134°, 1⋅6 miles from Small Point, passing (with
reference to Small Point): South Channel, Wreck Reef
2 E of the light-buoy (port hand) (2½ miles SSE) 10.164
marking Three Fathom Bank, thence: 1 Anchorage, is available, as shown on the chart, between
3 W of the light-buoy (starboard hand) (2¼ miles SE), Wreck Reef (17°50′N, 76°55′W) and the shore, sheltered
close N of Vidal Shoal, thence: from sea and swell, depth 9 m, hard sand, poor holding
W of Portuguese Shoal (2 miles SE). ground in strong winds.
10.160 2 Attention is drawn to the several charted shoals in the
1 From the position 134°, 1⋅6 miles from Small Point, that approach from SE and SW; the approach from NE is free
is, about 5 cables S of the light-buoy (port hand) marking from dangers.
Turtle Head Rock, the recommended route leads NNE to a
position 1 cable E of Turtle Head Rock, passing over South
Knolls. KINGSTON HARBOUR
10.161
1 Thence the line of bearing 022° of Beacon Shoal General information
Light-buoy (2 miles ENE of Small Point) leads 4 cables Chart 454
NNE to a position 1 mile from the light, passing E of the Position and function
shoals lying immediately N of Turtle Head Rock. 10.165
2 Thence the route leads NNW, to pass 1 cable W of West 1 Position: 17°58′N, 76°47′W.
Middle Shoal and West Middle Knoll (1½ miles ENE of Kingston is the capital city of Jamaica and the island’s
Small Point), and clear of shoal patches in its vicinity. principal port.
Thence the route leads NNE to WSW of Port Royal 2 Population. 655 000 (1999).
Point (10.177), as for East Channel.
10.162 Port limits
1 Useful marks (with reference to Small Point (17°55′N, 10.166
76°53′W)): 1 Kingston Harbour includes the water area N of The
South Cays (3 miles SE), two bush-covered coral cays Palisadoes (10.149), and of a line joining Port Royal Point
near the SW end of a coral reef, over which the (17°56′N, 76°51′W) and Small Point (2 miles WSW).

265
 Home Contents Index CHAPTER 10

Approach and entry
10.167
1 Through East Channel or South Channel (10.150) which
converge on Port Royal.
Traffic
10.168
1 In 2001, 2269 vessels totalling 36 723 072 dwt visited
the port.
Port Authority
10.169
1 Port Authority of Jamaica (10.18).
Limiting conditions
10.170
1 Controlling depths:
East Channel dredged to 17⋅7 m (2002).
Ship Channel dredged to 13⋅7 m (2002).
Port Bustamante dredged to 13⋅7 m (2002) with the
exception of certain berths, see 10.183.
Caution. See note on chart 454 concerning dredged
depths.
For anchorage at Port Royal: draught 13 m.
Entry and berthing at Kingston Harbour; length
overall 320 m, draught 13 m.
Arrival information
Notice of ETA
10.171
1 Notice of ETA should be sent 72h, 48h and 24h in
advance.
Time of arrival. Preferably before 0900, so as to berth
before the wind gets up during the forenoon.
Outer anchorage
10.172
1 Off Port Royal (10.177).
Pilotage and tugs
10.173
1 Pilotage is compulsory and available 24 hours. For
details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(5).
2 Pilot boarding place: see 10.151.
Tugs join off the berth.
Traffic regulations
10.174
1 A vessel entering or leaving harbour shall not attempt to
pass another vessel (with reference to Port Royal Point
(17°56′N, 76°51′W)):
(a) between a line joining Rackhams Cay Light-buoy
(6 cables SE) and Gun Cay Light-buoy (6 cables
E) and a line joining West Middle Rock
Light-buoy (4 cables SW) and Harbour Shoal
Light beacon (1½ cables NW).
2 (b) between a line joining Two Sisters Light-buoy
(1¾ miles N) and Burial Ground Light-buoy
(1¾ miles N), and a line joining Middle Ground
Light beacon (2¼ miles NE) and Esso Platform
No 7 Light beacon (5 cables farther NE).
3 All vessels are required to observe carefully the
movements of other vessels, to avoid meeting in the above
passages.
4 When two vessels are approaching the above passages
from opposite directions:
The vessel entering harbour has right of way.
The vessel leaving harbour shall keep clear until the
other vessel has passed.
5 An outward bound vessel shall not pass Middle Ground
Light beacon (2¼ miles NE) when an inward bound vessel
is observed to be between Harbour Shoal Light beacon
(1½ cables NW) and Middle Ground Light beacon.
6 A vessel shall give warning of her approach to Port
Royal Point by sounding one prolonged blast when 1 mile
from that point; the signal shall be answered with one
prolonged blast by a vessel approaching the point from the
opposite direction.
7 Overtaking is prohibited in East Channel and Ship
Channel, between Lime Cay (1¾ miles ESE) and Hunt’s
Bay Light-buoy (2¼ miles NNE).
8 Speed limit within the limits of the port is 10 kn.
No vessel or boat may enter the area within 3 cables
radius of the W end of the runway of Norman Manley
International Airport (1½ miles WNW of Plumb Point).
9 New rules concerning conduct in the ship passing areas
are being formulated (2003) and will be published in due
course. Mariners are advised to contact the Harbour Master
for the latest details.
10.175
1 Prohibited anchorages. Anchorage is prohibited:
In Ship Channel or within 30 m of its boundaries.
2 Within the cable area, shown on the chart, between
the vicinity of Gallows Point (1 mile NE of Port
Royal Point) and Newport East Quay (2 miles
farther NE).
3 In the vicinity of pipelines leading to the oil berths
off the Petrojam Oil Refinery (about 3 miles NE of
Port Royal Point).
Quarantine
10.176
1 Quarantine regulations are strictly enforced.
Vessels awaiting pratique anchor NE of Chevannes
Light beacon (3½ cables N of Port Royal Point) in Port
Royal Harbour where the Health Officer will board.
2 Vessels placed in quarantine anchor in the area E of
Lazaretto Cairn (10.154) (1½ miles W of Port Royal Point).
Vessels arriving from outports of the island, and having
already been granted pratique, fly International Flag M and
are not boarded.
3 No other vessels, except HM ships, are permitted to
proceed farther inward until they have been boarded.
Harbour
General Layout
10.177
1 Port Royal harbour lies between Port Royal Point
(17°56′N, 76°51′W), the W extremity of The Palisadoes,
and the shallow flat which extends W and NW from
Gallows Point (1 mile NNE).
2 Port Bustamante (17°59′N, 76°50′W), comprised of
Kingston Wharves and North Container Terminal at
Newport West, and South Container Terminal on Gordon
Cay, lies at the N end of Ship Channel.
3 Petrojam (Esso) Oil Refinery and its berths are situated
SE of Port Bustamante.
Cruise ship piers lie in front of the town, E of the
refinery.
4 Anchorages are shown on the chart, off the town and in
the E part of the harbour.
Tanker and gypsum berths lie at the E end of the
harbour.

266
 Home Contents Index
Fort Augusta from S (10.179)
(Original dated 2002)
(Photograph − G Kirk mv LOGOS II)
Natural conditions
10.178
1 Tidal streams set across Ship Channel near Fort
Augusta (2 miles N of Port Royal Point) and must be
guarded against, particularly on the falling tide.
2 Climatic table. See 1.187 and 1.198.
Landmarks
10.179
1 With reference to Fort Augusta (17°58′N, 76°51′W):
Fort Charles (2 miles S), ruined, with flagstaff,
appears from East Channel as a long low red wall
rising just above sea level.
2 Radio masts (obstruction lights) on Port Royal Point
(2 miles S).
Lazaretto Cairn (2½ miles SW) (10.154).
Radio mast (1½ miles W).
3 Water tank (2¼ miles NW).
Water tower (2½ miles N).
Chimney at oil refinery (1¾ miles ENE).
Directions for entering harbour
(continued from 10.157 and 10.158)
10.180
1 From a position SW of Port Royal Point, the route
follows Ship Channel, marked by light-beacons and
light-buoys (lateral) to Port Bustamante. The channel is
280 m wide at its narrowest section and a ship passing area
up to 600 m wide, adjoins the E side of Ship Channel
between Harbour Shoal Beacon (17°56′⋅1N, 76°50′⋅9W) and
Two Sisters Light-buoy (1½ miles N).
2 From Hunt’s Bay Light-buoy (port hand), course may be
shaped for anchorages or berths, guided by the
light-beacons.
10.181
1 Useful marks (with reference to the parish church
(17°58′⋅2N, 76°47′⋅6W)):
Pond Mouth Light-beacon (green square on green
pile, 6 m in height) (1 mile WSW).
2 Pickering Light-beacon (starboard hand) (1¼ miles
SSW).
Tupper Light-beacon (starboard hand) (1¼ miles S).
Anchorages and berths
Anchorages
10.182
1 The positions of anchor berths A, B, C, D and E in
Kingston Harbour can be seen on the chart. Vessels
drawing up to 10⋅4 m are permitted to use those berths.
CHAPTER 10
2 Vessels of any length may use berths D and E, but only
those less than 305 m long may use berths A, B and C.
The berths are allocated by the Harbour Master and no
vessel may anchor in Kingston harbour except in a position
designated by the Harbour Master.
3 Anchorage is available in Port Royal Harbour NE of
Chevannes Light beacon, depth 16 m, or as directed by the
Harbour Master. The anchorage is suitable for vessels up to
320 m LOA and 13 m draught.
10.183
1 Port Royal is a military base. The greatest depth
alongside the Jamaica Defence Force pier (1½ cables NE of
Port Royal Point) is 9 m, and alongside the Coal Wharf
(6 cables farther NE), 8 m.
2 Port Bustamante. Newport West Quay (2 miles WNW
of the parish church (17°58′⋅2N, 76°47′⋅6W)) has berths
numbered as shown on the chart.
3 Berth No 1 has Ro Ro facilities. Berths 1-7 are known as
Kingston Wharves. Berths Nos 9-11 comprise North
Container Terminal.
Berths are 183 m long, with depths alongside dredged to
either 12⋅4 m or 13⋅7 m, as shown on the chart.
4 South Container Terminal on Gordon Cay forms the SW
side of Port Bustamante and has four berths ranged along
1200 m of quay.
10.184
1 Refinery berths. Esso Bunkering Pier and Petrojam
Refinery Pier lie off the refinery (1½ miles W of the parish
church). Each is a platform with mooring buoys, and with
a submarine pipeline to the shore N.
2 Maximum dimensions of vessels at Petrojam Refinery
Pier, the NW and deeper of the two berths: length, 229 m;
draught, 11⋅1 m (1984).
10.185
1 Newport East Quay (9 cables W of the parish church)
is approached by a one way system.
Approach is made on a track of 060°, passing SE of
No 1 Buoy (1¼ miles W of the church).
2 Access to the berths is by a dredged channel, passing
NNE of Nos 2, 3 and 4 Buoys (white topmarks).
Departure is made on a SSE track, passing E of
No 8 Buoy (8 cables WSW of the church).
3 Wherry Wharf and Rapid Wharf, on Newport East
Quay, can each accommodate a vessel of 91 m length and
5⋅9 m draught.
10.186
1 Head of the harbour. The principal berths at the E end
of the harbour are, (from NW to SE): Rockfort Jetty
(Shell); Caribbean Cement Company Pier; Texaco Eastern
267
 Home Contents Index
Pier and Jamaica Gypsum Pier (for loading tower see
10.154).
2 These berths accommodate vessels of 152 to 183 m
long, and 7⋅8 to 8⋅5 m draught.
Lights are exhibited from Shell Rockfort Pier.
3 Attention is drawn to a small area of foul ground
(8½ cables W of the Jamaica Gypsum Pier), shown on the
chart.
Port services
10.187
1 Repairs: dry dock with 150 tons lift; repairs afloat for
larger vessels.
2 Other facilities:
Hospitals.
Deratting, and issue of deratting certificates and
deratting exemption certificates (1.137).
3 Supplies: fuel oil; fresh water; provisions.
Harbour regulations. The use of rat guards on all
securing hawsers is imposed by law, and vessels must haul
off at least 2⋅5 m from the wharves at night.
Small craft
Boat channel and hurricane refuge
10.188
1 Port Royal Harbour to Kingston Harbour. Pile
beacons (white, with green luminous strip, standing near
Gallows Point, between Bustamante Light Beacon
(starboard hand) (9 cables NNE of Port Royal Point) and
Bloomfield Light beacon (starboard hand) (3 cables farther
NNE), mark the shoalest section of a narrow boat channel
that leads from Port Royal Harbour to Kingston Harbour;
least depth 1⋅2 m (reported 1954).
10.189
1 The alignment (249½°) of the following marks (with
reference to Port Royal Point) leads in the fairway of the
boat channel, passing between Pigeon House and Devil’s
Cay Beacons.:
2 Angel Light-beacon (1¾ miles NE).
Bloomfield Light-beacon (1¼ miles NNE).
Lazaretto Cairn (1½ miles W) (10.154).
10.190
1 Hurricane refuge. Three pile beacons, the N and S with
red cage topmarks and the centre with a white topmark,
indicate the recommended branch channel, with a reported
depth of 2⋅4 m, leading to Rosey Hole, 1½ miles NE of
Port Royal Point, the hurricane refuge for small craft.
Royal Jamaica Yacht Club
10.191
1 A marina belonging to the Royal Jamaica Yacht Club is
entered between light-beacons (1 mile NNE of Plumb Point
(17°55′⋅7N, 76°46′⋅7W)). For further details see Admiralty
Maritime Communications, Caribbean Volume.
2 Attention is drawn to a wreck with a depth of 3⋅4 m
over it (5 cables WNW of the entrance).
CHAPTER 10
Royal Jamaica Yacht Club from N (10.191)
(Original dated 2002)
(Photograph − G Kirk mv LOGOS II)
PORTLAND BIGHT AND APPROACHES
General information
Charts 457, 456
Topography and routes
10.192
1 Topography. Portland Bight (17°50′N, 77°05′W) lies W
and NW of Pigeon Island (17°48′N, 77°05′W). Its shores
are fringed with islets, cays and reefs.
Approach routes. The bight may be entered through
two channels.
2 East Channel has a least depth of 11⋅6 m and leads
between Bare Bush Cay (17°45′N, 77°02′W) and Pelican
Reefs (2¾ miles NNE).
3 Main Channel, with a least depth of 12⋅5 m, leads
between the reef adjacent to Bare Bush Cay and Morris
Shoal, on the E; and Portland Reefs on the W. This
channel is recommended for vessels drawing 9⋅7 m or
more.
4 Both channels meet off the SW side of Pigeon Island,
whence routes diverge to the ports and anchorages.
An inshore route from Kingston (10.196) is also
available for smaller vessels.
Arrival information
10.193
1 Pilotage is compulsory. Pilotage limit is 2 miles seaward
of a line drawn:
From Polink Point (17°50′N, 76°57′W).
Thence 6¾ miles SW to Bare Bush Cay.
2 Thence 5½ miles SW to Portland Cay.
Thence 3 miles W to Portland Point.
3 Pilot boarding places for Port Esquivel. On request, the
pilot will board, as shown on Chart 457, in Main Channel
(3 miles S of Bare Bush Cay). Otherwise the pilot will
board off the local entrance channel at Port Esquivel
(10.213).
Fisheries
10.194
1 Cautions. Fish pots and turtle nets may be met
anywhere near the cays and reefs and on the shoals, but
they are not usually laid in the shipping lanes nor inside
Portland Bight. They are difficult to see.
2 Fishermen from Old Harbour Bay (10.223), at the head
of Portland Bight, go to sea at night, returning to harbour
with the morning sea breeze. Their boats may be met in
large numbers in the area.
268
 Home Contents Index
Principal marks
10.195
1 Landmarks:
Portland Light (metal framework tower, 35 m in
height) (17°44′N, 77°09′W), on Portland Ridge.
2 Pigeon Island (17°48′N, 77°05′W), low and steep to
on its W side, overgrown with mangroves and
covered with coarse grass except along the NW
beach which is sandy, with some coconut palms.
Conspicuous silver-coloured water tower (17°49′N,
77°08′W), at Rocky Point (10.205).
3 Major lights:
Portland Light — as above.
Stetton Hall Light (white metal structure, 12 m in
height) (17°50′N, 77°10′W), on a low cleared hill.
A white bungalow with a conspicuous gable stands
close by.
Directions
(continued from 10.141)
Inshore route
10.196
1 A vessel drawing less than 5⋅5 m, coming from Port
Royal through South Channel (10.150) may approach
Portland Bight by passing NW of Hotch Kyn Patches
(17°47′N, 76°57′W).
2 Clearing bearing. The line of bearing 048° of the
cement works (17°58′N, 76°44′W) at Kingston, astern,
passes SE of Wreck Reef (10.158) (17°50′N, 76°55′W).
3 From the vicinity of Wreck Reef, course may be shaped
to pass NW of Hotch Kyn Patches, and into East Channel.
4 This route has the disadvantage that the prevailing E
swell, which is usually heavy, is more on the beam than
when passing outside Hotch Kyn Patches.
East Channel
10.197
1 From the vicinity of 17°45′N, 76°59′W. By day the line
of bearing 294¾° of Pigeon Island Front Leading Light
(17°47′N, 77°04′W) (10.199), (see the view on Chart 457),
or, by night, the alignment (294¾°) of this light with
Stetton Hall Light (6 miles WNW) (10.195), leads WNW,
as shown on the chart, in the fairway of East Channel,
passing (with reference to the front light):
2 SSW of shoal patches extending SE from Pelican
Reefs, thence:
NNE of Bare Bush Cay (3¼ miles SE), grass and low
scrub, and:
SSW of a light-buoy (starboard hand) (3 miles ESE)
marking an 8⋅8 m patch.
3 From a position 1½ miles from the front light, the track
leads approximately W to a junction (1¼ miles WSW of
the front light) with Main Channel.
Depth. see 10.192.
10.198
1 Useful mark:
Bare Bush Cay Light (white metal column, red bands,
4 m in height (17°45′N, 77°02′W).
Main Channel
10.199
1 Leading lights.
Pigeon Island Front Leading Light (white metal
column, white disc on ESE side for vessels in East
Channel, 8 m in height) (17°47′N, 77°04′W).
CHAPTER 10
2 Rear Leading Light (white triangle on white
framework tower, 23 m in height) (5 cables NNW).
3 From the vicinity of 17°40′N, 77°02′W, the alignment
(343¼°) of these leading lights leads NNW to a position
about 3 miles from the front light, passing, as shown on the
chart, between pairs of channel light-buoys.
4 Attention is drawn to the shoal depths, of about 8 to
9 m, off the W side of the leading line, and SE of Portland
Reefs.
5 Caution. In 1985 both leading lights were reported to be
of very low intensity.
10.200
1 Thence the line of bearing 319° of the NE extremity of
Salt Island (17°50′N, 77°08′W), leads WNW to a junction
with East Channel, 1¼ miles WSW of the Pigeon Island
Front Leading Light, passing further channel light-buoys.
Pigeon Island to Rocky Point
10.201
1 From the vicinity of the junction of East and Main
Channels, a continuation NW for about 3 miles leads to the
bauxite loading terminal at Rocky Point (17°49′N,
77°09′W) (10.205).
2 Clearing mark. The line of bearing, less than 312°, of
the conspicuous water tower (10.195) on Rocky Point
passes clear of the NE extremities of Portland Reefs.
Pigeon Island to Salt River Bay
10.202
1 From the vicinity of the junction of East and Main
Channels, a recommended route leads N, then on the line
of bearing 260° of East Breakwater Head Light at the
mouth (17°50′N, 77°10′W) of Salt River, which leads
between reefs to the anchorage in Salt River Bay (10.206).
Pigeon Island to Port Esquivel
10.203
1 From the vicinity of the junction of East and Main
Channels, a recommended route leads N to the approaches
to Port Esquivel (17°52′N, 77°06′W) (10.213).
(Directions continue for Port Esquivel at 10.217.)
Old Harbour Bay Village
10.204
1 From the approaches to Port Esquivel (17°52′N,
77°06′W), the line of bearing, about 355°, of the village
(17°54′N, 77°06′W) leads to the anchorage in Old Harbour
Bay (10.223).
Rocky Point
Chart 257 plan of Salt River Anchorage
General information
10.205
1 Bauxite loading terminal is situated at Rocky Point,
2 miles SE of Stetton Hall Light. (10.195). A light-buoy
has been established in position 17°49′⋅5N, 77°08′⋅1W.
2 Traffic. In 2001 58 vessels totalling 1 867 434 dwt
visited the port.
Pilotage is compulsory.
Swell. The port is exposed to a heavy swell when SE
winds prevail during the summer.
3 Berth. T shaped pier with mooring buoys. Depth
alongside 11⋅3 m.
Largest vessel: 207 m LOA, draught 10⋅5 m.
Supplies: fresh water, provisions.
269
 Home Contents Index CHAPTER 10

Salt River Bay Arrival information

10.215
Chart 257 plan of Salt River Anchorage
1 Pilotage is compulsory. For details see Admiralty List of
General information Radio Signals Volume 6(5).
10.206 2 Pilot boarding place, as shown on the plan, at the first
1 Position. Salt River Bay (17°50′N, 77°09′W) lies pair of channel light-buoys; or, on request, at the pilot
between Salt Island and the mouth of Salt River. boarding place shown in Main Channel (10.193).
2 Function. The export of sugar and fruit. Cargoes are The port is open, day and night.
loaded from lighters in the anchorage. The port is closed to 3 Tugs. None, but pilot vessel assists with lines.
commercial traffic and navigational aids are not maintained
(2003). Landmark
10.216
Limiting conditions 1 Storage tanks for alumina, some of which, close to
10.207 the root of the jetty, are 38 m high and
1 Maximum dimensions of vessels in anchorage: length, conspicuous, especially in the morning light, and
174 m; draught 9⋅1 m. are visible for a considerable distance seaward.
Principal marks Directions
10.208 (continued from 10.203)
1 Landmark: 10.217
Conspicuous water tower (10.195). 1 From the vicinity of 17°52′N, 77°06′W the alignment
2 Major light: (300°) of leading lights (white conical beacons) (5 cables
Stetton Hall Light (10.195). and 1 mile NW of the jetty) leads through the dredged
entrance channel, as shown on the plan, between reefs
Directions
nearly awash at LW, to the turning basin and jetty.
10.209
2 The entrance channel and turning basin are marked on
1 See 10.202 for directions to anchorage.
both sides by beacons and light-buoys.
Anchorage
10.210 Anchorage and berths
1 Anchorage is available under the lee of Salt Island in 10.218
depths of 5 to 9 m, on good holding ground of fine grey 1 Anchorage is available off the entrance to the dredged
sand over mud. channel, E of the pilot boarding place.
2 Care must be taken to avoid the reefs, which are usually 2 Jetty. The concrete jetty projects into the turning basin;
visible in daylight, off Burial Ground Point (W) and Long in 1984 it could accommodate a vessel:
Island (NNW). W side: length 192 m, beam 28 m, draught 11 m.
E side: length 198 m, beam 18 m, draught 11 m.
Port services:
10.211 Port services
1 Repairs: not available. 10.219
Supplies: fuel oil and fresh water with advance notice; 1 Minor repairs.
provisions. Supplies: fuel oil, fresh water.

Small craft Anchorages

10.212
1 Salt River, with depths less than 2 m, is navigable by
boats and lighters for about 6 cables upstream. There are
two wharves.
Port Esquivel
Chart 257 plan of Port Esquivel
General information
10.213
1 Position and function. Port Esquivel (17°53′N,
77°08′W) is situated at the head of Portland Bight. The
port, which is known locally as Alumina Marine Terminal,
consists of a jetty and facilities for handling alumina.
2 Traffic. In 2001 131 vessels totalling 3 178 257 dwt used
the port.
Chart 457
In Portland Bight
10.220
1 Anchorage with good holding ground may be obtained
anywhere in Portland Bight, but it is exposed to a fresh sea
breeze in most places. The breeze usually springs up in the
late morning and blows steadily until the late evening. It
produces a choppy sea, but there is no noticeable heavy
swell.
2 Boating is uncomfortable and difficult, owing to the
chop, but the seas is seldom rough enough to be dangerous.
The direction of the breeze and the chop is, consistently,
from ESE.
3 The anchorages which follow are those not already
associated with individual ports.

Limiting conditions Pigeon Island

10.214
1 Depth in entrance channel: 11⋅3 m.
Tidal levels. Mean spring range about 0⋅2 m; mean neap
range about 0⋅1 m. For further information see Admiralty
Tide Tables.
2 Maximum size of vessel handled: length, 198 m;
draught 11⋅0 m.
10.221
1 Anchorage is available under the lee of Pigeon Island
(17°48′N, 77°05′W) (10.195), off a bight in the reef on the
NW side of the island, depths 13 to 15 m, but the island,
being low, affords little protection in heavy weather.
2 Good landing may be obtained on the NW beach of the
island.

270
 Home Contents Index CHAPTER 10

South west part of Portland Bight (10 miles NW), also within the 200 m depth contour
10.222 between Great Pedro Bluff (17°51′N, 77°45′W), and Luana
1 Anchorage is available (with reference to Pigeon Point (16 miles NW).
Island), in the bight in the reefs (4 miles SW), depth about
14 m; and on the N side of the approach to West Harbour Currents
(4½ miles W), depths 7 to 10 m, good holding ground. 10.229
1 Currents in the vicinity of Portland Point (10.226) are
Old Harbour Bay reported usually to set W, rate about ¾ kn.
10.223
1 Old Harbour Bay (17°53′N, 77°06′W) is a fishing Principal marks
village. 10.230
2 Anchorage is available at the W end of Little Goat 1 Landmarks near Portland Bight (with reference to
Island, depth about 7 m. This anchorage is partly sheltered Rocky Point (17°44′N, 77°15′W):
from sea and swell by Careening Island and Teal Point. Conspicuous chimney (3½ miles NNW).
3 Local knowledge is required; see 10.204 for the Another chimney (3¾ miles N), elevation 64 m.
approach. Chimney (8 miles N), white with black top, elevation
78 m.
Small craft 2 Landmarks west of Port Kaiser
The White Horses (17°52′N, 77°38′W), a large white
Galleon Harbour triangular patch at a height of 170 m on vertical
10.224 cliffs, which rise to an elevation of 305 m.
1 Galleon Harbour (17°53′N, 77°03′W), off the NE sides 3 Conspicuous concrete water tower (18°03′N,
of Great Goat Island and Little Goat Island, affords 77°55′W) near Black River Bay.
excellent shelter for small craft. Dolphin Head (18°22′N, 78°09′W), a high rounded
Local knowledge is required. hill.
2 Depths: 4 Conspicuous chimney at Frome (5 miles S of Dolphin
SE entrance, very narrow: less than 2 m over shoals. Head).
NW entrance: 3 to 5 m. Radio mast (red and white bands, 40 m in height)
Harbour: apart from two or three isolated patches, 2 (18°15′⋅2N, 78°19′⋅7W), conspicuous.
to 3 m. 5 Major lights:
Portland Light (17°44′N, 77°09′W) (10.195).
Other names 6 Lover’s Leap Light (white round tower, red bands,
10.225 15 m in height) (17°52′N, 77°40′W).
1 Big Half Moon Cay (17°44′N, 77°05′W). South Negril Point Light (white tower, 27 m in
Cabarita Flats (17°50′N, 77°03′W). height) (18°15′N, 78°22′W).
Cabarita Point (17°51′N, 77°02′W).
2 Little Half Moon Cay (17°44′N, 77°05′W).
Directions
Manatee Bay (17°51′N, 76°59′W). (continued from 10.120 and 10.141)
Peake Bay (17°48′N, 77°10′W).
3 Tern Cay (17°50′N, 77°00′W). Portland Bight to Great Pedro Bluff
Walker Bay (17°51′N, 77°01′W). 10.231
White Shoal (17°49′N, 77°04′W). 1 From the vicinity of 17°40′N, 77°00′W the route leads
generally W and WNW, towards the vicinity of 17°45′N,
PORTLAND POINT TO SOUTH NEGRIL 77°50′W, off Great Pedro Bluff, a headland that rises
POINT abruptly from the sea, passing (with reference to Portland
Point (17°42′N, 77°10′W)):
2 Mackerel Bank (15 miles SSE), and depths of the
General information
order of 20 m (vicinity of 10 miles S), thence:
Charts 255, 256, 260 Clear of a 13⋅2 m patch (14 miles WSW), thence:
Route 3 SSW of Brune Bank, a rock, (16½ miles W) thence:
10.226 SSW of Alligator Reef (21½ miles WNW) and, if
1 A coastal route may be followed from the vicinity of necessary, clear of 2 patches of less than 20 m to
Portland Point (17°42′N, 77°10′W) to the vicinity of South seaward of it; a wide berth being given to
Negril Point (18°16′N, 78°22′W), (10.119), 76 miles NW. Alligator Reef at night or in thick weather.
10.227
1 Shoals off Portland Point. Caution is required to avoid Great Pedro Bluff to South Negril Point
shoals with depths 10 m or less, that lie within the 20 m 10.232
depth contour off Portland Point and Rocky Point (5 miles 1 The route continues NW from the vicinity of Great
WNW). The charted 200 m depth contour lies about Pedro Bluff (10.231) to a position off South Negril Point
11 miles offshore, and soundings can be a useful guide (10.119), 44 miles NW, passing (with reference to Luana
when approaching this part of the coast in thick weather. Point (18°02′N, 77°57′W):
2 SW of shoal water off Black River Anchorage (up to
Fisheries 9 miles SE) thence:
10.228 SW of Luana Point and:
1 Fish pots moored by heavy tackle, and with floats liable 3 If necessary, clear of Blossom Bank (10 miles S) and
to cause damage to vessels’ propellers, may be met on New Bank (8 miles WSW), both with many coral
Blossom Bank (17°52′N, 77°58′W) and New Bank heads.

271
 Home Contents Index
SW of dangerous shoals and reefs off Savanna la Mar
(15 miles NW) (10.247).
4 Caution. See 10.228 for details of fisheries in this area.
(Directions continue for the N side of Jamaica at
10.120, and for passages N and S of the Cayman
Islands at 10.292, 10.296, 10.309 and 10.315)
Port Kaiser
Charts 258 plan of Port Kaiser, 256, 260
General information
10.233
1 Position. Port Kaiser is situated at Little Pedro Point
(17°52′N, 77°36′W).
Function. Export of bauxite.
2 Traffic. In 2001 97 vessels totalling 3 220 549 dwt
visited the port.
Limiting conditions and arrival information
10.234
1 Largest vessel. Length 213 m, draught 13⋅7 m.
Pilotage is compulsory. Pilots embark 1 mile to seaward
of the jetty.
Landmark
10.235
1 Gantry on finger jetty (17°51′⋅5N, 77°36′⋅2W).
Directions
10.236
1 The alignment (347½°) of the light at the head of the
jetty and rear light (framework tower, 8 m in height)
(677 m NNW of front light) leads to the alongside berth.
2 Useful marks (with reference to Little Pedro Point):
Conspicuous white cliff (1 mile E).
Cliffs (up to 1 mile W), conspicuously red in colour
owing to the alumina dust carried from the loading
jetty on the prevailing E wind.
3 The White Horses (1¾ miles W) (10.230), and
another conspicuous white patch in the cliffs at an
elevation of about 150 m (5 cables farther W).
Lover’s Leap Light (3 miles W of Little Pedro Point)
(10.230).
Berths
10.237
1 Anchorage. Between 1½ and 2 miles S to SW of jetty.
Alongside berth. Tanker berth at the seaward end of the
finger jetty. The pier head is well fendered and a holding
off buoy is used if required. Normally the prevailing
daytime winds are SE’ly, force 3 to 5. During the months
of July and August the winds are at their strongest, up to
force 7 and these can cause berthing delays. Vessels berth
port side to; and both anchors are used. Vessel’s engines
should remain on stand by while the vessel is berthed. The
berth has a length of 186 m. It was reported (1999) that the
berth is being dredged to a depth alongside of 15¼ m.
Port services
10.238
1 Repairs: only minor repairs practicable.
Supplies: provisions available.
2 Precautions. It is recommended that anti-pilferage
watches be maintained whilst at anchor and alongside.
While berthed a Customs Officer will remain onboard,
accommodation required; it is reported that prior to
CHAPTER 10
departure the Customs send down divers to check that the
hull has no drugs attached to it.
Black River Anchorage
Chart 258 plan of Black River Anchorage, 256
General information
10.239
1 Position and topography. Black River Anchorage lies
in the bay between Parottee Point (17°56′N, 77°50′W) and
Luana Point (8 miles NW). The part of the bay N of
Ravient Reef (1½ miles SW of Moco Point (18°01′N,
77°52′W)) is used as an anchorage; the S part is
encumbered by reefs.
Limiting conditions
10.240
1 Maximum dimensions of vessels in the anchorage;
draught 6⋅7 m.
Harbour
10.241
1 Natural conditions. Sea water off Black River has a
milky appearance, and is not clear.
2 During strong W and SW winds, a heavy swell rolls
into the anchorage, making landing difficult and at times
impossible.
3 During the rainy season large clumps of fresh water
weed, up to 10 m across, are swept from Black River into
Black River Bay. They normally disperse within 10 hours,
but have been found up to 8 miles offshore.
Directions from south east
10.242
1 Clearing bearings. From a position off Great Pedro
Bluff (8 miles SE of Parottee Point), keeping the line of
bearing, less than 128°, of Great Pedro Bluff open of Black
Spring Point (3¾ miles nearer), astern, the track passes SW
of the reefs off Parottee Point.
2 Thence the line of bearing, less than 130°, of Black
Spring Point, well open of Parottee Point (10.239), astern,
passes SW of the dangers near Ravient Reef.
Directions from west
10.243
1 Line of bearing. From a position SW of Longacre Point
the line of bearing 088½°, shown on the plan, of the
conspicuous house (green roof) leads into the anchorage in
a least depth of 7 m.
Berth
10.244
1 Anchorage is available in the position shown on the
plan, depth 7 to 8 m.
A tripod beacon marks the inner end of the anchorage.
2 Small craft may anchor closer to the mouth of Black
River.
Port services
10.245
1 Facilities: lighters and wharves; hospital.
Supplies: fresh water, provisions.
Black River
10.246
1 The river is navigable by small boats for a distance of
30 miles.
Local knowledge is required.
272
 Home Contents Index
Savanna la Mar
Charts 258 plan of Savanna la Mar, 256
General information
10.247
1 Position. 18°12′N, 78°08′W.
Function. Savanna la Mar is the chief town and port of
the parish of Westmoreland, in the county of Cornwall, and
is the principal exporting port, chiefly of sugar, of the W
part of Jamaica.
10.248
1 Port Authority. Port Authority of Jamaica (10.18).
Limiting conditions
10.249
1 Tidal levels. Mean spring range about 0⋅3 m; mean neap
range about 0⋅1 m. For further information see Admiralty
Tide Tables.
Maximum dimensions of vessels at anchorages: see
10.256.
2 Entry and departure by day only.
Caution. It was reported (1999) that at Savanna la Mar
all lights have been extinguished; and that all the buoys are
no longer in their charted positions.
Arrival information
10.250
1 Port radio: via Kingston.
Outer anchorage. Vessels drawing too much water for
the entrance channels can anchor on the bank outside the
reefs. Caution is necessary as the edge is steep to. With a
strong trade wind, the berth is undesirable.
2 Pilotage is compulsory. See 10.18.
Pilot boarding place is about 3½ miles SSW of the fort.
Prohibited anchorage exists within 110 m of the
mooring buoy (1⋅1 miles SSW of the fort).
Harbour
10.251
1 Approach and entry. The anchorage lies between the
shallow water fronting the town, and the line of reefs
which extends from Bluff or Paradise Point (2½ miles E) to
Great Breaker (2½ miles SW).
2 Two entrance channels are in use (with reference to the
fort (18°12′⋅4N 78°01′⋅1W)).
Lee Passage, the principal channel (2 miles SSW), least
charted depth 6⋅4 m.
3 An unnamed passage (1½ miles S), least depth 5⋅2 m.
The water is very clear, and the bottom can be seen in
depths of 15 m.
10.252
1 Natural conditions:
Prevailing wind, SE.
Heavy swell is sometimes felt during E winds.
10.253
1 Landmarks (with reference to the fort (18°12′⋅4N,
78°08′⋅1W)):
Dolphin Head (10 miles N) (10.230); useful for
identifying the town of Savanna la Mar.
2 Chimneys at Frome (5¼ miles NNW).
House Beacon (5 cables WNW).
Beacon (4 cables ENE).
CHAPTER 10
Directions
10.254
1 From the vicinity of 18°09′N, 78°10′W, near the pilot
boarding place, the following charted alignments for Lee
Passage lead between a pair of light-buoys marking Broad
Stag Shoal on the W and Mark Post Shoal on the E, into
the anchorage:
2 An uncharted nick in the distant hills and the E
beacon in the town (035½°).
High round hill, E of Dolphin Head (10.230) and
House Beacon (014¼°).
10.255
1 For the unnamed passage, the alignment (350¼°) of
another uncharted nick in the hills behind, and House
Beacon, leads into the anchorage, passing (with reference
to the fort):
2 E of a beacon marking Long Stag Shoal (1½ miles
SSW) and:
W of Tamarind Reef (1¼ miles S).
3 Attention is drawn to the charted depth of 5⋅2 m, close
ENE of Long Stag Shoal and close WSW of the leading
line; caution is necessary when using the passage.
Anchorages and berths
10.256
1 Anchorage is available inside Lee Passage, as shown on
the plan, depth 7⋅3 m, with the fort bearing 037°, 1⋅6 miles.
2 Maximum dimensions of vessels at the anchorage:
length 152 m, draught 5⋅8 m.
10.257
1 Inner anchorage is available in depths of 5⋅2 to 5⋅5 m,
6 cables SSE of the fort, and can be reached by passing:
SE of the beacon marking Fifty Six Shoal, and:
NW of Boat Stag Reef.
2 Maximum dimensions of vessels at the anchorage:
length 91 m; draught 4⋅6 m.
3 Caution. There is very little swinging room. The
approach is difficult, and should not be attempted without a
pilot.
10.258
1 Jetties are situated in the town, for the operation of
sugar loading lighters. Maximum depth alongside Wisco
Wharf 2⋅4 m.
Port services
10.259
1 Repairs: not available.
Other facilities: hospital.
Supplies: provisions; fuel oil and fresh water, not
available.
Anchorages
Charts 256, 260
Carlisle Bay
10.260
1 Shelter is available for small vessels from the usual
breezes, as far round as SE, in Carlisle Bay (17°46′N,
77°17′W), 2 miles NW of Rocky Point.
2 Attention is drawn to Robertson Shoal (1 mile W of
Rocky Point), over which the sea breaks heavily during
strong trade winds.
Local knowledge is required.
3 Anchorage is in a depth of 7 m; small craft can anchor
farther inshore, depth about 4 m.
273
 Home Contents Index
Pier is situated 5 cables SE of the mouth of Minho
River.
Alligator Pond Bay
10.261
1 Anchorage is available in Alligator Pond Bay (17°52′N,
77°34′W), 5 cables offshore, depth 8 m, fine sand.
2 The anchorage is sheltered from E winds by Cuckold
Point (3¼ miles ESE) and Alligator Reef (3½ miles SSE),
but a heavy swell rolls in with W and SW winds.
Great Pedro Bay
10.262
1 Temporary anchorage is available in Great Pedro Bay,
close NW of Great Pedro Bluff (17°51′N, 77°45′W)
(10.231), depth 8 m, mud and sand, but the anchorage is
unsafe and the bay is silting up.
2 Heavy swell occasionally rolls into the bay, especially
after a period of E of SE winds.
Landing is not good.
Starve Gut Bay
10.263
1 Temporary anchorage is available in Starve Gut Bay
(17°55′N, 77°48′W), depth 7 m, 5 cables offshore; used
occasionally by small sailing vessels, E bound, that are
unable to work against the current which, after a period of
E winds, sets W at a rate of 1 to 1½ kn.
2 Fishery: see 10.228.
Chart 256
Whitehouse Point
10.264
1 Anchorage is available off Whitehouse Point (18°05′N,
77°58′W) depth 13 m, mud, with the point bearing 090°,
2 cables; depths shoal rapidly, but the holding ground is
good.
2 Local knowledge is required.
Parker’s Bay
10.265
1 Anchorage is available in Parker’s Bay (18°06′N,
77°59′W), for small coasting vessels, sheltered by reefs.
The narrow entrance channel has a least depth of 4 m in
the fairway; in the bay are depths of 5⋅5 m, sand.
2 Local knowledge is required.
Bluefields
10.266
1 Anchorage is available off Bluefields Church (18°10′N,
78°02′W), in depths of less than 10 m, about 1 mile
offshore, between Moor Reef and Crong Shoal (1¾ miles
SSW and 1½ miles W of the church).
2 Local knowledge is required.
Other names
Chart 258 plan of Black River Anchorage, 260
10.267
1 Barrack Reef (18°00′N, 77°52′W).
Doctor Reef (18°02′N, 77°56′W).
Inner Barrack Reefs (18°01′N, 77°52′W).
2 Longacre Point (18°02′N, 77°55′W).
Kingston Bank (17°36′N, 77°56′W).
Sunbury Bank (17°32′N, 78°12′W).
Walton Bank (17°33′N, 78°20′W).
CHAPTER 10
PEDRO BANK
General information
Chart 260
Position and topography
10.268
1 Pedro Bank extends 100 miles W from a position
37 miles SSW of Portland Point (17°42′N, 77°10′W)
(10.226).
2 The bank rises very abruptly from depths of more than
200 m. Its wall side edge is of white limestone with live
coral on the rim. The bottom, generally, is of white sand
and dead coral, but on the edges of the bank and in the
vicinity of the cays it is composed of living coral and
weed.
3 The surface of the bank slopes gently from the elevated
area of Pedro Cays (10.271) to the N and W with depths
from 13 to 30 m.
4 Caution. Mariners are warned that uncharted coral
pinnacles may exist within the area of Pedro Bank and are
advised to navigate with particular caution, and only then
in conditions under which reefs may be clearly seen.
Currents
10.269
1 The predominant current over Pedro Bank is W to
NW-going, of mostly moderate constancy and with an
average rate of ½ to ¾ kn, but somewhat higher when E
trade winds are strongest. To E of the bank, the current is
somewhat deflected N or NE and rates approaching 3 kn
have been noted. On the S edge of the bank the current
may tend towards S going with a rate of between 1 and
1½ kn, depending on the wind.
Fishing traps
10.270
1 Vessels should proceed with caution in the vicinity of
Pedro Bank, especially near Pedro Cays owing to the
existence of fish traps.
Pedro Cays
General information
10.271
1 Pedro Cays, a group of four islets situated on the SE
edge of Pedro Bank, are dependencies of Jamaica. The cays
are used by fishermen based at Kingston.
North East Cay
10.272
1 North East Cay (17°03′N, 77°45′W) is generally flat
with a central depression. It is covered with bushes to a
height of 3 m. There is a group of palm trees on the NW
side of the island. E Shoal, with a least depth of 1⋅8 m lies
1¾ miles ENE of North East Cay Light.
2 Landmark. North East Cay Light (red square, white
bands on beacon) stands on the N extremity of the cay.
3 Anchorage may be obtained in depths of 10 m, sand
and weed, with the light bearing 095° and the nearest land
3 cables distant.
Landing may be effected by boat on the NW side of
the cay on a sandy beach.
274
 Home Contents Index
4 Directions. This landing should be approached from
WNW and lookout be kept for small coral patches on
either side of the beach.
Fresh water is not available on the cay.
Middle Cay
10.273
1 Middle Cay is situated 2½ miles SW of North East Cay
and is covered with low grass and bushes. Some buildings
are situated on the SE part of the island.
2 Anchorage may be obtained in depths of 9 m, sand and
weed, with the NW extremity of the cay bearing 081°,
distant 3⋅3 cables. A ridge, with depths of less than 7 m
over it, joining Middle Cay to SW Cay, provides some
shelter to the anchorage. Small craft can anchor closer in
with the S extremity of the cay bearing 090°, distant 1 to
1½ cables.
3 Landing can be made on a sandy beach on the E coast,
the approach being made through a gap in the coral reef.
Fresh water is not available, except for rain water
collected in tanks.
South West Cay
10.274
1 South West Cay, which is the largest of the cays, lies
2¼ miles SSW of Middle Cay. It is covered with bushes
and grass to a height of 3 m.
The cay is a protected bird sanctuary and is the breeding
ground for many species of sea birds.
2 Useful mark:
Conspicuous tree.
Anchorage may be obtained in depths of 9 m with the
NW point of the cay bearing 067°, distant 4¼ cables.
3 Landing can be made on the NW beach which is made
of fine sand. The beach should be approached with caution
due to coral heads which can be see in the clear water.
Fresh water is not available.
South Cay
10.275
1 South Cay, known locally as Rocky Cay, lies 2½ miles
SSW of South Cay and is the smallest and S most of Pedro
Cays. The cay is composed of bleached white coral and
shells piled into a bank with a highest point of 3 m. Its
shape or height could easily be altered by storm or
hurricane.
2 Landmark: The prominent wreck of SS Maria Rosa
(1400 tons), which was stranded in 1962, has a height of
10 m and lies on the N side of the cay. It is sighted long
before South Cay becomes visible.
3 Anchorage. No sheltered anchorage is available, but
anchorage can be obtained in a position with the cay
bearing 110°, 6 cables.
Landing is difficult, but is possible on the N edge of
the NE spit in calm weather.
Dangers east of Pedro Cays
Portland Rock
10.276
1 Portland Rock (17°07′N, 77°26′W) lies at the E end of
Pedro Bank, 39 miles SSW of Portland Point (10.226). The
CHAPTER 10
rock has two summits, the N is 10⋅5 m high and the S is
11 m high. From E or W it appears as two rocks. A ridge
with a least depth of 13⋅7 m over it extends 1 mile NE.
2 Anchorage. Temporary anchorage may be obtained in
depths of 14 m, distant 2 cables from the rock. Outside this
distance depths increase to 18 to 22 m.
Landing on the island is difficult.
Blower Rock
10.277
1 Blower Rock is situated 6 miles SW of Portland Rock.
Spits with depths less than 5 m extend 1 mile W and SSW
of the rock.
2 In ordinary weather the sea breaks heavily on the rock
and a column of water thrown up by it can be seen at a
considerable distance.
Shannon Rock and Beth Rock
10.278
1 Shannon Rock is situated close to the edge of the bank
8¾ miles WSW of Blower Rock. The sea breaks heavily
over it, even in moderate weather. The S and W sides are
steep to and soundings give no warning of its proximity. It
is named after SS Shannon which was wrecked upon it in
1880.
2 Beth Rock lies 7½ miles SSW of Blower Rock.
Dangers south west of Pedro Cays
D and C Shoals
10.279
1 D Shoals consist of two shallows lying 4½ and 6 miles
W, respectively, of South Cay. The E patch has a drying
height of 0⋅5 m and always breaks.
2 C Shoal with a depth of 1 m over it, lies 5 miles SW of
D Shoals. A number of other shoals, with depths of
between 7 and 10 m lie in the vicinity. Their positions are
best seen on the chart.
Banner Reef and South West Rock
10.280
1 Bannner Reef (16°52′N, 78°04′W), 1½ miles in length,
lies 16 miles WSW of South Cay. It breaks, except in very
calm weather, when surface ripples indicate its presence.
The reef takes its name from the barque Banner, wrecked
upon it in 1880, of which no trace remains.
2 Caution. Numerous coral heads lie within a distance of
1½ miles of Banner Reef and in no circumstances should
the area be approached.
3 South West Rock, which is 1 m high, lies 7 miles SW of
Banner Reef. It is composed of dark brown dead coral and
normally breaks. The rock can be approached close to on
the SE side, but a spit with depths of less than 8 m extends
for 3½ cables NW.
Other names
10.281
1 Doyle Shoal (17°11′N, 77°3′W).
Fox Rocks (17°05′N, 77°36′W).
Page Shoal (16°59′N, 77°34′W).
Willsteed Rock (17°09′N, 77°37′W).
275
 Home Contents Index
CAYMAN ISLANDS
GENERAL INFORMATION
Chart 1218
Extent of area
10.282
1 Cayman Islands comprise:
Grand Cayman (19°20′N, 81°15′W), the largest.
Little Cayman (60 miles ENE), the smallest.
Cayman Brac (70 miles ENE), the highest.
2 Little Cayman and Cayman Brac are sometimes together
known as Lesser Caymans.
Population
10.283
1 In 2002 the population of the islands was just over
40 000, most of whom live on Grand Cayman.
Local magnetic anomaly
10.284
1 In 1960 a local magnetic anomaly of 5° was reported in
position 18°54′N, 79°59′W.
Restricted Marine Areas and Marine Parks
10.285
1 Several marine parks have been established around the
coast of Grand Cayman and Little Cayman. Within these
parks, various regulations including anchoring restrictions
have been implemented in order to protect the coral reef.
See Appendix IX. For further details the local authorities
should be consulted.
LESSER CAYMANS
General information
Chart 462 plan of Lesser Caymans, 1218
Routes
10.286
1 Lesser Caymans consist of:
2 Cayman Brac (North East Point 19°45′N, 79°44′W).
3 Little Cayman (East Point 19°42′N, 79°58′W).
4 Although the islands can be approached from any
direction, it is likely that vessels navigating in the vicinity
will be following WNW ESE routes. Features are therefore
described in relation to E W routes passing N and S of the
islands.
Topography
10.287
1 Cayman Brac, which is 10½ miles long, is covered in
most places with thick bush. It rises abruptly at its NE end
to an elevation of 40 m. From this summit, which is flat
and bounded by perpendicular cliffs, the island slopes down
gradually to West End Point.
2 There is a narrow plain stretching the length of the N
side of the island under the cliffs. The settlements of Creek
(10.294) and Stake Bay (10.295) are situated on this plain
and it is in this part of the island that most of the
population live.
3 There is an airport at the W end of the island.
10.288
1 Little Cayman is 9 miles long and is covered with thick
bush. Weary Hill, which rises to an elevation of 14 m,
1 mile W of the E extremity of the island, is the most
prominent part of the island when viewed from E.
CHAPTER 10
2 Most of the population of Little Cayman live at South
Town at the W end of the island.
There is an airstrip at South Town.
Traffic and operations
10.289
1 Tanker lightening operations by transfer of cargo are
regularly carried out by vessels lying under way but
stopped, both N and S of Cayman Brac, and by vessels
anchored off each end of the island. Such vessels are
unable to manoeuvre, and should be given a wide berth.
2 Vessels up to 230 000 dwt have been used.
Port Authority: Cayman Harbour Corporation Ltd, PO
Box 50, Cayman Brac.
Arrival information
10.290
1 Notice of ETA should be advised 72, 48, 24, 12 and
4 hours in advance. For details see Admiralty List of Radio
Signals Volume 6(5).
2 Pilotage is compulsory for vessels of 800 tons and over,
cruise vessels and tankers.
3 Pilot boarding places:
2½ miles WNW of North East Point, Cayman Brac,
or;
1 mile SE of West End Point Light, Cayman Brac.
Major light
10.291
1 West End Point Light (white mast) (19°41′N,
79°54′W), on Cayman Brac.
North side of Lesser Caymans
Directions
(continued from 10.120 and 10.231)
10.292
1 From the vicinity of 19°50′N, 79°35′W the route leads
generally W, towards the vicinity of 19°45′N, 80°15′W,
passing (with reference to East Point, Little Cayman
(19°42′N, 79°58′W)):
2 N of the coastal reef off North East Point, Cayman
Brac (14 miles ENE), steep to, although sea
breaking on the point gives the appearance of
fringing reefs, thence:
3 N of the coastal reef off East Point, Little Cayman.
10.293
1 Useful marks (with reference to East Point, Little
Cayman):
North East Point Light (white metal tower, black
base, 6 m in height) (14 miles ENE), at E end of
Cayman Brac.
2 Water tower (8½ miles ENE), at Stake Bay Point.
Radio tower (obstruction light) (8 miles E).
Dish aerial (7¾ miles E).
East Point Light (white tower and base).
3 Weary Hill (1 mile W). See 10.288.
Sparrowhawk Hill (4½ miles W), two summits,
visible from N or S.
West End Point Light (8¾ miles WSW) (10.297).
(Directions continue for the S side of Lesser Caymans
at 10.296, and for passages N and S of Grand
Cayman at 10.309 and 10.315)
Creek
10.294
1 Position. The port of Creek (19°45′N, 79°46′W) is
situated on the N coast of Cayman Brac, 2½ miles W of
276
 Home Contents Index CHAPTER 10

North East Point. There is a conspicuous white house passing (with reference to East Point, Little Cayman
amongst the trees in Creek. (10.292):
2 Limiting conditions. Exposed harbour, but port 2 S of the coastal reef (4½ miles ESE) off West End
operations are seldom interrupted by the weather. Point, Cayman Brac, thence:
Berths. Two berths 61 m in length, one of which is S of the coastal reef (8 to 9 miles WSW) off West
capable of accommodating vessels with a forward draught End Point, Little Cayman.
of 4⋅8 m, and the other, vessels with a forward draught of 10.297
3 m. 1 Useful marks (with reference to East Point):
3 Ro Ro vessels can be handled. North East Point Light (19°45′N, 79°44′W) (10.293),
Traffic. In 2001, 143 vessels totalling 13 132 850 dwt on Cayman Brac.
visited Cayman Brac. West End Point Light (white mast) (8¾ miles WSW).
4 Facilities and supplies: mobile crane; provisions in
small quantities; limited supply of fresh water; fuel not
available; medical facilities.
Anchorages and landing places
Anchorages 10.298
1 Caution. Off the S coast of Cayman Brac, in strong NE
10.295
or SE winds, there is no secure anchorage.
1 Local knowledge is required at the following
10.299
anchorages, the positions of which are given from East
1 North East Point. Large vessels can find exposed
Point, Little Cayman (19°42′N, 79°58′W).
anchorage 4 cables ENE of North East Point, Cayman Brac.
2 Stake Bay (7 miles E). Good anchorage, quiet and safe
10.300
in S winds, depths more than 9 m, is available in Stake
1 West End Point. Anchorage is available for large
Bay and in The Bight E of Stake Bay Point. Should the
vessels drawing up to 21 m, about 5 cables WSW of West
wind shift N, anchorage should be sought off the S side of
End Point, Cayman Brac. In 1956, HMS Vidal, 1940 tons,
Cayman Brac. Attention is drawn to the submarine cables
anchored in a position 5 cables WSW of West End Point,
in Stake Bay as shown on the chart.
Cayman Brac. This is a safe anchorage for large vessels
3 Scotts Anchorage (4 miles E) provides the best
during the prevailing NE wind, but the swell, which runs
anchorage on N coasts, depth 16 m, as shown on the chart,
down both sides of Cayman Brac, meets there, and causes
with extremity of land bearing 205°, and high land of
a confused sea. A strong NW-going current sets over the
Stake Bay Point just open of Frenchman Point, bearing
bank off West End Point, Cayman Brac.
about 065°.
2 Aircraft. A vessel anchored off West End Point,
4 North Reef (1¼ mile NW). Smooth anchorage is
Cayman Brac, should take care not to obstruct the approach
possible during S or E breezes, outside North Reef, with
to the runway of the airstrip in that vicinity.
East Point bearing 121°.
3 Landing is practicable at West End Point, Cayman Brac,
5 Reef Harbour. Anchorage for coasters drawing no more
at HW on a stone jetty, close to the light structure. A
than 2⋅7 m, is available in Reef Harbour S of North Reef,
channel, with leading beacons, leads through the reef to the
but it is much encumbered by rocks.
jetty. In 1967, it was reported that too little room existed to
6 Bloody Bay, entered SW of Jackson Point (6 miles W)
turn a boat at the jetty.
provides anchorage, depth 27 m, with Jackson Point bearing
10.301
070°. Bloody Bay falls within the Bloody Bay — Jackson
1 East Point. Anchorage is available for large vessels,
Point Marine Park. Regulations are in force which restrict
9 cables ESE of East Point, Little Cayman (10.292).
the anchoring of passenger carrying vessels and prohibits
10.302
entry for those vessels exceeding 110 feet in length. See
1 South Hole Sound is entered by Main Channel 7 miles
also 10.285.
WSW of East Point. It is a reef harbour for small craft
7 Anchorage Bay (about 8½ miles WSW) provides good
only. The entrance can be seen from aloft.
anchorage off a rocky, but steep to coast, depths 15 to
Local knowledge is required.
18 m, good holding ground. A vessel should anchor where
2 Landing may be made on the beach, by South Town.
the bottom shows white, with West End Point, Little
10.303
Cayman bearing 206°; and Jackson’s Point bearing 057°, in
1 Coast W of South Hole Sound. Between South Hole
line with the point at the NE end of the bay.
Sound and West End Point, Little Cayman. During the
8 Caution. A vessel anchoring off the N side of Cayman
winter months, when prevailing winds are between N and
Brac is recommended to ride with a short scope of cable; if
E, anchorage may be had 1 cable offshore, depth 13 m, on
much cable were veered, wind and current could cause it to
a white patch (1 mile E of West End Point).
foul the coral heads and bring up the vessel very short in a
2 The white patch lies off a rocky ledge where the coral
squall.
reef joins the coast, and is plainly visible.
Care is necessary to avoid turtle nets.
3 When anchoring, the coast should be approached with
caution, and the vessel should be anchored with the S
extremity of West End Point, Little Cayman bearing 272°.
Should the wind shift E it would be prudent to move to
South side of Lesser Caymans Anchorage Bay (1 mile NW) (10.295).
Directions 10.304
1 West End Point, Cayman Brac. In October 1967, HMS
(continued from 10.120, 10.292 and 10.231) Mohawk, 2300 tons, anchored in a depth of 27 m, with
10.296 West End Point Light bearing 047°, 7 cables. This is a safe
1 From the vicinity of 19°40′N, 79°35′W the route leads anchorage for medium vessels during the prevailing winds.
generally W, towards the vicinity of 19°30′N, 80°10′W, The bottom is soft coral and sand.

277
 Home Contents Index
GRAND CAYMAN
General information
Charts 462 plan of Grand Cayman, 1218
Routes
10.305
1 Grand Cayman (19°20′N, 81°15′W), lying about
60 miles WSW of Little Cayman (10.286), can be
approached from all directions, but it is likely that vessels
passing will be on E W tracks. Directions are given for
W going routes, passing N and S of the island.
Topography
10.306
1 No part of the island is more than 18 m above MHWS.
The coast is mostly rocky, protected by reefs and enclosing
several harbours.
Marine parks
10.307
1 For details of marine parks and restrictions on
anchoring, see 10.285 and Appendix IX.
South and west coasts of Grand Cayman
Major lights
10.308
1 Sand Cay Light (white metal tower and base)
(19°16′N, 81°23′W), on Sand Cay.
Boatswain Point Light (19°23′N, 81°25′W) (10.314).
George Town Airport Aero Light (19°18′N, 81°22′W).
Directions
(continued from 10.120, 10.231, 10.292 and 10.296)
10.309
1 From the vicinity of 19°15′N, 81°02′W the route leads
generally W to the vicinity of 19°13′N, 81°27′W, passing:
S of the extensive reef and area of tide rips (19°17′N,
81°05′W), thence:
2 S of the almost steep to bank off Great Pedro Point
(19°16′N, 81°17′W), thence:
S of the shoal water extending S from Sand Cay
(10.308) and Hastings Rock, off South West Point
(19°16′N, 81°23′W); a vessel from E, rounding
South West Point, should give that point a berth of
at least 1 mile, until it bears more than 000°.
10.310
1 The route continues generally NNW, from the vicinity of
South West Point to the vicinity of North West Point
(6¼ miles NNW), passing W of George Town Anchorage
and West Bay. The wreck, depth 9⋅1 m, situated 4 cables
offshore in West Bay is used as a diving site.
2 Shoals. Attention is drawn to Cayman Bank, a
remarkable ridge of coral and sand (charted extremities 8
and 12 miles WSW of Boatswain Point). It is steep to and
a good lookout will reveal the discoloured water over it.
Sometimes it is marked by strong ripples.
3 Attention is also drawn to an 18 m patch (charted
3¾ miles WSW of Boatswain Point), existence doubtful.
10.311
1 Useful marks:
Gorling Bluff Light (white metal tower, black base,
8 m in height) (19°18′N, 81°06′W), on Gorling
Bluff, a rounded, wooded cliff.
2 Radio mast at Gun Bluff (8 cables NE of Gorling
Bluff).
CHAPTER 10
Conspicuous stranded wreck (1½ miles ENE of
Gorling Bluff); reportedly a good radar target.
Anchor Light (19°18′N, 81°23′W) (10.322).
(Directions continue in East Coast of Central America
and Gulf of Mexico Pilot)
Anchorage
10.312
1 Little Pedro Point. Anchorage is available during N or
NW winds, off the W side of Little Pedro Point (19°16′N,
81°18′W), depth 18 m.
2 Landing may be made on a sandy beach, accessible
through a break in the reef. For restrictions on anchoring
see 10.285 and Appendix IX.
Local knowledge is required.
Small craft
10.313
1 Anchorages and harbours are available for small craft
only, through channels or breaks in the reef for which local
knowledge is required as follows (with reference to Gorling
Bluff):
2 East End Channel (1½ miles ENE).
South Channel (5 cables ESE).
Frank Sound (4 miles W).
3 Bodden Town (8½ miles W), with white houses that
are prominent from SE.
South Sound (about 14 miles W).
North coast of Grand Cayman
Major light
10.314
1 Boatswain Point Light (white metal tower, black base
6 m in height) (19°23′N, 81°25′W).
Directions
(continued from 10.120, 10.231 and 10.292)
10.315
1 From the vicinity of 19°24′N, 81°02′W the route leads
generally W, towards the vicinity of 19°26′N, 81°27W′,
passing (with reference to Rum Point (19°22′N, 81°16′W)):
2 N of the area of tide rips and reefs (11½ miles E),
and of Rogers Wreck Point, thence:
3 N of the coastal reef off Rum Point, thence:
N of the coastal reef off Conch Point (7 miles
WNW).
4 Shoals. Attention is drawn to shoals W of Grand
Cayman described at 10.310.
(Directions for Yucatan Channel continue in East
Coast of Central America and Gulf of Mexico Pilot)
North Sound
10.316
1 Entrance channel to North Sound commences in
position (19°23′⋅0N, 81°19′⋅6W) and leads E of Blower
Reef. Main Channel, leading W of Fisherman’s Rock
(19°22′N, 81°20′W) is no longer in use.
2 North Sound has general depths of 1⋅8 to 3⋅7 m over a
remarkably flat bottom of sand and mud.
Anchorage is available 4¼ miles S of Fisherman’s Rock
(19°22′N, 81°20′W). During Northers, the reefs give
protection, and vessels lie comfortably at the anchorage.
For restrictions on anchoring see 10.285 and Appendix IX.
3 Local knowledge is required.
Tidal streams, during a survey in 1956, were reported
non existent.
278
 Home Contents Index
George Town
Charts 462 with plan of George Town
General information
10.317
1 Position. George Town (19°18′N, 81°23′W) is situated
at the W end of Grand Cayman.
Function. It is the capital of the Cayman Islands and
centre of the tourist industry.
2 Port limits: 3 mile radius from jetty (19°17′⋅7N,
81°23′⋅2W).
Traffic. In 2001 481 vessels totalling 4 933 161 dwt
visited Grand Cayman.
3 Port Authority of the Cayman Islands, 45A Harbour
Drive, PO Box 1358GT, Cayman Islands.
Limiting conditions
10.318
1 Tidal levels. Mean spring range about 0⋅2 m; mean neap
range about 0⋅1 m. For further information see Admiralty
Tide Tables.
2 Shelter. The anchorage is well sheltered during the
prevailing NE winds, but during the NW winds that
generally blow between November and April, a heavy sea
runs into the bay. In such conditions landing is
impracticable, and the alongside berths untenable.
3 A strong wind in Yucatan Channel (21°30′N, 85°40′W)
may generate a large swell which arrives at George Town
from NW, making the alongside berths untenable.
4 The holding ground is not good, and, in strong Northers,
it is advisable to vacate the anchorage. Heavy banks of
cloud in the SW, often accompanied by lightning, usually
precede N winds.
5 Weather. The period November to April is the cold
season, and from May to October, the temperatures are
some 10°F higher.
Arrival information
10.319
1 Pilotage. Pilots are available on request and board about
1 mile W of the terminal oil tanks. For details see
Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(5).
2 Tugs. Not available.
Prohibited anchorage and fishing area, shown on the
chart, lies 1½ miles NNW of the jetty.
3 Caution. Local advice should be taken before anchoring
on or near the reef which, with its diving opportunities, is
valued as a national asset. To cause damage to the reef is
against the law. For restrictions on anchoring see 10.285
and Appendix IX.
Climatic table
10.320
1 See 1.187 and 1.195.
Principal marks
10.321
1 Landmarks (with reference to the jetty head):
Stranded wreck (8 cables N).
Church (spire) (1 cable S), white building with red
roof.
2 Church (spire) (1 cable ENE), white building with
green roof. It was reported (2000) that due to
building works the two spires mentioned above,
are no longer conspicuous.
Oil tanks (7½ cables SSW).
3 The town, round the port area, contains many large
white modern buildings and a number of radio masts.
CHAPTER 10
4 Major lights:
Sand Cay Light (19°16′N, 81°23′W) (10.308).
Boatswain Point Light (19°23′N, 81°25′W) (10.314).
George Town Airport Aero Light (19°18′N, 81°22′W)
(10.308).
Directions
10.322
1 Leading line. The alignment (090°) of leading lights
(white metal masts, 2 and 9 m in height) leads towards the
jetty.
2 Useful mark: Anchor Light (black metal tower, white
base) (1 cable NE of the jetty); structure difficult to see by
day against buildings in the background.
Anchorages and berths
10.323
1 The general anchorage area for the port of George Town
is contained within the following positions:
Coast due W to 19°18′⋅6N, 81°23′⋅8W, thence S to
19°17′⋅8N, 81°23′⋅6W, thence E to coast at
19°17′⋅6N, 81°23′⋅1W.
2 Within the general area there are three anchorages each
marked by a light-buoys (white buoy with a reflective
orange). These anchorages are specifically designed for
cruise and large vessels. The positions are as follows:
No 1. 19°17′⋅9N, 81°23′⋅2W
No 2. 19°18′⋅2N, 81°23′⋅3W
No 3. 19°18′⋅5N, 81°23′⋅5W
3 The anchor should be let go immediately the charted
20 m depth contour is crossed, and it is advisable to pick
out a clear, sandy patch from among the numerous patches
of coral, which can easily be seen in the clear water. Pilots
are compulsory for these anchorages and use a glass
bottomed boat to locate sandy patches and guide the
anchoring ship in. For restrictions on anchoring see 10.285
and Appendix IX.
10.324
1 Offshore tanker mooring is situated 7 cables SW of the
jetty, for vessels up to 25 000 dwt to discharge oil cargoes
through a submarine pipeline to the shore. Recommended
anchorage while awaiting a berth in a N wind is with Sand
Cay (10.308) bearing 350°, 6 cables; otherwise off George
Town, as above.
10.325
1 Alongside berths:
South Cargo Wharf, 136 m long, depths 4⋅9 m to
6⋅7 m alongside.
2 North Cargo Wharf, 58 m long, depth 7 m.
West Cargo Wharf, 73 m long, depth 4⋅6 m
alongside, with Ro Ro ramp at its S end.
Port services
10.326
1 Facilities: two hospitals.
Supplies: marine diesel oil for small vessels; fresh water
at the jetty in small quantities; provisions.
2 Communications: airstrip (1½ km E of George Town)
from which regular services to Jamaica, Miami, Costa Rica
and Cayman Brac.
Small vessels run irregular services to Florida and
Jamaica.
Other names
10.327
1 Colliers Channel (19°21′N, 81°05′W).
Old Man Bay (19°21′N, 81°10′W).
279
 Home Contents Index
APPENDIX I
CODE OF FEDERAL REGULATIONS TITLE 33 — NAVIGATION AND NAVIGABLE
WATERS
PART 26 — VESSEL BRIDGE TO BRIDGE RADIOTELEPHONE REGULATIONS
The following extracts are taken from the United States
Bridge to Bridge Telephone Act. For a complete
description of this part see 33 CFR 26.
§26.01 Purpose. (See 33 CFR 26)
§26.02 Definitions. (See 33 CFR 26)
§26.03 Radiotelephone required.
(a) Unless an exemption is granted under §26.09 (waters
not applicable to this volume) and except as
provided in paragraph (a)(4) of this section, this
part applies to:
(1) Every power driven vessel of 20 m or over in
length while navigating;
(2) Every vessel of 100 gross tons and upward
carrying one or more passengers for hire while
navigating;
(3) Every towing vessel of 26 ft (7⋅9 m) or over in
length while navigating; and
(4) Every dredge and floating plant engaged in or
near a channel or fairway in operations likely to
restrict or affect navigation of other vessels
except for an unmanned or intermittently
manned floating plant under the control of a
dredge.
(b) Every vessel, dredge or floating plant described in
paragraph (a) of this section must have a
radiotelephone on board capable of operation from
its navigational bridge, or in the case of a dredge
from its main control station, and capable of
transmitting and receiving on the frequency or
frequencies within the 156-162 MHz band using
the classes of emissions designated by the Federal
Communications Commission for the exchange of
navigational information.
(c) The radiotelephone required by paragraph (b) of this
section must be carried on board the described
vessels, dredges and floating plants upon the
navigable waters of the United States.
(d) The radiotelephone required by paragraph (b) of this
section must be capable of transmitting and
receiving on VHF FM channel 22A (157⋅1 MHz).
(f) In addition to the radiotelephone required by
paragraph (b) of this section each vessel described
in paragraph (a) of this section, while transiting
any waters within a Vessel Traffic Service Area,
must have on board a radiotelephone capable of
transmitting and receiving on the VTS designated
frequency for that area.
Note. A single VHF-FM radio, capable of scanning or
sequential monitoring, (often referred to as dual watch
capability) will not meet the requirements for two
radios.
§26.04 Use of the designated frequency.
(d) On the navigable waters of the United States channel
13 (156⋅65 MHz) is the designated frequency
required to be monitored in accordance with
§26.05 (a), except that in the area prescribed in
280
§26.03 (e) (not listed - waters not applicable to
this volume) channel 67 (156.375 MHz) is the
designated frequency.
(e) On those navigable waters of the United States
within a VTS area, the designated VTS frequency
is an additional designated frequency required to
be monitored in accordance with §26.05.
Note: As stated in 47 CFR 80.148 (b) a VHF watch on
channel 16 (156.800 MHz) is not required on vessels
subject to the Vessel Bridge to Bridge Radiotelephone
Act and participating in a Vessel Traffic Service
(VTS) system when the watch is maintained on both
the vessel bridge to bridge frequency and a designated
VTS frequency.
§26.05 Use of radiotelephone.
Section 5 of the Act states that the radio telephone required
by this Act is for the exclusive use of the Master or
person in charge of the vessel, or the person
designated by the Master or person in charge to pilot
or direct the movement of the vessel, who shall
maintain a listening watch on the designated
frequency. Nothing herein shall be interpreted as
precluding the use of portable radiotelephone
equipment to satisfy the requirements of this act.
§26.06 Maintenance of radiotelephone; failure of
radiotelephone. (See 33 CFR 26)
§26.07 Communications.
No person may use the service of, and no person may
serve as, a person required to maintain a listening
watch under Section 5 of the Act, 33 U.S.C 1204
unless that person can communicate in the English
language.
§26.08 Exemption procedures. (See 33 CFR 26)
§26.09 List of exemptions. (See 33 CFR 26)
§26.10 Penalties.
Section 9 of the Act states:
(a) Whoever, being the Master or person in charge of a
vessel subject to the Act, fails to enforce or
comply with the Act or the regulations hereunder;
or whoever, being designated by the Master or
person in charge of a vessel subject to the Act to
pilot or direct the movement of the vessel fails to
enforce or comply with the Act or the regulations
hereunder is liable to a civil penalty of not more
than $500 to be assessed by the Secretary.
(b) Every vessel navigated in violation of the Act or the
regulations hereunder is liable to a civil penalty of
not more than $500 to be assessed by the
Secretary, for which the vessel may be proceeded
against in any District Court of the United States
having jurisdiction.
(c) Any penalty assessed under this section may be
remitted or mitigated by the Secretary, upon such
terms as he may deem proper.
 Home Contents Index
APPENDIX II
CODE OF FEDERAL REGULATIONS TITLE 33 — NAVIGATION AND NAVIGABLE
WATERS
PART 160 — PORTS AND WATERWAYS SAFETY –— GENERAL
Appendix II contains extracts from Subpart C of the above
regulations issued by the United States Department of
Commerce. For a complete description of this part
see 33 CFR 160.
Subpart C—Notification of Arrival, Hazardous
Conditions, and Certain Dangerous Cargoes.
§160.201 General.
This subpart contains requirements and procedures for
submitting Notices of Arrival (NOA) and Notice of
Hazardous Condition. The sections in this subpart
describe:
(a) Applicability and exemptions from requirements in
this subpart;
(b) Required information in a NOA;
(c) Required changes to a NOA;
(d) Methods and times for submission of a NOA and
changes to a NOA;
(e) How to obtain a waiver; and
(f) Requirements for submission of the Notice of
Hazardous Conditions.
§160.202 Applicability.
(a) This subpart applies to US and foreign vessels bound
for and departing from ports or places in the United
States.
(b) This subpart does not apply to recreational vessels
under 46 U.S.C. 4301 et seq.
(c) Unless otherwise specified in this subpart, the owner,
agent, master, operator, or person in charge of a
vessel regulated by this subpart is responsible for
compliance with the requirements in this subpart.
(d) Towing vessels controlling a barge or barges required
to submit a NOA under this subpart must submit only
one NOA containing the information required for the
towing vessel and each barge under its control.
§160.203 Exemptions.
(a) Except for reporting notice of hazardous conditions, the
following vessels are exempt from requirements in
this subpart:
(1) Passenger and supply vessels when they are
employed in the exploration for or in the removal
of oil, gas, or mineral resources on the continental
shelf.
(2) Oil Spill Recovery Vessels (OSRVs) when engaged
in actual spill response operations or during spill
response exercises.
(3) Vessels operating upon the following waters:
(i) Mississippi River between its sources and mile
235, Above Head of Passes;
(ii) Tributaries emptying into the Mississippi River
above mile 235;
(iii) Atchafalaya River above its junction with the
Plaquemine−Morgan City alternate waterway
and the Red River; and
281
(iv) The Tennessee River from its confluence with
the Ohio River to mile zero on the Mobile
River and all other tributaries between those
two points.
(b) If not carrying certain dangerous cargo or controlling
another vessel carrying certain dangerous cargo, the
following vessels are exempt from NOA requirements
in this subpart:
(1) Vessels 300 gross tons or less, except for vessels
entering any port or place in the Seventh Coast
Guard District as described in 33 CFR 3.35−1(b).
(2) Vessels operating exclusively within a Captain of
the Port Zone.
(3) Vessels arriving at a port or place under force
majeure.
(4) Towing vessels and barges operating solely
between ports or places in the continental United
States.
(5) Public vessels.
(6) Except for tank vessels, US vessels operating
solely between ports or places in the United States
on the Great Lakes.
(c) Vessels less than 500 gross tons need not submit the
International Safety Management (ISM) Code Notice
(Entry (7) in Table 160.206).
(d) Vessels operating solely between ports or places in the
continental United States need not submit the Cargo
Declaration (Customs Form 1302), (Entry (8) in Table
160.206).
(e) This section does not exempt any vessel from
compliance with the US Customs Service (USCS)
reporting or submission requirements.
§160.204 Definitions
As used in this subpart:
Agent means any person, partnership, firm, company or
corporation engaged by the owner or charterer of a
vessel to act in their behalf in matters concerning the
vessel.
Barge means a non−self propelled vessel engaged in
commerce.
Carried in bulk means a commodity that is loaded or
carried on board a vessel without containers or labels
and received and handled without mark or count.
Certain dangerous cargo (CDC) includes any of the
following:
(1) Division 1.1 or 1.2 explosives as defined in 49 CFR
173.50.
(2) Division 1.5D blasting agents for which a permit is
required under 49 CFR 176.415, or for which a
permit is required as a condition of a Research and
Special Programs Administration exemption.
(3) Division 2.3 “poisonous gas”, as listed in 49 CFR
172.101 that is also a “material poisonous by
inhalation” as defined in 49 CFR 171.8, and that is
in a quantity in excess of 1 metric ton per vessel.
 Home Contents Index
(4) Division 5.1 oxidizing materials for which a permit
is required under 49 CFR 176.415 or for which a
permit is required as a condition of a Research and
Special Programs Administration exemption.
(5) A liquid material that has a primary or subsidiary
classification of Division 6.1 “poisonous material”
as listed in 49 CFR 172.101 that is also a
“material poisonous by inhalation” as defined in 49
CFR 171.8 and that is in a bulk packaging, or that
is in a quantity in excess of 20 metric tons per
vessel when not in a bulk packaging.
(6) Class 7, “highway route controlled quantity”
radioactive material, or “fissile material, controlled
shipment,” as defined in 49 CFR 173.403.
(7) Bulk liquefied chlorine gas and bulk liquefied gas
cargo that is flammable and/or toxic and carried
under 46 CFR 154.7.
(8) The following bulk liquids:
(i) Acetone cyanohydrin,
(ii) Allyl alcohol
(iii) Chlorosulfonic acid,
(iv) Crotonaldehyde,
(v) Ethylene chlorohydrin,
(vi) Ethylene dibromide,
(vii) Methacrylonitrile, and
(viii) Oleum (fuming sulphuric acid)
Charterer means the person or organisation that contracts
for the majority of the carrying capacity of a ship for
the transportation of cargo to a stated port for a
specified period. This includes “time charterers” and
voyage charterers”.
Crewmember means all persons carried on board the vessel
to provide navigation and maintenance of the vessel,
its machinery, systems, and arrangements essential for
propulsion and safe navigation or to provide services
for other persons on board.
Great Lakes means Lakes Superior, Michigan, Huron, Erie,
and Ontario, their connecting and tributary waters, the
Saint Lawrence River as far Saint Regis, and adjacent
port areas.
Gross tons means the tonnage determined by the tonnage
authorities of a vessel’s flag state in accordance with
the national tonnage rules in force before the entry
into force of the International Convention on Tonnage
TABLE 160.206. — NOA INFORMATION ITEMS
Required information
(1) Vessel information:
(i) Name;
(ii) Name of the registered owner;
(iii) Country of registry;
(iv) Call sign;
(v) International Maritime Organisation (IMO) international number or, if the
vessel does not have an assigned IMO international number, substitute with
official number;
(vi) Name of the operator;
(vii) Name of the charterer; and
(viii) Name of classification society.
APPENDIX II
Measurement of Ships, 1969 (“Convention”). For a
vessel measured only under Annex 1 of the
Convention, gross tons means that tonnage. For a
vessel measured under both systems, the higher gross
tonnage is the tonnage used for the purposes of the
300−gross−ton threshold.
Hazardous condition means any condition that may
adversely affect the safety of any vessel, bridge,
structure, or shore area or the environmental quality
of any port, harbor, or navigable waterway of the
United States. It may, but need not, involve collision,
fire, explosion, grounding, leaking, damage, injury or
illness of a person on board, or manning shortage.
Nationality means the state (nation) in which a person is a
citizen or to which a person owes permanent
allegiance.
Operator means any person including, but not limited to,
an owner, a charterer, or another contractor who
conducts, or is responsible for, the operation of a
vessel.
Persons in addition to crewmembers means any person
onboard the vessel, including passengers, who are not
included on the list of crewmembers.
Port or place of departure means any port or place in
which a vessel is anchored or moored.
Port or place of destination means any port or place to
which a vessel is bound to anchor or moor.
Public vessel means a vessel that is owned or demise−
(bareboat−) chartered by the government of the
United States, by a State or local government, or by
the government of a foreign country and that is not
engaged in commercial service.
Time charterer means the party who hires a vessel for a
specific amount of time. The owner and his crew
manage the vessel but the charterer selects the port of
destination.
Voyage charterer means the party who hires a vessel for a
single voyage. The owner and his crew manage the
vessel but the charterer selects the port of destination.
§160.206 Information required in a NOA.
(a) Each NOA must contain all of the information items
specified in Table 160.206.
Vessels not Towing vessels
carrying CDC Vessels controlling vessels
carrying CDC
x x x
x x x
x x x
x x x
x x x
x x x
x x x
x x x
282
 Home Contents Index APPENDIX II

Vessels not Towing vessels

Required information carrying CDC Vessels controlling vessels
carrying CDC
(2) Voyage information:
(i) Names of last five ports or places visited; x x x
(ii) Dates of arrival and departure for last five ports or places visited; x x x
(iii) For each port or place in the United States to be visited, list the names of the
receiving facility, the port or place, the city, and the state; x x x
(iv) For each port or place in the United States to be visited, the estimated date and
time of arrival; x x x
(v) For each port or place in the United States to be visited, the estimated date and
time of departure; x x x
(vi) The location (port or place and country) or position (latitude and longitude or
waterway and mile marker) of the vessel at the time of reporting; and x x x
(vii) The name and telephone number of a 24−hour point of contact. x x x
(3) Cargo information:
(i) A general description of cargo, other than CDC, onboard the vessel (e.g.: grain,
container, oil, etc.); x x x
(ii) Name of each certain dangerous cargo carried, including cargo UN number, if
applicable; and x x
(iii) Amount of each certain dangerous cargo carried. x x
(4) Information for each Crewmember Onboard:
(i) Full name; x x x
(ii) Date of birth; x x x
(iii) Nationality; x x x
(iv) Passport or mariners document number (type of identification and number); x x x
(v) Position or duties on the vessel; and x x x
(vi) Where the crewmember embarked (list port or place and country) x x x
(5) Information for each Person Onboard in Addition to Crew:
(i) Full name; x x x
(ii) Date of birth; x x x
(iii) Nationality; x x x
(iv) Passport number; and x x x
(v) Where the person embarked (list port or place and country) x x x
(6) Operational condition of equipment required by §164.35. x x x
(7) International Safety Management (ISM) Code Notice:
(i) The date of issuance for the company’s Document of Compliance certificate that
covers the vessel; x x x
(ii) The date of issuance for the vessel’s Safety Management Certificate; and x x x
(iii) The name of the Flag Administration, or the recognized organization(s)
representing the vessel flag administration, that issued those certificates. x x x
(8) Cargo Declaration (Customs Form (1302)) as described in 19 CFR 4.7). x x x

(b) Vessels operating solely between ports or places in the
continental United States need submit only the name
of and date of arrival and departure for the last port
or places visited to meet the requirements in entries
(2)(i) and (ii) in Table 160.206 of this section.
(c) You may submit a copy of INS Form 1−418 to meet
the requirements of entries (4) and (5) in Table
160.206.
(d) Any vessel planning to enter two or more consecutive
ports or places in the United States during a single
voyage may submit one consolidated Notification of
Arrival at least 96 hours before entering the first port
or place of destination. The consolidated notice must
include the name of the port or place and estimated
arrival date for each destination of the voyage. Any
vessel submitting a consolidated notice under this
section must still meet the requirements of §160.208
of this part concerning requirements for changes to a
NOA.
§160.208 Changes to a submitted NOA.
(a) Unless otherwise specified in this section, when
submitted NOA information changes, vessels must
submit a notice of change within the times required
in §160.212.

283
 Home Contents Index
(b) Changes in the following information need not be
reported:
(1) Changes in arrival or departure times that are less
than six (6) hours;
(2) Changes in vessel location or position of the vessel
at the time of reporting (entry (2)(vi) in Table
160.206);
(3) Changes to crewmembers’ positions or duties on the
vessel (entry (5)(v) in Table 160.206).
(c) When reporting changes, submit only the name of the
vessel, original NOA submission date, the port of
arrival, the specific items to be corrected, and the
new location or position of the vessel at the time of
reporting. Only changes to NOA information need to
be submitted.
§160.210 Methods for submitting a NOA.
(a) Submission to the National Vessel Movement Center
(NVMC). Except as provided in paragraphs (b) and
(c) of this section, all vessels required to submit NOA
information in §160.206 (entries 1−7 in Table
160.206) to the NVMC, United States Coast Guard,
408 Coast Guard Drive, Kearneysville, W.V., 25430,
shall do so by:
(1) Telephone at 1−800−708−9823 or 304−264−2502;
(2) Fax at 1−800−547−8724 or 304−264−2684; or
(3) E−mail at SANS@NVMC.USCG.gov.
Note to paragraph (a): Information about the National Vessel
Movement Center is available on its website at
http:/www.nvmc.uscg.gov/. You may submit the notice using
any electronic format available on the NVMC website.
(b) Saint Lawrence Seaway transits. Those vessels
transiting the Saint Lawrence Seaway inbound, bound
for a port or place in the United States, may meet the
submission requirements of paragraph (a) of this
section by submitting the required information to the
Saint Lawrence Seaway Development Corporation and
the Saint Lawrence Seaway Management Corporation
of Canada by fax at 315−764−3235 or at
315−764−3200. The Cargo Declaration (Customs
Form 1302) in entry (8) in Table 160.206 must be
submitted electronically to the USCS, as required by
paragraph (d) of this section.
(c) Seventh Coast Guard District. Those vessels 300 or less
gross tons operating in the Seventh Coast Guard
District must submit a NOA to the cognizant Captain
of the Port (COTP). The Cargo Declaration (Customs
Form 1302) in entry (8) in Table 160.206 must be
submitted electronically to the USCS, as required by
paragraph (d) of this section.
(d) Submission to the United States Customs Service’s Sea
Automated Manifest System (AMS).
(1) Beginning July 1, 2003, the Cargo Declaration
(Customs Form 1302) in entry (8) in Table
160.206 must be submitted electronically to the
USCS Sea AMS by one of the following methods:
(i) By direct connection with USCS or by
purchasing the proper software; or
(ii) Using a service provider or a Port Authority.
(2) To become a participant in Sea AMS, submitters
must provide a letter of intent to USCS prior to
first submission.
APPENDIX II
§160.212 When to submit a NOA.
(a) Submission of NOA.
(1) Except as set out in paragraph (a)(2) of this section,
all vessels must submit NOAs within the times
required in paragraph (a)(3) of this section.
(2) Towing vessels, when in control of a vessel carrying
CDC and operating solely between ports or places
in the continental United States, must submit a
NOA before departure but at least 12 hours before
departure but at least 12 hours before entering the
port or place of destination.
(3) Times for submitting NOAs are as follows:
If your voyage time is :− You must submit a NOA :−
(i) 96 hours or more; or Before departure but at least 96
hours before entering the port or
place of destination; or
(ii) Less than 96 hours Before departure but at least 24
hours before entering the port or
place of destination
(b) Submission of changes to NOA.
(1) Except as set out in paragraph (b)(2) of this section,
vessels must submit changes in NOA information
within the times required in paragraph (b)(3) of
this section.
(2) Towing vessels, when in control of a vessel carrying
CDC and operating solely between ports or places
in the continental United States, must submit
changes to a NOA as soon as practicable but at
least 6 hours before entering the port or place of
destination.
(3) Times for submitting changes to NOAs are as
follows:
If your remaining voy Then you must submit changes to a
age time is :− NOA :−
(i) 96 hours or more; As soon as practicable but at least
24 hours before entering the port
or place of destination;
(ii) Less than 96 hours As soon as practicable but at least
but not less than 24 24 hours before entering the port
hours; or or place of destination; or
(iii Less than 24 hours As soon as practicable but at least
24 hours before entering the port
or place of destination;
(c) Submission of the Cargo Declaration (Customs Form
1302).
(1) Except as set out in paragraph (c)(2) of this section,
all vessels must submit to USCS the Cargo
Declaration (Customs Form 1302) in entry (8) in
Table 160.206, within the times required in
paragraph (a)(3) of this section.
(2)(i) Except for vessels carrying containerized cargo
or break bulk cargo, vessels carrying bulk cargo
may submit the Cargo Declaration (Customs
Form 1302) entry (8) in Table 160.206, before
departure but at least 24 hours before entering
the US port or place of destination.
(ii) Vessels carrying break bulk cargo operating
under a USCS exemption granted under 19 CFR
4.7(b)(4)(ii) may, during the effective period of
the USCS exemption submit the Cargo
Declaration (Customs Form 1302) entry (8) in
Table 160.206 before departure but at least 24
284
 Home Contents Index
hours before entering the US port or place of
destination.
§160.214 Waivers.
The Captain of the Port may waive, within that Captain of
the Port’s designated zone, any of the requirements of
this subpart for any vessel or class of vessels upon
finding that the vessel, route, area of operations,
conditions of the voyage, or other circumstances are
such that application of this subpart is unnecessary or
APPENDIX II
impractical for purposes of safety, environmental
protection, or national security.
§160.215 Notice of hazardous conditions.
Whenever there is a hazardous condition either aboard a
vessel or caused by a vessel or its operation, the
owner, agent, master, operator, or person in charge
shall immediately notify the nearest Coast Guard
Marine Safety Office or Group Office. (Compliance
with this section does not relieve responsibility for
the written report required by 46 CFR 4.05−10).
285
 Home Contents Index
APPENDIX III
NAVIGATION RULES FOR UNITED STATES INLAND WATERS
Inland Navigational Rules Act of 1980 modifies the
International Regulations for Preventing Collisions at
Sea, 1972 for use in US Inland Waters, inshore of
established lines of demarcation. These lines are
shown, where appropriate, on Admiralty charts and
described in this volume.
The Navigation Rules for US Inland Waters follow closely
the International Regulations for Preventing
Collisions at Sea, 1972, the Rules having
corresponding numbers and usually corresponding
paragraph numbers as well. This Appendix shows
only those Rules for US Inland Waters or parts of
those Rules, which differ from the International
Regulations, except where the modifications are of no
navigational significance. The modifications are
shown in italic type; where matter has been omitted,
this is indicated by the use of ‘@@@’.
PART A − GENERAL
Rule 1
Application
The complete Rule has been rewritten:
(a) These Rules apply to all vessels upon the inland waters
of the United States, and to vessels of the United
States on the Canadian waters of the Great Lakes to
the extent that there is no conflict with Canadian law.
(b)(i) These Rules constitute special rules made by an
appropriate authority within the meaning of Rule 1(b)
of the International Regulations.
(ii) All vessels complying with the construction and
equipment requirements of the International
Regulations are considered to be in compliance
with these Rules.
(c) Nothing in these Rules shall interfere with the operation
of any special rules made by the Secretary of the
Navy with respect to additional station or signal lights
and shapes or whistle signals for ships of war and
vessels proceeding under convoy, or by the Secretary
with respect to additional station or signal lights and
shapes for fishing vessels engaged in fishing as a
fleet. These additional station or signal lights and
shapes or whistle signals shall, so far as possible, be
such that they cannot be mistaken for any light,
shape, or signal authorized elsewhere under these
Rules. Notice of such special rules shall be published
in the Federal Register and, after the effective date
specified in such notice, they shall have effect as if
they were a part of these Rules.
(d) Vessel traffic service regulations may be in effect in
certain areas.
(e) Whenever the Secretary determines that a vessel or
class of vessels of special construction or purpose
cannot comply fully with the provisions of any of
these Rules with respect to the number, position,
range, or arc of visibility of lights or shapes, as well
as to the disposition and characteristics of
sound−signalling appliances, without interfering with
286
the special function of the vessel, the vessel shall
comply with such other provisions in regard to the
number, position, range, or arc of visibility of lights
or shapes, as well as to the disposition and
characteristics of sound−signalling appliances, as the
Secretary shall have determined to be the closest
possible compliance with these Rules. The Secretary
may issue a certificate of alternative compliance for a
vessel or class of vessels specifying the closest
possible compliance with these Rules. The Secretary
of the Navy shall make these determinations and issue
certificates of alternative compliance for vessels of
the Navy.
(f) The Secretary may accept a certificate of alternative
compliance issued by a contracting party to the
International Regulations if he determines that the
alternative compliance standards of the contracting
party are substantially the same as those of the
United States.
Rule 3
General Definitions
Paragraph (h) of the International Regulations is omitted,
paragraphs (i), (j),(k) and (l) become (h),(i),(j) and (k)
and new paragraphs (l) to (q) added:
(l) “Western Rivers” means the Mississippi River, its
tributaries, South Pass, and Southwest Pass, to the
navigational demarcation lines dividing the high seas
from harbors, rivers and other inland waters of the
United States, and the Port Allen−Morgan City
Alternate Route, and that part of the Atchafalaya
River above its junction with the Port Allen−Morgan
City Alternate Route including the Old River and the
Red River;
(m) “Great Lakes” means the Great Lakes and their
connecting and tributary waters including the
Calumet River as far as the Thomas J. O’Brien Lock
and Controlling Works (between mile 326 and 327),
the Chicago River as far as the east side of the
Ashland Avenue Bridge (between mile 321 and 322),
and the Saint Lawrence River as far east as the lower
exit of Saint La mbert Lock;
(n) “Secretary” means the Secretary of the Department in
which the Coast Guard is operating;
(o) “Inland Waters” means the navigable waters of the
United States shoreward of the navigational
demarcation lines dividing the high seas from
harbors, rivers, and other inland waters of the United
States and the waters of the Great Lakes on the
United States side of the International Boundary;
(p) “Inland Rules” or “Rules” mean the Inland
Navigational Rules and the annexes thereto, which
govern the conduct of vessels and specify the lights,
shapes, and sound signals that apply on inland
waters; and
(q) “International Regulations” means the International
Regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea, 1972,
including annexes currently in force for the United
States.
 Home Contents Index
PART B. STEERING AND SAILING RULES
Rule 9
Narrow Channels
Paragraphs (a)(i) and (ii) and (e)(i) are rewritten:
(a)(i) A vessel proceeding along the course of a narrow
channel or fairway shall keep as near to the outer
limit of the channel or fairway which lies on her
starboard side as is safe and practicable.
(ii) Notwithstanding paragraph (a)(i) and Rule 14(a), a
power−driven vessel operating in narrow channels
or fairways on the Great Lakes, Western Rivers, or
waters specified by the Secretary, and proceeding
downbound with a following current shall have the
right−of−way over an upbound vessel, shall
propose the manner and place of passage, and
shall initiate the maneuvering signals prescribed
by Rule 34(a)(i), as appropriate. The vessel
proceeding upbound against the current shall hold
as necessary to permit safe passing.
(e)(i) In a narrow channel or fairway when overtaking, the
vessel intending to overtake shall indicate her
intention by sounding the appropriate signal
prescribed in Rule 34(c) and take steps to permit safe
passing. The overtaken vessel, if in agreement, shall
sound the same signal. If in doubt she shall sound
the danger signal prescribed in Rule 34(d).
Rule 10
Vessel Traffic Services
The complete Rule has been rewritten:
Each vessel required by regulation to participate in a vessel
traffic service shall comply with the applicable
regulations.
Rule 14
Head−on Situation
Paragraph (a) has been rewritten and new paragraph (d)
added:
(a) Unless otherwise agreed, when two power−driven
vessels are meeting on reciprocal or nearly reciprocal
courses so as to involve risk of collision each shall
alter her course to starboard so that each shall pass
on the port side of the other.
(d) Notwithstanding paragraph (a) of this Rule, a
power−driven vessel operating on the Great Lakes,
Western Rivers, or waters specified by the Secretary,
and proceeding downbound with a following current
shall have the right−of−way over an upbound vessel,
shall propose the manner of passage, and shall
initiate the maneuvering signals prescribed by Rule
34(a)(i), as appropriate.
Rule 15
Crossing Situation
Existing Rule of the International Regulations becomes
paragraph (a) and new paragraph (b) added:
APPENDIX III
(b) Notwithstanding paragraph (a), on the Great Lakes,
Western Rivers, or water specified by the Secretary, a
vessel crossing a river shall keep out of the way of a
power−driven vessel ascending or descending the
river.
Rule 18
Responsibilities Between Vessels
Paragraphs (d)(i) and (d)(ii) of the International Regulations
are omitted, paragraph (e) becomes paragraph (d).
PART C. LIGHTS AND SHAPES
Rule 21
Definitions
Paragraphs (a) and (b) have been rewritten and new
paragraph (g) added:
(a) “Masthead light” means a white light placed over the
fore and aft centerline of the vessel showing an
unbroken light over an arc of the horizon of 225
degrees and so fixed as to show the light from right
ahead to 22@5 degrees abaft the beam on either side
of the vessel, except that on a vessel of less than 12
meters in length the masthead light shall be placed as
nearly as practicable to the fore and aft centerline of
the vessel.
(b) “Sidelights” mean a green light on the starboard side
and a red light on the port side each showing an
unbroken light over an arc of the horizon of 112@5
degrees and so fixed as to show the light from right
ahead to 22 @5 degrees abaft the beam on its
respective side. On a vessel of less than 20 meters in
length the sidelights may be combined in one lantern
carried on the fore and aft centerline of the vessel,
except that on a vessel of less than 12 meters in
length the sidelights when combined in one lantern
shall be placed as nearly as practicable to the fore
and aft centerline of the vessel.
(g) “Special flashing light” means a yellow light flashing
at regular intervals at a frequency of 50 to 70 flashes
per minute, placed as far forward and as nearly as
practicable on the fore and aft centerline of the tow
and showing an unbroken light over an arc of the
horizon of not less than 180 degrees nor more than
225 degrees and so fixed as to show the light from
right ahead to abeam and no more than 22@5 degrees
abaft the beam on either side of the vessel.
Rule 22
Visibility of Lights
Add at end of paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) of the
International Regulations:
...a special flashing light, 2 miles.
Rule 23
Power−driven Vessels Underway
Paragraphs (c)(ii) and (c)(iii) of the International
Regulations have been omitted, paragraph (a)(i) has
been rewritten and new paragraph (d) added.
(a)(i) a masthead light forward; except that a vessel of less
than 20 meters in length need not exhibit this light
287
 Home Contents Index
forward of amidships but shall exhibit it as far
forward as is practicable;
(d) A power−driven vessel when operating on the Great
Lakes may carry an all−round white light in lieu of
the second masthead light and sternlight prescribed in
paragraph (a) of this Rule. The light shall be carried
in the position of the second masthead light and be
visible at the same minimum range.
Rule 24
Towing and Pushing
Paragraphs (c), (d), (e), (f)(i), (g), and (h) have been
rewritten, paragraph (i) becomes paragraph (j), new
paragraph (i) and subparagraph (g)(v) added:
(c) A power−driven vessel when pushing ahead or towing
alongside, except as required by paragraphs (b) and
(i) of this Rule, shall exhibit:
(i) instead of the light prescribed either in Rule 23(a)(i)
or 23(a)(ii), two mastheads lights in a vertical line.
(ii) sidelights; and
(iii) two towing lights in a vertical line.
(d) A power−driven vessel to which paragraphs (a) or (c)
of this Rule apply shall also comply with Rule
23(a)(i) and 23(a)(ii).
(e) A vessel or object other than those referred to in
paragraph (g) of this Rule being towed shall exhibit:
(f) Provided that any number of vessels being towed
alongside or pushed in a group shall be lighted as
one vessel:
(i) a vessel being pushed ahead, not being part of a
composite unit, shall exhibit at the forward end
sidelights, and a special flashing light; and
(g) An inconspicuous, partly submerged vessel or object
being towed shall exhibit:
(i) if it is less than 25 meters in breadth, one all round
white light at or near each end;
(ii) if it is 25 meters or more in breadth, four all−round
white lights to mark its length and breadth;
(iii) if it exceeds 100 meters in length, additional all
round white lights between the lights prescribed in
subparagraphs (i) and (ii) so that the distance
between the lights shall not exceed 100 meters:
Provided, That any vessels or objects being towed
alongside each other shall be lighted as one vessel
or object;
(iv) a diamond shape at or near the aftermost extremity
of the last vessel or object being towed...; and
(v) the towing vessel may direct a searchlight in the
direction of the tow to indicate its presence to an
approaching vessel.
(h) Where from any sufficient cause it is impracticable for
a vessel or object being towed to exhibit the lights
prescribed in paragraph (e) or (g) of this Rule, all
possible measures shall be taken to light the vessel or
object towed or at least to indicate the presence of
the unlighted vessel or object.
(i) Notwithstanding paragraph (c), on the Western Rivers
(except below the Huey P. Long Bridge on the
Mississippi River) and on waters specified by the
Secretary, a power−driven vessel when pushing
ahead or towing alongside, except as paragraph
(b) applies, shall exhibit:
(i) sidelights; and
(ii) two towing lights in a vertical line.
APPENDIX III
(j) Where from any sufficient cause it is impracticable for a
vessel not normally engaged in towing operations to
display the lights prescribed by paragraph (a),(c) or
(i) of this Rule, such vessel shall not be required to
exhibit those lights when engaged in towing another
vessel in distress or otherwise in need of assistance.
All possible measures shall be taken to indicate the
nature of the relationship between the towing vessel
and the vessel being assisted. The searchlight
authorized by Rule 36 may be used to illuminate the
tow.
Rule 25
Sailing Vessels Underway and Vessels under
Oars
Paragraph (e) has been rewritten:
(e) A vessel proceeding under sail when also being
propelled by machinery shall exhibit forward where it
can best be seen a conical shape, apex downward. A
vessel of less than 12 meters in length is not required
to exhibit this shape, but may do so.
Rule 26
Fishing Vessels
Paragraph (b)(i) has been rewritten:
(b) A vessel when engaged in trawling, by which is meant
the dragging through the water of a dredge net or
other apparatus used as fishing appliance, shall
exhibit:
(i) two all−round lights in a vertical line, the upper
being green and the lower white, or a shape
consisting of two cones with their apexes together
in a vertical line one above the other; a vessel of
less than 20 meters in length may instead of this
shape exhibit a basket;
Rule 27
Vessels Not Under Command or Restricted in
Their Ability to Maneuver
Paragraph (c) has been rewritten:
(c) A vessel engaged in a towing operation which severely
restricts the towing vessel and her tow in their ability
to deviate from their course shall, in addition to the
lights or shapes prescribed in subparagraphs (b)(i)
and (ii) of this Rule, exhibit the lights or shape
prescribed in Rule 24.
Rule 28
Vessels Constrained by their Draught
Rule 28 of the International Regulations has been omitted
from Inland Rules.
Rule 30
Anchored Vessels and Vessels Aground
New paragraph (g) added:
(g) A vessel of less than 20 meters in length, when at
anchor in a special anchorage area designated by the
Secretary, shall not be required to exhibit the anchor
lights and shapes required by this Rule.
288
 Home Contents Index
PART D. SOUND AND LIGHT SIGNALS
Rule 34
Maneuvering and Warning Signals.
Paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) rewritten and new paragraphs
(g) and (h) added:
(a) When power−driven vessels are in sight of one another
and meeting or crossing at a distance within half a
mile of each other, each vessel underway, when
maneuvering as authorized or required by these
Rules:
(i) shall indicate that maneuver by the following signals
on her whistle: one short blast to mean “I intend
to leave you on my port side”; two short blasts to
mean “I intend to leave you on my starboard
side”; and three short blasts to mean “I am
operating astern propulsion”.
(ii) upon hearing the one or two blast signal of the
other shall, if in agreement, sound the same
whistle signal and take the steps necessary to
effect a safe passing. If, however, from any cause,
the vessel doubts the safety of the proposed
maneuver, she shall sound the danger signal
specified in paragraph (d) of this Rule and each
vessel shall take appropriate precautionary action
until a safe passing agreement is made.
(b) A vessel may supplement the whistle signals prescribed
in paragraph (a) of this Rule by light signals:
(i) these signals shall have the following significance:
one flash to mean “I intend to leave you on my
port side”; two flashes to mean “I intend to leave
you on my starboard side”; three flashes to mean
“I am operating astern propulsion”;
(ii) the duration of each flash shall be about 1 second;
and
(iii) the light used for this signal shall, if fitted, be one
all−round white or yellow light, visible at a
minimum range of 2 miles, synchronized with the
whistle, and shall comply with the provisions of
Annex I to these Rules.
(c) When in sight of one another...:
(i) a power−driven vessel intending to overtake another
power−driven vessel shall indicate her intention by
the following signals on her whistle: one short
blast to mean “I intend to overtake you on your
starboard side”; two short blasts to mean “I
intend to overtake you on your port side”, and
(ii) the power−driven vessel about to be overtaken shall,
if in agreement, sound a similar sound signal. If in
doubt she shall sound the danger signal prescribed
in paragraph (d).
(g) When a power−driven vessel is leaving a dock or berth,
she shall sound one prolonged blast.
APPENDIX III
(h) A vessel that reaches agreement with another vessel in
a meeting, crossing, or overtaking situation by using
the radiotelephone as prescribed by the
Bridge−to−Bridge Radiotelephone Act (85 Stat.
165;33 U.S.C 1207), is not obliged to sound the
whistle signals prescribed by this Rule, but may do
so. If agreement is not reached, then whistle signals
shall be exchanged in a timely manner and shall
prevail.
Rule 35
Sound Signals in Restricted Visibility
Paragraph (d) of the International Regulations is omitted.
Paragraphs (e),(f),(g),(h),(i) and (j) become
(d),(e),(f),(g),(h) and (i); paragraph (c) rewritten and
new paragraph (j) added:
(c) A vessel not under command; a vessel restricted in her
ability to maneuver, whether underway or at anchor;
a sailing vessel; a vessel engaged in fishing, whether
underway or at anchor; and a vessel engaged in
towing or pushing another vessel shall, instead of the
signals prescribed in paragraphs (a) or (b) of this
Rule, sound at intervals of not more than 2 minutes,
three blasts in succession; namely , one prolonged
followed by two short blasts.
(j) The following vessels shall not be required to sound
signals as prescribed in paragraph (f) of this Rule
when anchored in a special anchorage area
designated by the Secretary:
(i) a vessel of less than 20 meters in length; and
(ii) a barge, canal boat, scow or other nondescript craft.
Rule 36
The complete Rule has been rewritten:
Signals to Attract Attention
If necessary to attract the attention of another vessel, any
vessel may make light or sound signals that cannot be
mistaken for any signal authorized elsewhere in these
Rules, or may direct the beam of her searchlight in
the direction of the danger, in such a way as not to
embarrass any vessel.
Rule 37
Distress Signals
While this Rule remains unaltered an additional signal is
given in Annexe IV to the Inland Rules, namely:
(o) A high intensity white light flashing at regular intervals
from 50 to 70 times per minute.
289
 Home Contents Index
APPENDIX IV
CODE OF FEDERAL REGULATIONS TITLE 33 — NAVIGATION AND NAVIGABLE
WATERS
PART 164 — NAVIGATION SAFETY REGULATIONS
Appendix IV contains extracts from the above regulations
issued by the United States Department of Commerce.
For a complete description of this part see 33 CFR
164.
§164.01 Applicability.
(a) This part (except as specifically limited by this section)
applies to each self−propelled vessel of 1600 or more
gross tons (except as provided in paragraphs (c) and
(d) of this section or for foreign vessels described in
§164.02) when it is operating in the navigable waters
of the United States except the St. Lawrence Seaway.
(c) Provisions of §164.11(a)2 and (c), §164.30, §164.33 and
§164.46 do not apply to warships or other vessels
owned, leased, or operated by the United States
Government and used only in government
non−commercial service when these vessels are
equipped with electronic navigation systems that have
met the applicable agency regulations regarding
navigation safety.
(d) Provisions of §164.46 apply to some self−propelled
vessels of less than 1600 gross tonnage.
§164.02 Applicability exception for foreign vessels.
(a) Except as provided in §164.46(a)(2), §§164.38 and
164.39 this part does not apply to vessels that:
(1) Are not destined for, or departing from, a port or
place subject to the jurisdiction of the United
States; and
(2) Are in:
(i) Innocent passage through the territorial sea of the
United States; or
(ii) Transit through navigable waters of the United
States which form a part of an international
strait.
§164.03 Incorporation by reference. (See 33 CFR
164.)
§164.11 Navigation underway: General.
The owner, master, or person in charge of each vessel
underway shall ensure that:
(a) The wheelhouse is constantly manned by persons
who:
(1) Direct and control the movement of the vessel;
and
(2) Fix the vessel’s position;
(b) Each person performing a duty described in
paragraph (a) of this section is competent to
perform that duty;
(c) The position of the vessel at each fix is plotted on a
chart of the area and the person directing the
movement of the vessel is informed of the vessel’s
position;
(d) Electronic and other navigational equipment, external
fixed aids to navigation, geographic reference
points, and hydrographic contours are used when
fixing the vessel’s position;
(e) Buoys alone are not used to fix the vessel’s position;
290
Note: Buoys are aids to navigation placed in approximate
positions to alert the mariner to hazards to navigation
or to indicate the orientation of a channel. Buoys may
not maintain an exact position because strong or
varying currents, heavy seas, ice, and collisions with
vessels can move or sink them or set them adrift.
Although buoys may corroborate a position fixed by
other means, buoys cannot be used to fix a position:
however, if no other aids are available, buoys alone
may he used to establish an estimated position.
(f) The danger of each closing visual or each closing
radar contact is evaluated and the person directing
the movement of the vessel knows the evaluation;
(g) Rudder orders are executed as given;
(h) Engine speed and direction orders are executed as
given;
(i) Magnetic variation and deviation and gyrocompass
errors are known and correctly applied by the
person directing the movement of the vessel;
(j) A person whom he has determined is competent to
steer the vessel is in the wheelhouse at all times
(See also 46 U.S.C. 8702 (d), which requires an
able seaman at the wheel on US vessels of 100
gross tons or more in narrow or crowded waters or
during low visibility);
(k) If a pilot other than a member of the vessel’s crew
is employed, the pilot is informed of the draft,
maneuvering characteristics, and peculiarities of the
vessel and of any abnormal circumstances on the
vessel that may affect its safe navigation.
(l) Current velocity and direction for the area to be
transited are known by the person directing the
movement of the vessel;
(m) Predicted set and drift are known by the person
directing the movement of the vessel;
(n) Tidal state for the area to be transited is known by
the person directing the movement of the vessel;
(o) The vessel’s anchors are ready for letting go;
(p) The person directing the movement of the vessel sets
the vessel’s speed with consideration for:
(1) The prevailing visibility and weather conditions;
(2) The proximity of the vessel to fixed shore and
marine structures;
(3) The tendency of the vessel underway to squat and
suffer impairment of maneuverability when there
is small underkeel clearance;
(4) The comparative proportions of the vessel and the
channel;
(5) The density of marine traffic;
(6) The damage that might be caused by the vessel’s
wake;
(7) The strength and direction of the current; and
(8) Any local vessel speed limit;
(q) The tests required by §164.25 are made and recorded
in the vessel’s log; and
(r) The equipment required by this part is maintained in
operable condition.
 Home Contents Index
(s) Upon entering US waters, the steering wheel or lever
on the navigating bridge is operated to determine
if the steering equipment is operating properly
under manual control, unless the vessel has been
steered under manual control from the navigating
bridge within the preceding 2 hours, except when
operating on the Great Lakes and their connecting
and tributary waters.
(t) At least two of the steering gear power units on the
vessel are in operation when such units are capable
of simultaneous operation, except when operating
on the Great Lakes and their connecting and
tributary waters.
(u) On each passenger vessel meeting the requirements
of the International Convention for the Safety of
Life at Sea, 1960 (SOLAS 60) and on each cargo
vessel meeting the requirements of SOLAS 74 as
amended in 1981, the number of steering gear
power units necessary to move the rudder from
35° on either side to 30° on the other in not more
than 28 seconds must be in simultaneous
operation.
§164.13 Navigation underway: tankers.
(b) Each tanker must have an engineering watch capable of
monitoring the propulsion system, communicating
with the bridge, and implementing manual control
measures immediately when necessary. The watch
must be physically present in the machinery spaces or
in the main control space and must consist of at least
a licensed engineer.
(c) Each tanker must navigate with at least two licensed
deck officers on watch on the bridge, one of whom
may be a pilot. In waters where a pilot is required,
the second officer must be an individual licensed and
assigned to the vessel as master, mate, or officer in
charge of a navigational watch, who is separate and
distinct from the pilot.
(d) Except as specified in paragraph (e) of this section a
tanker may operate with an auto pilot engaged only if
all of the following conditions exist:
(1) The operation and performance of the automatic pilot
conforms with the standards recommended by the
International Maritime Organisation in IMO
Resolution A.342(IX).
(2) A qualified helmsman is present at the helm and
prepared at all times to assume manual control.
(3) The tanker is not operating in any of the following
areas:
(i) The areas of the traffic separation schemes
specified in subchapter P of this chapter.
(ii) The portions of a shipping safety fairway
specified in part 166 of this chapter.
(iii) An anchorage ground specified in part 110 of
this chapter.
(iv) An area within one−half nautical mile of any US
shore.
(e) A tanker equipped with an integrated navigation system,
and complying with paragraph (d)(2) of this section,
may use the system with the auto pilot engaged while
in the areas described in paragraphs (d)(3)(i) and (ii)
of this section.
§164.15 Navigation bridge visibility.
(See 33 CFR 164.)
APPENDIX IV
§164.19 Requirements for vessels at anchor.
The master or person in charge of each vessel that is
anchored shall ensure that:
(a) A proper anchor watch is maintained;
(b) Procedures are followed to detect a dragging anchor;
and
(c) Whenever weather, tide, or current conditions are
likely to cause the vessel’s anchor to drag, action
is taken to ensure the safety of the vessel,
structures, and other vessels, such as being ready
to veer chain, let go a second anchor, or get
underway using the vessel’s own propulsion or tug
assistance.
§164.25 Tests before entering or getting underway.
(a) Except as provided in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this
section no person may cause a vessel to enter into or
get underway on the navigable waters of the United
States unless no more than 12 hours before entering
or getting underway, the following equipment has
been tested:
(1) Primary and secondary steering gear. The test
procedure includes a visual inspection of the
steering gear and its connecting linkage, and,
where applicable, the operation of the following:
(i) Each remote steering gear control system.
(ii) Each steering position located on the navigating
bridge.
(iii) The main steering gear from the alternative
power supply, if installed.
(iv) Each rudder angle indicator in relation to the
actual position of the rudder.
(v) Each remote steering gear control system power
failure alarm.
(vi) Each remote steering gear power unit failure
alarm.
(vii) The full movement of the rudder to the required
capabilities of the steering gear.
(2) All internal vessel control communications and
vessel control alarms.
(3) Standby or emergency generator, for as long as
necessary to show proper functioning, including
steady state temperature and pressure readings.
(4) Storage batteries for emergency lighting and other
systems in vessel control and propulsion machinery
spaces.
(5) Main propulsion machinery, ahead and astern.
(b) Vessels navigating on the Great Lakes and their
connecting and tributary waters, having once
completed the test requirements of this sub−part, are
considered to remain in compliance until arriving at
the next port call on the Great Lakes.
(c) Vessels entering the Great Lakes from the St. Lawrence
Seaway are considered to be in compliance with this
sub−part if the required tests are conducted
preparatory to or during the passage of the St.
Lawrence Seaway or within one hour of passing
Wolfe Island.
(d) No vessel may enter, or be operated on the navigable
waters of the United States unless the emergency
steering drill described below has been conducted
within 48 hours prior to entry and logged in the
vessel’s logbook, unless the drill is conducted and
logged on a regular basis at least once every three
months. This drill must include at a minimum the
following:
291
 Home Contents Index
(1) Operation of the main steering gear from within the
steering gear compartment.
(2) Operation of the means of communication between
the navigating bridge and the steering
compartment.
(3) Operation of the alternative power supply for the
steering gear if the vessel is so equipped.
§164.30 Charts, publications and equipment:
General.
No person may operate or cause the operation of a vessel
unless the vessel has the marine charts, publications,
and equipment as required by §§164.33 through
164.41 of this part.
§164.33 Charts and publications.
(a) Each vessel must have the following:
(1) Marine charts of the area to be transited, published
by the National Ocean Service, US Army Corps of
Engineers, or a river authority that:
(i) Are of a large enough scale and have enough
detail to make safe navigation of the area
possible; and
(ii) Are currently corrected.
(2) For the area to be transited, a currently corrected
copy of, or applicable currently corrected extract
from, each of the following publications:
(i) US Coast Pilot.
(ii) Coast Guard Light List.
(3) For the area to be transited, the current edition of, or
applicable current extract from:
(i) Tide tables published by private entities using data
provided by the National Ocean Service.
(ii) Tidal current tables published private entities
using data provided by the National Ocean
Service, or river current publication issued by
the US Army Corps of Engineers, or a river
authority.
(b) As an alternative to the requirements for paragraph (a)
of this section, a marine chart or publication, or
applicable extract, published by a foreign government
may be substituted for a US chart and publication
required by this section. The chart must be of large
enough scale and have enough detail to make safe
navigation of the area possible, and must be currently
corrected. The publication, or applicable extract, must
singly or in combination contain similar information
to the US Government publication to make safe
navigation of the area possible. The publication or
applicable extract must be currently corrected, with
the exception of tide and tidal current tables, which
must be the current editions.
(c) As used in this section, “currently corrected” means
corrected with changes contained in all Notices to
Mariners published by National Imagery and Mapping
Agency, or an equivalent foreign government
publication, reasonably available to the vessel, and
that is applicable to the vessel’s transit.
§164.35 Equipment: All vessels.
Each vessel must have the following:
(a) A marine radar system for surface navigation.
(b) An illuminated magnetic steering compass, mounted
in a binnacle, that can be read at the vessel’s main
steering stand.
APPENDIX IV
(c) A current magnetic compass deviation table or graph
or compass comparison record for the steering
compass, in the wheelhouse.
(d) A gyrocompass.
(e) An illuminated repeater for the gyrocompass required
by paragraph (d) of this section that is at the main
steering stand, unless that gyrocompass is
illuminated and is at the main steering stand.
(f) An illuminated rudder angle indicator in the
wheelhouse.
(g) The following maneuvering information prominently
displayed on a fact sheet in the wheelhouse:
(1) A turning circle diagram to port and starboard
that shows the time and distance and advance
and transfer required to alter course 90 degrees
with maximum rudder angle and constant power
settings, for either full and half speeds, or for
full and slow speeds. For vessels whose turning
circles are essentially the same for both
directions, a diagram showing a turning circle in
one direction, with a note on the diagram
stating that turns to port and starboard are
essentially the same, may be substituted.
(2) The time and distance to stop the vessel from
either full and half speeds, or from full and
slow speeds, while maintaining approximately
the initial heading with minimum application of
rudder.
(3) For each vessel with a fixed propeller, a table of
shaft revolutions per minute for a representative
range of speeds.
(4) For each vessel with a controllable pitch propeller,
a table of control settings for a representative
range of speeds.
(5) For each vessel that is fitted with an auxiliary
device to assist in maneuvering, such as a bow
thruster, a table of vessel speeds at which the
auxiliary device is effective in maneuvering the
vessel.
(6) The maneuvering information for the normal load
and normal ballast condition for:
(i) Calm weather—wind 10 knots or less, calm
sea;
(ii) No current;
(iii) Deep water conditions−water depth twice the
vessel’s draft or greater; and
(iv) Clean hull.
(7) At the bottom of the fact sheet, the following
statement:
Warning.
The response of the (name of the vessel) may be different
from that listed above if any of the following
conditions, upon which the maneuvering information
is based, are varied:
(1) Calm weather−wind 10 knots or less, calm sea;
(2) No current;
(3) Water depth twice the vessel’s draft or greater;
(4) Clean hull; and
(5) Intermediate drafts or unusual trim.
(h) An echo depth sounding device.
(i) A device that can continuously record the depth
readings of the vessel’s echo depth sounding
device except when operating on the Great Lakes
and their connecting and tributary waters.
(j) Equipment on the bridge for plotting relative motion.
(k) Simple operating instructions with a block diagram,
showing the changeover procedures for remote
292
 Home Contents Index
steering gear control systems and steering gear
power units, permanently displayed on the
navigating bridge and in the steering gear
compartment.
(l) An indicator readable from the centerline conning
position showing the rate of revolution of each
propeller, except when operating on the Great
Lakes and their connecting and tributary waters.
(m) If fitted with controllable pitch propellers, an
indicator readable from the centerline conning
position showing the pitch and operational mode of
such propellers, except when operating on the
Great Lakes and their connecting and tributary
waters.
(n) If fitted with lateral thrust propellers, an indicator
readable from the centerline conning position
showing the direction and amount of thrust of such
propellers, except when operating on the Great
Lakes and their connecting and tributary waters.
(o) A telephone or other means of communication for
relaying headings to the emergency steering
station. Also, each vessel of 500 gross tons and
over and constructed on or after June 9th 1995
must be provided with arrangements for supplying
visual compass readings to the emergency steering
station.
§164.37 Equipment: Vessels of 10,000 gross tons or
more.
(a) Each vessel of 10,000 gross tons or more must have, in
addition to the radar system under §164.35(a), a
second marine radar system that operates
independently of the first.
Note: Independent operation means two completely
separate systems, from separate branch power supply
circuits or distribution panels to antennas, so that
failure of any component of one system will not
render the other system inoperative.
(b) On each tanker of 10,000 gross tons or more that is
subject to 46 U.S.C. 3708, the dual radar system
required by this part must have a short range
capability and a long range capability; and each radar
must have true north features consisting of a display
that is stabilized in azimuth.
§164.38 Automatic radar plotting aids (ARPA).
(See 33 CFR 164.)
§164.39 Steering Gear: Foreign Tankers. (See 33
CFR 164).
§164.40 Devices to indicate speed and distance.
(a) Each vessel required to be fitted with an Automatic
Radar Plotting Aid (ARPA) under §164.38 must be
fitted with a device to indicate speed and distance of
the vessel either through the water, or over the
ground.
§164.41 Electronic position fixing devices.
(a) Each vessel calling at a port in the continental United
States, including Alaska south of Cape Prince of
Wales, except each vessel owned or bareboat
chartered and operated by the United States, or by a
state or its political subdivision, or by a foreign
nation, and not engaged in commerce, must have one
of the following:
APPENDIX IV
(1) A type I or II LORAN C receiver as defined in
Section 1.2(e), meeting Part 2 (Minimum
Performance Standards) of the Radio Technical
Commission for Marine Services (RTCM) Paper
12−78/DO−100 dated December 20, 1977, entitled
“Minimum Performance Standards (MPS) Marine
Loran−C Receiving Equipment”. Each receiver
installed must be labeled with the information
required under paragraph (b) of this section.
(2) A satellite navigation receiver with:
(i) Automatic acquisition of satellite signals after
initial operator settings have been entered; and
(ii) Position updates derived from satellite information
during each usable satellite pass.
(3) A system that is found by the Commandant to meet
the intent of the statements of availability,
coverage, and accuracy for the US Coastal
Confluence Zone (CCZ) contained in the US
“Federal Radionavigation Plan” (Report No.
DOD−NO 4650.4−P, I or No.
DOT−TSC−RSPA−80−16, I). A person desiring a
finding by the Commandant under this
subparagraph must submit a written application
describing the device to the Assistant Commandant
for Operations, 2100 Second Street, SW,
Washington, DC 20593−0001. After reviewing the
application, the Commandant may request
additional information to establish whether or not
the device meets the intent of the Federal
Radionavigation Plan.
Note.—The Federal Radionavigation Plan is available from
the National Technical Information Service,
Springfield, Va. 22161, with the following
Government Accession Numbers:
Vol 1, ADA 116468
Vol 2, ADA 116469
Vol 3, ADA 116470
Vol 4, ADA 116471
(b) Each label required under paragraph (a)(1) of this
section must show the following:
(1) The name and address of the manufacturer.
(2) The following statement by the manufacturer: This
receiver was designed and manufactured to meet
Part 2 (Minimum Performance Standards) of the
RTCM MPS for Marine Loran−C Receiving
Equipment.
§164.42 Rate of turn indicator.
Each vessel of 100,000 gross tons or more constructed on
or after September 1, 1984, shall be fitted with a rate
of turn indicator.
§164.43 Automatic Identification System Shipborne
Equipment (See 33 CFR 164.)
Each vessel required to provide automated position reports
to a Vessel Traffic Service (VTS) must do so by an
installed Automatic Identification System Shipborne
Equipment (AISSE).
§164.46 Automatic Identification System (AIS) (See
33 CFR 164.)
§164.51 Deviations from rules: Emergency.
Except for the requirements of §164.53(b), in an
emergency, any person may deviate from any rule in
this part to the extent necessary to avoid endangering
persons, property, or the environment.
293
 Home Contents Index
§164.53 Deviations from rules and reporting:
Non−operating equipment.
(a) If during a voyage any equipment required by this part
stops operating properly, the person directing the
movement of the vessel may continue to the next port
of call, subject to the directions of the District
Commander or the Captain of the Port, as provided
by 33 CFR 160.
(b) If the vessel’s radar, radio navigation receivers,
gyrocompass, echo depth sounding device, or primary
steering gear stops operating properly, the person
directing the movement of the vessel must report or
cause to be reported that it is not operating properly
to the nearest Captain of the Port, District
Commander, or, if participating in a Vessel Traffic
Service, to the Vessel Traffic Center, as soon as
possible.
§164.55 Deviations from rules: Continuing
operation or period of time.
The Captain of the Port, upon written application, may
authorize a deviation from any rule in this part if he
determines that the deviation does not impair the safe
navigation of the vessel under anticipated conditions
and will not result in a violation of the rules for
preventing collisions at sea. The authorization may be
issued for vessels operating in the waters under the
jurisdiction of the Captain of the Port for any
continuing operation or period of time the Captain of
the Port specifies.
APPENDIX IV
§164.61 Marine casualty reporting and record
retention.
When a vessel is involved in a marine casualty as defined
in 46 CFR 4.03−1, the master or person in charge of
the vessel shall:
(a) Ensure compliance with 46 CFR 4.05, “Notice of
Marine Casualty and Voyage Records,” and
(b) Ensure that the voyage records required by 46 CFR
4.05−15 are retained for:
(1) 30 days after the casualty if the vessel remains in
the navigable waters of the United States; or
(2) 30 days after the return of the vessel to a United
States port if the vessel departs the navigable
waters of the United States within 30 days after
the marine casualty.
§164.70 Definitions. (See 33 CFR 164.)
§164.72 Navigational safety equipment, charts or
maps, and publications required on towing vessels.
(See 33 CFR 164.)
§164.74 Towline and terminal gear for towing
astern. (See 33 CFR 164.)
§164.76 Towline and terminal gear for towing
alongside and pushing ahead. (See 33 CFR 164.)
§164.78 Navigation underway: Towing vessels.
(See 33 CFR 164.)
§164.80 Tests and inspections. (See 33 CFR 164.)
§164.82 Maintenance, failure and reporting.
(See 33 CFR 164.)
294
 Home Contents Index
APPENDIX V
CODE OF FEDERAL REGULATIONS TITLE 33 — NAVIGATION AND NAVIGABLE
WATERS
PART 165 — REGULATED NAVIGATION AREAS AND LIMITED ACCESS AREAS —
EXTRACTS
Appendix V contains extracts from the above regulations
issued by the United States Department of Commerce.
For a complete description of this part see 33 CFR
165.
Subpart A — General
§165.5 Establishment procedures
(a) A safety zone, security zone, or regulated navigation
area may be established on the initiative of any
authorised Coast Guard official.
(b) Any person may request that a safety zone, security
zone, or regulated navigation area may be established.
Except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section,
each request must be submitted in writing to either
the Captain of the Port or District Commander.
(c) Safety Zones and Security Zones. If, for good cause,
the request for a safety zone or security zone is made
less than 5 working days before the zone is to be
established, the request may be made orally, but it
must be followed by a written request within 24
hours.
§165.7 Notification
(a) The establishment of these limited access areas and
regulated navigation areas is considered rule making.
The procedures used to notify persons of the
establishment of these areas vary depending upon the
circumstances and emergency conditions. Notification
may be made by marine broadcasts, local notice to
mariners, local news media, distribution in leaflet
form, and on scene oral notice, as well as publication
in the Federal Register.
(b) Notification normally contains the physical boundaries
of the area, the reasons for the rule, its estimated
duration, and the method of obtaining authorization to
enter the area, if applicable, and special navigational
rules, if applicable.
§165.9 Geographic application of limited and
controlled accesss areas and regulated navigation
areas.
(a) General. The geographic application of the limited and
controlled access areas and regulated navigation areas
in this part are determined based on the statutory
authority under which each is created.
(b) Safety zones and regulated navigation areas. These
zones and areas are created under the authority of the
Ports and Waterways Safety Act, 33 U.S.C.
1221−1232.
(c) Security zones. These zones have two sources of
authority — the Ports and Waterways Safety Act, 33
U.S.C. 1221−1232, and the Act of June 15, 1917, as
amended by both the Magnuson Act of August 9,
1950 (“Magnuson Act”), 50 U.S.C. 191−195, and sec.
104 of the Maritime Transportation Security Act of
2002.
295
(d) Naval vessel protection zones. These zones are issued
under the authority of 14 U.S.C. 91 and 633 and may
be established in waters subject to the jurisdiction of
the United States as defined in §2.38 of this chapter,
including the territorial sea to a seaward limit of 3
nautical miles from the baseline.
Subpart B — Regulated Navigation Areas
§165.10 Regulated navigation area.
A regulated navigation area is a water area within a
defined boundary for which regulations for vessels
navigating within the area have been established
under this part.
§165.11 Vessel operating requirements
(regulations).
Each District Commander may control vessel traffic in an
area which is determined to have hazardous
conditions, by issuing regulations:
(a) Specifying times of vessel entry, movement, or
departure to, from, within, or through ports,
harbors, or other waters;
(b) Establishing vessel size, speed, draft limitations, and
operating conditions; and
(c) Restricting vessel operation, in a hazardous area or
under hazardous conditions, to vessels which have
particular operating characteristics or capabilities
which are considered necessary for safe operation
under the circumstances.
§165.13 General Regulations.
(a) The master of a vessel in a regulated navigation area
shall operate the vessel in accordance with the
regulations contained in Subpart F.
(b) No person may cause or authorize the operation of a
vessel in a regulated navigation area contrary to the
regulations in this Part.
Subpart C — Safety Zones
§165.20 Safety zones.
A safety zone is a water area, shore area, or water and
shore area, to which, for safety or environmental
purposes, access is limited to authorised persons,
vehicles, or vessels. It may be stationary and
described by fixed limits or it may be described as a
zone around a vessel in motion.
§165.23 General regulations.
Unless otherwise provided for in this part:
(a) No person may enter a safety zone unless authorised
by the Captain of the Port or the District
Commander;
(b) No person may bring or cause to be brought into a
safety zone any vehicle, vessel or object unless
authorised by the Captain of the Port or the
District Commander;
 Home Contents Index
(c) No person may remain in a safety zone or allow any
vehicle, vessel or object to remain in a safety zone
unless authorised by the Captain of the Port or the
District Commander; and
(d) Each person in a safety zone who has notice of a
lawful order or direction shall obey the order or
direction of the Captain of the Port or District
Commander issued to carry out the purposes of
this subpart.
Subpart D — Security Zones
§165.30 Security zones.
(a) A security zone is an area of land, water, or land
and water which is so designated by the Captain
of the Port or District Commander for such time as
is necessary to prevent damage or injury to any
vessel or waterfront facility, to safeguard ports,
harbors, territories, or waters of the United States
or to secure the observance of the rights and
obligations of the United States.
(b) The purpose of a security zone is to safeguard from
destruction, loss or injury from sabotage or other
subversive acts, accidents, or other causes of a
similar nature:
(1) Vessels,
(2) Harbors,
(3) Ports and
(4) Waterfront facilities in the United States and all
territory, continental or insular, that is subject to
the jurisdiction of the United States.
§165.33 General regulations.
Unless otherwise provided in the special regulations in
Subpart F of this part:
(a) No person or vessel may enter or remain in a
security zone without the permission of the
Captain of the Port;
(b) Each person and vessel in a security zone shall obey
any direction or order of the Captain of the Port;
(c) The Captain of the Port may take possession and
control of any vessel in the security zone;
(d) The Captain of the Port may remove any person,
vessel, article, or thing from a security zone;
(e) No person may board, or take or place any article or
thing on board, any vessel in a security zone
without the permission of the Captain of the Port;
and
(f) No person may take or place any article or thing
upon any waterfront facility in a security zone
without the permission of the Captain of the Port.
Subpart G — Protection of Naval Vessels
§165.2010 Purpose.
This subpart establishes the geographic parameters of naval
vessel protection zones surrounding US naval vessels
in the navigable waters of the United States.
§165.2015 Definitions.
The following definitions apply to this subpart:
APPENDIX V
Large US naval vessel means any US naval vessel
greater than 100 feet in length overall.
Naval vessel protection zone is a 500 yard regulated area
of water surrounding large US naval vessels that is
necessary to provide for the safety or security of
these US naval vessels.
Official patrol means those personnel designated and
supervised by a senior naval officer present in
command.
Senior naval officer present in command is, unless
otherwise designated by competent authority, the
senior line officer of the US Navy on active duty,
eligible for command at sea, who is present and in
command of any part of the Department of Navy
in the area.
US naval vessel means any vessel owned, operated,
chartered, or leased by the US Navy; and any
vessel under the operational control of the US
Navy or a Combatant Command.
§165.2020 Enforcement authority.
(a) Coast Guard.
(b) Senior naval officer present in command.
§165.2025 Atlantic Area.
(a) This section applies to any vessel or person in the
navigable waters of the United States within the
boundaries of the US Coast Guard Atlantic Area.
(b) A naval vessel protection zone exists around US naval
vessels greater than 100 feet in length overall at all
times in the navigable waters of the United States.
(c) The Navigation Rules shall apply at all times within a
naval vessel protection zone.
(d) When within a naval vessel protection zone, all vessels
shall operate at the minimum speed necessary to
maintain a safe course and shall proceed as directed
by the Coast Guard, the senior naval officer present
in command, or the official patrol. When within a
naval vessel protection zone, no vessel or person is
allowed within 100 yards of a large US naval vessel
unless authorized by the Coast Guard, the senior
naval officer present in command, or official patrol.
(e) To request authorization to operate within 100 yards of
a large US naval vessel, contact the Coast Guard, the
senior naval officer present in command, or official
patrol on VHF−FM channel 16.
(f) When conditions permit, the Coast Guard, senior naval
officer present in command, or the official patrol
should:
(1) Give advance notice on VHF-FM channel 16 of all
large US naval vessel movements;
(2) Permit vessels constrained by their navigational draft
or restricted in their ability to maneuver to passs
within 100 yards of a large US naval vessel in
order to ensure a safe passage in accordance with
the Navigation Rules; and:
(3) Permit commercial vessels anchored in a designated
anchorage area to remain at anchor when within
100 yards of passing large US naval vessels; and:
(4) Permit vessels that must transit via a navigable
channel or waterway to pass within 100 yards of a
moored or anchored large US naval vessel with
minimal delay consistent with security.
296
 Home Contents Index
APPENDIX VI
CODE OF FEDERAL REGULATIONS TITLE 33 — NAVIGATION AND NAVIGABLE
WATERS
PART 334 — Danger zones and restricted area
regulations
Appendix VI contains extracts from the above regulations
issued by the United States Department of Commerce. For
a complete description of this part see 33 CFR 334.
§334.1 Purpose.
The purpose of this part is to:
(a) Prescribe procedures for establishing, amending and
disestablishing danger zones and restricted areas.
(b) List the specific danger zones and restricted areas
and their boundaries; and
(c) Prescribe specific requirements, access limitations
and controlled activities within the danger zones
and restricted areas.
§334.2 Definitions.
(a) Danger zone. A defined water area (or areas) used for
target practice, bombing, rocket firing or other
especially hazardous operations, normally for the
armed forces. The danger zones may be closed to the
public on a full−time or intermittent basis, as stated in
the regulations.
(b) Restricted area. A defined water area for the purpose
of prohibiting or limiting public access to the area.
Restricted areas generally provide security for
Government property and/or protection to the public
from the risks of damage or injury arising from the
Government’s use of that area.
There are danger zones and/or restricted areas in the
following areas:
297
§334.530 Canaveral Harbour adjacent to the Navy
Pier at Port Canaveral, Florida; restricted area.
§334.540 Banana River at Cape Canaveral Missile
Test Annex, Florida; restricted area.
§334.550 Banana River at Cape Canaveral Air
Force Station, Florida; restricted area
§334.560 Banana River at Patrick Air Force Base,
Florida; restricted area.
§334.570 Banana River near Orsino, Florida;
restricted area.
§334.580 Atlantic Ocean near Port Everglades,
Florida; naval restricted area.
§334.590 Atlantic Ocean off Cape Canaveral,
Florida; Air Force Missile Testing Area, Patrick
Air Force Base, Florida.
§334.600 Trident Basin adjacent to Canaveral
Harbour at Cape Canaveral Air Force Station,
Brevard County, Florida Danger Zone.
§334.610 Key West Harbour, at U.S. Naval Base,
Key West, Florida; naval restricted areas and
danger zone.
§334.620 Straits of Florida and Florida Bay in
vicinity of Key West, Florida; operational training
area, aerial gunnery range, and bombing and
strafing target areas, Naval Air Station, Key West,
Florida.
 Home Contents Index
APPENDIX VII
UNITED STATES MARINE SANCTUARY, WILDLIFE AND FISHERIES REGULATIONS −
EXTRACTS
PART 922−NATIONAL MARINE SANCTUARY
PROGRAM REGULATIONS
Subpart A−General
§922.1 Applicability of regulations.
Unless noted otherwise, the regulations in subparts A, D
and E apply to all eleven National Marine Sanctuaries for
which site−specific regulations appear in subparts F through
P, respectively. Subparts B and C apply to the site
evaluation list and to the designation of future Sanctuaries.
§922.2 Mission, goals, and special policies.
(a) In accordance with the standards set forth in title 111
of the Marine Protection, Research, and Sanctuaries Act of
1972. as amended, also known as the National Marine
Sanctuaries Act (Act) the mission of the National Marine
Sanctuary program (Program) is to identify, designate and
manage areas of the marine environment of special
national, and in some cases international. significance due
to their conservation, recreational, ecological, historical,
research, educational, or aesthetic qualities.
(b) The goals of the Program are to carry out the mission
to:
(1) Identify and designate as National Marine
Sanctuaries areas of the marine environment which
are of special national significance;
(2) Provide authority for comprehensive and
coordinated conservation and management of these
marine areas, and activities affecting them, in a
manner which complements existing regulatory
authorities;
(3) Support, promote, and coordinate scientific research
on, and monitoring of, the resources of these marine
areas, especially long−term monitoring and research
of these areas:
(4) Enhance public awareness, understanding,
appreciation, and wise use of the marine
environment;
(5) Facilitate to the extent compatible with the primary
objective of resource protection, all public and
private uses of the resources of these marine areas
not prohibited pursuant to other authorities;
(6) Develop and implement coordinated plans for the
protection and management of these areas with
appropriate Federal agencies, State and local
governments, Native American tribes and
organizations, international organizations, and other
public and private interests concerned with the
continuing health and resilience of these marine
areas;
(7) Create models of, and incentives for, ways to
conserve and manage these areas;
(8) Cooperate with global programs encouraging
conservation of marine resources; and
(9) Maintain, restore, and enhance living resources by
providing places for species that depend upon these
marine areas to survive and propagate.
(c) To the extent consistent with the policies set forth in
the Act, in carrying out the Program’s mission and goals:
(1) Particular attention will be given to the
establishment and management of marine areas as
National Marine Sanctuaries for the protection of
the area’s natural resource and ecosystem values;
298
particularly for ecologically or economically
important or threatened species or species
assemblages, and for offshore areas where there are
no existing special area protection mechanisms
(2) The size of a National Marine Sanctuary, while
highly dependent on the nature of the site’s
resources, will be no larger than necessary to ensure
effective management;
(d) Management efforts will be coordinated to the extent
practicable with other countries managing marine protected
areas;
(4) Program regulations, policies, standards, guidelines,
and procedures under the Act concerning the
identification, evaluation, registration, and treatment
of historical resources shall be consistent, to the
extent practicable, with the declared national policy
for the protection and preservation of these
resources as stated in the National Historic
Preservation Act of 1966/16 U.S.C. 470 et seq., the
Archaeological and Historical Preservation Act of
1974,16 U.S.C. 469 et seq., and the Archaeological
Resources Protection Act of 1979 (ARPA), 16
U.S.C. 470aa et seq. The same degree of regulatory
protection and preservation planning policy
extended to historical resources on land shall be
extended, to the extent practicable, to historical
resources in the marine environment within the
boundaries of designated National Marine
Sanctuaries. The management of historical resources
under the authority of the Act shall be consistent, to
the extent practicable, with the Federal
archaeological program by consulting the Uniform
Regulations, ARPA (43 CFR part 7) and other
relevant Federal regulations. The Secretary of the
Interior’s Standards and Guidelines for Archaeology
may also be consulted for guidance. These
guidelines are available from the Office of Ocean
and Coastal Management at (301) 713−3125.
§922.3 Definitions.
Act means title 111 of the Marine Protection, Research,
and Sanctuaries Act of 1972, as amended, 16 U.S.C. 1431
et seq., also known as the National Marine Sanctuaries Act.
Active Candidate means a site selected by the Secretary
from the Site Evaluation List for further consideration for
possible designation as a National Marine Sanctuary.
Assistant Administrator means the Assistant
Administrator for Ocean Services and Coastal Zone
Management, National Oceanic and Atmospheric
Administration (NOAA), or designee.
Benthic community means the assemblage of organisms,
substrate, and structural formations found at or near the
bottom that is periodically or permanently covered by
water.
Commercial fishing means any activity that results in the
sale or trade for intended profit of fish, shellfish, algae, or
corals.
Conventional hook and line gear means any fishing
apparatus operated aboard a vessel and composed of a
single line terminated by a combination of sinkers and
hooks or lures and spooled upon a reel that may be hand
 Home Contents Index
or electrically operated, hand−held or mounted. This term
does not include bottom longlines.
Cultural resources means any historical or cultural
feature, including archaeological sites, historic structures,
shipwrecks, and artifacts.
Director means, except where otherwise specified, the
Director of the Office of Ocean and Coastal Resource
Management, NOAA, or designee.
Exclusive economic zone means the exclusive economic
zone as defined in the Magnuson Fishery Conservation and
Management Act, 16 U.S. 1801 et seq.
Fish wastes means waste materials resulting from
commercial fish processing operations.
Historical resource means any resource possessing
historical, cultural, archaeological or paleontological
significance, including sites, structures, contextual
information, structures, districts, and objects significantly
associated with or representative of earlier people, cultures,
maritime heritage, and human activities and events.
Historical resources include “submerged cultural resources”,
and also include “historical properties”, as defined in the
National Historic Preservation Act, as amended 16 U.S.C.
470 et seq., and its implementing regulations, as amended.
Indian tribe means any American Indian tribe, band,
group, or community recognized as such by the Secretary
of the Interior.
Injure means to change adversely, either in the long or
short term, a chemical, biological or physical attribute of,
or the viability of. This includes, but is not limited to, to
cause the loss of or destroy.
Lightering means at−sea transfer of petroleum−based
products, materials or other matter from vessel to vessel.
Marine means those areas of coastal and ocean waters,
the Great Lakes and their connecting waters, and
submerged lands over which the United States exercises
jurisdiction, including the exclusive economic zone,
consistent with international law.
Mineral means clay, stone, sand, gravel, metalliferous
ore, non−metalliferous ore, or any other solid material or
other matter of commercial value.
National historic landmark means a district, site,
building, structure or object designated as such by the
Secretary of the Interior under the National Historic
Landmarks Program (36 CFR part 65).
National Marine Sanctuary means an area of the marine
environment of special national significance due to its
resource or human−use values, which is designated as such
to ensure its conservation and management.
Person means any private individual, partnership,
corporation or other entity; or any officer, employee, agent,
department, agency or instrumentality of the Federal
Government, of any State or local unit of government, or
of any foreign government.
Regional Fishery Management Council means any
fishery council established under section 302 of the
Magnuson Fishery Conservation and Management Act, 16
U.S.C. 1801 et seq.
Sanctuary quality means any of those ambient
conditions, physical−chemical characteristics and natural
processes, the maintenance of which is essential to the
ecological health of the Sanctuary, including, but not
limited to, water, sediment, and air quality.
Sanctuary resource means any living or non−living
resource of a National Marine Sanctuary that contributes to
the conservation, recreational, ecological, historical,
research, educational, or aesthetic value of the Sanctuary,
including, but not limited to, the substratum of the area of
APPENDIX VII
the Sanctuary, other submerged features and the
surrounding seabed, carbonate rock, corals and other
bottom formations, coralline algae and other marine plants
and algae, marine invertebrates, brine−seep biota,
phytoplankton, zooplankton, fish, seabirds, sea turtles and
other marine reptiles, marine mammals and historical
resources.
Secretary means the Secretary of the United States
Department of Commerce, or designee.
Shunt means to discharge expended drilling cuttings and
fluids near the ocean seafloor.
Site Evaluation List (SEL) means a list of selected
natural and historical resource sites selected by the
Secretary as qualifying for further evaluation for possible
designation as National Marine Sanctuaries.
State means each of the several States, the District of
Columbia, the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, the
Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands, American
Samoa, the United States Virgin Islands, Guam, and any
other commonwealth, territory, or possession of the United
States.
Subsistence use means the customary and traditional use
by rural residents of areas near or in the marine
environment for direct personal or family consumption as
food, shelter, fuel, clothing, tools, or transportation; for the
making and selling of handicraft articles; and for barter, if
for food or non−edible items other than money, if the
exchange is of a limited and non−commercial nature.
Take or taking means:
(1) For any marine mammal, sea turtle, or seabird listed
as either endangered or threatened pursuant to the
Endangered Species Act, to harass, harm, pursue, hunt,
shoot, wound, kill, trap, capture, collect or injure, or to
attempt to engage in any such conduct;
(2) For any other marine mammal, sea turtle, or seabird,
to harass, hunt, capture, kill, collect or injure, or to attempt
to engage in any such conduct.
For the purpose of both (1) and (2) of this definition,
this includes, but is not limited to, to collect any dead or
injured marine mammal, sea turtle or seabird, or any part
thereof; to restrain or detain any marine mammal, sea turtle
or seabird, or any part thereof, no matter how temporarily;
to tag any sea turtle, marine mammal or seabird; to operate
a vessel or aircraft or to do any other act that results in the
disturbance or molestation of any marine mammal, sea
turtle or seabird.
Tropical fish means fish or minimal sport and food
value, usually brightly colored, often used for aquaria
purposes and which lives in a direct relationship with live
bottom communities.
Vessel means a watercraft of any description capable of
being used as a means of transportation in/on the waters of
the Sanctuary.
§922.4 Effect of National Marine Sanctuary designation.
The designation of a National Marine Sanctuary, and the
regulations implementing it, are binding on any person
subject to the jurisdiction of the United States. Designation
does not constitute any claim to territorial jurisdiction on
the part of the United States for designated sites beyond
the U.S. territorial sea, and the regulations implementing
the designation shall be applied in accordance with
generally recognized principles of international law, and in
accordance with treaties, conventions, and other agreements
to which the United States is a party. No regulation shall
apply to a person who is not a citizen, national, or resident
alien of the United States, unless in accordance with:
(a) Generally recognized principles of international law;
299
 Home Contents Index
(b) An agreement between the United States and the
foreign state of which the person is a citizen; or
(c) An agreement between the United States and the
flag state of the foreign vessel, if the person is a
crew member of the vessel.
Subpart D−Management Plan Development and
Implementation
§922.30 General.
(a) The Secretary shall implement each management
plan, and applicable regulations, including carrying out
surveillance and enforcement activities and conducting such
research, monitoring, evaluation, and education programs as
are necessary and reasonable to carry out the purposes and
policies of the Act.
(b) Consistent with Sanctuary management plans, the
Secretary shall develop and implement site−specific
contingency and emergency−response plans designed to
protect Sanctuary resources. The plans shall contain alert
procedures and actions to be taken in the event of an
emergency such as a shipwreck or an oil spill.
§922.31 Promotion and coordination of Sanctuary use.
The Secretary shall take such action as is necessary and
reasonable to promote and coordinate the use of National
Marine Sanctuaries for research, monitoring, and education
purposes. Such action may include consulting with Federal
agencies, or other persons to promote use of one or more
Sanctuaries for research, monitoring and education,
including coordination with the National Estuarine Research
Reserve System.
Subpart E−Regulations of General Applicability
§922.40 Purpose.
The purpose of the regulations in this subpart and in
subparts F through P of this part is to implement the
designations of the eleven National Marine Sanctuaries for
which site−specific regulations appear in subparts F through
P of this part, respectively, by regulating activities affecting
them, consistent with their respective terms of designation
in order to protect, preserve and manage and thereby
ensure the health, integrity and continued availability of the
conservation, ecological, recreational, research, educational,
historical and aesthetic resources and qualities of these
areas. Additional purposes of the regulations implementing
the designation of the Florida Keys National Marine
Sanctuary are found at §922.160.
§922.41 Boundaries.
The boundary for each of the eleven National Marine
Sanctuaries covered by this part is described in subparts F
through P of this part, respectively.
§922.42 Allowed Activities.
All activities (e.g. fishing, boating, diving, research,
education) may be conducted unless prohibited or otherwise
regulated in subparts F through P of this part, subject to
any emergency regulations promulgated pursuant to
§922.44, 922.111(c), or §922.165, subject to all
prohibitions, regulations, restrictions, and conditions validly
imposed by any Federal, State, or local authority of
competent jurisdiction, including Federal and State fishery
management authorities, and subject to the provisions of
section 312 of the Act. The Assistant Administrator may
only directly regulate fishing activities pursuant to the
procedure set forth in section 304(a)(5) of the NMSA.
§922.43 Prohibited or otherwise regulated activities.
Subparts F through P of this part set forth site−specific
regulations applicable to the activities specified therein.
§922.44 Emergency Regulations
APPENDIX VII
Where necessary to prevent or minimize the destruction
of, loss of, or injury to a Sanctuary resource or quality, or
minimize the imminent risk of such destruction, loss, or
injury, any and all such activities are subject to immediate
temporary regulation, including prohibition. The provisions
of this section do not apply to the Cordell Bank and
Florida Keys National Marine Sanctuaries. See §§922.11(c)
and 922.165 respectively, for the authority to issue
emergency regulations with respect to those sanctuaries.
§922.45 Penalties
Each violation of the NMSA or FKNMSPA, any
regulation in this part, or any permit issued pursuant
thereto, is subject to a civil penalty of not more than
$100,000. Each day of a continuing violation constitutes a
separate violation.
Subpart P−Florida Keys National Marine Sanctuary
§922.160 Purpose.
The purpose of the regulations in this part is to
implement the comprehensive management plan for the
Florida Keys National Marine Sanctuary by regulating
activities affecting the resources of the Sanctuary or any of
the qualities, values, or purposes for which the Sanctuary is
designated, in order to protect, preserve and manage the
conservation, ecological, recreational, research, educational,
historical, and aesthetic resources and qualities of the area.
In particular, the regulations in this part are intended to
protect, restore, and enhance the living resources of the
Sanctuary, to contribute to the maintenance of natural
assemblages of living resources for future generations, to
provide places for species dependent on such living
resources to survive and propagate, to facilitate to the
extent compatible with the primary objective of resource
protection all public and private uses of the resources of
the Sanctuary not prohibited pursuant to other authorities,
to reduce conflicts between such compatible uses, and to
achieve the other policies and purposes of the Florida Keys
National Marine Sanctuary and Protection Act and the
National Marine Sanctuaries Act.
§922.161 Boundary.
The Sanctuary consists of all submerged lands and
waters from the mean high water mark to the boundary
described in Appendix I to this part, with the exception of
areas within the Dry Tortugas National Park. Appendix I to
this subpart sets forth the precise Sanctuary boundary
established by the Florida Keys National Marine Sanctuary
and Protection Act. (See FKNMSPA section 5(h)(2)).
§922.162 Definitions.
The following definitions apply to the Florida Keys
National Marine Sanctuary regulations. To the extent that a
definition appears in §922.3 and this section, the definition
in this section governs.
Acts means the Florida Keys National Marine Sanctuary
and Protection Act, as amended, (FKNMSPA) (Pub. L.
1()1−6()5), and the National Marine Sanctuaries Act
(NMSA), also known as Title lll of the Marine Protection.
Research. and Sanctuaries Act, as amended, (MPRSA) (16
U.S.C. 1431 et seq.).
Adverse effect means any factor, force, or action that
independently or cumulatively damages, diminishes,
degrades, impairs, destroys, or otherwise harms any
Sanctuary resource, as defined in section 302(8) of the
NMSA (16 U.S.C. 1432(8)) and in this section, or any of
the qualities, values, or purposes for which the Sanctuary is
designated.
Airboat means a vessel operated by means of a motor
driven propeller that pushes air for momentum.
300
 Home Contents Index
Areas To Be Avoided means the areas in which vessel
operations are prohibited pursuant to section 6(a)(1) of the
FKNMSPA (see §922.164(a)). Appendix VII to this subpart
sets forth the geographic coordinates of these areas,
including any modifications thereto made in accordance
with section 6(a)(3) of the FKNMSPA.
Closed means all entry or use is prohibited.
Coral means the corals of the Class Hydroza (stinging and
hydrocorals); the Class Authozoa, Subclass Hexacorallia, Order
Scleractinia (stony corals) and Antipatharia (black corals).
Coral area means marine habitat where coral growth
abounds including patch reefs, outer bank reef’s, deepwater
banks, and hardbottoms.
Coral reefs means the hard bottoms, deep−water banks,
patch reefs, and outer bank reefs.
Ecological Reserve means an area of the Sanctuary
consisting of contiguous, diverse habitats, within which
uses are subject to conditions, restrictions and prohibitions,
including access restrictions, intended to minimize human
influences, to provide natural spawning, nursery, and
permanent residence areas for the replenishment and
genetic protection of marine lit′e, and also to protect and
preserve natural assemblages of habitats and species within
areas representing a broad diversity of resources and
habitats found within the Sanctuary. Appendix IV to this
subpart sets forth the geographic coordinates of these areas.
Existing Management Area means an area of the
Sanctuary that is within or is a resource management area
established by NOAA or by another Federal authority of
competent jurisdiction as of the effective date of these
regulations where protections above and beyond those
provided by Sanctuary−wide prohibitions and restrictions
are needed to adequately protect resources. Appendix Il to
this subpart sets forth the geographic coordinates of these
areas.
Exotic species means a species of plant, invertebrate,
fish, amphibian, reptile or mammal whose natural
zoogeographic range would not have included the waters of
the Atlantic Ocean, Caribbean, or Gulf of Mexico without
passive or active introduction to such area through
anthropogenic means.
Fish means finfish, mollusks, crustaceans, and all forms
of marine animal and plant life other than marine mammals
and birds.
Fishing means:
The catching, taking, or harvesting of fish; the attempted
catching, taking. or harvesting of fish; any other activity
which can reasonably be expected to result in the catching,
taking, or harvesting of fish; or any operation at sea in
support of, or in preparation for, any activity described in
this subparagraph (1).
Such term does not include any scientific research
activity which is conducted by a scientific research vessel.
Hardbottom means a submerged marine community
comprised of organisms attached to exposed solid rock
substrate. Hardbottom is the substrate to which corals may
attach but does not include the corals themselves.
Idle speed only/no−wake means a speed at which a boat
is operated that is no greater than 4 knots or does not
produce a wake.
Idle speed only/no−wake zone means a portion of the
Sanctuary where the speed at which a boat is operated may
be no greater than 4 knots or may not produce a wake.
Live rock means any living marine organism or an
assemblage thereof attached to a hard substrate, including
dead coral or rock but not individual mollusk shells (e.g.,
scallops, clams, oysters). Living marine organisms
APPENDIX VII
associated with hardbottoms, banks, reefs, and live rock
may include, but are not limited to, sea anemones (Phylum
Cnidaria: Class Anthozoa: Order Actinaria); sponges
(Phylum Porifera); tube worms (Phylum Annelida),
including fan worms, feather duster worms, and Christmas
tree worms; bryozoans (Phylum Bryzoa); sea squirts
(Phylum Chordata); and marine algae, including Mermaid’s
tan and cups (Udotea spp.), corraline algae, green feather,
green grape algae (Caulerpa spp.) and watercress
(Halimeda spp.).
Marine life species means any species of fish,
invertebrate, or plant included in sections (2), (3), or (4) of
Rule 46−42.001, Florida Administrative Code, reprinted in
Appendix VIII to this subpart.
Military activity means an activity conducted by the
Department of Defense with or without participation by
foreign forces, other than civil engineering and other civil
works projects conducted by the U.S. Army Corps of
Engineers.
No−access buffer zone means a portion of the Sanctuary
where vessels are prohibited from entering regardless of the
method of propulsion.
No motor zone means an area of the Sanctuary where
the use of internal combustion motors is prohibited. A
vessel with an internal combustion motor may access a no
motor zone only through the use of a push pole, paddle,
sail, electric motor or similar means of operation but is
prohibited from using its internal combustion motor.
Not available for immediate use means not readily
accessible for immediate use, e.g., by being stowed
unbaited in a cabin, locker, rod holder, or similar storage
area, or by being securely covered and lashed to a deck or
bulkhead.
Officially marked channel means a channel marked by
Federal, State of Florida, or Monroe County officials of
competent jurisdiction with navigational aids except for
channels marked idle speed only/no wake.
Personal watercraft means any jet air−powered
watercraft operated by standing, sitting, or kneeling on or
behind the vessel, in contrast to a conventional boat, where
the operator stands or sits inside the vessel, and that uses
an inboard engine to power a water jet pump for
propulsion, instead of a propeller as in a conventional boat.
Prop dredging means the use of a vessel’s propulsion
wash to dredge or otherwise alter the seabed of the
Sanctuary. Prop dredging includes, but is not limited to, the
use of propulsion wash deflectors or similar means of
dredging or otherwise altering the seabed of the Sanctuary.
Prop dredging does not include the disturbance to bottom
sediments resulting from normal vessel propulsion.
Prop−scarring means the injury to seagrasses or other
immobile organisms attached to the seabed of the Sanctuary
caused by operation of a vessel in a manner that allows its
propeller or other running gear, or any part thereof, to
cause such injury (e.g., cutting seagrass rhizomes). Prop
scarring does not include minor disturbances to bottom
sediments or seagrass blades resulting from normal vessel
propulsion.
Residential shoreline means any man−made or natural:
Shoreline,
Canal mouth,
Basin, or
Cove adjacent to any residential land use district,
including improved subdivision, suburban residential or
suburban residential limited, sparsely settled, urban
residential, and urban residential mobile home under the
Monroe County land development regulations.
301
 Home Contents Index
Sanctuary means the Florida Keys National Marine
Sanctuary.
Sanctuary Preservation Area means an area of the
Sanctuary that encompasses a discrete, biologically
important area, within which uses are subject to conditions,
restrictions and prohibitions, including access restrictions, to
avoid concentrations of uses that could result in significant
declines in species populations or habitat, to reduce
conflicts between uses, to protect areas that are critical for
sustaining important marine species or habitats, or to
provide opportunities for scientific research. Appendix V to
this subpart sets forth the geographic coordinates of these
areas.
Sanctuary wildlife means any species of fauna, including
avifauna, that occupy or utilize the submerged resources of
the Sanctuary as nursery areas, feeding grounds, nesting
sites, shelter, or other habitat during any portion of their
life cycles.
Seagrass means any species of marine angiosperms
(flowering plants) that inhabit portions of the seabed in the
Sanctuary. Those species include, but are not limited to:
Thalassia testudinum (turtle grass); Syringodium filiforme
(manatee grass); Halodule wrightii (shoal grass); Halophila
decipiens, H. engelmannii, H. johnsonii; and Ruppia
maritima.
Special−use Area means an area of the Sanctuary set
aside for scientific research and educational purposes,
recovery or restoration of Sanctuary resources, monitoring,
to prevent use or user conflicts, to facilitate access and use,
or to promote public use and understanding of Sanctuary
resources. Appendix VI to this part sets forth the
geographic coordinates of these areas.
Tank vessel means any vessel that is constructed or
adapted to carry, or that carries, oil or hazardous material
in bulk as cargo or cargo residue, and that−
Is a United States flag vessel;
Operates on the navigable waters of the United States;
or
Transfers oil or hazardous material in a port or place
subject to the jurisdiction of the United States
[46 U.S.C. 2101].
Traditional fishing means those commercial or
recreational fishing activities that were customarily
conducted within the Sanctuary prior to its designation as
identified in the Environmental Impact Statement and
Management Plan for this Sanctuary.
Tropical fish means any species included in section (2)
of Rule 46−42.001, Florida Administrative Code,
reproduced in Appendix VIII to this subpart, or any part
thereof.
Vessel means a watercraft of any description, including,
but not limited to, motorized and non−motorized watercraft,
personal watercraft, airboats, and float planes while
manoeuvring on the water, capable of being used as a
means of transportation in/on the waters of the Sanctuary.
For purposes of this part, the terms “vessel,” “watercraft,”
and “boat” have the same meaning.
Wildlife Management Area means an area of the
Sanctuary established for the management, protection, and
preservation of Sanctuary wildlife resources, including such
an area established for the protection and preservation of
endangered or threatened species or their habitats, within
which access is restricted to minimize disturbances to
Sanctuary wildlife; to ensure protection and preservation
consistent with the Sanctuary designation and other
applicable law governing the protection and preservation of
APPENDIX VII
wildlife resources in the Sanctuary. Appendix Ill to this
subpart lists these areas and their access restrictions.
Other terms appearing in the regulations in this part are
defined at 15 CFR 922.3, and/or in the Marine Protection,
Research, and Sanctuaries Act (MPRSA), as amended, 33
U.S.C. 1401 et seq. and 16 U.S.C., 1431 et seq
§922.163 Prohibited activities−Sanctuarywide.
Except as specified in paragraph (b) through (e) of this
section, the following activities are prohibited and thus are
unlawful for any person to conduct or to cause to be
conducted:
Mineral and hydrocarbon exploration, development and
production. Exploring for, developing, or producing
minerals or hydrocarbons within the Sanctuary.
Removal of, injury to, or possession of coral or live
rock. (i) Moving, removing, taking, harvesting, damaging,
disturbing, breaking, cutting, or otherwise injuring, or
possessing (regardless of where taken from) any living or
dead coral, or coral formation, or attempting any of these
activities, except as permitted under 50 CFR part 638.
Harvesting, or attempting to harvest, any live rock from
the Sanctuary, or possessing (regardless of where taken
from) any live rock within the Sanctuary, except as
authorized by a permit for the possession or harvest from
aquaculture operations in the Exclusive Economic Zone,
issued by the National Marine Fisheries Service pursuant to
applicable regulations under the appropriate Fishery
Management Plan, or as authorized by the applicable State
authority of competent jurisdiction within the Sanctuary for
live rock cultured on State submerged lands leased from
the State of Florida, pursuant to applicable State law. See
§370.027, Florida Statutes and implementing regulations.
Alteration of, or construction on, the seabed. Drilling
into, dredging, or otherwise altering the seabed of the
Sanctuary, or engaging in propdredging; or constructing,
placing or abandoning any structure, material, or other
matter on the seabed of the Sanctuary, except as an
incidental result of:
Anchoring vessels in a manner not otherwise prohibited
by this part (see §§922.163(a)(5)(ii) and 922.1 64(d)(1)(v));
Traditional fishing activities not otherwise prohibited by
this part;
Installation and maintenance of navigational aids by, or
pursuant to valid authorization by, any Federal, State, or
local authority of competent jurisdiction;
Harbor maintenance in areas necessarily associated with
Federal water resource development projects in existence
on [insert effect date of these regulations], including
maintenance dredging of entrance channels and repair,
replacement, or rehabilitation of breakwaters or jetties;
Construction, repair, replacement, or rehabilitation of
docks, seawalls, breakwaters, piers, or marinas with less
then ten slips authorized by any valid lease, permit, license,
approval, or other authorization issued by any Federal,
State, or local authority of competent jurisdiction.
Discharge or deposit of materials or other matter.
(i) Discharging or depositing, from within the boundary
of the Sanctuary, any material or other matter, except:
Fish, fish parts, chumming materials, or bait used
produced incidental to and while conducting a traditional
fishing activity in the Sanctuary;
Biodegradable effluent incidental to vessel use and
generated by a marine sanitation device approved in
accordance with Section 312 of the Federal Water Pollution
Control Act, as amended, (FWPCA), 33 U.S.C. 1322 et
seq.;
302
 Home Contents Index APPENDIX VII
Water generated by routine vessel operations (e.g., deck
wash down and graywater as defined in section 312 of the
FWPCA), excluding oily wastes from bilge pumping; or
Cooling water from vessels or engine exhaust;
Discharging or depositing, from beyond the boundary of
the Sanctuary, any material or other matter that
subsequently enters the Sanctuary and injures a Sanctuary
resource or quality, except those listed in paragraph
(a)(4)(i)(A) through (D) of this section and those authorized
under Monroe County land use permits.
(5) Operation of Vessels. (i) Operating a vessel in such a
manner as to strike or otherwise injure coral, seagrass, or
any other immobile organism attached to the seabed,
including, but not limited to, operating a vessel in such a
manner as to cause prop−scarring.
Having a vessel anchored on living coral other than
hardbottom in water depths less than 40 feet when visibility
is such that the seabed can be seen.
Except in officially marked channels, operating a vessel
at a speed greater than 4 knots or in a manner which
creates a wake:
Within an area designated idle speed only/no wake;
Within 100 yards of navigational aids indicating
emergent or shallow reefs (international diamond warning
symbol);
Within 100 feet of the red and white “divers down” flag
(or the blue and white “alpha” flag in Federal waters);
Within 100 yards of residential shorelines, or;
Within 100 yards of stationary vessels.
Operating a vessel in such a manner as to injure or take
wading, roosting, or nesting birds or marine mammals.
Operating a vessel in a manner which endangers life,
limb, marine resources, or property.
(6) Conduct of diving/snorkeling without flag. Diving or
snorkeling without flying in a conspicuous manner the red
and white “divers down” flag (or the blue and white
“alpha” flag in Federal waters).
(7) Release of exotic species. Introducing or releasing an
exotic species of plant, invertebrate, fish, amphibian, or
mammals into the Sanctuary.
(8) Damage or removal of markers. Marking, det:acing,
or damaging in any way or displacing, removing, or
tampering with any official signs, notices, or placards,
whether temporary or permanent, or with any navigational
aids, monuments, stakes, posts, mooring buoys, boundary
buoys, trap buoys, or scientific equipment.
(9) Movement of, removal of injury to, or possession of
Sanctuary historical resources. Moving, removing, injuring,
or possessing, or attempting to move, remove, injure, or
possess, a Sanctuary historical resource.
(10) Take or possession of protected wildlife. Taking any
marine mammal, sea turtle, or seabird in or above the
Sanctuary, except as authorized by the Marine Mammal
Protection Act, as amended, (MMPA), 16 U.S.C. 1361 et
seq., the Endangered Species Act, as amended, (ESA), 16
U.S.C. 1531 et seq., and the Migratory Bird Treaty Act, as
amended, (MBTA) 16 U.S.C. 703 et seq.
(11) Possession or use of explosives or electrical
charges. Possessing, or using explosives, except
powerheads, or releasing electrical charges within the
Sanctuary.
(12) Harvest or possession of marine life species.
Harvesting, possessing, or landing any marine lit′e species,
or part thereof, within the Sanctuary, except in accordance
with rules 46−42.001 through 46−42.003, 46−42.0035, and
46−42.004 through 46−42.007, and 46−42.009 of the
Florida Administrative Code, reproduced in Appendix VIII
303
to this subpart, and such rules shall apply mutatis mutandis
(with necessary editorial changes) to all Federal and State
waters within the Sanctuary.
(13) Interference with law enforcement. Interfering with,
obstructing, delaying or preventing an investigation, search,
seizure, or disposition of seized property in connection with
enforcement of the Acts or any regulation or permit issued
under the Acts.
Notwithstanding the prohibitions in this section and in
§922.164, and any access and use restrictions imposed
pursuant thereto, a person may conduct an activity
specifically authorized by, and conducted in accordance
with the scope, purpose, terms, and conditions of, a
National Marine Sanctuary permit issued pursuant to
§922.166.
Notwithstanding the prohibitions in this section and in
§922.164, and any access and use restriction imposed
pursuant thereto, a person may conduct an activity
specifically authorized by a valid Federal, State, or local
lease, permit, license, approval, or other authorization in
existence on the effective date of these regulations, or by
any valid right of subsistence use or access in existence on
the effective date of these regulations, provided that the
holder of such authorization or right complies with
§922.167 and with any terms and conditions on the
exercise of such authorization or right imposed by the
Director as a condition of certification as he or she deems
reasonably necessary to achieve the purposes for which the
Sanctuary was designated.
Notwithstanding the prohibitions in this section and in
§922.164, and any access and use restrictions imposed
pursuant thereto, a person may conduct an activity
specifically authorized by any valid Federal, State, or local
lease, permit, license, approval, or other authorization
issued after the effective date of these regulations, provided
that the applicant complies with §922.168, the Director
notifies the applicant and authorizing agency that he or she
does not object to issuance of the authorization, and the
applicant complies with any terms and conditions the
Director deems reasonably necessary to protect Sanctuary
resources and qualities. Amendments, renewals and
extensions of authorizations in existence on the effective
date of these regulations constitute authorizations issued
after the effective date of these regulations.
(1) All military activities shall be carried out in a
manner that avoids to the maximum extent practical any
adverse impacts on Sanctuary resources and qualities. The
prohibitions in paragraph (a) of this section and §922.164
do not apply to existing classes of military activities which
were conducted prior to the effective date of these
regulations, as identified in the Environmental Impact
Statement and Management Plan for the Sanctuary. New
military activities in the Sanctuary are allowed and may be
exempted from the prohibitions in paragraph (a) of this
section and in §922.164 by the Director after consultation
between the Director and the Department of Defense
pursuant to section 304(d) of the NMSA. When a military
activity is modified such that it is likely to destroy, cause
the loss of, or injure a Sanctuary resource or quality in a
manner significantly greater than was considered in a
previous consultation under section 304(d) of the NMSA,
or it is likely to destroy, cause the loss of, or injure a
Sanctuary resource or quality not previously considered in
a previous consultation under section 304(d) of the NMSA,
the activity is considered a new activity for purposes of
this paragraph. If it is determined that an activity may be
carried out, such activity shall be carried out in a manner
 Home Contents Index
that avoids to the maximum extent practical any adverse
impact on Sanctuary resources and qualities.
In the event of threatened or actual destruction of, loss
of, or injury to a Sanctuary resource or quality resulting
from an untoward incident, including but not limited to
spills and groundings caused by the Department of
Defense, the cognizant component shall promptly
coordinate with the Director for the purpose of taking
appropriate actions to prevent, respond to or mitigate the
harm and, if possible, restore or replace the Sanctuary
resource or quality.
The prohibitions contained in paragraph (a)(5) of this
section do not apply to Federal, State and local officers
while performing enforcement duties and/or responding to
emergencies that threaten life, property, or the environment
in their official capacity.
Notwithstanding paragraph (b) of this section and
paragraph (a) of §922.168, in no event may the Director
issue a permit under §922.166 authorizing, or otherwise
approve, the exploration for, leasing, development, or
production of minerals or hydrocarbons within the
Sanctuary, the disposal of dredged material within the
Sanctuary other than in connection with beach
renourishment or Sanctuary restoration projects, or the
discharge of untreated or primary treated sewage (except by
a certification, pursuant to §922.167, of a valid
authorization in existence on the effective date of these
regulations), and any purported authorizations issued by
other authorities after the effective date of these regulations
for any of these activities within the Sanctuary shall be
invalid.
§922.164 Additional activity regulations by Sanctuary area.
In addition to the prohibitions set forth in §922.163,
which apply throughout the Sanctuary, the following
regulations apply with respect to activities conducted within
the Sanctuary areas described in this section and in
Appendix (II) through (VII) to this subpart. Activities
located within two or more overlapping Sanctuary areas are
concurrently subject to the regulations applicable to each
overlapping area.
Areas To Be Avoided. Operating a tank vessel or a vessel
greater than 50 meters in registered length is prohibited in
all areas to be avoided, except if such vessel is a public
vessel and its operation is essential for national defense,
law enforcement, or responses to emergencies that threaten
life, property, or the environment. Appendix VII to this
subpart sets forth the geographic coordinates of these areas.
Existing Management Areas.−(1) Key Largo and Looe
Key Management Areas. The following activities are
prohibited within the Key Largo and Looe Key
Management Areas (also known as the Key Largo and
Looe Key National Marine Sanctuaries) described in
Appendix II to this subpart:
Removing, taking, damaging, harmfully disturbing,
breaking, cutting, spearing or similarly injuring any coral or
other marine invertebrate, or any plant, soil, rock, or other
material, except commercial taking of spiny lobster and
stone crab by trap and recreational taking of spiny lobster
by hand or by hand gear which is consistent with these
regulations and the applicable regulations implementing the
applicable Fishery Management Plan.
Taking any tropical fish.
Fishing with wire fish traps, bottom trawls, dredges, fish
sleds, or similar vessel−towed or anchored bottom fishing
gear or nets.
Fishing with, carrying or possessing, except while
passing through without interruption or for law enforcement
APPENDIX VII
purposes: pole spears, air rifles, bows and arrows, slings,
Hawaiian slings, rubber powdered arbaletes, pneumatic and
spring−loaded guns or similar devices known as spearguns.
Great White Heron and Key West National Wildlife
Refuge Management Areas. Operating a personal watercraft,
operating an airboat, or water skiing except within
Township 66 South, Range 29 East, Sections 5, 11, 12 and
14; Township 66 South, Range 28 East, Section 2;
Township 67 South, Range 26 East, Sections 16 and 20, all
Tallahassee Meridian, are prohibited within the marine
portions of the Great White Heron and Key West National
Wildlife Refuge Management Areas described in Appendix
II to this subpart:
(c) Wildlife Management Areas. (1) Marine portions of
the Wildlife Management Areas listed in Appendix III to
this subpart or portions thereof may be designated “idle
speed only/no−wake,” “no−motor” or “no−access buffer”
zones or “closed”. The Director, in cooperation with other
Federal, State, or local resource management authorities, as
appropriate, shall post signs conspicuously, using mounting
posts, buoys, or other means according to location and
purpose, at appropriate intervals and locations, clearly
delineating an area as an “idle speed only/no wake”, a
“no−motor”, or a “no−access buffer” zone or as “closed”,
and allowing instant, long−range recognition by boaters.
Such signs shall display the official logo of the Sanctuary.
The following activities are prohibited within the marine
portions of the Wildlife Management Areas listed in
Appendix III to this subpart:
In those marine portions of any Wildlife Management
Area designated an “idle speed only/no wake” zone in
Appendix III to this subpart, operating a vessel at a speed
greater that idle speed only/no wake.
In those marine portions of any Wildlife Management
Area designated a “no−motor” zone in Appendix III to this
subpart, using internal combustion motors or engines for
any purposes. A vessel with an internal combustion motor
or engine may access a “no−motor” zone only through the
use of a push pole, paddle, sail, electric motor or similar
means of propulsion.
In those marine portions of any Wildlife Management
Area designated a “no−access buffer” zone in Appendix III
of this subpart, entering the area by vessel.
In those marine portions of any Wildlife Management
Area designated as closed in Appendix lll to this subpart,
entering or using the area.
The Director shall coordinate with other Federal, State,
or local resource management authorities, as appropriate, in
the establishment and enforcement of access restrictions
described in paragraph (c)(2)(i)−(iv) of this section in the
marine portions of Wildlife Management Areas.
The Director may modify the number and location of
access restrictions described in paragraph (c)(2)(i)−(iv) of
this section within the marine portions of a Wildlife
Management Area if the Director finds that such action is
reasonably necessary to minimize disturbances to Sanctuary
wildlife, or to ensure protection and preservation of
Sanctuary wildlife consistent with the purposes of the
Sanctuary designation and other applicable law governing
the protection and preservation of wildlife resources in the
Sanctuary. The Director will effect such modification by:
Publishing in the Federal Register, after notice and an
opportunity for public comments in accordance, an
amendment to the list of such areas set forth in Appendix
III to this subpart, and a notice regarding the time and
place where maps depicting the precise locations of such
304
 Home Contents Index
restrictions will be made available for public inspection,
and
Posting official signs delineating such restrictions in
accordance with paragraph (c)(1) of this section.
Ecological Reserves and Sanctuary Preservation Areas.
(1) The following activities are prohibited within the
Ecological Reserves described in Appendix IV to this
subpart, and within the Sanctuary Preservation Areas,
described in Appendix V to this subpart:
Discharging or depositing any material or other matter
except cooling water or engine exhaust.
Possessing, moving, harvesting, removing, taking,
damaging, disturbing, breaking, cutting, spearing, or
otherwise injuring any coral, marine invertebrate, fish,
bottom formation, algae, seagrass or other living or dead
organism, including shells, or attempting any of these
activities. However, fish, invertebrates and marine plants
may be possessed aboard a vessel in an Ecological Reserve
or Sanctuary Preservation Area, provided such resources
can be shown not to have been harvested within, removed
from, or taken within, the Ecological Reserve or Sanctuary
Preservation Area, as applicable, by being stowed in a
cabin, locker, or similar storage area prior to entering and
during transit through such reserves or areas.
Except for catch and release fishing by trolling in the
Conch Reef; Alligator Reef; Sombrero Reef, and Sand Key
SPAs, fishing by any means. However, gear capable of
harvesting fish may be aboard a vessel in an Ecological
Reserve or Sanctuary Preservation Area, provided such gear
is not available for immediate use when entering and
during transit through such Ecological Reserve or Sanctuary
Preservation Area, and no presumption of fishing activity
shall be drawn therefrom.
Touching living or dead coral, including but not limited
to, standing on a living or dead coral formation.
Placing any anchor in a way that allows the anchor or
any portion of the anchor apparatus (including the anchor,
chain or rope) to touch living or dead coral, or any
attached organism. When anchoring dive boats, the first
diver down must inspect the anchor to ensure that it is not
touching living or dead coral, and will not shift in such a
way as to touch such coral or other attached organisms. No
further diving shall take place until the anchor is placed in
accordance with these requirements.
Anchoring instead of mooring when a mooring buoy is
available or anchoring in other than a designated anchoring
area when such areas have been designated and are
available.
Except for passage without interruption through that
area, for law enforcement purposes, or for purposes of
monitoring pursuant to paragraph (d)(2) of this section,
violating a temporary access restriction imposed by the
Director pursuant to paragraph (d)(2) of this section.
The Director may temporarily restrict access to any
portion of any Sanctuary Preservation Area or Ecological
Reserve if the Director, on the basis of the best available
data, information and studies, determines that a
concentration of use appears to be causing or contributing
to significant degradation of the living resources of the area
and that such action is reasonably necessary to allow for
recovery of the living resources of such area. The Director
will provide for continuous monitoring of the area during
the pendency of the restriction. The Director will provide
public notice of the restriction by publishing a notice in the
Federal Register, and by such other means as the Director
may deem appropriate. The Director may only restrict
access to an area for a period of 60 days, with one
APPENDIX VII
additional 60 day renewal. The Director may restrict access
to an area for a longer period pursuant to a notice and
opportunity for public comment rulemaking under the
Administrative Procedure Act. Such restriction will be kept
to the minimum amount of area necessary to achieve the
purpose thereof.
Special−use Areas. (1) The Director may set aside
discrete areas of the Sanctuary as Special−use Areas, and,
by designation pursuant to this paragraph, impose the
access and use restrictions specified in paragraph (e)(3) of
this section. Special−use Areas are described in Appendix
VI to this subpart, in accordance with the following
designations and corresponding objectives:
“Recovery area” to provide for the recovery of
Sanctuary resources from degradation or other injury
attributable to human uses:
“Restoration area” to provide for restoration of degraded
or otherwise injured Sanctuary resources;
“Research−only area” to provide for scientific research
or education relating to protecting and management through
the issuance of a Sanctuary General permit for research
pursuant to §922.166; and
“Facilitated−use area” to provide for the prevention of
use or user conflicts or the facilitation of access and use, or
to promote public use and understanding, of Sanctuary
resources through the issuance of special−use permits.
A Special−use Area shall be no larger than the size the
Director deems reasonably necessary to accomplish the
applicable objective.
Persons conducting activities within any Special−use
Area shall comply with the access and use restrictions
specified in this paragraph and made applicable to such
area by means of its designations as a “recovery area,”
“restoration area,” “research only area,” or “facilitated−use
area.” Except for passage without interruption through the
area or for law enforcement purposes, no person may enter
a Special−use Area except to conduct or cause to be
conducted the following activities:
in such area designated as a “recovery area” or a
“restoration area”, habitat manipulation related to
restoration of degraded or otherwise injured Sanctuary
resources, or activities reasonably necessary to monitor
recovery of degraded or otherwise injured Sanctuary
resources;
In such area designated as a “research only area”,
scientific research or educational use specifically authorized
by and conducted in accordance with the scope, purpose,
terms and conditions of a valid National Marine Sanctuary
General or Historical Resources permit, or
in such area designated as a “facilitated−use area”.
activities specified by the Director or specifically authorized
by and conducted in accordance with the scope, purpose,
terms, and conditions of a valid Special−use permit.
(i) The Director may modify the number of, location of,
or designations applicable to, Special−use Areas by
publishing in the Federal Register, after notice and an
opportunity for public comment in accordance with the
Administration Procedure Act, an amendment to Appendix
VI to this subpart, except that, with respect to such areas
designated as a “recovery area,” “restoration area,” or
“research only area,” the Director may modify the number
of, location of, or designation applicable to, such areas by
publishing a notice of such action in the Federal Register
if the Director determines that immediate action is
reasonably necessary to:
Prevent significant injury to Sanctuary resources where
circumstances create an imminent risk to such resources;
305
 Home Contents Index APPENDIX VII

Initiate restoration activity where a delay in time would then follows the eastern boundary of Biscayne National
significantly impair the ability of such restoration activity Park to the beginning point specified in paragraph (a).
to succeed; Appendix II to Subpart P of Part 922−Existing Management
Initiate research activity where an unforeseen natural Areas boundary coordinates
event produces an opportunity for scientific research that The Existing Management Areas are located within the
may be lost if research is not initiated immediately. following geographic boundary coordinates:
If the Director determines that a notice of modification National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration,
must be promulgated immediately in accordance with Preexisting National Marine Sanctuaries:
paragraph (e)(4)(i) of this section, the Director will, as part Key Largo Management Area (Key Largo National
of the same notice, invite public comment and specify that Marine Sanctuary):
comments will be received for 15 days alter the effective Point Latitude Longitude
date of the notice. As soon as practicable after the end of
1 25°19⋅45′N 80°12⋅00′W
the comment period, the Director will either rescind,
2 25°16⋅02′N 80°08⋅07′W
modify or allow the modification to remain unchanged
3 25°07⋅05′N 80°12⋅05′W
through notice in the Federal Register.
4 24°58⋅03′N 80°19⋅08′W
§922.165 Emergency regulations.
5 25°02⋅02′N 80°25⋅25′W
Where necessary to prevent or minimize the destruction
of, loss of, or injury to a Sanctuary resource or quality, or 6 25°19⋅45′N 80°12⋅00′W
minimize the imminent risk of such destruction, loss, or Looe Key Management Area (Looe Key National
injury, any and all activities are subject to immediate Marine Sanctuary):
temporary regulation, including prohibition. Any such Point Latitude Longitude
temporary regulation may be in effect for up to 60 days,
1 24°31⋅62′N 81°26⋅00′W
with one 60−day extension. Additional or extended action
2 24°33⋅57′N 81°26⋅00′W
will require notice and comment rulemaking under the
3 24°34⋅15′N 81°23⋅00′W
Administrative Procedure Act, notice in local newspapers,
4 24°32⋅20′N 81°23⋅00′W
Notice to Mariners, and press releases.
5 24°31⋅62′N 81°26⋅00′W
United States Fish and Wildlife Service: Great White
Heron National Wildlife Refuge (based on the North
Appendix I to Subpart P of Part 922−Florida Keys National
American Datum of 1983):
Marine Sanctuary boundary coordinates
The boundary of the Florida Keys National Marine Point Latitude Longitude
Sanctuary− 1 24°43⋅8′N 81°48⋅6′W
begins at the northeasternmost point of Biscayne 2 24°43⋅8′N 81°37⋅2′W
National Park located at approximately 25°39′N, 80°05′W, 3 24°49⋅2′N 81°37⋅2′W
then runs eastward to the 300−foot isobath located at 4 24°49⋅2′N 81°19⋅8′W
approximately 25°39′N, 80°04′W; 5 24°48⋅0′N 81°19⋅8′W
then runs southward and connects in succession the 6 24°48⋅0′N 81°14⋅4′W
points at the following coordinates: 7 24°49⋅2′N 81°14⋅4′W
25°34′N, 80°04′W, 8 24°49⋅2′N 81°08⋅4′W
25°28′N, 80°05′W, 9 24°43⋅8′N 81°08⋅4′W
25°21′N, 80°07′W, and 10 24°43⋅8′N 81°14⋅4′W
25°16′N, 80°08′W. 11 24°43⋅2′N 81°14⋅4′W
then runs southwesterly approximating the 300 foot 12 24°43⋅2′N 81°16⋅2′W
isobath and connects in succession the points at the 13 24°42⋅6′N 81°16⋅2′W
following coordinates: 14 24°42⋅6′N 81°21⋅0′W
25°07′N, 80°13′W, 15 24°41⋅4′N 81°21⋅0′W
24°57′N, 80°21′W,
16 24°41⋅4′N 81°22⋅2′W
24°39′N, 80°52′W,
17 24°43⋅2′N 81°22⋅2′W
24°30′N, 81°23′W,
18 24°43⋅2′N 81°22⋅8′W
24°25′N, 81°50′W,
19 24°43⋅8′N 81°22⋅8′W
24°22′N, 82°48′W,
20 24°43⋅8′N 81°24⋅0′W
24°37′N, 83°06′W,
24°40′N, 83°06′W, 21 24°43⋅2′N 81°24⋅0′W
24°46′N, 82°54′W, 22 24°43⋅2′N 81°26⋅4′W
24°44′N, 81°55′W, 23 24°43⋅8′N 81°26⋅4′W
24°51′N, 81°26′W, and 24 24°43⋅8′N 81°27⋅0′W
24°55′N, 80°56′W; 25 24°43⋅2′N 81°27⋅0′W
then follows the boundary of Everglades National Park 26 24°43⋅2′N 81°29⋅4′W
in a southerly then northeasterly direction through Florida 27 24°42⋅6′N 81°29⋅4′W
Bay, Buttonwood Sound, Tarpon Basin, and Blackwater 28 24°42⋅6′N 81°30⋅6′W
Sound; 29 24°41⋅4′N 81°30⋅6′W
after Division Point, then departs from the boundary of 30 24°41⋅4′N 81°31⋅2′W
Everglades National Park and follows the western shoreline 31 24°40⋅8′N 81°31⋅2′W
of Manatee Bay, Barnes Sound, and Card Sound; 32 24°40⋅8′N 81°32⋅4′W
then follows the southern boundary of Biscayne National 33 24°41⋅4′N 81°32⋅4′W
Park to the southeastern most point of Biscayne National 34 24°41⋅4′N 81°34⋅2′W
Park; and 35 24°40⋅8′N 81°34⋅2′W

306
 Home Contents Index APPENDIX VII

Point Latitude Longitude Tidal flat south of Marvin Key: No−access buffer zone
on tidal flat
36 24°48⋅0′N 81°35⋅4′W
Mud Keys: (i) Idle speed only/no−wake zones in the two
37 24°39⋅6′N 81°35⋅4′W
main tidal creeks; (ii) two smaller creeks on west side
38 24°39⋅6′N 81°36⋅0′W
closed
39 24°39⋅0′N 81°36⋅0′W
Pelican Shoal: No−access buffer zone−out to 50 meters
40 24°39⋅0′N 81°37⋅2′W
from shore between April I and August 31 (shoal closed by
41 24°37⋅8′N 81°37⋅2′W the Florida Game Freshwater Fish Commission)
42 24°37⋅8′N 81°37⋅8′W Rodriguez Key: No−motor zone on tidal flats
43 24°37⋅2′N 81°37⋅8′W Dove Key: No−motor zone on tidal flats; area around
44 24°37⋅2′N 81°40⋅2′W the two small islands closed
45 24°36⋅0′N 81°40⋅2′W Tavernier Key: No−motor zone on tidal flats
46 24°36⋅0′N 81°40⋅8′W Sawyer Keys: Tidal creeks on south side closed
47 24°35⋅4′N 81°40⋅8′W Snipe Keys: (i) Idle speed only/no−wake zone in main
48 24°35⋅4′N 81°42⋅0′W tidal creek; (ii) no−motor zone in all other tidal creeks
49 24°36⋅0′N 81°42⋅0′W Upper Harbor Key: No−access buffer zone (300 feet)
50 24°36⋅0′N 81°48⋅6′W around entire key
51 24°43⋅8′N 81°48⋅6′W East Content Keys: Idle speed only/no−wake zones in
tidal creeks between southwesternmost keys
Key West National Wildlife Refuge: West Content Keys: Idle speed only/no−wake zones in
Point Latitude Longitude selected tidal creeks; no−access buffer zone in one cove
1 24°40′N 81°49′W Little Crane Key: No−access buffer zone (300 feet)
2 24°40′N 82°10′W around entire key
3 24°27′N 82°10′W
4 24°27′N 81°49′W Appendix IV to Subpart P of Part 922−Ecological Reserves
boundary coordinates
5 24°40′N 81°49′W
Coordinates.
When differential Global Positioning Systems data becomes (1) The boundary of the Western Sambo Ecological
available, these coordinates may be revised by Federal Register Reserve is formed by connecting in succession the points at
notice to reflect the increased accuracy of such data. the following coordinates:
Appendix III to Subpart P of Part 922 Wildlife Management
Areas access restrictions
WESTERN SAMBOS
Area and Access Restrictions (Based on differential Global Positioning Systems data)
Bay Keys: No−motor zone (300 feet) around one key; Point Latitude Longitude
idle speed only/no−wake zones in tidal creeks 1 24°33⋅70′N 81°40⋅80′W
Boca Grande Key: South one−half of beach closed 2 24°28⋅85′N 81°41⋅90′W
(beach above mean high water closed by Department of 3 24°28⋅50′N 81°43⋅70′W
Interior) 4 24°33⋅50′N 81°43⋅10′W
Woman Key: One−half of beach and sand spit on 5 24°33⋅70′N 81°40⋅80′W
southeast side closed (beach and sand spit above mean high
water closed by Department of Interior) Appendix V to Subpart P of Part 922−Sanctuary
Cayo Agua Keys: Idle speed only/no−wake zones in all Preservation Areas Boundary Coordinates
navigable tidal creeks The boundary of each of the Sanctuary Preservation
Cotton Key: No−motor zone on tidal flat Areas (SPAs) is formed by connecting in succession the
Snake Creek: No−motor zone on tidal flat points at the following coordinates:
Cottrell Key: No−motor zone (300 feet) around entire
key ALLIGATOR REEF
Little Mullet Key: No−access buffer zone (300 feet)
around entire key (Based on differential Global Positioning Systems data)
Big Mullet Key: No−motor zone (300 feet) around entire Point Latitude Longitude
key 1 24°50⋅98′N 80°36⋅84′W
Crocodile Lake: No−access buffer zone (100 feet) along 2 24°50⋅51′N 80°37⋅35′W
shoreline between March 1 and October 1 3 24°50⋅81′N 80°37⋅63′W
East Harbor Key: No−access buffer zone (300 feet) 4 24°51⋅23′N 80°37⋅71′W
around northernmost island 5 24°50⋅98′N 80°36⋅84′W
Lower Harbor Keys: Idle speed only/no−wake zones in Catch and release fishing by trolling only is allowed in this SPA.
selected tidal creeks
Eastern Lake Surprise: Idle speed only/no−wake zone CARYSFORT/SOUTH CARYSFORT REEF
east of highway U.S. I
(Based on differential Global Positioning Systems data)
Horseshoe Key: No−access buffer zone (300 feet) around
main island (main island closed by Department of Interior) Point Latitude Longitude
Marquesas Keys: (i) No−motor zones (300 feet) around 1 25°13⋅78′N 80°12⋅00′W
three smallest keys on western side of chain; (ii) no−access 2 25°12⋅03′N 80°12⋅98′W
buffer zone (300 feet) around one island at western side of 3 25°12⋅24′N 80°13⋅77′W
chain; (iii) idle speed only/no−wake zone in southwest tidal 4 25°14⋅13′N 80°12⋅78′W
creek: 5 25°13⋅78′N 80°12⋅00′W

307
 Home Contents Index APPENDIX VII

CHEECA ROCKS EASTERN DRY ROCKS

(Based on differential Global Positioning Systems data) (Based on differential Global Positioning Systems data)
Point Latitude Longitude Point Latitude Longitude
1 24°54⋅42′N 80°36⋅91′W 1 24°27⋅92′N 81°50⋅55′W
2 24°54⋅25′N 80°36⋅77′W 2 24°27⋅73′N 81°50⋅33′W
3 24°54⋅10′N 80°37⋅00′W 3 24°27⋅47′N 81°50⋅80′W
4 24°54⋅22′N 80°37⋅15′W 4 24°27⋅72′N 81°50⋅86′W
5 24°54⋅42′N 80°36⋅91′W 5 24°27⋅92′N 81°50⋅55′W

THE ELBOW
COFFINS PATCH (Based on differential Global Positioning Systems data)
(Based on differential Global Positioning Systems data) Point Latitude Longitude
Point Latitude Longitude 1 25°08⋅97 N 80°15⋅63′W
2 25°08⋅95′N 80°15⋅22′W
1 24°41⋅47′N 80°57⋅68′W
3 25°08⋅18′N 80°15⋅64′W
2 24°41⋅12′N 80°57⋅53′W
4 25°08⋅50′N 80°16⋅07′W
3 24°40⋅75′N 80°58⋅33′W
5 25°08⋅97′N 80°15⋅63′W
4 24°41⋅06′N 80°58⋅48′W
5 24°41⋅47′N 80°57⋅68′W
FRENCH REEF
(Based on differential Global Positioning Systems data)
CONCH REEF Point Latitude Longitude
(Based on differential Global Positioning Systems data) 1 25°02⋅20′N 80°20⋅63′W
2 25°01⋅81′N 80°21⋅02′W
Point Latitude Longitude
3 25°02⋅36′N 80°21⋅27′W
1 24°57⋅48′N 80°27⋅47′W 4 25°02⋅20′N 80°20⋅63′W
2 24°57⋅34′N 80°27⋅26′W
3 24°56⋅78′N 80°27⋅52′W HEN AND CHICKENS
4 24°56⋅96′N 80°27⋅73′W
5 24°57⋅48′N 80°27⋅47′W (Based on differential Global Positioning Systems data)
Catch and release fishing by trolling only is allowed in Point Latitude Longitude
this SPA. 1 24°56⋅38′N 80°32⋅86′W
2 24°56⋅21′N 80°32⋅63′W
DAVIS REEF 3 24°55⋅86′N 80°32⋅95′W
4 24°56⋅04′N 80°33⋅19′W
(Based on differential Global Positioning Systems data) 5 24°56⋅38′N 80°32⋅86′W
Point Latitude Longitude
LOOE KEY
1 24°55⋅61′N 80°30⋅27′W
2 24°55⋅41′N 80°30⋅05′W (Based on differential Global Positioning Systems data)
3 24°55⋅41′N 80°30⋅35′W Point Latitude Longitude
4 24°55⋅34′N 80°30⋅52′W 1 24°33⋅24′N 81°24⋅03′W
5 24°55⋅61′N 80°30⋅27′W 2 24°32⋅70′N 81°24⋅85′W
3 24°32⋅52′N 81°24⋅70′W
4 24°33⋅12′N 81°24⋅81′W
DRY ROCKS
5 24°33⋅24′N 81°24⋅03′W
(Based on differential Global Positioning Systems data)
MOLASSES REEF
Point Latitude Longitude
1 25°07⋅59′N 80°17⋅91′W (Based on differential Global Positioning Systems data)
2 25°07⋅41′N 80°17⋅70′W Point Latitude Longitude
3 25°07⋅25′N 80°17⋅82′W 1 25°01⋅00′N 80°22⋅53′W
4 25°07⋅41′N 80°18⋅09′W 2 25°01⋅06′N 80°21⋅84′W
5 27°07⋅59′N 80°17⋅91′W 3 25°00⋅29′N 80°22⋅70′W
4 25°00⋅72′N 80°22⋅83′W
5 25°01⋅00′N 80°22⋅53′W
GRECIAN ROCKS
(Based on differential Global Positioning Systems data) NEWFOUND HARBOR KEY
Point Latitude Longitude (Based on differential Global Positioning Systems data)
1 25°06⋅91′N 80°18⋅20′W Point Latitude Longitude
2 25°06⋅67′N 80°18⋅06′W 1 24°37⋅10′N 81°23⋅34′W
3 25°06⋅39′N 80°18⋅32′W 2 24°36⋅85′N 81°23⋅28′W
4 25°06⋅42′N 80°18⋅48′W 3 24°36⋅74′N 81°23⋅80′W
5 25°06⋅81′N 80°18⋅44′W 4 24°37⋅00′N 81°23⋅86′W
6 25°06⋅91′N 80°18⋅20′W 5 24°37⋅10′N 81°23⋅34′W

308
 Home Contents Index APPENDIX VII

ROCK KEY LOOE KEY (RESEARCH ONLY)

(Based on differential Global Positioning Systems data)
Point Latitude Longitude (Based on differential Global Positioning Systems data)
1 24°27⋅48′N 81°51⋅35′W Point Latitude Longitude
2 24°27⋅30′N 81°51⋅15′W 1 24°34⋅17′N 81°23⋅01′W
3 24°27⋅21′N 81°51⋅60′W 2 24°33⋅98′N 81°22⋅96′W
4 24°27⋅45′N 81°51⋅65′W 3 24°33⋅84′N 81°23⋅60′W
5 24°27⋅48′N 81°51⋅35′W 4 24°34⋅23′N 81°23⋅68′W
5 24°34⋅17′N 81°23⋅01′W

SAND KEY
(Based on differential Global Positioning Systems data)
TENNESSEE REEF (RESEARCH ONLY)
Point Latitude Longitude
1 24°27⋅58′N 81°52⋅29′W
2 24°27⋅01′N 81°52⋅32′W (Based on differential Global Positioning Systems data)
3 24°27⋅02′N 81°52⋅95′W Point Latitude Longitude
4 24°27⋅61′N 81°52⋅29′W 1 24°44⋅77′N 80°47⋅12′W
5 24°27⋅58′N 81°52⋅29′W 2 24°44⋅57′N 80°46⋅98′W
Catch and release fishing by trolling only is allowed in 3 24°44⋅68′N 80°46⋅59′W
this SPA. 4 24°44⋅95′N 80°46⋅74′W
5 24°44⋅77′N 80°47⋅12′W

SOMBRERO KEY
Appendix VII to Subpart P of Part 922−Areas To Be Avoided
(Based on differential Global Positioning Systems data) Boundary Coordinates
Point Latitude Longitude In the Vicinity of the Florida Keys
1 24°37⋅91′N 81°06⋅78′W Point Latitude Longitude
2 24°37⋅50′N 81°06⋅19′W 1 25°45⋅00′N 80°06⋅10′W
3 24°37⋅25′N 81°06⋅89′W 2 25°38⋅70′N 80°02⋅70′W
4 24°37⋅91′N 81°06⋅78′W 3 25°22⋅00′N 80°03⋅00′W
Catch and release fishing by trolling only is allowed in 4 25°06⋅38′N 80°10⋅48′W
this SPA. 5 24°56⋅37′N 80°19⋅26′W
6 24°37⋅90′N 80°47⋅30′W
Appendix VI to Subpart P of 922−Special−Use Areas 7 24°29⋅20′N 81°17⋅30′W
Boundary Coordinates and Use Designations 8 24°22⋅30′N 81°43⋅17′W
The boundary of each of the Special−Use Areas is 9 24°28⋅00′N 81°43⋅17′W
formed by connecting in succession the points at the 10 24°28⋅70′N 81°43⋅50′W
following coordinates: 11 24°29⋅80′N 81°43⋅17′W
12 24°33⋅10′N 81°35⋅15′W
13 24°33⋅60′N 81°26⋅00′W
14 24°38⋅20′N 81°07⋅00′W
CONCH REEF (RESEARCH ONLY) 15 24°43⋅20′N 80°53⋅20′W
16 24°46⋅10′N 80°46⋅15′W
(Based on differential Global Positioning Systems data) 17 24°51⋅10′N 80°37⋅10′W
Point Latitude Longitude 18 25°57⋅50′N 80°27⋅50′W
1 24°56⋅83′N 80°27⋅26′W 19 25°09⋅90′N 80°16⋅20′W
2 24°57⋅10′N 80°26⋅93′W 20 25°24⋅00′N 80°09⋅10′W
3 24°56⋅99′N 80°27⋅42′W 21 25°31⋅50′N 80°07⋅00′W
4 24°57⋅34′N 80°27⋅26′W 22 25°39⋅70′N 80°06⋅85′W
5 24°56⋅83′N 80°27⋅26′W 23 25°45⋅00′N 80°06⋅10′W

In the Vicinity of Key West Harbor

EASTERN SAMBOS (RESEARCH ONLY)
Point Latitude Longitude
(Based on differential Global Positioning Systems data) 24 24°27⋅95′N 81°48⋅65′W
Point Latitude Longitude 25 24°23⋅00′N 81°53⋅50′W
1 24°29⋅84′N 81°39⋅59′W 26 24°26⋅60′N 81°58⋅50′W
2 24°29⋅55′N 81°39⋅35′W 27 24°27⋅75′N 81°55⋅70′W
3 24°29⋅37′N 81°39⋅96′W 28 24°29⋅35′N 81°53⋅40′W
4 24°29⋅77′N 81°40⋅03′W 29 24°29⋅35′N 81°50⋅00′W
5 24°29⋅84′N 81°39⋅59′W 30 24°27⋅95′N 81°48⋅65′W

309
 Home Contents Index APPENDIX VII

Areas Surrounding the Marquesas Keys The following fish species, as they occur in waters of
Point Latitude Longitude the state and in federal Exclusive Economic Zone (EEZ)
waters adjacent to state waters, are hereby designated as
31 24°26⋅60′N 81°59⋅55′W
restricted species pursuant to Section 370.01(20), Florida
32 24°23⋅00′N 82°03⋅50′W
Statutes:
33 24°23⋅60′N 82°27⋅80′W
Moray eels−Any species of the Family Muraenidae.
34 24°34⋅50′N 82°37⋅50′W
Snake eels−Any species of the Genera Myrichthys and
35 24°43⋅00′N 82°26⋅50′W
Myrophis of the Family Ophichthidae.
36 24°38⋅31′N 81°54⋅06′W
Toadfish−Any species of the Family Batrachoididae.
37 24°37⋅91′N 81°53⋅40′W
Frogfish−Any species of the Family Antennariidae.
38 24°36⋅15′N 81°51⋅78′W
Batfish−Any species of the Family Ogcocephalidae.
39 24°34⋅40′N 81°50⋅60′W
Clingfish−Any species of the Family Gobiesocidae.
40 24°33⋅44′N 81°49⋅73′W
Trumpetfish−Any species of the Family Aulostomidae.
41 24°31⋅20′N 81°52⋅10′W
Cornetfish−Any species of the Family Fistulariidae.
42 24°28⋅70′N 81°56⋅80′W
Pipefish/seahorses−Any species of the Family
43 24°26⋅60′N 81°59⋅55′W
Syngnathidae.
Hamlet/seabass−Any species of the Family Serranidae,
Area Surrounding the Dry Tortugas Islands
expect groupers of the genera Epinephalus and
Point Latitude Longitude Mycteroperca, and seabass of the genus Centropristis.
44 24°32⋅00′N 82°53⋅50′W Basslets−Any species of the Family Grammistidae.
45 24°32⋅00′N 83°00⋅05′W Cardinalfish−Any species of the Family Apogonidae.
46 24°39⋅70′N 83°00⋅05′W High−hat, Jackknife−fish, Spotted drum, Cubby−Any
47 24°45⋅60′N 82°54⋅40′W species of the genus Equetus of the Family Sciaenidae.
48 24°45⋅60′N 82°47⋅20′W Reef Croakers−Any of the species Odontocion dentex.
49 24°42⋅80′N 82°43⋅90′W Sweepers−Any species of the Family Pempherididae.
50 24°39⋅50′N 82°43⋅90′W Butterflyfish−Any species of the Family Chaetodontides.
51 24°35⋅60′N 82°46⋅40′W Angelfish−Any species of the Family Pomacanthidae.
52 24°32⋅00′N 82°53⋅50′W Damselfish−Any species of the Family Pomacentridae.
Hawkfish−Any species of the Family Cirrhitidae.
Appendix VIII to Subpart P of Part 922−Marine Life Rule Wrasse/hogfish/razorfish−Any species of the Family
[as Excerpted From Chapter 46−42 of the Florida Labridae, except hogfish, Lachnolaimus maximus.
Administrative Code] Parrotfish−Any species of the Family Scaridae.
Jawfish−Any species of the Family Opistognathidae.
46−42.001 Purpose and Intent; Designation of Restricted Blennies−Any species of the Families Clinidae or
Species; Definition of “Marine Life Species.” Blenniidae.
46−42.002 Definitions. Sleepers−Any species of the Family Eleotrididae.
46−42.003 Prohibition of Harvest: Longspine Urchin, Gobies−Any species of the Family Gobiidae.
Bahama Starfish. Tangs and surgeonfish−Any species of the Family
46−42.0035 Live Landing and Live Well Requirements. Acanthuridae.
46−42.0036 Harvest in Biscayne National Park.* Filefish/triggerfish−Any species of the Family Balistes,
46−42.004 Size Limits. except gray triggerfish, Balistdae capriscus.
46−42.005 Bag Limits. Trunkfish/cowfish−Any species of the Family
46−42.006 Commercial Season, Harvest Limits. Ostraciidae.
46−42.007 Gear Specifications and Prohibited Gear. Pufferfish/burrfish/balloonfish−Any of the following
46−42.008 Live Rock.** species:
46−42.009 Prohibition on the Taking, Destruction, or 1. Balloonfish−Diodon holocanthus.
Sale of Marine Corals and Sea Fans. 2. Sharpnose puffer−Canthigaster rostrata.
*Part 42.0036 was not reproduced because it does not apply to 3. Striped burrfish−Chilomycterus schoepfi.
the Sanctuary. The following invertebrate species, as they occur in
**Part 42.008 was not reproduced because it is regulated waters of the state and in federal Exclusive Economic Zone
pursuant to §922.163(a)(2)(ii). (EEZ) waters adjacent to state waters, are hereby
46−42.001 Purpose and Intent; Designation of designated as restricted species pursuant to Section
Restricted Species; Definition of 370.01(20), Florida Statutes:
“Marine Life Species.” Sponges−Any species of the Class Demospongia, except
(a) The purpose and intent of this chapter are to protect sheepswool, yellow, grass, glove, finger, wire, reef, and
and conserve Florida’s tropical marine life resources and velvet sponges, Order Dictyoceratida.
assure the continuing health and abundance of these Upside−down jellyfish−Any species of the Genus
species. The further intent of this chapter is to assure that Cassiopeia.
harvesters in this fishery use nonlethal methods of harvest Siphonophores/hydroids−Any species of the Class
and that the fish, invertebrates, and plants so harvested he Hydrozoa, except fire corals, Order Milleporina.
maintained alive for the maximum possible conservation Soft corals−Any species of the Subclass Octocorallia,
and economic benefits. except sea fans Gorgonia flabellum and Gorgonia ventalina.
It is the express intent of the Marine Fisheries Sea anemones−Any species of the Orders Actinaria
Commission that landing of live rock propagated through Zoanthidea, Corallimorpharia, and Ceriantharia.
aquaculture will be allowed pursuant to the provisions of Featherduster worms/calcareous tubeworms−Any species
this chapter. of the Families Sabellidae and Serpulidae.

310
 Home Contents Index
Star−shells−Any of the species Astraea americana or
Astraea phoebia.
Nudibranchs/sea slugs−Any species of the Subclass
Opisthobranchia.
Fileclams−Any species of the Genus Lima.
Octopods−Any species of the Order Octopoda, except
the common octopus, Octopodus vulgaris.
Shrimp−Any of the following species:
1. Cleaner shrimp and peppermint shrimp−Any species
of the Genera Periclimenes or Lysmata.
2. Coral shrimp−Any species of the Genus Stenopus.
3. Snapping shrimp−Any species of the Genus
Alpheus.
Crabs−Any of the following species:
1. Yellowline arrow crab−Stenorhynchus seticornis.
2. Furcate spider or decorator crab−Stenocionops
furcata.
3. Thinstripe hermit crab−Clibanarius vittatus.
4. Polkadotted hermit crab−Phimochirus operculatus.
5. Spotted porcelain crab−Porcellana sayana.
6. Nimble spray or urchin crab−Percnon gibbesi.
7. False arrow crab−Metoporhaphis calcarata.
Starfish−Any species of the Class Asteroidea, except the
Bahama starfish, Oreaster reticulatus.
Brittlestars−Any species of the Class Ophiuroidea.
Sea urchins−Any species of the Class Echinoidea, except
longspine urchin, Diadema antillarum, and sand dollars and
sea biscuits, Order Clyeasterodia.
Sea cucumbers−Any species of the Class Holothuroidea.
Sea lillies−Any species of the Class Crinoidea.
The following species of plants, as they occur in waters
of the state and in federal Exclusive Economic Zone (EEZ)
waters adjacent to state waters, are hereby designated as
restricted species pursuant to section 370.01(20), Florida
Statutes:
Caulerpa−Any species of the Family Caulerpaceae.
Halimeda/mermaid’s fan/mermaid’s shaving brush−Any
species of the Family Halimedaceae.
Coralline red algae−Any species of the Family
Corallinaceae.
For the purposes of Section 370.06(2)(d), Florida
Statutes, the term “marine life species” is defined to mean
those species designated as restricted species in subsections
(2), (3), and (4) of this rule.
Specific Authority 370.01(20), 370.027(2), 370.06(2)(d),
F.S. Law Implemented 370.01(20), 370.025, 370.027,
370.06 (2)(d), F.S. History−New 1−19 1, Amended 7− 1
−92, 1−1 −95.
46−42.002 Definitions.−As used in this rule chapter
“Barrier net,” also known as a “fence net,” means a
seine used beneath the surface of the water by a diver to
enclose and concentrate tropical fish and which may be
made of either nylon or monofilament.
“Drop net” means a small, usually circular, net with
weights attached along the outer edge and a single float in
the centre, used by a diver to enclose and concentrate
tropical fish.
“Hand held net” means a landing or dip net as defined
in Rule 46−4.002(4), except that a portion of the hag may
be constructed of clear plastic material, rather than mesh.
“Harvest” means the catching or taking of a marine
organism by any means whatsoever, followed by a
reduction of such organism to possession. Marine
organisms that are caught but immediately returned to the
water tree, alive, and unharmed are not harvested. In
addition, temporary possession of a marine animal for the
purpose of measuring it to determine compliance with the
APPENDIX VII
minimum or maximum size requirements of this chapter
shall not constitute harvesting such animal, provided that it
is measured immediately after taking, and immediately
returned to the water free, alive, and unharmed if undersize
or oversize.
“Harvest for commercial purposes” means the taking or
harvesting of any tropical ornamental marine lite species or
tropical ornamental marine plant for purposes of sale or
with intent to sell. The harvest of tropical ornamental
marine lite species or tropical ornamental marine plants in
excess of the bag limit shall constitute prima facie evidence
of intent to sell.
“Land,” when used in connection with the harvest of
marine organisms, means the physical act of bringing the
harvested organism ashore.
“Live rock” means rock with living marine organisms
attached to it.
“Octocoral” means any erect, nonencrusting species of
the Subclass Octocorallia, except the species Gorgonia
llabellum and Gorgonia ventalina.
“Slurp gun” means a self−contained, handheld device
that captures tropical fish by rapidly drawing seawater
containing such fish into a closed chamber.
“Total length” means the length of a fish as measured
from the tip of the snout to the tip of the tail.
“Trawl” means a net in the form of an elongated bag
with the mouth kept open by various means and fished by
being towed or dragged on the bottom.
“Roller frame trawl” means a trawl with all of the
following features and specifications:
A rectangular rigid frame to keep the mouth of the trawl
open while being towed.
The lower horizontal beam of the frame has rollers to
allow the trawl to roll over the bottom and any obstructions
while being towed.
The trawl opening is shielded by a grid of vertical bars
spaced no more than 3 inches apart.
The trawl is towed by attaching a line or towing cable
to a tongue located above or at the centre of the upper
horizontal beam of the frame.
The trawl has no doors attached to keep the mouth of
the trawl open.
“Tropical fish” means any species included in subsection
(2) of Rule 46−42.001, or any part thereof.
“Tropical ornamental marine life species” means any
species included in subsections (2) or (3) of Rule 4642.001,
or any part thereof.
“Tropical ornamental marine plant” means any species
included in subsection (4) of Rule 46−42.001.
Specific Authority 370.027(2), F.S. Law Implemented
370.025, 370.027, F.S. History−New 1−1−91, Amended
7−1−92,1−1−9S.
46−42.003 Prohibition of Harvest: Longspine Urchin,
Bahama Starfish.−No person shall harvest, posses while in
or on the waters of the state, or land any of the following
species
Longspine urchin, Diadema antillarum.
Bahama starfish, Oreaster reticulatus.
Specific Authority 370.027(2), F.S. Law Implemented
370.025, 370.027, F.S. History−New−l−l−91, Amended
7−1−92.
46−4200.35 Live Landing and Live Well Requirements
Each person harvesting any tropical ornamental marine
life species or any tropical ornamental marine plant shall
land such marine organism alive.
Each person harvesting any tropical ornamental marine
lite species or any tropical ornamental marine plant shall
311
 Home Contents Index APPENDIX VII
have aboard the vessel being used for such harvest a
continuously circulating live well or aeration or
oxygenation system of adequate size and capacity to
maintain such harvested marine organisms in a healthy
condition.
Specific Authority 370.027(2), F.S. Law Implemented
370.025, 370.027, F.S. History−New 7−1−92.
46−42.004 Size Limits
Angelfishes.−
No person harvesting for commercial purposes shall
harvest, posses while in or on the waters of the state, or
land any of the following species of angelfish, of total
length less than that set forth below:
1. One−and−one half (1.5) inches for: a. Gray
angelfish (Pomacanthus arcuatus). b. French
angelfish (Pomacanthus paru).
2. One−and−three−quarters (1.75) inches for: a. Blue
angelfish (Holacanthus bermudensis). b. Queen
angelfish (Holacanthus ciliaris).
3. Two (2) inches for rock beauty (Holacanthus
tricolor).
No person shall harvest, possess while in or on the
waters of the state, or land any angelfish (Family
Pomacanthidae), of total length greater than that specified
below:
1. Eight (8) inches for angelfish, except rock beauty
(Holacanthus tricolor).
2. Five (5) inches for rock beauty.
Except as provided herein, no person shall purchase,
sell, or exchange any angelfish, smaller than the limits
specified in paragraph (a) or larger than the limits specified
in paragraph (b). This prohibition shall not apply to
angelfish legally harvested outside of state waters or federal
Exclusive Economic Zone (EEZ) waters adjacent to state
waters, which angelfish are entering Florida in interstate or
international commerce. The burden shall be upon any
person possessing such angelfish for sale or exchange to
establish the chain of possession from the initial transaction
after harvest, by appropriate receipt(s), bill(s) of sale, or
bill(s) of lading, and any customs receipts, and to show
that such angelfish originated from a point outside the
waters of the State of Florida or federal Exclusive
Economic Zone (EEZ) waters adjacent to Florida waters
and entered the state in interstate or international
commerce. Failure to maintain such documentation or to
promptly produce same at the request of any duly
authorized law enforcement officer shall constitute prima
facie evidence that such angelfish were harvested from
Florida waters or adjacent EEZ waters for purposes of this
paragraph.
Butterfly fishes.−
No person harvesting for commercial purposes shall
harvest, possess while in or on the waters of the state, or
land any butterflyfish (Family Chaetodontidae) of total
length less than one (1) inch.
No person shall harvest, possess while in or on the
waters of the state, or land any butterflyfish to total length
greater than 4 inches.
Gobies−No person shall harvest, possess while in or on
the waters of the state, or land any gobie (Family
Gobiidae) of total length greater than 2 inches.
Jawfishes−No person shall harvest, possess while in or
on the waters of the state, or land any jawfish (Family
Opistognathidae) of total length greater than 4 inches.
Spotfin and Spanish hogfish−
312
No person shall harvest, possess while in or on the
waters of this state, or land any Spanish hogfish (Bodianus
rufus) of total length less than 2 inches.
No person shall harvest, possess while in or on the
waters of this state, or land any Spanish hogfish (Bodianus
rufus) or spotfin hogfish (Bodianus pulchellus) of total
length greater than 8 inches.
Specific Authority 370.027(2), F.S. Law Implemented
370.025, 370.027, F.S. History−New 1−1−91, Amended
7−1−92,1−1−9S.
46−42.005 Bag limit
Except as provided in Rule 46−42.006 or subsections (3)
or (4) of this rule (46−42.005) no person shall harvest,
possess while in or on the waters of the state, or land more
than 20 individuals per day of tropical ornamental marine
life species, in any combination.
Except as provided in Rule 46−42.006, no person shall
harvest, possess while in or on the waters of the state, or
land more than one (1) gallon per day of tropical
ornamental marine plants, in any combination of species.
Except as provided in Rule 46−42.006, no person shall
harvest, possess while in or on the waters of the state, or
land more than 5 angelfishes (Family Pomacanthidae) per
day. Each angelfish shall be counted for purposes of the 20
individual bag limit specified in subsection (1) of this rule
(46−42.005).
(a) Unless the season is closed pursuant to paragraph
(b), no person shall harvest, possess while in or on the
waters of the state, or land more than 6 colonies per day of
octocorals. Each colony of octocoral or part thereof shall
be considered an individual of the species for purposes of
subsection (1) of this rule (46−42−005) and shall be
counted for purposes of the 20 individual bag limit specific
therein. Each person harvesting any octocoral as authorized
by this rule (46−42−005) may also harvest substrate within
I inch of the perimeter of the holdfast at the base of the
octocoral, provided that such substrate remains attached to
the octocoral.
If the harvest of octocorals in federal Exclusive
Economic Zone (EEZ) waters adjacent to state waters is
closed to all harvesters prior to September 30 of any year,
the season for harvest of octocorals in state waters shall
also close until the following October 1, upon notice given
by the Secretary of the Department of Environmental
Protection, in the manner provided in s.120.52(16)(d),
Florida Statutes.
Specific Authority 370.027(2), F.S. Law Implemented
370.025, 370.027, F.S. History−New 1−1−91, Amended
1−1−95.
46−42.006 Commercial Season, Harvest Limits
Except as provided in Rule 46−42.008(7), no person
shall harvest, possess while in or on the waters of the state
or land quantities of tropical ornamental marine life species
or tropical ornamental marine plants in excess of the bag
limits established in Rule 46−42.005 unless such person
possesses a valid saltwater products license with both a
marine life fishery endorsement and a restricted species
endorsement issued by the Department of Environmental
Protection.
Persons harvesting tropical ornamental marine life
species or tropical ornamental marine plants for commercial
purposes shall have a season that begins on October I of
each year and continues through September 30 of the
following year. These persons shall not harvest, possess
while in or the waters of the state, or land tropical
 Home Contents Index
ornamental marine life species in excess of the following
limits:
A limit of 75 angelfish (Family Pomacanthidae) per
person per day or 150 angelfish per vessel per day,
whichever is less.
A limit of 75 butterflyfishes (Family Chaetodontidae)
per vessel per day.
There shall be no limits on the harvest for commercial
purposes of octocorals unless and until the season for all
harvest of octocorals in federal Exclusive Economic Zone
(EEZ) waters adjacent to state waters is closed. At such
time the season for harvest of octocorals in state waters
shall also close until the following October 1, upon notice
given by the Secretary of the Department of Environmental
Protection, in the manner provided in Section
120.52(16)(d), Florida Statutes. Each person harvesting any
octocoral as authorized by this rule may also harvest
substrate within 1 inch of the perimeter of the holdfast at
the base of the octocoral, provided that such substrate
remains attached to the octocoral.
A limit of 400 giant Caribbean or “pink−tipped”
anemones (Genus Condylactus) per vessel per day.
Specific Authority 370.027(2), F.S. Law Implemented
370.025, 370.027, F.S. History−New 1−1−91, Amended
7−1−92, 1−1−95.
46−42.007 Gear Specifications and Prohibited Gear
The following types of gear shall be the only types
allowed for the harvest of any tropical fish, whether from
state waters or from federal Exclusive Economic Zone
(EEZ) waters adjacent to state waters:
Hand held net.
Barrier net, with a mesh size not exceeding 0.75 inch
stretched mesh.
Drop net, with a mesh size not exceeding 0.75 inch
stretch mesh.
Slurp gun.
Quinaldine may be used for the harvest of tropical fish
if the person using the chemical or possessing the chemical
in or on the waters of the state meets each of the following
conditions:
1. The person also possesses and maintains aboard any
vessel used in the harvest of tropical fish with quinaldine a
special activity license authorizing the use of quinaldine,
issued by the Division of Marine Resources of the
Department of Environmental Protection pursuant to
Section 370.08(8), Florida Statutes.
2. The quinaldine possessed or applied while in or on
the waters of the state is in a diluted form of no more than
2% concentration in solution with seawater. Prior to
dilution in seawater, quinaldine shall only be mixed with
isopropyl alcohol or ethanol.
A roller frame trawl operated by a person possessing a
valid live bait shrimping license issued by the Department
of Environmental Protection pursuant to Section 370.15,
Florida Statutes, if such tropical fish are taken as an
incidental bycatch of shrimp lawfully harvested with such
trawl.
A trawl meeting the following specifications used to
collect live specimens of the dwarf seahorse, Hippocampus
zosterae, if towed by a vessel no greater than 15 feet in
length at no greater than idle speed:
1. The trawl opening shall be no larger than 12 inches
by 48 inches.
2. The trawl shall weigh no more than 5 pounds wet
when weighed out of the water.
This rule shall not be construed to prohibit the use of
any bag or container used solely for storing collected
APPENDIX VII
specimens or the use of a single blunt rod in conjunction
with any allowable gear, which rod meets each of the
following specifications:
The rod shall be made of nonferrous metal, fibreglass,
or wood.
The rod shall be no longer than 36 inches and have a
diameter no greater than 0.75 inch at any point.
No person shall harvest in or from state waters any
tropical fish by or with the use of any gear other than
those types specified in subsection (I); provided, however,
that tropical fish harvested as an incidental bycatch of other
species lawfully harvested for commercial purposes with
other types of gear shall not be deemed to be harvested in
violation of this rule, if the quantity of tropical fish so
harvested does not exceed the bag limits established in
Rule 46−42.005.
Specific Authority 370.027(2), F.S. Law Implemented
370.025, 370.027, F.S. History−New−l−l−91, Amended
7−1−92, 1−1−95.
46−42.009 Prohibition on the Taking, Destruction, or
Sale of Marine Corals and Sea Fans; Exception; Repeal of
Section 370.114, Florida Statutes
Except as provided in subsection (2), no person shall
take, attempt to take, or otherwise destroy, or sell, or
attempt to sell, any sea fan of the species Gorgonia
flabellum or of the species Gorgonia ventalina, or any hard
or stony coral (Order Scleractinia) or any fire coral (Genus
Millepora). No person shall possess any such fresh,
uncleaned, or uncured sea fan, hard or stony coral, or fire
coral.
Subsection (1) shall not apply to:
Any sea fan, hard or stony coral, or fire coral legally
harvested outside of state waters or federal Exclusive
Economic Zone (EEZ) waters adjacent to state waters and
entering Florida in interstate or international commerce.
The burden shall be upon any person possessing such
species to establish the chain of possession from the initial
transaction after harvest, by appropriate receipt(s), bill(s) of
sale, or bill(s) of lading, and any customs receipts, and to
show that such species originated from a point outside the
waters of the State of Florida or federal Exclusive
Economic Zone (EEZ) adjacent to state waters and entered
the state in interstate or international commerce. Failure to
maintain such documentation or to promptly produce same
at the request of any duly authorized law enforcement
officer shall constitute prima facie evidence that such
species were harvested from Florida waters in violation of
this rule.
Any sea fan, hard or stony coral, or fire coral harvested
and possessed pursuant to permit issued by the Department
of Environment Protection for scientific or educational
purposes as authorized in Section 370.10(2), Florida
Statutes.
Any sea fan, hard or stony coral, or fire coral harvested
and possessed pursuant to the aquacultured live rock
provisions of Rule 46−42.008(3)(a) pursuant to a Live Rock
Aquaculture Permit issued by the National Marine Fisheries
Service under 50 CFR Part 638 and meeting the following
requirements:
1. Persons possessing these species in or on the waters
of the state shall also possess a state submerged lands lease
for live rock aquaculture and a Department of
Environmental Protection permit for live rock culture
deposition and removal or a federal Live Rock Aquaculture
Permit. If the person possessing these species is not the
person named in the documents required herein, then the
person in such possession shall also possess written
313
 Home Contents Index
permission from the person so named to transport
aquacultured live rock pursuant to this exception.
2. The nearest office of the Florida Marine Patrol shall
be notified at least 24 hours in advance of any transport in
or on state waters of aquacultured live rock pursuant to this
exception.
3. Persons possessing these species off the water shall
maintain and produce upon the request of any duly
authorized law enforcement officer sufficient documentation
to establish the chain of possession from harvest on a state
submerged land lease for live rock aquaculture or in
adjacent Exclusive Economic Zone (EEZ) waters pursuant
to a federal Live Rock Aquaculture Permit.
4. Any sea fan, hard or stony coral, or fire coral
harvested pursuant to Rule 46−42.008(3)(a) shall remain
attached to the cultured rock.
Specific Authority 370.027(2), F.S.; Section 6, Chapter
83−134, Laws of Florida, as amended by Chapter 84121,
Laws of Florida. Law Implemented 370.025, 370.027, F.S.;
Section 6, Chapter 83−134, Laws of Florida, as amended
by Chapter 84−121, Laws of Florida. History−New
1−1−95.2222.
Part 929−KEY LARGO NATIONAL MARINE
SANCTUARY FINAL REGULATIONS
§929.1 Authority.
The Sanctuary has been designated by the Secretary of
Commerce pursuant to the authority of section 302(a) of
the Marine Protection, Research and Sanctuaries Act of
1972 as amended (the Act). The following regulations are
issued pursuant to title III of the Act.
§929.2 Purpose.
The purpose of designating the Key Largo National
Marine Sanctuary is to protect and preserve the coral reef
ecosystem in its natural state and to regulate uses within
the Sanctuary to ensure the health and well−being of the
coral and associated flora and fauna.
§929.3 Boundaries.
The Sanctuary consists of a portion of the Atlantic
Ocean beginning at approximately three miles east of Key
Largo, Florida, adjacent to the John Pennekamp Coral Reef
State Park. The coordinates for the Sanctuary are: The
point of beginning (POB) is at geographic coordinates 25°
(degrees), 19⋅45′ (minutes) north latitude, 80°12⋅0′ west
longitude, said point being the northeast boundary corner of
John Pennekamp Coral Reef State Park. From said POB
run thence southeasterly to geographic coordinates 25°16⋅2′
north latitude 80°8⋅7′ west longitude, said point also being
on the 300 foot isobath, thence in a southwesterly direction
to geographic coordinates 25°07⋅5′ north latitude, 80°12⋅5′
west longitude, thence again run in a southwesterly
direction to geographic coordinates 24°58⋅3′ north latitude,
80°19⋅8′ west longitude, thence leaving said 300 foot
isobath run northwesterly to geographic coordinates 25°2⋅2′
north latitude, 80°25⋅25′ west longitude, said point being
the southeast boundary corner of John Pennekamp Coral
Reef State Park, thence in a northeasterly direction along
said easterly boundary of said State Park to the P.O.B.
§929.4 Definitions.
(a) Administrator means the administrator of the
National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA).
(b) Assistant Administrator means the Assistant
Administrator for Ocean Services and Coastal Zone
APPENDIX VII
Management, National Oceanic and Atmospheric
Administration, or his/her successor, or designee.
(c) Persons means any private individual, partnership,
corporation, or other entity; or any officer, employee, agent,
department, agency or instrumentality of the Federal
government, or any State or local unit of the government.
(d) The Sanctuary means the Key Largo National
Marine Sanctuary.
(e) Tropical fish means fish and invertebrates of
minimal sport and food value, usually brightly colored,
often used for aquaria purposes and which live in a close
interrelationship with corals and coral reef substrates.
§929.5 Management and enforcement.
The National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration
(NOAA) has primary responsibility for the management of
the Sanctuary pursuant to the Act. NOAA’s responsibilities
under the Act require that the Sanctuary Programs Division
review, consider. and approve any activities that take place
in the Sanctuary in accordance with these rules and
regulations. The U.S. Coast Guard and the Florida
Department of Natural Resources, Division of Recreation
and Parks (FDNR) shall conduct surveillance and
enforcement of these regulations pursuant to 14 U.S.C. 89,
16 U.S.C. 1432 (f3(4), 16 U.S.C. 7421 (b), 16 U.S.C. 3375
(a), or other appropriate legal authority.
§929.6 Allowed activities.
All activities except those specifically prohibited by
§929.7 or other applicable authority may be undertaken
with the Sanctuary subject to the restrictions and conditions
imposed by other authorities.
§929.7 Activities prohibited or controlled.
(a) Unless permitted by the Assistant Administrator in
accordance with §929.10, or as may be necessary for the
national defense, or to respond to an emergency threatening
life, property or the environment, the following activities
are prohibited or controlled within the Sanctuary. All
prohibitions and controls must be applied consistently with
international law. Refer to 929.9 for penalties for
commission of prohibited acts.
(1) Removal or damage of natural features, marine life
and archaeological and historical resources.
(i) No person shall destroy, injure, harmfully disturb,
break, cut or similarly damage or remove any coral
or other marine invertebrate, or any plant, soil,
rock, or other material, except that commercial
taking of spiny lobster and stone crab by trap and
recreational taking of spiny lobster by hand which
is consistent with both the applicable regulations
under the appropriate Fishery Management Plan and
these regulations is allowed. Divers are prohibited
from handling coral formations, standing on coral
formations, or otherwise disturbing the corals.
(ii) No person shall catch or collect any tropical fish.
(iii) No person shall remove, deface, damage, or tamper
with archaeological or historical resources or the
cargo of any sub−merged wrecks or other historical
resources within the boundaries of the Sanctuary.
(iv) There shall be a rebuttable presumption that any
items listed in these paragraphs found in the
possession of a person within the Sanctuary have
been collected or remove from within the Sanctuary.
(2) Dredging, filling, excavating and building activities.
No person shall dredge, excavate, fill or otherwise alter the
seabed in any way nor construct any structure of any kind,
whether permanent or temporary, with the exception of
navigation aids.
314
 Home Contents Index APPENDIX VII
(3) Discharges. No person shall deposit or discharge any
materials or substance of any kind into the waters of the
Sanctuary. The only exceptions are:
(i) Fish or fish parts and chumming materials;
(ii) Cooling waters from vessels; and
(iii) Effluent from marine sanitation devices approved by
the United States Coast Guard.
(4) Tampering with markers. No person shall mark,
deface or damage in any way whatsoever, or displace,
remove or tamper with any signs, notices or placards,
whether temporary or permanent, or with any navigational
aids, monuments, stakes, posts, mooring buoys, scientific
equipment or other boundary markers installed by the
Sanctuary Manager, or trap floats placed for the purpose of
lobster fishing.
(5) Use of harmful fishing methods. No person shall use
within the Sanctuary, or shall carry or possess, except while
passing without interruption through the Sanctuary or for
law enforcement purposes, the following fire−arms or
weapons: Pole spears, air rifles, bows and arrows, slings,
Hawaiian slings, rubber powered arbalests, pneumatic and
spring loaded guns, explosive powered guns or similar
devices known as spearguns. No person shall use within
the Sanctuary:
(i) Wire fish traps;
(ii) Bottom trawls, dredges, fish sleds, or similar vessel
towed or anchored bottom fishing gear or net; or
(iii) Poisons, electric charges, explosives or similar
devices.
(6) Operation of watercraft and anchoring. All watercraft
shall be operated in accordance with applicable Federal
rules and regulations. The following additional regulations
apply within the boundaries of the Sanctuary.
(i) Watercraft shall be operated to avoid striking or
otherwise causing damage to the natural features of
the Sanctuary.
(ii) Watercraft must use mooring buoys, stations or
anchoring arms when such facilities have been
provided.
(iii) No anchor shall be cast or dragged in such a way
as to damage any coral reef formations. Anchors
shall be dropped only on sand flats off the reefs
and be placed to avoid dragging into the coral
formations.
(iv) Within 100 yards of divers, sight−seeing boats or
fisherman, no watercraft shall be operated at a
speed greater than 4 knots or any manner to create
a wake, except by law enforcement officials while
in the performance of their official duties.
(v) All watercraft from which diving operations are
being conducted shall fly in a conspicuous manner
the red and white “divers down” flag. Divers shall
stay within 100 yards of their diving flag.
(7) Use of dangerous weapons. Except for law
enforcement purposes, no person shall use or discharge
explosives or weapons of any description within the
Sanctuary boundaries. Distress signalling devices, necessary
and proper for safe vessel operation, and knives generally
used by fishermen and swimmers are not considered
weapons for purposes of this subsection.
(b) The Sanctuary may be closed to public use in the
event of emergency conditions endangering life or property.
The Assistant Administrator or his/her designee may also
close certain areas in order to permit recovery of the living
resources from overuse, or provide for scientific research
315
relating to protection and management. However, the total
closed area shall not exceed a size necessary to accomplish
these purposes. Public notice of closures will be provided
through the local news media and posting of placards at the
John Pennekamp Coral Reef State Park. if deemed
necessary.
(c) The regulation of activities within the Sanctuary shall
not prohibit any activity conducted by the Department of
Defense that is essential for national defense or because of
emergency. Such activities shall be conducted consistently
with all regulations to the maximum extend possible.
(d) The prohibitions in this section are not based on any
claim of territoriality and will be applied to foreign persons
and vessels only in accordance with recognized principles
of international law, including treaties, conventions and
other international agreements to which the United States is
signatory.
§929.8 Other authorities.
No license, permit or other authorization issued pursuant
to any other authority may validly authorize any activity
prohibited by §929.7 unless such activity meets the criteria
stated in §929.10 (a), (c) and (d), and is specifically
authorized by the Assistant Administrator.
§929.9 Penalties for commission of prohibited acts.
Section 303 of the Act authorizes the assessment of a
civil penalty of not more than $50,000 for each violation of
any regulation issued pursuant to the Act, and further
authorizes a proceeding in rem against any vessel used in
violation of any such regulation. NOAA will apply the
consolidated civil procedure regulations set forth at 46 FR
61643 (1981) (to be codified at 15 CFR 904.100 through
904.243), and the seizure, forfeiture, and disposal procedure
regulations set forth at 46 FR 31648 (1981) (to be codified
at 50 CFR Part 219) to all enforcement matters under the
Act.
PART 937−THE LOOE KEY NATIONAL MARINE
SANCTUARY REGULATIONS
§937.1 Authority.
The Sanctuary has been designated by the Secretary of
Commerce pursuant to the authority of section 302(a) of
title 111 of the Marine Protection. Research and Sanctuaries
Act of 1972, as amended, 16 U.S.C. 1431 through 1434
(the Act). The following regulations are issued pursuant to
the Act.
§937.2 Purpose.
The purpose of designating the Sanctuary is to protect
and preserve the coral reef ecosystem and other natural
resources of the waters at Looe Key and to ensure the
continued availability of the area for public educational
purposes and as a commercial, ecological, research and
recreational resource. This area supports a particularly rich
and diverse marine biota. The area is easily accessible to
the lower Florida Keys and is widely used by boaters,
charter boat operators, dive boats, recreational divers and
fishermen. Consequently. both present and potential levels
of use may result in harm to Looe Key in the absence of
long−term planning, research, monitoring and adequate
protection.
§937.3 Boundaries.
The Sanctuary consists of an area of 5.32 square
nautical miles of high sea waters off the coast of the lower
Florida Keys. 6.7 nautical miles (12.5 km) southwest of
Big Pine Key. The area includes the waters overlaying a
 Home Contents Index
section of the submerged Florida reef tract at Looe Key.
The precise boundaries are:
Point No. Latitude Longitude
2−1 24°31′37″ 81°26′00″
2−2 24°33′34″ 81°26′00″
2−3 24°34′09″ 81°23′00″
2−4 24°32′12″ 81°23′00″
§937.4 Definitions.
(a) Administrator means the Administrator of the
National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration.
(b) Assistant Administrator means the Assistant
Administrator for Coastal Zone Management. National
Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration.
(c) Person means any private individual, partnership.
corporation, or other entity; or any officer. employee. agent,
department, agency or instrumentality of the Federal
government, or any State or local unit of the government.
(d) Tropical fish means fish and invertebrates of minimal
sport and food value, usually brightly colored, often used
for aquaria purposes and which live in a close
interrelationship with the coral.
(e) The Fore Reef means the area of the well defined
“spur and grove” coral reef as delineated by Loran readings
1, 2, 3, 4 as follows:
1. NW 7980−W−13973.7, 7980−Y−43532.7
2. SW 7980−W−13975.4, 7980−Y−43543.4
3. NE 7980−W−13975.0, 7980−Y−43530.1
4. SE 7980−W−13975.4, 7980−Y−43527.7
§937.5 Allowed activities.
All activities except those specifically prohibited by
§937.6 may be carried on in the Sanctuary subject to all
prohibitions, restrictions and conditions imposed by any
other authority.
§937.6 Activities prohibited without a permit.
(a) Unless permitted by the Assistant Administrator in
accordance with §937.8, or as may be necessary for the
national defense, in accordance with Article 5, Section 2 of
the Designation, or to respond to an emergency threatening
life, property or the environment, the following activities
are prohibited with the Sanctuary. All prohibitions must be
applied consistently with international law.
(1) Removing or damaging distinctive natural features.
(i) No person shall break, cut or similarly damage or
take any coral or marine invertebrate except as an
incidental result of anchoring outside the Fore Reef
where sand anchoring is encouraged but not
required. Divers are prohibited from handling coral
or standing on coral formations.
(ii) No person shall take, except incidentally to allowed
fishing activities, any tropical fish or marine
invertebrate.
(iii) There shall be a rebuttable presumption that any
items listed in this paragraph found in the
possession of a person within the Sanctuary have
been collected or removed from within the
Sanctuary.
(2) Operation of watercraft. All watercraft shall be
operated in accordance with Federal rules and regulations
that would apply if there were no sanctuary. The following
constraints also shall be imposed.
APPENDIX VII
(i) No person shall place any anchor on coral within
the Fore Reef of the Sanctuary nor allow any chain
or rope to enter the Fore Reef in a way that injures
any coral. When anchoring dive boats, the first
diver down shall inspect the anchor to ensure that it
is placed off the corals and will not shift in such a
way as to damage corals. No further diving is
permitted until the anchor is placed in accordance
with these requirements.
(ii) Watercraft must use mooring buoys, stations or
anchoring areas when such facilities and areas have
been designated and are available.
(iii) Watercraft shall not be operated in such a manner
as to strike or otherwise cause damage to the
natural features of the Sanctuary.
(iv) All watercraft from which diving operations are
being conducted shall fly in a conspicuous manner,
the red and white “divers down” flag.
(3) Using harmful fishing methods.
(i) No person shall use or place wire fish traps within
the Sanctuary.
(ii) No person shall place lobster traps within the Fore
Reef area of the Sanctuary.
(iii) No person shall use pole spears, Hawaiian slings,
rubber−powered arbalests, pneumatic and spring
loaded guns or similar devices known as spearguns
within the Sanctuary.
(iv) No person shall use poisons, electric charges,
explosives or similar methods within the Sanctuary.
(4) Removing or damaging distinctive historical or
cultural resources. No person shall remove, damage or
tamper with any historical or cultural resources, including
cargo pertaining to submerged wrecks.
(5) Discharges. No person shall deposit or discharge any
materials or substances of any kind except:
(i) Fish or parts and chumming materials.
(ii) Cooling water from vessels.
(iii) Effluent from marine sanitation devices.
(6) Markers.
(i) No person shall mark, deface or damage in any way
or displace, remove or tamper with any signs,
notices, or placards, whether temporary or
permanent, or with any monuments, stakes, posts or
other boundary markers installed by the managers
or markers placed for the purpose of lobster pot
fishing.
(ii) All activities currently carried out by the
Department of Defense within the Sanctuary are
essential for the national defense and, therefore, not
subject to these prohibitions. The exemption of
additional activities having significant impacts shall
be determined in consultation between the Assistant
Administrator and the Department of Defense.
(iii) The prohibitions in this section are not based on
any claim of territoriality and will be applied to
foreign persons and vessels only in accordance with
principles of international law, including treaties,
conventions and other international agreements to
which the United States is signatory.
§937.7 Penalties for commission of prohibited acts.
Section 303 of the Act authorizes the assessment of a
civil penalty of not more than $50,000 against any person
subject to the jurisdiction of the United States for each
violation of any regulation issued pursuant to the Act, and
further authorizes a proceeding in rem against any vessel
used in violation of any such regulation. Procedures are
outlined in subpart D of part 922 (15 CFR part 922) of this
316
 Home Contents Index
chapter. Subpart D is applicable to any instance of a
violation of these regulations.
Title 50−−Wildlife and Fisheries
PART 226−DESIGNATED CRITICAL HABITAT
Subpart A−Introduction
§226.1 Purpose of regulations.
The regulations contained in this part identify those
habitats designated as critical under section 7 of the
Endangered Species Act, as amended, by the Assistant
Administrator for Fisheries, National Oceanic and
Atmospheric Administration, for those endangered and
threatened species under the jurisdiction of the Secretary of
Commerce. The list of these species is found in 50 CFR
222.23(a) for endangered species and 50 CFR 227.4 for
threatened species.
§226.2 Scope of regulations.
(a) The critical habitat designations contained in this part
apply only to the endangered and threatened species listed
in this part.
(b) Regulations implementing section 7 of the
Endangered Species Act, as amended, are found in 50 CFR
part 402.
(c) The provisions in this part are in addition to, and not
in lieu of other regulations of parts 217 through 227 and
402 of this chapter.
Subpart Critical Habitat for Marine Mammals
§226.13 North Atlantic Ocean.
Northern Right Whale (Eubalaena glacialis)
(c) Southeastern United States. The coastal waters
between 31°15′N. and 30°15′N. from the coast
out 15 nautical miles; and the coastal waters
between 30°15′N. and 28°00′N. from the coast
out 5 nautical miles.
§222.32 Approaching North Atlantic Right Whales.
(a) Prohibitions. Except as provided under paragraph (c)
of this section, it is unlawful for any person subject to the
jurisdiction of the United States to commit, attempt to
commit, to solicit another to commit, or cause to be
committed any of the following acts:
(1) Approach (including by interception) within 500
yards (460 m) of a Right Whale by vessel,
aircraft, or any other means;
(2) Fail to undertake required Right Whale
avoidance measures specified under paragraph
(b) of this section.
(b) Right Whale avoidance measures. Except as provided
under paragraph (c) of this section, the following avoidance
measures must be taken if within 500 yards (460 m) of a
Right Whale:
(1) If underway, a vessel must steer a course away
from the Right Whale and immediately leave
the area at a slow safe speed;
(2) An aircraft must take a course away from the
Right Whale and immediately leave the area at
a constant airspeed.
(c) Exceptions.The following exceptions apply to this
section, but any person who claims the applicability of an
exception has the burden of proving that the exception is
applicable:
(1) Paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section do not
apply if a Right Whale approach is authorized
by NMFS (National Marine Fisheries Service)
through a permit issued under subpart C
(Endangered Fish or Wildlife Permits) of this
part or through a similar authorization.
APPENDIX VII
(2) Paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section do not
apply where compliance would create an
imminent and serious threat to a person, vessel,
or aircraft.
(3) Paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section do not
apply when approaching to investigate a Right
Whale entanglement or injury, or to assist in the
disentanglement or rescue of a Right Whale,
provided that permission is received from
NMFS or a NMFS designee prior to the
approach.
(4) Paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section do not
apply to an aircraft unless the aircraft is
conducting whale watch activities or is being
operated for that purpose.
(5) Paragraph (b) of this section does not apply to
the extent that a vessel is restricted in her
ability to manoeuvre, and because of the
restriction, cannot comply with paragraph (b) of
this section.
Part 638−Coral and Coral Reefs of the Gulf of Mexico and
the South Atlantic
Subpart A−General Provisions
§638.1 Purpose and scope.
(a) The purpose of this part is to implement the Fishery
Management Plan for Coral and Coral Reefs off the
Southern Atlantic States and the Fishery Management Plan
for Coral and Coral Reefs of the Gulf of Mexico developed
under the Magnuson Act by the South Atlantic Fishery
Management Council and the Gulf of Mexico Fishery
Management Council, respectively.
(b) This part governs conservation and management of
coral, coral reefs, and live rock in the EEZ off the southern
Atlantic states and in the Gulf of Mexico. “EEZ” in this
part 638 refers to the EEZ in those geographical areas,
unless the context clearly indicates otherwise.
§638.2 Definitions.
In addition to the definitions in the Magnuson Act, and
unless the context requires otherwise, the terms used in this
part have the following meaning:
Allowable chemical means a substance, generally used
to immobilized marine life so that it can be captured alive,
that, when introduced into the water−
(1) Does not take prohibited coral; and
(2) Is allowed by Florida for the harvest of tropical fish
(e.g., quinaldine, quinaldine compounds, or similar
substances).
Allowable octocoral means an erect nonencrusting
species of the subclass Octocorallia, except the seafans
Gorgonia flabellum and G. ventalina, plus the attached
substrate within 1 inch (2.54 cm) of an allowable octocoral.
Note: An erect, nonencrusting species of the subclass
Octocorallia, except the seafans Gorgonia flabellum and G.
ventalina, with attached substrate exceeding 1 inch (2.54
cm) is considered to be live rock and not allowable
octocoral.
Authorized officer means−
(a) Any commissioned, warrant or petty officer of the
U.S. Coast Guard;
(b) Any certified enforcement officer or special agent of
the National Marine Fisheries Service;
(c) Any officer designated by the head of any Federal or
State agency which has entered into an agreement with the
Secretary and the Secretary of the Department under which
the U.S. Coast Guard is operating, to enforce the provisions
of the Magnuson Act; or
317
 Home Contents Index
(d) Any U.S. Coast Guard personnel accompanying and
acting under the direction of any person described in
paragraph (a) of this definition.
Science and Research Director means the Science and
Research Director, Southeast Fisheries Centre, NMFS, 75
Virginia Beach Drive, Miami, FL 33149; telephone
305−361−5761, or designee.
Chipping means breaking up reefs ledges, or rocks into
fragments, usually by means of a chisel and hammer.
Colony means a continuous group of coral polyps
forming a single unit.
Coral area means marine habitat where coral growth
abounds including patch reefs, outer bank reefs, deepwater
banks, and hard bottoms.
Fish means:
(a) The hard and soft corals of the class Hydrozoa
(stinging and hydrocorals), and the class Anthozoa (sea
fans, whips, precious corals, sea pens, and stony corals);
and
(b) All finfish, mollusks, crustaceans, and all other forms
of marine animal and plant life in the context of use of any
of the following means of fishing or collecting fish;
(1) Toxic chemicals,
(2) Bottom longlines,
(3) Traps,
(4) Pots,
(5) Bottom Trawls, or
(6) Dredges.
Fishery conservation zone (FCZ) means that area
adjacent to the United States which, except where modified
to accommodate international boundaries, encompasses all
waters from the seaward boundary of each of the coastal
States to a line on which each point is 200 nautical miles
from the baseline from which the territorial sea of the
United States is measured.
Fishing means any activity, other than scientific research
conducted by a scientific research vessel, which involves−
(a) The catching, taking, or harvesting of fish;
(b) The attempted catching, taking, or harvesting of
fish;
(c) Any other activity which can reasonably be
expected to result in the catching, taking, or
harvesting of fish; or
(d) Any operations at sea in support of, or in
preparation for, any activity described in paragraph
(a), (b), or (c) of this definition.
Fishing vessel means any vessel, boat, ship, or other
craft which is used for, equipped to be used for, or of a
type which is normally used for−
(a) Fishing; or
(b) Aiding or assisting one or more vessels at sea in
the performance of any activity relating to fishing,
including, but not limited to, preparation, supply,
storage, refrigeration, transportation, or processing.
Gulf of Mexico means the waters off the southern states
from the boundary between the Atlantic Ocean and the
Gulf of Mexico, as specified in §601.11(c) of this chapter,
to the Texas/ Mexico border.
HAPC means habitat area of particular concern.
Live rock means living marine organisms, or an
assemblage thereof, attached to a hard substrate, including
dead coral or rock (excluding individual mollusk shells).
Magnuson Act means the Magnuson Fishery
Conservation and Management Act, as amended (16 U.S.C.
1801 et seq.).
APPENDIX VII
NMFS means the National Marine Fisheries Service.
Off the southern Atlantic states means the waters off the
east coast from 36°34′55″N (extension of the Virginia/North
Carolina boundary) to the boundary between the Atlantic
Ocean and the Gulf of Mexico, as specified in §601.11(c)
of this chapter.
Operator, with respect to any vessel, means the master
or other individuals on board and in charge of that vessel.
Owner, with respect to any vessel, means−
(a) Any person who owns that vessel in whole or in
part;
(b) Any charterer of the vessel, whether bareboat, time
or voyage; or
(c) Any person who acts in the capacity of a charterer,
including, but not limited to, parties to a management
agreement, operating agreement, or other similar
arrangement that bestows control over the destination,
function, or operation of the vessel; and
(d) Any agent designated as such by any person
described in paragraph (a), (b), or (c) of this definition.
Person means any individual (whether or not a citizen
of the United States), corporation, partnership, association,
or other entity (whether or not organized or existing under
the laws of any State), and any Federal, State, local, or
foreign government or any entity of any such government.
Prohibited coral means−
(1) Coral belonging to the Class Hydrozoa (fire corals
and hydrocorals);
(2) Coral belonging to the Class Anthozoa, Subclass
Hexacorallia, Orders Scleractinia (stony corals) and
Antipatharia (black corals);
(3) A seafan, Gorgonia flabellum or G. ventalina;
(4) Coral in a coral reef, except for allowable octocoral;
or
(5) Coral in an HAPC, including allowable octocoral.
Regional Director means the Director, Southeast
Region, NMFS, 9721 Executive Centre Drive N, St.
Petersburg, FL 33702, telephone 813−570−5301; or a
designee.
Scientific, educational, or restoration purpose means
the objective of gaining knowledge for the benefit of
science, humanity, or management of coral or returning a
disturbed habitat as closely as possible to its original
condition.
Secretary means the Secretary of Commerce or a
designee.
Take means to damage, harm, kill, possess, or attempt
to damage, harm, kill, or possess.
Toxic chemical means any substance, other than an
allowable chemical, that, when introduced into the water,
can stun, immobilize, or take marine life.
Trip means a fishing trip, regardless of number of days
duration, that begins with departure from a dock, berth,
beach, seawall. or ramp and that terminates with return to a
dock, berth, beach, seawall, or ramp.
U.S. fish processor means a facility located within the
United States for, and a vessels of the United States used
for or equipped for, the processing of fish for commercial
use or consumption.
U.S.−harvested fish means fish caught, taken, or
harvested by a vessel of the United States within any
foreign or domestic fishery regulated under the Magnuson
Act.
Vessel of the United States means−
318
 Home Contents Index
(a) Any vessel documented under the laws of the United
States;
(b) Any vessel numbered in accordance with the Federal
Boat Safety Act of 1971(46 U.S. 1400 et seq.) and
measuring less than five net tons; or
(c) Any vessel numbered under the Federal Boat Safety
Act of 1971 (46 U.S.C. 1400 et seq.) and used exclusively
for pleasure.
Wild live rock means live rock other than aquacultured
live rock.
§638.3 Relation to other laws.
(a) The relation of this part to other laws is set forth in
§620.3 of this chapter and paragraphs (b) and (c) of this
section.
(b) The regulations do not apply within the FCZ portion
of the following National Marine Sanctuaries and National
Parks:
(1) Everglades National Park (36 CFR 7.45);
(2) Looe Key National Marine Sanctuary
(15 CFR Part 937);
(3) Fort Jefferson National Monument (36 CFR 7.27);
(4) Key Largo Coral Reef National Marine Sanctuary
(15 CFR Part 929);
(5) Biscayne National Park (16 U.S.C. 410gg);
(6) Gray’s Reef National Marine Sanctuary
(15 CFR Part 938); and
(7) Monitor Marine Sanctuary (15 CFR Part 924);
(c) If a state has a catch, landing, or gear regulation that
is more restrictive than a catch, landing, or regulation in
this part, a person landing in such state allowable octocoral
taken from the EEZ must comply with the more restrictive
state regulation.
§638.4 Permits and fees.
(a) Applicability.
(1) Federal permits. Federal permits are required for
specified activities in the EEZ as follows:
(i) Prohibited coral. A Federal permit is required for
an individual to take or possess prohibited coral and
will be issued only when the prohibited coral will
be used for a scientific, educational, or restoration
purpose
(ii) Allowable chemical. A Federal permit is required
for an individual to take or possess fish or other
marine organisms with an allowable chemical in a
coral area, other than fish or other marine
organisms that are landed in Florida.
(iii) Allowable octocoral. A Federal permit is required
for an individual to take or possess allowable
octocoral, other than allowable octocoral that is
landed in Florida.
(iv) Wild live rock.
(A) A Federal permit is required for a vessel to take or
possess wild live rock A wild live rock vessel permit will
not be issued unless the current owner of the vessel for
which the permit is requested had the required Florida
permit and endorsements for live rock on or before
February 3, 1994, and a record of landings of live rock on
or before February 3, 1994, as documented on trip tickets
received by the Florida Department of Environmental
Protection before March 15, 1994. For landings other than
in Florida, equivalent state permits/endorsements, if
required, and landing records may be substituted for the
Florida permits/endorsements and trip tickets. An owner
will not be issued permits in numbers exceeding the
number of vessels for which the owning entity had the
requisite reported landings. An owner of a permitted vessel
may transfer the vessel permit to another vessel owned by
APPENDIX VII
the same person by returning the existing permit with an
application for a vessel permit for the replacement vessel.
(B) A Federal permit is required for an individual to
take or possess wild live rock for a scientific, educational,
or restoration purpose and an individual permit will be
issued only for such purpose. Such individual wild live
rock permit may authorize the taking and possession of
wild live rock in or from areas not otherwise allowed by
the regulations in this part.
(v) Aquacultured live rock. A Federal permit is
required for a person to take or possess aquacultured live
rock. Each aquacultured live rock permit will be issued for
a specific site, which may not exceed I acre (0.4 ha).
Aquacultured live rock permits are available only for
harvests in the Gulf of Mexico.
(2) Florida permits. Appropriate Florida permits and
endorsements are required for the following activities,
without regard to whether they involve activities in the
EEZ or Florida’s waters:
(i) Landing in Florida fish or other marine organisms
taken with an allowable chemical in a coral area.
(ii) Landing allowable octocoral in Florida.
(iii) Landing live rock in Florida.
(b) Application. An application for a Federal permit
must be signed and submitted by the applicant on an
appropriate form, which may be obtained from the
Regional Director. The application must be submitted to the
Regional Director at least 30 days prior to the date on
which the applicant desires to have the permit made
effective. Information must be provided as follows:
(1) Basic information.
(i) Name, mailing address including zip code,
telephone number, social security number, and date
of birth of the applicant.
(ii) Name and address of any affiliated company,
institution, or organization.
(iii) Information concerning vessels and harvesting gear/
methods requested by the Regional Director.
(iv) Any other information that may be necessary for
the issuance or administration of the permit.
(2) Scientific, educational, or restoration purpose. An
applicant for a prohibited coral permit or a wild live rock
permit for a scientific, educational, or restoration purpose
must specify the amount and size of prohibited coral or
wild live rock to be harvested, by species, its intended use,
and proposed locations and periods of fishing.
(3) Allowable chemical.An applicant for an allowable
chemical permit must specify the type of chemical to be
used, species to be harvested and their intended use, and
proposed locations and periods of fishing.
(4) Aquacultured live rock. An applicant for an
aquacultured live rock permit must identify each vessel that
will be depositing material on or harvesting aquacultured
live rock from the proposed aquacultured live rock site,
must specify the port of landing of aquacultured live rock,
and must provide a site evaluation report prepared pursuant
to generally accepted industry standards that−
(i) Provides accurate coordinates of the proposed
harvesting site so that it can be located using
LORAN or Global Positioning System equipment;
(ii) Shows the site on a chart in sufficient detail to
determine its size and allow for site inspection;
(iii) Discusses possible hazards to safe navigation or
hindrance to vessel traffic, traditional fishing
operations, or other public access that may result
from aquacultured live rock at the site;
319
 Home Contents Index APPENDIX VII
(iv) Describes the naturally occurring bottom habitat at
the site; and
(v) Specifies the type and origin of material to be
deposited on the site and how it will be
distinguishable from the naturally occurring
substrate.
(c) Change in application information. An individual,
the owner of a vessel, or a person with a permit must
notify the Regional Director within 30 days after any
change in the application information specified in paragraph
(b) of this section. The permit is void if any change in the
information is not reported within 30 days.
(d) Fees. A fee is charged for each permit application
submitted under paragraph (b) of this section. The amount
of the fee is calculated in accordance with the procedures
of the NOAA Finance Handbook for determining the
administrative costs of each special product or service. The
fee may not exceed such costs and is specified with each
application form. The appropriate fee must accompany each
application.
(e) Issuance.
(1) The Regional Director will issue a permit at any
time to an applicant if the application is complete. An
application is complete when all requested forms,
information, and documentation have been received and the
applicant has submitted all applicable reports specified at
§638.5.
(2) Upon receipt of an incomplete application, the
Regional Director will notify the applicant of the
deficiency. If the applicant fails to correct the deficiency
within 30 days of the date of the Regional Director’s letter
of notification, the application will be considered
abandoned.
(f) Duration. A permit remains valid for the period
specified on it unless it is revoked, suspended, or modified
pursuant to subpart D of 15 CFR part 904 or the permitted
vessel is sold.
(g) Transfer. A permit issued pursuant to this section is
not transferable or assignable, except as provided under
paragraph (a)(1)(iv)(A) of this section for a wild live rock
vessel permit. An individual or person who desires to
conduct an activity for which a permit is required must
apply for a permit in accordance with the provisions of
paragraph (b) of this section. The application must be
accompanied by a copy of a signed bill of sale or
equivalent acquisition papers if the application involves a
current permit for aquacultured live rock.
(h) Display.
(1) An individual permit issued pursuant to this section
must be available when the permitted activity is being
conducted, including the landing of species taken as result
of that activity.
(2) A vessel permit for wild live rock issued pursuant to
this section must be carried on board the vessel and such
vessel must be identified as required by §638.6.
(3) An aquacultured live rock permit issued pursuant to
this section, or a copy, must be carried on board a vessel
depositing or possessing material on an aquacultured live
rock site or harvesting or possessing live rock from an
aquacultured live rock site, and such vessel must be
identified as provided for in §638.6.
(4) The operator of a vessel or an individual must
present the permit for inspection upon the request of an
authorized officer.
(i) Sanctions and denials. A permit issued pursuant to
this section may be revoked, suspended, or modified, and a
permit application may be denied, in accordance with the
320
procedures governing enforcement−related permit sanctions
and denials found at subpart D of CFR part 904.
(j) Alteration. A permit that is altered, erased. or
mutilated is invalid.
(k) Replacement. A replacement permit may be issued.
An application for a replacement permit will not be
considered a new application. A fee, the amount of which
is stated with the application form, must accompany each
request for a replacement.
§638.5 Record keeping and reporting.
(a) An individual with a Federal prohibited coral or wild
live rock permit for a scientific, educational; or restoration
purpose must submit a report of harvest to the Regional
Director. Specific reporting requirements will be provided
with the permit.
(b) An individual with a Federal allowable octocoral
permit must submit a report of harvest to the Science and
Research Director. Specific reporting requirements will be
provided with the permit.
(c) A person with an aquacultured live rock permit must
report to the Regional Director each deposition of material
on a site. Such reports must be postmarked not later than 7
days after deposition and must contain the following
information:
(1) Permit number of site and date of deposit.
(2) Geological origin of material deposited.
(3) Amount of material deposited.
(4) Source of material deposited, that is, where obtained
if removed from another habitat, or from whom
purchased.
(d) The owner of a vessel that takes wild live rock, and
a person who takes aquacultured live rock that is landed in
Florida, must submit Florida trip tickets as required by
Florida statutes and regulations.
(e) A person who takes aquacultured live rock that is
landed other than in Florida must submit a report of
harvest to the Regional Director. Specific reporting
requirements will be provided with the permit.
(f) Additional data will be collected by authorized
statistical reporting agents, as designees of the Science and
Research Director, and by authorized officers. An owner or
operator of a fishing vessel, an individual or person with a
coral permit issued pursuant to §638.4, and a dealer or
processor are required upon request to make prohibited
coral, fish or other marine organisms taken with an
allowable chemical, allowable octocoral, or live rock
available for inspection by the Science and Research
Director or an authorized officer.
§638.7 Prohibitions.
In addition to the general prohibitions specified in
§620.7 of this chapter, it is unlawful for any person to do
any of the following:
(a) Without a Federal permit, take or possess in the
EEZ−
(1) Prohibited coral,
(2) Fish for other marine organisms with an allowable
chemical in a coral area,
(3) Allowable octocoral,
(4) Wild live rock, or
(5) Aquacultured live rock−as specified in §638.4(a)(1).
(b) Falsify information specified in §638.4(b) on an
application for a permit.
(c) Fail to display or present a permit, as specified in
§638.4(h);
(d) Falsify or fail to submit required reports or trip
tickets, as specified in §638.5(a), (b), (c), (d), and (e).
 Home Contents Index
(e) Fail to make prohibited coral, fish or other marine
organisms taken with an allowable chemical, allowable
octocoral, or live rock available for inspection, as specified
in §638.5(f).
(f) Falsify or fail to display and maintain vessel
identification, as required by §638.6.
(g) Fail to return immediately to the sea prohibited
coral, allowable octocoral, or live rock taken as incidental
catch, or, in fisheries in which the entire catch is landed
unsorted, sell, trade, or barter, or attempt to sell, trade, or
barter prohibited coral, allowable octocoral, or live rock; as
specified in §638.21.
(h) Use or possess a toxic chemical in a coral area in
the EEZ, as specified in §638.22(a).
(i) Use a power−assisted tool in the EEZ to take
prohibited coral, allowable octocoral, or live rock, or
possess in the EEZ such coral or live rock taken with a
power−assisted tool, as specified in §638.22(b).
(j) Fish for or possess prohibited coral or allowable
octocoral in the West and East Flower Garden Banks
HAPC or the Florida Middle Grounds HAPC, except as
authorized by a permit, as specified in §638.23(a)(1) and
(b)(1).
(k) Use prohibited fishing gear in an HAPC, as specified
in §638.23(a)(2), (b)(2), and (c).
(1) After the fishery for allowable octocoral is closed,
harvest or possess allowable octocoral in the EEZ, or
purchase, barter, trade, or sell allowable octocoral so
harvested or possessed, or attempt any of the foregoing, as
specified in §638.24(b).
(m) Harvest or possess wild live rock in the EEZ off the
southern Atlantic states north of 25°58.5′N, as specified in
§638.25(a), or in the Gulf of Mexico EEZ north and west
of a line extending in direction of 235° from true north
from the Levy/ Dixie County, FL boundary or south of
25°20⋅4′N, as specified in §638.26(a).
(n) Harvest wild live rock by chipping or possess wild
live rock taken by chipping, in the EEZ off the southern
Atlantic states south of 25°58⋅5′N, as specified in
§638.25(b).
(o) After the fishery for wild live rock is closed in the
EEZ off the southern Atlantic states, harvest or possess
wild live rock in that area, or purchase, barter, trade, or sell
wild live rock so harvested or possessed, or attempt any of
the foregoing, as specified in §638.25(c).
(p) Harvest or possess in the Gulf of Mexico EEZ. from
a line extending in a direction of 235° from true north
from the Levy/Dixie Country, FL boundary to 25°20⋅4′N,
wild live rock taken other than by hand or by chipping
with a nonpower−assisted, hand−held hammer and chisel, as
specified in §638.26(b).
(q) Exceed the daily vessel harvest and possession limit
applicable to the harvest or possession of live rock in or
from the Gulf of Mexico EEZ, as specified in §635.26(c).
(r) Fail to comply with the restrictions applicable to
aquacultured live rock sites specified in §638.27(b).
(s) Mechanically dredge or drill, or otherwise disturb,
aquacultured live rock or harvest live rock other than by
hand, as specified in §638.27(c).
(t) Falsify or fail to provide information 24 hours prior
to harvesting aquacultured live rock, as specified in
§638.27(d).
(u) Harvest live rock from a site for which the person
does not have an aquacultured live rock permit, as
specified in §638.27(e).
(v) Make any false statement, oral or written, to an
authorized officer concerning the taking, catching,
APPENDIX VII
harvesting, landing, purchase, sale, possession, or transfer
of allowable octocoral, prohibited coral, or live rock.
(w) Interfere with, obstruct, delay, or prevent by any
means an investigation search, seizure, or disposition of
seized property in connection with enforcement of the
Magnuson Act.
§638.8 Facilitation of enforcement.
(a) General. The operator of, or any other person
aboard, any fishing vessel subject to this part must
immediately comply with instructions and signals issued by
an authorized officer to stop the vessel and with
instructions to facilitate safe boarding and inspection of the
vessel, its gear, equipment, fishing record (where
applicable), and catch for purposes of enforcing the
Magnuson Act and this part.
(b) Communications.
(1) Upon being approached by a U.S. Coast Guard
vessel or aircraft, or other vessel or aircraft with an
authorized officer aboard, the operator of a fishing vessel
must be alert for communications conveying enforcement
instructions.
(2) If the size of the vessel and the wind, sea, and
visibility conditions allow, loud hailer is the preferred
method for communication between vessels. If use of a
loud hailer is not practicable, and for communications with
an aircraft, VHF−FM or high frequency radiotelephone will
be employed. Hand signals, placards, or voice may be
employed by an authorized officer and message blocks may
be dropped from an aircraft.
(3) If other communications are not practicable, visual
signals may be transmitted by flashing light directed at the
vessel signalled. Coast Guard units will normally use the
flashing light signal “L” as the signal to stop.
(4) Failure of a vessel’s operator to stop his vessel when
directed to do so by an authorized officer using loud hailer,
radiotelephone, flashing light signal, or other means
constitutes prima facie evidence of the offense of refusal
to permit an authorized officer to board.
(5) The operator of a vessel who does not understand a
signal from an enforcement unit and who is unable to
obtain clarification by loud hailer or radiotelephone must
consider the signal to be command to stop the vessel
instantly.
(c) Boarding. The operator of a vessel directed to stop
must−−
(1) Guard Channel 16, VHF−FM if so equipped;
(2) Stop immediately and lay to or manoeuvre in such a
way as to allow the authorized officer and his party to
come aboard;
(3) Except for those vessels with a freeboard of four feet
or less, provide a safe ladder, if needed, for the authorized
officer and his party to come aboard;
(4) When necessary to facilitate the boarding or when
requested by an authorized officer; provide a manrope or
safety line, and illumination for the ladder; and
(5) Take such other actions as necessary to facilitate
boarding and to ensure the safety of the authorized officer
and the boarding party.
(d) Signals. The following signals, extracted from the
International Code of Signals, may be sent by flashing light
by an enforcement unit when conditions do not allow
communications by loud hailer or radiotelephone.
Knowledge of these signals by vessel operators is not
required. However, knowledge of these signals and
appropriate action by a vessel operator may preclude the
necessity of sending the signal “L” and the necessity for
the vessel to stop instantly.
321
 Home Contents Index
(1) “AA” repeated (dit dah, dit dah) is the call to an
unknown station. The operator of the signalled vessel
should respond by identifying the vessel by radiotelephone
or by illuminating the vessels identification.
(2) “RY−CY” (dit dah dit, dah dit dah dah−dah dit dah
dit, dah dit dah dah) means “you should proceed at slow
speed, a boat is coming to you.” This signal is normally
employed when conditions allow an enforcement boarding
without the necessity of the vessel being boarded coming to
a complete stop, or, in some cases, without retrieval of
fishing gear which may be in the water.
(3) “SQ3″ (dit dit dit, dah dah dit dah, dit dit dit dah
dah) means “you should stop or heave to; I am going to
board you.”
(4) “L” (dit dah dit dit) means “you should stop your
vessel instantly.”
Note:
Dit means a short flash of light.
Dah means a long flash of light.
Subpart B−Management Measures
§638.20 Fishing years.
The fishing year for live rock begins on January 1 and
ends on December 31. The fishing year for prohibited coral
and allowable octocoral begins on October I and ends on
September 30.
§638.21 Harvest limitations.
Except as authorized by a permit issued pursuant to
§638.4, prohibited coral, allowable octocoral, and live rock
taken as incidental catch must be returned immediately to
the sea in the general area of fishing. In fisheries where the
entire catch is landed unsorted, such as the scallop and
groundfish fisheries, unsorted prohibited coral, allowable
octocoral, and live rock are exempt from the requirement
for a Federal permit and may be landed; however, no
person may sell, trade, or barter or attempt to sell, trade, or
barter such prohibited coral, allowable octocoral, or live
rock.
§638.22 Gear restrictions.
(a) A toxic chemical may not be used or possessed in a
coral area in the EEZ.
(b) A power−assisted tool may not be used in the EEZ
to take prohibited coral, allowable octocoral, or live rock,
and the possession in the EEZ of such corals or live rock
taken with a power−assisted tool is prohibited.
§638.23 Habitat areas of particular concern.
The following areas are designated as HAPCs:
(c) Oculina Bank. The Oculina Bank is located
approximately 15 nautical miles east of Fort Pierce, FL, at
its nearest point to shore, and is bounded on the north by
27°53′N, on the south by 27°30′N, on the east by 79°56′W,
and on the west by 80°00′W. In the HAPC, fishing with
bottom longlines, traps, pots, dredges, or bottom trawls is
prohibited. See §646.26(d) of this chapter for prohibitions
on fishing for snapper−grouper in Oculina Bank HAPC.
APPENDIX VII
§638.24 Octocoral quota and closure.
(a) The quota for allowable octocoral from the EEZ is
50,000 colonies per fishing year.
(b) When the quota specified in paragraph (a) of this
section is reached or is projected to be reached, the
Assistant Administrator will file notification to that effect
with the Office of the Federal Register. On and after the
effective date of such notification, for the remainder of the
fishing year, allowable octocoral may not be harvested or
possessed in the EEZ and the purchase, barter, trade, or
sale, or attempted purchase, barter, trade, or sale, of
allowable octocoral in or from the EEZ is prohibited. The
latter prohibition does not apply to allowable octocoral that
was harvested and landed prior to the effective date of the
notification in the Federal Register.
§638.25 Wild live rock off the southern Atlantic states.
(a) Closed area. No person may harvest or possess wild
live rock in the EEZ off the southern Atlantic states north
of 25°58⋅5′N. (extension of the Dade/Broward County,
Florida, boundary).
(b) Gear limitation. In the EEZ off the southern
Atlantic states south of 25°58⋅5′N, no person may harvest
wild live rock by chipping and no person may possess in
that area wild live rock taken by chipping.
(c) Quota and closure.
(1) The quota for wild live rock from the EEZ off the
southern Atlantic states is 485,000 Ibs (219,992 kg) for the
fishing year that begins January 1, 1995 Commencing with
the fishing year that begins January 1,1996, the quota is
zero.
(2) When the quota specified in paragraph (c)(1) of this
section is reached, or is projected to be reached, the
Assistant Administrator will file notification to that effect
with the Office o the Federal Register. On and after the
effective date of such notification, for the remainder of the
fishing year, wild live rock may not be harvested or
possessed in the EEZ off the southern Atlantic states and
the purchase, barter trade, or sale, or attempted purchase,
barter, trade, or sale, of wild live rock in or from the EEZ
off the southern Atlantic states is prohibited. The latter
prohibition does not apply to wild live rock that was
harvested and landed prior to the effective date of the
notification in the Federal Register.
(3) The 1994 quota for wild live rock from the EEZ off
the southern Atlantic states was reached and the fishery
was closed effective November 1, 1994. The provisions of
paragraph (c)(2) of this section regarding harvest or
possession of wild live rock and the purchase, barter, trade,
or sale, or attempts thereof, of wild live rock are effective
December 22, 1994, through December 31, 1994.
§638.28 Specifically authorized activities.
The Regional Director may authorize, for the acquisition
of information and data, activities otherwise prohibited by
the regulations in this part.
322
 Home Contents Index
APPENDIX VIII
NAVIGATION RULES IN CUBAN TERRITORIAL WATERS AND INTERIOR WATERS
The Cuban Marine Safety Directorate of the Ministry of
Transport have introduced adaptions to International
Regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea, 1972 for use
in Cuban territorial and interior waters, within the
established demarcation lines. These rules approach those
of International Regulations for Preventing Collisions at
Sea, 1972 as closely as possible and correspond in number.
Adaptions of navigational significance are given below.
For full details the Cuban Navigational Safety Regulations
should be consulted.
PART B. STEERING AND SAILING RULES
Section I. Conduct of vessels in any condition
of visibility
Rule 6. Safe Speed
Add the following paragraph to the rule:
In inner waters of the Cuban Republic the maximum
speed is 6 kn. Exceptionally, and in special cases the
Directorate can set another maximum speed.
Rule 9. Narrow channels
Replace the existing paragraph (d) by:
(d) In the Cuban Republic, when a pass or narrow
channel is being used by a vessel, it cannot be
used by another vessel proceeding in the opposite
direction.
Before entering a narrow channel, vessels in the
territory of the Cuban Republic will indicate the
fact as established in Rule 34(g) (see below) and
announce it on VHF.
Section II. Conduct of vessels in sight of one
another
Rule 18. Responsibilities between vessels
Paragraph (f) is added to the rule:
(f) Dynamically lifted vessels and hovercraft are
considered, for the purposes of these rules, as
mechanically propelled vessels.
323
Section III. Conduct of vessels in restricted
visibility
Rule 19. Conduct of vessels in restricted visibility
Replace paragraph (b) as follows:
(b) All vessels will navigate at a safe speed suited to
the circumstances and conditions of reduced
visibility at the time. Mechanically propelled
vessels will keep their engines ready in order to
manoeuvre immediately. In the Cuban Republic
dynamically lifted vessels and hover craft will
navigate, in conditions of reduced visibility, at a
speed no greater than 10 kn.
PART C. LIGHTS AND SHAPES
Rule 23. Power driven vessels underway
Replace paragraph (b) as follows:
(b) In the territory of the Cuban Republic, hovercraft
and dynamically lifted vessels, when operating in
conditions of no displacement, will show in
addition to the lights prescribed in this rule, a
special, all round, quick flashing yellow light
vertically below the top light.
PART D. SOUND AND LIGHT SIGNALS
Rule 34. Manoeuvring and warning signals
Replace first part of paragraph (b) as follows:
(b) In the waters of the Cuban Republic all vessels of
500 gross tons or over must complement the blasts
on the siren, required by paragraph (a) of this rule,
by light signals which will be repeated, according
to circumstances, throughout the duration of the
manoeuvre:
Add paragraph (g) as follows:
(g) All vessels, before entering a narrow channel in
the Cuban Republic, will sound one long blast.
Rule 36. Signals to attract attention
The existing paragraph is designated (a) and the following
paragraph (b) is added:
(b) In the Republic of Cuba vessels of the competent
authority, when on duty, will show for rapid
identification, an all round, a quick flashing blue
light, located vertically below the top light.
 Home Contents Index
APPENDIX IX
CAYMAN ISLANDS − MARINE CONSERVATION REGULATIONS
The following regulations are extracted from the “The Marine
Conservation Regulations (1996 Revision)”. The First, Second,
Third, Fourth and Fifth Schedules, containing illustrations of
badges and insignia, examples of licences and details of fees
have been omitted;
1. These regulations may be cited as the Marine Conservation
Regulations (1996 Revision).
2. In these Regulations −
“Law” means the Marine Conservation Law (1995 Revision)
and its subordinate legislation;
3. A Fisheries Officer, in any place in which under section 5(4)
he may lawfully search any person, may seize any marine life
which he has reason to believe has been caught in the
commission of an offence or which is possessed in contravention
of the Law, and he may, in his discretion −
(a) return such marine life to its natural habitat;
(b) retain it for production in evidence; or
(c) dispose of it in any manner he deems expedient;
Provided that, if such disposal is effected by way of
sale, the net proceeds thereof shall be paid into the
revenues of the Islands
4.(1) The badges and insignia prescribed in the First
Schedule shall be worn and displayed by Fisheries
Officers whenever they are performing their duties
as such.
(2) The Board shall issue to each Fisheries Officer an
identification card in the form set out in the
Second Schedule, which card shall remain the
property of the Board. Each Fisheries Officer shall
carry his identification card with him when
performing his duties as such and shall, on
reasonable demand being made by any person,
produce such card for the inspection of that
person.
5. Letters of appointment and application forms for
licences.
6. Fees.
7. Whoever resists or obstructs a Fisheries Officer in the
discharge of any duty under the Law is guilty of an
offence.
8.(1) The areas described in the Sixth Schedule are
designated as no−diving zones.
(2) Scuba diving in a no−diving zone is prohibited.
9.(1) Whoever anchors any vessel exceeding twenty feet
in length or a commercial vessel, or allows any of
such vessels to be anchored, in such a manner that
damage is caused to the coral by an anchor, chain
or any similar contrivance, is guilty of an offence.
(2) In this regulation; “commercial vessel” means a
vessel which is for hire for the carriage of
passengers or which is carrying passengers as part
of a charter or other commercial venture.
324
SIXTH SCHEDULE
No−diving zones
1. North Side
A line drawn from latitude 19°21′06″ north longitude 81°14′24″
west along the ironshore to latitude 19°21′10″ north longitude
81°12′48″ west thence to latitude 19°21′30″ north longitude
81°12′48″ west thence to latitude 19°21′20″ north longitude
81°14′28″ west thence to latitude 19°21′06″ north longitude
81°14′24″ west.
2. North Side
A line drawn from latitude 19°20′52″ north longitude 81°11′42″
west along the ironshore to latitude 19°20′50″ north longitude
81°10′00″ west thence to latitude 19°21′06″ north longitude
81°10′00″ west thence to latitude 19°21′20″ north longitude
81°11′42″ west thence to latitude 19°20′52″ north longitude
81°11′42″ west.
CAYMAN ISLANDS − MARINE
CONSERVATION (MARINE PARKS)
REGULATIONS
The following regulations are reprinted from the 1996 Revision;
1. These Regulations may be cited as the Marine Conservation
Regulations (1996 Revision).
2. In these Regulations −
“cast net” means any cast by hand by one individual;
“drop−off” means the first part of the sea floor to attain not less
than eighty feet in depth on a line proceeding from and at right
angles to the shore;
“fry” means any small silver fish under three inches in length of
the herring (clupeidae) or anchovy (engraulidae) families.
“fry net” means any net or device designed for catching fry;
“spear gun” means any device whereby a harpoon, rod, spear or
other projectile may be impelled through water; and
“sprat” means any small silver fish under six inches in length of
the herring (clupeidae) or anchovy (engraulidae) families.
3. For the purposes of determining what restrictions shall apply
to areas designated as marine parks, there shall be three
categories of marine parks namely −
(a) replenishment zones;
(b) marine park zones; and
(c) environmental zones.
4. The following are prohibited in replenishment zones −
(a) the taking of conch and lobster;
(b) the use of spear guns, pole spears, fish traps and
fish nets of all kinds, except that fry and sprat
may be taken with fry or cast nets.
5.(1) Subject to subregulations (2) and (3), the following are
prohibited in marine park zones −
(a) the taking of any form of marine life by any
means; and
(b) the anchoring of boats.
(2) Notwithstanding subregulation (1), the taking of fish is
permitted in the following circumstances −
(a) by line, at or beyond the drop−off;
(b) by line from the shore, without the use of a boat;
and
(c) by use of fry or cast nets, where the fish taken
are fry or sprat.
 Home Contents Index
(3) Notwithstanding subregulation (1), anchoring is
permitted in the following circumstances −
(a) by boats not exceeding 60 feet in length provided
that they do not use grappling hooks, anchor
only in sand and their anchor chain or rope does
not lie on coral;
(b) by all boats in port anchorage areas designated as
such by the Port Regulations (1995 Revision).
(4) The entry, mooring, anchoring and the discharge of
passengers, without the approval of the Board, into or in
the area of Bloody Bay − Jackson Point at Little Cayman
designated as a marine park zone (being numbered 2H in
the Second Schedule) by a commercial vessel, as defined
in regulation 2 of the Marine Conservation Regulations
(1996 Revision), is prohibited. Such approval may be
granted subject to whatever conditions the Board
considers appropriate.
6.(1) The following are prohibited in environmental zones −
(a) the taking of any form of marine life by any
means;
(b) the use of any anchor;
(c) entry by any person into the water; and
(d) exceeding a speed limit of five knots.
7. No prohibition on anchoring imposed by these regulations
shall apply during a declared state of emergency, during the
currency of a hurricane warning or when permission is given by
the Port Director to a specific vessel in circumstances which, in
the opinion of the Port Director, constitute an emergency.
8.(1) the areas described in the First Schedule are designated as
replenishment zones.
(2) The areas described in the Second Schedule are
designated as marine park zones.
(3) The areas described in the Third Schedule are designated
as environmental zones.
(4) The above areas are shown on the plan in the Fourth
Schedule. That plan is for illustrative purposes only, and
in the event of any discrepancy between the plan and the
written descriptions contained in the First, Second or
Third Schedules, the description in the relevant Schedule
shall prevail.
9. In the case of contravention of any of these regulations in
circumstances which involve the use of a boat, all the persons in
the boat at the time of the contravention shall be deemed to be
responsible therefore and shall be liable for the contravention as
principal offenders.
FIRST SCHEDULE
Grand Cayman − Replenishment Zones
1A Head of Barkers Flats
Starting on the coast the north east corner of Block No 16A
Parcel No 21, approximate longitude 81°21′41″ west,
approximate latitude 19°22′51″ north, thence in a north easterly
direction for a distance of approximately 3,200 feet to reach the
western boundary of Vidal Cay Block No. 16A Parcel No. 26
approximate longitude 81°21′14″ west, approximate latitude
19°23′06″ north.
Thence in a northerly direction for a distance of approximately
3,600 feet to reach the outer edge of the reef at approximate
longitude 81°21′23″ west, approximate latitude 19°23′43″
north, thence in a north westerly direction along the outer edge of
APPENDIX IX
the reef for a distance of approximately 14,000 feet to reach
approximate longitude 81°23′19″ west, approximate latitude
19°24′00″ north, thence southerly for a distance of
approximately 1,200 feet to reach the coast at Conch Point Block
No. 8A Parcel No. 7 approximate longitude 81°23′19″ west,
approximate latitude 19°23′48″ north.
Thence in a south easterly direction along the coast to reach the
starting point.
1B West Bay Cemetery − Victoria House
Starting on the coast at the north west corner of the
cemetery Block No. 5C Parcel No. 124 approximate
longitude 81°23′49″ west, approximate latitude 19°21′56″
north, thence in a south westerly direction for a distance of
approximately 2,500 feet to the drop−off approximate
longitude 81°24′09″ west, approximate latitude 19°21′43″
north.
Thence in a southerly direction along the drop−off for a
distance of approximately 2,800 feet to reach approximate
longitude 81°23′50″ west, approximate latitude 19°21′22″
north, thence in a north easterly direction for 2,800 feet to
reach the coast at the south west corner of Victoria House
Block No. 10E Parcel No. 2 approximate longitude
81°23′26″ west, approximate latitude 19°21′15″ north.
Thence in a north westerly direction along the coast to
reach the starting point.
1C Treasure Island Resort − Old Pageant Beach Site
Starting at a point longitude 81°23′12″ west, latitude
19°18′31″ north on the coast in Block 13E, Parcel 156,
thence in a westerly direction for a distance of
approximately 2,050 feet to the drop−off approximate
longitude 81°23′32″ west, approximate latitude 19°18′31″
north.
Thence in a generally northerly direction along the
drop−off for a distance of approximately 1,750 feet to
reach approximate longitude 81°23′38″ west, approximate
latitude 19°18′48″ north.
Thence in an easterly direction for a distance of
approximately 2,550 feet to reach the coast in Block 13B,
Parcel 197 REM 1 at longitude 81°23′13″ east, latitude
19°18′48″ north.
Thence in a generally southerly direction along the coast
to reach the starting point.
1D South Sound
Starting on the coast at the jetty on the southern
boundary of Block No 150 Parcel No. 63 (caribbean
Paradise) approximate longitude 81°22′44″ west,
approximate latitude 19°15′19″ north, thence in a southerly
direction for approximately 1,000 feet crossing the west
side of the wreck of the Pallas to reach the outer edge of
the reef at approximate longitude 81°22′44″ west,
approximate latitude 19°15′49″ north.
Thence along the outer edge of the reef in a north
easterly direction for approximately 14,000 feet to reach the
coast at Prospect Point Block No 23C Parcel No. 56
approximate longitude 81°20′02″ west, approximate latitude
19°16′17″ north.
Thence along the coast in north westerly, westerly and
south westerly directions to reach the starting point.
1E North Sound
Starting at Rum Point Block No. 33B Parcel No. 171(e)
approximate longitude 81°16′19″ west, approximate latitude
19°22′22″ north, thence in a northerly direction for a
325
 Home Contents Index
distance of approximately 2,200 feet to the reef
approximate longitude 81°16′19″ west, approximate latitude
19°22′44″ north.
Thence in a westerly direction along the outer edge of
the reef for a distance of approximately 8,000 feet to reach
approximate longitude 81°17′41″ west, approximate latitude
19°22′43″ north. Thence in a south westerly direction
crossing to the east of Rum Point channel, for a distance of
approximately 14,400 feet to reach approximate longitude
81°19′41″ west, approximate latitude 19°21′16″ north.
Thence in a southerly direction for a distance of
approximately 21,500 feet to reach the coast at the north
east corner of Block no. 24B Parcel No. 2 approximate
longitude 81°19′41″ west, approximate latitude 19°17′44″
north.
Thence in a generally north easterly direction along the
coast passing through Block Nos. 24B, 24C, 27B, 27C and
part of 30A to reach the common boundary of Block No
30A Parcel Nos. 5 and 8 at approximate longitude
81°17′26″ west, approximate latitude 19°18′40″ north.
Thence in westerly, south westerly and north westerly
directions along the coast and across the waterway to the
southern boundary of Duck Pond Cay approximate
longitude 81°17′57″ west, approximate latitude 19°18′31″
north.
Thence in a northerly direction along the west coast of
Duck Pond Cay and through the North Sound for a
distance of approximately 8,400 feet to a point 1,300 feet
west of Booby Cay, approximate longitude 81°17′57″ west,
approximate latitude 19°19°54″ north.
Thence in a north easterly direction for a distance of
approximately 14,500 feet to reach the coast at Block 33D
Parcel No. 21, approximate longitude 81°16′07″ west,
approximate latitude 19°21′33″ north.
Thence along the coast line of Block No. 33E to reach
approximate longitude 81°16′19″ west, approximate latitude
19°21′45″ north.
Thence in a westerly direction across part of North
Sound to reach the coast at Water Cay Block No. 33E
Parcel No. 75.
Thence along the coast through Block Nos. 33E, 33M
and 33B to reach the starting point.
1F Bats Cave Beach
Starting on the coast at the eastern boundary of Block
No.25B Parcel No. 8 where the reef meets the land,
approximate longitude 81°19′27″ west, approximate latitude
19°16′22″ north, thence along the outer edge of the reef in
south easterly, easterly and north easterly directions for a
distance of approximately 6,700 feet to reach the coast at
Head of Reef Block No. 28E Parcel No. 23 approximate
longitude 81°18′22″ west, approximate latitude 19°16′11″
north.
Thence in north westerly and westerly directions along
the coast to reach the starting point.
1G Frank Sound
Starting on the coast at the southern boundary of Block
No. 56C Parcel No. 1 approximate longitude 81°10′59″
west, approximate latitude 19°18′00″ north, thence in a
south easterly direction for approximately 3,100 feet to the
channel, approximate longitude 81°10′55″ west,
approximate latitude 19°17′30″ north. Thence along the
outer edge of the reef in an easterly direction for
APPENDIX IX
approximately 11,000 feet to reach the coast at Block No.
64A Parcel No. 27 approximate longitude 81°09′00″ west,
approximate latitude 19°17′39″ north.
Thence along the coast in a generally north westerly
direction to reach the starting point.
1H Cayman Dive Lodge
Starting on the coast at the southern boundary of Block
No. 72B Parcel No. 17 where the reef meets the land,
approximate longitude 81°07′11″ west, approximate latitude
19°17′35″ north, thence in an easterly direction along the
outer edge of the reef for a distance of approximately
1,950 feet to reach approximate longitude 81°06′51″ west,
approximate latitude 19°17′35″ north. Thence in a northerly
direction to reach the coast at the southern boundary of
Block No. 72C Parcel No. 193, approximate longitude
81°06′51″ west, approximate latitude 19°17′40″ north.
Thence in a south westerly direction along the coast to
reach the starting point.
1J Radio Mast − Sand Bluff
Starting on the coast at the eastern boundary of Block
No 75A Parcel No. 130, approximate longitude 81°05′28″
west, approximate latitude 19°18′34″ north, thence in an
easterly direction for a distance of approximately 5,200 feet
to reach the outer edge of the reef just south of East End
channel, approximate longitude 81°04′33″ west,
approximate latitude 19°18′34″ north.
Thence in a north westerly direction along the outer
edge of the reef for a distance of approximately 4,100 feet
to reach approximate longitude 81°04′42″ west,
approximate latitude 19°19′13″ north, thence in a westerly
direction for a distance of approximately 2,900 feet to
reach the coast at Sand Bluff on the eastern boundary of
Block No. 75A Parcel No. 3, approximate longitude
81°05′13″ west, approximate latitude 19°19′13″ north.
Thence in a south westerly direction along the coast to
reach the starting point.
1K Spotter Bay − Anchors Point
Starting on the coast at Spotter Bay Block No 73A
Parcel No. 1 approximate longitude 81°05′57″ west,
approximate latitude 19°21′12″ north, thence in a westerly
direction along the outer edge of the reef for a distance of
approximately 11,600 feet to reach the coast at Anchors
Point at the northern boundary of Block No. 65A Parcel
No. 22 approximate longitude 81°07′58″ west, approximate
latitude 19°21′18″ north.
Thence in an easterly direction along the coast to reach
the starting point.
Cayman Brac − Replenishment Zones
1L Spot Bay
Starting on the coast at the north east corner of Block
No. 108D Parcel No. 23 (Spot Bay School) approximate
longitude 79°45′04″ west, approximate latitude 19°45′16″
north, thence in a northerly direction for a distance of
approximately 250 feet to reach the outer edge of the reef,
approximate longitude 79°45′04″ west, approximate latitude
19°45′19″ north.
Thence along the outer edge of the reef in a south
westerly direction for a distance of approximately 4,000
feet to where the reef reaches the coast at the north west
corner of Block No. 108E Parcel No. 7 approximate
longitude 79°45′44″ west, approximate latitude 19°45′04″
north.
326
 Home Contents Index
Thence along the coast in a north easterly direction to
reach the starting point.
1M Salt Water Point − Beach Point
Starting on the coast at Salt Water Point Block No. 97C
Parcel No. 22 where the reef meets the coast, approximate
longitude 79°51′10″ west, approximate latitude 19°41′22″
north, thence along the outer edge of the reef for a distance
of approximately 4,500 feet to reach approximate longitude
79°50′26″ west, approximate latitude 19°41′31″ north.
Thence in a northerly direction for a distance of
approximately 950 feet to reach the coast at Beach Point,
Block No. 99A, Parcel No. 82, approximate longitude
79°50′26″ west, approximate latitude 19°41′38″ north.
Thence along the coast in a south westerly direction to
reach the starting point.
1N Coral Isle Club
Starting on the coast at Block No. 95C Parcel No. 62
approximate longitude 79°50′04″ west, approximate latitude
19°41′08″ north. Thence in a south easterly direction for a
distance of approximately 200 feet to reach the outer edge
of the reef, at approximate longitude 79°52′04″ west,
approximate latitude 19°41′06″ north.
Thence along the outer edge of the reef in a north
easterly direction for a distance of approximately 2,900 feet
to reach the coast at Block No. 97B Parcel No.32
approximate longitude 79°51′37″ west, approximate latitude
19°41′15″ north, thence in a south westerly direction along
the coast to reach the starting point.
Little Cayman − Replenishment Zones
1P Mary’s Bay − East Point
Starting on the coast at Mary’s Bay, Block No. 189A,
Parcel No. 29 approximate longitude 79°59′52″ west,
approximate latitude 19°42′20″ north, thence in a northerly
direction for a distance of approximately 2,150 feet to
reach the drop−off approximate longitude 79°59′52″ west,
approximate latitude 19°42′42″ north.
Thence along the drop−off in a north easterly direction
for a distance of approximately 8,600 feet, to reach
longitude 79°58′28″ west, approximate latitude 19°43′12″
north, thence in a southerly direction for a distance of
approximately 1,250 feet to reach the outer edge of the
reef, approximate longitude 79°58′28″ west, approximate
latitude 19°42′58″ north.
Thence along the outer edge of the reef in south easterly
and southerly directions for a distance of approximately
7,300 feet, to reach approximate longitude 79°57′34″ west,
approximate latitude 19°42′38″ north.
Thence in a westerly direction for a distance of
approximately 1,000 feet to reach the coast at East Point,
Block No. 92A Parcel No. 30, approximate longitude
79°57′44″ west, approximate latitude 19°42′38″ north.
Thence along the coast in north westerly and south
westerly directions to reach the starting point.
1Q South Hole Sound
Starting on the coast at Head of Bay, Block No. 83A
Parcel No. 12, approximate longitude 80°04′03″ west,
approximate latitude 19°39′57″ north, thence in a south
APPENDIX IX
easterly direction for a distance of approximately 2,350 feet
to reach the outer edge of the reef approximate longitude
80°03′44″ west, approximate latitude 19°39′45″ north.
Thence along the outer edge of the reef for a distance of
approximately 27,000 feet to reach approximate longitude
79°59′34″ west, approximate 19°41′36″ north, thence in a
north westerly direction for a distance of approximately
1,200 feet to reach the coast at Block No. 91A, Parcel No.
40 approximate longitude 79°59′32″ west, approximate
latitude 19°41′47″ north.
Thence along the coast in south westerly, north westerly
and southerly directions to reach the starting point.
SECOND SCHEDULE
Grand Cayman − Marine Park Zones
2A Spanish Cove Resort Jetty (3D 16)
Starting on the coast at the north east corner of Block No. 3D
Parcel No. 22 approximate longitude 81°23′40″ west,
approximate latitude 19°23′40″ north, thence due north for a
distance of approximately 900 feet to the drop−off approximate
longitude 81°23′40″ west, approximate latitude 19°23′49″
north.
Thence along the drop−off in a south westerly direction for a
distance of approximately 1,250 feet to reach approximate
longitude 81°23′52″ west, approximate latitude 19°23′43″
north, thence due south for a distance of approximately 700 feet
to reach the jetty on the coast, at the northern boundary of Block
No. 3D Parcel No. 16 approximate longitude 81°23′52″ west,
approximate latitude 19°23′36″ north.
Thence in a north easterly direction along the coast to reach the
starting point.
2B North West Point − West Bay Cemetery
Starting on the coast at the boardwalk on the north west
boundary of Block No. 2C Parcel No. 67 approximate longitude
81°25′13″ west, approximate latitude 19°22′20″ north.
Thence in a westerly direction for approximately 1,500 feet to
reach the drop−off; approximate longitude 81°25′23″ west,
approximate latitude 19°22′20″ north.
Thence along the drop−off in a south easterly direction for a
distance of 8,500 feet, to reach approximate longitude 81°24′09″
west, approximate latitude 19°21′43″ north, thence in a north
easterly direction for a distance of approximately 2,500 feet to
reach the coast at the north west corner of the cemetery Block
No. 5C Parcel No. 124 approximate longitude 81°23′49″ west,
approximate latitude 19°21′56″ north.
Thence in a north westerly direction along the coast to reach the
starting point.
2C Victoria House − Sand Cay Apartments
Starting on the coast at the south west corner of Victoria House
Block no. 10E Parcel No. 2 approximate longitude 81°23′26″
west approximate latitude 19°21′35″ north thence in a south
westerly direction for a distance of approximately 2,800 feet to
reach the drop−off approximate longitude 81°23′50″ west
approximate latitude 19°21′22″ north.
Thence in a southerly direction along the drop−off for
approximately 32,500 feet to reach approximate longitude
81°23′46″ west approximate latitude 19°16′10″ north, thence in
327
 Home Contents Index
an easterly direction for approximately 1,600 feet to reach the
coast at the north west corner of Sand Cay apartments Block No.
7D Parcel No. 8, approximate longitude 81°23′30″ west
approximate latitude 19°16′10″ north.
Thence along the coast in a generally northerly direction to reach
the starting point.
2D Browse Bluff − Rum Point
Starting on the coast at Browse Bluff Block 33C Parcel No. 12
approximate longitude 81°15′44″ west, approximate latitude
19°21′57″ north, thence in a northerly direction for a distance of
approximately 1,200 feet to the reef approximate longitude
81°15′44″ west, approximate latitude 19°22′09″ north.
Thence in a north westerly direction along the reef for a distance
of approximately 5,000 feet to approximate longitude 81°16′19″
west, approximate latitude 19°22′44″ north, thence in a
southerly direction for a distance of approximately 2,200 feet to
reach the coast at Rum Point, Block No. 33B Parcel No. 171(e) at
approximate longitude 81°16′19″ west, approximate latitude
19°22′22″ north.
Thence in a south easterly direction along the coast to reach the
starting point.
Cayman Brac − Marine Park Zones
2E Scotts Anchorage − White Bay
Starting on the coast at the north west corner of Block No. 95B
Parcel No. 9 (Buccaneers Inn) approximate longitude 79°53′03″
west, approximate latitude 19°41′43″ north.
Thence along the drop−off in a north easterly direction for a
distance of approximately 4,100 feet to reach approximate
longitude 79°52′33″ west, approximate latitude 19°42′04″
north.
Thence in a south easterly direction for a distance of
approximately 1,150 feet to reach the shore at White Bay Block
No. 94D, Parcel No. 24 approximate longitude 79°52′27″ west,
approximate latitude 19°41′54″ north.
Thence in a south westerly direction along the coast to reach the
starting point.
2F Dick Sessinger’s Bay − Beach Point
Starting at the outer edge of the reef, 600 feet east of Channel
Bays channel, approximate longitude 79°53′02″ west,
approximate latitude 19°40′56″ north, thence in a southerly
direction for a distance of approximately 1,400 feet to reach the
drop−off, approximate longitude 79°53′02″ west, approximate
latitude 19°40′44″ north.
Thence along the drop−off in a generally north easterly direction
for a distance of approximately 16,000 feet to reach approximate
longitude 79°50′26″ west, approximate latitude 19°41′25″
north, thence in a northerly direction for a distance of
approximately 600 feet to reach the outer edge of the reef at
approximate longitude 79°50′26″ west, approximate latitude
19°41′31″ north.
Thence along the coast in a south westerly direction for a
distance of approximately 2,500 feet to reach Block No. 97B
Parcel No. 32 where the reef meets the coast, approximate
longitude 79°51′36″ west, approximate latitude 19°41′09″
north.
APPENDIX IX
Thence along the outer edge of the reef in a south westerly
direction to reach the starting point.
2G Jennifer Bay − Deep Well
Starting on the coast at Block No. 105A Parcel No. 16
approximate longitude 79°47′47″ west, approximate latitude
19°42′38″ north, thence in a southerly direction for a distance of
approximately 1,100 feet, to reach the drop−off, approximate
longitude 79°47′47″ west, approximate latitude 19°42′27″
north.
Thence along the drop−off in a north easterly direction for a
distance of approximately 6,000 feet to reach approximate
longitude 79°46′47″ west, approximate latitude 19°42′43″
north.
Thence in a northerly direction for a distance of approximately
1,200 feet to reach the coast at Block No. 197A, Parcel No. 56
approximate longitude 79°46′47″ west, approximate latitude
19°42′54″ north.
Thence along the coast in a south westerly direction to reach the
starting point.
Little Cayman − Marine Parks Zones
2H Bloody Bay − Jackson Point
Starting on the coast at Spot Bay Block No. 77A, Parcel No. 6
approximate longitude 80°05′04″ west approximate latitude
19°40′31″ north, thence in a north westerly direction for a
distance of approximately 900 feet to reach the drop−off
approximate longitude 80°05′45″ west, approximate latitude
19°40′38″ north.
Thence along the drop−off in a generally north easterly direction
for a distance of approximately 14,800 feet to reach approximate
longitude 80°03′41″ west, approximate latitude 19°42′05″
north.
Thence in a south easterly direction for a distance of
approximately 2,050 feet to reach the coast at Lower Spots,
Block No. 82A, Parcel No.12, approximate longitude 80°03′38″
west, approximate latitude 19°41′45″ north.
Thence along the coast in a generally south westerly direction to
reach the starting point.
2J Preston Bay − Main Channel
Starting on the coast at Block No. 78A, Parcel No. 10 where the
reef meets the land, approximate longitude 80°05′44″ west
approximate latitude 19°39′33″ north, thence along the outer
edge of the reef in a south westerly direction for a distance of
approximately 2,000 feet, to reach approximate longitude
80°06′04″ west, approximate latitude 19°39′26″ north.
Thence in a southerly direction for a distance of approximately
1,950 feet to reach the drop−off, approximate longitude
80°06′04″ west, approximate latitude 19°39′07″ north.
Thence along the drop−off in north easterly and south easterly
directions for a distance of approximately 9,000 feet to reach
approximate longitude 80°04′34″ west, approximate latitude
19°39′07″ north.
Thence in a northerly direction for a distance of approximately
1,800 feet to reach the Main Channel, approximate longitude
80°04′34″ west, approximate latitude 19°39′23″ north.
Thence along the outer edge of the reef in south westerly and
north westerly directions for a distance of approximately 3,600
328
 Home Contents Index
feet to reach the coast at Block No. 81A, Parcel 38, approximate
longitude 80°05′11″ west, approximate latitude 19°39′27″
north.
Thence along the coast in a north westerly direction to reach the
starting point.
THIRD SCHEDULE
Grand Cayman − Environmental Zones
3A Little Sound
Starting on the coast at Block No. 33 D Parcel No. 21
approximate longitude 81°16′07″ west approximate latitude
19°21′33″ north. Thence in a south westerly direction for
approximately 14,500 feet to a point 1,300 feet off the west coast
of Booby Cay approximate longitude 81°17′57″ west,
approximate latitude 19°19′54″ north.
Thence in a southerly direction for a distance of approximately
8,400 feet to reach the western coast of Duck Pond Cay
approximate longitude 81°17′57″ west, approximate latitude
19°18′31″ north.
Thence along the southern boundary of Duck Pond Cay and
across the waterway and along the southern boundary of Block
No 30A Parcel No. 5 to reach approximate longitude 81°17′26″
west, approximate latitude 19°18′40″ north.
Thence inland in a generally north easterly direction parallel to
the coast through Block Nos. 30A, 29A, 35A and 41A
approximately 2,000 feet from the coast to reach a point in Block
No. 41A approximate longitude 81°15′09″ west, approximate
latitude 19°19′21″ north.
APPENDIX IX
Thence in a north westerly direction for approximately 1,800
feet over Block No. 41A, approximately 2,000 feet from the
coast to reach approximate longitude 81°15′11″ west,
approximate latitude 19°19′31″ north.
Thence continuing in a north westerly direction for a distance of
approximately 1,900 feet through Block No. 41A and into Block
No. 40A approximately 2,000 feet from the coast to reach
approximate longitude 81°15′12″ west approximate latitude
19°20′04″ north.
Thence continuing in a north westerly direction through Block
No.40A for approximately 1,900 feet, approximately 1,000 feet
from the coast to reach approximate longitude 81°15′21″ west,
approximate latitude 19°20′36″ north.
Thence continuing in a north westerly direction for a distance of
approximately 2,300 feet through Bock No. 40A, approximately
800 feet from the coast to reach approximate longitude
81°15′32″ west, approximate latitude 19°20′36″ north.
Thence continuing in a north westerly direction for a distance of
approximately 2,300 feet through Block No.40A approximately
800 feet from the coast to reach approximate longitude
81°15′32″ west, approximate latitude 19°20′55″ north.
Thence continuing in a north westerly direction for a distance of
approximately 5,100 feet to reach the starting point.
FOURTH SCHEDULE
This schedule contains illustrative plans (unsuitable for
navigation purposes) subordinate to the written descriptions
contained in the First, Second and Third Schedules and
consequently is not reproduced here.
329
 Home Contents Index
APPENDIX X
TURKS AND CAICOS ISLANDS − NATIONAL PARKS REGULATIONS − EXTRACTS
The following extracts are taken from The National Parks
(Protection and use of National Parks, Nature Reserves,
Sanctuaries and areas of Historical Interest), Regulations
1992. Mariners are strongly advised to contact local
authorities with regard to current restrictions on navigation or
anchoring within the waters of the Turks and Caicos Islands.
1. (a) These Regulations may be cited as the National Parks,
(Protection and Use of National Parks, Nature Reserves,
Sanctuaries and Areas of Historical Interest), Regulations 1992.
(b) These Regulations shall come into force on 7th day of
August 1992.
Interpretation
2. In these Regulations, unless the context otherwise requires;
Anchoring Zone means a zone established under
regulation 6a) vi).
Animal or plant means any marine or land vertebrate or
invertebrate or animal product, whether living or dead and
any marine or land plant or plant product whether living or
dead, including marine products as defined in the
Fisheries Regulations of 1989.
Aquatic Sports Zone means a zone designated under
regulation 6a) iii).
Area of Historical Interest means an area so declared
and described in the National Parks Order 1992.
Artifact means any human made object on land or in the
sea that is of anthropological, historical or artistic value,
including carvings and drawings in or on rock, carved
stone and pottery shards.
Beach Games means games and recreations normally
associated with recreational beaches and adjacent waters,
other than those specifically excluded by these
regulations.
Charter Vessel means any sea going sail or motor
powered vessel licensed or approved for hire to carry
people.
Conservation Officer means a person referred to in
regulation 11. b), 11.c) ii).
Director means the Director of Environmental and
Coastal Resources.
Dive Operator means a person providing snorkel or
scuba diving facilities for other persons, involving entry
into, or exit from the water by means of a vessel.
Dive Vessel means a vessel operated by a dive operator,
when such a vessel is actually involved in dive work,
including the transportation of divers to and from the dive
site.
D.E.C.R. means the Department of Environment and
Coastal Resources.
Engine−less Vessel means any sea going apparatus with
no on board engine and powered by only human effort,
including canoes, kayaks, surfboards and non motorized
dinghies.
Fishing Zone means a zone established under regulation
6 a) x).
Fixed D.E.C.R. Buoy means a D.E.C.R. numbered white
with blue stripe buoy, or any buoy with D.E.C.R.
approved markings that has been installed in a site
approved by D.E.C.R..
330
Hovercraft means a self propelled motorized sea craft
that rides on a cushion of air, capable of motion on both
land and sea.
Jet Ski means , (regardless of trade name of the vessel
concerned), a motor vessel or vessel propelled by water
jet;
a) capable of carrying a maximum of four
persons, and;
b) having a maximum length of 10 feet.
Motor Vessel means any apparatus propelled, or capable
of being propelled, on the sea by use of an on board or
outboard motor including sail vessels containing motors.
National Park means an area so declared and described in
the National Parks Order 1992.
Nature Reserve means an area so declared and described
in the National Parks Order 1992.
Permanent Mooring means a mooring with a suitable
attachment for securing a mooring buoy set into or laid on
the sea bed solely for that purpose and incapable of
movement under normal circumstances.
Rescue Vessel means a vessel approved by the Director
for use in rescue under regulation 4.
Sanctuary means an area so declared and described in the
national Parks Order 1992.
Sail Vessel means a wind surfer, boat or ship propelled on
the water by the wind.
Shoreline means that part of any National Park, Nature
Reserve or Sanctuary comprising the fore shore and sand
dunes immediately adjacent to the sea.
Swimming Zone means a zone designated under
regulation 6 a) i).
Training Zone means a zone designated under regulation
6 a) iv).
Vessel means any vehicle which travels on water and
includes ships, boats, dinghies, wind surfers, jet skis, and
any motorized vessel.
Wall means the 50 fathom depth isobath on the seaward
boundary of any National Park.
Water Ski means a ski or ski−like apparatus used in
gliding behind a power vessel over the surface of the
water.
Zone means a zone, access lane or right of way
established under regulation 6.
Prohibitions and Permitted Activities
3. a) The following are prohibited within all National
Parks;
i) The taking of any animal or plant by any mechanical
method on land or at sea, except to the extent
permitted in any fishing zone.
ii) The taking of any artifact.
iii) The destruction of, or damage or injury to, any animal
or plant.
iv) The removal of sand, rock, coral, coral rag or any
calcareous substance.
v) Anchor damage to coral reef structures living or dead
and associated marine plant and animal life.
vi) The anchoring of vessels greater than 60 feet in
length other than in an anchoring zone.
vii) Jet skis and hovercraft.
viii) Water skiing except in a water skiing zone.
ix) The dumping of refuse, abandoned vehicles, toxic or
other wastes, bilges, oil, and other petroleum
 Home Contents Index
products, pesticides and other items harmful to
animals or plants, or unsightly items.
xvii) Operating a vessel in excess of 15 miles per hour
unless within an aquatic sports or water ski zone.
b) The following are prohibited within all Nature
Reserves;
Regulations 3.a) i to vii and ix all apply to Nature
Reserves. In addition;
vi) Water skiing, jet skis or hovercraft.
c) The following are prohibited within all Sanctuaries;
Regulations 3.a) ii to vi and ix, 3.b) vi all apply to
Sanctuaries. In addition;
i) Public access unless with the prior written approval
of the Director in form NP1.
ii) The introduction either temporary or permanent of
any domestic animal or other animal.
iii) The taking of any plant or animal by any method on
land or at sea.
d) The following are prohibited within all areas of
Historical Interest;
Regulations 3.a) ii, vi, v, vi, ix, 3.b) vi and 3.c) iii all
apply to areas of Historical Interest.
f) Subject to sub−regulations a), b), and d), the
following are permitted within National Parks, Nature
Reserves and Areas of Historical Interest;
ii) Vessels, subject to;
1. Their not entering the swimming zones except if they
are rescue vessels, police vessels or D.E.C.R vessels engaged
in placing, repairing, replacing or removing fixed D.E.C.R.
buoys or performing rescue. But provided that persons
involved in such operations cause no unnecessary damage to
the environment within the zone and that the vessels leave the
swimming zone upon completion of the operation within the
zone.
2. Their not depositing on the land or in the water of the
National Park, Nature Reserve or Area of Historical Interest
any refuse, waste produce or other item or substance which
does or is likely to diminish or restrict the enjoyment of the
amenities of the National,Park, Nature Reserve or Area of
Historical Interest.
3. The occupants of such vessel committing no other
breach of these regulations.
iii) Anchoring on clear sandy bottom, provided
sub−regulation a) vi is not contravened.
Rescue Vessels
4. The Director may, in writing, approve any;
b) Motor vessel to be used as rescue vessel.
Within any National Park, Nature Reserve, Sanctuary or
Area of Historical Interest.
Emergencies
5. No prohibition on anchoring imposed by these Regulations
shall apply in an emergency, during the currency of a hurricane
warning or when permission is given by the Director, Chief
Conservation Officer, Deputy Conservation Officer or Harbour
Master to a specific vessel in circumstances which, in the
opinion of such person, constitute an emergency.
Zones
6. a) There may be established within a National Park or
Nature Reserve, the following zones exclusively for the
purposes permitted within such zones;
APPENDIX X
i) Swimming Zones, where;
1. Bathing, swimming, snorkeling and scuba
diving, other than from a vessel, beach games and other
ancillary pursuits are permitted.
2. All vessels including engine−less vessels except
those exempt in regulation 3. f) ii).
ii) Access Lanes, where;
1. Access and egress by vessels and vehicles, other
than those specifically prohibited from use within the
National Park or Nature Reserve, are permitted to and from
the shore for the purpose of launching, recovery, unloading,
embarkation and disembarkation of such vessels.
2. A vessel or vehicle speed in excess of 5 mph and
access or egress other than at right angles to the shoreline is
prohibited.
iii) Aquatic Sports Zones, where sailing, wind
surfing, canoeing, kayaking, swimming, snorkeling, scuba
diving from a vessel and other ancillary activities are
permitted.
iv) Training Zones, where the training of persons for
scuba diving or snorkeling is permitted.
v) Water ski Zones, not less than 100 yards from a
shoreline where the use of water skis and aqua slide
equipment for sport and the transit of all vessels including
engine−less vessels is permitted.
vi) Anchoring Zones, where the anchoring of vessels
greater than 60 feet in length is permitted.
x) Fishing Zones, where subject to the Fisheries
Protection Regulations 1989, non commercial recreational
fishing from the shoreline or from piers or jetties within the
zone is permitted, using light tackle of not more than 30
pounds breaking strain.
Enforcement
11. a) These regulations shall be enforced by Conservation
Officers appointed by the Governor in accordance with section
58 of Schedule 2 of the Turks and Caicos Islands Constitution
Order 1988 after considering recommendations made by the
Director.
b) Any person appointed as a Police Officer as defined in
Section 3 of the Police Ordinance 1970 or any person appointed
as a Fisheries Officer as defined in Section 3 of the Fisheries
Protection Regulations 1989, shall be deemed to be
Conservation Officers for the purpose of these Regulations.
c) The person specified in sub−section a) or b) shall have
the power;
i) To enter all parts of the National Park, Nature
Reserve, Sanctuary or Area of Historical Interest,
concerned for the prevention of the commission of
offense under regulation 12 and the apprehension of
persons committing any such offense.
ii) To arrest without warrant any person committing
such offence or whom the Conservation Officer or
officer, reasonably suspects to be committing, or to
have committed or about to commit such offence.
iii) To seize any article, item or thing of whatever kind
that he reasonably suspects has been used in the
commission of an offence under regulation 12 until
the determination of proceedings in respect of that
offense.
Offences and Penalties
12. a) A person contravening Regulations;
i) 3a) iv), or ix).
ii) 3b) iii), iv) or v).
iii)3c).
iv)3d) iii), iv), v) or viii).
v) 3e).
331
 Home Contents Index APPENDIX X

Commits an offense and is liable on summary this regulation may order;

conviction to a fine of $50,000 or a term of imprisonment of i) The forfeiture to the Government of any item, article
twelve months or both. or thing used in the commission of the offense.
b) A person contravening any other provision of these ii) That the person so convicted pay the cost of
regulations that impose a duty of compliance commits an repairing any damage to a National Park, Nature
offense and is liable on summary conviction to fine of $5,000 or Reserve, Sanctuary or Area of Historical Interest
a term of imprisonment of six months or both. caused by the commission of such offense.
c) If an offense under sub−regulation a) or b) is a iii) An item, article or thing forfeited pursuant to
continuing one, the person convicted of it is liable to a further sub−regulation d) i), shall be destroyed, unless the
fine not exceeding $100 for every day or part of a day on which Governor in Council directs that it be disposed of in
the offense has continued. some other specified manner.
d) The court before which any person is convicted under

NEW AND ALTERED NAMES

The following list gives new names which will be adopted in all Hydrographic publications affected as opportunity occurs.

New name Para of Pilot Obsolete name

Arroyo Barril . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ....... 5.27 . . . . . . . . ........... —
Cabo Caucedo Puerto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ....... 8.44a ........... —
Cayo Coco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ....... 6.119 . . . . . . . ........... —
Haïtien Cap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ....... 5.115 . . . . . . . ........... —
Hawkes Nest Anchorage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ....... 3.48 . . . . . . . . ........... Hawk’s Nest Anchorage
Martin Pinzon Cay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ....... 3.56 . . . . . . . . ........... East Cay
Moruro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ....... 6.241 . . . . . . . ........... Moruru
Parrot Cay Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ....... 4.223 . . . . . . . ........... —
Piracy and Armed Robbery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ....... 1.10a . . . . . . . ........... —

332
 Home Contents Index

Distance table - West Indies Vol 1

Note: For further information and notes on

distances, see Admiralty Distance Tables

)
W
Atlantic Ocean Tables lld, lli and llj.

4 9´
9°
, 7
´N

a)
00

m
s

ha
7°
nd

Ba
(2
la
Is

it

nd
ra
a

ra
ud

a)
St

a)
(G

rid

)
rm

ub

l
ia
a

ne
id

rt

lo
Be

ac
(C

an
po
or

)
F

am

ia
t (
Fl

na

Ch
ee

a)

ac
(J
861
es
ba

rid
Fr
333

am

ce
W

on

e
867 63
Ha

ag

en
(J
Fl

as
y

st

1130 283 278

Ke

ss

id
i (
ng

am

)
ne
Ba

ov
Pa
1069 222 217 89

of

ic
m

ti)
Ki

ti)
ah

an

bl
Pr
ia

1114

W
786 725 735 740 go

aï
o

aï

pu
(B
M

Ch
on

0´
(H
y
te

(H
935 75 81 209 149 732

Re
st

a)
(1
au
M

on

)
a

ce
Ea

ub
co
858 874 813 884 878 521 870

en
m
ss

bo

an
M

in
ha

Ri

(C
ïti
1145 817 756 639 706 160 763 601 h
Na

Ca

ic
Pr
rt

Ba

Ha

de

in
808 181 119 379 318 717 184 855 748
No

rt
au

o,

om
p-
d

ue
760 170 107 370 309 618 175 706 649 48

to
ni
Ol

Ca
rt

(D
(P

r
to
890 450 431 393 387 349 379 491 377 364 330

ue
Po

e
An
rt

go
an

ag
, P
1027 699 638 659 653 267 645 462 323 630 531 261
Po

in
Ju

ss
n

go
858 634 573 619 613 318 747 283 349 590 466 226 231

Sa

Pa
n

ia

Do
1305 458 453 185 252 550 385 1025 454 554 545 577 746 749

Sa

nt

d
837 918 857 967 961 624 953 103 704 938 750 565 366 1109

o
574

ar
Sa

nt

dw
1009 681 620 641 635 164 627 489 149 612 513 241 216 213 538 573

Sa

in
985 995 934 955 949 416 941 127 495 926 827 560 466 410 933 230 426

W
900 572 511 532 526 214 518 381 245 503 404 139 127 104 645 464 109 423
 Home Contents Index
Abaco Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.213
Abacou, Pointe l’ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.190
Abraham Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.22
Abraham Hill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.10
Abraham’s Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.62
Acklins, Bight of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.86
E side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.53
Acul, Baie de l’ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.133
Adderley Cay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.180
Admiralty Berthing Area: Bermuda . . 2.119
AES Andrés LNG Terminal . . . . . . . . . 8.42
Africana, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.236
Agar’s Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.137
Aguada, Ensenada de la . . . . . . . . . . . 7.227
Aguila, Loma . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.224
Aguila, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.44
Aguilas, Bahía de las . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.144
Aguilas, Punta de las . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.144
Agujas, Bahía . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.143
Agujerada, Pointe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.253
Aigrettes, Pointe des . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.207
Ajax Reef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.229
Albatross Bank: Jamaica . . . . . . . . . . 10.11
Albert Town . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.83
Albuoy Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.129
Alcatráz, Cayo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.210
Alfred Reef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.51
Alfred Sound . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.51
Algodón Grande, Cayo . . . . . . . . . . . 9.180
Alicetown . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.207
Alligator Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.192
Alligator Pond Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.261
Alligator Reef Light: Florida . . . . . . . 5.227
Alligator Reef: Jamaica . . . . . . . . . . 10.231
Almacigo, Cayos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.142
Alto, Cayo: Bahía de Tánamo . . . . . . . 7.32
Alto Velo, Canal de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.130
Alto Velo, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.129
Anchorage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.141
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.133
Ambergris Cay: Caicos Bank . . . . . . . . 3.27
Amelia Cazalet Shoal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.79
American Shoal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.237
Ana Maria, Golfo de . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.146
Anchor Light: Grand Cayman . . . . . 10.322
Anchorage Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.295
Anclitas, Cayo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.100
Ancón Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.97
Andrés, Bahía . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.36
Andrés, Puerto de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.36
Andros Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.283
Andros Town . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.297
Angel Fish Point Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.395
Angelfish Creek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.209
Anglais, Baie des . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.171
Angosta, Península . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.225
Angosturas, Punta de las . . . . . . . . . . 9.146
Anguilla Cays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.171
Anchorage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.172
Anguille, Îlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.171
Annotto Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.53
Anse = Bay, see proper name
Anse d’Hainault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.223
Antilla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.64
Antilles Current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.143
Antoine, Pointe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.258
Apostoles, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.96
Aquin, Baie d’ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.168
Arbolito, Cayo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.166
Arcadins, Les . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.264
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.266
Arcadins, Récifs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.269
Arcahaie Village . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.270
Arena, Punta: Dominican Republic . . 8.124
Arenas, Cabezos: Cuba S coast . . . . . 9.173
INDEX
Arenas, Cayo: Hispaniola . . . . . . . . . . 6.71
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.90
Arenas Light, Cayo: Cuba . . . . . . . . . 7.253
Arenas, Punta: Bahía de Cienfuegos . 9.203
Arenas, Punta: Cayo Sabinal . . . . . . . 7.121
Ariadne Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.35
Aristizabel, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.214
Arrecife = Reef, see proper name
Arreola, Banco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.111
Arriola, Bancoj . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.111
Arroya Blanco, Bahía . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.50
Arroyo Barril . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.27
Arthur’s Town . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.191
Aserradero, Ensenada . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.81
Asta, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.138
Ataguía, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.216
Atarés, Ensenada . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.205
Athol Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.232
Augusta, Fort . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.180
AUTEC (Atlantic Undersea Test and
Evaluation Centre) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.284
Site 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.298
Site 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.299
Site 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.300
Site 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.301
Site 6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.302
Site 7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.303
Avalos, Caleta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.214
Avalos Light, Cayo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.225
Avaréna, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.84
Azuaga, Banco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.112
Azuaga, Cabezo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.112
Azuaga, Paso . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.110
Azùcar, Pan de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.17
Azules, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.38
Baez, Ensenada . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.37
Bahamas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.62
National Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.63
Bahamas Gas Jetty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.293
Bahia Honda Channel . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.209
Bahía = Bay, see proper name
Bahía de Cádiz Light, Cayo . . . . . . . . 7.134
Bahuroco, Sierra de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.9
Baice, Caye . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.244
Baie = Bay, see proper name
Bailey’s Bay Flats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.91
Bainet, Cap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.151
Baitiquirí, Ensenada . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.24
Baitiquirí Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.19
Baja, Ensenada de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.266
Bajo = Shoal, see proper name
Bajos, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.236
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.18
Bakers Haulover Inlet . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.162
Balandra, Punta: Hispaniola . . . . . . . . . 6.12
Balandras, Canal de:
Cayos Ana María . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.158
Balandras, Canal de:
Golfo de Guacanayabo . . . . . . . . . . . 9.112
Balandras, Cayo: Cayos Ana María . . 9.158
Balandras, Cayos:
Golfo de Guacanayabo . . . . . . . . . . . 9.112
Balandro, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.245
Baleines, Les . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.225
Baleines, Pointe des . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.196
Balenas, Piedras . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.41
Bal Harbour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.162
Ballenato, Islas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.112
Ballenatos Light, Los . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.225
Banana River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.110
Banao, Loma de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.152
Banc = Bank, see proper name
Banco del Medio, Fondeadero . . . . . . 9.172
Banes, Bahía . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.68
334
Banes, Puerto de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.73
Bannner Reef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.280
Baracoa, Bahía . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.18
Baracoa, Puerto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.18
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.17
Baradaires Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.232
Baradères, Baie des . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.232
Barahona, Puerto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.102
Barco Perdido, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.202
Barco Perdito, Bajos de . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.12
Barcos, Canal de los . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.158
Barcos, Canalizo de los . . . . . . . . . . . 7.162
Buren, Punta de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.71
Bare Bush Cay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.197
Bariadeles, Baie . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.225
Baril de Boeuf, Pointe . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.138
Barlovento Light, Punta:
Puerto de Tánamo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.32
Barlovento, Punta: Bahía del Mariel . 7.221
Barlovento, Punta: Bahía Naranjo . . . . 7.79
Barlovento, Punta: Puerto de Vita . . . . 7.83
Barlovento, Punta: Puerto Escondido . 9.27
Barlovento, Punta: Puerto Samá . . . . 7.108
Barnes Sound . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.206
Barquette, Baie . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.158
Barrack Reef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.267
Barracota, Río . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.34
Barreras, Ensenada . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.189
Batabano, Golfo de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.235
Batadero, Puerto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.27
Bayau, Îlot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.110
Beacon Cay Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.176
Beacon Shoal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.157
Beata, Cabo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.133
Beata, Canal de la . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.126
Beata, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.130
Bec du Marsouin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.232
Bec, Pointe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.232
Bell Channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.343
Beltrel Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.267
Bengali, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.52
Bennetts Harbour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.192
Bergantín, Puerto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.50
Bermuda Freeport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.104
Bermuda Great Reef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1
Bermuda Islands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.70, 2.1
National limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.71
Berraco, Punta: S Cuba . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.56
Berraco, Punta: Bahía de Nipe . . . . . . . 7.57
Berroa, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.13
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.15
Berry Islands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.316
Beth Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.278
Bethel Channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.313
Bethel Shoal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.31
Betsy Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.26
Biénac, Morne . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.298
Big Farmer’s Cay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.181
Big Half Moon Cay . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.225
Big Pine Shoal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.237
Big Spanish Channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.267
Big Wood Cay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.300
Bight, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.194
Bigie, Baie . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.220
Bimini Islands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.408
Entrance Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.408
Bird Cay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.296
Bird Key Harbour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.293
Bird Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.71
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.70
Biscayne Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.206
Biscayne Channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.209
Bishops Cap, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.108
Bitter Guana Cay Light . . . . . . . . . . . 4.158
Bizoton, Fort: Port-au-Prince . . . . . . . 8.287

Home Contents Index
Black River Anchorage . . . . . . . . . . 10.239
Black River Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.241
Black Rock Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.140
Black Spring Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.242
Blackwater Sound . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.206
Blanco, Cayo: Bahía de Pilón . . . . . . . 9.85
Blanco, Cayo: Canal de Cuatro Reales 9.104
Blanco, Cayo: Manzanillo . . . . . . . . . 9.114
Blanco de Casilda Light, Cayo . . . . . . 9.173
Blanco de Zaza Light, Cayo . . . . . . . . 9.165
Blanco, Puerto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.69
Blandino, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.14
Bloody Bay: Little Cayman . . . . . . . 10.295
Blossom Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.232
Blossom Channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.307
Blower Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.277
Blowing Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.43
Bluck Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.137
Blue Hole Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.120
Blue Mountain Peak . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.140
Bluefields . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.266
Bluff Cay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.175
Bluff Point: Haïti . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.268
Bluff Point: Jamaica . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.251
Bluff, The: N Eleuthera . . . . . . . . . . . 4.242
Boat Stag Reef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.257
Boatswain Point Light . . . . . . . . . . . 10.314
Boaz Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.150
Boca = Mouth, see proper name
Boca Canasta Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.81
Boca Chica . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.36
Boca Chica Key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.266
Boca Ciega, Pasa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.146
Boca de Cañete, Pasa . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.146
Boca de Maravillas, Canal . . . . . . . . . 7.146
Boca del Séron, Pasa . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.146
Boca Grande Channel . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.282
Boca Grande Key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.282
Boca Raton Inlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.131
Bodden Town . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.313
Bogue Islands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.132
Bolivar, Récif . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.289
Boma, Ensenada . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.36
Bonita, Ensenada . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.131
Booby Cay: Mayaguana Island . . . . . . 3.79
Booby Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.228
Booby Rock Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.102
Booby Rocks: Mayaguana Island . . . . 4.22
Booby South Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.20
Boot Key Harbour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.218
Bootle Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.345
Boqueron . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.47
Borgne, Baie du . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.141
Borlón de Tierra . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.110
Boston Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.26
Botijuela, Bahía . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.104
Bottle Creek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.61
Boucampaul, Pointe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.156
Boucassin, Pointe de . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.271
Bourg á Chique, Pointe . . . . . . . . . . . 8.153
Bourry, Pointe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.223
Bowlegs Cut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.267
Boyer, Pointe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.181
Boyet, Pointe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.181
Boynton Inlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.129
Bozine Hill Aero Light . . . . . . . . . . . 4.213
Brackish Pond Flats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.98
Bradford Channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.88
Brangman’s Spots . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.102
Brava, Punta: Cuba, N coast . . . . . . . 7.112
Brava, Punta: Cuba, S coast . . . . . . . . . 9.81
Brava, Punta: Isla de la Juventud . . . . 9.226
Bremen Cut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.72
Bretón, Canal de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.154
Bretón, Cayo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.154
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.154
Brewster Reef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.229
Bridge Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.240
INDEX
Brilliant Shoal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.295
Brimball, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.66
Bristol Galley . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.315
Broad Stag Shoal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.254
Brown Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.74
Brune Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.231
Bryans Bay: Port Antonio . . . . . . . . . 10.39
Buba, Cayo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.154
Bucanero, Banco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.99
Bucanpol, Pointe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.156
Buccaneer Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.99
Buckner Reef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.125
Buena Vista, Bahía . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.135
Buenaventura, Playa de . . . . . . . . . . . 9.214
Buenavista, Cayo: Cuba, N coast . . . . 7.254
Buenavista Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.254
Buenavista, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.245
Bufadero . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.98
Buff Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.51
Bull Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.63
Bullocks Harbour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.337
Buoyage System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.21
Burgado . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.45
Burgess Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.144
Burial Ground Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.210
Bush Cay: Caicos Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.27
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.28
Bush Key: Dry Tortugas . . . . . . . . . . . 5.285
Bush Reef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.162
Buttonwood Sound . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.267
C Shoal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.279
Ca-Ira . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.256
Caballones, Ensenada . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.179
Cabañas, Bahía de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.231
Cabañas, Ensenada . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.82
Cabañas Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.236
Cabañas, Puerto de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.231
Cabarete, Bahía . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.45
Cabarete, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.45
Cabarita Flats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.225
Cabarita Islet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.56
Cabarita Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.225
Cabeza del Este, Canal . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.143
Cabeza del Este Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.99
Cabezo = Shoal head, see proper name
Cabezo Seco Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.254
Cabo = Cape, see proper name
Cabonico, Bahía . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.49
Cabras, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.74
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.90
Cabrera, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.81
Cabrit, Île à: Port-au-Prince . . . . . . . . 8.271
Cabrón, Cabo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.39
Cacao, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.16
Cachiboca Light, Cayo . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.99
Cagimaya, Ensenada dede . . . . . . . . . . 7.56
Caguamas, Cayo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.100
Caibarién, Puerto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.137
Caicos Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.22
Caicos Creek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.69
Caicos Passage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.55
Caimán Grande, Cayo . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.135
Caimán Grande de Santa
María Light, Cayo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.119
Caimán, Punta: Bahía Honda . . . . . . . 7.245
Caimanera . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.47
Caimanera, Bahía . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.114
Caimanera, Ensenada . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.117
Caimanera, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.114
Cajimaya, Ensenada . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.56
Calderas, Bahía de las . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.113
Calderas, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.113
Caleta = Cove, see proper name
Caleta, La; Aero Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.15
Caleta, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.19
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.19
Caleton de Don Bruno . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.202
335
California, Bajo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.185
Caloosahatchee Canal . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.116
Camagüey, Archipiélago de . . . . . . . . 7.116
Campanilla, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.192
Camposanto, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.245
Canadaiqua, Banco de . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.16
Canal = Channel, see proper name
Canasi Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.179
Canaveral Barge Canal . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.46
Canaveral, Cape . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.27
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.30
Cane Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.126
Caney, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.162
Cantiles, Cayo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.225
Cañada, Loma La . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.224
Caoba, Cayo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.136
Caoba, Punta de la . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.210
Cap = Cape, see proper name
Cape, see proper name
Capron Shoal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.82
Carabelas, Pasa de las . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.122
Caracol, Baie . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.111
Caracol, Passe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.111
Caracol, Pointe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.111
Caracoles, Bahía . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.120
Caracoles Point: Guantánamo Bay . . . . 9.53
Caracoles, Punta:
Puerto de Santiago de Cuba . . . . . . . . 9.76
Caracolillo Light, Playa . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.71
Carapachibey, Caleta de . . . . . . . . . . . 9.226
Carapachibey Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.224
Carapacho Light, Cayo . . . . . . . . . . . 9.107
Carapacho, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.180
Caravela Point: Guantánamo Bay . . . . 9.34
Carcasse, Baie de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.219
Card Sound . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.206
Cardenas, Bahía de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.154
Cardenas, Puerto de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.153
Careening Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.223
Carénage, Baie . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.308
Carénage, Île du: Baie des Flamands . 8.183
Carénage, Pointe du . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.144
Carenas, Cayo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.203
Carenero, Bahía . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.20
Carenero, Cayo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.20
Carenero, Punta: Bahía de Levisa . . . . 7.43
Carenero, Punta: Bahía Honda . . . . . . 7.245
Carenero, Punta: Puerto Padre . . . . . . . 7.89
Careneros, Cayos: Nicolas Channel . . 7.163
Cariviza, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.76
Carlisle Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.260
Carpentier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.203
Carre Rosie . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.204
Carrion Crow Harbour . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.340
Carter’s Cay Aero Light . . . . . . . . . . . 4.394
Carúpano, Puerto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.86
Carysfort Reef Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.227
Cascajal, Banco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.173
Casilda . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.170
Casilda, Bahía . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.172
Castle Bluff . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.158
Castle Harbour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.75
Castle Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.68
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.13
Castle Islet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.44
Castle Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.40
Castle Rock: Castle Island . . . . . . . . . . 4.90
Castle Rock: Riding Rock Anchorage 4.420
Cat Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.150
Cat Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.418
Catalina, Bahía . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.112
Catalina, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.13
Anchorage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.46
Catalina, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.83
Catherines Peak . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.154
Caucedo, Cabo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.13
Causeway Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.77
Cavaillon, Baie de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.184

Home Contents Index
Cavaillon, Manchon de . . . . . . . . . . . 8.184
Cave Cay Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.181
Cay Sal Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.130
NW side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.20
Cayaguaneque, Ensenada . . . . . . . . . . . 7.37
Cayamas, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.235
Cayemites Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.230
Cayes, Baie des . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.188
Cayes, Rade aux . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.186
Cayita, Cayo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.117
Cayman Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.310
Cayman Brac . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.286
Cayman Islands . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.78, 10.282
National Limts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.79
Cayo = Cay, see proper name
Cayo Moa, Bahía . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.22
Cayo Mosquito . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.107
Cayo Puchi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.237
Cays, Les . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.167
Cayuelo, Punta: Bahía Naranjo . . . . . 7.110
Cayuelo, Punta: Puerto del Mariel . . . 7.227
Cazones, Ensenada de . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.216
Cazones, Golfo de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.216
Cazones, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.218
Ceiba Hueca . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.123
Cerro = Hill, see proper name
Chalk Wharf Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.68
Challenger Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.33
Channel Cay Light:
Little Bahama Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.339
Channel Cay: Nurse Channel . . . . . . . 4.137
Channel Five . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.209
Channel Key Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.267
Chaparra, Bahía de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.88
Charcas, Bajo Las . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.157
Charles, Fort . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.179
Charles Islet: Bermuda . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.44
Charlotte, Fort: Lucea . . . . . . . . . . . 10.124
Charts
British Admiralty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.13
Datums
Horizontal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.19
Vertical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.16
Foreign . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.14
Châteaudin, Rade de . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.192
Chavón, Río . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.44
Cherrystone Hill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.51
Cheval Blanc, Pointe du . . . . . . . . . . . 8.298
Chevannes Beacon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.176
Chicken Rocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.414
Chico, Cayo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.20
Chico Shoal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.20
Chimanche, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.143
Chimneys, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.102
Chinchorro, Banco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.109
Chinchorro, Canal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.109
Chirivico, Ensenada . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.83
Chorrera, Ensenada de La . . . . . . . . . 7.249
Chouchou, Anse à . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.138
Chub Cay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.286
Chub Heads Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.35
Chub Rock Light:
New Providence Island . . . . . . . . . . 4.234
Chub Rocks: Great Abaco Island . . . . 4.397
Cienfuegos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.190
Cienfuegos, Bahía de . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.190
Cinco Balas, Cayos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.100
Clara, Bahía . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.21
Clarence Hill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.90
Clarence Shoal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.89
Clarence Town Harbour . . . . . . . . . . . 4.121
Clarion Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.17
Clearsand Road . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.70
Clifton Bluff . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.291
Clifton Pier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.292
INDEX
Climate
Air temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.182
Anticyclones . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.161
Cloud cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.174
Depressions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.163
Fog and visibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.180
Fronts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.165
Humidity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.184
Precipitation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.176
Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.157
Winds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.168
Climate and weather . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.155
Coal-bin Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.279
Cobarrubia, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.112
Cobbler’s Cut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.97
Cobos, Cayos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.135
Cochinos, Bahía de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.214
Cochinos Banks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.8
Cochrane Anchorage . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.231
Cockburn Cut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.112
Cockburn Harbour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.37
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.39
Cockburn Town: Grand Turk Island . . 3.29
Cockburn Town: San Salvador Island 4.103
Coco, Puerto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.127
Cocos, Ensenada . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.76
Cocos, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.210
Coffins Patch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.237
Cojimar, Bahía . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.192
Cojimar Light, Río . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.180
Colliers Channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.327
Coloma, La . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.243
Colombier, Îlot du . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.153
Colonia, Piedra . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.16
Colorados, Arrecifes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.2
Colorados de Fuerra, Cabezos . . . . . . 9.110
Colorados, Punta de los:
Bahía de Cienfuegos . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.189
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.188
Colorados, Punta:
Golfo de Guacanayabo . . . . . . . . . . . 9.106
Columbus Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.146
Columbus, Landfall by . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.96
Columbus Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.157
Compagnie, Pointe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.175
Compass Cay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.182
Comprades, Bajo Los . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.72
Conception Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.97
Anchorage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.120
Conch Cay Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.165
Conch Cut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.182
Conch Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.315
Conch Reef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.229
Conch Spit: Clarence Town Harbour . 4.124
Conch Spit: New Providence Island . 4.295
Coney Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.77
Confites, Cayo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.120
Anchorage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.124
Controlling depth, US waters . . . . . . . . 1.20
Coon Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.77
Cooper’s Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.81
Coral Harbour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.308
Coral, navigation amongst . . . . . . . . . . . 1.5
Corinaso Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.45
Cornish Cay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.221
Corojal anchorage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.65
Corojal, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.75
Corozos, Punta de los . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.18
Corridon, Pointe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.304
Corrientes, Cabo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.226
Cortes, Bahía . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.226
Cosgrove Shoal Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.279
Coteaux, Baie des . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.206
Cotton Cay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.51
Cotton Field Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.114
336
Cow and Bull . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.208
Cow Bay Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.141
Crawl Flats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.88
Crawl Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.88
Creek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.294
Creek Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.55
Crescent, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.102
Cristo, Bahía . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.75
Cristo, Cayo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.135
Cristobal, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.235
Crocker Reef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.229
Croix, Baie la . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.220
Croker Reef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.219
Crong Shoal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.266
Crooked Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.64
Anchorage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.79
W side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.68
Crooked Island Passage . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.64
Cruise Pier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.274
Cruz, Cabo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.81
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.79
Cruz, Cayo: Isabela de Sagua . . . . . . 7.120
Cruz del Padre, Cayo . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.136
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.134
Crystal Cay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.251
Cuatro Reales, Canal de . . . . . . . . . . . 9.107
Cuba . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.86
National limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.87
Cucharillas, Bajo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.109
Cucharillas, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.178
Cuckold Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.261
Cueva, Banco de la . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.210
Culebra, Cayo:
Golfo de Guacanayabo . . . . . . . . . . . 9.108
Cumayasa, Río . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.51
Cupeycillo, Lomas de . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.78
Cupid Cay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.204
Current Cut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.243
Current Island Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.243
Current Rock Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.216
Current Settlement Light . . . . . . . . . . 4.243
Currents, general information . . . . . . 1.141
Cutter Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.267
D Shoals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.279
Dagger Rock Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.148
Daiquirí, Bahía . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.57
Damas, Cayo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.83
Damas, Ensenada de las . . . . . . . . . . . 9.202
Dame Marie, Baie de . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.226
Dame Marie, Cap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.214
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.215
Darrell Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.150
Dársena de Barlovento . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.220
Datum Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.88
David Morris Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.93
Davis Cove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.133
Davis Reef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.229
De Horsey Patch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.180
Decca Ridge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.11
Deep Creek: Tongue of the Ocean . . . 4.302
Deer Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.45
Delaport Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.238
Delaport Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.238
Delray Beach . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.197
Density of sea water . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.153
Depth terms, US charts . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.20
Deratting, list of ports . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.137
Derribada, Banco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.177
Devil Point: Great Inagua . . . . . . . . . . 4.24
Devils Flats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.103
Devils Point: Cat Island . . . . . . . . . . . 4.158
Devonshire Dock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.97
Diablo, Punta del:
Bahía de Cienfuegos . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.202

Home Contents Index
Diablo, Punta: Río Gavilán . . . . . . . . 9.189
Diamant, Île . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.169
Diamant, Pointe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.190
Diamante, Bajo del . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.173
Diamond Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.120
Diana Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.74
Diana, Cayo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.154
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.158
Diego Pérez, Canal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.216
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.217
Difuntos, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.245
Dimas, Ensenada de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.267
Dingle Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.141
Dios, Cayos de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.234
Discovery Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.76
Distress and rescue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.55
Dixie Shoal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.229
Dixon Hill Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.70
Doce Leguas, Cayos las . . . . . . . . . . . 9.100
Docking faclities, list of . . . . . . . . . . . 1.135
Doctor Reef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.267
Dodge Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.179
Dog Rocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.171
Dollar Harbour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.418
Dolly’s Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.79
Dolly’s Cay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.305
Dolphin Head: Cat Island . . . . . . . . . . 4.196
Dolphin Head: Jamaica, NW coast . 10.125
Dolphin Head: Jamaica, S coast . . . . 10.230
Dominican Republic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.95
National limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.96
Dos Bías, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.49
Double Breasted Cay . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.138
Doubleheaded Shot Cays . . . . . . . . . . . 5.20
Anchorage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.23
Douglas Passage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.228
Douglas Road . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.228
Douglas Rocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.228
Dove Cay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.37
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.39
Doyle Shoal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.281
Drax Hall Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.70
Drick, Anse à . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.203
Dromedarios, Cayos de . . . . . . . . . . . 7.166
Drum Point Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.28
Drunkenman’s Cay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.162
Dry Tortugas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.285
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.277
Dryad Shoal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.169
Duarte, Puerto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.27
Dumois, Canal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.51
Dunbar Shoals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.44
Duncan Town . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.145
Dundonald Channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.142
Dunmore Town . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.240
Eagle Channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.50
East Booby Cay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.57
East Caicos Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.18
East Cay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.51
East Channel: Kingston . . . . . . . . . . 10.150
East Channel: Portland Bight . . . . . . 10.192
East End Channel: Grand Cayman . . 10.313
East End Point Light:
New Providence Island . . . . . . . . . . 4.230
East Harbour: Eleuthera Island . . . . . 4.223
East Harbour: Port Antonio . . . . . . . . 10.30
East Hill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.78
East Key: Dry Tortugas . . . . . . . . . . . 5.285
East Middle Ground: Kingston . . . . 10.157
East Plana Cay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.14
East Point Light: Little Cayman . . . . 10.293
East Point: Île de la Tortue . . . . . . . . . 6.144
East Point: Little Cayman . . . . . . . . 10.292
East Reef: Mayaguana Island . . . . . . . . 3.57
Eastern Blue Cut Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.35
Eastern Channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.232
Eastern Dry Rocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.279
Eau, Grande Caye à l’ . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.185
Écu, Port à l’ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.154
INDEX
Egg Reef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.215
El = The, see also proper name
El Cañón . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.68
Elbow Cay: Great Abaco Island . . . . . 4.218
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.213
Elbow Cay Light: Exuma Sound . . . . 4.171
Elbow Cay: Little Bahama Bank . . . . 4.391
Elbow Shoal: Bermuda . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.89
Elbow, The: Florida Reefs . . . . . . . . . 5.229
Eleuthera Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.152
Eleuthera Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.184
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.188
Elizabeth Harbour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.161
Elizabeth Island: Exuma Sound . . . . . 4.161
Ellen, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.52
Ellis Rock Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.301
Ely’s Harbour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.41
Emerald Spit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.144
Endymion Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.27
English, Puerto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.32
Ensenada = Harbour, see proper name
Ensenada Honda, Punta de la . . . . . . . . 7.52
Escalereta, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.90
Escocesa, Bahía . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.41
Anchorages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.48
Escondido, Puerto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.27
Escondido, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.193
Esperanza, Puerto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.265
Esso Oil Terminal: Bermuda . . . . . . . . 2.94
Est, Canal de: Haïti . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.177
Est, Chenal de l’: Haïti . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.134
Est Flamand, Baie . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.163
Est, Pointe: Fond la Grange . . . . . . . . 6.140
Est, Pointe: Île de la Tortue . . . . . . . . 6.144
Este, Canal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.173
Este, Punta del: Isla de la Juventud . . 9.225
Estero Grande, Río . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.44
Estrella, Bajo La . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.104
Estrella, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.71
Exercise areas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.11
Exuma Harbour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.162
Exuma Sound . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.151
NE Side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.184
Fábrica, Punta La . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.26
Falmouth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.91
Falso, Cabo:
S coast Dominican Republic . . . . . . 8.131
Fanchon, Pointe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.214
Fanny Bay: Port Antonio . . . . . . . . . . 10.39
Fantasque, Pointe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.238
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.240
Farallones, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.84
Farmers Cay Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.181
Featherbed Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.267
Felton . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.58
Feret, Baie à . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.193
Fernandez Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.103
Fernandez Cay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.195
Fernando, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.111
Fernando, Punta: Bahia de Cabañas . . 7.236
Ferry Reach . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.77
Fifty Six Shoal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.257
Fisher Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.189
Fisherman’s Point, Guantánamo Bay . . 9.43
Fisherman’s Rock: Grand Cayman . 10.316
Fishermans Channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.179
Fishing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.10
Five Fathom Hole . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.45
Anchorage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.53
Flagstaff Reef Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.125
Flamand, Pointe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.163
Flamano, Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.163
Flamands, Baie des . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.183
Flamingo Cay, Guantánamo Bay . . . . . 9.50
Flamingo Cay Light: Jumentos Cays . 4.135
Flamingo Hill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.51
Flat Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.99
Flechas, Punta de Las . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.20
Fleeming Channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.225
337
Florida . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.126
Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.201
Current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.143, 5.15
Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.206
Reefs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.207
Florida, Straits of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.11
Fog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.180
Folle, Récif de la . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.178
Folly Point: Jamaica, N coast . . . . . . . 10.23
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.22
Folly Tower: Bermuda . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.26
Fond la Grange . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.140
Fondeadero = Anchorage, see proper name
Ford Hill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.42
Formigas Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.8
Fort Catherine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.49
Fort Cunningham . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.71
Fort Fincastle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.251
Aero Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.213
Fort George: Bermuda . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.63
Fort George: Caicos Bank . . . . . . . . . . 3.72
Fort Henrietta Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.42
Fort Jefferson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.277
Fort Lauderdale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.134
Fort Liberté . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.110
Fort Liberté, Baie de . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.110
Fort Montagu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.232
Fort Pierce Inlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.58
Fort Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.76
Fort, see also proper name
Fort Taylor: Key West . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.253
Fort Victoria . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.49
Fortaleza, Punta: Hispaniola . . . . . . . . 6.52
Fortune Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.343
Foso, Rade de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.272
Foux, Cap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.298
Fowey Rocks Anchorage . . . . . . . . . . 5.217
Fowey Rocks Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.227
Fox Rocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.281
Fragoso, Cayo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.135
Fraile, Islote del . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.79
Fraile, Punta: Cuba, N coast . . . . . . . . . 7.17
Frailes, Los . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.131
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.133
Français, Port des . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.137
Francés Anchorage, Cayo . . . . . . . . . 7.137
Francés, Cabo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.226
Francés, Puerto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.231
Francés, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.226
Anchorage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.232
Francés Viejo, Cabo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.39
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.40
Frank Sound . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.313
Frankfort Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.98
Frazer’s Hog Cay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.310
Free Town Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.198
Freeport, Bahamas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.364
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.321
Freeport International Aero Light . . . 4.319
Frégate de Croissant, Îlot . . . . . . . . . . 8.264
French Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.110
French Cay: Caicos Bank . . . . . . . . . . . 3.65
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.71
French Reef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.229
French Wells . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.82
Fresh Creek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.298
Frick’s Tower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.76
Frozen Cay: Berry Islands . . . . . . . . . 4.335
Fuera, Punta de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.118
Fuerte = Fort, see proper name
Fustete, Banco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.106
Galet, Pointe du . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.264
Galets, Pointe à . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.264
Galina Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.43
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.42
Galleon Harbour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.224
Galliot Cut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.181
Galloway Landing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.131
Gallows Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.177

Home Contents Index
Ganado, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.112
Garçons, Baie des . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.230
Garden Key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.285
Gates Fort Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.68
Gato . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.50
Gavilán, Río . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.189
George Town Airport Light . . . . . . . 10.308
George Town: Exuma Sound . . . . . . . 4.159
George Town: Grand Cayman . . . . . 10.317
Gibara, Puerto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.111
Gibbet Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.96
Gibbs Hill Lighthouse . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.26
Gibson Cay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.300
Glass Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.223
Glebe Hill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.141
Gloria, Bahía La . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.122
Goat Cay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.324
Gobernadora, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.221
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.220
Godet Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.14
Gold Rock Creek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.341
Golding Cay: Tongue of the Ocean . . 4.301
Golding Cays: Tongue of the Ocean . 4.311
Golfo = Gulf, see proper name
Gonaïves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.298
Gonaïves, Baie des . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.302
Gonâve, Île de la . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.260
Gorda, Banco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.203
Gorda, Punta: Bahía de Samaná . . . . . . 6.22
Gorda, Punta: Bahía de Tánamo . . . . . 7.31
Gorda, Punta: Cayo de Moa . . . . . . . . . 7.28
Gorda, Punta: Golfo de Batabano . . . 9.243
Gorda, Punta: NW of Puerto Gibara . 7.112
Gorda, Punta:
Puerto de Santiago de Cuba . . . . . . . . 9.76
Gorling Bluff . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.311
Goulding Cay:
New Providence Island . . . . . . . . . . 4.288
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.216
Government House Light: Nassau . . . 4.272
Government House: Bermuda . . . . . . . 2.90
Governor’s Harbour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.204
Governors Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.71
Grace Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.150
Gracia, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.112
Grahams Harbour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.108
Grammont, Baie . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.303
Gran Banco de Buena Esperanza . . . . 9.101
Granada, Cayo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.145
Granadillo Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.44
Granaway Deep . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.148
Grand Bahama Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.316
Grand Boucand, Pointe du . . . . . . . . . 6.133
Grand Cayemite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.216
Grand Cayman . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.305
Grand Lucayan Waterway . . . . . . . . . 4.342
Grand Mouton, Le . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.121
Grand Turk Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.20
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.25
Grande Baie: Île de la Gonâve . . . . . . 8.268
Grande, Bajo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.24
Grande, Cayo: Golfo de Ana Maria . . 9.100
Grande Mahe, Pointe de . . . . . . . . . . . 6.144
Grande Pointe: Haïti, S coast . . . . . . . 8.207
Grande Pointe: Haïti, N coast . . . . . . . 6.144
Grande Pointe, La . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.268
Grande Récif . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.186
Granja, Bancos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.84
Granja, Punta de la . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.79
Granma, Cayo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.65
Grappler Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.8
Grassy Bay: Bermuda . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.98
Anchorage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.117
King’s Wharf . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.118
Grassy Bay: Cat Cays . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.417
Grassy Key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.214
Gravois, Pointe à . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.165
N side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.316
Great Abaco Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.211
INDEX
Great Bahama Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.403
Great Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.251
Great Cayemites Island . . . . . . . . . . . 8.216
Great Egg Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.224
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.224
Great Exuma Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.151
Great Goat Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.224
Great Harbour Marina: Berry Islands 4.337
Great Harbour: Berry Islands . . . . . . . 4.322
Great Head: Bermuda . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.56
Great Inagua Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.6
E side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.74
N side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.19
W side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.10
Great Inagua Lighthouse . . . . . . . . . . . 4.13
Great Isaac Anchorage . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.326
Great Isaac Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.319
Great Pedro Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.262
Great Pedro Bluff . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.231
Great Pedro Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.309
Great River Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.129
Great Sound . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.138
Great Stirrup Cay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.320
Aero Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.319
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.319
Green Cay: San Salvador Island . . . . 4.109
Green Cay: Tongue of the Ocean . . . . 4.288
Green Island Harbour . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.131
Green Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.90
Green Turtle Cay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.396
Gregory Town . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.208
Grosse Caye . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.169
Gua, Cayo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.114
Gua, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.114
Guacanayabo, Golfo de . . . . . . . . . . . 9.101
Guairos, Canal de los . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.173
Guajaba, Pasa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.122
Guajaibón, Pan de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.253
Guanabo, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.180
Guanal, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.226
Guanimar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.235
Guano del Este, Cayo . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.224
Guano Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.27
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.28
Guanos, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.180
Guantánamo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.47
Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.30
Naval Defence Sea Area . . . . . . . 9.38
Guardarraya, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.22
Guarico, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.17
Guasabacoa, Ensenada . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.205
Guásimas, Cayo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.180
Guatemala . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.61
Guayabal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.124
Guayacanes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.48
Guayacanes, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.193
Guayo, Banco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.173
Guillermo, Cayo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.128
Guincho, Península de . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.98
Guinchos Cay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.120
Anchorage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.126
Guizaso, Cayo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.108
Gun Bluff . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.311
Gun Cay: Bahamas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.416
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.405
Gun Cay: Jamaica . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.157
Gun Hill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.93
Gurnet Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.40
Habana, Bahía de La . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.205
Habana, La . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.194
Haina, Puerto de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.68
Hainault, Anse d’ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.223
Haines Bluff . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.336
Haïti . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.103
National limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.104
Half Moon Shoals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.283
Hamilton, City of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.123
Hamilton Harbour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.122
338
Hamilton Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.122
Hanover Sound . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.233
Harbour Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.223
Harbour Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.121
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.125
Harbour Shoal Beacon . . . . . . . . . . . 10.180
Harrington Sound . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.96
Harvey Cay Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.158
Hastings Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.309
Hatchet Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.206
Hatibonico, Ensenada . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.57
Haulover Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.49
Haut du Cap, Morne du . . . . . . . . . . . 6.108
Haut fond = Shoal, see proper name
Hawk Channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.208
Hawks Nest Anchorage:
Grand Turk Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.44
Hawk’s Nest: Berry Islands . . . . . . . . 4.336
Hawks Nest Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.150
Head of the Lane Light . . . . . . . . . . . 2.137
Hell Gate Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.56
Hen and Chickens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.219
Hen Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.68
Hen Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.414
Henry Holmes Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.23
Hermanos Díaz, Espignón . . . . . . . . . . 9.72
Herradura, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.112
Hicacal Beach Light-beacons . . . . . . . . 9.43
Hicacal, Cayo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.136
Hicacos, Península de . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.176
Hicacos, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.85
Hierba, Banco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.111
Higgs Island Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.68
High Cay: Berry Islands . . . . . . . . . . . 4.335
High Cay: Tongue of the Ocean . . . . . 4.288
High Point Cay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.303
Highborne Cay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.173
Highborne Cut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.173
Hill 95 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.144
Hillsboro Inlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.132
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.127
Hinchinbroke Rocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.111
Hines Bluff . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.336
Hispaniola . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.2
Hobson Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.144
Hog Cay: Exuma Sound . . . . . . . . . . . 4.178
Hog Cay: Ragged Island . . . . . . . . . . 4.140
Hog Cay: Tongue of the Ocean . . . . . 4.300
Hog Channel: Port Antonio . . . . . . . . 10.38
Hogfish Beacon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.90
Hogfish Cut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.41
Hogsty Reef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.11
Anchorage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.32
Hole in the Wall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.327
Holland Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.25
Honda, Bahía: Cuba N coast . . . . . . . 7.240
Honda, Ensenada . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.67
Honeycombe Reef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.125
Hook, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.230
Hope Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.50
Hopetown . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.217
Hôpital, Baie de l’:
near Cap Tiburon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.223
Hôpital, Baie de l’: near Gonaïves . . . 8.303
Hornos, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.111
Horseshoe Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.67
Hospital Cay, Guantánamo Bay . . . . . . 9.49
Hospital Key: Dry Tortugas . . . . . . . . 5.285
Hotch Kyn Patches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.196
Hoya, Ensenada . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.75
Hurricane Hole: Tongue of the Ocean 4.304
Icacos Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.85
Icaquitos, Bahía de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.72
Iguana, Cayo: Puerto de Banes . . . . . . 7.75
Île = Island, see proper name
Île de Sable, Banc de l’ . . . . . . . . . . . 8.289
Îlot = Islet, see proper name
Imias, Ensenada . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.21

Home Contents Index
India Harbour Beach . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.32
Indian Cay Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.406
Indian Key Channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.209
Indian River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.110
Shoal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.31
Indios, Cayos los . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.228
Indios, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.100
Inginac, Haut-Fond d’ . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.284
Inglés, Cayo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.234
Inglés, Punta del: Cuba, S coast . . . . . . 9.81
Inner Barrack Reefs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.267
Iowa Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.290
Ireland Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.104
Irois, Cap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.214
Isaac Shoal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.283
Isabela, Bahía . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.70
Isabela, Cabo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.66
Isabela de Sagua, Puerto . . . . . . . . . . 7.145
Isabela de Torres, Loma . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.56
Isla = Island, see proper name
Isleta, La . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.52
Itabo, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.189
Jacks Flats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.45
Jackson, Cayo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.42
Jackson Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.295
Jackson, Puerto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.43
Jacmel, Baie . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.155
Jacmel, Cap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.151
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.152
Jagua . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.210
Jagua, Banca de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.213
Jaguey, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.75
Jamaica . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.112
National limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.113
Jamaica Cay: Man of War Channel . . 4.136
Jamaica, Ensenada de:
Puerto de Banes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.75
James Hill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.10
James Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.186
Jaragua, Ensenada . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.37
Jaragua, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.37
Jardines, Banco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.222
Jardinillos, Banco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.222
Jarro, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.112
Jaruco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.176
Jaruco, Boca de: Anchorage . . . . . . . . 7.191
Jaruco Light, Boca de . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.179
Jaula, Cayo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.120
Jean Bart Reef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.16
Jean-Rabel, Pointe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.143
Jenkins Boiler Channel . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.74
Jérémie, Baie de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.228
Jérémie Town . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.228
Jesús, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.92
Jewfish Creek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.268
Jicaco, Puerto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.32
Jicaco, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.32
Jicaquito . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.72
Jim Bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.72
Joa, Bahía . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.47
Jobabo, Bajos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.173
Jobabo, Canal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.173
Jobabo, Ensenada . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.179
Jobabo, Fondeadero . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.178
John F. Kennedy Space Centre . . . . . . . 5.36
John Jack Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.344
Johnson Cay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.138
Jojo, Alto de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.19
Jojo, Ensenada . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.20
Juan Claro, Cayo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.88
Juan Rabel, Pointe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.143
Juan Suárez, Canal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.139
Juan Suárez, Cayo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.139
Juan Tomas, Cayo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.235
Juandolio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.48
Juanillo, Cayo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.32
Juanita, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.180
Jucaral, Bajo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.75
INDEX
Jucaral, Bajo: Bahía Cienfuegos . . . . 9.203
Jucaro, Ensenada de: Cuba, N coast . . . 7.75
Júcaro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.155
Júcaro, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.104
Juif, Anse à . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.204
Jumentos Cays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.128
Juniper Hole . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.48
Jupiter Inlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.88
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.81
Jutías Light, Cayo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.253
Jutisi, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.57
Juventud, Isla de la . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.222
Kansas, Récifs du . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.171
Key Largo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.206
Aero Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.227
Key West . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.238
Bight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.253
Kindley Field Aero Light . . . . . . . . . . . 2.27
King’s Point: Great Sound, Bermuda . 2.138
Kingston Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.267
Kingston City . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.165
Kingston Harbour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.166
Kitchen Shoal Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.32
La = The, see proper name
La Caleta Anchorage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.49
La Puntilla, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.245
La Raya, Ensenada de . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.72
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.12
Labanderas Reef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.120
Laberinto de las Doce Leguas, Cayos 9.103
Laborie, Baie . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.222
Laborie, Pointe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.222
Ladrillo, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.162
Ladrillos, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.210
Lafiteau . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.273
Lagon, Pointe de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.153
Laja, Bajo La . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.185
Lake Worth Inlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.91
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.288
Lamottes Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.141
Landmarks, change in appearance . . . . 1.23
Landrail Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.81
Lantern Head . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.81
Lanzanillo, Boca de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.163
Lanzanillo, Cayo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.163
Lapierre, Pointe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.303
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.299
Largo, Cayo: Golfo de Batabano . . . . 9.225
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.225
Largo, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.58
Lark Channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.307
Lark Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.121
Las Muchachos, Cayo . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.145
Lataniers, Pointe des . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.196
Lavandera, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.268
Lavanderas, Punta las:
Golfo de Cazones . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.218
Laza, Ensenada de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.225
Lazaretto Cairn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.154
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.157
Le = The, see proper name
Ledbury Reef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.229
Ledge Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.44
Lee Passage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.251
Lee Reef: Port Morant:
near S Negril Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.144
Lee Reef: S. Anne’s Bay . . . . . . . . . . 10.73
Leeward Point, Guantánamo Bay . . . . 9.43
Lengua de Pájaro, Península . . . . . . . . 7.47
Leña, Banco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.139
Lesser Caymans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.286
Levantado, Cayo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.16
Levi Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.204
Levisa, Bahía de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.43
Levisa, Canal de:
Golfo de Guacanayabo . . . . . . . . . . . 9.142
Leviza, Canal de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.142
339
Lignum Vitae Cay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.337
Limbé, Chenal du . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.134
Limbé, Îlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.132
Lime Cay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.157
Limeta, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.72
Limits of book . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.1
Limonade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.112
Limonade, Passe de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.112
Linares, Cayo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.22
NE side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.391
S side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.316
Little Abaco Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.395
Little Bahama Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.391
Little Bay Settlement . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.244
Little Bell Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.182
Little Cayman . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.286
Little Conch Reef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.229
Little Egg Islet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.224
Little Exuma Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.151
Little Goat Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.223
Little Half Moon Cay . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.225
Little Harbour Cay Light . . . . . . . . . . 4.335
Little Harbour Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.216
Little Harbour Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.239
Little Head: Bermuda . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.56
Little Inagua Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.74
Anchorage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.80
Little Pedro Point: Grand Cayman . . 10.312
Little Ragged Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.143
Little San Salvador Island . . . . . . . . . 4.153
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.188
Little Sound: Bermuda . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.144
Little Stirrup Cay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.337
Little Whale Cay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.334
Liverpool Shoal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.81
Livisa, Bahía . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.39
Lobos Cay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.120
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.119
Lobster Cay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.224
Loggerhead Key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.285
Loggerhead Reef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.295
Loma = Hillock, see proper name
Loma, Cayo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.134
Lombardo, Anse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.135
Long Bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.44
Long Bay: E of Port Kaiser . . . . . . . 10.131
Long Bay: Jamaica, NE coast . . . . . . 10.25
Long Cay E Side Light:
Crooked Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.87
Long Cay Light: S Caicos Island . . . . . 3.39
Long Cay: Crooked Island . . . . . . . . . . 4.71
Long Cay: New Providence Island . . 4.246
Long Cay: S Caicos Island . . . . . . . . . . 3.37
Long Cay: Turks Islands . . . . . . . . . . . 3.51
Long Island: Jamaica . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.210
Long Island: Bahamas . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.149
E side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.99
Long Key: Dry Tortugas . . . . . . . . . . 5.285
Long Mountain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.154
Long Reef: Florida . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.229
Long Stag Shoal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.255
Longacre Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.267
Looe Key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.237
Loran C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.25
Lorimer Creek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.48
Lorimers Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.51
Lover’s Leap Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.230
Low Cay: Mayaguana Island . . . . . . . . 3.75
Low Point Hill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.10
Low Point: Mayaguana Island . . . . . . . 4.27
Lower Chub Point Light . . . . . . . . . . 4.286
Luana Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.232
Lucea . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.121
Lucrecia, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.17
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.15
Lulu Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.7
Lummus Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.179
Lyford Cay Harbour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.247
Lynyard Cay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.222

Home Contents Index
Macabí, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.74
MacArthur Causeway . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.179
Machos de Fuera, Cayos . . . . . . . . . . 9.100
Mackerel Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.231
Mackie Shoal Light beacon . . . . . . . . 4.422
Macorís, Cabo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.41
Macorís, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.52
Macurijes, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.180
Madrona, Canal de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.106
Madrona Light-buoy . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.106
Magallanes Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.79
Magdalena, Ensenada de la . . . . . . . . 9.210
Magdalena, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.36
Magnetic anomalies, local
Bermuda . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.14
Plantagenet Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.14
Puerto de Mou . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.14
Straits of Florida . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.4
Maiden Cay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.157
Maimón, Puerto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.73
Main Channel: Portland Bight . . . . . 10.192
Main Ship Channel: Key West . . . . . . 5.256
Maisí, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.19
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.17
Majagua, Punta de la . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.204
Majayara, Loma . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.17
Majors Cay Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.78
Malabrigo, Cayo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.141
Malabrigo, Paso . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.141
Malcolm Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.67
Mambi, Cayo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.33
Man Island Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.216
Man of War Anchorage: Key West . . 5.253
Man of War Cay Light:
Little Bahama Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.395
Man of War Cay: Exuma Sound . . . . 4.179
Man of War Cay: Jumentos Cays . . . . 4.136
Man of War Channel: Jumentos Cays 4.136
Man of War Channel, North:
Little Bahama Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.402
Man-of-War Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.34
Manatee Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.225
Manatee Pocket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.85
Manatí, Bahía . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.92
Manatí, Banco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.154
Manatí, Canal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.156
Manatí, Médanos de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.154
Manatí, Puerto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.92
Manatí, Punta: Guantánamo Bay . . . . . 9.53
Manchioneal Harbour . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.24
Mangle, Punta: Bahía de Samaná . . . . . 6.12
Mangle, Punta: Puerto de Cabañas . . . 7.236
Mangles, Isla de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.243
Mangles, Punta: E of Puerto Padre . . . 7.79
Mangrove Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.41
Mangrove Cay settlement . . . . . . . . . 4.301
Mano Pilon, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.75
Mantequilla, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.112
Manuy, Canal de la . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.165
Manzanillo, Bahía . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.93
Manzanillo, Cayos de . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.114
Manzanillo, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.100
Manzanillo: Dominican Republic . . . . 6.93
Manzanillo: Golfo de Guacanayabo . 9.114
Marathon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.218
Maravi, Ensenada . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.37
Maravillas, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.150
Marcellus Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.88
Marciel, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.75
Mardi Gras Reef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.121
Marea del Portillo, Ensenada . . . . . . . . 9.84
Maréchaux, Cap des . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.155
María Aguilar, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.99
Mariales, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.150
Mariel, Bahía del . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.222
Mariel Light, Puerto del . . . . . . . . . . . 7.220
Mariel, Mesa de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.217
Mariel, Puerto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.222
INDEX
Marimelena, Ensenada . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.205
Maritime topography . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.139
Mark Post Shoal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.254
Marquesas Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.282
Marquesas Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.280
Marsh Harbour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.395
Marsillan, Ensenada de . . . . . . . . . . . 9.204
Martín García, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.81
Martin Pinzon Cay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.51
Mary Cays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.57
Masío, Ensenada . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.179
Massacre, Rivière . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.93
Mastelero, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.79
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.89
Mastic Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.314
Mata, Ensenada . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.35
Mata, Punta de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.35
Matanilla Reef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.391
Matanilla Shoal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.406
Matanzas, Bahía de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.181
Matanzas, Pan de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.179
Matanzas: Cuba . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.181
Matanzas: Dominican Republic . . . . . . 6.49
Matasola . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.113
Mate, Cayos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.139
Mate de Afuera, Pasa . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.139
Matecumbe Harbour . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.268
Maternillos, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.79
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.78
Matías, Cayo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.234
Matthew Road . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.43
Matthew Town . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.40
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.42
Maya, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.180
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.179
Mayaguana Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.74
W side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.10
Mayaguana Passage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.9
Mayanabo, Bahía de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.101
Mayarí, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.52
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.45
McCalla Hill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.40
Médano = Sandhill, see proper name
Media Luna, Bajos de . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.12
Media Luna Light, Cayo:
Golfo de Guacanayabo . . . . . . . . . . . 9.108
Medio, Bajo de: Bahía de Nipe . . . . . . 7.56
Medio Cay: Guantánamo Bay . . . . . . . 9.50
Mégano de Nicolao, Cayo . . . . . . . . . 7.136
Mégano Grande, Cayo . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.128
Melbourne . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.32
Mella, Banc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.181
Meloy Channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.193
Memory Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.406
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.406
Mendoza, Cayo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.166
Merritt Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.35
Mesa = Tableland, see proper name
Mesle, Grand Baie du . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.181
Mesle, Petit Baie du . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.180
Miami . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.163
Mid Shoal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.56
Middle Bight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.300
Middle Caicos Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.18
Middle Cay: Pedro Bank . . . . . . . . . 10.273
Middle Key: Dry Tortugas . . . . . . . . . 5.285
Middle Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.34
Miel, Bahía de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.18
Milieu, Anse du . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.207
Lilieu, Chenal du: Haïti . . . . . . . . . . . 6.134
Miller Anchorage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.197
Mills Breaker Channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.37
Milpa, Punta de la . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.202
Minas, Las . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.45
Minas, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.44
Minerva, Tributarios de . . . . . . . . . . . 7.120
Minho River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.260
Ministere, Pointe du . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.225
340
Mira-por-vos Passage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.72
Mira-por-vos Shoals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.72
Miraflores, Loma . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.15
Miragoâne, Baie de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.244
Miragoâne Church . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.245
Moa Grande, Cayo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.17
Moa, Puerto de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.27
Moco Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.239
Molasses Reef: Caicos Bank . . . . . . . . 3.82
Molasses Reef: Florida Reefs . . . . . . . 5.229
Molasses Reef: Great Inagua Island . . . 4.48
Molasses Road . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.48
Mole, La . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.308
Môle, Baie du . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.308
Môle, Cap du . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.299
Môle Saint Nicolas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.308
Moncayo, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.112
Monito, Cayo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.157
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.158
Monje, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.90
Mono, Cayo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.157
Monte Chico, Cayo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.88
Monte Cristi, Bahía de . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.75
Monte Cristi, Banco de . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.63
Monte Cristi, El Morro de . . . . . . . . . . 6.79
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.80
Monte Grande, Cayo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.82
Montego Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.100
Montego Port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.116
Montero, Río . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.47
Montruis, Pointe de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.264
Moor Reef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.266
Moore Creek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.76
Moore Haven . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.114
Moraine Cay Channel . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.402
Morant Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.146
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.146
Morant Cays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.9
Morant Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.20
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.22
Mordazo, Cayos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.131
Mordazo, Fondeadero . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.131
Morena, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.90
Mores Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.339
Morgans Bluff . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.286
Dock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.312
Morillo, Cerro del . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.244
Morillo, Pasa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.263
Morillo, Punta del: Bahía Honda . . . . 7.245
Morne = Hill, see proper name
Morne Rouge, Pointe . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.151
Morrillo, Punta:
Puerto de Santiago de Cuba . . . . . . . . 9.71
Morrillo, Punta: W of Puerto Padre . . 7.112
Morro, Castillo del:
Puerto de Santiago de Cuba . . . . . . . . 9.70
Morro, Cerro del . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.113
Morro de Santiago de Cuba Light . . . . 9.70
Morro Light, Castillo del: La Habana 7.179
Mortero, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.47
Mortimer Hill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.42
Moruru, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.236
Moser Channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.209
Mosquito, Banco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.139
Mosquito Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.219
Mosquito Cove: Jamaica . . . . . . . . . 10.130
Mouchoir Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.14
Mouchoir Passage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.15
Moustiques, Baie des . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.153
Moustique, Îlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.171
Moxon Rocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.417
Mudian Harbour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.92
Muerto Cays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.20
Muertos, Cayo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.88
Muertos Cays: Cay Sal Bank . . . . . . . 7.171
Mujica, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.250
Mulata, Pasa de La . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.264
Mulatas, Canal de Las . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.177

Home Contents Index
Murray’s Anchorage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.91
Mushroom Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.176
Nanette, Port à . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.195
Naranjo, Bahía . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.110
Narrows Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.232
Narrows, The: Bermuda . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.45
Nassau . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.250
Nassau Harbour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.249
Leading Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.269
National, Fort . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.287
Navas, Ensenada . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.37
Navassa Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.5
Navassa Knoll . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.12
Navidad Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.10
Navigational warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.29
Navy Island: Port Antonio . . . . . . . . . 10.30
Negra, Piedra . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.130
Negra, Punta: Cuba, N coast . . . . . . . . 7.75
Negra: Cuba S coast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.19
Neiba, Bahía . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.118
New Bank: NW of Blossom Bank . . 10.232
New Ground Rocks Light . . . . . . . . . 5.301
New Ground Shoal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.301
New Plymouth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.400
New Providence Island . . . . . . . . . . . 4.250
Nicaragua Pier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.74
Nicaro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.47
Nicholas, La Pointe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.173
Nicola, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.72
Nicolas Channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.129
Nicholl’s Town . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.313
Nima Nima, Ensenada . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.90
Nipe, Bahía de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.52
Niquero . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.122
Niquero, Bahía de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.122
Nisibón, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.15
No Bush Cay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.134
No Name Cay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.397
Nonsuch Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.81
Norman Cay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.183
Norman Manley
International Airport . . . . . . . . . . . 10.154
Normita, Caye . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.254
Norseman Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.141
North Bar Channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.219
North Breakwater Head Light:
Bermuda . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.116
North Caicos Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.62
North Cat Cay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.417
North Channel: Bermuda . . . . . . . . . . . 2.98
North East Breaker Light . . . . . . . . . . . 2.35
North East Breaker: Acklins Island . . . 4.55
North East Breaker: Mouchoir Bank . . 3.14
North East Breakers: Bermuda . . . . . . . 2.35
North East Cay: Morant Cays . . . . . . . 10.9
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.9
North East Cay: Pedro Bank . . . . . . 10.272
North East Point Light . . . . . . . . . . . 10.293
North East Point: Acklins Island . . . . . 4.55
North East Point: Cat Island . . . . . . . . 4.187
North East Point: Cayman Brac . . . . 10.292
North East Providence Channel . . . . . 4.211
North East Reef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.27
North Elbow Cay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.22
North Negril Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.120
North Palmetto Point Light . . . . . . . . 4.186
North Rock Light: Bermuda . . . . . . . . 2.35
North Rock Light: North Bimini . . . . 4.409
North Rock: Turks Islands . . . . . . . . . . 3.27
North Sound . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.316
North Toro Cay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.50
North West Cay: Hogsty Reef . . . . . . . 4.33
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.16
North West Channel:
Tongue of the Ocean . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.287
North West Point: Caicos Islands . . . . . 3.57
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.59
North West Point: Great Inagua Island 4.24
INDEX
North West Point: Jamaica . . . . . . . . 10.120
North West Point: Mayaguana Island . . 4.22
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.16
North West Providence Channel . . 4.316
North West Point: Navassa Island . . 10.6
North East Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.77
Northeast Point: Great Inagua Island . . 4.19
Northeast Point: Jamaica, N coast . . . 10.23
Northwest Channel: Key West . . . . . . 5.260
Nose Point: Port Antonio . . . . . . . . . . 10.39
Nueva Gerona . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.240
Nuevitas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.98
Nuevitas, Bahía . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.98
Anchorages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.105
Nuevitas, Puerto de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.98
Nuevitas Rocks Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.133
Nuevo, Bajo: Matanzas . . . . . . . . . . . 7.185
Nugents Harbour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.92
Nunjack Channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.402
Nurse Cay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.137
Nurse Channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.137
Obispito, Cayo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.159
Ocean Bight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.19
Ocean Cay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.419
Ocho Rios Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.63
Ocoa, Bahía de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.114
Ocoa, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.84
Oiseaux, Pointe des . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.158
Ojo del Toro, Loma . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.79
Okeechobee, Lake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.114
Okeechobee Waterway . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.114
Old Bahama Channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.116
Old Fort Point: New Providence Island 4.247
Old Fort Point: Port Antonio . . . . . . . 10.32
Old Harbour Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.223
Old Man Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.327
Old Man Head . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.80
Olive Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.207
One Bush Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.76
Oracabessa Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.45
Orange Bay: Jamaica, Buff Bay . . . . . 10.52
Orange Cay: Great Bahama Bank . . . 4.421
Orange, Caye: Haïti . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.174
Orange, Pointe d’: Haïti . . . . . . . . . . . 8.153
Ordnance Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.69
Orejón Grande, Bajo . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.111
Orejoncito, Banco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.111
Oriental, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.214
Orihuela, Cayos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.141
Orozco, Bahía . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.235
Ouest, Pointe: Île de Gonave . . . . . . . 8.238
Ouest, Pointe: Île de la Tortue . . . . . . 6.144
Outer Bar Reef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.140
Outer Mate Passage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.139
Ovando, Ensenada . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.19
Owen, Roca . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.56
Ozama, Río . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.60
Pacific Reef Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.229
Padre, Puerto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.86
Pagee Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.56
Paget Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.57
Paix, Port de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.150
Pajaro, Cayo: Bahía Pilón . . . . . . . . . . 9.86
Pájaros, Punta: Bahía de Cao Moa . . . . 7.25
Page Shoal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.281
Palenque, Puerto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.85
Palenque, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.82
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.89
Palisadoes, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.149
Palizon, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.146
Palm Beach, Port of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.90
Palm Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.144
Palmetto Point: Eleuthera Island . . . . 4.186
Palmetto Point: Jamaica, NE coast . . . 10.51
Palmillas, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.214
Palmiste, Pointe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.140
Palo Alto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.161
341
Paloma, Cayo: Bahía de Samaná . . . . . 6.22
Paloma, Cayo: Isabela de Sagua . . . . 7.150
Palomino, Bajo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.106
Palomino, Canal de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.111
Pan = Hill, see proper name
Paradise Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.251
Lighthouse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.268
Paradise Point; . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.251
Parc, Baie du . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.257
Paredón Grande, Cayo . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.120
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.119
Parker’s Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.265
Parottee Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.239
Parsons Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.39
Pasabanao, Banco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.157
Pascal, Pointe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.173
Paso = Pass, see proper name
Passe = Pass, see proper name
Passenger Pier: Nassau . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.274
Pastelillo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.98
Paticombito, Bajo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.109
Patilla, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.66
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.68
Pauline, Pointe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.181
Paz, Banco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.99
Peake Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.225
Peanut Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.100
Pear Cay Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.134
Pearl Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.138
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.143
Pearl, Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.298
Peats Wharf Light:
Tongue of the Ocean . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.301
Pedernales Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.145
Pedernales, Pointe: Haïti . . . . . . . . . . 8.151
Pedernales, Punta: Isla de la Juventud 9.234
Pedernales, Río . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.145
Pedro Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.268
Pedro Cays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.271
Pedro Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.120
Pelican Cay Aero Light:
Eleuthera Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.188
Pelican Harbour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.219
Pelican Shoal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.237
Pélican, Cayes du . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.284
Peñasco, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.68
Pepe, Cabo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.226
Peregrina, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.111
Perez, Pointe: Port de Paix . . . . . . . . . 6.150
Perla, Cayo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.118
Perle, Pointe la . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.298
Pesant, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.216
Pescadero Light, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.33
Peterson Key Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.267
Petit Goâve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.254
Petit Goâve, Baie de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.250
Petit Trou de Nippes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.233
Petite Rivière: Cap Dame Marie . . . . 8.226
Phaeton Shoal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.81
Philips Reef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.27
Pickles Reef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.229
Pico = Peak, see proper name
Picolet, Pointe: Cap-Haïtien . . . . . . . . 6.116
Lighthouse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.119
Piedra = Rock, see proper name
Piedra, Cayo: Guantánamo Bay . . . . . . 9.53
Piedra Gloria, Bajo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.236
Piedra, La: Puerto de Andrés . . . . . . . . 8.40
Piedra Prieta, Arrecife . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.106
Piedra, Punta: Bahía de Nipe . . . . . . . . 7.56
Piedra, Punta: Bahía Honda . . . . . . . . 7.245
Piedras del Norte, Cayo . . . . . . . . . . . 7.136
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.134
Piedras del Sur, Cayo . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.215
Piedras, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.84
Pierce Shoal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.82
Pierre Islet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.240
Pierre Joseph, Baie de . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.221
Pierre Joseph, Îlot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.221

Home Contents Index
Pig Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.141
Pigeon Cay: Tongue of the Ocean . . . 4.305
Pigeon Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.195
Leading lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.199
Pilón, Bahía de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.85
Pilón, Cayos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.145
Pilón de Azucar, Monte el . . . . . . . . . . 6.39
Pilotage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.24
Piment, Port-à-: Haïti, W coast . . . . . 8.305
Pinder Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.321
Pingue (NW), Canal del . . . . . . . . . . . 9.141
Pingue (SE), Canal de . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.144
Pingue, Cayos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.136
Pinos, Isla de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.222
Pipe Cay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.182
Pirogues Light, Les . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.239
Pit Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.126
Pitajaya, Canal de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.113
Pitajaya, Caya . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.113
Pitman’s Cove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.208
Placido, Ensenada . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.202
Plaice’s Point Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.143
Plana Cays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.6
Plantagenet Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.33
Plata, Puerto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.51
Main Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.57
Plateforme, Pointe de la . . . . . . . . . . . 8.298
Platform Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.298
Playa = Beach, see proper name
Playa Blanca, Canal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.107
Playa Larga . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.230
Playuela, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.38
Plumb Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.154
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.154
Point, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.63
Pointe = Point, see proper name
Poison Point Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.201
Polacca Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.19
Polink Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.193
Pompano Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.41
Porgee Rocks Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.230
Pork Fish Rocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.236
Port Antonio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.27
Port Boyd . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.98
Port Canaveral . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.35
Port Cap-Haïtien . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.113
Port Esquivel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.213
Port Everglades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.133
Approach Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.127
Port Howe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.196
Port Kaiser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.233
Port Margot, Îlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.132
Port Maria . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.56
Port Mayaca . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.114
Port Nelson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.114
Port Rhoades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.76
Port Royal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.177
Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.177
Port, see also proper name
Port-au-Prince . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.275
Port-au-Prince, Baie de . . . . . . . . . . . 8.235
Portland Bight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.192
Portland Harbour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.80
Portland Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.195
Portland Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.226
Portland Reefs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.199
Portland Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.276
Portuguese Shoal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.159
Potrerillo, Pico . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.188
Potter’s Cay: Nassau . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.232
Poules, Île des . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.250
Powel Cay Channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.402
Powell Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.199
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.199
Prácticos, Punta de: Puerto de Nuevitas 7.98
Prácticos, Punta: Isabela de Sagua . . . 7.148
Preston . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.61
Priestmans River Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.25
Prince George Wharf . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.274
INDEX
Principal ports, list of . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.134
Project depth, US waters . . . . . . . . . . . 1.20
Providenciales Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.62
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.66
Puerco, Cayo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.88
Puerto = port, see also proper name
Puerto Padre, Bahía de . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.86
Pulaski Shoal Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.301
Punta = Point, see proper name
Punta Silencio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.17
Punta Tabaco Light: Cayo Jutías . . . . 7.253
Puntilla, Cayo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.250
Puntilla, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.76
Queens Channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.307
Quintus Bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.225
Quita Espuela, Loma de . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.39
Rabihorcado, Cayo:
Golfo de Guacanayabo . . . . . . . . . . 9.134
Rackhams Cay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.157
Racoon Cut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.138
Rade = Roadstead, see proper name
Ragged Island Harbour . . . . . . . . . . . 4.140
Rama, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.17
Ramier, Caye . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.171
Ramirez, Ensenada . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.206
Ramon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.52
Ramon, Cayo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.53
Ranchito, Bajo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.106
Rancho Viejo, Canal . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.140
Rancho Viejo, Cayo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.140
Raquette, Caye . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.193
Rasa, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.79
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.78
Ratas, Cayo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.82
Ratón, Cayo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.75
Ratones, Cayo: de Santiago de Cuba . . 9.72
Ravient Reef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.239
Raya, Punta La . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.75
Readers Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.70
Real, Cayo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.234
Rebecca Shoal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.283
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.280
Récif, Grande . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.231
Récife = Reef, see proper name
Reef, Grand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.231
Reef Harbour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.295
Régale, Île . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.171
Regalle, La . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.171
Regla, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.227
Regulations, Cuban
Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.44
Pollution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.45
Regulations, Dominican Republic
Anchorage in coastal waters . . . . . . 1.46
Regulations, international
Pollution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.33
Quarantine and customs . . . . . . . . . . 1.35
Submarine cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.32
Regulations, United States
Communication between vessels . . . 1.40
Hazarous conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.41
Navigation Safety Regulations . . . . 1.38
Notice of arrival and departure . . . . 1.41
Pollution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.36
Quarantine and customs . . . . . . . . . . 1.43
Regulated Navigation Areas . . . . . . 1.42
US Inland Waters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.39
Rescue operations, United States . . . . . 1.58
Restinga, Cayo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.258
Rickenbacher Causeway . . . . . . . . . . 5.267
Ricketts Island Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.148
Riddell’s Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.147
Riding Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.354
Riding Rock Anchorage . . . . . . . . . . . 4.420
Riding Rock Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.103
Rio Bueno Harbour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.83
Rio Nuevo Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.98
342
Río = River, see proper name
Río Sagua Light, Boca del . . . . . . . . . 7.149
Río Santa Ana Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.220
Rivière Salée, Anse de la . . . . . . . . . . 6.139
Robertson Shoal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.260
Roche à Bateaux, Baie de la . . . . . . . . 8.205
Rochelois, Banc de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.239
Roches, Pointe des . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.258
Rock Harbour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.200
Rock Key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.279
Channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.266
Rock Sound . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.200
Rocky Point Light:
Little Bahama Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.329
Rocky Point: Carlisle Bay . . . . . . . . 10.230
Rocky Point: near Morant point . . . . 10.143
Rocky Point: Okeechobee Waterway . 5.114
Rocky Point: Portland Bight . . . . . . 10.205
Roger Wreck Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.315
Rojo, Cabo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.134
Rollers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.150
Roma, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.79
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.95
Romana, La . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.16
Romero, Cayo:
Golfo de Guacanayabo . . . . . . . . . . . 9.108
Rompisquina, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.75
Roncador, Bajo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.106
Roncadora Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.253
Ronquito, Cayo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.139
Rosario, Caleta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.214
Rosario, Canal del . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.227
Rosario, Cayo del . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.225
Rosario, Sierra del . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.217
Rose, Cap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.216
Rose Hall Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.61
Rose Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.228
Rosey Hole . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.190
Rouge, Cap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.157
Round Hill Bluff . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.120
Rounding Shoal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.52
Rousel, Bahía . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.139
Rousselin, Pointe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.226
Routes, main shipping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.7
Royal Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.224
Harbour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.242
Rubalcava, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.193
Rubí, Loma del . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.235
Rucia, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.63
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.71
Anchorage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.119
Rum Cay Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.115
Rum Cay: near San Salvador Island . . . 4.98
Rum Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.315
Runaway Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.99
Running Mon Marina . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.344
Russell Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.422
Sabanalamar, Ensenada . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.23
Sabanalamar, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.23
Sabanilla, Punta de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.202
Sabanilla, Punta: Matanzas, Cuba . . . 7.182
Sabina, Cayo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.121
Sabinal, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.104
Sable, Cape . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.201
Sable, Caye . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.264
Saddleback Cay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.304
Saetía Anchorage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.57
Sail Rock: Bahamas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.90
Sail Rock: Great Inagua . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.77
Sail Rock: Jamaica, N coast . . . . . . . . 10.20
Saint Ann’s Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.70
Saint Catherine’s Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.49
Saint David’s Head . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.26
Saint David’s Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.57
Saint George Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.113
Saint George’s Cay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.241
Saint George’s Channel . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.71
Saint George’s Harbour . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.57

Home Contents Index
Saint George’s Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.57
Saint Joseph, Pointe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.119
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.264
Saint Lucie Shoal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.82
Saint Marc, Canal de . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.259
Saint Margaret’s Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.58
Saint Maria Light, Cape
Saint Nicolas Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.53
Saint Georges, Baie . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.196
Saint Georges, Cap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.196
Saint Louis, Baie de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.173
Saint Marc, Baie . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.300
Saint Marc, Pointe de . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.264
Saint Nicolas, Cap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.308
Saint Rom, Pointe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.181
Sal, Cay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.164
Sal Trou, Baie de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.153
Salerno . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.85
Salina Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.130
Salina Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.88
Salinas, Punta: Dominican Republic . . 8.83
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.84
Salinita, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.67
Salinity of sea water . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.152
Salomon, Caye . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.244
Salt Bay: S Caicos Island . . . . . . . . . . . 3.42
Salt Cay: Nassau . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.233
Salt Cay: Turks Islands . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.27
Anchorage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.16
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.28
Salt Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.206
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.208
Salt Pond Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.147
Salt River Bay: Jamaica . . . . . . . . . . 10.206
Saltpond Hill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.48
Salut, Port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.201
Salvador Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.315
Salvage services, list of . . . . . . . . . . . 1.136
Samá, Loma Pan de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.78
Samá, Puerto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.108
Samá, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.108
Samana Cay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.57
Samaná, Bahía de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.12
Samaná, Cabo de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.15
Sambo, Cabezo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.225
Samuels Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.131
San Felipe, Cayos de:
Isla de la Juventud . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.234
San Felipe, Fuerte de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.56
San Juan, Cayos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.131
San Juan de los Remedios, Bahía . . . . 7.137
San Juan, Fondeadero . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.131
San Juan, Punta: W of Puerto Casilda 9.189
San Juan, Río: W of Puerto Casilda . . 9.189
San Lorenzo, Bahía de . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.33
San Luís, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.124
San Pedro de Macorís, Puerto . . . . . . . 8.28
San Salvador Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.96
San Severino, Castillo . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.186
San Vincente, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.250
Sánchez . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.28
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.29
Sand Cay: Turks Islands . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.27
Anchorage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.47
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.28
Sand Cay: Grand Cayman . . . . . . . . 10.308
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.308
Sand Key Light: Key West . . . . . . . . . 5.255
Sand Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.150
Sandy Cay: Great Abaco island . . . . . 4.221
Sandy Cay: Little Bahama Bank . . . . 4.406
Sandy Point Light: Little Bahama Bank4.329
Sandy Point: Rum Cay . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.113
Sandy Point: San Salvador Island . . . . 4.96
Santa Bárbara de Samaná . . . . . . . . . . . 6.22
Santa Bárbara, Puerto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.22
Santa Catalina, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.212
Santa Clara, Bahía . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.165
Santa Clara, Bajo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.109
INDEX
Santa Cruz del Norte . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.180
Santa Cruz del Sur . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.131
Santa Lucía . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.255
Santa Lucía, Bahía . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.255
Santa Lucía, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.268
Santa Lucia: Puerto de Vita . . . . . . . . . 7.80
Santa Maria, Cape . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.157
Santa María, Cayo: Cuba, N coast . . . 7.135
Santa María Light, Cayo:
Cuba, S coast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.158
Santanilla, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.83
Santaren Channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.167
Santiago de Cuba . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.58
Santiago de Cuba, Bahía . . . . . . . . . . . 9.59
Santo Domingo Light, Cay . . . . . . . . . 7.79
Santo Domingo, Puerto de . . . . . . . . . . 8.53
Satan Shoal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.279
Satellite Navigation Systems . . . . . . . . 1.26
Savanna la Mar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.247
Savanna Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.43
Savanna Sound . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.189
Saxonia Shoal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.86
Schooner Cays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.199
Scotts Anchorage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.295
Sea and swell . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.146
Sea Island: S Riding Oil Terminal . . . 4.347
Sea surface temperature . . . . . . . . . . . 1.154
Sea Venture Channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.39
Sebastian Creek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.111
Sebastian Inlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.33
Seboruco, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.180
Seringue, Pointe de la . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.216
Serious Rock Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.301
Settlement Point Light:
Grand Bahama Island . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.332
Settlement Point: Great Abaco Island 4.399
Seven Brothers, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.74
Sevilla, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.124
Shannon Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.278
Shares, Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.129
Sharp Rock Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.301
Sheep Cay: Great Inagua . . . . . . . . . . . 4.50
Shelly Bay Shoal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.88
Ship Channel Cay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.175
Ship Channel: Exuma Sound . . . . . . . 4.175
Ship Channel: Kingston . . . . . . . . . . 10.177
Ship Head . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.43
Ship Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.58
Shoe Hole Road . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.228
Sierpe, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.210
Siete Hermanos, Cayos . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.74
Signals, United States . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.48
Submarines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.49
Survey vessels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.50
Sigua, Cayo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.217
Siguanea, Ensenada de . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.233
Silver Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.12
Silver Bank Passage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.13
Silver Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.343
Silvertown, Banco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.99
Simms Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.248
Simonds Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.143
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.165
Singers Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.100
Sisters Rocks: Tongue of the Ocean . . 4.304
Six Shilling Cays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.225
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.216
Six Shilling Channel Light . . . . . . . . . 4.216
Slaughter Harbour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.338
Small Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.159
Smith Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.193
Smith Shoal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.260
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.260
Smith’s Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.57
Smith’s Sound . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.79
Snow Hill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.9
Snuff Cay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.170
Socapa, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.71
Soco, Río . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.47
343
Socorrito Light, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.118
Soldados, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.76
Sombrero Key Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.235
Somerset Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.138
Sosúa, Puerto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.47
Sotavento, Punta: Bahía de Nuevitas . . 7.98
Sotavento, Punta: Bahía Naranjo . . . . 7.110
Sotavento, Punta: Ensenada Mata . . . . 7.35
Sotavento, Punta: Puerto Baracoa . . . . 7.38
Sotavento, Punta: Puerto Samá . . . . . . 7.79
Source, La . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.267
South Bight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.301
South Bluff: Acklins Island . . . . . . . . . 4.53
South Caicos Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.18
South Cat Cay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.417
South Cay: Mira-por-vos Shoals . . . . . 4.94
South Cay: Pedro Bank . . . . . . . . . . 10.275
South Cay: Tongue of the Ocean . . . . 4.306
South Cays: Port Royal . . . . . . . . . . 10.162
South Channel: Bermuda . . . . . . . . . . . 2.84
South Channel: Grand Cayman . . . . 10.313
South Channel: Kingston . . . . . . . . . 10.150
South Dock: Caicos Islands . . . . . . . . . 3.68
South Dog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.175
South East Cay: Kingston . . . . . . . . 10.149
South East Cay: Morant Cays . . . . . . . 10.9
South East Point: Great Inagua . . . . . . 3.77
South East Point: Jamaica . . . . . . . . 10.141
South Equatorial Current . . . . . . . . . . 1.143
South Head . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.79
South Hole Sound . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.302
South Knolls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.160
South Negril Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.119
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.230
South Point, Long Island . . . . . . . . . . . 4.74
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.75
South Riding Point Oil Terminal . . . . 4.347
South Riding Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.420
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.407
South Rock: Caicos Bank . . . . . . . . . . 3.27
South Rock: Ragged Island . . . . . . . . 4.144
South Sound: Grand Cayman . . . . . . 10.313
South Town . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.288
South West Cay: Morant Cays . . . . . . . 10.9
South West Cay: Pedro Bank . . . . . . 10.274
South West Point: Great Abaco Island 4.212
South West Point: Great Inagua . . . . . . 4.24
South West Point: Mayaguana Island . . 4.22
South West Point: W Caicos Island . . . 3.58
South West Reef: Tongue of the Ocean 4.288
Southampton Islet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.44
Southampton Reef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.157
Southeast Channel: Dry Tortugas . . . . 5.290
Southeast Channel: Key West . . . . . . 5.263
Southeast Shoal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.51
Southern Narrows Patch . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.52
Southwest Channel: Dry Tortugas . . . 5.291
Southwest Channel: Key West . . . . . . 5.261
Spanish Key Channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.267
Spanish Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.112
Spanish Wells . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.241
Sparrowhawk Hill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.293
Spit, The: Bermuda . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.52
Spring Point Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.87
Spring Point Settlement . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.87
St. Lucie Inlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.84
St. Lucie River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.114
Stafford Gregory Town Light . . . . . . . 4.208
Stag Rocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.140
Stake Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.295
Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.293
Staniard Rock Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.290
Star Reef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.229
Start Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.27
Starve Gut Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.263
Statira Shoal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.77
Stephenson Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.132
Stock Island Channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.263
Stocking Harbour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.164

Home Contents Index
Stocking Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.165
Storm warning signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.52
Strachan Cay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.121
Straits, see proper name
Strangers Cay Channel . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.402
Stuart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.117
Submarines
Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.49
Submerged transit lanes . . . . . . . . . . . 1.8
Sud, Canal du . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.188
Sumner Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.113
Sunbury Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.267
Sur, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.32
Surgidero de Batabano . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.241
Sweeting Cay Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.330
Swift River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.44
Swimmer Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.27
Swimmers, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.55
Sylvia Light-beacon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.422
Tabacal, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.81
Tabaco, Punta: Bahía de Nipe . . . . . . . 7.61
Table au Diable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.301
Table au Diable, Pointe . . . . . . . . . . . 8.301
Taco, Ensenada . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.37
Tamarind Reef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.255
Tamboril, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.203
Tánamo, Bahía de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.29
Tánamo, Puerto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.29
Tank Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.253
Tapion de Miragoâne . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.238
Tapion du Petit Goâve . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.238
Tarafa, Puerto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.98
Tarpon Basin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.267
Tarpum Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.203
Tarpum Head . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.199
Tartar Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.157
Tavernier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.218
Taylor Creek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.76
Teal Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.223
Tee Rock Light-beacon . . . . . . . . . . . 2.132
Tennessee Reef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.237
Tepping Shoals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.88
Tercero, Cayo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.85
Tern Cay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.225
The, see also proper name
Thomas Shoal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.31
Thompsons Cay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.286
Three Fathom Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.159
Three Hill Shoals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.91
Three Sisters Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.68
Thunder Channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.307
Thurston Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.397
Tiburon, Baie . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.208
Tiburon, Cap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.199
Tiburon, Mont . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.199
Tidal streams, general information . . . 1.145
Tierra Baja, Rade de la . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.149
Timlins Narrows Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.148
Tina, Monte . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.9
Tinker Rocks Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.290
Tío Joaquín . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.158
Tobacco Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.93
Tomate, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.86
Tomeguin Light-beacon, Bajo . . . . . . 9.157
Tongue of the Ocean . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.282
Tonquín, Loma . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.83
Torbeck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.191
Tororu, Cayo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.88
Torrecilla, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.65
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.65
Torreon, Punta del . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.226
Tortugas Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.274
INDEX
Tortugas Harbour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.292
Tortuguero, Puerto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.115
Toulan, Pointe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.183
Town Cut Channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.51
Town Hill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.26
Trabuco, Cayo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.225
Triumph Reef No 2TR Light . . . . . . . 5.229
Trois Maries, Point des . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.133
Anchorage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.135
Trompeuse, La . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.121
Tropical storms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.149
Truman Annex Basin . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.253
Trumbo Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.253
Tunas, Canal de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.165
Tunas de Zaza . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.162
Turks and Caicos Islands . . . . . . . 1.120, 3.2
National limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.121
Turks Island Passage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.18
Turks Islands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.20
Turquino, Pico . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.79
Turquino, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.81
Turtle Harbor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.217
Turtle Head . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.230
Turtle Head Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.160
Turtle Rocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.415
Turtle Shoal Anchorage . . . . . . . . . . . 5.217
Twelve Apostles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.226
Two Rock Passage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.132
United States Coast Guard . . . . . . . . . . 1.59
United States, Florida . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.126
United States national limits . . . . . . . 1.127
Upper Samphire Cay . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.226
Vaca Key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.267
Vache, Île à . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.165
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.166
Vandalìia, Roche . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.239
Vapor, Cabeza del . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.110
Varadero . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.176
Veau, Anse à . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.234
Vela, Cayo La . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.135
Vela, Médanos de la . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.154
Velázquez, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.112
Venado, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.250
Verde, Cay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.74
Verracos, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.56
Vero Beach . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.32
Vestal Shoal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.279
Vibora, Banco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.108
Vidal Shoal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.159
Viejo de Azua, Puerto . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.93
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.96
Vigia, Cayo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.22
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.25
Vigia, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.84
Vilton, Fort . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.121
Vinson, Roca . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.135
Virginia Key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.206
Vita, Bahía de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.80
Vita, Puerto de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.80
Vizcaino, Médano del . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.218
Volcanic activity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.140
Walker Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.225
Walker’s Cay Aero Light . . . . . . . . . . 4.394
Walker’s Cay Channel . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.401
Walton Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.267
Washerwoman’s Cut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.304
Water Cays: Cay Sal Bank . . . . . . . . . . 5.20
Watford Bridge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.41
Wax Cay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.170
Cut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.170
344
Weary Hill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.288
Weather reports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.30
Welsh Woman Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.50
Wemyss Bight Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.198
West Booby Cay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.57
West Caicos Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.64
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.66
West Channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.262
West End Point Light: Cayman Brac 10.291
West End Point Light: Little Cayman 10.297
West End Point: Grand Bahama Island 4.331
West Harbour: Eleuthera Island . . . . . 4.240
West Harbour: Port Antonio . . . . . . . . 10.30
West Harbour Bluff:
Providenciales Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.69
West Middle Knoll . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.161
West Middle Shoal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.161
West Plana Cay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.55
Anchorages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.60
West Point: Exuma Sound . . . . . . . . . 4.186
West Point: Île de Gonave . . . . . . . . . 8.238
West Point: Île de la Tortue; . . . . . . . . 6.144
West Reef: Caicos Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.64
West Sand Spit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.65
Western Blue Cut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.42
Western Dry Rocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.279
Western Ledge Flats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.44
Whale Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.27
Whale Cay Channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.396
Whale Cay Light: Little Bahama Bank 4.398
Whale Point Light: Berry Islands . . . . 4.216
Whale Rocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.225
White Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.295
White Flats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.102
White Horse Cliffs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.141
White Horses, The: Port Kaiser . . . . 10.230
White Horses: Morant Bay . . . . . . . . 10.140
White Sand Ridge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.406
White Shoal: Jamaica . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.225
Whitehouse Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.264
Whites Island: Bermuda . . . . . . . . . . . 2.129
Wide Opening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.167
William’s Town . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.178
Willsteed Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.281
Wind distribution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.168
Windsor Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.71
Anchorage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.85
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.73
Windward Passage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.4
Windward Point, Guantánamo Bay . . . 9.43
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.43
Wisteria Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.253
World’s End Shoal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.132
Wreck Hill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.26
Wreck Reef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.158
Wynns Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.27
Xanadu Marina . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.344
Yagrumage, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.38
Yaguajau, Cerro de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.78
Yaguanabo Light, Río . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.188
Yaguasey, Bajo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.24
Yallahs Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.147
Yallahs Hill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.140
Yallahs Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.141
Yaquezi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.111
Yara, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.114
Yateras, Río . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.26
Yellow Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.175
Yuna, Río . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.35
Yunca, Arrecife . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.106
Yunque, Loma El . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.15
Home Contents Index

PUBLICATIONS OF THE
UNITED KINGDOM HYDROGRAPHIC OFFICE

A complete list of Sailing Directions, Charts and other works published by the United Kingdom National Hydrographer, together
with a list of Agents for their sale, is contained in the “Catalogue of Admiralty Charts and Publications”, published annually.
The list of Admiralty Distributors is also promulgated in Admiralty Notice to Mariners No 2 of each year, or it can be obtained
from:

The United Kingdom Hydrographic Office,

Admiralty Way,
Taunton, Somerset
TA1 2DN

put imprint here

 Home Contents Index

CD−ROM Instructions
See Status, Disclaimer and Copyright at Explanatory The opening screen should appear within a few seconds.
Notes at Page vii. If the opening screen does not appear after 15 seconds,
The CD−ROM below contains the following: try the following:
Text of this volume in Portable Document Format Double−left click: “My Computer”.
(PDF). Double−left click CD−ROM icon: NPxx (D:).
Software to install Adobe Acrobat Reader. Double−left click html file: “index”.
A link to the UHKO website: www.ukho.gov.uk. The CD−ROM is designed to work with the following
Photographs in PDF, if they are available for the area software:
covered by this volume. Windows 98
Avoid touching or scratching the silver side of the Windows 2000
CD−ROM. To protect it from damage or loss, return it to Windows ME
the envelope after use. Windows NT4.0 SP5
Place the CD−ROM in a compact disc drive.